WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY Waterloo | | Kitchener | Toronto

Undergraduate Academic Booklet 2017/2018

wlu.ca

Table of Contents

Table of Contents Grades ...... 12 Using This Calendar ...... 1 Examinations ...... 14 Introduction...... 1 Progression Requirements ...... 17 Laurier Visioning Statements...... 1 Academic Petitions ...... 20 Academic Programs at Laurier ...... 1 Faculty Petitions Procedures...... 20 Quick Reference Telephone Numbers and Email Addresses.....1 Senate Student Appeals Committee Procedures for Enrolment Services...... 1 Considering Student Appeals ...... 21 Academic Counselling ...... 1 Academic Privileges and Responsibilities...... 23 Other University Departments...... 2 Student Regulations ...... 23

Classification of Students ...... 2 Student Code of Conduct and Discipline...... 23 Course Description Definitions...... 3 Academic Accommodation of Students with Disabilities.....23 Course Number...... 3 Discipline and Conduct in Non-Academic Areas ...... 24 Course Description/Contact Hours ...... 3 Ownership of Student-Created Intellectual Property ...... 24 Credit Weight...... 3 Graduation/Degree Regulations...... 24 Discipline Codes ...... 4 Application for Graduation...... 24

Publication Information ...... 4 Residence Requirements for all Designations ...... 24 Alternate Graduation Option for Honours BA/BSc Students.25 University Undergraduate Regulations ...... 6 Graduation: After Three Years of an Honours Degree Office of Enrolment Services...... 6 Program ...... 25 Laurier International...... 6 Additional Undergraduate Degree Requirements ...... 25 Registration Regulations ...... 7 Graduation with Distinction...... 26 Academic Advising ...... 7 Medals ...... 27 Registration Status ...... 7 Notification of Disclosure of Personal Information to Course Selection ...... 7 Statistics ...... 27 Program Selection...... 7 Student Records Policy ...... 27 Course/Program Registration Changes...... 8 Policy Governing the Use of Information Technology...... 27 Adding or Withdrawing from Courses ...... 8 Policy on Academic Disruption...... 28 Registration on a Part-time Basis...... 8 Interdisciplinary Course Offerings...... 29 Cross-Registration in Courses at the ..8 University Interdisciplinary Courses ...... 29 Students Registering at Laurier on a Letter of Permission ....9 Withdrawal from Full-time Studies ...... 9 Faculty of Arts...... 30 BA and BSc Programs and Regulations ...... 30 Student Identification - Legal Name...... 9 Academic Counselling and Course Selection ...... 31 Records, Examinations, and Course Work Materials ...... 9 Regulations for All Honours Programs ...... 31 Transcript Requests ...... 9 Regulations Combining Honours with a Secondary Minor/ Selection of Courses ...... 9 Option ...... 32 Readmission of Students Required to Withdraw...... 10 University/ Combination Programs...... 33 Academic Regulations ...... 10 Exchange Programs ...... 33 Principal Rules ...... 10 General BA without Designation...... 33 Course Regulations...... 11 Ancient Studies ...... 34

i This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Table of Contents

Anthropology Program ...... 36 Spanish (Lang/Lit)...... 166 Applied Digital Program ...... 41 Women and Gender Studies Program ...... 170 Applied Social Research Program ...... 42 Writing for Career and Community ...... 173 Applied Water Science Program ...... 42 Lazaridis School of Business and Economics...... 174 Arabic (Lang/Lit) ...... 42 Business and Economics ...... 174 Archaeology and Heritage Studies...... 43 Academic Advising...... 174 Co-operative Education ...... 49 Co-operative Education...... 174 Communication Studies...... 50 Designation Programs...... 176 Community Engagement Program...... 55 Schlegel Centre for Entrepreneurship and Social Criminology Minor (Faculty of HSS) ...... 57 Innovation ...... 177 Cultural Studies Program ...... 57 Business (Waterloo Campus)...... 177 English ...... 59 Business (Brantford Campus) ...... 201 Environmental Science Program...... 68 Co-operative Education...... 204 Environmental Studies (GG/ES)...... 68 Economics ...... 205

Faculty of Arts (Interdisciplinary) ...... 71 Faculty of Education ...... 215 Film Studies ...... 72 Academic Dates 2017-2018 ...... 215 French (Lang/Lit)...... 78 2016-2018 Program Schedule ...... 215 Geography (GG/ES)...... 83 August Professional Teaching Orientation Week...... 215 Geology (GG/ES) ...... 93 May Professional Teaching Transition Day...... 215 German (Lang/Lit)...... 93 Academic Policies and Regulations ...... 215 Admissions ...... 215 Global Studies...... 94 Degree Requirements ...... 219 History ...... 102 Program Regulations...... 219 History and Philosophy of Science Program ...... 124 Progression and Graduation...... 220 Intercultural Understanding Program...... 125 Certification ...... 220 International Policy Program ...... 125 Academic Standards ...... 220 Italian (Lang/Lit)...... 125 Petitions and Appeals ...... 222 Languages and Literatures ...... 127 Attendance ...... 223 Legal Studies Program...... 128 Academic and Professional Conduct ...... 224 Management Option (LSBE) ...... 129 Professional Dispositions Review Process...... 225 Medieval and Medievalism Studies Program ...... 129 Music and Cultural History ...... 132 Letter of Permission...... 225 Muslim Studies Program ...... 132 Residency Requirement...... 225 North American Studies Program...... 133 Bachelor of Education ...... 226 Philosophy ...... 136 Education Minor ...... 235 Political Science...... 140 Faculty of Human and Social Sciences...... 238 Religion and Culture ...... 151 Admission...... 238 Social Entrepreneurship Program ...... 157 BA Programs ...... 238 Sociology...... 159 Academic Regulations Governing All Honours Programs ....238

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 ii The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Table of Contents

Regulations Combining Honours with a Secondary Minor/ Indigenous Studies Program ...... 295 Option...... 240 International Development Program ...... 298 Course Selection and Counselling...... 241 International Policy Program (Faculty of Arts)...... 298 Transfers to and from the Waterloo Campus...... 241 Issue Advocacy Program ...... 298 Exchange Programs...... 241 Labour Studies and Career Development ...... 299 Full-Time Faculty ...... 241 Law and Society Program ...... 301 General BA Without Designation...... 242 Media Studies Option ...... 306 Business Technology Management Program (LSBE) ...... 242 Philosophy (Faculty of Arts) ...... 307 Criminology...... 243 Professional Writing Minor ...... 308 Foundations Courses ...... 251 Public History (Faculty of Arts) ...... 308 Game Design and Development Program...... 251 Religion and Culture (Faculty of Arts) ...... 308 Health Studies ...... 254 Social and Environmental Justice Program...... 308 Community Health ...... 254 User Experience Design Program...... 317 Health Administration ...... 256 Youth and Children's Studies Program ...... 320 Public Health...... 256 Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts (Faculty of Arts) ..323 International Policy Program (Faculty of Arts) ...... 261 Faculty of Music ...... 324 Leadership Program ...... 261 Regulations Governing all Music Programs: Grades, Policing Programs ...... 266 Progression, Exams ...... 324 Psychology (Faculty of Science)...... 271 Academic Advising...... 324 Validating Examinations...... 324 Faculty of Liberal Arts ...... 274 Admission ...... 274 Temporary Withdrawal...... 324 BA Programs...... 274 Ensemble Policy ...... 324 Academic Regulations for All Honours Programs...... 274 Policy on Credit for Outside Ensemble ...... 325 Regulations Combining Honours with a Secondary Minor/ Studio Policy Regarding Progression from Half-Hour Lessons Option...... 276 to Full-Hour Lessons; Progression to MU490B ...... 325 Course Selection and Counselling...... 277 Policy Concerning Academic Probation, Program Withdrawal and Re-audition...... 325 Transfers to and from the Waterloo Campus...... 277 Post-Degree Regulations ...... 326 University/College Combination Programs ...... 277 Aegrotat Standing Policy - Faculty of Music...... 326 Exchange Programs...... 277 Policies: Masterclass, Concerts, Grad Recitals ...... 326 Full-Time Faculty ...... 278 All Music Faculty...... 326 General BA without Designation ...... 278 Bachelor of Music ...... 327 Business Technology Management Program (LSBE) ...... 278 Bachelor of Music Therapy...... 331 Digital Media and Journalism Program...... 278 BMus/BMus Therapy with Management Option (LSBE)...... 332 English (Faculty of Arts)...... 283 Diploma in Chamber Music ...... 332 Foundations ...... 284 Diploma in Opera...... 332 French (Faculty of Arts)...... 285 Music & Cultural History Option ...... 333 Geography (Faculty of Arts) ...... 285 Music Minor ...... 333 History (Faculty of Arts)...... 285 Music Courses: BMus, Diplomas or by Dean's Permission Human Rights and Human Diversity Program ...... 287 only...... 333

iii This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Table of Contents

Music Courses: Non-Music Majors ...... 347 Christian Studies and Global Citizenship...... 433

Faculty of Science ...... 349 BSc and BA Programs and Regulations...... 349 Honours Programs...... 349 Non-Honours Programs ...... 349 Exchange Programs ...... 349 University BSc and BA Regulations...... 350

Academic Advising ...... 350 Regulations for All Honours Programs...... 350 Regulations Combining Honours with a Secondary Minor/ Option...... 351 Co-operative Education/Professional Experience Program . 352 General BA without Designation ...... 354 General BSc without Designation ...... 354 Management Option (LSBE) ...... 354 Applied Mathematics Option ...... 354 Applied Water Science Program ...... 355 ...... 358 and ...... 369 Criminology Minor (Faculty of HSS) ...... 380 Environmental Science Programs...... 380 Health Sciences ...... 381 Kinesiology and Physical Education...... 384 Mathematics...... 392 and Computer Science...... 403 Astronomy (PC/CP Dept)...... 403 Computer Science (PC/CP Dept)...... 404 Physics (PC/CP Dept) ...... 411

Psychology...... 414 Science (SC) Courses...... 424

Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work...... 425 Attendance Policy ...... 425 Academic Progression in the BSW ...... 425 Professional Ethical Practice Requirement ...... 425 Social Welfare Course...... 425 Social Work - Undergraduate Program...... 425

Waterloo Lutheran Seminary ...... 432 Academic Regulations For All Honours Programs ...... 432

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 iv The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Using This Calendar

USING THIS CALENDAR Concurrent undergraduate programs are available with the Introduction University of Waterloo (BBA/BMath, BBA/BCS), University of Wilfrid Laurier University is a full member of Universities Sussex, U.K. (BA/LLB), (BSc/Diploma) and Canada (The Association of Universities and Colleges of of Applied Arts and Technology (BA/Diploma- Canada), the Association of Registrars of the Universities and Certificate). Review the faculty chapters for information on these Colleges of Canada, The Association of Commonwealth degrees and certificate/diploma programs. Universities, and the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers. The Brantford Campus offers a wide variety of honours programs, options, minors. Programs are described in the Faculty of Human The Senate and the Board of Governors of Wilfrid Laurier and Social Sciences and the Faculty of Liberal Arts chapters. University reserve the right to make changes in this calendar without prior notice. Students are urged to consult the course descriptions contained in each faculty's chapter for required courses and electives, and should note prerequisites. Course Description Definitions and Laurier Visioning Statements the complete Glossary of university terms appear on the left- Academic Programs at Laurier hand navigation bar. Wilfrid Laurier University offers a broad range of programs leading Laurier has arranged exchange programs in countries around the to undergraduate honours and general degrees, post-degree world. Consult the Laurier International website for extensive diplomas and programs at the master's and doctoral level. program details. Through the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the Undergraduate programs are described within the following university offers doctoral and master's degrees. The online chapters: Graduate Studies Calendar is available from the Graduate Studies Faculties of Arts, Education, Music and Science; the Brantford website. programs in the Faculties of Human and Social Sciences, Liberal The Undergraduate Admissions chapter provides specifics Arts, Social Work; the Lazaridis School of Business and regarding the application process for qualified applicants to a Economics and the Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. wide spectrum of undergraduate programs at Laurier. The preceding Areas of Study at Laurier chapter, lists all Student Awards outlines numerous options for financial support programs and courses offered. at Laurier. Current and detailed information is available directly from the Student Awards Office or website. Financial Services Combined, simultaneous, cross-faculty, and sequential categorizes the tuition fee details and procedures. undergraduate degree programs are available at Laurier. The University chapter outlines all degrees offered, and provides a University-wide academic regulations, course registration and brief history. progression requirements are contained within the University Undergraduate Regulations chapter and concern all Honours programs require four years of study and lead to an undergraduate students. honours degree (BA, BASc, BBA, BBMT, BDes, BEd, BKin, BSc, BMus or BMusTh, BSW). The four-year program is arranged to The academic regulations governing a student's program are those provide mastery of a particular discipline with a liberal education in effect at the time of initial registration at Wilfrid Laurier of some depth. Honours requirements usually stipulate courses University, except that when academic regulations change prior to that must be taken in each successive year of the program. the completion of the program, the student may choose to have Students unable to achieve the required GPA after four years may the new regulations apply. All course and grade point average elect to receive a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science with a regulations of the new program must be followed. A student, who major, option and minors. The attainment of a General BA or BSc is not registered for a period of 18 consecutive months or more, degree without a major in the Faculty of Arts or Faculty of must follow the regulations that are in effect at the time of re- Science normally requires three years of study, students will have entry. Consult the University Undergraduate Regulations no further designation of a major or minor on these degrees. The chapter, or the appropriate academic department for more university offers only two general degrees: a Bachelor of Arts, a information regarding these and all other university-wide Bachelor of Science. undergraduate requirements. Undergraduates, in an honours program, select one or more subjects of specialization and are assured a liberal breadth of Quick Reference Telephone study in a range of disciplines, particularly in Year 1. Through a Numbers and Email Addresses two-year concurrent program, students with an undergraduate degree from a recognized university will earn a Bachelor of Enrolment Services Education (BEd) degree. On receiving approval from the Academic Counselling College of Teachers, graduates will be certified to practice in the Ontario education system, teaching Junior Kindergarten to Grade Other University Departments 6 with the Primary/Junior program, or Grades 4 to 10 with completion of the Junior/Intermediate program. Enrolment Services Options/Minor designations are available to students in honours Academic Counselling programs. Diploma programs are available in the Department of Waterloo Campus Business, the Faculty of Music and at the Brantford Campus.

1 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Using This Calendar

Auto-Attendant Telephone Number: (519) 884-0710 and press • Foot Patrol: ext. 3668 extension given below, then number (#) sign, or access by name. • Graduate Studies: ext. 3128, [email protected] Refer to chair, co-ordinators and undergraduate advisors listed with program descriptions in each faculty chapter. • Hawk Desk: ext. 3803 • Help Desks: Employee Service Desk, ext. 4357, [email protected]; • Faculty of Arts: Crystal Shadwell, ext. 2201, Student Service Desk, ext. 2222, support@[email protected] [email protected] • Housing Office: see Residential Services (below) • Faculty of Education: Michelle Baker, ext. 3706, • The Hub: ext. 3624 [email protected] • Laurier International: ext. 2227, [email protected] • Faculty of Music: Kathy Gauci, ext. 2956, [email protected] • Library: ext. 3999, [email protected] • Faculty of Science: (Surnames A-L) Maureen Coulter, ext. 3052, [email protected] (Surnames M-Z) Khaleel Hosein, ext. • MyLearningSpace Support: Tara Van Haaran, 4342, [email protected] [email protected], ext. 3531; Josh Marshall, [email protected], ext. 4203; [email protected] • School of Business & Economics: BBA Program: Bethany Ankucza, ext. 2060 or Lauren • One-Card Office: ext. 3730, [email protected] Osborne, ext. 2572, [email protected] Honours Economics Programs: Amy Neufeld. ext. 4857, • Parking Permits: ext. 2088, or ext. 5885, [email protected] [email protected] Brantford Campus • Privacy Office: ext. 6350, [email protected] Auto-Attendant Telephone Number: (519) 756-8228 and press • Residential Services: ext. 3236, [email protected] extension given below, then number (#) sign, or access by name. • Special Needs: see Accessible Learning Centre (above) Program Contacts: Who Is My Advisor? • Study Skills: ext. 2338 Other University Departments • Tuition & Other Fees: Service Laurier ext. 2800, Auto-Attendant Telephone Number: (519) 884-0710 and press [email protected] extension given below, then number (#) sign, or access by name. • Wellness Centre: ext. 3146, wellness@wluca • Aboriginal Office: ext. 4190, wlu.ca/aboriginal • WLUSU Office: ext. 3335 • Accessible Learning Centre: ext. 3086, [email protected] • U-Desk (Union Desk): ext. 3434/4102, [email protected] • Athletics and Recreation: ext. 2184 • Writing Centre: ext. 3339, [email protected] • Laurier Bookstore: ext. 3237, Classification of Students [email protected] • Academic probation: a student who has been permitted to • Career Development Centre: ext. 4495,[email protected], proceed conditionally in a general degree program. (Refer to the University Undergraduate Regulations chapter.) • Centre for Online Learning: ext. 3505, Probation may be approved by the department under certain [email protected] circumstances only in certain non-BA/BSc programs such as • Centre for Student Success: ext. 2220, Music or upper year BBA programs. [email protected] • Adult student: one who does not hold the Ontario Secondary • Community Safety and Special Constable Services: School Diploma/OAC, and has been admitted to the Dispatcher, ext. 3333, [email protected] university conditionally (refer to the Undergraduate Admissions chapter). • Co-op Office: ext. 4484, [email protected] • Audit student: one who has been admitted to the university • Dean of Students (Brantford): 519-756-8228, ext. 5644, and attends a course without credit toward a degree or [email protected] program, and who is not entered or registered on the official • Dean of Students (Waterloo): ext. 3704, university records or lists for the purpose of academic or [email protected] degree credit. Such a student will not be allowed to write final examinations and will not receive a course grade. The • Diversity & Equity Office: ext. 3208, [email protected] abbreviated term "AUD" replaces the grade on an official • Educational Development, ext. 3507, [email protected] transcript. The classroom and laboratory privileges and • Environmental Health and Safety: ext. 2874, [email protected] • Food Services: ext. 2276, [email protected]

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 2 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Using This Calendar

responsibilities of such a student will be at the discretion of Course Description/Contact Hours the department and the instructor. The tuition fee is usually The course information contains the description, the discipline one-half of the regular course fee. (Consult the Financial code (two or four digits), the course number, the course title and Services chapter.) the course weight. The credit weight may be preceded, if deemed • Full-time student: is registered in 2.0 or more credits per appropriate, by an abbreviation (consult Abbreviations in the term (four or more 0.5-credit courses). Glossary) indicating the term or session in which the course is normally taught. The course information line is followed by a brief • Junior student: a student who is classified as Year 1. description of the content of the course (more information is • Part-time student: is registered in 1.75 or less credits per available from the department) and may end with a statement term (or three or less 0.5-credit courses). that the course is cross-listed in another academic discipline. The description is followed, where applicable, by a prerequisite, co- • Registered student: has registered in courses either via requisite, credit exclusion statement and/or notes. LORIS or submitted the appropriate forms to the Office of enrolment Services and is subsequently duly approved and Contact Hours: Any deviation from the normal number of three processed. A registered student is responsible for fees that contact hours per week for 12 weeks, or 36 lecture hours per arise from registration, and may be deregistered if term, for a course, will be noted at the end of the course appropriate fee arrangements are not made. description. Example: GG369 • Regular student: has been admitted to the university without condition and is proceeding toward a degree or Credit Weight diploma. The credit weight is the relative value assigned to the course. A • Senior citizen: is any person 60 years of age or older 1.0-credit course carries twice the weight of a 0.5-credit course (Canadian citizen or international status) before the first day and normally consists of three contact hours per week over two of classes of a term. Seniors are exempt from tuition fees for terms (September – April). A credit denotes a 1.0-credit (or full- all undergraduate courses, but are required to pay other fees credit) course with 1.0 indicated in the course description. A where applicable. The exception to this is the Waterloo 0.5-credit course carries twice the weight of a 0.25-credit course Lutheran Seminary; courses are charged 50% tuition. and is normally conducted over a four-month period. A half-credit course is indicated with the 0.5 weight in the course description, • Senior student: A student who is classified as Year 2, Year 3, and a quarter-credit course as 0.25 in the description and is Year 4, Year 5, post-degree, etc. normally taught over a six-week period. However, courses may be • Unclassified student: is registered in one or more degree taught over varying periods of time than these listed. In the courses, and is either not proceeding toward a degree, or is program descriptions, the following symbols are used following not eligible or does not have a declared specialization or the course number: major. • Undergraduate student: a student admitted to the Credit Weight Symbol university and registered in one or more undergraduate courses, placements or other educational activities One and a half credits (1.5) ‡ recognized by the Senate of the university as requirements. One credit (1.0) * • Visitor: one who registers in a course to count it towards a credential at another institution. Quarter-credit (0.25) º (Refer to Mandatory Registration Policy)

Course Description Definitions (0.5 credits do not have a symbol appended.) Course Number Half (0.5-credit) courses are indicated simply by the course Course Description/Contact Hours number consisting of the discipline code and a three-digit number. This system of notation represents a change from that Credit Weight used in all calendars prior to the 1993-1994 version, in which the Discipline Codes symbol * was used to identify 0.5-credit courses. For example, a student who earned an A in a 1.0 credit course Course Number would be given an 11, a C- in a 0.5 credit course would be given a The course number consists of a two-digit and/or four-digit letter 2 (4 points/2) and a B+ in a 0.25 credit course would be given a abbreviation indicating the subject area of the course (consult the 2.25 (9 points/4). To calculate the GPA, all grade points are Discipline Code list) followed by a three-digit number to which, added together and divided by the total weight of the credits. In in some instances, an additional letter is appended. this case the GPA would be 8.71 (15.25 grade points divided by 1.75 credits). Where letter grades are derived from percentages, conversion follows this chart unless the instructor announces otherwise, in writing, at the start of a course.

3 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Using This Calendar

Discipline Codes See table on page 5 Senate/Editorial Changes Senate Revision May 26, 2016: ML Program name revision; effective September 1, 2016. Publication Information Published by Wilfrid Laurier University - on December 21, 2016 Revised last on December 6, 2017 Editor: Marilyn T. Watson, Enrolment Services Associate Editor: Joanne A. Bell, Enrolment Services Laurier's website address is legacy.wlu.ca/calendars Wilfrid Laurier University is a full member of (The Association of Universities and Colleges of Canada), the Association of Registrars of the Universities and Colleges of Canada, The Association of Commonwealth Universities, and the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers. The Senate and the Board of Governors of Wilfrid Laurier University reserve the right to make changes in this calendar without prior notice. Note: The Senate and the Board of Governors of Wilfrid Laurier University reserve the right to make changes in this calendar without prior notice.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 4 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Using This Calendar

Discipline Codes

LORIS LORIS Discipline Faculty LORIS LORIS Discipline Faculty LORIS LORIS Discipline Faculty Code and Transcript Code and Code and Code Transcript Transcript Code Code

AB ARAB Arabic GC Christian Waterloo OL ORLD Leadership Human Studies and Lutheran Arts CRGC and Social Global Seminary Sciences Citizenship

--- Geography and GESC Environmental Arts Studies

AF ARTS Faculty of Arts Arts GG GEOG Geography Arts MA MATH Mathematics Science

AN ANTH Anthropology GL GEOL Geology MB BUTM Business Business Arts Arts Technology and Management Economics

GM GERM German MI MEDS Mediterranean Arts Arts Studies

AR ARCH Archaeology GS GLST Global Studies ML MLST Medieval and Arts Arts Medievalism Arts Studies

AS ASTR Astronomy GR MX MDST Media Studies Liberal Science GREE Greek Arts Arts

BF BRFO Foundations Human MU MUSI Music and Social Sciences Music and Liberal Arts

BI BIOL Biology HD HEAD Human MZ MUSL Muslim Studies Health and Science Arts Administration Social Sciences

BU BUSI Business HE Human NO NAST North American Business Health and Studies and HESC Arts Sciences Social Economics Sciences

CC CRIM Criminology Human HI HIST and Social History Arts Science

CH CHEM Chemistry Science HN HBIO Human PP PHIL Philosophy Science Arts Biology

CL CLAS Classical Studies Arts PC PHYS Physics Science

--- CMEG Community Arts HP HPSC History and PD PLCG Policing Human Engagement Philosophy of Arts and Social Science Sciences

HR HUMN Human Rights PO POLI Political Science Liberal and Human Arts Arts Diversity

--- COOP Co-operative HS HEST Health Studies Human PS PSYC Psychology This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 5 Education and Science The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Social Sciences

CP CPTG Computer Science Science

CS COMS Communication RE RE&C Religion and Arts Arts Studies Culture

CT CONS Social and ID INDG Indigenous SC SCIE Science Environmental Studies Justice (was Society, Culture Liberal Liberal and Science Arts Arts Environment), (and formerly Contemporary Studies)

DD DESI Game Design Human IT ITAL SE SOCE Social and and Social Italian Arts Entrepreneurship Arts Development Sceinces

DH DHUM Digital SL SCWL Social Welfare Social Arts Humanities Work

EC ECON Economics Business JN JRNL Digital Media ST STAT Statistics Liberal and and Science Arts Economics Journalism

EM EDMI Education minor Education SY SOCI Sociology Arts

EN ENGL English KP KPPE Kinesiology SP SPAN Spanish Arts and Physical Science Arts Education

--- ENTR Entrepreneurship Business UU INDS University and Interdisciplinary Economics

--- ENVX Environmental Arts and KS CULT Cultural UX UEXD User Experience Liberal Arts Science Science Studies Design Arts

ES EVST Environmental --- WASC Applied Water Arts and Arts Studies Science Science

EU EDUC Bachelor of LA LATN WOMS Women and Education Latin Arts Arts Education Gender Studies

FR FREN French LL LGLT --- WORK Labour Studies Languages and Liberal Arts Arts and Career Literatures Arts Development

FS FILM Film Studies LY LWSC Law and YC YCST Youth and Liberal Liberal Arts Society Children's Arts Arts Studies University Undergraduate Regulations

UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE REGULATIONS Office of Enrolment Services Laurier International Enrolment Services encompasses Recruitment & Admissions, Director: Ben Yang, BA, BEd Student Records & Registration, Student Awards, Examinations, Associate Director International Student Support: Peter Bookings & Scheduling and Service Laurier at the Waterloo Donahue, BA, [email protected], ext. 6704 Campus, and Registrarial Services, Recruitment & Admissions and Manager, Global Engagement Programming: Phyllis Power, Service Laurier at the Brantford Campus. [email protected], ext. 5661 Waterloo Campus: Waterloo Campus AVP Enrolment Services & Registrar: Jennifer Casey, BA, BEd, Telephone: 519-884-0710 x2227 [email protected], ext. 6092, Commissioner of Oaths (by appt) Senior International Student Advisor: Anna Done Choudhury, Associate Registrar: Recruitment & Admissions, BA, MA-IIC, [email protected], ext. 6840 [email protected], BA, ext. 4066 International Student Academic Transitions Advisor: Mike Associate Registrar: Student Financial & Client Services: Necia Aguiar, [email protected], ext. 4545 Martins, BA, MBA, [email protected], ext 6094 Student Abroad Advisor: Sara O'Donnell, BA, MA, Associate Registrar: Registrarial Services & Systems: Shelagh [email protected], ext. 3784 Pepper, [email protected], BA, BMath, BSc, diplBA, ext. 3188 International Programs Assistant: Sarina Wheeler, Assistant Registrar: Admissions: Christopher Brunskill, BEd, BA, [email protected], ext. 4085 MA, [email protected], ext. 3100 Coordinator, Global Engagement (Waterloo Campus): Anne- Manager, Systems and Continuous Improvement: Christopher Marie Henry, [email protected], ext. 4702 Kelly, BA, [email protected], ext. 2934 Manager, Service Laurier: Meghann Wiles, [email protected], Office Location: Room 2A01, C Wing, Arts Building ext.4569 Office Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Manager, International Recruitment & Partnerships: Christie Brantford Campus Johnson, BA, [email protected], ext. 4578 Telephone: 519-756-8228 Co-ordinator, Records & Registration: All Faculties, Convocation, Editor: Undergraduate Academic Calendar: Marilyn International Student Advisor: Teeba Alsafar, BA, MA, T Watson, BBA, [email protected], ext. 6095 [email protected], ext. 5969 Office Location: Second floor, 202 Regina Street Coordinator, Global Engagement (Brantford Campus): Mike Website: students.wlu.ca Boylan, [email protected] Brantford Campus Office Location: Rm. 136, Dalhousie Centre 519-756-8228: Office Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Assistant Registrar: Student Records and Services Brantford: Jennifer Brickman, BA, [email protected], ext. 5720 Website: www.wlu.ca/laurierinternational Manager, Canadian Recruitment: Craig Chipps, BA, Laurier International is committed to welcoming, supporting and [email protected], ext. 5660 serving the needs of new and continuing international degree Manager, Marketing & Communications: Melissa Stephens, seeking and exchange students, as well as promoting an [email protected], ext. 5551 understanding of international issues among by Website: students.wlu.ca involving them in programs that develop a global experience. Email inquiries: [email protected] Laurier International is the first point of contact for international Admission Inquiries: [email protected] and exchange students, offering an orientation program on arrival that introduces students to a new academic and social culture. The Laurier International Student Lounge provides a home away NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier from home environment for students, volunteers and guests to email account. Students are expected to regularly check their meet each other and participate in a variety of social and cultural Laurier email account for important notices from the university programs and activities. community. Students are required to send emails to official International Student Support Services members of the university community from their Laurier email The International Student Advisor, or ISA, and the ISATA, foster a account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails positive student experience for international students by sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be providing support, assistance and advice to international students identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is prior to their arrival, on arrival, and through to graduation and impossible to determine whether the emails received from these post-graduation.International Student Support at Laurier non-Laurier accounts are coming from the person they claim to be International provides a range of programming and services, from. Your co-operation is appreciated. including:

• transitional advising to assist international students with their adaptation to campus life socially, academically, and culturally; • liaison with instructors, University administration and the community at large with respect to international student interests;

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 6 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

• advocacy on behalf of international students on academic Students are responsible for the payment of fees that arise and welfare issues. from registration and are indebted to the university unless cancellation is received, in writing, prior to the • advice, support, referral, and information to students in commencement of classes (the cancellation fee applies). areas such as immigration, family issues, personal issues, financial, and academic support; Refer to the Academic Dates online version, for information regarding final dates for registration, late fees and cancellation • referrals to other resources and services on campus when fees. It is the student's responsibility to supply a correct and necessary; current address to the Office of Enrolment Services using LORIS. • programming to assist with cultural adaptation and settlement for international students and their Course Selection accompanying family members; and Courses are selected in accordance with the prescribed requirements of a program. • coordination of the International Peer Mentor program that assigns trained peer mentors to new incoming first year Students registering in an honours program are responsible for undergraduate students. having their total program approved at the beginning of each academic year by the department(s) concerned. Global Engagement Programming All students are responsible for the completeness and accuracy The Student Abroad Advisor (SAA) and Global Engagement of their own registration. Students should ensure that as they Coordinators (GEC) promote Global Citizenship through the proceed they take the necessary prerequisites for individual promotion and management of student mobility programming and courses. "international@home" opportunities. The SAA and Global Engagement Coordinators provide programming and services, The university reserves the right not to offer elective courses for including: which there is insufficient registration. Some courses listed in this calendar are not offered each year. • advice to students on international study, work and volunteer opportunities; Program Selection • pre-departure and re-entry programs. Supporting students' Year 1 students normally register in mid-May after having received development of intercultural competencies and global and confirmed the offer of admission. Details regarding awareness; registration procedures are available online. • advice to students on obtaining funding to support In March, returning Year 1, Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4 students participation in global engagement opportunities, and have an opportunity to revise their academic program online for the following year by using LORIS. If the deadline to revise your • coordination of the Laurier International Friendship program has passed or access to the site is not possible, the Extension (LIFE) program online Program Selection Form may be used. In July and The Laurier International website wlu.ca/laurierinternational/ throughout the summer and fall/winter (by appropriate deadline exchange provides up-to-date information on international dates), students may then select their courses online. Refer to the student exchange opportunities and all other international and LORIS information page on the website https://students.wlu.ca local opportunities may be found at the Laurier International for start and end dates. Final grades and progression decisions are website: www.wlu/ca/international. available through LORIS on the university website. In order to view Laurier grades: Registration Regulations Remember to close the browser when finished.

Academic Advising 1. Log onto: LORIS Although academic advising is available within each department or faculty dean's office, it is solely the responsibility of 2. Click on "Login to Secure Area" students to ensure that they are properly registered and meet 3. Type in student ID number and PIN. Click on "Login" course requirements and the requirements of the program for which they are registered. All students should review this 4. Retype your PIN. Click on "Login" chapter and the relevant program requirements and course information carefully. 5. Click on "Student Records Information" 6. Click on "Student Records Information Menu" Registration Status 7. Click on "Final Grades" A student is considered registered when they have added courses either via the web, using the Laurier Online Registration and 8. Select a term from the drop down list, and click on "Display Information System {LORIS} or by submission and approval of Grades" the appropriate forms to the Office of Enrolment Services. 9. Use the "Menu" button at the top of the screen to back up a level. 10. Close your browser.

7 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Class schedule information is available by clicking on "Registration Menu" at step 6 instead of "Student Records two-thirds of course, 40th Fall term (12-weeks) Information Menu". teaching day

The User ID is the 9-digit student identification number assigned two-thirds of course, 40th Winter term (12-weeks) upon admission to the university. teaching day The PIN number defaults to your date of birth in the format Fall and Winter (6-weeks, first two-thirds of course, 20th [MMDDYY] - six digits. When choosing a new PIN, this number and second) teaching day cannot begin with the digit 0 and must consist of numbers and letters. If you have set up your PIN and security questions but Intersession, Summer Session two-thirds of course, 20th cannot gain access, complete the form at https://web.wlu.ca/ (6-weeks) teaching day pinreset/. If coming in person to have the PIN reset, picture id will be requested. two-thirds of course, 40th Spring term (12-weeks) teaching day Registration Form: print the LORIS registration page when making changes. Courses of different durations will be pro-rated. Verification of Enrolment: is available on the student's LORIS account at no charge. Consult the Academic Dates for actual dates for withdrawal from Course/Program Registration courses without penalty of failure. A grade of "F'' will be assigned Changes if a student withdraws after the final date. If the normal deadline date falls on a Friday, the actual deadline will become the All students may submit course changes for the fall and winter following business day. A grade of DR (dropped-failure) will be terms using LORIS. Start dates for this process depend on your assigned if the course is dropped in writing after the withdrawal year of registration (Year 1, 2, 3 or 4). Intersession, spring and deadline but before the start of exams. summer online registration begins in February. Refer to the Academic Dates chapter and the online version, for deadlines as Notes: they affect academic and financial records. Students should ensure that the course change has been completed by checking their 1. The onus for notifying Enrolment Services of withdrawal via academic record on LORIS. LORIS or by sending an email to Enrolment Services rests solely upon the student. Simply ceasing to attend lectures, Course changes that cannot be completed using LORIS can be even if the instructor is informed, does not formally submitted to Enrolment Services via email ([email protected]). Any constitute withdrawal and will result in a failing grade and program changes that cannot be completed using LORIS must be financial penalties. made on the Program Selection Form and submitted to Enrolment Services. Changes in writing must be approved by the appropriate 2. A change from registration for credit to audit must be department before they are accepted. made no later than the final date for withdrawing without failure.This can be requested via email to Enrolment To change a program for a given term, the change must be made Services. before the last business day before the first day of regularly scheduled classes of that term. Tuition will not be reassessed after Registration on a Part-time Basis that date. Registration procedures and forms are the same as those for full- time students as given in the previous sections. Refer also to the Adding or Withdrawing from Courses online Part-Time, Online and Continuing Studies Calendar for A course must be added no later than 10 calendar days from the procedures using LORIS and for registration dates of each term beginning of term lectures. This regulation applies to spring term, and session. Part-time students are defined as registering for 1.75 fall, winter (12-week terms). Consult the Academic Dates for the credits or less per term. corresponding dates for six-week courses. Students are required to be available for examinations during the Duration of Each Term: examination periods of all terms in which they register. Students who register in courses from more than one academic term are Fall term, Winter term and Spring term - each have 60 teaching responsible for any examination conflicts generated by their days actions. Intersession, Summer Session and, first and second six-week courses in Fall and Winter terms - each have 30 teaching days Cross-Registration in Courses at the The final dates for withdrawing from courses without penalty of failure are: University of Waterloo Website: https://students.wlu.ca/registration-and-finances/enrolment- services/taking-courses-at-another-university.html

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 8 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Email inquiries: WLU Students: [email protected], [email protected] Student Identification - Legal Name UW Students: [email protected] As the university is committed to the integrity of its student records, each student is required to provide their complete legal The Joint Co-operative Advisory Council of Wilfrid Laurier name either on the application for admission or on personal data University and the University of Waterloo has established an forms required for registration. Any requests to change a name, by agreement whereby students of either university may cross- means of alteration, deletion, substitution or addition, must be register to take courses at the other institution. The main accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation. Upon objective is to make courses available, which currently are not applying for graduation, students may be asked to provide proof offered at the student's home institution. of their full legal name. Students on academic probation in a general degree program, or For information concerning the Laurier OneCard, refer to the in post-degree studies are not permitted to cross-register. Student Services chapter. A student who withdraws from the Students must register and pay fees at their home institution. university must submit the Laurier OneCard to the Office of Courses taken at the University of Waterloo may not be used to Enrolment Services for deactivation. meet residence requirements at Laurier. Cross-registration forms and instructions are available in the Office of Enrolment Services. Records, Examinations, and Course • Adds for cross-registered courses must be submitted at the Work Materials home university according to host add deadline dates. Information received by the university in support of a student's • Drops for cross-registered courses must be submitted at the application for admission, all of the student's academic and other home university according to home drop deadline dates. records, and all examination papers and other material submitted by a student as part of the course work at the university shall be • Examination scheduling conflicts will be resolved at the considered the property of the university. Exceptions may be home university. approved by the appropriate dean. Graduate students retain the Requests for deferred examination privileges must be submitted at right to publish approved theses. Materials supplied to students, the host university. such as lecture notes, course outlines or class handouts, etc., shall not be sold or reproduced without the express consent of the Note: Students who wish to cross-register, should check the university. University of Waterloo's sessional dates carefully, as their start and end term dates may differ from those of Laurier. Access to student records, and release of information concerning them, shall be governed by the university's confidentiality of Students Registering at Laurier on a student records policies. Letter of Permission Transcript Requests Incoming Letter of Permission Contact: [email protected] Website: wlu.ca/transcripts Email inquiries: [email protected] Students registered at another university wishing to take courses Telephone Inquiries: 519.884.0710 ext 2800 (Waterloo); for transfer credit toward an undergraduate degree program at 519.756.8228 ext. 5885 (Brantford) their home university may register on a Letter of Permission. An application for admission and a letter of permission from the Transcript requests must be submitted to Enrolment Services home university must be submitted to the Office of Enrolment through our online portal, www.wlu.ca/transcripts. All fields must Services, Wilfrid Laurier University. be completed and payment received to submit a request (refer to the Financial Services chapter). Withdrawal from Full-time Studies A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from full-time Selection of Courses studies must delete all courses using LORIS. If unable to use 1. Not all courses are offered each year. When students are LORIS, students must send an email to Enrolment selecting from a list of required courses, access to a Services: [email protected] or [email protected] specific course is not guaranteed when there is another course available to meet a specific program requirement. Students who leave the university without withdrawing form all Consult the department concerned for current course courses on LORIS will have each of the applicable courses recorded offerings. as a failure and will not be eligible for any refund of fees. The policy outlined under Adding or Withdrawing from Courses 2. Examine thoroughly the requirements for the degree being applies. pursued. Students holding scholarships or loans must bear responsibility for 3. Review any notes in the department's course description meeting obligations in returning or repaying funds. listings. 4. Note the prerequisites, co-requisites and exclusions for courses required now and in the future. Courses cannot be taken concurrently if one is a prerequisite.

9 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

5. Registration in an honours course requires the permission 1. The program you wish to enter or re-enter; of the department offering the course, unless specified 2. The reasons for your previous academic performance; otherwise. 3. Why you wish to attend Laurier and why you think you will 6. Students who register in a course for which they have be more successful academically if re-admitted; already received credit under another course number will be deemed to be repeating the course. 4. Details concerning your activities or work experience since your last attendance at school. 7. Faculty of Arts: 400 level seminars are open only to Year 4 honours students registered in the program in which the If re-admitted, students are permitted to enroll in part-time 400 level seminar is offered. Other students wishing to take studies on readmission probation. They are limited to 1.0 400 level seminars require permission of the department credits per semester and must successfully complete 2.0 credits offering the course and the department in which they are (or equivalent) with a G.P.A. of 5.00 (C) within two years, but are specializing. A 400 level seminar cannot be repeated. limited to taking a total of 4.0 credits (or equivalent) until academic probation is cleared. No failures are allowed during this Readmission of Students probationary period. Upon clearing probation they may then proceed into full-time or part-time studies in accordance with Required to Withdraw regular academic regulations. Required to Withdraw from Laurier Applicants will be notified by email once decisions have been made. Mail will be sent to the mailing address on file with the If you were required to withdraw from Laurier, you may request re- Office of Enrolment Services. admission to resume studies no earlier than 12 months from the date of required withdrawal. Academic Regulations Please note: Due to the competitive nature of the programs in the School of Business & Economics, students who were required Principal Rules to withdraw from the University are not eligible for re-admission The academic regulations include the requirements which must be into these programs. If you wish to be considered for re-admission fulfilled in order to graduate with a given degree, as well as any into another program at the University, follow the instructions general rules which structure the academic experience of the below for Arts, Brantford or Science. student. Such rules pertain to standards and procedures used in For the Faculty of Arts, Laurier Brantford and the Faculty of determining academic standing and progression, methods of Science: evaluation, registration in courses, and overall conduct of the student. For non-degree students, the academic regulations for 1. Re-admission will be at the discretion of the appropriate the general-level degree programs will apply except where Faculty Committee and is not guaranteed. additional requirements are specified. 2. Academic upgrading is required (i.e. Two academic college The academic regulations governing a student's program shall courses, each at a minimum grade of A- (80%); or two be those in effect at the time of initial registration at Wilfrid university courses, each at a minimum grade of B- (70%) or Laurier University, except that when academic regulations are better. These courses may not be taken at Laurier and must changed prior to the completion of the academic program, the not cover course material previously taken at Laurier. Any student may choose to have the new set of regulations apply. additional courses taken while on "must withdraw" status Exceptions to this rule are detailed below: will be scrutinized by the appropriate Faculty Committee. Where a student requests a change in program, and the change is 3. Courses taken for upgrading purposes must be pre- authorized by an official of the university (chair/undergraduate approved. Email the Office of Enrolment Services with the advisor of department of the program, dean or associate dean/ course description or course syllabus or links to the website assistant dean of the faculty), the student is bound by the where this information can be found and include your full requirements of the program as they exist at the time they enter name and student ID number in the email. the program. Students who are required to transfer from honours to general, may meet the academic regulations in effect for the 4. Courses taken at college or another university to either general program without designation at the time of transfer or meet upgrading requirements or taken for interest while on those in effect at the time of initial registration in the honours a "must withdraw" status will not be awarded as, or program. considered for, transfer credit if you are re-admitted. If the student is not registered in any Wilfrid Laurier 5. An official transcript must be sent directly to the Office of University course for a period of 18 or more consecutive Enrolment Services - Records from the institution(s) months, the academic regulations in effect at the time of re- attended for upgrading. entry to the academic program shall apply. Previous Laurier students must complete: Request for Re- Students may not hold a minor in a field in which they have an admission honours major or option. The Faculty Committee requires that you submit, along with the appropriate academic documents, the online form with a statement which includes the following:

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 10 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Course Regulations 1. Laurier students pay tuition and incidental fees to Wilfrid Registration in courses, adding or withdrawing from courses, is Laurier University and will be invoiced for 2.5 credits per governed by the dates printed in the Academic Dates and official semester through Service Laurier at Wilfrid Laurier online version of the Undergraduate Academic Calendar. Additional University. Students who are accepted on exchange will information is available in the Registration section at the therefore be allowed to take the equivalent of a full course beginning of this chapter. Academic penalties are applied for load at the host institution. Exception to these fees will failure to add or withdraw by the specified dates. occur during the spring term, when students may be invoiced for 1.5 credits (dependent upon their course load). Other expenses are payable to the host institution Repeated Courses while abroad. No course may be attempted more than twice. For the calculation of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to this chapter's 2. Students may apply for OSAP funding through the Student section, Grades. Awards Office at Laurier when participating in the International Exchange Program. Students are advised to Irregular Course contact the Student Awards Office for specific instructions No more than 1.0 irregular credit may be counted toward a pertaining to studying abroad. general degree, and no more than 3.0 toward an honours degree. 3. Students must have a minimum cumulative Grade Point Students who have successfully completed 5.0 credits may register Average of 7.0 at the time of application and at the time in an irregular course. A course is denoted with "Irregular course" of study in order to be eligible for an International in the calendar description. Exchange Program. Only students registered in an honours program in a subject may 4. Students must have adequate linguistic competency, where register in a directed studies course in that subject, and no more applicable. than one directed studies course with the same instructor may be counted toward a degree (except with permission of the dean). 5. Exchange periods are either for one or two terms. Term start and end dates vary. Overload Courses in Full-time 6. Exchange programs are open to undergraduate degree Studies seeking students during their third or fourth year of study in most disciplines. BBA students are eligible to participate Any courses in addition to the normal requirements taken in the in exchanges during their fourth year of study. Students honours program must be approved by the chair of the department taking the Management Option may apply for "business" involved. Each course in excess of six 0.5-credit courses (or exchanges. equivalent) in any term in the general and honours programs requires approval in writing by the dean of the faculty concerned. 7. Students spending a term or a year abroad in a recognized Normally an overall GPA of 9.00 is required for consideration. exchange program who satisfactorily complete a normal course load (one or two terms) will be credited with the Students enrolling in courses that are additional to the normal equivalent of a normal course load at Laurier (one or two program load are reminded that they are fully responsible for terms). Specific course equivalents will be assigned where doing so and are cautioned against possible academic difficulties. possible, but students will normally receive a non-specific Students enrolled in general degree programs who are on credit. For progression and graduation, grade calculations academic probation require written permission from the dean to will follow the procedures used in awarding In-Course take more than four 0.5-credit courses (or equivalent) in any Scholarships (i.e., foreign grades are not used in the given term. calculation of GPA). A grade of CR (Credit) or F (Fail) will be recorded on the student's official transcript beside all Extra Courses in Undergraduate courses taken while on exchange. Degree Programs 8. Students must arrange to have an official transcript sent from the host institution by the end of the next academic A course declared as "extra" is not included in the calculation of term after completing their International Exchange the GPA, nor does it count toward the degree requirements. Program. Students must submit a Course Credit Transfer However, the grade received will be included on the academic Agreement (CCTA) form that outlines the equivalent Laurier record. Students must designate courses as "extra" in the term or credits they will earn from their term abroad with academic session the course is taken and prior to the last day for approval. Failure to provide Laurier International with a withdrawing from courses without penalty of failure. transcript or a CCTA form will result in the assignment of Maximum Course Load: Spring Term Failing grades. From May to August inclusive, the maximum number of credits in 9. Due to processing time by the host institution, if a student which students may register in a six-week period is 1.5 credits. completes an International Exchange Program in their last Exceptions to this maximum registration regulation must be term before graduating and that term is Winter or Spring, granted by written permission of the appropriate dean. they will not be able to graduate at the subsequent convocation. These students would graduate at the next Student International Exchange convocation ceremony.

11 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Application deadlines vary, but are usually mid January of the academic year preceding the exchange. Information on deadlines Grading System for application, and application forms are available at Laurier A student's progress within a program will be evaluated on the International. basis of the grade point average (GPA). For purposes of calculation, the grade point (GP) earned in a 0.5 credit will be Letter of Permission Courses given half the weight of that earned in a 1.0 credit. Likewise the GP earned in a 0.25 credit will be given a quarter of the weight of Website: that earned in a 1.0 credit. https://students.wlu.ca/registration-and-finances/enrolment- For example, a student with an A (11.0) in a 1.0 credit, a C- (2.0) services/taking-courses-at-another-university.html in a 0.5 credit and a B+ (2.25) in a 0.25 credit will receive a GPA Email inquiries: of 8.71. (15.25 grade points divided by 1.75 credits) [email protected] or [email protected] Where letter grades are derived from percentages, the following Students registered in a degree or diploma program at Laurier may conversion will be adopted unless the instructor announces take courses at another recognized university, provided a Letter of otherwise, in writing, at the outset of a course. Permission has been obtained from the Office of Enrolment Letter grades and their grade point equivalents are as follows: Services at Wilfrid Laurier University at least two weeks prior to registration in such courses. A Letter of Permission request will be assessed a non-refundable fee (refer to the Financial Services Letter Grade Percentage chapter). Grades Points Conversion The letter will be issued only to a regular student who has successfully completed a minimum of 3.0 credits at Wilfrid Laurier A+ 12 90-100 University, has obtained a minimum cumulative GPA of 4.00, and is not on academic probation in a general degree program. A 11 85-89 Normally, the university does not accept, through its Letter of A- 10 80-84 Permission process, credits acquired through prior learning assessment and recording programs at other institutions. B+ 9 77-79 A student, who does not register for the course(s) specified in the letter, must notify Enrolment Services at Wilfrid Laurier University, B 8 73-76 in writing, before the start of the session indicated in the letter. B- 7 70-72 It is the student's responsibility to have a transcript of final grades sent to Enrolment Services of Wilfrid Laurier University. The C+ 6 67-69 grade attained in the course taken on a Letter of Permission will be included in the cumulative GPA. If the transcript is not C 5 63-66 received within one month after completion of the course, a grade C- 4 60-62 of "F'' will be assigned to each course. NOTE: The willingness of the host institution to grant an D+ 3 57-59 extension of the time to complete the course requirements is not sufficient basis for WLU to grant an extension to its Letter of D 2 53-56 Permission privileges. You must adhere to WLU's academic and D- 1 50-52 program deadlines. Prospective graduates should note that when the final course of a F 0 0-49 program is taken on a Letter of Permission in the winter term, XF 0 0-49 graduation would not be sooner than fall convocation. An official * transcript must be received by Enrolment Services no later than DR** 0 0-49 May 1 for spring convocation and October 1 for fall convocation. Grade not GNR - Grades Reported

Access to Grades UR*** - Under Review Students may review their grades and progression decisions at any time via Laurier's Online Registration and Information System (LORIS) on the university website. Refer to the steps listed earlier * Final exam not written - failed course. in this chapter in the Program Selection section. Where an X appears beside a final passing grade, the final examination was not written and the grade is based upon term work with a 0 on the final exam.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 12 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

** Dropped after academic deadline - failed course. A grade of DR If the course instructor is unavailable, or if the student remains (dropped-failure) will be assigned if the course is dropped in dissatisfied, an official request for a grade reassessment may be writing after the withdrawal deadline but before the start of exam submitted to the chair of the department offering the course (in period. the case where the chair is the instructor, the dean of the faculty shall assume the functions of the chair). The request shall be filed *** Grade decision pending the resolution of an academic in writing and shall contain a statement of the specific reasons for misconduct investigation the belief that the grade does not reflect the student's academic See table on page 14 performance in the course and must be accompanied by any relevant assignment or test, which has been returned to the student. The student may review the final examination in the If a Petitions Committee approves the 'Not Accountable' department office in order to prepare the official request. The designation, a refund of fees will not be considered since the request to the chair for grade reassessment shall be filed with the courses and grades remain on a student's transcript. chair no later than six weeks following the formal release of Term Grade percentage Prior to grades from the Office of Enrolment Services. The chair shall provide the student with a written decision Withdrawal deadline regarding the request for grade reassessment within four (4) That, normally, first and second year undergraduate courses be weeks of receipt of the official request. The student may, structured so that at least 15 percent of the final grade is following the release of the chair's decision, petition to the assigned and communicated before the final course withdrawal student's faculty petitions committee, the procedure for which is date. found in this chapter under Academic Regulations: Petitions. A fee of $25.00 per course, refundable if the faculty petitions Calculation of Course Grade: Final committee finds in the student's favour, must accompany the petition. Examination Not Written Note: In the event the course is part of an interdepartmental The final course grade for a student who does not write a final major and not offered by a particular department (e.g., Muslim examination (or a deferred examination) for a course in which an Studies), the co-ordinator of the program will act in the place of examination is required shall be calculated by assigning "0'' to the the chair. final examination. It should be noted that an instructor may require a student to take the final examination in order to qualify for obtaining a passing grade in the course. Grade Submission Undergraduate course final grades must be submitted no later Calculation of Grade Point Average: than the end of the first business day which falls at least 7 calendar days after the writing of the final examination. Where no Repeated Course final examination is scheduled, undergraduate course final grades When a course is repeated the grade received in the second must be submitted no later than the end of the first business day attempt will be used to calculate the GPA. Special averages (i.e., which falls 7 calendar days after the last day of the exam period. those calculated for distinctions) do not conform to this practice. The following example outlines the way in which the policy would Students in degree programs may repeat courses up to a maximum be administered: of 2.0 credits. When a course is repeated, the first attempt will remain on a student's transcript, and will not be used for credit • Exam written on Saturday, December 10th; grades to be toward the program. submitted by 4:30 p.m. on December 19th Grade Appeals • Exam written on Tuesday, December 13th; grades to be submitted by 4:30 p.m. on December 21st Grade appeals must be submitted as outlined below, no later than six weeks following the formal release of grades from the Office of • Exam written on Thursday, December 22nd; grades to be Enrolment Services. Students should follow the protocol outlined submitted by 4:30 p.m. on January 3rd in the following section Grade Reassessment. When the instructor involved in the grade appeal is also the chair, the • For those courses with no final examination, grades to be functions herein assigned to the chair shall be performed by the submitted by 4:30 p.m. on January 3rd dean of the faculty concerned. Grade Revisions Grade Reassessment Should a grade change be required, the revision must be submitted by the instructor or the chair to the Office of Enrolment The course instructor bears primary responsibility for assigning the Services, with the rationale for the change. final grade. Students who believe that the final grade received in a course does not reflect their academic performance should informally consult with the course instructor. The instructor may review the final examination with the student.

13 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Grading System

Transcript Symbol Grade Points Definition

AUD n/a Audit

CR n/a Credit (Exchange Programs)

P n/a Passed

S n/a Satisfactory

U n/a Unsatisfactory

UR n/a Under Review: carries no weight toward credit counts nor GPA calculations.

Voluntary withdrawal without failure after two thirds of course completed WD n/a (granted by Petitions only)

Granted only through a faculty petitions committee decision due to extenuating circumstances. Not Accountable n/a Appears on an official transcript adjacent to grades that are not used in the GPA calculation. [Refer to note below.]

By Challenge 0-12 Grade obtained via the Challenge for Credit procedure.

Examinations are randomly scheduled and students registered in Dean's Honour Roll evening sections may be required to write final examinations To be eligible for the dean's honour roll, students must have during the day. Students are strongly urged not to make any achieved a minimum overall GPA of 10.00 (A-) in all courses taken commitments (i.e., vacation) during the examination period. during the year (minimum of 5.0 credits). All departmental Students are required to be available for examinations during the requirements must be fulfilled with no failures or substitutions. examination periods of all terms in which they register. Students Students may have a maximum of 1.0 credit obtained by letter of who register in courses from more than one academic institution permission. The 'year' in this policy is defined as September 1 to are responsible for any examination conflicts generated by their August 31. actions. The university attempts, as much as possible, to keep one Students registered with the Accessible Learning Centre will be day a week free during the final examination period. considered for the dean's honour roll in the term in which they Students are normally not required to complete more than two complete each set of 5.0 credits. Potential candidates must final examinations in a 24 hour period. In order to receive relief initiate the assessment procedure by contacting the Accessible under this rule, the third "offending" examination must start and Learning Office. finish within 24 hours of the beginning of the first examination. For example, students will not receive relief under this regulation Examinations when their examinations begin at, 9:00 am and 2:00 pm on one Website: https://students.wlu.ca/academics/exams/index.html day, and 9:00 am on the following day. To receive relief under this regulation students must notify their dean's office at least three Final University Examinations business days before the beginning of the first of the three The university shall conduct a final examination period in each problematic examinations. The university reserves the right to academic session for undergraduate students. Individual select which examination is to be deferred. instructors through their academic units will determine evaluation methods for particular courses and if a final examination will be Examination Regulations for required. End of course evaluation methods may take a variety of forms, including oral presentations, take-home examinations, Candidates major assignments and proctored examinations. Individual Final examinations take place at the end of every term. Candidates instructors through their academic units will determine what are expected to fulfill this obligation in an honest manner. percent of course evaluation will be based on proctored As an academic institution, the university's credibility depends examinations and other forms of evaluation. upon the integrity of the examination process. With this in mind, the following are a set of rules to guide candidates: Attendance and Identification

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 14 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

• Candidates writing examinations are responsible for arriving channels. The proctor is not permitted to answer questions at the right time and place. They must have their Laurier other than those concerning the examination paper. student identification cards in their possession. Materials and Aids Forgetfulness or inadvertently arriving at the wrong time or place cannot be considered acceptable excuses. • Candidates must not use or attempt to use any improper Examination Process source of information. No candidates for an examination may bring into the examination room any books, notes or other • The doors of the examination room will be opened material containing information pertaining to the approximately 10 minutes before the start of the examination unless the examiner has given instructions that examination. Candidates will be permitted to enter the such material will be allowed and this instruction is specified examination room quietly up to one half hour after the on the examination paper. Any item brought into the scheduled start of the exam. Candidates arriving late will not examination room is subject to inspection. be allowed any extra time. • No briefcases, backpacks or other bags and carriers may be • Candidates must not begin the examination or attempt to brought to the desk site where the candidate is writing a read the examination questions until instructed to do so. midterm or final examination. If these items are brought to the examination room, they must be put at the front in a • Candidates once having entered, may not leave the exam place designated by the proctor before a candidate takes a room before completing and submitting the exam unless seat. Students are fully responsible for their own personal accompanied by a Proctor. Candidates are not permitted to belongings and it is strongly recommended that submit their examination and leave the examination room candidates not bring any items of value to the examination until 1 hour after the examination has begun, and in no case room (such as laptops, phones, IPods, etc.). Laurier is not before their attendance has been taken in accordance with responsible for any loss or damage to student property. FIPPA 2006 rules and regulations. (Freedom of Information & Protection of Privacy). In no case may a candidate leave the • No electronic or communication devices will be allowed in room temporarily, for any reason, until 30 minutes after the the examination room, including cell phones, smartphones, start of the examination. In order that remaining candidates pagers, etc. Calculators are not allowed unless specified by are not disrupted, candidates must remain seated and may the instructor and indicated on the examination paper. Only not leave the examination room during the last 15 minutes non-programmable models authorized by the instructor will of the examination session. be allowed. It is the candidate's responsibility to ascertain whether the use of calculators is permitted, and, if it is, • At the close of the examination period, candidates must stop whether any restrictions are imposed on the types of writing immediately. The Presiding Officer may seize the calculators that may be brought to the examination. papers of candidates who fail to observe this requirement, and a penalty may be imposed at the discretion of the • Translation dictionaries (e.g., English-French) or other instructor. Candidates must submit all their work, according dictionaries, (thesaurus, definitions, technical) are not to the instructions of the Presiding Officer, including all allowed unless specified by the instructor and indicated on materials and a copy of the examination paper with their the examination paper. Electronic dictionaries are never name and student ID number written on it. Unused allowed. examination booklets may not be taken from the • Except for bottled water, no food or drink is allowed in the examination room. examination room. Candidates with health problems that • A candidate who leaves before the examination is over must warrant relaxation of this regulation should provide medical hand in all completed and attempted work, notes made documentation to the presiding officer prior to the during the exam, and a copy of the examination paper with beginning of the examination. Such students should restrict their name and student ID number on it. themselves to those items and packaging that will least distract other examinees. • Talk or any form of communication between candidates is absolutely forbidden. No information of any kind is to be Expected Conduct and Sanctions written on the question paper or on scrap paper for the • Candidates are expected to write their examinations in an purpose of assisting other candidates. Responses to honest and straightforward manner. Where there are questions must not be done in an exaggerated way or in a reasonable grounds for believing a violation of exam protocol manner that will involve transmission of information to has occurred, the candidate will be subject to the others. disciplinary procedures and sanctions according to the • Candidates must remain seated during the examination Undergraduate Academic Calendar. period. A candidate needing to speak to the proctor (e.g., to • Only currently registered students will be permitted to write ask for additional supplies or to request permission to leave the final exam. the examination room for any reason) should so indicate by raising their hand. • Examinations conducted at Wilfrid Laurier University will be bound by WLU regulations, regardless of where the candidate • Questions concerning possible errors, ambiguities or is registered. omissions in the examination paper must be directed to the proctor who will investigate them through the proper University Closure and the Examination Period

15 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

• As per the Senate Guidelines used when Planning the last scheduled exam are to be submitted to the Office of Academic Year, should the university close on any of the last Enrolment Services (i.e., 96 hours after the scheduled five days of regularly scheduled classes, cancelled classes examination period ends). There is no charge for this may be rescheduled in the two study days occurring before application. The procedures for application, approval, and the examination period. In such a case, the examination implementation of these 'in-house alternative' examinations period would not be altered. Any day the university is closed shall be established at the departmental level. during the last five days of regularly scheduled classes will • The student may apply to the instructor for aegrotat be considered a study day. standing (refer to policy section on Aegrotat Standing Assignments and Tests in the Last which follows). There is no charge for this application. Week of Classes • If neither of these options is granted, the student may appeal to the petitions committee in the academic unit in Normally, work such as assignments or tests, due in the last week which the course is offered (not the one in which the of classes will be made known to a class at the beginning of the student is registered); the petitions committee may grant term. In no case, after the first half of the term, shall the aegrotat status or, time permitting, an in-house alternative assignment of such work first be made known to a class. To ensure exam as per the second note above; if the petition is granted that the workload of students is not unreasonable in the last week too late to permit such an in-house alternative, the student of classes, the university sets the following limits for the final must write the exam during the next* regularly scheduled week of regularly scheduled classes of each term: final exam period. In the latter case, the standard, non- 1. Assignments, projects, presentations and other evaluated refundable deferred examination fee will apply. Refer to the work, to a maximum worth of 50 percent of the total marks Petitions section later in this chapter. available in the course, may be due for submission or ◦ Fall term examination – written in fall term deferred presentation during the last week; examination period (last week of January)* 2. In a course or section with a final examination scheduled ◦ Winter term examination – written in winter term in the examination period, an in-class test or examination deferred examination period (last week of May)* worth no more than 20 percent of the total marks available ◦ Intersession examination – written in Spring term in the course may be administered during the last week of deferred examination period (last week of August)* classes; 3. In a course or section that does not have a final ◦ Spring term examination – written in Summer session examination scheduled in the examination period, no tests deferred examination period (last week of August)* or examinations may be administered during the last week ◦ Summer session examination – written in summer of classes, excepting only small quizzes and the like, worth session term deferred examination period (last week of no more than 10 percent, that are part of a weekly or September)* biweekly series of such items. • If the student does not write the examination, an Challenge-For-Credit examination grade of "0" will be assigned. The student may The Challenge-for-Credit procedure is for a student who has petition the final grade to the petitions committee in the obtained knowledge of the subject matter of a course in a manner academic unit in which the course is offered (not the one in that does not permit advanced standing credit either by transfer which the student is registered); the petitions committee or validating examination. Credit can be granted only for those may grant aegrotat status or the opportunity to write the courses specifically designated as "Challenge-for-Credit" in the exam during the next regularly scheduled final exam period course description. Regulations that apply to Challenge-for-Credit (refer to the schedule given above). In the latter case, the are available from the applicable department or the Office of standard, non-refundable deferred examination fee will Enrolment Services. The course tuition fee applies. apply. A notation will appear on the student's transcript (refer to • If a petition to the faculty petitions committee is denied, previous Grading System section). the student may petition the Senate Student Appeals Committee. If the petition is granted, the student must write Deferred Examination Policy the exam during the next regularly scheduled final exam Final examinations for any course cannot be deferred more than period (refer to the schedule given above). The standard, twice. Students may receive a maximum of five exam deferrals non-refundable deferred examination fee will apply. during the completion of their degree. If for reasons of illness or an unavoidable conflict a student Students with Disabilities: cannot write a final exam as scheduled, the following options are Examinations and Tests available: Students with disabilities requiring special arrangements to write • The student may apply to the instructor or designate to be examinations should contact the Accessible Learning Centre, ext. allowed to write the exam at an alternative time, ideally 3086, at the beginning of the term. Reference the Accessible during the regularly scheduled examination period, but at Learning Centre and the Policy for Academic Accommodation of the latest not beyond the date by which final grades for the Undergraduate Students with Disabilities.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 16 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Religious Grounds and Examination Progression Requirements Scheduling Progression and Graduation The university acknowledges that, due to the pluralistic nature of the university community, some students may on religious Requirements: Degree Programs grounds require alternative times to write examinations and tests. Students in a general BA/BSc degree program without Accordingly, a student who requires an alternative examination or designation may progress and graduate if they achieve an overall test time on religious grounds should provide a written self- grade point average (GPA) of 4.00. A student whose cumulative declaration to the secretary of the faculty petitions committee GPA is less than 4.00 but not less than 2.00 (D) will be allowed to which will be kept on file. Deferred examination requests must be proceed on academic probation for 4.0 further credit attempts. submitted to the faculty petitions committee with appropriate Refer to the Academic Probation: General BA/BSc Degree documentation. Such a request should be made within one week Programs section which follows. of the announcement of the test or examination date. A student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.00 must withdraw Special Examinations from the university. Academic decisions are made at the completion of each full A special examination is any examination, granted by the year of study in May or upon completion of a minimum of 4.0 petitions committee, other than a final or deferred examination. credit attempts (passed or failed attempts). Application for consideration must be made to the registrar within 30 days of the date of the release of final examination results. For Students who fail more than 5.0 credits (or equivalent, the appropriate procedures, refer to the Academic Petitions including repeated courses) will be required to withdraw from section of this chapter. The fee is not refundable. Students should the university. (All failed grades on the transcript are counted, note that if they write more than one examination in any course, including repeated courses and XF, DR.) the last mark obtained shall be the only one considered valid. Academic Probation: General BA/BSc Validating Examinations A validating examination is a special examination, which is Degree Programs required of a student requesting advanced standing in a course An undergraduate student (registered in an honours or general not beyond the 100 level. The course may have been completed at degree program) is placed on academic probation in the general a post-secondary institution of less than university status, which degree program without designation when they have completed a in Canada or the is neither a member nor an affiliate minimum of 4.0 credits at Laurier, and achieve a grade point of a member of the Association of Universities and Colleges of average (GPA) between 2.00 (D) and 3.99. Canada or the American Association of Universities and Colleges. In order to clear probation, students must raise the cumulative Such examinations must be completed within one year of the date GPA to at least 4.00 (C-) by the end of the probationary period, of admission to Wilfrid Laurier University. A final examination may which will extend to the end of the term (May, June, August, be used as a validating examination. December) in which they complete a fourth 1.0-credit attempt (or Students will not receive credit until they have completed a equivalent) after being placed on probation. The cumulative GPA course at this university. calculated to determine whether or not the student has cleared To write a validating examination, the student must make probation will include all (be there 4.0 or more) credits completed application to the Office of Enrolment Services as well as receive by the end of the probationary period. A student who fails to clear permission from the department concerned. A fee is charged and probation after completing 4.0 credits will be required to is not refundable. Students admitted to the Faculty of Music will withdraw from the university. Exceptions to this rule are described be governed by the statement on Validating Examinations in the below. Faculty of Music chapter. A student who has been placed on probation and who at the end of the probationary period obtains a GPA of at least 5.00 (C) on a Aegrotat Standing minimum of 4.0 credits taken after being placed on probation, but In exceptional circumstances, students may be eligible to be whose cumulative GPA is less than 4.00 will have until the end of exempted from writing the final examination in a course. Students an additional probationary period to raise the cumulative GPA to should apply to their instructor as soon as the relevant 4.00. circumstances are known. This should be done before the examination time, after consulting the specific aegrotat policies If a student's cumulative GPA falls below 4.00 (C-) after probation and procedures in the particular faculty or department involved. has been cleared, the student will be required to withdraw from Students are eligible to be considered for aegrotat standing only the university. if (a) a special situation warrants it and (b) if a sufficient amount While on probation in general degree programs, students in the of required term work has been completed satisfactorily as Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of determined by the faculty or department. Notification of the Liberal Arts, and Faculty of Science, (excluding students registered aegrotat grade(s) must be given to the Office of Enrolment in a non-BA/BSc degree program) will be allowed to register in a Services - Records Department. maximum of 2.0 full-credits (four 0.5-credit courses) per term. The The Faculty of Music has developed its own aegrotat standing restriction will be lifted and students will be able to proceed with policy which is given in the Faculty of Music chapter.

17 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

a regular course load once they have cleared probation. During graduate if they achieve a grade point average of 5.00 overall and this period, students are required to contact an academic advisor 7.00 (B-) in the honours major. The Departments of Geography for guidance. and Environmental Studies, and Psychology have applied Option B to the BA and BSc honours programs.** Students on academic probation in the General BA and BSc (except adult probation) may not cross-register in courses at the **Exceptions to these GPA requirements are detailed in the University of Waterloo, nor attend another university on a Letter Honours BA Communication Studies, Honours BSc Health Sciences, of Permission. Honours BA/BSc Psychology Research Specialist and BSc Psychology and , Honours BA/BSc Psychology Students who fail more than 5.0 credits (or equivalent, Comprehensive, and the joint Honours BSc Biology and Psychology including repeated courses) will be required to withdraw from programs. the university.(All failed grades on the transcript are counted, including repeated courses and XF, DR.) Bachelor of Business Administration Progression to Year 2: Progression and Graduation Requires completion of all 5.0 required and elective credits of Year Requirements: Honours Degree 1 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-) in all Business courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) in all non- Programs business courses. Course and GPA requirements for Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31. Total course Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science - repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.0 credit exclusively Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Human and during Year 1. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in Social Sciences, Faculty of Liberal Arts, the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. Faculty of Science and Waterloo Lutheran Progression to Year 3: Requires completion of all 5.0 required and elective credits of Year Seminary 2 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Business and a Bachelor of Arts, Economics - Lazaridis minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-business. These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by August 31. School of Business and Economics Course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the Effective for honours degree programs offered by the Faculty of duration of the program, including repeats from Year 1. Arts, Faculty of Liberal Arts, Faculty of Human and Social Progression to Year 4: Sciences, Faculty of Science and the Economics program in the Requires completion of all 5.0 required and elective credits of Year Lazaridis School of Business and Economics, these are the grade 3 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Business and a point average (GPA) requirements: minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-business. Regular BA students progress from year to year in an honours subject, if stream students must achieve the course and GPA requirements by they achieve a GPA of 5.00 (C) overall and 5.00 in that honours August 31 and co-op stream students by December 31. Course major. Students in an honours BA degree are able to graduate in repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration an honours major if they achieve a grade point average of 5.00 of the program, including repeats from Year 1. overall and 7.00 (B-) in that honours major. Graduation: Requires completion of all 5.0 required and elective courses of BSc students progress and graduate in an honours major, if they Year 4 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Business and achieve a grade point average of 5.00 (C) overall and 5.00 in that a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-business. Students honours major. who have not met the course and GPA requirements to graduate must meet the requirements within one calendar year. If they do Students who fail more than 5.0 credits (or equivalent, not do so, they must re-apply to enter the Honours Business including repeated courses) will be required to withdraw from Administration program. Course repeats may not exceed a the university. maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration of the program, including (All failed grades on the transcript are counted, including repeats from Year 1. A student who has passed all the courses of repeated courses and XF, DR.) the BBA program but who has not obtained the necessary GPA Notwithstanding the preceding, in those departments offering may elect to receive a Bachelor of Arts General degree without both BA and BSc degree programs in an honours major major notation. (Departments of Biology, Geography & Environmental Studies, Mathematics, Physics & Computer Science, and Psychology), the departments will choose for each program to have students either: Bachelor of Business Technology (A) progress and graduate in the honours major if they achieve a Management grade point average of 5.00 (C) overall and 5.00 in their honours major: The Departments of Biology, Mathematics and Physics Refer to Lazaridis School of Business and Economics, BBTM and Computer Science have applied Option A to the BA and BSc Program honours programs. (B) progress from year to year if they achieve a grade point average of 5.00 (C) overall and 5.00 in the honours major, and Bachelor of Arts - Honours Economics and

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 18 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Accounting, Honours Economics and NOTE: Students enrolled in Honours BA or BSc programs, or students completing Year 1 in the Honours BBA program are Financial Management Programs excluded from progressing in honours on probation. Progression requirements for the Honours BA Economics and Accounting, Honours BA Economics and Administration, and Students in honours BA and BSc programs who do not meet the Honours BA Economics and Financial Management programs are major GPA progression requirement for their current program, stated in the LazaridisSchool of Business and Economics must revise their major, or progress in the General chapter, Economics section. degree program without designation. If the overall GPA The Honours BA Economics requirements are stated at the is deficient for the honours program, the student must revise their beginning of this subsection. degree to the general program without designation. Students with an overall GPA between 2.00 (D) and 3.99 will be placed in the Bachelor of Fine and Applied Arts General degree program on academic probation. Those with an Game Design & Development - refer to Faculty of Human and overall GPA below 2.00 on a minimum of 4.0 attempted credits are Social Sciences chapter. required to withdraw from the university. Students who fail more than 5.0 credits (or equivalent, including repeated courses) will be required to withdraw from Bachelor of Kinesiology the university.(All failed grades on the transcript are counted, Progression requirements for the Honours Bachelor of Kinesiology including repeated courses and XF, DR.) program are based on grade point averages obtained from all courses taken and are calculated on a cumulative basis. For Concentration or Specialization in a progression from year-to-year, the requirements are a minimum Major GPA of 5.00 (C) in Kinesiology & Physical Education courses, and a minimum overall GPA (including KP courses) of 5.00 (C). For A concentration (or specialization), is a structured plan of study graduation with the Honours degree, the requirements are a (to a maximum of 2*) within a major requiring a minimum of 1.5 minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-) in Kinesiology & Physical credits (typically included within the credits for the major). Refer Education courses, and a minimum overall GPA (including KP to program major sections for course and GPA requirements. courses) of 5.00 (C). *Only one concentration is allowed for students in the Bachelor of Business Administration program. Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music The specialization appears on the official transcript. Therapy Minor/Option Requirements Progression requirements for these honours programs will be based Regulations pertaining to all Minors/Options include: on grade point averages obtained from all courses taken and will be calculated on a cumulative basis. For progression from Year 1 1. Minors: Minimum of 3.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits to Year 2 the requirement will be a minimum GPA of 6.00 (C+) in required. each of the honours major(s) and a minimum GPA of 4.00 (C-) 2. Options: Minimum of 4.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits overall. The requirement for progression to Year 3 and Year 4, and required. for graduation, will be a minimum GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum GPA of 6.00 overall. 3. No fewer than 2.0 credits shall be obtained at Wilfrid Laurier University. For progression in the Bachelor of Music Therapy program to Year 4 and for graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all 4. Must be adjunct to the major; no student may declare a Music courses, a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 is required in major and a minor in the same discipline. all Psychology courses, and a minimum overall GPA of 6.00 is required. 5. Maximum of two minors/options allowed. 6. All common and program requirements for the secondary Academic Probation: Honours Degree program must be fulfilled. Programs 7. Minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required for a minor. If Students enrolled in honours BBA, BBTM, BFAA, BKin, BMus, an option or minor requires a higher GPA, that GPA applies. BMusTh, BSW programs (Year 1 BBA students are excluded), who 8. Not available to those in undesignated General BA and fail to achieve the standing required for admission to the General BSc programs. subsequent year of their program, may upon the recommendation of the chair and the appropriate dean, proceed on academic 9. Majors, specializations, concentrations and minors probation. The terms of the probation will be determined by the (including options) are all printed on an official transcript. chair and the dean. The approval for academic probation will be Only majors are printed on the degree parchment. communicated to the student on LORIS by the Office of Enrolment Services. An honours student in the above degrees may proceed • Requirements for specific minors/options are included in the on probation only once. Departments section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Education, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, School of

19 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Business & Economics - Economics Department and Waterloo Each faculty may have individualized procedures for the Lutheran Seminary. settlement of disagreements within the faculty and the student is encouraged to make use of those procedures prior to commencing • Declare an option using LORIS confirmation (March-April) or a faculty petition. Inquire at the office of the dean of the faculty using a Program Selection Form prior to graduation; the for information in this regard. Further, with respect to grade minor is declared on the addendum of the Application to reassessments, refer to the additional information under the Graduate on the student's LORIS account. heading: s=768&sp=2725&ss=3229&y=69#Grade_Reassessment">Grade Admission to Limited Enrolment Reassessment. With respect to a petition for deferred Honours Programs: Arts & Science examinations, refer to the additional information under the headings: Examinations, Deferred Examinations and Special There may be instances where student demand for entry or Examinations. With respect to disciplinary decisions, refer to the progression into Year 2 of an honours program in the Faculty of additional information under the headings: Student Code of Arts, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of Liberal Arts Conduct and Discipline and Academic Research Misconduct. and the Faculty of Science exceeds the availability of student spaces. Students who meet the minimum criteria for progression There are two types of appeals to a faculty petitions committee. from Year 1 to Year 2 will be considered for admission. Firstly, an appeal may be filed on the grounds that the normal faculty or university rules, calendar requirements and regulations A student's overall GPA calculated from all courses taken at Wilfrid have not been properly or fairly applied to the student's Laurier University will be used to determine admission to these circumstances. In this instance, the faculty petitions committee limited enrolment honours degree programs. Departments which will review the circumstances and the rule and it shall make a intend to use other methods of determining GP(A) criteria for decision accordingly. entry to honours programs will so advise students no later than October 1 in the fall term of the student's first year. The second type of appeal is when a student asks the faculty petitions committee for relief from the faculty or university rules, Unclassified Studies calendar requirements and regulations because of extenuating The regulations for General BA/BSc degree programs will apply to circumstances, such as illness or bereavement. In this type of students registered in unclassified studies, except where appeal, the petitions committee will review the extenuating additional requirements are specified. circumstances and it may exercise its discretion to grant an exception to the student. Students who fail more than 5.0 credits (or equivalent, including repeated courses) will be required to withdraw from Both types of appeal shall be in writing, in accordance with the the university. established procedures for petitions. A copy of the current (All failed grades on the transcript are counted, including procedures and the required form may be obtained at the Office of repeated courses and XF, DR.) Enrolment Services or the office of the dean of the faculty. All petitions shall be commenced by filing the appropriate forms, not later than six (6) weeks after the decision is available to the Academic Petitions student on LORIS, or the student has been advised of the decision Faculty Petitions Procedures to be appealed. A student may appeal to the appropriate faculty petitions As the student will not be able to appear in person before the committee any decision taken by an individual or body acting in petitions committee, it is important that the student ensure that the name of the university, which affects the academic standing all relevant materials, including a written detailed synopsis of the of the student, and which the student believes was taken unfairly. circumstances pertaining to the appeal, is submitted as part of the petition. The faculty petitions committee will consider and decide all petitions within six (6) weeks of the filing of the petitions. All A decision of a faculty petitions committee may be appealed by necessary documentation and information must be complete. the student to the Senate Student Appeals Committee, in Students should submit the petition with the office of the accordance with the Procedures for Considering Appeals by the dean of the academic unit in which they are registered during Senate Student Appeals Committee. the term(s) identified in the petition (i.e., the Faculty of Arts, Education, Human & Social Sciences, Liberal Arts, Music, Science, These procedures are given in the next section and are posted on Lazaridis School of Business & Economics). In the event that there the Laurier website and are also available at the Office of are multiple terms named in the petition, and the student was Enrolment Services. An appeal of a decision of a faculty petitions registered in more than one faculty during those multiple terms, committee shall be made within one month of the date of the the petition should be submitted to the faculty of the earliest decision. term identified in the petition. One main exception to this process With the exception of the regulations pertaining to Grade Appeals, is an appeal for a deferred examination which must be submitted no petition or appeal may be commenced where the student has to the academic unit in which the course is offered. The graduated from the program to which the petition or appeal student will be advised of the decision and the reasons therefore, relates. in writing. Website: www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2284&p=9464

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 20 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Senate Student Appeals Committee officers or agents of the university Procedures for Considering Student and for which redress was not provided by the authority which Appeals considered the case prior to the The Wilfrid Laurier University Act, 1973, confers on the Senate of appeal to the Senate SAC. Wilfrid Laurier University the responsibility for the educational It should be noted that a substantial policies of the university, including the power to "hear and procedural irregularity is not any irregularity determine appeals from the decisions of the faculty councils on but is one which would likely affect the applications and examinations by students." The Senate has results of the deliberations. delegated to the Senate Student Appeals Committee (SAC) the authority to act for Senate in hearing appeals from students with regard to faculty council and petitions committee decisions 3. Appeals to the Senate SAC must be submitted in relating to applications and examinations. writing to the Office of the Vice-President: Academic within thirty days of the date the student receives A. Initiating an Appeal the decision being appealed. The Senate SAC 1. Students may appeal to the Senate SAC a Faculty reserves the right to waive this deadline in special Council or Petitions Committee decision relating to circumstances which must, however, be set out by applications and examinations. Decisions relating to the appellant in the written appeal. applications and examinations include all decisions 4. No appeal to the Senate SAC shall be considered which affect a student's academic standing. The unless it includes a succinct written statement of Senate SAC, however, will not accept an appeal the following: unless the student has exhausted the appeal i. the terms of appeal including: procedures at the faculty level. Students should consult the Undergraduate Calendar and the Office of a. the full name, address, telephone Enrolment Services for regulations governing number and student number of the petition and appeals procedures. person appealing 2. Appeals to the Senate SAC will be permitted only on b. the specific decision which is being the grounds of: appealed; and a. new evidence, i.e., evidence relevant to the c. the form of redress requested; and decision made at the faculty council or petitions committee level but through no ii. the grounds for appeal including: fault of the appellant not presented at that a. the specific grounds on which the level. Generally speaking, events or appeal is made (see A.2. above); and performance subsequent to the faculty council or petitions committee decision will b. a summary of the evidence, including not be considered as new evidence. OR the names and addresses of any witnesses, which the appellant is b. evidence of a substantial procedural prepared to offer in support of these irregularity in the consideration of the case, grounds; i.e., actions taken or not taken by a faculty, Appended to the statement of appeal, if not its officers, committees, or members with fully included within it shall be: respect to the disposition of the case which violate or nullify one or all of the following: i. the text of the faculty decision being i. formal and written procedures of the appealed; university, faculty or department concerned; ii. the text of the relevant procedural regulations (if any) allegedly violated ii. unwritten but recognized custom in or otherwise deemed applicable to the the faculty or subordinate body's case; and handling of cases substantially similar to that being appealed; iii. the documentation and written evidence to be used in support of the iii. principles of fairness, whether such appeal. violation occurred in accord with written or customary procedures or 5. Upon notification by the Senate Student Appeals not. Appeals based on allegations of Committee of the receipt of an appeal, the faculty procedural irregularities must allege petitions committee will copy and forward the file and demonstrate obvious bias or other containing all material on which the decision under misbehaviour on the part of the appeal was based to the SSAC.

21 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

6. The Senate SAC has the right of access to and iii. The parties shall have access to all production of all documents which were considered documents submitted in connection with the in making the decision being appealed. appeal to the Senate SAC. 7. On the basis of the written statement of appeal, its iv. The appellant shall be permitted to submit a supporting documents, and any other written written rebuttal to the documentation and evidence submitted, the Senate SAC shall first the written response material of the determine within 21 days of the date the appeal is respondent. submitted to the Office of the Vice-President: Academic whether there are prima facie grounds for v. If the appellant's written rebuttal raises new the appeal, as set out in A.2. If the determination is issues, the respondent may submit a written negative, the Senate SAC shall so inform the parties reply to the appellant's written rebuttal. in writing, with reasons. If the determination is vi. If there is an oral hearing an oral rebuttal positive, the Senate SAC shall then set a date to may be presented by the appellant and the hear the appeal on the merits within 21 days of the respondent at that hearing; such rebuttal(s) date the appeal is submitted to the Office of the shall address only those matters not raised in Vice-President: Academic, according to the the parties' written submission(s) to the procedures set out in B.1. Senate SAC. B. Procedures for Senate SAC Panel to Hear an Appeal vii. In appeals dealing with an alleged breach of academic honesty where credibility is an 1. a. Both the appellant and the respondent have issue: the right to an oral hearing before the Senate SAC in accordance with the procedure I. the appellant and the respondent may outlined in this Part. If a party elects to call witnesses and place evidence appear with a representative, the Senate SAC before the Senate SAC, the appellant shall be notified at least 48 hours in advance to proceed first, followed by the of the hearing of the name, address and respondent; status of the representative. II. the parties may cross-examine each b. Where either party wishes to exercise its other and each other's witnesses; right to an oral hearing, the party shall III. after the parties have finished with inform the committee in writing as part of each witness, the Senate SAC may ask the appeal at the time it is submitted to the questions of the witness, after which Office of the Vice-President: Academic. If the the parties may re-examine; Senate SAC decides there are prima facie grounds for the appeal, and either of the following which the appellant may make closing oral parties has indicated a desire for an oral submissions to the Senate SAC, after which the hearing in accordance with this paragraph, respondent may make closing oral submissions to the Senate SAC will inform both parties of its the Senate SAC. The chair of Senate SAC may make finding, invite both parties to appear, and rulings and decisions concerning the procedural give at least 14 days notice of the hearing aspects of a hearing according to the circumstances. on the merits, but the hearing shall not be set for a date later than 60 days from the 3. Where a Senate SAC member was also a member of date the written appeal is submitted to the the body making the decision being appealed or Office of the Vice-President: Academic. where any other conflict of interest arises, that However, where neither party has requested person shall so disclose and shall not participate in an oral hearing, the Senate SAC may in its the consideration of the appeal by the Senate SAC. discretion proceed to hear the appeal on the If there is an issue as to the existence of a conflict merits immediately after determining that of interest, the appellant or the respondent shall there is a prima facie case. indicate so at the commencement of the hearing. The Senate SAC, on its own initiative, may request The majority of the other members of the Senate the parties to appear at the hearing. SAC shall determine whether there is a conflict of interest. 2. The following guidelines apply to all hearings: 4. The Senate SAC's decisions will be taken in camera i. The chair of the Senate SAC hearing the and the appellant and respondent informed of the appeal shall have control over the decision in writing with reasons within 10 days of proceedings. the hearing of the appeal. Copies of the decision will also be forwarded to the dean of the faculty ii. A record in the form of minutes shall be kept involved, and the chair of Senate. of the proceedings. 5. The Senate SAC has the power to:

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 22 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

i. Refer back to the faculty council or petitions Class and Laboratory Attendance committee with instruction to: Any student who, in the opinion of instructors, is absent too frequently from lectures or laboratory periods will be reported to I. reconsider on the basis of new the dean of the faculty. On the recommendation of the evidence; or department concerned, such a student after due warning by the II. reconsider using proper procedure. dean shall be debarred from taking the final examination in that course. ii. Deny the appeal. iii. Uphold all or part of the appeal, decide the Medical Excuse Slips issues and substitute its own decision. There are occasions when students fall ill and are unable to attend classes, write scheduled tests or meet the deadlines for mid-term C. Re-appeals assignments. Faculty members may offer, at their discretion and without proof of a medical excuse slip, alternate arrangements so 1. There is no appeal beyond the Senate SAC and its decision that students are able to satisfy the requirements of a course. In shall be final. the event that a faculty member requests a medical excuse slip, students must comply with one of the following: 2. In cases where a faculty council or petitions committee reconsiders an appeal on the instruction of the Senate SAC 1. A student must be examined by a member of the WLU and renders a decision unsatisfactory to the appellant, a Health Services staff at the time of the illness; the decision new appeal to Senate SAC may be allowed on the grounds to issue a medical excuse slip and the dates for which the mentioned under A.2. excuse slip are valid will be made by the examining doctor Persons with questions regarding the above procedures should or nurse. contact the Office of the Vice-President: Academic, Wilfrid Laurier University. 2. A student must be examined by a qualified off-campus physician at the time of the illness; the decision to issue a Website: www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2284&p=9464 medical excuse slip and the dates for which the excuse slip are valid will be made by the examining doctor who must Wilfrid Laurier University Senate SAC be informed of the reason for the request. Appeals Time Frame Chart Policy on Submission of Late See table on page 24 Assignments Course outlines are required to include a statement specifying any Academic Privileges and penalties that will be assessed when deadlines for the completion Responsibilities of course components are not met. Student Regulations Student Code of Conduct and Students who register at Wilfrid Laurier University are subject to, Discipline and must become familiar with, the university's rules, regulations and policies and the university will assume that the student has University Secretariat Office: University Policies - webpage: done so. http://www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2505&p=11452 The requirements in this calendar are official rules, regulations and policies of the university. Further rules applicable to students Academic Accommodation of may be found in the sections entitled Student Code of Conduct Students with Disabilities and Discipline and the University Policies website. This is an updated policy for academic accommodation of students The university will not be liable for any loss, damages or other with disabilities that combines two existing policies (2.3 and 2.4) expenses that the cancelling of programs or courses might cause. for graduate and undergraduate students and takes into account the university's obligations as an organization under the AODA Mandatory Registration (Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act) and Human All individuals participating in university courses must be officially Rights legislation. registered in that course in the Student Management System. Guidelines regarding the consideration of such students can be Students who are not registered but participating in courses are obtained by contacting the Accessible Learning Centre, ext. deemed to be in violation of university policy and may be asked to 3086, wlu.ca/accessible cease participation. University Secretariat: University Policy on the Academic Accommodation of Students with Disabilities:http://legacy.wlu.ca/documents/64328/ 2.3_Academic_Accommodation.pdf

23 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Wilfrid Laurier University Senate SAC Appeals Time Frame Chart

Section Action of Time Frame/Deadline Procedures

30 days to initiate appeal by filing with Office of the Vice-President: 1. Decision being appealed A.3 Academic

2. Initiate appeal by submitting written appeal A.8 21 days for Senate SAC panel to make decision on leave to appeal with Office of the Vice-President: Academic

3. Decision by Senate SAC panel on leave to A.8 10 days to set date for oral hearing, if requested. (32 days from Action 2.) appeal

4. Set date for oral hearing B.1.(b) 14 days notice, but no more than 60 days from Action 2.

5. Oral hearing B.4 10 days for Senate SAC panel to make decision

70 days from Action 2. 14 days from receipt to appeal to chair of Senate 6. Decision with reasons C.3 SAC on procedural grounds. (Receipt deemed 5 days after mailing)

7. Chair of Senate SAC considers appeal C.3 5 days for Chair of Senate to make decision

8. Final Decision 98 days maximum from Action 2., provided mailing is done promptly.

All applications must be accompanied by proper verification of any Discipline and Conduct in Non- legal name change as recorded on the current student record. Academic Areas In order to graduate at the Brantford Campus ceremonies, all Link to University Policies website: students must complete the Foundations core curriculum Non-Academic Student Code of Conduct requirement (2.0 credits) consisting of BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 (or equivalent). Students graduating in the spring with Ownership of Student-Created programs only offered at the Brantford Campus must have the Intellectual Property degree conferred at the Brantford ceremony. University Secretariat: University Policies webpage: Residence Requirements for all http://www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2505&p=114 Designations Graduation/Degree Regulations • Honours Degree For an honours degree, all students, including those Application for Graduation transferring from another university, must complete at this Website: www.wlu.ca/convocation university a minimum of 10.0 credits (or equivalent) Email inquiries: including at least 5.0 senior credits (or equivalent) in the Faculty of Arts, Graduate & Post-doctoral Studies, Faculties of honours discipline. This regulation applies to a student Education, Human & Social Sciences, Liberal Arts, Music, seeking their first degree. Students seeking a second degree Science, SBE - Marilyn Watson should consult the upcoming section Additional Undergraduate Degree Requirements. It is the student's responsibility to formally apply for graduation. Individual departments may require that students complete Application forms are available on your LORIS Account under the specific courses and/or years at this university. Exceptions to Student Services tab, and must be submitted during your last these regulations must be approved by the dean of the term(s) of study, no later than January 15 for spring convocation faculty offering the honours degree. and August 1 for fall convocation. A fee will be applied to the student's account once the application is submitted on LORIS. If • General BA/BSc Degree without Designation the application is not received by the official deadline, the For a general degree without designation, all students, university cannot be responsible for completing arrangements in including those transferring from another university, must time for graduation. A late fee is applied if received after the final complete at this university a minimum of 5.0 senior credits deadline date. Applications will not be considered after October 1 (or equivalent). for fall or April 15 for spring convocation.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 24 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

(Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful attempts ◦ In addition to this regulation for the Faculty of Arts at honours subjects taken in combination: students in a combined General BA: at least 8.0 credits must be taken in the honours program who are unsuccessful in meeting the GPA Faculty of Arts (may include credits taken elsewhere requirements of one of their honours subjects do not have the that are deemed equivalent by the University). option of receiving a degree which certifies completion of a single ◦ In addition to this regulation for the Faculty of Science honours subject and a "general-level" major.) General BA: at least 8.0 credits from the Faculty of Science. Graduation: After Three Years of an

• Business Technology Management Option Honours Degree Program At least 3.5 of the 4.0 credits in the option must be Students in honours BA and BSc programs will be allowed to completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. graduate with a general degree without a major (or any other designation), if they meet the following requirements: • International Policy Option At least 2.5 of the required 4.5 credits in the option must be 1. having met the progression requirements for their program, completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. they are eligible to enter Year 4 of their honours program • Management Option 2. all the courses normally constituting the first three years of At least 3.5 of the 4.0 credits in the option must be their honours program are successfully completed completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. 3. a minimum of 15.0 credits are successfully completed. • Minor The minimum requirement for a minor consists of 3.0 credits, Additional Undergraduate Degree no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be senior credits and no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be obtained at Wilfrid Laurier Requirements University. Refer to Regulations Governing Minors in each Simultaneous Degrees: Different faculty chapter. • Diploma in Criminology Designation Students must complete a minimum of 6.0 credits at Wilfrid Students may enrol in a program of study leading to two separate Laurier University after admission to the program. and distinct undergraduate honours degrees, given the following guidelines: Notes 1. Each of the honours degrees must be of a different 1. Credits earned by students who spend a year on an designation; e.g., a BA concurrently with a BSc, a BMus exchange program abroad in a program approved by Wilfrid concurrently with a BA. Students may pursue multiple Laurier University, will be considered as Laurier credits for honours degrees from the same faculty sequentially, purposes of residence requirements. according to regulations already in place. Students may 2. Courses taken on a Letter of Permission at another pursue a degree and a diploma sequentially according to university, or cross-registered at the University of extant regulations. Waterloo, or granted transfer credit upon admission do not 2. Entry into a program of study simultaneously leading to meet residence requirements. two separate and distinct undergraduate honours degrees Alternate Graduation Option for will be considered only after the student has successfully completed the equivalent of 5.0 credits. Honours BA/BSc Students 3. For the duration of a program of study simultaneously At the end of Year 4 in a BA or BSc honours program (including leading to two separate and distinct undergraduate Economics), students who are registered in an honours program, honours degrees, the student's program of registration will meet all progression requirements and successfully complete all be the program with the higher BIU value, tuition fee and credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that ancillary fees. Where the values of these items are similar, honours program because their GPA is insufficient, have the the student's faculty of registration will be at the option of receiving a BA or BSc (without General or Honours) discretion of the vice-president: academic. which denotes the major of the honours program and any eligible options or minors on the degree. For those BA and BSc programs 4. Two types of approval are necessary for entry into a normally requiring a 7.0 major GPA for graduation, an overall and program of study leading to two separate, distinct and major GPA of at least 5.00 must be met for the BA with a simultaneous undergraduate honours degrees. First, both designation. For programs in Psychology, an overall and major departments in which the student is registering must GPA of 5.00 must be met. An overall and major GPA of 4.0 is authorize the program of study before enrolment in such a required for a BA or BSc in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, program can begin. Second, a copy of the program of Mathematics and Physics. Health Science majors who do not meet study, signed by the relevant deans or their delegates, the 6.00 overall GPA, are only eligible for a General BSc without must be forwarded to the Office of Enrolment Services - designation. Records Department. This copy will be placed in the student's academic file.

25 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

5. Unless otherwise specified in the program outline placed in Honours Degrees: Post-General the student's academic file, the adjudication and Laurier students who have graduated with a general degree and graduation requirements of a program of study wish to proceed to an honours degree in the same discipline may simultaneously leading to two separate and distinct apply to the department to do so. Normally, students must undergraduate honours degrees will be the simple complete all departmental honours requirements and any conjunction of all requirements of each of the separate exception to this must be approved by the relevant dean. A single honours degrees, other than those concerning the minimum of 5.0 credits while registered in the post-degree total number of credits required for each single honours honours program is required. With the approval of the department degree. Normally, a course required by both degrees will and relevant dean, a student may be admitted into a post-general count towards both. Normally, a course that is required by degree honours program on probation (with the exception of all one degree program and that is equivalent to a course honours BA and BSc programs). Upon completion of the honours required by the second program will be counted toward degree requirement, the student's record will be altered to both. Non-departmental electives will also normally count indicate that the general degree has been superseded. towards both honours degrees. Note: Consult the Dean's Office in the Faculty of Arts, Faculty of 6. If a student fails to meet the progression requirements of Human & Social Sciences, the Faculty of Liberal Arts or Faculty of the program of study simultaneously leading to two Science or Economics Department in the School of Business & separate and distinct undergraduate honours degrees, the Economics for specific faculty regulations pertaining to the post- student will be removed from it and placed in the standard general Honours degree. single-degree honours program with the progression requirements that the student has met. Honours Degrees: Post Four-Year BA/ 7. Notwithstanding any of the above, a program of study simultaneously leading to two separate and distinct BSc undergraduate honours degrees will normally require Laurier students who have graduated with a four-year BA/BSc students to complete a minimum of 10.0 credits over and degree with a specialization and wish to proceed to an honours above the minimum credits required for the more degree in the same discipline may apply to the department to do demanding of the two constituent honours degrees. so. Normally, students must complete all departmental honours requirements and any exception to this must be approved by the Also refer to the BBA/BSc double degree program requirements. relevant dean. A minimum of 2.0 credits while registered in the post-degree honours program is required. Students may not Sequential Degrees: BA/BSc attempt more than 5.0 credits to achieve a post-degree honours An honours BA or BSc may be awarded to a student who has designation. With the approval of the department and relevant already completed either a BA or a BSc when that student dean, a student may be admitted into a post-degree honours successfully completes an approved minimum number of senior program. Upon completion of the honours degree requirement, the credits (normally 10.0 credits) beyond the minimum requirements student's record will be altered to indicate that the degree has of the first degree. Such a program must be structured within a been superseded. discipline different from that of the major(s) or honour(s) Notes: program(s) of the first degree, and must be approved by the department in which the student is majoring and by the dean of 1. Consultation with an academic advisor in the appropriate the faculty in which the second degree is taken. This regulation dean's office for specific faculty regulations pertaining to also applies to transfer students with degrees from other the post-Bachelor honours degree is required. All other universities. academic regulations pertaining to progression requirements apply. Refer to the Honours Degrees: Post-General section which follows regarding obtaining an honours degree in the same 2. This policy does not apply to transfer students who have discipline after completion of a general degree program. obtained a first degree at another institution. Graduation with Distinction Undergraduate students who have achieved, at graduation, a Sequential Degrees: Other cumulative GPA for all courses without exception of 11.00 (A) or Designations higher will have the designation "With High Distinction" appear on their degree. Students who have already obtained an undergraduate degree [e.g., BBA, BMus (excluding the BA or BSc)] may earn an Undergraduate students except those in the Faculty of Education additional different undergraduate honours degree designation. who have achieved, at graduation, a cumulative GPA for all Such students will be required to complete a minimum number of courses without exception between 10.00 and 10.99 will have the credits (normally 10.0 credits) beyond the minimum requirements designation "With Distinction" appear on their degree. Faculty of of the first degree as approved by the dean of the faculty in which Education students who have achieved, at graduation, a the second honours degree is taken. cumulative GPA for all courses without exception between 10.8 and 10.99 will have the designation "With Distinction" appear on their degree.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 26 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Repeated courses and courses declared as 'Extra' are all used in the GPA calculations for distinction eligibility. Other Eligibility Requirements To be eligible for any medal, students must take the majority of Medals their courses at Wilfrid Laurier University. For each spring and fall convocation, the Office of Enrolment Services, in consultation The Governor General's Academic with the relevant departments, will identify the medalists. A medal may be awarded during each of the spring and fall Medal convocation periods in which there is a student meeting the The first medals of the Governor General were awarded in Canada requirements for that medal. Normally, only those students who over 100 years ago. The Earl of Dufferin, the third Governor apply for graduation by the deadline noted in this calendar will be General after Confederation, inaugurated what has now become considered for medals. one of the most prestigious awards that a Canadian graduate or undergraduate student can receive: the Governor General's Notification of Disclosure of Academic Medal. This silver medal is awarded to the undergraduate student who Personal Information to achieves the highest academic standing in the graduating class. Statistics Canada Alumni Gold Medals – Honours Statistics Canada is the national statistical agency. As such, Statistics Canada carries out hundreds of surveys each year on a Programs wide range of matters, including education. To qualify for the gold medal, a student must have: It is essential to be able to follow students across time and institutions to understand, for example, the factors affecting 1. a minimum GPA of 10.00 (A-) in the senior courses of the enrolment demand at post-secondary institutions. The increased honours program. emphasis on accountability for public investment means that it is 2. a minimum cumulative GPA of 10.00 (A-). also important to understand "outcomes". In order to carry out Each faculty/school or affiliated university-college shall have one such studies, Statistics Canada asks all colleges and universities to gold medal for each convocation period in which it has from 1 to provide data on students and graduates. Institutions collect and 100 students receiving an honours degree, and an additional gold provide to Statistics Canada student identification information medal for each additional hundred undergraduate students (student's name, student ID number, Social Insurance Number), receiving an honours degree during that convocation period. Thus, student contact information (address and telephone number), a faculty/school or affiliated university-college with 60 honours student demographic characteristics, enrollment information, graduates in fall would be allotted one gold medal, and an previous education and labour force activity. undergraduate faculty/school or affiliate with 300 would receive The Federal Statistics Act provides the legal authority for Statistics three medals. Gold medals are awarded only to students in subject Canada to obtain access to personal information held by areas having at least one non-combination honours program, educational institutions. The information may be used only for though the recipient may be in a combined honours program. If statistical purposes, and the confidentiality provisions of the the subject area has both single and combined honours programs, Statistics Act prevent the information from being released in any the award is made to the student with the highest GPA in the way that would identify a student. senior courses in that subject's honours program, whether or not they are registered in a single or combined program. Students who do not wish to have their information used are able to ask Statistics Canada to remove their identification and contact Alumni Bronze Medals – General information from the national database. Programs Further information on the use of this information can be obtained from Statistics Canada's website: www.statcan.ca or by Eligible students must be registered in the graduating year of a writing to the Postsecondary Section, Centre for Education General BA or General BSc program. They must have attained a Statistics, 17 Floor, R.H. Coats Building, Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa, minimum cumulative GPA of 10.00 (A-). Ontario K1A OT6. Each faculty/school and affiliated university-college shall have one bronze medal for each convocation period in which it has Student Records Policy from 1 to 100 undergraduate students receiving a general degree, Link to University Policies website: and an additional bronze medal for each additional hundred http://www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2505&p=11443 undergraduate students receiving a general degree during that convocation period. Policy Governing the Use of Information Technology Link to University Policies website: Policy on the Classroom Use of Electronic Devices External Information Technology and Cloud Services Policy

27 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca University Undergraduate Regulations

Privacy and Security Impact Assessment (PSIA) Policy on Academic Disruption University Secretariat: University Policies site page: http://www.wlu.ca/page.php?grp_id=2505&p=11392

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 28 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Interdisciplinary Course Offerings

INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSE OFFERINGS Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 student with a minimum GPA of University Interdisciplinary 9.00. Submission of an application to the IC committee required. Courses Irregular course UU401 - Germany Today and the Legacy of Nazism: An Interdisciplinary Approach Newly-developed junior and senior level 0.5-credit UU401 Germany Today and the Legacy of interdisciplinary courses in the humanities or social sciences are Nazism: An Interdisciplinary Approach 0.5 available. These unassigned university credit courses have no This course consists of two intensive, weekend seminars, specific department. combined with individual (or group) projects supervised by a member of the UU400 committee. The course is open to students For senior courses, students apply to an Interdisciplinary Course in most disciplines, for example sociology, anthropology, Committee to register for the course. Only students with a 9.00 languages and literatures, history. Submission of an application to GPA or higher and a minimum of 8.0 university credits will the committee required. Contact Dr. Ute Lischke, [email protected] normally be considered for registration in these courses. or Dr. Robin Ostow, [email protected]. University Interdisciplinary Courses Prerequisite: Year 4 student with a minimum GPA of 9.00. Irregular course Courses IP300 - Integrative Seminar in International Policy IP300 Integrative Seminar in International Policy 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A hands-on seminar that integrates across the different disciplines involved in international policy. Guest speakers and case simulations will bring real-world policy issues to the classroom. An active, collaborative and problem-based approach will prepare students for further study and employment in the field. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 and completion of EC120; EC140; GS101 or HR163; PO245 or HR223/JN223; and PO231 or PO232 or HR328, or permission of the School of International Policy and Governance.

UU101 - Perspectives on Sustainability UU101 Perspectives on Sustainability 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 The course provides an interdisciplinary introduction to the topic of sustainability and is designed to be accessible and career relevant for students from all faculties. The focus is on understanding the challenges of sustainability with respect to different spheres (e.g., ecological, economic, socio-cultural) and at different scales from personal to global. Guest lecturers will explore sustainability from a variety of perspectives and students will develop their own plans of action to address concrete sustainability issues. UU150 - Foundations for Community Engagement and Service UU150 Foundations for Community Engagement and Service 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Introduction to core concepts, theories and competencies that serve as underpinnings for effective community engagement and service. Topics include ethical conduct, academic integrity, community service learning, civic engagement, career skills and professionalism. This is a practical course that provides a foundation for undertaking further experiential education opportunities. (Online Learning only) Exclusion: MU158.

UU300 - Special Topic UU300 Special Topic 0.5 The Interdisciplinary Course Committee determines the theme of this course, consisting of lectures and seminars.

29 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

FACULTY of ARTS

Dean, Faculty of Arts: Richard Nemesvari, PhD BA and BSc Programs and Associate Dean: Academic Development: Dejan Regulations Guzina, PhD Bachelor of Arts (BA) and Bachelor of Science (BSc) honours Associate Dean: Student Affairs/Special Projects: programs are offered by both the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty Gavin Brockett, PhD of Science. (For programs available in the Faculty of Science, refer Academic Advisor: Megan Woodrow, BA, ext. 2201 to the Faculty of Science chapter.) Academic Advisor: Crystal Shadwell, BA, ext. 3299 Academic Advising Email: [email protected] Honours Programs Telephone: (519) 884-1970, ext 3891 Honours degree programs are a minimum of 20.0 credits. Students Location: Dr. Alvin Woods Building, Room 5-106 normally take 5.0 credits (or 10 0.5-credit courses) each year for Website: https://www.wlu.ca/academics/faculties/ four years. Honours programs allow a more specialized study of a faculty-of-arts/index.html particular discipline, and are usually required for advanced study and research. Combination Honours BA programs allow students to combine honours work in two disciplines. An honours program NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your in a discipline may also be combined with a secondary program Laurier email account. Students are expected to regularly from available options/minors in other disciplines to a maximum check their Laurier email account for important notices from of two. The successful completion of a secondary program will be the university community. Students are required to send recognized on the student's transcript at graduation. emails to official members of the university community from their Laurier email account in order to verify authenticity and Numerous options allow students to combine honours programs ensure delivery. Emails sent from non-Laurier accounts, such with a secondary specialization, e.g., Legal Studies, Management as hotmail, may be identified as spam and not delivered. Option. Furthermore, it is impossible to determine whether the emails The Environmental Science Option is available to students received from these non-Laurier accounts are coming from the registered in the Honours BSc program in geography, as well as person they claim to be from. Your co-operation is other Honours BSc programs available through the Faculty of appreciated. Science. (Refer to the Faculty of Science chapter for details of the Applied Mathematics Option.) The Faculty of Arts offers a wide range of programs, both in traditional arts disciplines and in new and Non-Honours Programs interdisciplinary fields of study. Courses and/or Students are admitted to Laurier into honours programs only. Due programs are offered in ancient studies, anthropology, to the achievement of inadequate overall GPA, or area of Arabic, archaeology and heritage studies, specialization GPA, or course results, a student will be withdrawn communication studies, community engagement, co- from the honours program and placed in a general degree without operative education, cultural studies, English, designation. General degree programs are normally 15.0 credits. Students usually complete 5.0 credits (or 10 0.5-credit courses) a environmental science, environmental studies, film year for each of three years. General degrees in the Faculty of Arts studies, French, geography, German, global studies, will not have majors, options or minors. Greek, history, history and philosophy of science, Italian, languages, medievalism and medieval studies, Students who have completed four years of an honours program Muslim studies, Norrth American studies, philosophy, but are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, may receive a BA or BSc degree (without General or Honours) with the political science, religion and culture, social major of the honours program and a maximum of two eligible entrepreneurship, sociology, Spanish, Sustainability, options/minors denoted on the trascript. A major and overall GPA and women and gender studies. A detailed description of 5.00 is required. of each program and course is included in the alphabetical list of programs, which follow the faculty Students whose overall GPA is a minimum of 5.00, are allowed to register in Honours Arts without specialization for Year 1, Year 2 rules and regulations. and Year 3 and may graduate with a general BA without In choosing a course of study, students may combine designation or transfer into an area of specialization at any time programs provided that they satisfy all requirements for when they have met the required course requirements and GPA regulations and have been approved by the academic department. each program in which they are enrolled. Students who wish to complete two degrees should consult the Interdepartmental Programs Additional Undergraduate Degrees section in the The Faculty of Arts offers interdisciplinary programs in Canadian Undergraduate University Regulations chapter. studies, communication studies, cultural studies, history and philosophy of science, languages, medieval studies, Mediterranean Studies, near eastern studies, and women and gender studies. An interdisciplinary program combines core courses with courses from

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 30 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

other programs. This provides students with an opportunity to explore different disciplines focusing on a particular theme or area Academic Counselling and of study. Course Selection University BA and BSc Regulations Although academic advising is available within each department, it is solely the responsibility of students to ensure that they 1. Course Equivalency are properly registered and meet course requirements and the Departments may, with the approval of the dean, recognize requirements of the program for which they are registered. All a specific course as the equivalent of a required course students should review the Undergraduate University when a student has obtained satisfactory credit for the Regulations chapter and the relevant program requirements and course at this or another institution. course information carefully. 2. Prohibition from Registration Academic counselling is available from the chairs of departments, a. A student deemed by the department offering a undergraduate advisors, program co-ordinators and the Dean's particular course to have the knowledge or skills Office. In making course selections and choosing programs, all taught in that course may be declared ineligible to students are advised to consult the regulations that follow, course register for credit in that course. descriptions for prerequisites, and the specific regulations governing their selected programs of study. b. A student who has failed the equivalent of 2.0 junior credits in a subject, whether the failure Students in degree programs are advised to complete the required occurred in the same course(s) or different introductory courses for a variety of possible honours majors prior course(s), will be barred from registering for credit to Year 2, and to fulfill the required prerequisites for senior in further junior courses in that subject, except by courses. permission of the dean and of the department offering the subject. Students in honours programs and combination honours programs must have their program approved by the appropriate department 3. Directed Studies/Irregular Courses or co-ordinating committee prior to each academic year. All Directed Studies/Irregular courses dealing with subjects students are responsible for selecting courses that satisfy the not covered by courses listed in the calendar may be requirements of their degree program(s). offered to individuals or small groups of students. All outlines for Directed Studies courses together with the Regulations for All Honours completed Directed Studies/Irregular Course Registration Forms must be submitted to the Dean of Arts for approval Programs prior to the last day for adding a course in the term in All students registered in honours programs are subject to the which the Directed Studies/Irregular courses begin. All following regulations: outlines must include a schedule of meetings, requirements for at least one graded assignment and a list of readings. 1. An honours degree program must consist of a minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 senior credits in the 4. Honours Courses major or at least 6.0 senior credits in each of two Several departments in each faculty offer a limited number combined majors at the honours level. Individual of courses which are specifically intended for, and departments may require more than this minimum. restricted to, honours students in the discipline. For these Students may elect to take a combined Honours BA courses, all other students require special permission from program (available combinations are described in the the department concerned to register in the honours-level Faculty of Arts - Departments section, the Faculty of courses. Science - Departments section, the School of Business & 400 level seminars are open only to Year 4 honours Economics - Economics Department section and the students registered in the program in which the 400 level Waterloo Lutheran Seminary) or a joint Honours BSc seminar is offered. Other students wishing to take 400 level program (available combinations are described in the seminars require permission of the department offering the Faculty of Science - Departments section). course and the department in which they are specializing. Where a combined program states a 100 level credit limit, A 400 level seminar cannot be repeated. the program with the lower limit applies to the combined 5. Interdepartmental Programs degree. In cases where program descriptions of each of the The co-ordinator of an interdepartmental program must constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different authorize the student's program in writing. Permission to number of courses required for the combination, the larger take individual courses is granted by the department or the total will apply. co-ordinating committee offering the courses. 2. Progression requirements for the honours BA program are 6. Double Counting based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained from all Students are permitted to double-count courses for more courses taken and will be calculated on a cumulative basis. than one program in which the same course is a required For progression, the requirement will be a minimum GPA of course or an elective. 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum overall GPA of 5.00. For graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each major and a minimum overall GPA

31 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

of 5.00 is required.This honours BA program regulation also 7. Students in honours programs and combination or joint applies to all honours BA and BSc programs in the honours programs must have their entire program approved Departments of Geography & Environmental Studies and by the honours department(s) by the beginning of each Psychology (Exceptions are noted in the program academic year. descriptions of the Psychology: Comprehensive and 8. Any exceptions to the honours regulations require the Research Specialist programs, and the Biology and written approval of both the department and the dean. Psychology joint programs).In cases where progression and Exceptions that would make the number of credits required graduation requirements of each of the constituent parts of for graduation fewer than 20.0 are not permitted. a combination stipulates a different cumulative overall GPA required for the combination, the larger cumulative overall 9. At the end of Year 4 in a BA or BSc honours program, GPA will apply. students who are registered in an honours program, meet Some programs have additional progression requirements all progression requirements and successfully complete all stated in the program description. Refer to Regulation 3 credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that below. Honours students enrolled in options and honours program because their GPA is insufficient, have minors must satisfy the progression and graduation the option of receiving a BA or BSc degree (without requirements for those programs. General or Honours) which denotes the major of the honours program and a maximum of two eligible options/ 3. Where student demand for entry or progression into Year 2 minors on the transcript. For all Faculty of Arts majors, an of an honours program in arts or science exceeds the overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. availability of student spaces, students who meet the (Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful minimum criteria for progression from Year 1 to Year 2 will attempts at honours subjects taken in combination: be considered for admission on the basis of their overall students in a combined honours program who are GPA (from all courses taken at Wilfrid Laurier University). unsuccessful in meeting the GPA requirements of one of Departments that intend to use other forms of GPA their honours subjects do not have the option of receiving calculation must so advise students by October 1. a degree which certifies completion of a single honours 4. Students are expected to choose a major by the end of Year subject and a "general-level" major.) 1 (5.0 credits). For those who are still undecided at that point, they may continue in Honours BA Arts up to the Regulations Combining Honours time when they have completed 15.0 credits. Honours BA Arts students progress through Year 1, Year 2 and Year 3 if with a Secondary Minor/Option they achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) in Faculty of Honours students with a major may choose to organize their Arts credits. When the 15.0 credits have been successfully elective courses to meet the requirements for a combined honours completed, normally by the end of Year 3, students must program, and a maximum of two options/minors in a subject other make a choice whether to graduate with a General BA than the honours major(s). Additional courses may have to be degree without designation, or to declare an honours taken to fulfill these requirements. All common and program program and continue into Year 4. It is the responsibility requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. of the student to fulfill the requirements of the honours program. Students combining honours disciplines with secondary programs Students who fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in must meet the following regulations: Faculty of Arts credits must proceed in the general program or may be required to withdraw if general progression 1. All requirements for the combined honours program, option requirements are not met. or minor, must be fulfilled. (Refer to Regulations Honours BA and BSc programs are excluded from academic Governing Minors/Options below.) probation regulations. 2. An honours student with a major may receive designation 5. Unless other department regulations apply, students who for only two options/minors. have failed a course may proceed in the honours program, 3. Note that where a combined program states a 100 level provided they have the required average. (For calculation credit limit, the program with the lower limit applies to the of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to the section, combined degree. Grades, in the University Undergraduate Regulations chapter.) Such a student must repeat a failed course if it is 4. An honours student with a major may receive designation a required course. If it is not a course required for the for only one of the Co-operative Education and the program, the student may repeat the course, or take an Professional Experience Program. additional course. No course may be attempted more than twice. 6. At the end of Year 1, students may transfer into another Regulations Governing Minors/ honours program at the discretion of the department. Options Thereafter, students may not transfer unless they have Regulations pertaining to all Minors/Options include: maintained the progression requirements. All transfers after the end of Year 1 must have the approval of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 32 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

1. Minors: Minimum of 3.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits • 2.0 in Film Studies senior (200- or 300- level) credits as required. follows: 2. Options: Minimum of 4.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits ◦ FS275 - The Business of Film required. ◦ FS370 - Intro to Video Editing 3. No fewer than 2.0 credits shall be obtained at Wilfrid Laurier University. ◦ FS371 - Advanced Video Editing 4. Must be adjunct to the major; no student may declare a ◦ FS374 - Screenwriting & Directing major and a minor in the same discipline. B. VFS's Writing for Film and Television program counts as 5.0 credits towards WLU BA Film Studies Honours requirements (10.0 5. Maximum of two minors/options allowed. credits required for Film Studies major) as follows: 6. All common and program requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. • 1.0 in Film Studies 100-level (junior) credit 7. Minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required for a minor. If • 3.0 in 100-level (junior) elective credits an option or minor requires a higher GPA, that GPA applies. • 1.0 in Film Studies senior credit as follows: 8. Not available to those in undesignated General BA and ◦ FS275 - The Business of Film General BSc programs. ◦ FS374 - Screenwriting & Directing 9. Majors, specializations, concentrations and minors (including options) are all printed on an official transcript. C. VFS's Acting for Film + TV program counts as 5.0 credits towards Only majors are printed on the degree parchment. WLU BA Film Studies Honours requirements (10.0 credits required for Film Studies major) as follows: • Requirements for specific minors/options are included in the Departments section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of • 1.0 in Film Studies junior (100-level) credit Education, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of • 4.0 in 100-level (junior) elective credits Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, School of Business & Economics - Economics Department and Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. Exchange Programs A wide variety of student exchange programs allow students to • Declare an option using LORIS confirmation (March-April) or study at other universities during their academic program. using a Program Selection Form prior to graduation; the Exchange programs are currently available in Australia, Austria, minor is declared on the addendum of the Application to Brazil, Canada, China, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Graduate on the student's LORIS account. Guyana, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, The Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, University/College Combination Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the United States. New programs are in the process of development. For Programs information, refer to Laurier International. Transfer Credit Policies: General BA without Vancouver Film School Designation VFS Students coming to WLU would attend Year 1 at VFS and then Years 2, 3, and 4 at Laurier. The transfer credits for VFS students General BA without Designation are slightly different than for WLU students. For VFS students, Faculty of Arts their courses include some academic but others as practical or applied. Their one-year 356 of 404 12 intensive VFS program are Progression and Graduation Requirements regarded as equivalent of 100- and 200-level credits, except in the Students in a general Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree program case where Laurier offers a similar course (in those instances a without a major, option or minor may progress and graduate if specific course credit is assigned). they achieve an overall grade point average of 4.00 (C-). (Note: 20.0 credits are required for the Honours BA in Film Studies Course Distribution degree.) A general BA degree program without designations must satisfy the following requirements: A. VFS's Film Production program counts as 5.0 credits towards WLU BA Film Studies Honours requirements (10.0 credits required 1. at least 15.0 credits in total, including: for Film Studies major) as follows: 2. at least 8.0 credits at the senior level (200 or 300 level) • 1.0 in Film Studies 100-level (junior) credit 3. at least 8.0 credits taken in the Faculty of Arts (may • 2.0 in 100-level (junior) elective credits include credits taken elsewhere that are deemed equivalent by the University)

33 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

4. a maximum of 3.0 credits in Business • 200-level: AR201 - Amorous Aphrodite to Zesty Zeus: An Archaeological Approach to Myth, AR216 - Blood, Sweat and 5. a minimum of 5.0 senior credits must be taken at Wilfrid Sport: The Archaeology of Athletics, AR221 - Archaeology of Laurier University. Greece and Rome, AR225/HI225 - History of Ancient Greece, Note AR226/HI226 - History of Ancient Rome, AR338 - Current The Business course maximum includes all Business, Commerce Issues in Classical Archaeology, HI224 - The Asian World in and Management courses taken at another post-secondary Ascendancy, 1000-1700, HI235 - Ancient Egypt, HI236 - institution. Magic and Religion in the Ancient World, HI237 - Vikings!, HI255 - Crime and Justice in Antiquity, HI261 - The Ancient Ancient Studies World in Contemporary Culture, HI281 - Slavery in the Ancient World, HI282 - Civilizations of the Ancient Near Honours BA, Combined BA program, and Minor: East, HI283 - Ancient Africa, HI289 - Warfare in the Ancient Mediterranean World, PP256 - Ancient Philosophy I, PP259 - The Ancient Studies program examines early world civilizations. Ancient Philosophy II, RE200 - Introduction to the Hebrew Through the study of history, politics, economics, literature, Bible/Old Testament, RE201 - Introduction to the New philosophy, religion, and art, students will learn how these Testament, RE204 - Introduction to Judaism, RE250 - Origins civilizations laid some of the foundations of today's world. and Development of Buddhism Graduates will be well prepared for careers in the law, teaching, the fine arts and business as well as graduate study in a wide • 300-level: AR332 - Children in the Ancient World, AR338 - range of disciplines. Individual courses as well as the joint Current Issues in Classical Archaeology, HI301 - Performing program will be of particular interest to students in English, Gender in Ancient Greece, HI384 - The World of Genghis Languages & Literatures, Political Science, Legal Studies, Khan, HI385 - Food and Drink in Ancient Mediterranean Philosophy, Religion & Culture, and Business & Economics. Society, HI390 - Family Law in Greece and Rome, HI391 - Waking the Dead: Voices from the Near East, RE335 - Jesus of Nazareth, RE344 - Apocalypticism Full-Time Faculty • 400-level: HI448* - Reading Seminar on the Ancient World , Blaine Chiasson, PhD HI498* - Research Seminar on the Ancient World Karljurgen Feuerherm, PhD Degree Program Electives: Judith Fletcher, PhD An additional 10.0 elective credits for the degree total of 20.0 Jeff Grischow, PhD credits, (5.0 credits must be senior, maximum of 3.0 credits from the Ancient Studies Course List.) Language Courses: Honours BA Ancient Studies Languages other than English can contribute to a deeper understanding of Ancient Studies. For this reason, Ancient Studies The Honours BA in Ancient Studies consists of 20.0 credits, of majors are encouraged to study ancient languages (including but which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. A minimum of not limited to Greek, Latin, Hebrew, Akkadian, Sanskrit, Classical 10.0 and a maximum of 13.0 credits must be from the List of Chinese, Classical Japanese), and subject to the following Ancient Studies courses. These must include: provisions: Year 1: 1.0 credit at the 100-level from list of Ancient Studies courses 1. Ancient Studies majors may count up to 1.0 credit of Year 2: 3.0 credits at the 200-level from list of Ancient Studies language study toward the Additional Ancient Studies courses Requirement. Year 3: 3.0 credits at the 300-level from list of Ancient Studies courses 2. For Ancient Studies majors who take Year 1 language Year 4: 1.0 credit at the 400-level from list of Ancient Studies courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and who have reading seminar course; already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses (up 1.0 credit at the 400-level from list of Ancient Studies to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will not be counted toward the research seminar course maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. Additional Ancient Studies Requirement: 3. Language courses may be taken at WLU, at other 1.0 credit at the 200- or 300-level from list of Ancient Studies recognized universities in Canada, or abroad on a letter of courses (also refer to language courses below) permission. The prior written consent of the History List of Ancient Studies Courses: Department is required for all language courses. Notes • 100-level: AR104 - Greece: Minotaur to Alexander, AR105 - Ancient Rome: Not Just Caesar, HI121 - Ancient History in a 1. Certain courses may have prerequisites which do not appear Global Context, HI131 - Ancient Heroes: Story and Tradition in this list. 2. Some courses may be offered on a rotating basis; it is the student's responsibility to plan his/her program accordingly.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 34 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

3. Students who are planning to pursue graduate studies in Degree Program Electives: this or a related field are encouraged to plan their program An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, with that goal in mind, and should consider the which includes the second BA major. department's offerings in ancient languages as applicable. Language Courses: 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Languages other than English can contribute to a deeper progression and course regulations and the earlier section understanding of Ancient Studies. For this reason, Ancient Studies regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. majors are encouraged to study ancient languages (including but not limited to Greek, Latin, Hebrew, Akkadian, Sanskrit, Classical Honours BA Ancient Studies in Chinese, Classical Japanese), and subject to the following Combination with another Honours BA provisions: Program 1. Ancient Studies majors may count up to 1.0 credit of The Honours BA in Ancient Studies in combination with another language study toward the Additional Requirements for Honours BA program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least Honours Ancient. 14.0 must be at the senior level. Of these, 7.0 credits must be from the List of Ancient Studies Courses. These must include: 2. For Ancient Studies majors who take Year 1 language courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and who have Year 1: 1.0 credit at the 100-level from list of Ancient Studies already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses (up courses to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will not be counted toward the Year 2: 2.0 credits at the 200-level from list of Ancient Studies maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. courses Year 3: 2.0 credits at the 300-level from list of Ancient Studies 3. Language courses may be taken at WLU, at other courses recognized universities in Canada, or abroad on a letter of permission. The prior written consent of the History Year 4: 1.0 credit at the 400-level from list of Ancient Studies reading Department is required for all language courses. seminar course Notes 1.0 credit in 400-level from list of Ancient Studies research Certain courses may have prerequisites which do not appear in seminar course this list. List of Ancient Studies Courses: 1. Some courses may be offered on a rotating basis; it is the • 100-level: AR104 - Greece: Minotaur to Alexander, AR105 - student's responsibility to plan his/her program ccordingly. Ancient Rome: Not Just Caesar, HI121 - Ancient History in a 2. Students who are planning to pursue graduate studies in Global Context, HI131 - Ancient Heroes: Story and Tradition this or a related field are encouraged to register for the • 200-level: AR201 - Amorous Aphrodite to Zesty Zeus: An single Honours BA Program in Ancient Studies. Archaeological Approach to Myth, AR216 - Blood, Sweat and 3. Students majoring in Ancient Studies may not double- Sport: The Archaeology of Athletics, AR221 - Archaeology of count more than 1.0 credits from the List of Ancient Greece and Rome, AR225/HI225 - History of Ancient Greece, Studies Courses towards a Combined Honours BA in History, AR226/HI226 - History of Ancient Rome, AR338 - Current or Archaeology and Heritage Studies. Issues in Classical Archaeology, HI224 - The Asian World in Ascendancy, 1000-1700, HI235 - Ancient Egypt, HI236 - 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Magic and Religion in the Ancient World, HI237 - Vikings!, progression and course regulations and the earlier section HI255 - Crime and Justice in Antiquity, HI261 - The Ancient regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. World in Contemporary Culture, HI281 - Slavery in the Ancient World, HI282 - Civilizations of the Ancient Near Ancient Studies Minor East, HI283 - Ancient Africa, HI289 - Warfare in the Ancient The Ancient Studies Minor consists of 3.0 credits selected from Mediterranean World, PP256 - Ancient Philosophy I, PP259 - the List of Ancient Studies Courses. No more than 1.0 credit can Ancient Philosophy II, RE200 - Introduction to the Hebrew be in 100-level courses. Bible/Old Testament, RE201 - Introduction to the New List of Ancient Studies Courses: Testament, RE204 - Introduction to Judaism, RE250 - Origins and Development of Buddhism • 100-level: AR104, AR105, HI121, HI131 • 300-level: AR332 - Children in the Ancient World, AR338 - • 200-level: AR201, AR216, AR221, AR225/HI225, AR226/ Current Issues in Classical Archaeology, HI301 - Performing HI226, AR338, HI224, HI255, HI261, HI281, HI282, HI283, Gender in Ancient Greece, HI384 - The World of Genghis HI289, PP256, PP259, RE200, RE201, RE204, RE250 Khan, HI385 - Food and Drink in Ancient Mediterranean Society, HI390 - Family Law in Greece and Rome, HI391 - • 300-level: AR332, AR338, HI301, HI385, HI390, HI391, Waking the Dead: Voices from the Near East, RE335 - Jesus RE335, RE344 of Nazareth, RE344 - Apocalypticism • 400-level: HI448* (reading seminar), HI498* (research • 400-level: HI448* - Reading Seminar on the Ancient World , seminar) HI498* - Research Seminar on the Ancient World

35 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Notes an additional 2.0 senior AN credits, no more than 1.0 of which 1. Students minoring in Ancient Studies, and also doing a may be taken as Anthropology-approved courses offered by other Single or Combined Honours BA in History or academic units (list below). Archaeology and Heritage Studies, may not double-count Degree Program Electives: more than 1.0 credits from the List of Ancient Studies An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, Courses. which includes the second BA major. 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Anthropology Approved Courses: CMEG300 - Introduction to Community Engagement Anthropology Program CMEG301 - Social Inclusion, Local Democracy and Community Anthropology opens students to the many ways in which people in Enterprise different places and different times have gone about the task of CMEG305* - Semester in Community Engagement being human. Anthropologists explore human nature and human CS202 - Nonverbal Communication society through the comparative study of such things as family, EN220 - Reading Culture: Strategies and Approaches marriage, religious and spiritual practices, livelihoods, creativity, ES295 - Ecotourism and the Environment settlement of legal disputes, human-environment interactions, GS201 - Theories in Global Studies social power and inequality both locally and globally, and much GS220 - Being Human: Cultural Analysis in a Global Age more. Anthropology at Laurier is a unique program in Canada. It GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? specializes in researching and teaching the ethnography of the GS355 - Indigenous Peoples in Global Context contemporary world. Our mission is to equip students with the GS361 - Disasters and Development tools for understanding and intervening in an increasingly global HI389/MU310 - Music, Sound and Environment and interconnected world. More than the comparative study of MI201 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization I specific cultures, contemporary anthropology deals with the study MI202 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization II of the global flows of goods, persons, and ideas. Our research and RE211 - Indigenous Religions teaching emphasize how, through the techniques of ethnographic RE285 - Religion and Culture of the African Diaspora fieldwork, we can connect the complexity of everyday life to large- RE308 - Conducting Fieldwork scale patterns and processes. Anthropology links theoretical RE333 - Food and Religion analysis and forms of representation through the hands-on SP220 - Topics in Spanish Culture practical experience of participant observation, emphasizing how SY332 - Sociology of Race and Ethnicity the unique phenomenon of ethnographic fieldwork can encompass SY338 - Women and Development qualitative and quantitative methods of research and analysis. WS212 - Food and Feminism Combined Honours BA and Minor: Program Notes 1. Students are advised that senior courses not offered by Full-Time Faculty Anthropology may have prerequisites and other exclusions for which the student is responsible, and may not be offered every calendar year. Andre Czegledy, PhD Natasha Pravaz, PhD, Program Co-ordinator 2. Anthropology Honours students will not be given special permission to enrol in the Anthropology-Approved Courses, if these courses are full. Honours BA Anthropology in Combination 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section with another Honours BA Program regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. The combined Honours Anthropology program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. A Intercultural Understanding Option minimum of 6.0 senior Anthropology credits is required. In the Option in Intercultural Understanding students learn skills highly valued in the global marketplace: respect for cultural Required 100 level Anthropology Courses: difference, tolerance for ambiguity, and critical self-reflection. One of: AN100, AN110, AN120; The option brings awareness to the role of culture in shaping One of: AN100, AN110, AN120, AR101, CS100, GS101, KS100, people's worldview and practices, fosters a complex understanding RE100, SY101, WS100 (AN100, AN110, AN120 cannot double count of one's own social location, and provides training in holistic under separate lists of core courses); analysis. In a multicultural society such as Canada, understanding Required AN Courses: diversity helps dispel dominant stereotypes about non-normative AN200, AN300, AND AN400; cultures, encouraging respectful collaboration and teamwork. The at least 0.5 additional 200-level AN credit; option's emphasis on ethnographic skills affords students at least 1.5 additional 300-level AN credits; practical, transferable research tools that are attractive at least 0.5 additional 400-level AN credit; to employers. The option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 36 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Students must complete 2.0 core credits: Introduces the cultural worlds of exchange and consumption by AN100 - Cultures Today; focusing on how and why people acquire things ranging from so- AN200 - Theories of Culture; called "basic necessities" to more discretionary items like AN210 - Intercultural Competencies; and Lamborghini cars, Chanel suits and high-end coffee. The course AN300 - Ethnographic Methods. begins by covering foundational ideas of money, markets and reciprocity, before considering the social and cultural importance The option is completed by taking a further 2.0 credits from of material acquisition (whether products or services) in both Elective courses (refer to the list below). To obtain local and international settings. an Intercultural Understanding Option designation on their transcripts, students must have a minimum GPA of 7.0 AN120 - The Greatest Party in the World in designated courses (core and electives), computed on all AN120 The Greatest Party in the World 0.5 credits claimed for the option. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Introduces students to Brazilian popular culture by exploring the Intercultural Understanding Electives: AN243 - Law, Culture and social relevance of things such as carnival, soccer and prime-time Society AN224 - Anthropology of the Lifecourse AN237 - Cross- soap operas in national identity formation. At the same time, the cultural Studies of Change AN242 - Race, Ethnicity and course addresses the contested character of these social practices Nationalism AN343 - Culture and Society in Latin America AN342 - by looking at their potentially subversive use in the context of Africa at the Crossroads AN461 - The Anthropology of the Body cultural resistance to dominant ideas. It fosters understanding of AN456 - Applied Anthropology GS220 - Being Human: Cultural people's uses of cultural practices in the negotiation of power Analysis in a Global Age GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? GS325 imbalances and alternative values. - Religion, Culture and Society GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development AN200 - Theories of Culture GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror AN200 Theories of Culture 0.5 GS461 - Global humanitarianism: Between Gift and Power HI410* - Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Reading Seminar on The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict/HI460* - This course introduces concepts and theories used by Research Seminar on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict PO373 - anthropologists for understanding sociocultural practices in all Indigenous Peoples and Public Policy RE288* - Religion and their diverse forms. It will address concepts such as ideology, Culture Abroad RE333 - Food and Religion SK311 - Reconciliation hegemony, discourse, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, nationalism, and Indigenous-Social Work Relations SY324 - Sociology of Food globalization and neoliberalism. and Culture SY332 - Sociology of Race and Ethnicity Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). Notes AN201 - Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: Ethnohistorical Perspectives AN201 Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: 1. At least 3.0 of the required 4.0 credits in the option must Ethnohistorical Perspectives 0.5 be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. For Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Anthropology majors, the elective courses must be outside the major. A survey of the pre- and post-contact cultural patterns of , Inuit and Métis Peoples of Canada. 2. Completion of the option requirements will result in an Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). "Intercultural Understanding Option" designation on student transcripts. The option is open to all AN202 Foundations of Anthropological AN202 - Foundations of Anthropological Thought honours students. Thought 0.5 Anthropology Minor Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AN100 plus 2.5 additional senior credits in Anthropology. This course surveys various approaches to anthropological thought in order to enable students to identify continuities in a shared Note: conceptual core. Taking the key ideas of evolution, culture, Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. function, structure, and relativism as its focus, this course Anthropology Program Courses engages students in central debates within anthropology that are at the foundation of thinking in the discipline. The content of AN100 - Cultures Today AN100 Cultures Today 0.5 this course complements the examination of contemporary ideas Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 in AN200. An introduction to the study of world cultures, focusing on the Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). exploration of ethnographic case studies and the development of AN210 - Intercultural Competencies inter-cultural competencies through a problem-based approach, AN210 Intercultural Competencies 0.5 including participation in the Community Action Project developed Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 by the Center for a Public Anthropology. Examines perceptions of cultural differences and Exclusion: AN101. miscommunication across social, cultural, ethnic, economic and historic barriers. Students explore the various approaches used to AN110 - Money Makes the World Go Around AN110 Money Makes the World Go Around 0.5 mitigate cultural differences including intercultural competency, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 diversity, anti-oppression, and anti-racism training. Using Canada

37 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

as its context, students examine the historical outcomes and This course focuses on the study of race, ethnicity and future opportunities for growing diversity at work, in the nationalism as social structures of inclusion and exclusion. classroom, and in society. Themes to be addressed include how one's citizenship status determines access to labour and human rights, the links between AN224 - Anthropology of the Lifecourse AN224 Anthropology of the Lifecourse 0.5 gender, sexuality and machismo to ethnic and national matters, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and the role of place in the formation of personal and collective identities. An introduction to cross-cultural perspectives on human Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). development and aging, beginning with conception and proceeding through infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood, AN243 Law, Culture and Society 0.0 AN243 - Law, Culture and Society elderhood and death. Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course provides an introduction to the anthropology of law AN229 - Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: Contemporary Issues AN229 Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: and its comparative and cultural dimensions. It examines the Contemporary Issues 0.5 changing dynamics of law and the practical applications of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 anthropological insights in the resolution of cultural and legal rights issues in contemporary societies. Ethno-historical and anthropological perspectives on the contemporary social, economic and political situations of First AN300 Ethnographic Methods 0.5 AN300 - Ethnographic Methods Nations, Inuit and Métis Peoples in Canada. Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: AN329. A survey of the methods of cultural anthropological inquiry including such issues as the relationship between theory and AN232 - Special Topics AN232 Special Topics 0.5 research, research design and problem formulation, participant Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 observation, genealogical research, sampling procedures, interviewing, life history documentation, archival research, data A concentrated study of specific problem areas reflecting the organization and analysis, and the ethics of conducting research interests of members of the department. anthropological research. Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101), or permission of the Prerequisite: AN100 and AN200. department. Exclusion: AN410. Irregular course AN307 Special Topics in Anthropology 0.5 AN307 - Special Topics in Anthropology AN237 Cross-cultural Studies of Change 0.5 AN237 - Cross-cultural Studies of Change Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A concentrated study of specific problem areas reflecting the A study of such world questions as food, population, health care research interests of members of the department. and the environment: the impact of technological change in rural Prerequisite: Permission of the department. and urban areas. Social, political, economic and technological Irregular course development will be examined from a number of theoretical perspectives. The roles of business, government and non- AN312 Language, Culture and Society 0.5 AN312 - Language, Culture and Society government organizations in developing contexts are explored. Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: AN337, GS337. The course explores relationships between language, culture and society. Topics include: language and thought, language AN241 - City Life and Urban Space AN241 City Life and Urban Space 0.5 socialization across cultures, ethnography of speaking, cross- Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cultural studies of language and gender, interethnic (mis)communication, language contact and contact languages, This course considers major anthropological perspectives on the language ideologies, language nationalism, bilingualism and city as well as ethnographic investigations of urbanism, or city multilingualism. life. It focuses attention on how the contemporary city has Prerequisite: AN200 or AN202; registration status: Honours variously become divided, contested, globalized, modern and Anthropology programs only. postmodern, in ways that feature the changing role of cities as well as the shifting attitudes towards them. AN316 Art, Anthropology and Material Culture 0.5 AN316 - Art, Anthropology and Material Culture Prerequisite: AN100 (or the former AN101). Exclusion: AN232b. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course addresses questions of artistic creation and commodity AN242 - Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism AN242 Race, Ethnicity and Nationalism 0.5 production. It begins with early anthropological approaches to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 tribal art and artefacts. The bulk of the course will focus on the social lives of architecture, consumer goods, artworks, and souvenirs in local contexts, transnational art worlds, and global marketplaces.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 38 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 AN334 Folklore, Myth and Oral Narrative 0.5 AN334 - Folklore, Myth and Oral Narrative Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Topics will include myth, folklore, life histories, jokes, riddles and AN322 Religion, Ritual and Magic 0.5 AN322 - Religion, Ritual and Magic other forms of oral narrative. The place of folklore and myth Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 studies in the history of anthropology will be examined. Various The study of ritual performances which relate society to the textual approaches, including functionalist and structuralist divine, with a focus on the collective production of meaning. analyses, will be considered. Considerable attention will be paid Topics may include: rites of passage, spirit possession, magical to the social context of folklore events, myth-telling and narrative beliefs, and the social and epistemological dimensions of religious performances.† systems. Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Exclusion: AN213, AN323.

AN324 - Symbolic Systems and IdeologiesAN336 - Culture, Power and Politics AN324 Symbolic Systems and Ideologies 0.5 AN336 Culture, Power and Politics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The anthropological study of the creation and embodiment of This course introduces students to the major contemporary meaning in everyday life. Topics will include symbolic, semiotic, approaches to the study of politics and power in anthropology. feminist, Marxist, deconstructive, structural, poststructural, and Topics to be addressed include the state, civil society, citizenship, psychoanalytic approaches to cross-cultural ethnographic ethnicity, race and nationalism, sovereignty and violence. interpretation. Prerequisite: AN100; Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Prerequisite: AN200 or AN202; registration status: Honours Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Anthropology programs only. AN340 - Contemporary Issues in India AN340 Contemporary Issues in India 0.5 AN326 - Culture as Performance AN326 Culture as Performance 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introduction to contemporary society and cultures of India, Culture is a dynamic, expressive process that helps people define with a focus on issues related to such cultural phenomena as who they are as individuals and as collectivities. Symbolic events, globalization, caste politics, ethnic nationalisms, grass-roots festivals and rituals, as well as the everyday will be studied as development, media and the Indian diaspora. sites of enactment of our human cultural drama. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Anthropology Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. AN341 - Kinship, Marriage and Gender AN341 Kinship, Marriage and Gender 0.5 AN327 - Directed Studies in Anthropology AN327 Directed Studies in Anthropology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introduction to the anthropological study of kinship, marriage A concentrated study of specific problem areas reflecting the and gender, and patterns of social organization. research interests of members of the department. Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Irregular course Exclusion: AN221.

AN328 - Anthropology and Visual CultureAN342 - Africa at the Crossroads AN328 Anthropology and Visual Culture 0.5 AN342 Africa at the Crossroads 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course explores the use of audio-visual recording techniques An examination of pre-colonial, colonial and post-colonial African in ethnographic fieldwork, the documentary representation of cultures. social groups and social action in still photographs and Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 ethnographic film, and the study of representations of cultural Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. difference in mass media imagery. Exclusion: AN203, AN330. Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 AN343 - Culture and Society in Latin America Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. AN343 Culture and Society in Latin America 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AN333 - Human Rights I: Canadian Responsibility AN333/SY333 Human Rights I: Canadian Responsibility 0.5 An introduction to Latin American culture and society through an analysis of the relations of power that cut across the socio- Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 political landscape in the region. (Cross-listed as SY333.) Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Exclusion: AN307p.

39 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

AN344 Writing Cultures 0.5 Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 AN344 - Writing Cultures Anthropology major OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An exploration of issues arising from writing about the experience AN350 Violence and Terrorism 0.5 AN350 - Violence and Terrorism and interpretation of ethnographic fieldwork. Aspects of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 representation such as writing and using fieldnotes, style, structure, techniques of persuasion, fictionalization and reflexivity This course examines a wide range of anthropological perspectives will be examined. Students will also learn about historical on violence and terrorism. Topics explored include everyday experiments with surrealism, poetry and fiction. violence, genocide and ethnic war, state violence and terrorism, Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 and gendered violence in diverse western and nonwestern Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. contexts. Exclusion: AN225. Prerequisite: AN100. Exclusion: AN307T AN345 - Life after Socialism AN345 Life after Socialism 0.5 AN400 - Doing Fieldwork Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AN400 Doing Fieldwork 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course explores the dramatic social and cultural transformations occurring in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Students develop and carry out their own ethnographic research Union in the aftermath of the collapse of state socialism. The projects under the supervision of the course director. Using a course will address topics that intersect with broader debates in combination of skills acquired in AN300 - Ethnographic Methods, anthropology concerning citizenship, social suffering, nationalism, students write a proposal, develop analytical questions and ethnicity and race, gender inequality, memory, production and undertake participant-observation in a fieldwork context chosen consumption, poverty, religious revivals, globalization and among options provided. The end product will document the development assistance. research process and seek to answer questions formulated in the Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 proposal stage. Anthropology program OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Prerequisite: AN100, AN200 and AN300. Exclusion: AN307r. AN450 - Contemporary Theory and Ethnography AN450 Contemporary Theory and Ethnography 0.5 AN346 - Transnationalism and Cosmopolitanism AN346 Transnationalism and Cosmopolitanism 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Selected studies in contemporary theory and ethnography. This course deals with contemporary anthropological thinking on Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202. the ways local and global flows of peoples, goods and ideas inform AN455 - Directed Studies cultural practices and identity formation, and how these flows AN455 Directed Studies 0.5 affect processes of intercultural exchange. Key themes to be A concentrated study of specific problem areas reflecting the addressed include: hybridity, migration, belonging, consumption research interests of members of the department. and insurrection. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Anthropology. Anthropology major OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. Irregular course

AN347 - Science, Technology and CultureAN456 - Applied Anthropology AN347 Science, Technology and Culture 0.5 AN456 Applied Anthropology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course examines how cultural anthropologists apply their This course introduces anthropological approaches to technology theories, methods and insights to the solution of practical and science. It questions strictly technical perspectives by raising problems. The historical development of applied anthropology, the issues of power, association, legitimacy and design. A central ethical dilemmas of applied fieldwork and the research methods focus is the 'cyborg', a real and imagined meeting-place between used in such fieldwork will be examined. Such areas of the body and technology that has implications for biomedicine, concentration as community development, advocacy anthropology, biocommerce, and computers in the present and the future. policy research and social impact assessment are investigated. Prerequisite: AN100; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202. Anthropology major OR Year 3 or Year 4 honours arts program. AN458 - Special Topics in Anthropology AN458 Special Topics in Anthropology 0.5 AN348 - Space, Place and Culture AN348 Space, Place and Culture 0.5 A concentrated study of specific problem area reflecting the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 research interests of members of the department. This course introduces anthropological approaches to studying the Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202. experience, imagination, and social production of space and Irregular course place. It will consider topics such as storytelling, memory, urban planning, the politics of nature, and the reconfiguration of space by transnational forces, in a variety of cultural and historical settings.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 40 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

AN461 - The Anthropology of the Body AN461 The Anthropology of the Body 0.5 Applied Digital Program The human body is a contested cultural site. The course will focus on the symbolic, political, and performative dimensions of social The Applied Digital Option prepares students in the use of digital roles and identities. Embodied dimensions and social methods to manage and interrogate information, and educates representations of race, class and gender will be addressed. them in how to disseminate their findings in creative ways. It Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202. builds students' abilities to research, critique and analyze a variety of social, historical, political and economic issues using AN463 - Environments, Environmentalisms and Nature/culture AN463 Environments, Environmentalisms and contemporary digital technologies (mapping, electronic literary Nature/culture 0.5 analysis, digitization, analytics and advanced visualization techniques). The Applied Digital Option introduces students to the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 multimedia skills they need to succeed in an age of digital This course will explore anthropological and related approaches to information. the study of humans and their material surroundings. Topics such as cultural ecology, political ecology, cultural politics of nature, The Option's two pathways – Design and Application – introduce landscape, human-animal relations and environmental imaginaries student to creative project designs using multimedia and to are discussed. digital research using techniques that allow them to manage and Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202, or permission of department. interpret large volumes of data. The focus of the Design Pathway Exclusion: AN331. is on the creation of multimedia projects. Students are introduced to the software tools they need in order to express their ideas in AN465 Cultures of Business and Work 0.5 creative and effective ways. The focus of the Applications Pathway AN465 - Cultures of Business and Work is on the collection and analysis of "big data" and its rendering in This course provides an understanding of some of the fundamental ways that facilitate interpretation. social and anthropological perspectives on work in modern large- To apply to the Option, students must submit the Program scale business organizations as well as other institutional Selection Form on the Office of the Registrar website. Previous settings. It will examine historical and contemporary case studies computer experience is not required for admission. of management and labour activity. Students will also develop a variety of applied analytical and critical thinking skills appropriate Applied Digital Option to the workplace environment. The Applied Digital Option consists of 4.0 credits (0.5 required, Prerequisite: AN200 and AN202. 2.0 from the pathways and 1.5 from the elective list). All Honours Exclusion: AN458d. program students are eligible to apply for the Applied Digital Option. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the courses specific to the AN467 - Culture, Ethics and Morality AN467 Culture, Ethics and Morality 0.5 Applied Digital Option is required to graduate. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 • At least 2.0 of the required 4.0 credits in the option must be An exploration of selected themes in the study of ethics and outside the major. diverse moral worldviews from an anthropological perspective. • Students should note that many option elective courses have Through a variety of ethnographic case studies, such as bride prerequisites. kidnappings, prenatal genetic testing, or environmental disasters, • Completion of the option requirements will result in an "Applied students will explore the tensions between universalism and Digital Option" designation on the student transcript. cultural relativism, debates on morality and human rights, justice • The option is administered by the Department of History. For and liberty, agency and individual/public responsibility, and the advice on the option, students should consult the History theoretical and methodological challenges of the anthropology of undergraduate advisor. ethics and morality. Prerequisite: AN100 and AN200. Required Course (0.5 credit) DH100 - Digital Creativity Pathway Courses (2.0 credits; students may specialize in one AN491 Major Research Paper 0.5 AN491 - Major Research Paper pathway, but are encouraged to choose courses from both): A research project, in an area of the student's interest, carried out Design Pathway under the supervision of a full-time faculty member. Offered only CP104 - Introduction to Programming in second term, after the student has prepared a research proposal CP202 - Website Design in AN410. DH200 - Digital Narratives Prerequisite: AN300 (or AN410); registration status: Year 4 DH300 - Digital Editing and Publishing Honours Anthropology and permission of department; must have HI393 - Multimedia Applications in History B+ standing in AN. Applications Pathway GESC251 - Cartography GG369 - Geographical Information Systems GG351 - Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization GG469 - Advanced Geographical Information Systems PO360 - Citizen Politics PO465 - Media Analysis for Politics and Policy in a Digital Age Elective Courses (1.5 credits from among any of the following list of courses):

41 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Programming courses: link between "self" and body. This course will explore diverse CP164 - Data Structures I, methods of understanding and representing identity, time, and CP212 - Windows Application Programming, place across different disciplines and different digital media. CP213 - Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming, Students will learn and gain hands-on experience with key apps CP363 - Database I. and other software tools and produce their own digital projects. Statistics courses: (No specific computer expertise is required.) EC255 - Managerial Statistics, DH300 - Digital Editing and Publishing MA129 - Introductory Calculus for Business and Social Sciences. DH300 Digital Editing and Publishing 0.5 PO218 - Answering Questions in Political Science: Research in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Practice, SY280 - Quantitative Methods, This course will provide students with essential skills and hands- SY382 - Social Statistics. on experience in editing and publishing texts online. The course Critical Perspectives courses: will explore representative examples of Open Access resources, AN347 - Science, Technology and Culture, examine the various software tools, and consider copyright and CS213 - Technology and Society, other aspects of online publishing. Students will put the skills CS350 - Political Economy of Communication and Culture, they acquire to practical use by editing, annotating and CS353 - Internet Studies, publishing an online project of their own. EN281 - Cyborg Fictions, EN381 - Gaming and Narrative Theory, FS345 - Film Theory and Mass Media, Applied Social Research FS447a - Digital New Media, WS305 - Gender, Culture and Technology. Program Applied Digital Program Courses Applied Social Research Option DH100 - Digital Creativity DH100 Digital Creativity 0.5 Department of Sociology Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A hands-on introduction in both theory and practice to computer Applied Water Science hardware, software, and open access/source digital tools targeting Program such areas as typesetting and basic audio and image manipulation. Ethics and aesthetic concerns in traditional and Honours BSc Applied Water Science multimedia documents are also discussed, and students develop a Honours BSc Applied Water Science program digital research project for deployment through a content- management system such as WordPress as contributors within the context of a project team. Arabic (Lang/Lit) 1. Previous experience in these areas is not required but access to The Minor in Arabic offers the possibility to obtain a working a portable personal computer is absolutely essential. knowledge of the language while presenting students with a – a) The computer should be a recent model, e.g. no more than 2 3 cultural understanding of the regions where Arabic is spoken. years old. Arabic could be used as a component of the Honours BA in b) It should have sufficient free disc space to instal1 the digital Languages. tools used in the course. c) The operating system should be a recent release of OS X, Arabic Minor and Courses: Windows, or Linux. In the case of Linux, however, be advised that support is likely to be limited. 2. Term project research areas are contingent upon the areas of Full-Time Faculty expertise of the instructional staff. 3. This course affords entry to the Design and Application pathway Nathalie Freidel, PhD, Chair of the Applied Digital Option. Students interested in pursuing this option are strongly encouraged to take this course. Arabic Studies Minor DH200 Digital Narratives 0.5 DH200 - Digital Narratives The Minor in Arabic Studies consists of 3.0 credits, 2.0 credits are Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 in the target language (AB101, AB102, AB201 and AB202W The internet allows the collection and expression of more voices, (Renison College UW), 0.5 taught in English (AB245 - The Arab stories, and experiences than ever before. The volume of material, Spring: A Cultural Approach), and 0.5 credit taught in the English and the variety of technologies available, are also transforming language from the following list: the ways in which these incidents are told, collected, preserved, AB246 - Media representations of Arab-Muslims and transmitted. Creating and interacting within a virtual AB247 - Social media and change in the Arab World environment has encouraged a form of digital cosmopolitanism AB306 - Hollywood and Arab-Muslims that challenges our notions of tangible space, linear time, and the AR226 - History of Ancient Rome GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 42 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI265 - Ten Moments that made the Middle East Taught in English. This course is about the Arab-Muslim minorities MZ200 - Introduction to Muslim Studies in Europe and North America and how they represent themselves MZ201/RE213 - Religious Heritage of Islam in relation to the global society through digital media. RE101 - Religions of the Americas: Asian and Middle Eastern Representation will be studied from a diversity of positions and RE227 - Religions and Cultures of the Middle East settings. However, the main idea is to explore how the WS307 - Gender and Social Politics in Contemporary Muslim relationship between the self and the other is shaped. The course Societies will explore issues related to migration, diaspora, social justice, and otherness. Students will be introduced to an interdisciplinary Note: Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. approach that encompasses media discourse analysis, cultural Arabic (Lang/Lit) Courses theory, anthropology and image analysis. AB101 - Elementary Modern Standard ArabicAB247 I - Social media and change in the Arab World AB101 Elementary Modern Standard Arabic I 0.5 AB247 Social media and change in the Arab Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 World 0.5 Taught in Arabic. This course will introduce students to Arabic as a Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 language and a culture. The emphasis will be put initially on Taught in English. This course explores the ways new media is speaking and listening with authentic audio, video material. This introducing deep changes into the political and cultural landscape course is designed for students with no previous knowledge in in Arab societies. Internet is considered not as a mere tool, but as Arabic. a space where the new Arab generation is shaping new strategies Exclusion: Any formal or informal knowledge of Arabic. of resistance. A special emphasis will be put on the development of a new consciousness marked by trans-border, transnational, AB102 - Elementary Modern Standard Arabic II AB102 Elementary Modern Standard Arabic II 0.5 cross-cultural, and global realities. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 AB306 - Hollywood and Arab-Muslims Taught in Arabic. A continuation of AB101. In this second course, AB306 Hollywood and Arab-Muslims 0.5 the emphasis will be put foremost on improving reading and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 writing skills through the use of authentic material. Speaking and The purpose of this course is to analyze the way Arab-Muslims are listening comprehension skills and cultural elements will be represented by Hollywood before and after September 11. further developed. Exclusion: AB354B. Prerequisite: AB101 or permission of the department. AB395 Special Topics 0.5 AB395 - Special Topics AB201 Intermediate Arabic I AB201 - Intermediate Arabic I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in English. This course is a concentrated study of a specific Taught in Arabic. A practical course which reviews Arabic grammar topic or area in Arabic. and helps students to achieve fluency in oral and written skills. Irregular course. The objective is to develop writing, reading and listening skills in order to be able to read and understand a variety of texts, and to AB399 Directed Studies 0.5 AB399 - Directed Studies converse and write in the target language using new structures, verbs, tenses, and a wide range of new vocabulary related to daily, Taught in English. By special arrangement, students can follow a intellectual and professional life. course of study under direct supervision. Prerequisite: AB102 or permission of the department. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Exclusion: Native proficiency of the language. Irregular course

AB245 - The Arab Spring: A Cultural Approach AB245 The Arab Spring: A Cultural Approach 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Archaeology and Heritage Taught in English. This course is a survey on topics related to Studies culture in a changing Arab World. Emphasis will be on cultural diversity, constructing identities, emergence of new styles, Honours BA program, Honours BA Combined, Minor: hybridity, and transcultural experiences through publicity, Archaeology is the study of human culture worldwide through the literature, media, and music. Students will be initiated to topics physical remains left by earlier peoples. Modern archaeology is such as trans-national identities, migrations, nationalism, social concerned with the preservation of archaeological resources on movements, gender and racial issues, and cultural diversity. the local, regional and international level. At Laurier the breadth of Archaeology is reflected by the faculty AB246 - Media representations of Arab-Muslims AB246 Media representations of Arab- members who study the ancient cultures of the Near East, Greece, Muslims 0.5 and Rome, as well as the North American aboriginal peoples and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 European cultures after 1500. The scope of faculty expertise also spans specializations in archaeological material science, archaeological survey, bioarchaeology, as well as environmental, historic, industrial, prehistoric and public archaeology. Field, lab and classroom instruction in these areas are complemented by

43 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

other courses in related discipline, such as Anthropology, Ancient and past research projects carried out by department members. Studies, History, Geography, and Philosophy. This engaged, cross- Students are encouraged to take the field course (AR219*) as early disciplinary approach has led the Archaeology program at Laurier in the program as possible. to become one of the most comprehensive at the undergraduate level in Canada, providing students with a very broad Archaeology and Heritage Studies Approved Courses: understanding of the discipline. AN100 - Cultures Today AN201 - Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: Ethnohistorical Perspectives Full-Time Faculty AN241 - City Life and Urban Space AN316 - Art, Anthropology and Material Culture Debra Foran, PhD AN322 - Religion, Ritual and Magic CS213 - Technology and Society Scott Gallimore, PhD GG251 Bonnie Glencross, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor GG254 John Triggs, PhD, Chair GG258 University of Waterloo Participating Faculty GG262 - Travel Behaviour GG270 - Cultural Geographies GG271 - Temporal Perspectives on the City S. L. Ager, PhD GG282 - Geomorphology and Soils A. Coskun, PhD GG351 - Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization R. A. Faber, PhD GG355 - Remote Sensing for Geography and Environmental Studies A. Faulkner, PhD GG361 - Spatial Analysis C. Hardiman, PhD GG369 - Geographical Information Systems R. Kroeker, PhD GG373 - Landscapes and Identities D. Porreca, PhD GG376 - Cultural Heritage Landscapes C. Vester, PhD GG468 - Advanced Spatial Analysis GG469 - Advanced Geographical Information Systems GG489 - Paleoclimatology HI101 - Medieval Europe, 500-1100 Honours BA Archaeology and Heritage HI111 - Problems in Colonial Canadian History Studies HI117 - Topics in North American History to the 1860s HI118 - Topics in North American History from the 1860s The Honours Archaeology and Heritage Studies program consists HI121 - Ancient History in a Global Context of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. HI127 - Pirates! A World History For students who chose to complete the minimum 10.0 credits for HI131 - Ancient Heroes: Story and Tradition this program, 9.0 credits must be Archaeology approved at the HI212 - French Canada Before Confederation senior level. It must contain at least 10.0 but no more than 13.0 HI213 - French Canada After Confederation credits in Archaeology and include: HI252 - Lives of the Explorers 1. Required AR Credits: AR101, AR102, AR219*, AR336, HI255 - Crime and Justice in Antiquity AR460, AR462 HI258 - Natives and Empires HI261 - The Ancient World in Contemporary Culture 2. one of: AR341 or AR344 HI265 - Ten Moments that made the Middle East HI281 - Slavery in the Ancient World 3. 4.0 additional senior AR credits HI282 - Civilizations of the Ancient Near East 4. 2.0 additional credits from Approved Archaeology and HI283 - Ancient Africa Heritage courses. HI284 - The History of Sexuality in Western Civilization Degree Program Electives: HI285 - Ancient Art Beyond the West An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits, HI289 - Warfare in the Ancient Mediterranean World (including 5.0 credits which must be senior, and 3.0 credits may HI292 - History of Canada to Confederation be AR). HI316 - Europe and the New World, 1450-1660 HI321 - Social History of Pre-Industrial Canada Program Regulations HI339 - History of Ontario since 1791 GPA Calculation: HI341 - Canadian Military History For purposes of progression and graduation, the cumulative GPA HI344 - Native Peoples of Eastern Canada will be calculated on all archaeology courses on record. All HI345 - Native Peoples of Western Canada students are required to participate in a summer field school HI366 - Modern Turkey (either domestic or overseas, though participation in a field HI368 - The Ottoman Empire school pertinent to the area of study is recommended where HI382 - Anglo-Saxon England, c. 450-1066 feasible) and are encouraged to learn by becoming involved with HI385 - Food and Drink in Ancient Mediterranean Society the study of the department's artefact collections from current HI388* - History Travel Course HI391 - Waking the Dead: Voices from the Near East

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 44 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

KS100 - Culture in Historical Perspective Degree Program Electives: MI201 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization I An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, MI202 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization II which includes the second BA major. MI202 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization II ML202 - Castle and Village: Class and Material Culture Notes MZ200 - Introduction to Muslim Studies 1. Students are encouraged to take the field course (AR219*) MZ300 - Special Topics in Muslim Studies as early in the program as possible. Field courses are NO105 - Billionaires, Beavers, & Banditos normally offered over the summer session, and should be PP256 - Ancient Philosophy I taken at a site corresponding to the student's primary area PP259 - Ancient Philosophy II of interest if possible. RE100 - Religions of the Americas: Indigenous, African and 2. Some courses may be offered on a rotating basis; it is the European student's responsibility to plan his/her program RE200 - Introduction to the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament accordingly. RE201 - Introduction to the New Testament RE204 - Introduction to Judaism 3. Students who are planning to pursue graduate studies in RE208 - Roots of Western Religions this or a related field are encouraged to register for the RE213 - Religious Heritage of Islam single Honours BA Program in Archaeology and Heritage RE215 - Christianity and Culture: Early to Pre-Modern Studies. RE227 - Religions and Cultures of the Middle East RE308 - Conducting Fieldwork Archaeology and Heritage Studies Minor RE332 - Sacred Space AR101, AR102 and 2.0 senior Archaeology credits. RE335 - Jesus of Nazareth Only 1.0 of the senior credits may be obtained from a summer RE338 - Islamic Mysticism field course. RE344 - Apocalypticism Note: Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Program Notes Archaeology and Heritage Studies Courses AR101 - Invitation to Archaeology 1. Some courses may be offered on a rotating basis; it is the AR101 Invitation to Archaeology 0.5 student's responsibility to plan his/her program Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 accordingly. This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of 2. Students who are planning to pursue graduate studies in archaeological practice and thought, concentrating on how and this or a related field are encouraged to plan their program why archaeologists gather and evaluate data through a wide with that goal in mind, and should consider both AR341 variety of field and laboratory techniques. and AR344. Exclusion: AR100*. 3. Students interested in concentrating in the sub-field of AR102 - Doing Archaeology Bioarchaeology are strongly advised to take the following AR102 Doing Archaeology 0.5 courses: AR203, AR370, AR371, AR470, and AR471. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.3 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for This course builds on the fundamentals taught in AR101, using progression and course regulations and the earlier section case studies to illustrate methods and theoretical approaches used regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. in modern archaeology. A global perspective is taken on issues of concern to archaeologists today including site excavation and recording, the most recent scientific advancements, relevancy of archaeology to contemporary issues, conservation and protection Honours BA Archaeology and Heritage of archaeological resources through legislation. Weekly labs Studies in Combination with another provide hands-on experience with artifact analysis and Honours BA Program interpretation. Prerequisite: AR101. The Honours program in Archaeology and Heritage Studies in Exclusion: AR100*. combination with another Honours BA program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits of which at least 14.0 must be at the AR104 Greece: Minotaur to Alexander 0.5 AR104 - Greece: Minotaur to Alexander senior level. Of these, 7.0 credits must include: Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 • Required AR Courses: AR101, AR102, AR219*, AR336, and An introduction to the cultural heritage of ancient Greece, from either AR341 or AR344 the palaces of the Minoans to the empire of Alexander the Great. This course will examine Archaeological remains, artistic • 2.0 additional credits in AR at the 200 level achievements, education, literature, technology, philosophy and • 2.0 additional credits in AR at the 300 or 400 level politics. GPA Calculation: Exclusion: CL101. For purposes of progression and graduation, the cumulative GPA will be calculated on all archaeology courses on record.

45 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

AR105 - Ancient Rome: Not Just Caesar AR217 - In Small Things Forgotten: Artifact Analysis AR105 Ancient Rome: Not Just Caesar 0.5 AR217 In Small Things Forgotten: Artifact Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Analysis 0.5 This course aims to provide students with a thorough introduction Designed to give students intensive training in the necessary to Roman civilization. Following a brief historical overview, each methodologies of preparing and analyzing archaeological data week we will discuss a different topic relevant to the culture and from an excavation site, this course emphasizes methods of society of ancient Rome. We will assess the current state of recording, preserving and reconstructing artefacts, and the ways knowledge for these topics and ask how they can contribute to and means of analyzing those objects. our overall understanding of Roman history and culture. In Prerequisite: AR101, AR102. addition, we will explore the extent to which our knowledge of AR219* - Introduction to Field Archaeology Roman civilization has been altered/affected by portrayals in AR219* Introduction to Field Archaeology 1.0 popular media. Hours per week: Lab: 3 Exclusion: CL102. Participation in the fieldwork of an archaeological expedition. The student will take part in the educational program of the AR201 - Amorous Aphrodite to Zesty Zeus: An Archaeological Approach to Myth AR201 Amorous Aphrodite to Zesty Zeus: An expedition, including its orientation program, lectures, seminars Archaeological Approach to Myth 0.5 and field trips, and will gain practical experience of the basics of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 field technique and interpretive method. (Field course) This course examines the archaeology of myth, as portrayed on Prerequisite: Permission of the department. vase paintings, wall paintings, sculpture and sculptured reliefs Exclusion: AR306*. and mosaics discovered in archaeological sites from antiquity. AR221 - Archaeology of Greece and Rome Attention will be paid to famous sanctuaries, such as the AR221 Archaeology of Greece and Rome 0.5 Sanctuary of Zeus at Olympia, where the first Olympic Games took Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 place. Theoretical approaches to the material will also be This course aims to provide students with a thorough introduction included. to the art and archaeology of the Greek and Roman world from the Exclusion: CL204, CL205. 15th century B.C. through the 4th century A.D. We will explore the development and transformation of political, economic, social, AR203 - Becoming Human AR203 Becoming Human 0.5 and religious institutions, in addition to assessing archaeological Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 evidence for the daily life of all segments of the Greek and Roman Where did we come from? What makes us human? This course population. Perceptions of Greek and Roman archaeology in examines the latest research on our evolutionary past, through an modern culture and popular media will also be examined. exploration of our primate and hominid relatives, how they lived, Exclusion: AR214, AR215, CL214, CL215. and how we became the creative/inventive, complex thinking AR222 - Archaeological Mysteries of North America humans that we are today. AR222 Archaeological Mysteries of North Exclusion: AN102, AR103. America 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AR205 - Archaeology of the Middle East AR205 Archaeology of the Middle East 0.5 This course is an introduction to the archaeological study of North Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 America's past. North American prehistory and history is This course will explore the origins and accomplishments of the continental in scale, has great time depth, and demonstrates ancient cultures of the Middle East, from the rise of the first immense social, cultural and ecological diversity both regionally civilizations in the Fertile Crescent to the development of the and temporally. The course begins with a review of the nature of great empires of Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, and Persia. Emphasis will North American archaeology, and then is organized around be placed on cultural heritage, while exploring the complex enduring questions of anthropological and archaeological processes of social organization and change that gave shape to significance. the remarkable cultural accomplishments of the Middle East. Exclusion: AN240/AR240, AN241, AR235. Exclusion: AR305, NE205. AR225 - History of Ancient Greece AR225/HI225 History of Ancient Greece 0.5 AR216 - Blood, Sweat and Sport: The Archaeology of Athletics AR216 Blood, Sweat and Sport: The Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Archaeology of Athletics 0.5 A survey of Greek history from the rise of the city-state to the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 empire of Alexander with emphasis upon the evolution of This course will examine the archaeology of athletics from a cross- Athenian democracy and upon movements toward unification of cultural perspective. Topics will include the nature of sports and the Greek cities. (Cross-listed as HI225.){P} recreation in Greco-Roman society, including the Olympics and Exclusion: CL225, HI225. other competitions along with gladiatorial training and shows, AR226 - History of Ancient Rome traditional games of Native American societies, such as , AR226/HI226 History of Ancient Rome 0.5 and ritual sports in South and Central America. Emphasis will also Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 be placed on analyzing modern portrayals and understanding of ancient athletics. Exclusion: CL216, KP216.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 46 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

A survey of the development of Rome from its founding to the AR252 Life in the Stonehenge Era 0.5 AR252 - Life in the Stonehenge Era later Roman Empire. The emphasis is upon the unification of Italy, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the growth of political institutions and the expansion of the Empire. (Cross-listed as HI226.) Explores the archaeological evidence found in Britain and Ireland Exclusion: CL226, HI226. during the earlier prehistoric period (c. 5000-1000 BC) when Stonehenge was built and used. From the origins of chambered tombs, stone circles and henges for both the dead and the living, AR228 Who Owns the Past? 0.5 AR228 - Who Owns the Past? to the arrival of the "Beaker Folk," to hillforts and the deposition Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 of metal hoards, this course covers the changing lifeways, This course aims to investigate recent concerns that culture, technology, diet, ritual and social structure of people in this heritage, and archaeology are under threat across the globe. region from the first farmers to the first metalworkers. (Online Looting, warfare, climate change, and political upheaval are Course only) among the reasons that many regions are struggling to maintain their cultural patrimony. By examining precedents for these issues AR332 Children in the Ancient World 0.5 AR332 - Children in the Ancient World in the historical and archaeological record, we will assess the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 impact of these threats. We will also attempt to consider policies that could be adopted for addressing these concerns in different This course investigates the raising, nurturing and treatment of regions. children in the Ancient Mediterranean World between c. 4000 BCE Exclusion: AR390I. and 400 CE. Students use art, archaeological and literary evidence to analyze how gender, age, disease, care, religion, politics etc., shaped the childhoods of ancient children. AR229 Indigenous Archaeology 0.5 AR229 - Indigenous Archaeology Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: CL332, NE332. This course will explore the interaction of Indigenous peoples with archaeology. The geographical focus will be North America, but AR333 Archaeology of Disasters 0.5 AR333 - Archaeology of Disasters international case studies will be presented for certain topics. A Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 brief history of Indigenous archaeology will be presented at the outset, followed by investigation of such topics as Indigenous This course examines archaeological sites and landscapes that rights, Indigenous knowledge and oral history, ownership of the have been affected by natural and man-made disasters. Focus will past, repatriation, community-based research, and ethics in be on assessing the types of evidence available from these unique archaeology. The goal of the course is to explore how Indigenous locations and the short-term and long-term impacts of these peoples and archaeologists can overcome the legacy of events. The importance of understanding the implications of colonialism and work together to best serve the interests of ancient disasters for considering human interaction with modern Indigenous peoples and archaeology. hazards will also be emphasized. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Exclusion: CL390D. AR246 - Environmental Archaeology AR246 Environmental Archaeology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AR336 - Cultural Resource Management in Archaeology AR336 Cultural Resource Management in An exploration of the contribution of geoarchaeology, botanical Archaeology 0.5 and pollen analyses, zooarchaeology, and the study of skeletal Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 remains to understanding the archaeological record and reconstructing the interaction between past human populations This seminar course introduces students to the field of cultural and their environments. resource management. The course will examine the role of commercial archaeology within the discipline of archaeology and introduce students to the methods, principles and legislative AR250 Digital Heritage and Archaeology 0.5 AR250 - Digital Heritage and Archaeology guidelines under which fieldwork and data collection are This course examines how new technologies are helping to shape conducted in a CRM environment. In addition, students will be heritage studies and archaeological research in the 21st century. taught the essential aspects of archaeological consulting A growing interest in 3-D reconstruction and animation, including legislative requirements, fieldwork, report preparation Geographic Information Systems, photogrammetry, digital and business fundamentals. photography using drones, and other methods has quickly pushed Prerequisite: AR101, AR102. archaeology into the digital age. This has also led to the rise of distinct sub-fields, such as archaeogaming, the study of the AR337 - Archaeology of Religion archaeology in and of video games. By focusing on the use and AR337 Archaeology of Religion 0.5 applicability of these methods to heritage studies, students will Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 gain insight into digital archaeology and the way in which these This course will explore how archaeology is used to understand methods provide an improved platform for preserving and and interpret ideology, ritual performance, and religious belief. presenting archaeological research to the public. Students will examine the remains of cultural and religious 36 lecture hours/term traditions in the archaeological record and relate these to the social processes, political structures, and historical constructs that contributed to their development. Themes to be addressed include the intersection of power and ritual experience, the material and

47 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

spatial remains of religious events, and the archaeological interpreted the landscape that surrounded them. Time will also be investigation of world religions (with a particular focus on the devoted to discussing the concept of cultural landscapes that potential political controversies posed by such research). unite oral histories, migrations and traditional land use of Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Indigenous peoples. The use of remote sensing techniques for analyzing landscapes will also be emphasized. AR338 - Current Issues in Classical Archaeology AR338 Current Issues in Classical Archaeology 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AR370 Introduction to Osteology 0.5 AR370 - Introduction to Osteology This course aims to provide a critical assessment of contemporary issues of interest in Classical Archaeology. The focus of the course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 will vary from term to term but the overarching goal is to provide A laboratory course designed for the field archaeologist, students with up-to-date perspectives on theoretical and emphasizing human skeletal anatomy, the aging and sexing of methodological discussions that are focused on obtaining a better skeletal populations and paleopathology.† understanding of the art and archaeology of the Greco-Roman Prerequisite: AR203 (formerly AR103). world. Exclusion: AR220. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. AR371 - Archaeology of Death: Burial Practices Around the World AR371 Archaeology of Death: Burial Practices AR341 - Analytical Archaeologyand Data Management AR341 Analytical Archaeologyand Data Around the World 0.5 Management 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A methodological study of various types of analysis of In this course a holistic anthropological approach will be adopted archaeological data. General introduction to the use of applied where cultural, biological and archaeological mortuary data are statistics for describing artifacts, as well as data interpretation, explored to better understand human cultures of the past. presentation and management. In addition, evaluation of Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. previously published reports will be undertaken with a view to Exclusion: AR421, AR390b. improving reporting techniques.† Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Archaeology. AR372 - Managing Archaeological Collections AR372 Managing Archaeological Collections 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 AR342 - Above-Ground Archaeology AR342 Above-Ground Archaeology 0.5 Modern archaeology involves not only excavation but also Archaeologists working in urban areas with industrialized management of the vast numbers of artifacts recovered from sites. landscapes require specialized knowledge to excavate, record and Archaeological collections require specialized care and knowledge conserve these heritage resources. A survey of industries from the to ensure that they are stored in perpetuity. Vitally important are pre-industrial era of North America up to the industrial revolution issues of ownership, repatriation, cost, access, digital archiving, provides a background for the archaeological investigation of heritage legislation and disaster-planning, all of which must all be industrial sites. Methods of studying and recording this type of considered by archaeologists, museums and educational ‘built heritage' as required by modern heritage legislation are institutions in the management of collections. introduced and employed in a local-history case study.† Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. Exclusion: AR390c. Exclusion: AR345*.

AR390 Special Topics 0.5 AR390 - Special Topics AR344 Archaeological Science 0.5 AR344 - Archaeological Science This course focuses on specific topics of interest in Archaeology. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Consult department for course offerings and prerequisites. An investigation of the principles and techniques of physics, Irregular course chemistry, materials science and data management and manipulation as they are applied to archaeological goals of survey AR440 Directed Study 0.5 AR440 - Directed Study and prospection, chronology building, as well as artifact and A detailed study of an area of interest or a research project not numerical analysis. covered by the regular course program. Prerequisite: AR101, AR102. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Archaeology. Exclusion: AR244. Irregular course AR364 Investigating Archaeological AR364 - Investigating Archaeological Landscapes AR452* Advanced Field Archaeology 1.0 AR452* - Advanced Field Archaeology Landscapes 0.5 Study under field conditions of the more specialized aspects of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 archaeology, including registry procedures, handling of artifacts, This course will explore the theories, methods, and applications of skeletal remains, geological and radiocarbon samples at a more landscape archaeology. Students will learn about archaeological advanced level. Special attention will be given to dating methods, surveying, spatial analysis of archaeological evidence, and how field drawing and recording methodology in assessing the cultural, archaeologists use these to interpret regional settlement systems, historical and religious significance of archaeological data. (Field agricultural land use, regional exchange and communication. They course) will also examine how ancient populations perceived and Prerequisite: AR219* and permission of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 48 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

AR453 - After the Field: The Archaeological Laboratory AR453 After the Field: The Archaeological Co-operative Education Laboratory 0.5 After fieldwork the archaeologist must make sense of the artifacts Co-operative Education and the contexts in which they were found. Interpreting this Associate Director of Co-operative Education information requires specialized analytical methods. In this course Karen McCargar, BA, ext. 4105 students work with assigned collections of artifacts and excavation records from one of the Wilfrid Laurier University "Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a archaeological field schools in Ontario or abroad. Artifacts are model of education that integrates and alternates a student's identified, catalogued and entered into computerized databases academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the for analysis. Examination of stratigraphy, and documentary student's academic and personal goals. All full-time honours sources, if available, provide additional information for students in the Faculty of Arts may apply for Co-op Education. interpretation. Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a Prerequisite: AR219*. formalized sequence. Faculty of Arts co-op students complete two work terms of at least 10 weeks each, in approved employment AR460 - Paradigms in Archaeology AR460 Paradigms in Archaeology 0.5 related to their discipline or career goals. Students begin the first A lecture course designed to introduce the senior student to the work term after completing at least four academic terms. Normally major theoretical bases of the discipline of archaeology. This work terms will be completed during the summer after Year 2 and course will take a broad approach presenting data, ideas and Year 3, although work term requirements may also be fulfilled theories from across the archaeological spectrum. Emphasis will be through full- or part-time positions scheduled during an academic placed on developing an awareness of the use of theory in year. archaeological research.† Prerequisite: AR101, AR102. Students prepare for the job search by attending workshops and Exclusion: AR360. individual counselling sessions. 36 lecture hours/term Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a AR462 - Capstone Seminar in Archaeology AR462 Capstone Seminar in Archaeology 0.5 suitable learning environment that will engage the student in This seminar course introduces students to current research and productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are theoretical paradigms both within and outside their area of interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on specialization and is team-taught by faculty who will present campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort aspects of their own research. All students will participate in is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for classroom discussions centering on weekly topics. students admitted to co-op. Prerequisite: AR219* and either AR341 or AR460 (AR360) or The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and permission of the department. evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor Exclusion: AN460*, AR460*, CL462, NE462. each student's progress during the work term. The co-op 3 lecture hours curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and AR470 - Juvenile Osteology AR470 Juvenile Osteology 0.5 write work term reports. Students are normally compensated by This course deals with the study of children's skeletons from their employers for work performed, but occasionally may be archaeological and forensic contexts. Students will be introduced eligible to accept a volunteer position. to the developing human skeleton from its earliest embryological form through maturation, theoretical concepts and osteological A co-op fee is payable in each academic term of Year 2 and Year methods of analysis. 3. Prerequisite: AR220 or AR370. To obtain the co-op designation, students must complete all the Exclusion: AR390a. requirements of both their academic program and co-op 36 lecture hours/term requirements. For a complete description of the academic program, refer to the academic program requirements of the AR471 - Health, Diet and Disease in the Past AR471 Health, Diet and Disease in the Past 0.5 departments offering honours programs. A course designed to explore health, diet and disease in the past Students completing the co-op will have the notation "Co- through the examination of human skeletal remains. An emphasis operative Education" appended to their transcript and noted on is placed on skeletal diagnostics and the biocultural approach to their degree. No academic credit is given for participation in co- interpretation via a program of lectures and laboratory sessions. op. Prerequisite: AR370 (AR220). 36 lecture hours/term Application Procedure Students apply online for admission to Arts Co-op by the first Monday of classes in Year 2. However, students are encouraged to apply for admission to co-op during the winter term of Year 1. Enrolment in co-op is limited, and the admission process is highly competitive. Application procedure includes:

49 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

i. completion of an online application, Communication Studies ii. full-time registration in an honours program, Communication Studies is the interdisciplinary study of language, iii. submission of a résumé, media and culture. How we communicate provides the foundation for forms of community, our institutions and modes of iv. an admission interview. governance, and interaction in the local and global economies. In order to qualify for an admission interview in September of Communication is also necessary to the production and Year 2, applicants must obtain a minimum GPA of 7.00 overall in reproduction of culture. In order to understand how social forces, Year 1 or a minimum GPA of 7.00 in their honours discipline organizations, and cultures operate, we must first understand the courses and a minimum GPA of 6.5 overall in Year 1. Selection of role communication plays in their formation. candidates is based on their academic record, performance during the interview, recent work experience, and recent volunteer The program at Laurier offers a four-year honours degree, and a service and extracurricular activities. Admission decisions are four-year combined honours degree in which Communication made in September. Students on study permits may apply to and Studies is combined with another honours major. The department be admitted into co-op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that also offers an innovative MA program with emphases in visual there may be a limit on the number of spaces available to communication and culture, and media, technology and culture. international students. Honours BA, Combined BA, Specialization and Minors: The only entry point for Arts Co-op is at the beginning of fall term in second year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their Full-Time Faculty academic program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even if they are later reinstated into that program. Alexandra Boutros, PhD, Graduate Program Co-ordinator For further information, contact: Greig de Peuter, PhD Department of Co-operative Education Jonathan Finn, PhD Wilfrid Laurier University Jenna Hennebry, PhD 192 King Street North Andrew Herman, PhD Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3C5 Telephone: (519) 884-0710 ext. 4484 Jeremy Hunsinger, PhD Penelope Ironstone, PhD Barbara Jenkins, PhD Anne-Marie Kinahan, PhD Jade Miller, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor Martin Morris, PhD Judith Nicholson, PhD Herbert Pimlott, PhD Nathan Rambukkana, PhD Ian Roderick, PhD Peter Urquhart, PhD, Chair

Honours BA Communication Studies The Honours Communication Studies program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. The program must include a minimum of 9.0 senior credits, but no more than 12.0 credits, in Communication Studies (designated as CS). Students may also count up to 1.5 credits from senior KS courses. Required CS Courses (3.0 credits): CS100, CS101, CS203, CS235, CS400, One of: CS411, CS412, CS413, CS414, CS415, CS416 Elective CS Courses (7.0 credits):7.0 additional senior credits in CS courses. Students may also count up to 1.5 credits from senior KS courses. Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits, (5.0 credits of which must be senior and 2.0 credits may be CS).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 50 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Notes and Regulations 3. Students seeking entry into the program after Year 2 1. A minimum grade of 6.0 (C+) in CS100 and a minimum standing must have a minimum overall GPA of 9.00 (B+). grade of 6.0 (C+) in CS101 are required for progression into 4. Students are advised that senior courses normally have Year 2. For progression into Year 3 and Year 4, a minimum prerequisites. GPA of 6.00 in the major is required. 5. Students are advised that the department may approve the 2. CS340 may be included in the program, subject to the inclusion of 300 and 400 level courses from cognate regulations governing Irregular courses. disciplines in a particular student's program if the topics 3. Students seeking entry into the program after Year 2 are relevant to their course of study (e.g., PP480, SY402, standing must have a minimum overall GPA of 9.00 (B+). SY404). 4. Students are advised that senior courses normally have 6. A maximum of 2 Communication Studies Concentrations prerequisites. are permitted as part of the Honours BA CS degree. 5. Students are advised that the department may approve the 7. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for inclusion of 300 and 400 level courses from cognate progression and course regulations and the earlier section disciplines in a particular student's program if the topics regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. are relevant to their course of study (e.g., PP480, SY402, SY404). Research Specialization The Research Specialization is available to Year 4 Honours 6. A maximum of 2 Communication Studies Concentrations Communication Studies students only. To be eligible, students are permitted as part of the Honours BA CS degree. must have completed a minimum of 1 credit at the 300 level and have achieved a minimum grade point of average of 9.00 (B+) in 7. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for the major. Completion will result in a "Research Specialization" progression and course regulations and the earlier section designation on the student's transcript. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. The Research Specialization includes CS400 and CS405. CS405 is Honours BA Communication Studies in restricted to Year 4 students enrolled in the Research Combination with another Honours BA Specialization. Program Honours BA Communication Studies with The Honours BA Communication Studies in Combination with another Honours BA program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at Concentrations least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. The program must A maximum of 2 Communication Studies Concentrations are include a minimum of 6.0 senior CS credits, but no more than 12.0 permitted as part of the Honours BA Communication Studies credits, in Communication Studies (designated as CS). A minimum degree. of 2.0 credits must be at the 300 or 400 level. Students may also All concentrations require: count up to 1.0 credit from senior KS courses toward CS credit CS100, CS101, CS203 and CS235 (2.0 credits), a 400-level CS requirements. concentration capstone course (0.5 credits), plus a minimum of Required CS Courses (3.0 credits):CS100, CS101, CS203, CS235, 1.5 additional credits of courses listed to obtain the CS400 concentration. One of: CS411, CS412, CS413, CS414, CS415, CS416 Cultural and Creative Industries Elective courses (4.0 credits):4.0 additional senior credits in CS CS415 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS206, CS341, CS250, courses. Students may also count up to 1.0 credit from senior KS CS260, CS315, CS333, CS350, CS352, KS210 courses. Degree Program Electives: Digital Media Studies An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, CS416 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS213, CS325, CS353, which includes the second BA major, and only 5.0 of these CS371, KS220, KS215 additional credits may be at the 100 level, contributing to the Global Communication maximum of 6.0 credits overall at the 100 level. Only 5.0 senior CS CS414 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS250, CS260, CS288*, credits can be included in these 13.0 credits. CS310, CS350, CS353 Notes and Regulations Media and Communication History 1. A minimum grade of 6.0 (C+) in CS100 and a minimum CS411 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS204, CS304, CS315 grade of 6.0 (C+) in CS101 are required for progression into Year 2. For progression into Year 3 and Year 4, a minimum Media and Cultural Theory GPA of 6.00 in the major is required. CS412 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS204, CS213, CS304, CS322, CS325, CS341, KS203, KS210, KS303, KS330. 2. CS340 may be included in the program, subject to the regulations governing Irregular courses.

51 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

CS204 - History of Communication Thought Visual Communication CS204 History of Communication Thought 0.5 CS413 and a minimum 1.5 credits from: CS202, CS251, CS312, An exploration of communication thought in historical context, CS341, CS351, CS352, KS205 with an emphasis on the examination of primary texts. Topics include the philosophy of word, rhetoric, symbol, medium, image, Honours BA Cultural Studies in music, language, cognition and thinking, information and system. Combination with another Honours BA Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. Program Exclusion: CS303. 3 lecture hours Link to Honours BA Cultural Studies Combined program. CS206 - Public Communication Communication Studies Minor CS206 Public Communication 0.5 A total of 3.0 credits, consisting of: CS100, CS101, and 2.0 senior This course introduces students to key issues and themes that credits from courses listed in the Honours BA Communication shape the institutional and organizational production and Studies program, with at least 1.0 senior credit from CS Core distribution of political and commercial messages. The course courses. examines the texts, modes and institutions of public communication: journalism and news, mass and alternative media, Note: ideology and public opinion, publicity and promotional culture, Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. political parties, think tanks and advocacy groups; corporations, unions and social movements, and the roles of public Cultural Studies Minor intellectuals. Link to Cultural Studies Minor. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. 3 lecture hours Communication Studies Courses CS100 - Introduction to Media History CS213 - Technology and Society CS100 Introduction to Media History 0.5 CS213 Technology and Society 0.5 An introduction to the study of human communication from The aim of this course is to understand technology as a social prehistory to the digital age, emphasizing the social implications practice. It will focus on a number of issues concerning the of technological change, past and present. intersections between technology, science and values from a 3 lecture hours multidisciplinary perspective including history, philosophy, sociology and women's studies. Topics examined include the CS101 - Canadian Communication in Context CS101 Canadian Communication in Context 0.5 nature of technology, technological determinism, technology and An introduction to the key issues in Canadian communication gender, technology and expertise, and the relationship between studies from a variety of perspectives, including topics such as technology and social values. social history of communication in Canada, public policy and Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. politics, and popular culture. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours/week CS235 - Communication Research Methods CS235 Communication Research Methods 0.5 CS202 - Nonverbal Communication CS202 Nonverbal Communication 0.5 A survey of communication studies research, acquainting students An introduction to the study of nonverbal communication in with the variety of quantitative and qualitative methods used in interpersonal, intercultural and mass media contexts. Topics the field. The emphasis is on developing skills needed to gain include the relationship of nonverbal to verbal communication, access to, and to evaluate critically, research in communication human versus animal communication, facial expressions, body studies on such topics as media influence, public opinion or language, gesture, visual art, body adornment and dress. interpersonal communication. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. Prerequisite: CS100 and CS101 (with a grade point of at least 5.0 3 lecture hours in each of CS100, CS101). 3 lecture hours CS203 Conceptual Issues in Communication 0.5 CS203 - Conceptual Issues in Communication CS250 Introduction to Creative Industries 0.5 CS250 - Introduction to Creative Industries An analysis of key perspectives in communication theory with a focus on central concepts. Concepts may include: communication, Introduces students to the technological, geographic, regulatory, representation, ideology, hegemony, culture industries, the public economic, and political dimensions of creative industries. sphere, self and other, power, discourse, social difference, Beginning with a consideration of culture and creativity as drivers globalization and the network society. Primary source readings of economic growth, the course reviews distinct subsets of the will be used. creative industries, including film, television, advertising, music, Prerequisite: CS100 and CS101 (with a grade point of at least 5.0 video games, visual arts, apps/mobile media, and fashion. Themes in each of CS100, CS101). may include labour, policy, the specificity of the cultural 3 lecture hours commodity, geography, distribution/production processes, and networks. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. 3 lecture/discussion hours per week

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 52 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

CS251 - Introduction to Visual Culture CS312 - Image, Sound, Text CS251 Introduction to Visual Culture 0.5 CS312 Image, Sound, Text 0.5 An introduction to the analysis and understanding of visual An examination of some of the narrative formats and medium culture. The course will draw on numerous historical and specific techniques that have been used in film, radio and contemporary examples from art and architecture, film, television, television over the past one hundred years. Topics to be covered new media and other forms of visual communication and culture. include the legacy of silent film, film sound, the codes of radio, The course addresses both the formal analysis of images and a television genres, and the documentary tradition in all three range of conceptual and theoretical issues associated with visual media. culture. Prerequisite: CS100, CS203, CS235. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours CS315 - Print Communication and Culture CS315 Print Communication and Culture 0.5 CS260 - Communication, Culture, Policy CS260 Communication, Culture, Policy 0.5 This course examines the production and distribution of primary This course introduces students to some of the key themes and forms of print communication, such as newspapers, magazines and issues that shape the creation of communication and cultural books, against a historical and contemporary background, and policy in national and international contexts. Issues to be with respect to print communication's role in the formulation and discussed include theoretical debates on policy, cultural policy dissemination of ideas in society. Topics include print design and and nationalism, broadcast policy, film policy, arts funding, and technological change, audiences and reading spaces, the impact international policy structures and regimes. of promotional culture, and the reinvention of print in the digital Prerequisite: CS100 or CS101. age. 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. 3 lecture hours CS288* - Communication Studies Abroad CS288* Communication Studies Abroad 1.0 CS322 - Gender, Communication and Culture Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 CS322 Gender, Communication and Culture 0.5 A Laurier faculty-led international travel course in Communication An in-depth study of gender and communication as approached by Studies. Classes are small (about 20 students). Course locations sociolinguistics, media and cultural criticism. Topics may include and descriptions, along with learning objectives and outcomes, debates on sexist language, the gendered subject and linguistic will be announced when the individual courses are mounted. performance, media representations of gender, and normative and Travel course alternative forms of gender in culture. Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. Exclusion: CS340i. CS304 Canadian Communication Thought 0.5 CS304 - Canadian Communication Thought 3 lecture hours This course is a survey of classic and contemporary literature in the area of Canadian communication, media and cultural criticism. CS325 Digital Media and Culture 0.5 CS325 - Digital Media and Culture Topics include aboriginal and colonial media, the enduring tension between continentalism and nationalism, the use of This course is a survey of classic and contemporary literature in cultural institutions in nation building, multiculturalism, as well the area of digital media and culture, including the personal as Innis, McLuhan and Grant and their legacy in contemporary computer, the Internet, virtual reality, digital photography, theory. computer-generated imagery and video games. This course is Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. meant to reflect the emergent interest in these technologies and Exclusion: CA304. their implications for identity, political economy, society and 3 lecture hours culture. Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. 3 lecture hours CS310 - Globalization & Communication CS310 Globalization & Communication 0.5 This course is intended to provide a broad survey of some of the CS333 Alternative Media 0.5 CS333 - Alternative Media key issues relating to communication and globalization. The course will encompass various areas including international This course examines the history, structure, role, content and communication, intercultural communication, global culture, development of a range of independent, progressive and radical global mass media and local media, and representation in a media. The emphasis is on different media and communication globalized world. Particular attention will be given to the role of forms (e.g., language, pamphlets, manifestos, video, websites) set international communication and information technologies in the within their historical and socio-political contexts, particularly context of political and social movements, development, their contribution to, and position within, oppositional cultures, transnational networks, and globalization. A comparative and social movements and political organizations. international perspective on media is adopted and will incorporate Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. examples of local and global media production and use from Latin 3 lecture hours American, North American, African and Mediterranean contexts. CS340 - Special Topics Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. CS340 Special Topics 0.5 Exclusion: AN332. Prerequisite: CS203, CS235 and registration status: senior student 3 lecture hours in the Communication Studies program. Exclusion: 3 lecture hours

53 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

CS371 - Social Media and Social Life Irregular course CS371 Social Media and Social Life 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CS341 Critical Advertising Studies 0.5 CS341 - Critical Advertising Studies Explores how "social media" create new forms of sociality in This course is an introduction to the critical study of advertising everyday life. Topics include: digital networks and communicative as a form of communication. The key objectives of this course are power; the internet and the emergence of social media platforms; to provide a historical perspective on advertising's role in the broadcast vs. social media modes of communication and expansion of the market economy and consumer culture during production; social media and media convergence; social media and the 20th century. Topics may include; conspicuous consumption, politics; social media practices as labour and capital; and the big the semiotics of advertising, advertising to children, people as data of social media. consumers/audiences, the relationship of advertising to mass Prerequisite: CS203 and CS235. media and advertising as visual culture. Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. Senior Seminar in Communication CS400 - Senior Seminar in Communication Studies 3 lecture hours CS400 Studies 0.5 CS350 Political Economy of Communication The course integrates communication concepts from the CS350 - Political Economy of Communication and Culture humanities, social sciences and media components of the and Culture 0.5 communication studies specialization. Special attention is given Examines the interplay of wealth, power, communication, and to contemporary issues as they affect individuals and society. culture. Topics may include the commodification of culture, the Prerequisite: CS203, CS235, 0.5 credit in any Year 3 CS course, globalization of media and cultural markets, the role of culture in and registration status: Honours Communication Studies, or economic development, the creative city, museums, cultural permission of the department. policy, media imperialism, intellectual property, media ownership, mobile communication, social media, and precarious employment Advanced Communication History and CS401 - Advanced Communication History and Theory in the media and cultural industries. CS401 Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. Theory 0.5 Exclusion: CS340N. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3 lecture hours/week An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of communication history and theory. Topics may include discourse CS351 - Visual Communication and Culture CS351 Visual Communication and Culture 0.5 analysis, performative theories, gender and representation, This course examines and analyzes the production, interpretation rhetorical analyses, new media technologies, theories of meaning and exchange of images as visual communication across a and politics of language. diversity of cultural practices. The course stresses that visual Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Communication communication both influences and is influenced by culture. Studies program, one of CS304, CS322, CS325. Specific areas of discussion include visual communication in CS402 - Advanced Visual Communication medicine, anthropology, law and in television, the visual arts, CS402 Advanced Visual Communication 0.5 advertising and the Internet. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of 3 lecture hours visual communication. Topics may include semiotic and social semiotic approaches to the visual, scientific imaging, lens-based CS352 - Television Studies CS352 Television Studies 0.5 media, information display and design, art, architecture and This course will examine television as a visual and textual cultural production. medium, as a vehicle for advertisers, as an industry, and as Prerequisite: Year 4 registration in an Honours Communication popular culture. Topics will include the history of television, the Studies program, one of CS312, CS341, CS351. development of genres, the creation of audiences for television, CS403 - Advanced Global Communication and Media and the politics of representation. CS403 Advanced Global Communication and Prerequisite: CS203, CS235. Media 0.5 Exclusion: CS340y, CS400s. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3 lecture hours An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of global communication and media. Topics may include CS353 Internet Studies 0.5 CS353 - Internet Studies globalization, intercultural communication and cultural Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 citizenship, political economy and policy, identities and media Examines the internet as infrastructure, platform, medium and representation, and non-Western media. interface. Topics include the history of the internet, the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Communication development of internet technologies and media genres, the Studies program, one of CS310, CS315, CS333, CS350, CS352 (or creation of internet media for audiences, alternative modes of use CS308). of the internet, and the political and social implications of the internet. Prerequisite: CS203 and CS235 or permission of the instructor.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 54 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

CS405 Research Seminar 0.5 An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of CS405 - Research Seminar cultural and creative industries. Themes may include labour, An intensive seminar designed to prepare students for graduate policy, the specificity of the cultural commodity, geography, studies or further research in communication studies. The seminar distribution/production processes and networks. will emphasize critical and analytic skills essential to advanced Prerequisite: One of: CS315, CS333, CS350, or CS352. academic work. Students will develop and evaluate their own research and writing skills by producing a substantial research CS416 - Advanced Studies in Digital Studies and Social Media paper on a topic drawn from the sub-fields of Communication CS416 Advanced Studies in Digital Studies History and Theory, Visual Communication, and Global and Social Media 0.5 Communication and Media. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CS203, CS235, completion of at least 1.0 credit in An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of Communication Studies at the 300 level, and Year 4 registration in contemporary digital and social media. Topics for study may Honours BA Communication Studies with the Research include digital networks and communicative power, the internet Specialization Option with a GPA of at least 9 (B+) in the major. and the emergence of social media platforms, broadcast vs. social media, media convergence, and "big data." CS411 - Advanced Studies in Media and Communication History CS411 Advanced Studies in Media and Prerequisite: One of: CS325, CS353, or CS371. Communication History 0.5 CS429 - Directed Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CS429 Directed Studies 0.5 An examination of the current literature and debates in the This course enables students to work in a selected area of subfield of media and communication history. Topics may include Communication Studies, under the guidance of a faculty member. media and communication historiography, media archaeology, and Prerequisite: Permission of the department. (Open to periods and thinkers in media and communication history. communication studies majors only.) Prerequisite: CS304 or CS315. Exclusion: CS329. Irregular course CS412 - Advanced Studies in Media and Cultural Theory CS412 Advanced Studies in Media and Cultural Theory 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Community Engagement An examination of the current literature and debates in the Program subfield of media and cultural theory. Topics may include discourse analysis, performative theories, gender and Community Engagement Option representation, rhetorical analyses, new media technologies, theories of meaning and politics of language. Program Contact: Dr. Bob Sharpe: [email protected] Prerequisite: Any one of: CS304, CS322, CS325, CS341. The Community Engagement Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 CS413 Advanced Studies in Visual credits. CS413 - Advanced Studies in Visual Communication Students must complete 2.0 core course credits: CMEG300 (0.5 Communication 0.5 credit), CMEG301 (0.5 credit), CMEG305* (1.0 credit). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The option is completed by a further 2.0 credits from Elective An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of courses. visual communication. Topics may include semiotic and social semiotic approaches to the visual, scientific imaging, lens-based To obtain the Community Engagement Option designation on their media, information display and design, art, architecture and transcripts, students must have a minimum GPA of 7.00 in cultural production. designated courses, computed on all credits claimed for the Prerequisite: Any one of: CS312, CS341, CS351, CS352. option. Required Core CMEG Courses (2.0 credits): CS414 Advanced Studies in Global CMEG300 - Introduction to Community Engagement CS414 - Advanced Studies in Global Communication CMEG301 - Social Inclusion, Local Democracy and Community Communication 0.5 Enterprise Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CMEG305* - Semester in Community Engagement An examination of current literature and debates in the subfield of Elective Courses (2.0 credits): global communication studies. Topics may include globalization, intercultural communication and cultural citizenship, political • Anthropology economy and policy, identities and media representation, and AN241 - City Life and Urban Space non-Western media. AN237 - Cross-cultural Studies of Change Prerequisite: One of: CS310, CS350, CS353. AN336 - Culture, Power and Politics AN348 - Space, Place and Culture CS415 - Advanced Studies in Cultural and Creative Industries CS415 Advanced Studies in Cultural and AN400 - Doing Fieldwork Creative Industries 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 • Communication Studies CS350 - Political Economy of Communication and Culture

55 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

• Geography • Women and Gender Studies GG265 - Experiencing the City WS209 - Women and Leadership GG365 - Canadian Urban Spaces WS210 - Introduction to Feminist Thought and Action GG465* - Capstone Urban Sustainability Project WS306 - Women and Social Justice When choosing elective courses, note that some of these courses • Global Studies have prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived by GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? the program or department administering the course, it is the GS222 - Contemporary Western Societies student's responsibility to make such arrangements. GS231 - War, Culture and Conflict GS305 - The Individualized World Community Engagement Program Courses CMEG300 - Introduction to Community Engagement GS325 - Religion, Culture and Society CMEG300 Introduction to Community GS323 - Global Migrations, Refugees and Diasporas Engagement 0.5 GS331 - Contemporary Global Conflicts and the Search for Peace: A Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Case Study Approach GS342 - Civil Society, Social Movements and Globalization This foundational course for the Community Engagement Option GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development introduces the key concepts of social inclusion, local democracy, GS421 - Ethical Encounters distributive economics, and community development. It GS441 - Ecological Citizenship investigates distinct features of community development in GS451 - City Worlds Canada and explores the method of linking experience with critical GS461 - Global humanitarianism: Between Gift and Power analysis, ethical reflection and purposeful action. A major part of the course will be an intensive on-the-ground set of learning • HIstory experiences that take place in downtown Kitchener during the week prior to the start of the Fall term. HI322 - Social History of Modern Canada Prerequisite: Year 3, Year 4 or Year 5 Arts registration status, or • North American Studies permission of Geography and Environmental Studies. Exclusion: AF300. NO202 - Narrative, Place and Identity in North America CMEG301 - Social Inclusion, Local Democracy and Community Enterprise NO211 - Canadian Identities and Cultures CMEG301 Social Inclusion, Local Democracy • Philosophy and Community Enterprise 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PP207 - Ethical Theories PP223 - Contemporary Moral Issues This core course in the Community Engagement Option studies the processes of understanding and addressing structural barriers that • Political Science affect individuals at the community level, and explores the PO264 - The Practice of Politics in Canada collaborative infrastructures and concepts of fair distribution of PO312 - The Politics of Cities and Regions in Canada resources and knowledge within the frameworks of social PO345 - Public Policy Analysis inclusion, local democracy and community enterprise. Relevant PO350 - Theories of Justice themes, concepts, and models of local democracy, community PO432 - Canadian Democracy development, distributive economics and inclusion are investigated through readings, lectures, assignments, and • Psychology engaged learning experiences at The Working Centre in downtown Kitchener. PS270 - Social Psychology Prerequisite: CMEG300. PS282 - Community Psychology Exclusion: AF301. • Religion and Culture A community service learning/field placement is required. RE212* - World Religions in Global Perspective Semester in Community CMEG305* - Semester in Community Engagement RE312 - The Human Life Cycle and Religious Development CMEG305* RE331 - Religious Diversity in Contemporary Canada Engagement 1.0 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 6 • Sociology This capstone course in the Community Engagement Option SY210 - Social Inequality provides the opportunity to demonstrate and deepen the SY218 - Constructions of Deviance understanding of themes, models, and concepts in community SY303 - Sociology of Youth engagement that have been developed in CMEG300 and CMEG301. SY322 - Sociology of Health and Illness Knowledge and skills will be refined, applied and assessed through SY324 - Sociology of Food and Culture directed studies, reflection seminars, and in-depth participation in SY333/AN333 - Human Rights I: Canadian Responsibility a capstone project at The Working Centre in downtown Kitchener. SY406 - Environmental Sociology Prerequisite: CMEG300 (AF300) and CMEG301 (AF301). SY410 - Human Rights II: Intellectuals' Responsibility Exclusion: AF305. SY413 - Sociology of Embodiment and Disability A community service learning/field placement is required. SY422 - Subjectivity, Power and Government

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 56 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Criminology Minor (Faculty Program Notes 1. Students should note that courses on the list of KS- of HSS) approved courses may have their own departmental prerequisites and other exclusions, for which the student is Criminology Minor responsible. Faculty of Human & Social Sciences: 2. Cultural Studies honours students will not be given special /program.php?cal=1&d=1359&p=2816&s=649&y=61 permission to enrol in KS-approved courses offered by other Cultural Studies Program departments or programs if these courses are full. 3. Students are advised that the department may approve the Communication Studies Department inclusion of 300 and 400 level courses from cognate disciplines in a particular student's program if the topics Honours BA in Combination and Minor. are relevant to their course of study. 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Cultural Studies Advisory Committee progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Alexandra Boutros, PhD Cultural Studies Minor Gregory Cameron, PhD KS100 and KS101 and 2.0 credits from courses listed under the Jeremy Hunsinger, PhD, Director Honours Cultural Studies program. A maximum of 1.0 credit in Penelope Ironstone-Catterall, PhD Cultural Studies may be at the 100 level. Tanis MacDonald, PhD Nathan Rambukkana, PhD Note: Peter Urquhart, PhD Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Cultural Studies Program Courses KS100 - Culture in Historical Perspective KS100 Culture in Historical Perspective 0.5 Honours BA Cultural Studies in This course introduces students to the history of the concept of Combination with another Honours BA culture with an emphasis on approaches to cultural analysis in the program history and practice of cultural studies. Culture will be viewed from a number of different perspectives and will focus on the The combined honours degree in Cultural Studies consists of 20.0 history of popular culture. credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. Students must take a minimum of 7.0 credits in Cultural Studies, KS101 - Culture in Thematic Perspective with a maximum of 1.0 credit in Cultural Studies at the 100 level. KS101 Culture in Thematic Perspective 0.5 This course introduces students to the key debates in Required KS Courses: contemporary cultural studies through a thematic and critical KS100 and KS101 approach to culture. Emphasis will be placed on the thematic KS203 and 1.0 additional credit at the 200 level study of contemporary popular cultural forms. Themes explored in 0.5 credits at the 300 level this course may vary from year to year. KS400 1.0 credit Period/History Requirement: AN344, AR201, EN210, KS203 Popular Culture and Ideology 0.5 KS203 - Popular Culture and Ideology EN233, EN234, EN265, FS240, FS241, FS346, FR232, FR233, FR234, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GG270, any senior HI credit, LL200, LL201, PP256, PP259, PP262, PP263. Examining a diversity of popular culture forms, this course 1.0 credit Theory Requirement: explores commercial popular culture as sites of ideological AN200, CS203, CS204, CS304, EN220, EN281, EN301, ES298, production and examines how popular culture shapes social norms FS341, FS342, FS345, GS331, PP203, PP216, PP264, PO235, and intersects with a range of concepts including race, gender, PO236, SY207, SY208, WS303. sexuality, class and ethnicity. 1.5 credits Cultural Studies Core Electives: Prerequisite: KS100 or KS101. AN316, AN324, AN326, AN328, AN343, CS251, CS312, CS322, KS205 - Cartoons and Comics CS325, CS350, CS351, EN220, EN281, EN310, FS239, FS249, FS251, KS205 Cartoons and Comics 0.5 FS252, FS253, FS254, FS260, FS333, FS355, FS360, FS366, FR235, A study of cartoons and comics from the 18th century to the FR250, FR251, GG271, GG294, GG393, GS221, GS222, GS327, present, addressing such issues as the history of the genre, and HI261, MI201, MI202, ML200, MU377, PO360, RE212*, RE220, its various roles from the political to the popular. RE265, RE320, SY305, WS203, WS205, WS304, WS305, YC326. Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second BA major, (and only 5.0 credits at the 100 level).

57 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

KS210 Cultural Studies of Popular Music 0.5 entities. We look not only at monsters in popular culture, but KS210 - Cultural Studies of Popular Music explore the significance of the monstrous in political, social and This course examines the cultural politics of music through an cultural discourses. exploration of the critical and analytical issues related to the Prerequisite: KS100, KS101. production, distribution, consumption, circulation, and regulation Exclusion: KS340j. of popular music from a cultural studies perspective. Topics may include youth and subcultures of music, power and identity, the KS340 - Special Topics in Cultural Studies politics of location, and fan cultures. This course does not assume KS340 Special Topics in Cultural Studies 0.5 or require any prior musical training. This course focuses on a special area or topic in cultural studies. Prerequisite: KS100 or KS101. Possible areas or topics might include: cultural analysis and research methodology, cultural and critical theory, culture and KS215 Game Cultures 0.5 technology, new media and cultural studies, cultural studies of KS215 - Game Cultures social difference (including possible topics in feminist cultural Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 studies, critical race theory and cultural studies, queer cultural Examines games and highlights their importance and complex studies, or South Asian cultural studies), cultural studies of roles within contemporary culture. Grounded in cultural studies, science. this course explores what games say about the nature of identity, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 standing. community, play, culture, and related topics. Students are Irregular course encouraged to engage with a wide variety of games in this class. These games exemplify course issues. (Online Course only) KS400 Honours Seminar in Cultural Studies 0.5 KS400 - Honours Seminar in Cultural Studies Prerequisite: One of: BF199, KS100, KS101. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KS220 Networked and Digital Cultures 0.5 A seminar on an advanced topic in cultural studies. Topics will KS220 - Networked and Digital Cultures vary from year to year. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: KS203. Engages students in the critical and cultural understanding of networked culture and digital culture including issues around KS450 Directed Studies in Cultural Studies 0.5 KS450 - Directed Studies in Cultural Studies digital cultural industries, digital cultural lifestyles, digital and This course enables students to work under the guidance of a networked cultural flows, globalization and digitization, and faculty member on an independent project in a selected area of digital technologies in cultural contexts. (Online Course only) cultural studies. Requires permission of the cultural studies co- Prerequisite: KS100 or KS101. ordinator and written approval by the faculty member supervising the project. KS300 - Cultural Studies in Action KS300 Cultural Studies in Action 0.5 Prerequisite: Open to cultural studies majors only. This course is designed to introduce students to the practice of Irregular course cultural studies through practical experience in a service learning context. Students will be introduced to the roots of community action and involvement in cultural studies and given an opportunity to explore and develop a deeper understanding of the practice of cultural studies through a minimum 10-hour practical course component of community service related to the field. Community service will focus on cultural and other organizations in the Kitchener-Waterloo Region. Prerequisite: KS203.

KS303 - Advanced Studies in Popular Culture KS303 Advanced Studies in Popular Culture 0.5 This course examines the social signification of popular cultures in a global context, theories of mass culture, and the relationship between cultural consumption and social status. Prerequisite: KS203. 3 lecture hours KS330 - Myths, Monsters and Machines: The Fantastic in Popular Culture KS330 Myths, Monsters and Machines: The Fantastic in Popular Culture 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The monster makes us think of the boundaries between human and non-human, self and other, real and unreal. This course explores what it means to "be human" through myths, metaphors and popular representations of nonhuman beings including monsters (of varying sorts), cyborgs, and other nonhuman

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 58 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Required EN Courses: English 1.0 credit from Junior EN: EN107, EN108, EN111, EN119, EN165 or The English Studies program offers students the opportunity to EN190 explore British, American, Canadian and other literatures from the 1.0 credit from Category 1 (Note: Not more than 0.5 credit in Medieval period to the present. In keeping with the lively and Category 1 may be taken from EN233 or EN234); vibrant developments in English studies, our undergraduate 1.0 credit from Category 2; courses are organized in various ways: according to historical 1.0 credit from Category 3; periods, national literatures, genres, themes and theoretical 1.0 credit from Category 4; (0.5 credit of which must include issues. The undergraduate English program encourages the EN301) development of skills in interpreting a variety of literary and • Category 1 Pre-1660 British Literature: cultural works, including fiction, film, drama, poetry, non-fiction, EN214, EN233, EN234, EN245, EN372, EN390, EN392, EN393, and the historical, political, cultural, and discursive frameworks EN394, EN395 determining their composition and reception. Courses introduce students to cross-cultural approaches, particularly in the context • Category 2 Literature after 1660 (mainly British): of postcolonial and global texts, and to the close analysis of the EN246, EN292, EN293, EN298, EN299, EN344, EN345, EN346, language and form of complex texts. Students also engage EN388, EN396, EN397, EN399 strategically with a variety of theories of writing, reading, and representation, and conduct independent research, including • Category 3 Canadian/American/Postcolonial/World evaluating a variety of resources (print, audio-visual, and virtual). Literature: These skills promote intellectual growth, interdisciplinary EN211, EN213, EN218, EN252, EN263, EN265, EN266, EN267, thinking, and successful careers after university. EN280, EN313, EN322, EN324, EN330, EN335, EN347 Honours BA, Honours Combined BA and Minor: • Category 4 Theory/Gender/Genre: EN200, EN201, EN203, EN207, EN210, EN220, EN222, EN225, EN231, EN237, EN238, EN239, EN240, EN249, EN250, EN271, EN272, EN281, EN285, Full-Time Faculty EN286, EN300, EN301, EN303, EN310, EN370, EN371, EN381 Degree Program Electives: Sandra Annett, PhD An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits, Andrea Austin, PhD (4.0 credits may be EN and 5.0 credits may be 100 level). Katherine Bell, PhD Notes Anne Brydon, PhD 1. Students are encouraged to take EN245 and EN246 as part Jing Jing Chang, PhD, Graduate Officer of their program. Maria DiCenzo, PhD Tamas Dobozy, PhD 2. Students may choose a maximum of 1.0 credit from senior Philippa Gates, PhD Film Studies courses and/or non-designated writing courses Madelaine Hron, PhD (EN206, EN304) toward the 10.0 required for the Honours Jenny Kerber, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor English degree. Russell Kilbourn, PhD 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Tanis MacDonald, PhD progression and course regulations and the earlier section Leslie O'Dell, PhD regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Mariam Pirbhai, PhD Honours BA English in Combination with Markus Poetzsch, PhD Lynn Shakinovsky, PhD another Honours BA Program Katherine Spring, PhD, Film Studies Co-ordinator The combined Honours English program consists of 20.0 credits, of Eleanor Ty, PhD which at least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. Required EN credits: Robin Waugh, PhD, Chair Students must take 1.0 Junior EN credit from EN107, EN108, EN111, EN119, EN165 and EN190; and a minimum of 6.0 senior English credits. This will include at least 1.0 credit from each of Honours BA English the four categories listed in the single Honours BA English The Honours English program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at program. A 0.5-credit course must be chosen from the annual least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level, and including a fourth-year offerings. minimum of 10.0 but no more than 14.0 credits in English. Of the Degree Program Electives: required 10.0 credits in English, no more than 1.0 may be at the An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, 100 level, and no more than 1.0 may be chosen from among Film which includes the second BA major. Studies courses. At least 1.0 credit must be chosen from the annual fourth-year offerings; EN489 may be used for only 0.5 Notes credit. 1. Students are encouraged to take EN245 and EN246 as part of their program.

59 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

2. Students may choose a maximum of 1.0 credit from non- English Courses designated writing courses (EN206, EN304) toward the 7.0 required for the combined Honours English degree. Notes: EN Courses 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Senior English courses are not normally available to Year progression and course regulations and the earlier section 1 students. Courses at the 400 level are open only to regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Year 4 students. English Minor 1.0 credit from EN107, EN108, EN111, EN119 OR EN165; and 2.0 senior English credits. Seminar Courses Note: The following 400 level courses are studies of an Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. advanced nature, conducted in small participating Writing for Career and Community Minor groups in which significant topics of literary interest are explored through reading primary and secondary The Minor in Writing for Career and Community consists of a total of 3.0 credits, which includes EN190 and 2.5 credits chosen from sources. the following: EN206, EN240, EN303, EN370, EN371; CS206, CS315; DH200, EN107 - Literature and Catastrophe DH300; PO209, PO344, PO349. EN107 Literature and Catastrophe 0.5 Notes: This course examines works in a variety of literary genres (fiction, plays, poetry, graphic novels and others) on the topic of 1. Students may take up to 1.0 credit from the Brantford catastrophe, with the intent of introducing students to literature campus' Professional Writing Minor, which will count addressing catastrophe in the forms of conflict, apocalypse, toward the Writing for Career and Community Minor. dystopia, disaster, and others. 3 lecture hours 2. Open to students graduating with an honours degree only. EN108 - Literature and the Environment 3. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. EN108 Literature and the Environment 0.5 Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts This course examines works in a variety of literary genres (fiction, plays, poetry, graphic novels and others) on the topic of nature Minor and the environment, with the intent of introducing students to The Minor in Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts is designed literature addressing depictions of the natural world, for students who seek to combine a foundational knowledge of environmentalism, and ecocriticism. diverse texts produced for/by children with an understanding of 3 lecture hours the social and cultural factors that shape young peoples' lives. The EN111 - Literature and Crime minor is composed of at least 3.0 credits from programs in the EN111 Literature and Crime 0.5 Faculties of Arts and Liberal Arts as follows: Examines works in a variety of literary genres (such as fiction, • 0.5 credit in 100-level English courses (excluding EN190) plays, poetry, graphic novels) on the topics of crime and • 0.5 credit in YC100: Studying Youth and Children: An criminality, with the intent of introducing students to literature Introduction addressing themes of surveillance, law-breaking, justice, suspense, • 2.0 credits in the following courses (of which at least 1.0 credit villainy, violence, espionage, true crime, civil disobedience, and/ must be from EN courses): or imprisonment. AR332 - Children in the Ancient World, 36 lecture/discussion hours/term EN201 - Children's Literature, EN213 - The Child in African Literature & Popular Culture, EN119 Reading Fiction 0.5 EN119 - Reading Fiction EN285 - Tween Literature and Culture, A critical exploration of short stories and novels with emphasis on EN286 - Young Adult Literature, the structural and narrative features of prose fiction. FS260 - Youth Culture in Film, SY303 - Sociology of Youth, EN165 - Enriched Literary Studies: Elements and Approaches SY412 - Constructions of Parenthood and Childhood in Canada, EN165 Enriched Literary Studies: Elements YC200 - Youth and Children Through the Ages, and Approaches 0.5 YC326 - Children, Toys and Media, An intensive reading course that introduces students to the WS203 - Girls, Women and Popular Culture. elements of literature and literary analysis through a variety of approaches and texts (fiction, poetry, drama and prose) from Note different historical periods and cultural contexts. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors/Options.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 60 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN190 - Introduction to Academic WritingEN209 - Special Topics EN190 Introduction to Academic Writing 0.5 EN209 Special Topics 0.5 An introduction to academic writing, reading and research at the Consult the Department of English for current offerings.†† university level. Covers different genres of academic writing such Irregular course as the book review, annotated bibliography, and research essay, in EN210 - Literature and Social Change addition to citation and documentation techniques. Students gain EN210 Literature and Social Change 0.5 practical experience through in-class writing exercises and a series A study of the ways in which literature of various periods and of linked assignments. Includes opportunities for instructor and nationalities functions to criticize its milieu. Emphasis will be peer assessment, and also promotes a reflexive approach to placed on the specific socio-historic contexts and ideologies of writing as a process by helping students develop strategies for the period in which the works were written. self-evaluation and improvement. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term EN211 - Roots, Race, Resistance: Post-Colonial Literature EN211 Roots, Race, Resistance: Post-Colonial EN200 - The Pleasures of Poetry EN200 The Pleasures of Poetry 0.5 Literature 0.5 Introduces students to poetry and poetics from a wide range of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 styles and periods, and includes an ongoing discussion about poetry's influence on culture. Ideally, students learn to read This course explores global and postcolonial literature from Africa, formal, stylistic, and rhetorical features in the poems, and to Asia and the Americas, in light of questions of migration (roots), consider the ways that poetry challenges our perspectives on identity (race) and power (resistance) in the 20th and 21st language and delves into enduring questions about how meaning centuries. is made. Forms and genres may include the sonnet, lyric, EN213 - The Child in African Literature & Popular Culture villanelle, elegy, ode, spoken word, ballad, dramatic monologue, EN213 The Child in African Literature & prose poem, or free verse. This course encourages students to Popular Culture 0.5 come to a greater appreciation of the pleasures and rewards of A study of the representation of the "African" child in Western reading poetry. and African literature, film and cultural production. Special 36 lecture hours/term emphasis will be placed on teen/young adult novels, and on topics related to education and pedagogy. This course fulfills the EN201 - Children's Literature EN201 Children's Literature 0.5 "multicultural" component needed for admission to most Ontario A historical and/or critical study of children's literature in English teacher's colleges. from the Golden Age (1860-1910) to around 1960. Possible Exclusion: EN 209j. emphases include formal literary analysis, the social and cultural 3 lecture hours/week significance of works written for (or adopted by) children, and EN214 - Medieval Poetry of the Fantastic relationships between image and text in illustrated books. EN214 Medieval Poetry of the Fantastic 0.5 3 lecture hours An introduction to brief and medium-length poems from the Middle Ages that deal in matters of the supernatural, myths, and EN203 - Tragic Drama EN203 Tragic Drama 0.5 fairy worlds. The course typically includes study of Middle English An introduction to theories and patterns of tragedy from its lyrics, ballads, fables, romances, debates, mystical poems, and a origins to the present day. The course examines forms such as dream-vision by Geoffrey Chaucer. "revenge tragedy" and key features such as the "tragic hero."† Exclusion: EN209f. 36 lecture hours/term 3 lecture hours EN218 Contemporary American Literature EN206 - Writing for Business EN218 - Contemporary American Literature EN206 Writing for Business 0.5 0.5 Focuses on strategies for clear and effective communication, with Focuses on literature produced in the United States in the latter an emphasis on genres of writing related to employment and part of the 20th and early 21st centuries. Through a study of business contexts. Writing exercises include letters, reports, poems, plays, and fiction, the course will examine literary figures memos, resumes, and policy documents. Attention is also paid to such as Toni Morrison, David Foster Wallace, Louise Erdrich, Lydia the links between effective writing and oral presentation skills. Davis, and Jhumpa Lahiri, and discusses recent trends in 36 lecture/discussion hours/term movements such as Postmodernism, Multiculturalism, the literature of 9/11, the graphic novel, and digital literature. 36 lecture hours/term EN207 - Comic Drama EN207 Comic Drama 0.5 An introduction to comic drama. The course examines theories of EN220 Reading Culture: Strategies and EN220 - Reading Culture: Strategies and Approaches comedy as well as comic modes, practices, structures, and Approaches 0.5 conventions as they develop over time. Plays to be studied may include satire, romantic comedy, "problem comedy," comedy of An extension of the practices involved in reading written texts, manners, and tragicomedy. literary and non-literary, to the interpretation of other cultural 36 lecture hours/term forms, (for example, film, graphics, TV programming). There will be some attention to theories that offer a general model for how meaning is constructed and exchanged. Exclusion: EN130.

61 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN222 - Literary Adaptation EN239 - Science Fiction EN222 Literary Adaptation 0.5 EN239 Science Fiction 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A study of the influences and relationships between written/ Classic readings in science fiction, from the 19th century to the printed/literary texts and other media. Topics may include present. Authors may include H. G. Wells, Ray Bradbury, Philip K. analysis of stage and film adaptations; the re-imagining of literary Dick, and William Gibson. works for television, video, and digital audiences; and the EN240 - Critical Reading and Writing reworking of printed texts in paintings, photography, radio EN240 Critical Reading and Writing 0.5 documentaries, music, and other popular forms. Introduces students to the theoretical principles and practical methodologies that promote critical reading and writing in a EN225 - Contemporary Women's Writing EN225 Contemporary Women's Writing 0.5 literary context. Drawing on the rich theoretical heritage of "close Women writers and women's writing in a variety of literary genres. reading" as analysis students are taught not only how but why to Some special attention is given to feminist literary criticism and engage texts more slowly, thoroughly, and deliberately, with a theory and to reading women's literature through a spectrum of view to developing a practice of scholarly writing that grows from social and political perspectives. such careful reading strategies. 36 lecture hours/term Exclusion: EN110. 36 lecture/discussion hours/term EN231 - Arthurian Traditions EN231 Arthurian Traditions 0.5 EN245 - British Literary Tradition I This course examines selected Arthurian narratives, myths, and EN245 British Literary Tradition I 0.5 traditions within a variety of contexts: textual, generic, national, Introduces students to some of the significant literary works and cultural and technological. Students will examine the medieval the principal historical periods of British Literature, dating from origins and modern adaptations of Arthurian legends as well as the eighth century to 1660. Students learn to situate literary the key figures of these stories, such as King Arthur, Sir Lancelot, works within their historical contexts and to trace patterns of Guinevere, Sir Gawain and Morgan La Fee. Though this course influence and ideas that link certain literary works across the concentrates mainly on texts, it may also include examinations of various periods. The course also introduces students to some of Arthurian material within films and multi-media environments the important forms of literature, e.g., epic, lyric, tragedy. such as internet websites and video games. (No prior knowledge Possible authors for study include Chaucer, Spenser Shakespeare, of medieval literature or computer technologies is necessary).† Donne, and Milton. Exclusion: EN209w. Exclusion: EN122*, EN244*. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term

EN233 - Shakespeare's Comedies and Romances:EN246 - GenderBritish andLiterary Genre Tradition II EN233 Shakespeare's Comedies and EN246 British Literary Tradition II 0.5 Romances: Gender and Genre 0.5 The course introduces students to some of the significant literary A study of the interconnections between gender and genre in works and the principal historical periods of British Literature selected plays drawn from all stages of Shakespeare's development from 1660 to the early 20th century. Ideally, students learn to as a dramatist. situate literary works within their historical contexts and to trace Exclusion: EN232*, EN351. patterns of influence and ideas that link certain literary works across the various periods. Authors studied may include Pope, EN234 - Shakespeare's Tragedies and Histories EN234 Shakespeare's Tragedies and Histories 0.5 Blake, Wordsworth, Tennyson, Browning, Yeats, Dickens, Woolf, A study of representative tragedies and history plays, with an Eliot, and Joyce. emphasis on their dramatic, theatrical and cultural contexts. Exclusion: EN122*, EN244*. Exclusion: EN232*, EN351. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term EN249 - Mystery and Crime Fiction EN249 Mystery and Crime Fiction 0.5 EN237 - The Fairy Tale EN237 The Fairy Tale 0.5 A study of the development of the crime genre in fiction from Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 19th-century mystery stories to contemporary police narratives. In this course, crime stories are read and analyzed in relation to This course examines the development of the fairy tale genre from questions of gender, class, race, and law and order in the different its origins to contemporary adaptations. It explores a range of social, historical, economic, and national contexts that define and representative texts in their social and historical contexts, and shape the various subgenres of the detective story. draws on a variety of critical approaches. 3 lecture hours/week Exclusion: EN209r. EN250 Literature, Nature, Ecocriticism 0.5 EN250 - Literature, Nature, Ecocriticism EN238 Tolkien and Fantasy 0.5 EN238 - Tolkien and Fantasy A study of literary texts, from various periods, that are engaged An intensive exploration of the major fictional works of J.R.R. with the complex relationship between humans, other animals and Tolkien. The works of other writers of fantasy, such as J.K. their environments. Rowling and C.S. Lewis, may also be considered. 3 lecture hours/week Exclusion: EN309t.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 62 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN252 - Multiculturalism and Literature EN252 Multiculturalism and Literature 0.5 36 lecture hours/week A study of contemporary Canadian and American literature by and EN271 - The Creative Process about ethnic/racial minority groups or migrant communities, in EN271 The Creative Process 0.5 light of official policies and representations of multiculturalism Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and diversity. Focusing primarily on Caribbean, Latin American This course focuses on the creative processes involved in the and Middle Eastern perspectives, the course will explore a range of making of literature, especially fiction and poetry. Though there genres (e.g., fiction, poetry, drama, memoir and essay) and topics are options for creative work in some assignments, this is not a pertaining to migration, citizenship, ethnicity and culture. course in creative writing; the readings and assignments in this 3 lecture/discussion hours per week course will focus on reading and analysing the creative work of others, and discussing the dynamics of revision, development, and EN263 - Canada Then: Exploring Canadian Literature EN263 Canada Then: Exploring Canadian collaboration in literary work. We will be concerned with all stages Literature 0.5 of the creative process, from inspiration through composition, Offers a survey of the contexts and development of Canadian editing, and publishing. literature starting from early texts of encounter between Exclusion: EN209n. Indigenous peoples and Europeans, to works produced through the EN272 - Introduction to Creative Writing end of the Second World War. Texts may include exploration EN272 Introduction to Creative Writing 0.5 writing, Indigenous oral culture, poetry, performance works, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 journalism, and fiction. Students explore how and where Canadian This course will introduce students to the practice of creative literature emerged, the challenges of defining Canadian Literature writing and literary analysis by reading short fiction, poetry, and in the period before Confederation, and the development of creative non-fiction as models for students' creative writing. The modernism in Canada. course will include an ongoing discussion of how to read like a 36 lecture hours/term writer, and will explore literary genres and creative methods with opportunities for writing practice in short assignments designed EN265 - American Literature to 1900 EN265 American Literature to 1900 0.5 to broaden students' skills and abilities. The dual guiding A critical examination of the fiction, poetry, and essays of some of principles of the course will be examination of how language the major representatives of pre-20th century American literature. works in written forms and compositional experimentation with a Central political and social trends of the period are explored variety of writing styles. through literary representations that may include Native American EN280 - Indigenous Writers in English culture, slavery, abolition, puritanism, democracy, subjectivity, EN280 Indigenous Writers in English 0.5 and the constitution of national identity. Selected texts will be explored using cultural and literary critical Exclusion: EN215. forms, which enable the reader to approach the works "from a 36 lecture hours/term tribal-centered criticism ... which moves from the culturally centered text outward" (Blaesar in Vizenor, Writing in the Oral EN266 - American Literature of the Early 20th Century EN266 American Literature of the Early 20th Tradition). In reading the texts 'from the inside out,' the texts Century 0.5 themselves reveal the critical perspectives appropriate to their A critical examination of the fiction, poetry, and essays of some of study. The texts are written in English to enable indigenous the major representatives of late 19th- and early 20th-century writers to speak out to other cultures and educate them about American literature. Disparate literary movements of the period their experiences. (Offered by Indigenous Studies - Brantford (such as naturalism, modernism, realism, Harlem Renaissance, the Campus) American South) are explored through the writings of figures such Exclusion: ID280. as Stephen Crane, Edith Wharton, William Faulkner, Zora Neale 36 lecture hours/term Hurston, and Langston Hughes. EN281 - Cyborg Fictions Exclusion: EN216. EN281 Cyborg Fictions 0.5 36 lecture hours/term An exploration of the central literary and cinematic texts of the cyberpunk movement. EN267 - Canada Now: Contemporary Canadian Literature EN267 Canada Now: Contemporary Canadian Exclusion: EN209d. Literature 0.5 36 lecture hours/term The course offers a consideration of issues in Canadian literature EN285 - Tween Literature and Culture from the end of the Second World War to the present, with an EN285 Tween Literature and Culture 0.5 emphasis on the emergence of a national literature. Students will An exploration of literature produced for children in intermediate examine changing definitions of Canadian culture and identity school, grades 6-8, with emphasis on texts since the 1960s. through the study of poetry, nonfiction, drama, and fiction Students will examine the history, major authors, thematic through two phases of contemporary Canada: the cultural concerns, genres and cultural milieu of tween literature. In nationalist period of the 1950s through the 1970s, and the 1980s addition to books, other texts that tweens consume, including onward, when nation-based definitions became increasingly music, magazines, television, and films may be examined. problematic in the face of global culture, transnationalism, and 3 lecture/discussion hours per week debates about multiculturalism and citizenship. Exclusion: EN217.

63 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN286 - Young Adult Literature EN286 Young Adult Literature 0.5 36 lecture hours/term An exploration of literature produced for young adults, with EN301 - Literary Theory emphasis on texts since the 1960s. Students will attend to a EN301 Literary Theory 0.5 range of cultural and literary topics, including genre, history, A study of traditional and current issues in the theory of criticism representations of adolescence and adulthood, central themes, and literary history. The theoretical approaches to be examined social issues, and approaches to reading and interpretation. Other normally include historicism, formalism, structuralism, topics may include mass culture, film adaptation, seriality and psychoanalytical criticism, feminism, deconstruction, post- censorship. colonialism, Marxism and cultural studies. 3 lecture/discussion hours per week Exclusion: EN291. 36 lecture hours/term EN292 - Romantic Radicals EN292 Romantic Radicals 0.5 EN303 - Advanced Academic Writing A survey of the literature of the early Romantic Period (c. EN303 Advanced Academic Writing 0.5 1780-1810) that foregrounds the influence of revolution and Develops students' ability to communicate effectively in several counter-revolution. The course explores works by writers in a genres of academic writing and presentation. Topics may include: variety of genres and styles: sonnets, odes, ballads, lyric poetry, review of principles of effective academic writing and essay form, epics, novels, polemic non-fiction, literary criticism and theory, along with self-evaluation techniques; organization, structure and letters, and journals, etc. execution techniques for senior level term papers, journal-length Exclusion: EN294. articles, long-form research thesis papers or Major Research 36 lecture hours/term Papers; writing effective grant and graduate school application proposals; constructing effective conference and seminar EN293 Romantic Dystopians 0.5 presentations; writing annotated bibliographies and literature EN293 - Romantic Dystopians reviews; and communicating effectively about academic topics in A survey of the literature of the later Romantic Period digital and social media. (c.1810-1840) that foregrounds the influence of, and resistance 36 lecture/discussion hours/term to, dystopian visions of the world. The course explores works by writers in a variety of genres and styles, including sonnets, odes, EN304 - Technical Writing verse dramas, lyric poetry, manifestos, novels, confessional non- EN304 Technical Writing 0.5 fiction, literary criticism and theory, letters, and journals. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: EN294. Introduces students to techniques in communicating scientific and 36 lecture hours/term technical information to subject matter experts, managers, technicians and non-specialists using print and digital media. By EN298 - British and Irish Writers 1900-1920 EN298 British and Irish Writers 1900-1920 0.5 analyzing the mechanics of existing examples of technical writing, A study of poetry, fiction, drama and essays from the turn-of- students learn, e.g., how to write for technical reports, usability the-20th century to just after the First World War. Works by reports, manuals, user guides, online help instructions, software authors such as Hardy, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, Mansfield and the war or product support, and other forms of technical documentation. poets are read in the context of the social, technological, cultural Prerequisite: BF299 (or CT220). and political changes of the Edwardian era and the devastating EN309 - Special Topics impact of the war years. EN309 Special Topics 0.5 Exclusion: EN258*. Consult the Department of English for current offerings.†† 36 lecture hours/term Irregular course EN299 - Modernism and British LiteratureEN310 Between - The the Politics Wars of Transgression and Desire EN299 Modernism and British Literature EN310 The Politics of Transgression and Between the Wars 0.5 Desire 0.5 A study of poetry, fiction, drama and essays published in the An examination of literary representations of physical, economic, 1920s and 1930s, including experiments in literary form in works social and political instabilities and upheavals. The course will by authors such as Eliot, Woolf, Sitwell, Yeats, Huxley, Orwell and consider ways in which transgressive acts against authority of the Auden. The course will focus on modernism as well as other major law serve to interrogate the boundaries between self and other, tendencies in the social, intellectual and political life of these between a culture's desires and fears. decades. Some attention will be given to the development of 36 lecture hours/term modern criticism and to the relation between literature and the other arts. EN313 West African Literatures & Cultures 0.5 EN313 - West African Literatures & Cultures Exclusion: EN258*. A study of West African literature, film and cultural production. 36 lecture hours/term The course features a diversity of genres (e.g., oral narratives, radio drama, indigenous & Nollywood film) and spans from EN300 - Narrative Forms EN300 Narrative Forms 0.5 precolonial history (Timbuktu, myths, slave narratives) to current An examination of various forms of fictional and non-fictional booming "third-generation" diasporic writing which investigates prose narratives. Works may include autobiography, biography, multicultural and global concerns. contemporary films, travel narratives, diaries, romances or popular Exclusion: EN309C. forms such as the detective novel and horror stories.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 64 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN345 - The British Novel in the 19th Century 3 lecture hours/week EN345 The British Novel in the 19th Century 0.5 A critical and cultural survey of the flourishing of the novel as a EN322 - Modern Drama: Experiments in Form EN322 Modern Drama: Experiments in Form 0.5 literary form during the Romantic and Victorian periods. Six A study of influential 19th- and 20th-century dramatists, with an representative works are usually selected for study, with emphasis emphasis on tracing experiments in dramatic form such as realism, on form, narrative technique and social context (including class expressionism, and epic theatre. Playwrights include Ibsen, and gender). Authors often chosen include Jane Austen, Walter Brecht, Williams, and Beckett. Scott, Mary Shelley, Charlotte Bronte, Emily Bronte, Charles 36 lecture hours/term Dickens, George Eliot (Mary Ann Evans), Wilkie Collins, W.M. Thackeray, Mary Elizabeth Braddon, Elizabeth Gaskell, Thomas EN324 - Canadian Women's Writing EN324 Canadian Women's Writing 0.5 Hardy and Oscar Wilde. Recent prose, poetry, drama and fiction-theory contributions to 36 lecture hours/term literature in Canada by women from various communities and EN346 - The 20th–Century Novel perspectives. Questions of gender and sexuality, ethnicity, race EN346 The 20th–Century Novel 0.5 and class considered alongside contemporary developments in Development of the novel since 1900 with emphasis on social literary theory and practice. context and on developments in theme and technique.† Exclusion: EN309r. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term EN347 The Narratives of Empire 0.5 EN347 - The Narratives of Empire Human Rights in Contemporary EN330 - Human Rights in Contemporary Cultural Forms EN330 By the time the British Empire had reached its zenith in the late Cultural Forms 0.5 19th century, the imperial enterprise also exerted a powerful hold An examination of current human rights discourse through a on the British literary and cultural imagination. In this course, we variety of cultural forms (e.g., literature, film, visual arts, will read a diverse range of narratives, mainly from the nineteenth Webmedia, music, legal documents, etc.), in a cross-cultural and century, from adventure stories to detective fiction, in an attempt interdisciplinary perspective (e.g., religion, law, philosophy, to unearth the myths, ideologies and unfolding constructs of media). Human rights addressed may include civil and political Empire. We will look at empire as it is imagined at home and rights (imprisonment, torture, censorship), economic, social and abroad, from the female and male writer's perspective, as part of cultural rights (women's, children's, refugee rights, modern the unconscious workings of the literary imagination and as an slavery, environmental rights), genocide, conflict resolution, extension of the critical apparatus of imperial rule. humanitarianism and activism. Note: Some works may be subtitled Exclusion: EN300 (taught in Winter 2006) or read in translation. 36 lecture hours/term Exclusion: EN309z. EN370 - Creative Writing: Poetry 36 lecture hours/term EN370 Creative Writing: Poetry 0.5 Specific exercises in various modes and forms guide writers to an EN335 - Literature of 9/11 and Beyond EN335 Literature of 9/11 and Beyond 0.5 exploration of the language and structure of poetry. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: EN331*. A study of texts dealing with the aftermath and repercussions of 36 lecture hours/term the attacks on the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001. EN371 - Creative Writing: Short Story Authors may include Don DeLillo, Laila Halaby, and Amy Waldman. EN371 Creative Writing: Short Story 0.5 Exclusion: EN309m. Structure, plot, diction and characterization will be explored through writing and reading short stories. EN344 - 18th-Century Fiction: Sex, Shopping and Scandal EN344 18th-Century Fiction: Sex, Shopping Exclusion: EN331*. and Scandal 0.5 36 lecture hours/term The 18th century is the first era in which the novel becomes both EN372 - History of the English Language a popular and professional practice. Many authors capitalized on EN372 History of the English Language 0.5 commercially viable topics, such as sex, scandal, crime, and A study of the grammar, linguistic background, representative shopping. Many also wrestled with philosophical and political texts, and cultural contexts of Old, Middle, and Modern English. themes, and an apparent war of extremes – sense and sensibility, Texts may include elegies, feud narratives, saints' lives and erotic science and religion, order and revolution. The novel took many riddles. forms in this period, including "true history," memoir, travel 3 lecture hours/week fiction, adventure and survival, comic romance, and the gothic. EN381 - Gaming and Narrative Theory 36 lecture hours/term EN381 Gaming and Narrative Theory 0.5 This course will provide students with a solid foundation in narrative and adaptation theory, as well as an introduction to gaming theory. Exclusion: EN309K. 3 lecture/discussion hours per week

65 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

EN388 - 18th-Century Literature: From SenseEN395 to - Sensibility17th-Century Literature EN388 18th-Century Literature: From Sense to EN395 17th-Century Literature 0.5 Sensibility 0.5 The course focuses on a variety of 17th-century literary texts A study of prose, poetry, and drama written between 1660 and considering the interrelations of love, sex, and desire; class and 1800, a period of social and economic revolution brought about gender relations; colonization; political power; and the place of by scientific inventions, British colonial expansion, and the rise of religion in society. Students will read texts by writers including, the middle class. The literature examines the nature of morality, but not restricted to, John Donne, Ben Jonson, John Milton, humanity, urban life, criminal behaviour, love, sexuality, and Katherine Philips, John Webster, and Mary Wroth. women's changing roles in the period. Exclusion: EN309x, EN354*. Exclusion: EN355*. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term EN396 - Mid-Victorian Literature: Culture and Anarchy EN396 Mid-Victorian Literature: Culture and EN390 - Chaucer and the Middle Ages EN390 Chaucer and the Middle Ages 0.5 Anarchy 0.5 A study of selected comic and romance episodes from The Critical study of significant literary interventions in the cultural Canterbury Tales, typically including The General Prologue, The formation of Victorian England (1830-1860). In particular we Knight's Tale, The Miller's Tale, The Reeve's Tale, The Wife of Bath's examine the responses of novelists, poets and other writers to Tale and other related tales. emerging issues of social power and conformity, individual liberty, Exclusion: EN352*. "progress," industrialism, imperialism, gender and class. The 3 lecture hours/week literary treatment of these concerns is explored in relation to developments in genre and narrative form, to emerging mass EN392 - Diversity in the Middle Ages EN392 Diversity in the Middle Ages 0.5 readerships, and to theories of literature as "a criticism of life." An exploration of the many diverse writers and genres that Authors often selected for study include Arnold, Alfred Tennyson, flourished during the Middle Ages. Genres might include romance, Charlotte and Emily Bronte, Elizabeth and Robert Browning, allegory, visionary works and dramas; writers might include Elizabeth Gaskell, John Ruskin and Charles Dickens. William Langland, Sir Thomas Malory, Margery Kempe, and Julian Exclusion: EN230*, EN357*. of Norwich. Typically, this course will not include works by EN397 - Later Victorian Literature: Dissonance and Decadence Chaucer. EN397 Later Victorian Literature: Dissonance Exclusion: EN352*. and Decadence 0.5 36 lecture hours/term Critical study of change and resistance in later 19th-century English literature (1860-1900), with some emphasis on writings EN393 - Elizabethan Poetry and Prose EN393 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose 0.5 involved in symptomatic critical and public controversies, from A study of a selection of 16th-century poetry, drama and prose, the so-called "fleshly school of poetry" (the PreRaphaelites) to the together with other art forms and cultural discourses that notorious Decadent Nineties and the trial of Oscar Wilde. The contributed to early modern ideologies and constructions of exploration of other literary cultures or communities might gender, the body and the state. The texts to be studied include include the Aesthetic Movement, the pseudonymous "Michael Thomas More's Utopia; Elizabeth Joscelin's The Mother's Legacy to Field" (a collaboration of two women poets), the cult of sensation her Unborn Child; poetry by Shakespeare and by English and fiction, and the increasingly sharp tensions between writers and continental women writers; selections from Spenser's Faerie the "Victorianism" of their public readership and reviewers. Queene; Marlowe's Doctor Faustus; and Elizabeth Cary's The Tragedy Authors often selected for study include Christina and Dante of Mariam. Rossetti, George Eliot (Mary Anne Evans), Wilkie Collins, Gerard Exclusion: EN353*. Manley Hopkins, "Michael Field" (Katherine Bradley and Edith 36 lecture hours/term Cooper), Lionel Johnson, Oscar Wilde and Thomas Hardy. Exclusion: EN230*, EN357*. EN394 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama 0.5 EN394 - Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama EN399 Postmodern Narratives 0.5 EN399 - Postmodern Narratives This course explores plays written between the 1580s and 1642, when Parliament closed London theatres. These plays explore Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 issues such as the exercise of power in the family and the state, A study of novels and other texts from the 1960s to the beginning social inclusion and/or isolation, and representations of race and of the 21st century that interrogate "truths" or grand narratives of gender. Students will analyze how language, dramatic techniques, Western culture through such devices as parody, irony, self- and performance practices produce particular intellectual, conscious narration, and intertextuality. Readings from influential emotional, theatrical, and political effects. Authors include Kyd, theorists and critics, such as Jameson, Huyssen, Hutcheon, Marlowe, Jonson, Middleton, Webster, Ford, and others. Lyotard, and others will be studied along with the texts. Exclusion: EN354*. Exclusion: EN309v, EN362*. 36 lecture hours/term EN400 - Studies in Language and Discourse EN400 Studies in Language and Discourse 0.5 An exploration of various theories of language, style, discourse and/or rhetoric. Topics studied may include the cultural history of the English language, stylistics, linguistics, oral and discourse theory in film, media, literary and non-literary texts.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 66 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. are explored through reading primary and secondary sources.

EN409 - Special Topics EN450 - Texts and Contexts EN409 Special Topics 0.5 EN450 Texts and Contexts 0.5 Consult the Department of English for current offerings. A study of the ways in which literary texts develop from, or Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or respond to, particular literary, cultural, aesthetic, political, Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. historical and/or social contexts. Irregular course Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small Irregular course participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest EN410 - Topics in Gender EN410 Topics in Gender 0.5 are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. A study of selected texts which interrogate the representations, EN460 - Topics in Culture definitions and boundaries of femininity, masculinity and/or queer EN460 Topics in Culture 0.5 subjectivities. Of special interest is the relationship between An exploration and analysis of cultural signifying practices with societal norms, power and sexuality in the different periods and respect to various textual forms including, but not limited to, cultures which give rise to these texts. literary texts, films, television, visual art and music. Topics may Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or include representations of gender, sexuality, ethnicity, race and Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. class. Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest EN420 - Topics in Genre EN420 Topics in Genre 0.5 are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. An exploration of contemporary genre theory and generic EN470 - Topics in Theory practices. Topics may vary among the following: historical literary EN470 Topics in Theory 0.5 genres, modern literary and non-literary genres, hybrids and/or A study of one or more significant theoretical schools. Examples speech genres. may include psychoanalysis, deconstruction, gender theory, Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Marxism, postcolonial and discourse theory. Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. EN430 - Studies of an Individual Author EN430 Studies of an Individual Author 0.5 EN489 - Directed Study An examination of important pieces from the oeuvre of a major EN489 Directed Study 0.5 author. Topics may include: the career and development of the Individual study on a specialized topic, under the supervision of a author; the ways genre, history and/or biography affect writing. faculty member. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of Honours English or Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours English with a Combined Honours English, or permission of the department. cumulative GPA in English of at least 9.00 or, in exceptional Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar cases, with special permission of the department. courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small Courses at the 400 level are open only to Year 4 students. Seminar participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest courses are studies of an advanced nature, conducted in small are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. participating groups in which significant topics of literary interest are explored through reading primary and secondary sources. EN440 - Advanced Studies of a Period EN440 Advanced Studies of a Period 0.5 An exploration of a significant literary movement, rise of an intellectual tradition, or response of a group of writers to a specific historical event.

67 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Environmental Science Philip Marsh, PhD Program Robert McLeman, PhD Robert Milne, PhD Honours BSc Environmental Science Alison Mountz, PhD Honours BSc Environmental Science - joint Faculty of Arts and William Quinton, PhD Faculty of Science program Steven Roberts, PhD Colin Robertson, PhD Environmental Studies (GG/ Bob Sharpe, PhD Scott Slocombe, PhD ES) Jason Venkiteswaran, PhD The Department of Geography & Environmental Studies offers Margaret Walton-Roberts, PhD eight different degrees in Physical and Human Geography, as well Brent Wolfe, PhD, Graduate Officer as a degree in Environmental Studies. Regardless of the individual degree pursued, all of the degree programs prepare students to establish themselves in a variety of stimulating careers ranging Honours BA Environmental Studies from environmental consulting to teaching, from planning to The Honours Environmental Studies program consists of 20.0 intelligence work, and from public administration to development credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. A work overseas. Because of their considerable breadth of minimum of 11.0 and a maximum of 14.0 credits may be in theoretical and applied knowledge, geographers are frequently Environmental Studies and Geography, including those specified as part of multidisciplinary teams working in the natural sciences, follows: business and industry, and public service: geographers are [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as 'generalists' in the best sense of the word! Environmental Studies electives] To deepen their professional preparation, our students also focus Core Courses (8.5 credits): on one or several fields of expertise: Physical Geography, Human ES101, ES102, GG101, GG102; Geography, GIS and Geomatics, Health Geography, Tourism, and GESC290, ES296, GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, Environmental and Resource Management. Students looking for a ES392, GESC399 further specialization are able to advance their studies with our one of: ES394, GESC398, internationally respected faculty. For example, the department one of: GESC360 GG351, GG355, GG361, GG368, GG369; plays a leadership role in the Cold Regions Research Centre, a 1.0 credits from ES401*, GESC493, ES496, ES498, GESC450*, world leader in polar and mountain research, including northern GESC451, GESC494, GG462, GG480, GG481, GG482, GG486, GG489 and paleohydrology. In addition, our faculty are linked with In addition: researchers in Faculty of Science through the Laurier Institute for ES, GESC or GG electives: Students are required to take an Water Science (LIWS). additional 2.5 to 5.5 credits of ES, GG or GESC courses, of which a Similarly, in the field of Human Geography, students can pursue maximum of 1.5 credits may be at the 200 level four different specializations: Urban and Economic Spaces, Non-GES electives: Students must obtain at least 6.0 credits from Landscapes and Identity, Tourism and Travel Behaviour, and courses other than ES, GESC or GG. Regional Geographies of Canada, each with their dedicated set of courses from first to fourth year level. For students of all specializations, the department offers a variety Program Regulations of field courses, as well as the opportunity for co-op studies. 1. For progression into Year 2, a minimum GPA of 5.00 is Honours BA, Minor and ES Courses: required when ES101, ES102 GG101 and GG102 are collectively averaged. For progression into Year 3 and Year 4, and for graduation, the major for GPA purposes will Full-Time Faculty consist of all core courses and all ES/GG electives taken towards the Honours Environmental Studies program. Judy Bates, PhD 2. Students may wish (but are not required) to include as Alison Blay-Palmer, PhD non-ES/GG electives some of the following: AN201, AN229, Mary-Louise Byrne, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor AN463, AR246, BI266, BI296, BI300, BI301, BI309, BI400, (Environmental Studies) BI405, BI464, BI468, BI488, BU321, CH233, CH234, EC236, Barbara Carmichael, PhD EC238, EC318, GS211, GS212, GS311, GS351, HI342, HI343, Jonathan Crush, PhD HI424*, PP223, PP224, PP226, PO220, PO316, SY338, Simon Dalby, PhD WS305. Jody Decker, PhD 3. Students are advised that many senior elective courses in Sean Doherty, PhD ES, GG and other programs have prerequisites and should Michael English, PhD, Chair consider this when planning their course schedules. James Hamilton, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor (Geography) Michael Imort, PhD

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 68 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Environmental Studies in • The 10.0 credit courses required to complete the Honours BA Combination with another Honours BA Environmental Studies include (same across all Fleming programs): Program • 4.0 Core GES credits: ES293, ES298, GG281, GG282, ES/GG290, The combined Honours BA program consists of 20.0 credits, of ES392, ES398, ES/GG399 which at least 8.5 credits must be in Environmental Studies. • At least one (0.5 credits) of: GG351, GG355, GG360, GG361, [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as GG368, GG369 Environmental Studies electives; they may not count as non- • 4.0 senior GES credits with no more than 1.0 at the 200 level Geography/Environmental Studies elective courses.] and at least 1.0 at the 400 level The program must include the following: • 1.5 electives at the senior level of which up to 1.0 could be Year 1: ES101, ES102, GG101, GG102 from GES Year 2: ES296, GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, • The required courses at Laurier have been selected to fill the GESC290 knowledge gaps and permit the Fleming students to complete a Year 3: ES392, GESC399, one of :ES394, GESC398; and one of: degree program with a similar overall composition to the four year GESC360, GG351, GG355, GG361, GG368, GG369 Honours BA Environmental Studies. Year 4: GESC450*, or 1.0 credit from: ES401*, ES496, ES498, GESC493, GESC494, GESC451, GG462, GG480, GG481, GG482, Sustainability Option GG486, GG489 Refer to Geography Section. Degree Program Electives: An additional 11.5 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, Environmental Studies Minor which includes the second honours BA major. ES101; ES102; one of ES296, GESC290; 1.5 senior Environmental Studies (ES or GESC) credits. Program Regulations and Notes Notes: 1. For progression from year to year: 5.00 GPA in ES, GESC and GG courses, 5.00 GPA in courses of the other honours BA 1. Students majoring in Geography may not obtain an subject, and 5.00 GPA overall; Environmental Studies minor. 2. For graduation: 7.00 cumulative GPA in ES, GESC and GG 2. Students may not obtain a minor in both Geography, and courses, a 7.0 GPA in all courses in the other major, and a Environmental Studies. 5.00 GPA overall; 3. Students may not obtain an Environmental Studies minor 3. Students may not obtain a combined major in both and the option in Sustainability. Geography, and Environmental Studies. Honours BA Environmental Studies in 4. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Combination with Environmental Studies (GG/ES) Courses

Programs ES Course Notes 1. Honours BA Environmental Studies in combination with Fleming For the purposes of teachers' college applications, any College Environmental Technician 2. Honours BA Environmental Studies in combination with Fleming course from the following list is considered a Canadian College Ecosystem Management Technician content course: NO201/GG201, GG232, GG250, GG256, 3. Honours BA Environmental Studies in combination with Fleming GG350, GG354, GG453, GESC494. College Fish and Wildlife Technician For students in the new combined programs, the following points would apply: GESC Courses • Students will have successfully completed one of the two-year Scroll down below the following ES courses for the diploma programs at Fleming. complete listing of GESC courses: • If the average grade in the second year of the Fleming program is B- (70%) or higher, students may be considered for admission into the Honours BA Environmental Studies program at Laurier. ES101 - Introduction to Environmental Studies • Applications would be made by using OUAC 105D application on ES101 Introduction to Environmental Studies 0.5 the Ontario Universities' Application Centre (OUAC) website. A multidisciplinary introduction to environmental studies with an • Laurier will grant 10.0 total transfer credits for the Fleming emphasis on natural resources and environmental conditions. programs considered, per the table below. Note that 5.0 of these Topics may include ecological systems, sustainability, are the same across all programs (3.5 GES credits + 1.5 Biology environmental worldviews and ethics, economic systems, and credits), whereas two of the programs have additional specific policy and decision-making. Canadian and international examples BIOL and WASC (Applied Water Science) credits (in italics), are discussed. followed by a specified number of UU credits. Exclusion: ES100*. See table on page 70

69 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Environmental Studies in Combination with Fleming College Programs

Transfer Credit Table

GES Courses Biology Courses TOTAL Fleming Program Junior UU credits Senior UU Credits CREDITS

Environmental ES101, ES102, GG101, GG102, BI111, BI266, BI391 2.5 2.5 10.0 Technician GG251, GG254, GG258

Ecosystem BI111, BI266, BI391 Management ES101, ES102, GG101, GG102, + 2.5 1.5 10.0 Technician GG251, GG254, GG258 BI301, WASC303

BI111, BI266, BI391 Fish and Wildlife ES101, ES102, GG101, GG102, + 2.5 0.5 10.0 Technician GG251, GG254, GG258 BI256, BI301, WASC302, WASC303

ES357 - Greening the Campus 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours ES357 Greening the Campus 0.5 This course provides students with an opportunity to research how ES102 - Environmental Problems and Approaches ES102 Environmental Problems and to green an institution or business on or near the Wilfrid Laurier Approaches 0.5 University campus and to propose practical ways of realizing their A multidisciplinary introduction to selected environmental systems plans. and issues, with an emphasis on approaches to solving Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or ES101 and ES102 (or environmental problems. Topics may include water resources, permission of the department). climate change and atmospheric pollution, agricultural systems, Exclusion: GG300a. forest and wildlife management and sustainable cities. Canadian and international examples are discussed. ES392 Environmental Impact Assessment 0.5 ES392 - Environmental Impact Assessment Prerequisite: ES101. An introduction to methods, processes and policies for Exclusion: ES100*. environmental impact assessment, with an emphasis on the 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours Canadian context. Prerequisite: ES101 and ES102, or ES290/GG290. ES295 - Ecotourism and the Environment ES295 Ecotourism and the Environment 0.5 Exclusion: GG392. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 ES393 - Environmental Migration This course will introduce the student to the study of tourism ES393 Environmental Migration 0.5 directed at experiencing nature and the environment. The Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 sustainability and assessment of human impact on local A multidisciplinary analysis of the environmental drivers of environments and populations will be examined, using case migration and refugees around the world, with an emphasis on studies from around the globe that consider topics such as developing policy and humanitarian solutions. Topics include wilderness treks and eco-lodges, parks and wildlife viewing, displacements caused by droughts, floods, and hurricanes; the conservation and ethics, extreme sports, business perspectives, impacts of climate change and sea level rise; and, global treaties social issues, and outdoor education. (Online Learning only) and policy options for providing assistance to migrants, displaced Exclusion: GG255K. people, and refugees. Prerequisite: ES101. ES296 - Introduction to Sustainability ES296 Introduction to Sustainability 0.5 Considers and integrates issues related to environmental ES394 Social-Ecological Systems Approaches 0.5 ES394 - Social-Ecological Systems Approaches resilience, community well-being and economic prosperity. Topics Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 explored may include governance, land use, alternative energy, urban systems and technology through a sustainability lens. An introduction to the concepts, approaches, and tools required Prerequisite: ES101, and either ES102 or UU101 - Perspectives on to understand, assess, and manage interconnected social and Sustainability ecological systems. The implications for sustainability are 3 lecture hours emphasized. Prerequisite: GESC290 and ES296 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours program. Exclusion: ES293, GG293.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 70 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

ES401* - Theory and Practice of Ecosystem-BasedGESC362 -Management Global Food Systems ES401* Theory and Practice of Ecosystem- GESC362 Global Food Systems 0.5 Based Management 1.0 GESC362 A field course examining the theory and practice of regional-scale GESC391 - Wildlife and Rural Land Resources Management environmental planning, management and assessment, with a GESC391 Wildlife and Rural Land Resources focus on ecosystem-based management and other integrated Management 0.5 approaches. This course requires students to undertake fieldwork. GESC391 Medical and release forms are required. Prerequisite: ES101 and ES102 or equivalent. Registration status: GESC397 World Water Environment and GESC397 - World Water Environment and Development Issues Year 3 or 4 of environmental studies, geography or related Development Issues 0.5 program, or permission of the department. GESC397 ES496 Theory and Practice of Sustainability 0.5 ES496 - Theory and Practice of Sustainability GESC398 Parks and Protected Areas 0.5 GESC398 - Parks and Protected Areas A multidisciplinary perspective on challenges and approaches to achieving sustainability at regional, national and global levels. GESC398 Key perspectives will include the biophysical, social, economic and GESC399 - Third Year Field Studies business. GESC399 Third Year Field Studies 0.5 Prerequisite: GESC290 and ES296 and registration status: Year 3 GESC399 or Year 4 departmental honours program. GESC450* - Thesis Exclusion: GG496. GESC450* Thesis 1.0 GESC450* ES498 - Environmental Thought ES498 Environmental Thought 0.5 GESC451 - Field Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GESC451 Field Studies 0.5 An environmental studies perspective on the origins, variety, and GESC451 relevance of environmental thought to understanding and GESC493 - Problems in Land Resources Management resolving current environmental issues. Topics addressed will GESC493 Problems in Land Resources range from environmental philosophies to environmental literature Management 0.5 and environmental politics, among others. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: GESC290 and ES296 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours program. GESC493 Exclusion: ES298, GG298. GESC494 - Northern Resources and Environments GESC494 Northern Resources and GESC251 - Cartography GESC251 Cartography 0.5 Environments 0.5 GESC251 GESC494

GESC254 - Geographic Information and Analysis GESC254 Geographic Information and Analysis 0.5 GESC254 Faculty of Arts (Interdisciplinary) GESC258 - Geographical Research Methods GESC258 Geographical Research Methods 0.5 GESC258 Faculty of Arts (Interdisciplinary) Courses GESC290 - Environmental Concepts and ApproachesAF101 - First Year Seminar GESC290 Environmental Concepts and AF101 First Year Seminar 0.5 Approaches 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GESC290 First-year seminars provide an intensive and collaborative, small- group learning experience in which students develop core GESC291 Development and the Environment 0.5 academic skills in research, critical thinking, writing and GESC291 - Development and the Environment communication. Topics or themes vary among seminars and GESC291 instructors, but all seminars promote the acquisition of skills necessary for academic work in the humanities and social GESC297 - Geography of Water Resources - Canada GESC297 Geography of Water Resources - sciences. Available only to first-year students in the Faculty of Canada 0.5 Arts. GESC297 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1. Irregular course GESC360 - Research Methods and Thesis Preparation GESC360 Research Methods and Thesis AF105 - Think Arts: Skills for University Success Preparation 0.5 AF105 Think Arts: Skills for University GESC360 Success 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

71 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Topics in this course engage significant issues and controversies facing the 21st century world. While exploring these issues, Film Studies students have the opportunity to build university-level oral and The Film Studies program at Laurier places an emphasis on written communication and research skills, and learn how to international film history, the distinctive character of film as a reflect and reason with a level of clarity needed for academic and medium, and individual films as texts. Our courses explore professional success. questions of film genre, gender, aesthetics, theory, and Irregular course technological transformation - placing film in the context of the liberal arts and in relation to a wide variety of cultural, historical AF288* - Arts Study Abroad AF288* Arts Study Abroad 1.0 and political concerns. Through regular screenings, discussion, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 readings and assignments, our courses provide opportunities for A Laurier faculty-led international travel course. Classes are small students to think and write critically about film. In the wide range (about 20 students). Course locations and descriptions, along with of courses offered, students perform close textual analyses of film learning objectives and outcomes, will be announced in the Fall texts, exploring issues of aesthetics and representation. Students term. also investigate the commercial, historical, political, and Irregular Travel course economic contexts that affect and govern the production of film. Students will acquire skills that promote intellectual growth, AF399 Teaching, Learning and Thinking critical and interdisciplinary thinking, and successful careers after AF399 - Teaching, Learning and Thinking Through the Liberal Arts university. Through the Liberal Arts 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Honours BA, Combined Honours BA, Option and Minor: This course will introduce students to the basic theories and practices of teaching and learning in the liberal arts, and provide Full-Time Faculty training and practical experience as discussion leaders in undergraduate courses specific to their majors. Participants will enhance their skills related to critical thinking, reading, Sandra Annett, PhD discussion, writing and the fundamentals of pedagogy as related Jing Jing Chang, PhD to the humanities, social sciences and interdisciplinary studies. Philippa Gates, PhD The format of this course includes intensive training sessions early Russell Kilbourn, PhD in the term followed by bi-weekly workshops throughout the term. Katherine Spring, PhD, Program Co-ordinator Students will also undertake a practicum in undergraduate courses specific to their majors through which they will be mentored as discussion leaders. Prerequisite: Invitation, review and selection by participating Honours BA Film Studies departments. The Honours Film Studies program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level, including a minimum of 10.0 but no more than 14.0 credits in Film Studies courses. Of the required 10.0 credits in Film Studies, no more than 1.0 may be at the 100 level. Students may also count up to 1.0 credit from senior EN courses. At least 1.0 credit must be chosen from the annual fourth-year offerings; FS489 may be used for only 0.5 credit. Required FS courses (5.0 credits): 1.0 credit from Introductory courses: FS101, FS102, FS103; 1.0 credit from Film History courses: FS240, FS241; 1.0 credit from Film Theory courses: FS341, FS342, FS345, FS346, FS349, FS363; 1.0 credit from National Cinemas courses: FS238, FS239, FS244, FS246, FS250, FS301, FS330, FS333, FS355, FS360, FS365; 1.0 credit from Fourth-year courses: FS443, FS444, FS489 Elective FS courses (5.0 credits) 5.0 additional credits in FS courses at the senior level. Students may also count up to 1.0 credit from senior EN courses. Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, (of which no more than 5.0 credits can be at the 100 level). Program Note Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 72 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Film Studies in Combination • 1.0 in Film Studies junior (100-level) credits with another Honours BA Program • 1.5 in General 100-level (junior) credits The combined Film Studies program is available only in • 2.5 in Film Studies 200-level (senior) credits combination with another honours BA program. The program consists of a total of 20.0 credits, of which 14.0 credits must be Note at the senior level, with at least 7.0 credits as follows: Tuition discounts and scholarships to attend VFS are available to WLU Honours BA Film Studies majors. One Introductory Course: FS101, FS102, FS103 Two Film History Courses: FS240, FS241 Film Production Specialization Two Film Theory Courses: FS341, FS342, FS345, FS346, FS349, The Specialization in Film Production reflects that students have FS363; completed a concentration of Film Production courses as part of Two National Cinema Courses: FS238, FS239, FS244, FS246, their Honours BA Film Studies degree. The Specialization is FS250, FS301, FS330, FS333, FS355, FS360, FS365 available to Year 4 Honours Film Studies students only. One 400-level Seminar: FS443, FS444, FS489 3.0 additional credits from FS courses of which 2.5 must be at the To be eligible, students must have completed a minimum of: senior level. 1.0 in FS studio courses: (FS370, FS371) and, 0.5 in FS industry courses: (FS275, FS280, FS374), Degree Program Electives: and have achieved a minimum grade point average of 7.00 (B-) in An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, the major. which includes the second BA major. Note: Completion will result in an "Honours Film Studies: Film Program Note Production Specialization" designation on the student's transcript. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations Film Theory Specialization for All Honours Programs. The Specialization in Film Theory reflects that students have completed a concentration of Film Theory courses as part of their Honours BA Film Studies with Vancouver Honours BA Film Studies degree. The Specialization is available to Film School Diploma Program Year 4 Honours Film Studies students only. VFS-Laurier Film Production Program Structure To be eligible, students must have completed a minimum of 1.5 in Laurier has a partnership agreement through which Laurier Film Theory courses: students can complete the Honours BA in Film Studies at Laurier (FS341, FS342, FS345, FS346, FS349) and, and one of the Vancouver Film School's (VFS) Diploma Programs achieved a minimum grade point average of 9.00 (B+) in the in Film Production, Writing for Film and Television, or Acting for major. Film + TV in 20.0 credits (5.0 credits at VFS and 15.0 credits at Note: Completion will result in an "Honours Film Studies: Film Laurier). WLU students would attend Year 1 and Year 2 at Laurier, Theory Specialization" designation on the student's transcript. Year 3 at VFS, and Year 4 at Laurier. A. VFS's Film Production program counts as 5.0 credits towards Film Production Option the Honours BA in Film Studies (20.0 credits) as: The Option in Film Production is designed for all non-Film Studies honours students who seek to combine a foundational knowledge • 2.0 in Film Studies 200-level (senior) credits of Film Studies with a practical understanding of the techniques of video and film production, from script to screen. • 1.0 in Film Studies 300-level (senior) credits The Option is composed of at least 4.0 credits in Film Studies • 2.0 in Film Studies senior (200- or 300-level) credits as courses as follows: follows: o FS275 - The Business of Film • 0.5 credit in Intro Film Studies courses (FS101, FS102, o FS370 - Intro to Video Editing FS103) o FS371 - Advanced Video Editing o FS374 - Screenwriting & Directing • 1.0 credit in Film History courses (FS240, FS241) B. VFS's Writing for Film and Television program counts as 5.0 • 1.0 credit in Film Studio courses (FS370, FS371) credits towards the Honours BA in Film Studies (20.0 credits) as: • 1.0 credit in Film Industry courses (FS275, FS280, FS374) • 2.5 in Film Studies 200-level (senior) credits • 0.5 credit in additional senior Film Studies courses • 1.5 in Film Studies 300-level (senior) credits Film Studies Minor • 1.0 in Film Studies senior credits as follows; 3.0 credits in FS courses of which 2.5 must be at the senior level. o FS275 - The Business of Film Note: o FS374 - Screenwriting & Directing Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. C. VFS's Acting for Film + TV program counts as 5.0 credits towards the Honours BA in Film Studies (20.0 credits) as:

73 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Film Studies Courses industry. Filmmakers to be studied may include Howard Hawks, John Ford, Alfred Hitchcock, Steven Spielberg and Kathryn Bigelow. Notes: FS Courses Exclusion: FS243. 1. Film Studies courses at the 100 level consist of 3 3 lecture hours/discussion, 2 hours film-viewing lecture/tutorial hours and 2 film-viewing hours. FS235 - The Art Film Director Courses at the 200, 300 and 400 level consist of 3 FS235 The Art Film Director 0.5 lecture/discussion hours and 2 film-viewing A comparative study of the development of the techniques and hours. Films are in English or with English themes in the work of at least three representative major film subtitles. Senior Film Studies courses are not directors in the post-war international art cinema. Special consideration will be given to questions of the origins of the available to Year 1 students. notion of the film director as "artist" and how and where the 2. Prerequisites: 300-level courses are open to notion of an "art film" arises. Filmmakers to be studied may students who have completed 1.0 credit in FS include Jean Cocteau, Ingmar Bergman, Yasujiro Ozu, Alain courses. Resnais, Jean-Luc Godard, Agnes Varda, K. Kieslowski, Wong Kar- wai, Fatih Akin, Andrea Arnold and Zacharias Kunuk. Exclusion: FS243. 3 lecture hours/discussion, 2 hours film-viewing Seminar Courses FS238 - Bollywood Film The 400 level seminar courses given below, are available FS238 Bollywood Film 0.5 to Year 4 Honours Film Studies students only. Other An overview of Bollywood, one of the world's largest and the most students may be admitted by permission of the prolific film industries. Consideration will be given to the history department. of Bollywood films, the global appropriation of cinematic techniques characteristic of Bollywood, and the influence of Bollywood on representations of India in Western and diasporic cinemas. FS101 - Film and Narrative FS101 Film and Narrative 0.5 3 lecture hours/discussion, 2.5-3 hours film-viewing An introduction to the analysis of storytelling in film, including FS239 - Japanese Film problems of adaptation, modes of narrative cinema ranging from FS239 Japanese Film 0.5 the classical Hollywood film to the contemporary art film, and the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 role of visual and aural elements in filmic narration. A survey of Japanese cinema, including its history, formal and 3 lecture/tutorial hours, 2 film-viewing hours thematic innovations, major directors, and contemporary intersections with Japanese global popular culture. Theories of FS102 - Film and the Image FS102 Film and the Image 0.5 national cinema, postcolonialism, and media globalization will An introduction to the analysis of the film image, with emphasis also be considered. on the role of visual style (mise-en-scène, editing, FS240 - Film History to 1950 cinematography) in FS240 Film History to 1950 0.5 relation to cinema's various historical, cultural and technological A study of themes and techniques of selected films from 1895 to contexts. 1950, in relation to their cultural, social and political contexts.† Exclusion: FS100. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours 3 lecture/tutorial hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS241 Film History since 1950 0.5 FS241 - Film History since 1950 FS103 Film and Genre 0.5 FS103 - Film and Genre A study of themes and techniques of selected films from 1950 to An introductory study of film through an historical perspective of the present, in relation to their cultural, social, and political different film genres. contexts. 3 lecture/tutorial hours, 2 film-viewing hours Exclusion: FS247. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS209 - Special Topics in Film Studies FS209 Special Topics in Film Studies 0.5 FS244 - Canadian Film Irregular course FS244 Canadian Film 0.5 A study of Canadian film, from 1895 to the present, based on the FS234 - Hollywood Auteurs FS234 Hollywood Auteurs 0.5 screening and analysis of selected films.† A study of the development of the themes and techniques in the 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours work of at least three major film directors whose work is or was produced primarily within Hollywood. Special consideration will be FS245 Documentary Film 0.5 FS245 - Documentary Film given to directors who have been lauded as auteurs despite A study of the documentary film as art, as propaganda, as social working within the collaborative environment of the Hollywood document, as instrument for social change.† 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 74 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

FS246 German Film 0.5 A study of the film musical as a genre of contesting themes, such FS246 - German Film as utopianism, technology, and domesticity. Related topics might Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 include adaptations of stage musicals and the influence of music A study of major works (with English subtitles) of the German and music videos on film. cinema, from the silent period to the present.† Exclusion: FS350. Exclusion: GM246. FS260 - Youth Culture in Film FS260 Youth Culture in Film 0.5 FS249 - Detective Film FS249 Detective Film 0.5 An examination of the cinematic representation and/or production A study of the detective film genre from the silent era to today, in of the ‘dark side' of post-WWII youth-oriented popular culture in relation to their sociohistorical context. a broad selection of Hollywood and international films. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours Exclusion: FS343Q. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS250 - French Film FS250 French Film 0.5 FS261 - Film Adaptation: Screen/Text A study of themes and techniques of selected films in French (with FS261 Film Adaptation: Screen/Text 0.5 English subtitles) from silent film to the present, in relation to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 their cultural, social and political contexts A study of the major concepts guiding both the theory and Exclusion: FR348, FR385, FR480, FS348. practice of film adaptation, including issues of fidelity and 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours intermediality. Sources adapted for the screen may include novels, plays, graphic novels, and games. FS251 - Film Comedy FS251 Film Comedy 0.5 Exclusion: FS343X, FS309F. A study of film comedies and comedy genres in the silent and sound eras, with special attention to American and European FS264 American Film, 1929-1969 0.5 FS264 - American Film, 1929-1969 cinemas. A study of Classical Hollywood film in terms of its film style, Exclusion: FS351. genres, and industrial practices. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours Exclusion: FS343n. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS252 - Film Noir FS252 Film Noir 0.5 A study of film noir of the 1940s-50s, with attention also to its FS265 The War Film 0.5 FS265 - The War Film antecedents and to more recent neo-noir variations. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Exclusion: FS352. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours A study of the war film as a genre from silent film to the present exploring historical, formal, and thematic innovations in the FS253 Gangster Film 0.5 representation of war. Course topics may include combat, the FS253 - Gangster Film home front, homecomings, prisoners-of-war, gender, race, realism, A study of the development of themes and techniques in the violence, sentimentalism and satire. gangster genre since 1930, with special attention to its cultural, social and political contexts. FS270 - The Animated Film Exclusion: FS353. FS270 The Animated Film 0.5 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours This course charts the history of film animation from its origins in the 1890s to the present, with an emphasis on the shift from FS254 Science Fiction Film 0.5 traditional to digital techniques. FS254 - Science Fiction Film 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours A study of the science fiction genre in popular film. This course will focus on the development of the genre from silent to FS275 - The Business of Film contemporary film. Consideration may also be given to science FS275 The Business of Film 0.5 fiction as a literary and television genre. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: FS343m. A study of the business environment in which films and other 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours media productions are financed, developed, produced and distributed. FS257 - The Western FS257 The Western 0.5 Exclusion: FS209a. A study of the tradition and evolution of the western in FS280 - Audiences & Film Fandom Hollywood film. The course explores the social, historical and FS280 Audiences & Film Fandom 0.5 economic contexts that define and shape the various trends and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 shifts in the western genre from silent film to today. A study of film and media audience research from classical 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours audience reception theory to fan studies. The course also introduces students to some core methodologies of audience FS258 - Film Musical FS258 Film Musical 0.5 research, both theoretical and applied. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Exclusion: FS309h.

75 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

FS301 Contemporary European Film 0.5 An introduction to the major theoretical debates around film and FS301 - Contemporary European Film the analysis of film texts that have emerged in the latter part of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 the 20th century. Themes and trends of major European cinemas since 1969, with Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the emphasis on the question of European cinematic identities. department. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. FS344 American Film since 1969 0.5 FS344 - American Film since 1969 Exclusion: FS300. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 FS309 Special Topics in Film Studies 0.5 A study of popular American film, with attention to its social, FS309 - Special Topics in Film Studies political and other cultural contexts. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. department. Irregular course FS345 - Film Theory and Mass Media FS345 Film Theory and Mass Media 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 FS330 Italian Film 0.5 FS330 - Italian Film A survey of film's relationship to other mass media and film Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 theory's intersection with theories of mass culture. A study of themes and techniques of selected films in Italian Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the (with English subtitles) from silent film to the present, in relation department. to their cultural, social and political contexts. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the FS346 Film Theory and Gender 0.5 FS346 - Film Theory and Gender department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Exclusion: FS337, IT324 and IT337. An introduction to gender theory and film through the reading of FS333 East Asian Film 0.5 primary theoretical texts and the screening of films from a range FS333 - East Asian Film of periods. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the A study of the transnational character of films from East Asian department. countries such as China, Taiwan and Japan. Exclusion: FS343s, FS362. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. FS349 Film Theory and Melodrama 0.5 FS349 - Film Theory and Melodrama Exclusion: FS343t. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 FS338 Cold War in Film 0.5 A study of film theory and criticism in relation to melodrama as FS338 - Cold War in Film both a film genre and a cultural mode. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the A study of how Cold War politics shaped film production and department. distribution of films within a global context. The course moves beyond the bipolarized politics of communism versus democracy FS354 Film Sound 0.5 FS354 - Film Sound to explore how the global Cold War affected film production and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 reception within different local contexts. Themes covered in the course include censorship, defection, espionage, and the space A study of the history and theory of film sound. race. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the Prerequisite: 1.0 FS credit. department. Exclusion: FS343c and FS309j. FS355 - Indigenous Film FS355 Indigenous Film 0.5 FS341 - Classical Film Theory FS341 Classical Film Theory 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 A study of international indigenous films exploring the An introduction to the major theoretical debates around film and construction of diverse representations, socio-cultural images, the analysis of film texts that emerged in the first half of the 20th identities and experiences in these films, focusing on race, century.† ethnicity, class, as well as gender and sexuality. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. department.

FS342 - Contemporary Film Theory FS360 - World Cinemas FS342 Contemporary Film Theory 0.5 FS360 World Cinemas 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 76 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

A study of national and/or regional cinemas outside Europe and FS371 Advanced Video Editing 0.5 FS371 - Advanced Video Editing North America. Topics discussed may include postcolonialism, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 transnationalism, film aesthetics, modes of production, and other socio-political and cultural contexts. An advanced study of the principles and techniques of video pre- Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the production, production, and post-production, specifically digital department. non-linear video editing. Exclusion: FS343f. Prerequisite: FS370 (or FS309b). Exclusion: FS309c. FS361 - Horror and Gothic Film FS361 Horror and Gothic Film 0.5 FS374 - Screenwriting & Directing Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 FS374 Screenwriting & Directing 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A study of gothic/horror films as part of a genre or cultural narrative that both supports and subverts various political, A study of the role of storytelling in filmmaking practice, economic, social and sexual hierarchies. Texts may be approached including the techniques used by screenwriters to craft stories in from a number of critical perspectives, including psychoanalytic, film and other media, in addition to the techniques used by the feminist and cultural theories. director, including pre-visualization, production planning, and Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the directing. department. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the Exclusion: FS343g. department. Exclusion: FS309g. FS363 - Brecht, Godard, Hollywood FS363 Brecht, Godard, Hollywood 0.5 FS443 - Topics in Gender and Genre Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 FS443 Topics in Gender and Genre 0.5 Advanced discussion in topics of gender and film genre. This course examines Bertolt Brecht's impact on contemporary Seminar courses are available to Year 4 Honours Film Studies cinema—both Hollywood and the international ‘art film'—focusing students only. Other students may be admitted by permission of on Jean-Luc Godard as a key figure in the transition from the department. modernist avant-garde to postmodernist cinematic selfreflexivity. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. FS444 - Topics in Film and the Other Arts Exclusion: FS343u. FS444 Topics in Film and the Other Arts 0.5 Seminar courses are available to Year 4 Honours Film Studies FS365 Spanish Film 0.5 students only. Other students may be admitted by permission of FS365 - Spanish Film the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours A study of themes and techniques of selected films in Spanish (with English subtitles) from silent film to the present, in relation FS446 Topics in Film and History 0.5 FS446 - Topics in Film and History to their cultural, social and political contexts. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the department. Advanced discussion of topics in film and history. Exclusion: FS335/SP335. Seminar courses are available to Year 4 Honours Film Studies students only. Other students may be admitted by permission of FS366 The Cinematic City 0.5 the department. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS366 - The Cinematic City Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 An exploration of the production of personal and social identities FS447 Topics in Film and Technology 0.5 FS447 - Topics in Film and Technology within the subjective and objective spaces of the postmodern city Advanced discussion of topics in film and technology. as represented in film. Seminar courses are available to Year 4 Honours Film Studies Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the students only. Other students may be admitted by permission of department. the department. 3 lecture/discussion hours, 2 film-viewing hours FS370 - Intro to Video Editing FS370 Intro to Video Editing 0.5 Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 FS489 - Directed Studies A study of the principles and techniques of digital non-linear FS489 Directed Studies 0.5 video editing, including video capture, raw footage management, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 working with audio, and the compilation of clips into films for Individual study on a specialized topic, under the supervision of a export and distribution. faculty member. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in FS courses or permission of the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Film Studies department. with a cumulative GPA in Film Studies of at least 9.00 or with Exclusion: FS309b and FS343d. permission of the department.

77 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

French (Lang/Lit) 2. Students should refer to the following guide to register for the proper level of French: The French program is a dynamic and innovative program offering Grade 10 French or lower: FR101 a wide variety of courses in language, literature, culture and film. Grade 11 French: FR102 Students gain a mastery of the French language and an in-depth Grade 12 Core or Extended French: FR150 knowledge of intellectual and cultural developments in the Grade 12 Core or Extended French with Level 4 AP: FR151 French-speaking world while developing a vital set of analytical Grade 12 Immersion French: FR250 skills. The French faculty is composed of teacher-scholars Graduation from a French High School: FR360 committed to providing a lively and engaging classroom 3. Language courses must be taken in sequence, except with experience and to contributing to scholarly research in such permission of the department. diverse fields as linguistics, language pedagogy, literary criticism, cultural studies and film studies. The program is strong and 4. Students are encouraged to take part in an exchange diversified, with emphasis on immersion of the student in the program at a French-speaking university. Contact Laurier culture and language of study. All courses are taught in French. International for details. Honours BA, Combined Honours BA and Minor: 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Full-Time Faculty Honours BA French in Combination with Hugo De Marinis, PhD another Honours BA Program Nathalie Freidel, PhD, Chair The requirements are the same as for Honours French except that Sharon Marquart, PhD a minimum of 8.0 FR credits are required, at least 7.0 of which Jane Newland, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor must be senior. Simona Pruteanu, PhD Degree Program Electives: Marc Olivier Reid, PhD An additional 12.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, Katherine Roberts, PhD which includes the second Honours BA major. Milo Sweedler, PhD Program Notes 1. The following French courses must be taken in numerical sequence: FR101, FR102, FR150, FR151, FR250, FR251, Honours BA French FR360. Students may not take any of these courses out of The Honours French program consists of a minimum of 20.0 sequence, and they cannot take any two of them credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. simultaneously. Students must take at least 10.0 but no more than 12.0 credits in French, at least 9.0 of which must be senior. 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section Required courses: regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. FR250, FR251, FR260, FR290, FR360, FR470 French Option In addition to the requirements above: The French Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. 1.0 credit in language courses: Students must complete four of the following culture and film 3.0 credits in additional language, culture, film and literature courses: courses: FR225, FR232, FR233, FR234, FR235, FR237, FR238, FR337, FR385; Language courses: plus four of the following literature courses: FR150 - Practical French I FR332, FR334, FR335, FR338, FR433, FR434, FR435, FR437, FR438, FR151 - Practical French II FR485. FR245 - French Grammar FR Elective Courses: In addition to the above, 3.0 credits of FR250 - Language through Popular Culture I additional FR electives. FR251 - Language through Popular Culture II FR260 - French Pronunciation: Norm and Variation Degree Program Electives: FR330 - Advanced Translation I An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits; FR331 - Advanced Translation II only 2.0 credits may be FR. FR360 - Atelier in Composition and Stylistics Program Notes FR470 - Atelier in Advanced French Culture, Film and Literature courses: 1. The following French courses must be taken in numerical FR225 - Le français chanté [Music in French] sequence: FR101, FR102, FR150, FR151, FR250, FR251, FR232 - Medieval and Renaissance France FR360. Students may not take any of these courses out of FR233 - Early Modern France sequence, and they cannot take any two of them FR234 - A Century of Revolutions simultaneously. FR235 - 20th Century France

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 78 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

FR237 - Québec Culture: Language, Nation and Identity Taught in French. Fundamentals of the French language, basic FR238 - Francophone Culture grammar, practical vocabulary. Oral and written practice. This FR290 - A Journey through French Literature course is designed for students with little or no knowledge in FR332 - Freedom of French Classicism French. Students who register in FR101 must submit an official FR334 - Self and Other high school transcript to the instructor as part of their level of FR335 - Contemporary Literature competence in order to receive departmental confirmation of FR337 - Quebec Cinema: The Politics of Memory registration before the end of the first week of classes. Failure to FR338 - Francophone Myths, Legends and Voodoo do so will result in deregistration from the course. FR370 - Graphic Novels and Animation Exclusion: Grade 11 French, Grade 12 French, French immersion FR385 - Innovations in French Cinema (except with permission of the department). FR433 - Voltaire and Company Students who have credit for FR102, FR150, FR151 or FR250 FR434 - Love, Sex and Jealousy cannot take this course. FR435 - Literature in Revolt FR102 - Introductory French II FR437 - Québec Literature: Critiquing Family, Church and State FR102 Introductory French II 0.5 FR485 - Adaptation: French Novels into Film Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Notes Taught in French. A continuation of FR101. 1. The following French courses must be taken in numerical Prerequisite: FR101, Grade 11 French (or permission of the sequence: FR150, FR151, FR250, FR251, FR360. department). Exclusion: Grade 12 French, or French immersion (except with 2. Students from French immersion programs are not eligible permission of the department). to take FR150 and FR151. Students graduating from a Students who have credit for FR150, FR151 or FR250 cannot take French high school must consult the academic advisor. this course. Course exclusions: FR101, FR102. FR150 - Practical French I 3. To obtain a French Option designation on their transcripts, FR150 Practical French I 0.5 students must have a minimum GPA of 7.00 in designated Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 courses (core and electives), computed on all credits Taught in French. This practical course reviews French grammar claimed for the option. and helps students to achieve fluency in oral and written French. 4. Students in Honours BA Languages and Literatures, Prerequisite: FR102, Grade 12 core French or equivalent, or Honours BA French or combined Honours French cannot permission of the department. obtain the option in French. Students cannot obtain both a Exclusion: FR230, Graduation from a French secondary school, or minor and option in French. Grade 12 Immersion French, or Grade 12 level 4 AP French. Students who have credit for FR151 or FR250 cannot take this French Minor course. Three (3.0) FR credits in total, including: three of the following FR151 - Practical French II courses: FR151 Practical French II 0.5 FR150, FR151, FR245, FR250, FR251, FR260, FR330, FR331, FR360, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 FR470; Taught in French. A continuation of the practical aspects of FR150 plus three of: with increased emphasis upon the development of writing skills. FR225, FR232, FR233, FR234, FR235, FR237, FR238, FR332, FR334, Prerequisite: FR150 or Grade 12 AP French level 4. FR335, FR337, FR338, FR370, FR385, FR433, FR434, FR435, FR437, Exclusion: FR231, graduation from a French secondary school, or FR438, FR485. Grade 12 immersion French. Notes: Students who have credit for FR250, cannot take this course.

FR225 - Le français chanté [Music in French] 1. Note: The following French courses must be taken in FR225 Le français chanté [Music in French] 0.5 numerical sequence: FR101, FR102, FR150, FR151, FR250, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 FR251, FR360. Students may not take any of these courses out of sequence, and they cannot take any two of them This course builds students' French language skills by studying the simultaneously. language in the context of popular music. Students listen to French-language music of diverse genres and national origins, 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. analyze song lyrics in depth, share music with their peers, and French (Lang/Lit) Courses create a music video in which they sing (yes, sing) the French song of their choice. Taught entirely in French. FR101 - Introductory French I FR101 Introductory French I 0.5 Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 FR232 - Medieval and Renaissance France FR232 Medieval and Renaissance France 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

79 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Taught in French. An introduction to Medieval and Renaissance FR245 French Grammar 0.5 FR245 - French Grammar French culture through the study of history, literature and fine Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 arts. The focus is on the social and artistic features of a key period in the history of Western civilisation. Taught in French. This course provides a comprehensive overview Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. of basic French grammar and an introduction to more complex grammatical patterns, while offering students the opportunity to practice their skills in a conversational setting. Grammar FR233 Early Modern France 0.5 FR233 - Early Modern France exercises, which form the core of the course, are complemented by Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 authentic French texts and documents, which will provide a basis Taught in French. Introduces 17th- and 18th-century French for class activities and discussion. culture through the study of history, literature and fine arts. The Prerequisite: FR102 or Grade 11 French. focus is on the tensions and contrasts of Early Modern France, as Exclusion: Grade 12 French and FR103, or French immersion it evolves from Absolutism towards the French Revolution. (except with permission of the department). Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. FR250 - Language through Popular Culture I FR250 Language through Popular Culture I 0.5 FR234 - A Century of Revolutions FR234 A Century of Revolutions 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in French. This course explores the French language as it is Taught in French. Examines the series of revolutions that shook spoken and written through popular culture. There is also an France over the course of the long nineteenth century. Topics intensive and in-depth grammar review. studied range from social and political upheavals to the industrial Prerequisite: FR151 (or FR231), or French Immersion high school, revolution, revolutions in the arts, class struggles and the or permission of the department. beginnings of the women's movement. Multi-media approach. Exclusion: Graduation from a French secondary school; FREN 252 Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. UW.

FR235 - 20th Century France FR251 - Language through Popular Culture II FR235 20th Century France 0.5 FR251 Language through Popular Culture II 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Taught in French. An introduction to 20th century French culture Taught in French. This course explores the French language as it is through the study of history, politics, literature, music, film, and spoken and written through popular culture. There is also an the fine arts, this course examines major artistic figures and intensive and in-depth grammar review. In order to apply the cultural movements throughout the century, as well as the effects grammatical concepts being studied and to develop their writing of important historical events and conflicts on France's shifting skills, students create a French magazine together. sense of national identity. Prerequisite: FR250, or permission of the department. Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. Exclusion: FREN 251 UW. FR237 - Québec Culture: Language, NationFR260 and Identity- French Pronunciation: Norm and Variation FR237 Québec Culture: Language, Nation and FR260 French Pronunciation: Norm and Identity 0.5 Variation 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in French. An overview of Québec cultural identity in the Taught in French. This course offers an introduction to the study 20th century. Grounded in key historical dates, events and of French linguistics, focusing on phonetics, phonology, and, in ideological currents, the course traces the evolution of a province the final weeks, sociolinguistics. Students will study the sound defined by history and religion towards a modern, industrial system of standard French, mastering the phonetic alphabet and society with increasing demands for political autonomy. Topics identifying/correcting pronunciation difficulties for non-native include the Quiet Revolution, the October Crisis, language politics speakers. An understanding and appreciation of regional and and contemporary cultural expression in literature, cinema, music, social variation is gained through exposure to a variety of television, popular culture and sport. different accents and speech styles. Prerequisite: FR150 or permission of the department. Prerequisite: FR250 or FR251, or permission of the department. FR238 - Francophone Culture FR280 - Reading(s): An Interactive Approach to Literature FR238 Francophone Culture 0.5 FR280 Reading(s): An Interactive Approach to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Literature 0.5 Taught in French. This course analyses the emergence of diverse Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 francophone cultures in the contemporary world. The main focus is Taught in French. This course, team-taught by a linguistics on North African, the sub-Saharan and the Caribbean cross- professor and a literature professor, provides students with the cultural encounters and creolizations, colonialism, skills of literary analysis while introducing them to different postcolonialism, neocolonialism, diglossia, relations between the approaches to reading. The course is centred on the close reading Western and indigenous traditions, issues of language and of a single literary text, which will be examined from diverse national identity, official language policy and unofficial points of view. Through detailed analyses of key passages, innovation. Prerequisite: FR150 (or FR230) or permission of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 80 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

approached from literary and linguistic perspectives, students FR334 Self and Other 0.5 FR334 - Self and Other learn the skills of textual interpretation while developing an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 appreciation for various reading strategies. Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Taught in French. Examines relations between self and other in a selection of 19th-century French literary texts. Topics studied include power, passion, ambition, money, love, desire, forgiveness FR290 A Journey through French Literature 0.5 FR290 - A Journey through French Literature and revenge. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Taught in French. An innovative approach to the history of French literature, in which we intend to avoid the ready-made FR335 Contemporary Literature 0.5 FR335 - Contemporary Literature classifications in anthologies by creating our own itineraries. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Using the notion of travel to navigate centuries, genres and styles, students will become familiar with literary maps and fields. Taught in French. Select French and Francophone texts that The course will provide a useful theoretical and methodological highlight the major issues and transformations taking place in frame for further literary studies. contemporary French-speaking societies. Specific topics and Prerequisite: FR250, or permission of the department. themes vary, and may include issues such as human rights, immigration, globalization, identity, and sexuality. FR300 - Teaching, Learning and Thinking in French FR300 Teaching, Learning and Thinking in Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. French 0.5 FR337 - Quebec Cinema: The Politics of Memory Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 3 FR337 Quebec Cinema: The Politics of Memory 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in French. Students explore the fundamentals of second language acquisition through debates, reflections, creation and Taught in French. This overview of French-speaking feature film evaluation of didactic material, and teaching experience in real production in Quebec, from its beginnings at the National Film classroom situations. Students have opportunities to participate in Board, through 1960s direct cinema to contemporary international experiential learning (mandatory community-service learning), award-winners, examines different cinematic styles and discourses while developing a critical appreciation of the fundamentals of of representative filmmakers with specific attention paid to two second language acquisition. angles of inquiry: the aesthetics of the real and the demands of Prerequisite: FR251 or permission of the department. cultural memory. Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. FR330 Advanced Translation I 0.5 FR330 - Advanced Translation I Francophone Myths, Legends and FR338 - Francophone Myths, Legends and Voodoo Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 FR338 Voodoo 0.5 Taught in French. Translation skills will be exercised with emphasis Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 on French/English idiomatic expressions. Bilingual idiomatic vocabulary and different levels of languages will be studied. Taught in French. Francophone myths, tales, legends and sets of Prerequisite: FR251 or equivalent, or permission of the spiritual folkways such as Haitian voodoo, which originate from department. the traditions of the African diaspora. The literary corpus covers Francophone areas such as Africa, the Caribbean, Southeast Asia, and the Indian Ocean. FR331 Advanced Translation II 0.5 FR331 - Advanced Translation II Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: FR348. Taught in French. Translation skills will be exercised with emphasis on French/English idiomatic expressions. Memory and listening FR360 Atelier in Composition and Stylistics 0.5 FR360 - Atelier in Composition and Stylistics skills will be developed through oral presentations involving Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 analysis, synthesis and reproduction of selected texts; paraphrasing, the writing of summaries; sight translations and Taught in French. This Year 3 course focuses on composition and other exercises. stylistics. Through many writing clinics, students will acquire more Prerequisite: FR251. precision in the lexical and syntactical areas. The course is divided in two parts: the first will concentrate on selecting "le mot juste", and the second will focus on writing style through the analysis FR332 Freedom of French Classicism 0.5 FR332 - Freedom of French Classicism and correction of poorly written texts. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: FR251, or permission of the department. Taught in French. Through reading some of the canonical works of Exclusion: FR450. the 17th century, students are provided with historical, cultural and theoretical frames to increase understanding of authors FR370 Graphic Novels and Animation 0.5 FR370 - Graphic Novels and Animation known as the French "Classics." The focus is on the areas of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 freedom writers managed to create within the compelling artistic frame imposed by the absolute monarchy. Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department.

81 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Taught in French. Major developments in French-language graphic FR438 Family Feuds in Francophone Literature 0.5 FR438 - Family Feuds in Francophone Literature novels and animated films. Students gain an overview of the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 richness, diversity, and history of these traditions in French and Francophone cultures; learn to analyze the technical aspects of Taught in French. This literature course familiarizes students with graphic narratives and animated films; and develop an the concept of "Francophone" identity and the debates appreciation of the aesthetic and intellectual contributions of surrounding it through the textual analysis of different French and Francophone graphic novelists and animators. Francophone novels. The chosen authors and their texts cover Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of department. geographical regions spanning North-Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean/Antilles/Haïti. The concept of the "in-between" (l'entre-deux) of two languages, two cultures and two identities, FR385 Innovations in French Cinema 0.5 FR385 - Innovations in French Cinema is explored through the theme of the generational and cultural Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 gaps within immigrant families. Taught in French. Major developments in French film, from the Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. pioneer days of silent cinema to recent developments in contemporary filmmaking. Students gain an overview of the FR439 Directed Studies 0.5 FR439 - Directed Studies richness and diversity of French cinema; refine their ability to Taught in French. analyze films; and develop an appreciation for the aesthetic, Prerequisite: Permission of the department.†† technical and intellectual contributions of French filmmakers. Irregular course Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Exclusion: FR480. FR440 - Special Topics FR440 Special Topics 0.5 FR433 - Voltaire and Company FR433 Voltaire and Company 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in French. Various topics in French literature.†† Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Taught in French. Through the canonical works of the 18th Irregular course century, students are provided with historical, cultural and theoretical frames to help them understand authors who aimed to FR460 - Atelier in Oral Expression through Drama change the world. The focus is on various manifestations of the FR460 Atelier in Oral Expression through literary rebellion, from rationalism to utopias, among Drama 0.5 "philosophes" as well as "libertines." Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Taught in French. This course focuses on improving the student's oral skills through the preparation and performance of a FR434 - Love, Sex and Jealousy FR434 Love, Sex and Jealousy 0.5 contemporary play. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: FR350; or FR250 and FR251 with permission of the department. Taught in French. An examination of love, sex and jealousy in a selection of 19th-century literary texts that seeks to determine FR470 - Atelier in Advanced French what the texts mean and how they convey their meanings. FR470 Atelier in Advanced French 0.5 Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in French. In this course, students will perfect both their FR435 - Literature in Revolt FR435 Literature in Revolt 0.5 written and oral proficiency. Non-standard aspects of language Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 such as body language, slang and opinion voicing in various contexts will be considered. Taught in French. Conceiving literature as a space of Prerequisite: FR360 or permission of the department. experimentation and emancipation in which writers expose their Exclusion: FR350. personal struggles and revolt against the modern status quo, this course focuses on key 20th-century figures and movements, and FR485 - Adaptation: French Novels into Film the fundamental changes in literature's status throughout the FR485 Adaptation: French Novels into Film 0.5 century. Specific topics and themes vary.† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department. Taught in French. This course examines adaptations of French novels to the screen. Students read a selection of literary texts FR437 - Québec Literature: Critiquing Family, Church and State FR437 Québec Literature: Critiquing Family, which they compare to cinematic adaptations of the same works. Church and State 0.5 Through chapter-by-chapter analyses of the books and scene-by- Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 scene examination of the films, students gain an appreciation for the possibilities and limits of the two means of expression. Taught in French. Analyzes representative writers of 20th-century Prerequisite: FR385, or permission of the department. Québec literature in the context of their critique of the family, church-dominated social structures, and the limits of the revolutionary project. The focus is on the emergence of a feminist poetics and a new collective Québécois identity. Filmic adaptations of the texts selected may also be studied. Prerequisite: FR250 or permission of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 82 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Geography (GG/ES) Honours BA Geography The Honours Geography program consists of 20.0 credits, of which The Department of Geography and Environmental Studies offers six at least 10.5 credits, but at most 13.0 credits must be in different degrees in Physical and Human Geography, as well as a Geography. At least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. degree in Environmental Studies. Regardless of the individual [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as degree pursued, all of our degree programs prepare students to Geography electives] establish themselves in a variety of stimulating careers ranging from environmental consulting to teaching, from planning to Year 1 intelligence work, and from public administration to development GG101 and GG102; work overseas. Because of their considerable breadth of 4.0 non-geography elective credits theoretical and applied knowledge, geographers are frequently Year 2 part of multidisciplinary teams working in the natural sciences, GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, GESC290; plus two of: business and industry, and public service: geographers are GG260, GG265, GG270; 'generalists' in the best sense of the word! 1.0 non-geography elective credit To deepen their professional preparation, our students also focus on one or several fields of expertise: Physical Geography, Human Year 3 Geography, GIS and Geomatics, Health Geography, Tourism, and GESC399, Environmental and Resource Management. Students looking for a One of GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, GG369; further specialization are able to advance their studies with our 1.5 GG elective credit at the 300 or 400 level; internationally respected faculty. For example, the department 1.0 non-geography elective credits; plays a leadership role in the Cold Regions Research Centre, an 1.5 GG or non-geography elective credit internationally recognized centre for arctic and mountain Year 4 research, including northern and paleohydrology. 1.0 non-geography elective credits; Similarly, in the field of Human Geography, students can pursue 1.0 credit GG or non-geography elective; four different specializations: Urban and Economic Spaces, Either GG450 or 1.0 GG credit at the 400-level; Landscapes and Identity, Tourism and Travel Behaviour, and 2.0 GG credits at the 300-400 level. Regional Geographies of Canada, each with their dedicated set of Note courses from first to fourth year level. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and For students of all specializations, the department offers a variety course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations of field courses, as well as the opportunity for co-op studies. for All Honours Programs. Honours BA, Combined BA, BSc, Options, and Minor: Honours BA Geography in Combination with another Honours BA Program Full-Time Faculty The combined Honours Geography program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 8.0 credits, but at most 12.0 credits, Alison Blay-Palmer, PhD must be in Geography. At least 14.0 credits must be at the senior Mary-Louise Byrne, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor level. (Environmental Studies) [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as Jonathan Crush, PhD Geography credits.] Simon Dalby, PhD The program must include the following: Sean Doherty, PhD GG101 and GG102 (taken in Year 1); Michael English, PhD, Chair GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, GESC290; plus two of: James Hamilton, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor GG260, GG265, GG270; (normally taken in Year 2); Michael Imort, PhD GESC399; 0.5 credit from: GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, GG369; Philip Marsh, PhD 1.0 GG elective credits at the 300 or 400 level; Robert McLeman, PhD GG450 or 1.0 credit in Geography at the 400 level. Rob Milne, PhD Alison Mountz, PhD Degree Program Electives: William Quinton, PhD An additional 12.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, Steven Roberts, PhD which includes the second honours BA major (and no more than 4.0 additional GG credits). Colin Robertson, PhD Bob Sharpe, PhD Program Regulations and Notes Scott Slocombe, PhD 1. For progression from year to year: 5.00 GPA in GG courses, Jason Venkiteswaran, PhD 5.00 GPA in courses of the other honours BA subject, and Margaret Walton-Roberts, PhD 5.00 GPA overall; Brent Wolfe, PhD, Graduate Advisor

83 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

2. For graduation: 7.00 cumulative GPA in GG courses and 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for 7.00 cumulative GPA in courses of the other honours progression and course regulations and the earlier section subject (5.00 GPA for Biology, Mathematics, Computer regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Science majors), and a 5.00 GPA overall. Honours BSc Geography and Geomatics 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for The Honours BSc Geography and Geomatics program consists of progression and course regulations and the earlier section 20.0 credits, of which at least 11.5 credits, but at most 13.0 regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. credits must be in Geography. At least 14.0 credits must be at the Honours BSc Environmental Science senior level. [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as Honours BSc Environmental Science: Joint Faculty of Arts and Geography electives.] Faculty of Science program. Year 1 GG101, GG102, GL101, GL102, CP102, CP104; Honours BSc Geography MA100 and MA101; The Honours BSc Geography program consists of 20.0 credits, of 1.0 credit from: BI110 and BI111; CH110 and CH111; PC141 and which at least 10.5 credits, but at most 13.0 credits must be in PC142 or PC131 and PC132 Geography. At least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. Year 2 [Note that if GESC courses are taken, they must count as GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, GESC290; plus two of: Geography electives] GG260, GG265, GG270; Year 1 1.0 non-Geography elective credit with 0.5 credit in either GG101, GG102; GL101, GL102; 2.0 credits from: BI110 and BI111; Biology, Chemistry, Math or Physics CH110 and CH111; Year 3 PC141 and PC142, or PC131 and PC132; GESC399; MA100 and MA101 2.0 credits from: GG333, GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, Year 2 GG369, GG380, GG461, GG462, GG468, GG469, GG484, ES493, GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, GESC290; plus two of: GG495; GG260, GG265, GG270; 1.0 credit from: GG336, GG381, GG382, GG383, GG384, GG385, 1.0 non-geography elective credit including a minimum of a 0.5 GG386, GG387, GG388, GG389, GG395, GG396, GG480, GG481, credit in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics. GG482, GG486, GG489; 1.0 non-Geography credits with 0.5 credit in either Biology, Year 3 Chemistry, Math or Physics GESC399; 0.5 Geography or non-Geography credit 1.5 credits from: GG333, GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, GG369, GG380; Year 4 1.0 credit from: GG336, GG381, GG382, GG383, GG384, GG385, 1.5 credits from: GG336, GG381, GG382, GG383, GG384, GG385, GG386, GG387, GG388, GG389, GG395, GG396, GG480, GG481, GG386, GG387, GG388, GG389, GG395, GG396, GG480, GG482, GG482, GG486, GG489; GG481, GG486, GG489; 1.0 non-geography elective credits, including a minimum of a 0.5 0.5 credit from: GG333, GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, credit in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics; GG369, GG380, GG461, GG462, GG468, GG469, GG484, ES493, 1.0 Geography or non-geography elective credit GG495; Year 4 1.0 non-Geography credits with a 0.5 credit in either Biology, Chemistry, Math or Physics 1.5 credits from: GG333, GG336, GG380, GG381, GG382, GG383, Either GG450 or 1.0 credit in Geography at the 400 level, GG384, GG385, GG386, GG387, GG388, GG389, GG395, GG396, and 1.0 Geography or non-Geography elective credit GG480, GG481, GG482, GG486, GG489; 1.0 non-geography elective credits including a minimum of a 0.5 Program Regulations credit in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics or Physics; 1. Students are advised to take one or more of CP213, CP315/ Either GG450 or 1.0 GG credit at the 400-level; PC315, CP411 as their non-Geography elective credits. 1.5 GG or non-geography elective credit. Ensure that the necessary prerequisites have been Program Regulations completed for the senior computing courses. 1. For progression into Year 2 of the program, the 2. Upgrading to the Honours BSc Geography and Geomatics requirements include a minimum GPA of 5.00 in GG101 and degree: GG102 and a GPA of 5.00 in GL101 and GL102. For Total credit requirements vary depending on the entry level progression to upper years a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in GG of the candidate, as follows: courses and a 5.00 GPA overall is required. For graduation, a. Students who have an Honours BSc must have a cumulative GPA of 7.00 in GG courses and a 5.0 GPA completed a minimum of 5 additional term courses overall is required. (2.5 credits) from the geomatics stream and computing courses in order to upgrade to Honours BSc Geography and Geomatics.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 84 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

b. Students who have BSc in Geography must complete Geomatics Option a minimum of 10 term courses (5.0 credits) of the The Geomatics Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. geomatics stream, plus 2 term CP courses (1.0 Students must complete the three required core courses (1.5 credits), for a total minimum course requirement of credits) and a minimum of 2.5 elective credits. In order to 10 term courses, to upgrade to an Honours BSc graduate, a GPA of 6.00 in the courses included in the Geomatics Geography and Geomatics. Option is required. Required Core Courses (1.5 credits): 3. For admission to Year 2, a GPA of 5.00 is required in GG101 GESC251 - Cartography and GG102 and a GPA of 5.0 in GL101 and GL102, or both GESC254 - Geographic Information and Analysis ES101 and ES102. For progression to Year 3 and Year 4, a GESC258 - Geographical Research Methods cumulative GPA of 5.00 is required. For graduation, a GES Elective Courses (2.0 credits): cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all GG courses and an overall Four electives from among the following GES courses: GPA of 5.00 is required. GG351 - Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization GG355 - Remote Sensing for Geography and Environmental Studies 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for GG361 - Spatial Analysis progression and course regulations and the earlier section GG368 - Computer Applications in Geography regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. GG369 - Geographical Information Systems Honours BSc Geography with Environmental GG468 - Advanced Spatial Analysis GG469 - Advanced Geographical Information Systems Science Option One additional elective (0.5 credits) from the following: The Environmental Science Option is available to students CP102 - Information Processing with Microcomputer Systems registered in Honours BSc programs in Biology, Chemistry or CP104 - Introduction to Programming Geography. Normally, students will register in the option during CP202 - Website Design Year 1 or Year 2. Transfers into the option after Year 2 must be CP212 - Windows Application Programming approved by the dean. CS213 - Technology and Society Courses approved to count toward both the Geography DH100 - Digital Creativity major and ES option (2.0 credits): DH200 - Digital Narratives DH300 - Digital Editing and Publishing GG281, GG282 PS260 - Introduction to Cognitive Psychology at least 1.0 credits from: GG335, GG336, GG380, GG381, WS305 - Gender, Culture and Technology GG382, GG383, GG384, GG385, GG386, GG387, GG388, In addition, when choosing elective courses, note that some of GG389, GG480, GG481, GG482, GG486, and GG489. these courses have prerequisites. Although these prerequisites The requirements above are required as stated in the may be waived by the program or department administering the Honours BSc Geography program, with the following course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such modifications for the option: arrangements.

a. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from: BI300, Notes BI301, BI309, BI367, BI400, BI405. 1. Completion of the option requirements will result in a "Geomatics Option" designation on the student transcript. b. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from: CH233, CH234, CH261, CH262, CH360. 2. The option is available to all honours degree students with Notes: the exception of the Honours BSc in Geography and Geomatics. 1. Students interested in the option are advised to take Sustainability Option BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, GL101, GL102 in Year 1. The Sustainability Option offers students an opportunity to: 2. Only the courses specified above can be used to satisfy the (a) learn how to consider and integrate issues related to requirements of the Environmental Science Option. environmental resilience, community well-being and economic prosperity; and 3. For graduation, students must obtain a GPA of at least 6.00 (b) engage in interdisciplinary critical analysis and thinking by in all Environmental Science Option courses. connecting courses across departments and faculties. Notes Completion of the option requirements will result in a 1. Students interested in the option are advised to take "Sustainability Option" designation on the student transcript. BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, GL101, GL102 in Year 1. The Sustainability Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. 2. Only the courses specified above can be used to satisfy the Students must complete three required core courses (1.5 credits) requirements of the Environmental Science Option. and five elective courses (2.5 credits) selected from one of two 3. For graduation, students must obtain a GPA of at least 6.00 Sustainability themes (Science or Issues). in all Environmental Science Option courses. A. Required Core Courses (1.5 credits) ES101 - Introduction to Environmental Studies ES102 - Environmental Problems and Approaches

85 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

ES296 - Introduction to Sustainability 5. When choosing elective courses, please keep in mind that B. Elective Sustainability Themes (2.5 credits) many of these courses have prerequisites. While the (i) Science Theme prerequisites may be waived by the program or department BI266 - Life on Earth: Plants administering the course, it is the responsibility of the BI296 - Communication and Critical Thinking Skills in Biology student to make these arrangements as needed. BI300 - Environmental Toxicology BI301 - Global Ecology and Biogeography Geography Minor BI309 - Population Ecology GG101, GG102 and 2.0 senior Geography (or GESC) credits, BI405 - Community Ecology including one of GG260, GG270, GG281, GG282, GESC290. BI409 - Conservation Biology Notes: CH233 - Environmental Atmospheric Chemistry CH234 - Environmental Aquatic Chemistry 1. GG260 has replaced GG210, GG270 has replaced GG220, GG232 - Landscapes of the Great Lakes Basin GG281/282 have replaced GG280*, GESC290 has replaced GG281 - Atmosphere and Hydrosphere GG240. However, GG210, GG220, GG230 and GG240 can be GG282 - Geomorphology and Soils used as prerequisites in place of GG260, GG270, GG280*, GG336 - Coastal Processes and Landforms GG281/GG282, GG290/ES290. GG381 - Hydrology 2. Students may not obtain a minor in both Geography, and GG383 - Sedimentation Environmental Studies. GG384 - Glacial Processes and Landforms GG385 - Natural Environments 3. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. GG481 - Seminar on Cold Regions (ii) Issues Theme Geography (GG/ES) Courses CMEG305* - Semester in Community Engagement EC238 - Environmental Economics GG Course Notes EC318 - Natural Resource Economics For the purposes of teachers' college applications, any ES496 - Theory and Practice of Sustainability course from the following list is considered a Canadian GESC290 - Environmental Concepts and Approaches content course: NO201/GG201, GG232, GG250, GG256, GESC362 - Global Food Systems GG350, GG354, GG453, GESC494. GESC391 - Wildlife and Rural Land Resources Management GG395 - The World's Problem Environments GESC398 - Parks and Protected Areas GG465* - Capstone Urban Sustainability Project GESC Courses GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development GS441 - Ecological Citizenship Scroll down below the following GG courses for the HI377 - Science and Environment in Canadian History complete listing of GESC courses: HI474* - Research Seminar on Nature and Environment in Canadian History PO316 - Canadian Environmental Policy GESC251 Cartography 0.5 GESC251 - Cartography PP224 - Philosophy and the Environment PP247 - Business Ethics Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 SY406 - Environmental Sociology An introduction to the theory, practice and critique of UU101 - Perspectives on Sustainability cartography, emphasizing the basics that should be understood by all map users and map makers. Topics will include: the history of Notes mapping, the purpose of maps, mental mapping, cartographic 1. In order to graduate with the option, a GPA of 6.00 in the design, map projections, thematic map types, online mapping and courses included in the Sustainability Option is required. virtual globes. Exclusion: GG251. 2. At least 2.0 of the required 4.0 credits in the option must be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. GESC254 - Geographic Information and Analysis GESC254 Geographic Information and Analysis 0.5 3. Students in majors other than Environmental Studies must Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 complete the 2.5 credits from the Sustainability Electives This course provides hands-on experience with the application of Themes outside of their major of study. Environmental computers in geography and environmental studies to the Studies Majors can declare this option by selecting 4.0 manipulation, analysis and graphic presentation of geographic credits from the electives lists outside of Geography and information. Students are introduced to elementary descriptive Environmental Studies (GG, ES, GESC). statistics and to techniques of exploratory data analysis as well as 4. Students completing this option cannot declare an to geographic information and its properties, acquisition and Environmental Studies minor. analysis. Exclusion: GG254.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 86 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GESC258 Geographical Research Methods 0.5 This course examines global economic, socio-cultural, GESC258 - Geographical Research Methods environmental and political influences on food systems. Topics Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 may include various threats to, and impacts on, food systems and Research design, data collection, sampling and the application of sustainable food projects. descriptive and univariate inferential statistics in spatial studies. Prerequisite: One of: GG102, ES101 or GG272. Prerequisite: GG254. Exclusion: ES362, GG300c, GG362. Exclusion: GG258. GESC391 - Wildlife and Rural Land Resources Management GESC391 Wildlife and Rural Land Resources GESC290 - Environmental Concepts and Approaches GESC290 Environmental Concepts and Management 0.5 Approaches 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The study and application of techniques of use to the geographer A multidisciplinary introduction to the administrative, in the management of forestry, range and farmland species of management and conceptual context for resource and wildlife. Included will be discussions on conflicts in land use and environmental management, introducing topics such as private versus public forms of management. environmental governance, systems approaches, and Prerequisite: Both ES101 and ES102, or GESC290 or ES290/GG290 environmental thought, drawing on a few in-depth cases from (or ES291/GG291). across Canada. Exclusion: ES391, GG391. Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or ES101 and ES102. GESC397 - World Water Environment and Development Issues Exclusion: ES290, GG290. GESC397 World Water Environment and Development Issues 0.5 GESC291 - Development and the Environment GESC291 Development and the Environment 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of the forms and challenges of development, and The study of major geographic aspects of world fresh water supply its interactions with the natural environment, in local, rural, and and demand.† remote contexts in Canada and internationally. Socio-political, Prerequisite: Both ES101 and ES102, or one of: GG281, GG282, economic and ecological perspectives will be used to understand GESC290, ES290/GG290, GG297, (ES291/GG291). change in the context of land, water and forest resources, Exclusion: ES397, GG397. agriculture and food security, coastal environments, rural livelihoods and urban systems. GESC398 - Parks and Protected Areas Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or ES101 and ES102, or GESC398 Parks and Protected Areas 0.5 permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: ES291, ES356, GG291, GG356. This course analyzes the origins, types and purposes of protected areas as part of integrated resource and environmental GESC297 - Geography of Water Resources - Canada GESC297 Geography of Water Resources - management. Canada 0.5 Prerequisite: ES101 and ES102, or GESC290 or ES290/GG290. The study and application of concepts and techniques of use to Exclusion: ES398, GG398. the geographer in the management of water as affected by use or GESC399 - Third Year Field Studies misuse of the resource. Topics of discussion will include the GESC399 Third Year Field Studies 0.5 watershed concept; multiple versus single use forms of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 management; water transfer schemes and water quality. † This course provides an introduction to field research. Students will work in the classroom learning how to design, undertake and Exclusions report on a comprehensive research project. Data will be collected Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or ES101 and ES102. outside the local region and this will involve extended field Exclusion: ES297, GG297, GG342/GG392. research. Prerequisite: GESC251, GESC254, and GESC258, plus Year 3 or Year GESC360 - Research Methods and Thesis Preparation GESC360 Research Methods and Thesis 4 Registration Status in one of the following programs: Honours Preparation 0.5 BA or BSc Geography; Honours BSc Geography and Geomatics; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Honours BA Geography in combination, Honours BA Environmental Introduces skills for independently conducting geographic Studies; Honours BA Environmental Studies in combination; research, including problem identification, literature review, Honours BSc Environmental Science; or Honours BSc Physical hypothesis generation, concept mapping, research design, ethics, Geography and Biology. and proper choice of field/lab/analytical methods, culminating in Exclusion: ES399, GG399. the writing of a thesis proposal† GESC450* - Thesis Prerequisite: GG258. GESC450* Thesis 1.0 Directed study and research on a topic appropriate to the GESC362 - Global Food Systems GESC362 Global Food Systems 0.5 student's specialization presented in formal written form. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: GESC360 and registration status: Year 4 honours program. Exclusion: GG450*.

87 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GESC451 - Field Studies GG232 - Landscapes of the Great Lakes Basin GESC451 Field Studies 0.5 GG232 Landscapes of the Great Lakes Basin 0.5 Prerequisite: GESC399 and registration status: Year 4 This course introduces the landscapes of the Great Lakes Basin departmental honours programs. and the processes that have shaped them. (Physical Exclusion: GG451, GG499 (Year 4 Field Camp). Geography). Irregular course Prerequisite: One of GL101, 102, or GG101.

GESC493 - Problems in Land Resources ManagementGG250 - Canada GESC493 Problems in Land Resources GG250 Canada 0.5 Management 0.5 Studies of the geographical basis of Canada and Canadian issues. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Topics for specific attention will be drawn from the following An in-depth study of land use problems of interest and areas: regional and resources development, agriculture, significance to the geographer specializing in the resources urbanization, industrialization. management field of geography. Using the seminar approach, the GG255 - Selected Thematic Geographical Studies course will include discussion of the social, economic, ecological GG255 Selected Thematic Geographical and political implication of land use conflicts and issues. Studies 0.5 Prerequisite: GESC290 and ES296 and registration status: Year 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 or Year 4 departmental honours program. These courses will study selected geographical topics. Topics will Exclusion: GG493. be announced in advance by the department. Different courses may be taken under the same course number. A student may take GESC494 - Northern Resources and Environments GESC494 Northern Resources and no more than four of the selected geographical studies courses Environments 0.5 towards an honours program in Geography. (Online Learning only) An examination of northern ecosystems and environments in the Irregular course context of resources management. The primary focus is on Canada GG256 - Selected Ontario Regions and Alaska.† GG256 Selected Ontario Regions 0.5 Prerequisite: GESC290 and ES296 and registration status: Year 3 An examination of selected regions within Ontario with special or Year 4 departmental honours program. geographic emphasis on local themes and problems. Exclusion: ES494, GG494. GG260 - Geographies of Consumption and the Global Economy GG260 Geographies of Consumption and the GG101 - Introduction to Physical Geography GG101 Introduction to Physical Geography 0.5 Global Economy 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 (biweekly) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course provides an introduction to physical geography. Topics The course will examine our role as consumers to understand include weather and climate, hydrology, geomorphology and changes in the geography of the global economy. Issues explored biogeography. Laboratory exercises address geographic methods will draw upon various examples including anti-sweatshop and techniques and illustrate human-environment relations movement, second hand goods, fair trade, buycotting, hyper- through case studies. consumption and the role of social processes in the circulation, Exclusion: GG100*. use and demand for commodities. Prerequisite: GG102. GG102 - Introduction to Human Geography GG102 Introduction to Human Geography 0.5 Exclusion: GG210. This course provides an introduction to human geography. Topics GG261 - Geography of Energy include population and development, cartography and GIS, GG261 Geography of Energy 0.5 economic geography, cultural geography and political geography. Analysis of the changing needs for different energy sources. In laboratory exercises, students learn methods and techniques Special emphasis will be placed on the distribution of various used by geographers. forms of energy on a world scale and the problems associated with Exclusion: GG100*. the inequality of this distribution. 2 lecture hours and 2 lab hours per week GG262 Travel Behaviour 0.5 GG262 - Travel Behaviour GG201/NO201 North American Transborder GG201 - North American Transborder Regions This course introduces theories, concepts and techniques for Regions 0.5 understanding the movement of people and goods across space, (Cross-listed as NO201.) emphasizing the analysis of observed activity patterns, underlying decision processes, the urban transport planning process, and GG231 - Risks and Disasters: A Geographical Introduction GG231 Risks and Disasters: A Geographical contemporary travel demand management policies. Introduction 0.5 2 lecture hours, 1 lab hour The course examines the nature of danger and disasters, the scope of the human vulnerability and responses to them. It will look at risk and damaging events associated with extreme natural forces, technological accidents, epidemic diseases and human conflict.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 88 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GG263 Globalization 0.5 Prerequisite: One of: GG101, GL102. GG263 - Globalization Exclusion: GG230, GG280*, GG281*. A study of worldwide economic integration emphasizing the role 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours of multi-national enterprises and the international trade of goods and services. Local implications of global economic changes are GG294 - Geography of Tourism explored. GG294 Geography of Tourism 0.5 Prerequisite: GG102 or EC140 or permission of the department. Consideration of tourism in terms of its functional system; study of the impacts of tourism on regions, communities and GG265 Experiencing the City 0.5 landscapes; introduction to development and management of GG265 - Experiencing the City resources for tourism and tourism planning. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A human geographical perspective to how we learn and experience GG300 Directed Studies in Geography 0.5 GG300 - Directed Studies in Geography the city. A range of topics are examined including urban Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or ES101 and ES102 (or imageability, cityscapes, public spaces, place attachment, public permission of the department). transit, way finding and walkability. Irregular course Prerequisite: GG102 or permission of the department. The method of instruction involves lectures and active learning. GG333 - Field Surveying GG333 Field Surveying 0.5 GG270 - Cultural Geographies GG270 Cultural Geographies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 3 This course examines the major concepts and methods used by The course begins with basic measurement of vertical and cultural geographers. horizontal angles, differential and profile levelling, closed traverse Prerequisite: GG102. and total station surveying, coordinate geometry, and topographic Exclusion: GG220. surveys. The students are then introduced to GPS and unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) based surveying methods. Students will gain GG271 Temporal Perspectives on the City 0.5 practical experience in the use of automatic and laser levels, GG271 - Temporal Perspectives on the City theodolites, total station, RTK GPS systems, and UAV. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: GESC251. A study of changing geography of the city in cross-cultural The course does involve outdoor field work. context including the historical development of urban morphologies in specific cultural settings, the spatial expression GG335 Snow and the Environment 0.5 GG335 - Snow and the Environment of the cultural role of cities and development of urban networks. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 (Online Learning only) This course examines the processes controlling the snowcover and GG272 - Sex, Death and the City: Population Geography GG272 Sex, Death and the City: Population the implication of this to the ecology and hydrology of Canada. Geography 0.5 Applications to water resources, hydrological prediction and terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems will be considered. Learning Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 will be through lectures, laboratory assignments and, when In this course, students will examine the factors underlying global possible, field data collection. population change including fertility (sex), mortality (patterns of Prerequisite: GG281, GG254. death and disease) and migration (especially linked to urbanization). The course material will illustrate these issues at GG336 Coastal Processes and Landforms 0.5 GG336 - Coastal Processes and Landforms the global, national and regional scale. The course provides students with knowledge of the processes active in the coastal environment. Waves, tides and currents and GG273 - Geographies of Health and Disease GG273 Geographies of Health and Disease 0.5 their effects on the development of landforms on hard and soft This course introduces theories, concepts, methods and public coastlines will be the focus of study. (Physical Geography) health issues pertaining to the geographies of health, illness and Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. disease, including the emergence of new infectious diseases. GG350 - Canadian Issues GG350 Canadian Issues 0.5 GG281 - Atmosphere and Hydrosphere GG281 Atmosphere and Hydrosphere 0.5 This course examines one or more of the following regional issues This course systematically examines the major concepts of in the Canadian context: population change and immigration, climatology and hydrology. (Physical Geography) urbanization, industrialization, agriculture, resource development, Prerequisite: GG101 or GL102. rural settlement. Exclusion: GG230, GG280*, GG281*. Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102, or GG250 (or permission of the 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours department). GG282 - Geomorphology and Soils GG351 - Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization GG282 Geomorphology and Soils 0.5 GG351 Thematic Cartography and This course examines the characteristics of landforms and soils Geovisualization 0.5 and the processes that are responsible for their development. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 Emphasis is placed on examples from Canada. (Physical Geography).

89 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

An elaboration on cartographic principles with an emphasis given GG366 Urban Spatial Analysis 0.5 GG366 - Urban Spatial Analysis to designing thematic maps as part of a communication system. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Topics will include map visualization and communication, treatment and exploration of cartographic data, elements of This course examines spatial analytical methods and techniques thematic map design, terrain models, ethics and uncertainty, map appropriate to a range of urban problems including market animation and virtual mapping. analysis, consumer behaviour and location analysis, commercial Prerequisite: GESC251 or permission of the department. structure, crime mapping, residential segregation and transportation modelling. The method of instruction involves lectures, problem-based exercises and a research project. GG352 A Selected World Region 0.5 GG352 - A Selected World Region Prerequisite: GG260 or GG265, or permission of the department. Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102 or permission of the department. (Online Learning course) GG367 - Geographies of Human Development GG367 Geographies of Human Development 0.5 Focusing on Africa, Latin America, and South and South East Asia, GG353 Western Europe 0.5 GG353 - Western Europe this course will examine spatial variations in the forms, processes Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102 or permission of the department.† and challenges posed by contemporary economic, socio-cultural and political change (including gender and human rights) in GG354 - The Canadian North GG354 The Canadian North 0.5 developing regions of the world. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: GG102 or permission of the department. This course examines the geographical factors that make the Exclusion: GS367. Canadian North a unique region. Physical, economic and cultural/ GG368 - Computer Applications in Geography historical themes will be considered in light of current GG368 Computer Applications in Geography 0.5 environmental and social issues. (Online Learning only) Additional topics involving the use of computers by geographers Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102 or permission of the department. including programming techniques, data manipulation and storage, spatial statistical analysis, spatial simulation modelling GG355 - Remote Sensing for Geography and Environmental Studies GG355 Remote Sensing for Geography and and computer graphics.† Environmental Studies 0.5 Prerequisite: GESC258. An introduction to the range of earth-focused remote-sensing GG369 - Geographical Information Systems processes and products, and their utilization for geographic and GG369 Geographical Information Systems 0.5 environmental research. Particular emphasis will be given to the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 integration of imagery with GIS and to earth cover-type The purpose of this course is to develop skills and knowledge in classification using multi-spectral sensor data.† concepts and techniques of GIS by studying its application to a Prerequisite: GG254, GG258. variety of geographic and environmental problems (e.g., resource 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours management, crime, business, public facilities, health and disease). For each application, the topics studied include the GG361 - Spatial Analysis GG361 Spatial Analysis 0.5 sources and properties of the data contained in the GIS, the This course provides an introduction to the characteristics of functions and analysis used in the application, as well as the different types of spatial data and examines how they may be types and uses of graphic, tabular and data products of the represented and analyzed. Emphasis is placed on procedures which application. Students will gain hands-on experience in the use of can be implemented in a GIS environment and on their application GIS software including ArcGIS. to real world problems.† Prerequisite: GESC251 and GESC254. Prerequisite: GG254, GG258. GG370 - Geographies of Violence 1.5 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours GG370 Geographies of Violence 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GG363 Geographies of Labour and Migration GG363 - Geographies of Labour and Migration in the Global Economy This course explores the relationship between politics, space, and in the Global Economy 0.5 violence. Students will examine how power is exercised through Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 control of space and learn about key themes in political This course examines the role of migration and labour mobility in geography: territoriality, geopolitics, conflict, displacement, the contemporary global economy, with a focus on social and borders, and nationalism. spatial labour market inequalities. Prerequisite: GG102 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: GG260. GG373 - Landscapes and Identities GG373 Landscapes and Identities 0.5 GG365 - Canadian Urban Spaces GG365 Canadian Urban Spaces 0.5 This course explores the ways landscapes and identities structure This course examines the social, economic, political and each other. Emphasis will be placed on important markers of environmental processes affecting the Canadian urban system and identity such as gender, ethnicity and place.† the internal structure of cities. Prerequisite: GG101 and GG102 and registration status in Year 3. Prerequisite: GG102. Exclusion: GG364.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 90 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GG376 - Cultural Heritage Landscapes GG386 - Slope Processes GG376 Cultural Heritage Landscapes 0.5 GG386 Slope Processes 0.5 This course focuses on methodological practices and hands-on A survey of mass wasting processes, including rockslides and analyses of local community issues in selected regions. Emphasis rockfalls, mudflows, solifluction, soil creep and avalanches, and an is placed on examining the interactions between cultural groups examination of their relations, mechanics, magnitude-frequency and the landscapes they inhabit. (Field Excursion.)† and roles in the development of slopes and specific landforms. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or higher, and both (Physical Geography)† CA101 and CA102, or both ES101 and ES102, or both GG101 and Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. GG102. GG387 - Catchment and Global Biogeochemistry Exclusion: CA253/GG253, CA376. GG387 Catchment and Global Biogeochemistry 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GG380 GG380 - Field and Lab Techniques Field and Lab Techniques 0.5 An in-depth examination of biogeochemistry at global and This course focuses on field instrumentation used in monitoring catchment scales. Biogeochemistry is the study of the biological, geomorphological and hydrological processes as well as laboratory geological, and physical processes and reactions of biologically techniques that enhance our ability to understand these important elements, such as carbon and nitrogen, through the processes. (Physical Geography)† natural environment. Topics such as the global carbon cycle and Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. the fate of nutrients in rivers and lakes will be addressed. Exclusion: GG233, GG283. Students learn about how the ‘small watershed technique' and 1 lecture hour, 3 lab hours ‘whole-ecosystem manipulation' are used to predict the many ways human impacts will affect large-scale biogeochemical cycles. GG381 - Hydrology GG381 Hydrology 0.5 (Physical Geography) An overview of hydrological processes with emphasis on Canadian Prerequisite: GG281 or GG282. examples; the hydrological cycle; surface hydrology; groundwater GG388 - Introductory Physical Climatology hydrology; measurement techniques. (Physical Geography) GG388 Introductory Physical Climatology 0.5 Prerequisite: GG281. This course provides an introduction to the study of micrometeorology and physical climatology, examining the GG382 - Fluvial Geomorphology GG382 Fluvial Geomorphology 0.5 processes that underlie the behaviour of the atmosphere close to This course examines processes and landforms associated with the surface. Additionally, local to meso-scale atmospheric effects rivers. (Physical Geography)† such as sea breezes and atmospheric conditions important to air Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. pollution are studied. An introduction to micrometeorological 2 lecture hours, 1 lab hour instrumentation is also provided. (Physical Geography) Prerequisite: GG281. GG383 - Sedimentation GG383 Sedimentation 0.5 GG389 - Climate Change This course examines the basic properties and flow characteristics GG389 Climate Change 0.5 of fluids that control the entrainment and transport of sediment This course examines the natural and anthropogenic means by by air and water. Bedform development in fluvial, coastal and which global climate changes. (Physical Geography) aeolian environments are also discussed in relation to fluid flow Prerequisite: GG281. mechanics. (Physical Geography)† 2 lecture hours, 1 lab hour Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. GG393 - Geography of Recreation GG393 Geography of Recreation 0.5 GG384 - Glacial Processes and Landforms GG384 Glacial Processes and Landforms 0.5 Study of the supply, location, distribution, use, management, and This course examines the distribution and nature of glacial impact of recreational facilities and activities in both urban and environments including: the features, mechanics and rural situations. hydrology of glaciers; glacial erosional and depositional processes Prerequisite: One of GG260, ES290/GG290 (or permission of the and landforms; temporal fluctuations in glacial ice department). cover, their causes and consequences. (Physical Geography)† GG394 - Geography of Tourism Marketing Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282. GG394 Geography of Tourism Marketing 0.5 2 lecture hours, 1 lab hour. Field Excursion. This course applies marketing concepts to the tourism industry, examines tourist image and consumer spatial behaviour, and GG385 - Natural Environments GG385 Natural Environments 0.5 analyzes public and private sector strategies of market This course is an in-depth examination of geoecology, the segmentation and marketing mix. distribution and geophysical characteristics of habitats: relation Prerequisite: GG294. to energy, moisture and materials availability and circulations; ecosystemic properties of the major biomes; concept of the "natural regions''; background to the distribution of natural resources and hazards. (Physical Geography) Prerequisite: One of GG281, GG282.

91 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GG395 The World's Problem Environments 0.5 This seminar course addresses emerging debates in economic GG395 - The World's Problem Environments geography that critically examine current economic development An examination of pressing problems of environment deterioration challenges. Issues may include: sustainability, economic resulting from the human impact in regions that appear especially inequality, or geographies of global innovation, and will be sensitive to modern development. These regions can be explored through a blend of in class and field study.† characterized broadly by specific clima-geomorphic and biotic Prerequisite: GG260. conditions. Current trends in the arid and humid tropics, high mountain regions, wetlands, coastal and ocean environments will GG464 - Seminar in Travel Behaviour Analysis be examined. GG464 Seminar in Travel Behaviour Analysis 0.5 Prerequisite: Both ES101 and ES102, or one of GG231, GG281, An in-depth examination of the decision processes that underlie GG282, ES290/GG290. observed human activity-travel patterns, and their associated impacts on health and the environment.† GG396 - Natural Hazards GG396 Natural Hazards 0.5 Prerequisite: GG262 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours programs. The nature and distribution of risk from geo-physical processes including floods, earthquakes, storms and droughts. Emphasis GG465* - Capstone Urban Sustainability Project upon the incidence of damaging events and their relation to GG465* Capstone Urban Sustainability Project 1.0 ecological setting, settlement patterns, land-use and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 contemporary socio-economic conditions. In this capstone course students will work on a project within a Prerequisite: One of GG231, GG281, GG282. problem-based learning context that deals with aspects of urban planning and development. Students will research, analyze and GG452 - Development of Geographic Thought GG452 Development of Geographic Thought 0.5 resolve a local issue identified by a community partner and This seminar course will address such issues as what geographers propose solutions grounded in principles of sustainability. study, the theories of knowledge which shape their practice, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 department distinguishing characteristics of the discipline, and connections honours program, or permission of the department. between human and physical geography.† Exclusion: GG499Q. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental GG468 - Advanced Spatial Analysis honours programs or permission of the department. GG468 Advanced Spatial Analysis 0.5 An examination of a selection of techniques which can be used in GG453 - Contemporary Approaches to Regional Geography GG453 Contemporary Approaches to Regional association with GIS to undertake spatial analysis. Emphasis will Geography 0.5 be placed on the application of the techniques to real world This course explores contemporary theoretical, methodological and problems. pedagogical approaches to the study of regions and processes of Prerequisite: GG254, GG258, GG361. regionalization within a global economic system. Course material 1.5 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours will focus on specific North American examples.† GG469 - Advanced Geographical Information Systems Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or higher. GG469 Advanced Geographical Information Systems 0.5 GG461 - Seminar in Urban Geography GG461 Seminar in Urban Geography 0.5 An examination of selected geographical information systems and In this seminar course, students investigate a selection of their applications. Under the direction of the instructor, students sociospatial processes and transformations that affect will undertake a GIS application project. everyday life in urban places.† Prerequisite: GG369 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Prerequisite: GG365 (or GG364) and registration status: Year 3 or departmental honours programs. Year 4 departmental honours programs. GG474 - Seminar in Cultural Geography GG474 Seminar in Cultural Geography 0.5 GG462 - Models of Systems GG462 Models of Systems 0.5 In this seminar course, students will investigate a selection of An introduction to simulation modelling of human-environment sociospatial processes and transformations pertinent to everyday interactions. A diversity of models and approaches experiences.† from different areas of geography and environmental studies will Prerequisite: GG270 and Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours be explored.† program. Prerequisite: GG258 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Exclusion: GG374. departmental honours programs. GG480 - Physical Geography Field Project 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours (although the proportion will vary GG480 Physical Geography Field Project 0.5 over the term). Students will undertake an in-depth, individual field project focusing on major areas of physical geography. (Physical GG463 - Seminar in Global Economic Geography GG463 Seminar in Global Economic Geography 0.5 Geography)† Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: GG380 and registration status: Year 4 departmental honours program. Exclusion: GG380 taken prior to Sept 2003.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 92 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GG481 - Seminar on Cold Regions GL102 - The Surface of Earth GG481 Seminar on Cold Regions 0.5 GL102 The Surface of Earth 0.5 This course examines periglacial, permafrost, hydrological and This course provides an introduction to the shape of Earth's oceanographic processes active in the cold regions ecosystems. surface resulting from internal and external geological processes (Physical Geography)† acting at varying scales. Climatic and human interactions with Prerequisite: GG281 and GG282; and registration status: Year 3 or these processes will also be discussed. Year 4 departmental honours programs. Exclusion: GL100*. 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours GG482 - Hydrology of Cold Regions GG482 Hydrology of Cold Regions 0.5 This course provides a detailed overview of the hydrology of cold regions. (Physical Geography) German (Lang/Lit) Prerequisite: GG381 or GG388. The Minor in German offers the possibility to obtain a working knowledge of the language while presenting students with a GG484 Computational Geomorphology 0.5 GG484 - Computational Geomorphology cultural understanding of the regions where German is spoken. Application of computer programming to solutions of kinematic, German could be used as a component of the Honours BA in morphological and denudational questions. Emphasis is on Languages, as language III. computational understanding and analysis.†† Prerequisite: GG368 and registration status: Year 4 departmental Minors and Courses: honours program. 1.5 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours Full-Time Faculty GG486 - Seminar on Coastal Environments GG486 Seminar on Coastal Environments 0.5 This course is an in-depth examination of the physical processes Nathalie Freidel, PhD, Chair in coastal ecosystems. (Physical Geography)† Prerequisite: GG336; and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours program. German Studies Minor The Minor in German Studies consists of 3.0 credits including GG489 - Paleoclimatology GG489 Paleoclimatology 0.5 GM110, GM111, GM210, GM211, and 1.0 additional senior credit in This course surveys methods and applications in the GM courses and/or FS246, HI210, HI211, HI364 or PP263. reconstruction of past climate and environments. (Physical Geography) Note: Prerequisite: GG281. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Business German Minor GG495 Seminar in Tourism Research 0.5 GG495 - Seminar in Tourism Research GM210, GM211, GM305(UW), GM306(UW), GM310, GM311 An investigation of tourism analysis, theory and practice. Students also have the opportunity of earning a Certificate in Emphasis is placed on research tools and design.† Business German from the German Chamber of Industry and Prerequisite: GG294 and one of GG393 or GG394; and registration Commerce. Contact the department for details. status: Year 3 or Year 4 departmental honours program. (UW) = offered at the University of Waterloo via cross-registration. GG499 - Directed Studies in Geography GG499 Directed Studies in Geography 0.5 Note: Irregular course Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. German (Lang/Lit) Courses GM110 - Introductory German I Geology (GG/ES) GM110 Introductory German I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Geology (GG/ES) Courses Taught in German. An introduction to the basic elements of GL101 - The Anatomy of Earth GL101 The Anatomy of Earth 0.5 German grammar for students with no knowledge of the language. This course provides an introduction to the geological processes Emphasis on group and individual practice to develop skills in operating inside Earth. Topics include the identification of word comprehension and both verbal and written communication. minerals and rocks, their structural arrangement and tectonic Aspects of German culture and everyday life are considered. processes responsible for their global distributions. Human use of Exclusion: GM101 or any prior knowledge of German. earth materials and the environmental impact of geophysical GM111 - Introductory German II processes will also be addressed. GM111 Introductory German II 0.5 Exclusion: GL100*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 2 lecture hours, 2 lab hours Taught in German. Building on student's knowledge of basic German, this course provides further insight into grammatical structures and more in-depth communication skills.

93 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Prerequisite: GM110 or equivalent. Taught in German. This course offers an intensive practice in oral Exclusion: GM100*, GM102. and written German on the proficiency level, with emphasis on a through review of advanced grammar and the idiomatic use of the GM210 - Intermediate German I GM210 Intermediate German I 0.5 language. It will also equip students with the skills to work Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 efficiently with authentic German texts and widen their knowledge of contemporary German culture and current affairs in the German- Taught in German. A practical review of vocabulary and speaking countries. communication skills. Readings and audio-visual materials will be Prerequisite: GM211 or two years of university German or drawn from contemporary German culture. permission of the department. Prerequisite: One of GM111, OAC German, Grade 12U German, or permission of the department. GM311 Advanced German II 0.5 GM311 - Advanced German II Exclusion: GM151*, GM200. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 GM211 - Intermediate German II GM211 Intermediate German II 0.5 Taught in German. This course prepares students for further studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 in the field of Germanistics. It also equips them with the necessary tools to study abroad in any area of study at a German- Taught in German. A practical review of vocabulary and speaking university. communication skills. Readings and audio-visual materials will be Prerequisite: GM310, or permission of the department. drawn from contemporary German culture. Prerequisite: GM210, or permission of the department. GM355 Directed Studies 0.5 GM355 - Directed Studies Exclusion: GM151*, GM201. Taught in German. Detailed study of an author or area under the supervision of faculty in the department. GM220 Performance in German 0.5 GM220 - Performance in German Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 GM371 - Practical German Translation Taught in German. This course builds up students' confidence in GM371 Practical German Translation 0.5 performing orally in German by preparing for and acting in a live Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 stage performance at the end of the semester. Attention is given to the cultural dimension and the historical context of the pieces Taught in German. An in-depth study of practical translation being performed. techniques to and from the target language. Texts will be drawn Prerequisite: GM111, OAC or Grade 12U German, or permission of from four genres: culture, commerce, literature and the the department. technological world. Students will be introduced to the relevance Exclusion: GM320, GM330b. of modern procedures involving the use of translation software and terminological data bases. Prerequisite: GM211 or permission of the department. GM246 - German Film GM246 German Film 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Screening: 2 GM395 - Special Topics GM395 Special Topics 0.5 A study of major works (with English subtitles) of the German Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cinema, from the silent period to the present.† Exclusion: FS246. Taught in German. This course is a concentrated study of a specific topic or area in German. GM280 German writing of Engagement and Prerequisite: GM211, or permission of the department. GM280 - German writing of Engagement and Resistance Irregular course Resistance 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in English and supported by various film screenings, Global Studies highlights the tradition of free, humanistic and revolutionary thinking and writing in Germany and other German-speaking Global Studies is a multidisciplinary department concerned with areas. The works being discussed are texts connected to the the study of the issues, people, and events that shape today's intellectual and political resistance against the 19th century increasingly globalized world. The department offers a four-year autocratic rulers and superpowers, literary manifestations and BA in a single or combined honours program. We cultivate an pamphlets produced by exiled writers and resistance groups environment that fosters high academic achievement, while also against the terrors of the NAZI regime, defiant voices against the preparing students for a range of professional careers after offences and injustices of the East-German authorities and various graduation. literary expressions by writers committed to the humanistic Global Studies is organized along three key areas of inquiry: thought. "comparative development," "peace and conflict," and Exclusion: GM395A. "globalization and cultures." In addition to progressively developing their knowledge in one or more of these areas, Global GM310 - Advanced German I GM310 Advanced German I 0.5 Studies students are also challenged to apply a multidisciplinary Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 range of theoretical and methodological tools to think in critical, ethical, and creative ways. Students are also required to develop a degree of second language competency, and are encouraged -

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 94 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

through the innovative Global Studies Experience (GSE) program - 2. Global Studies Combined Majors who have taken 1.0 credit to complement classroom learning with experiential learning of junior language study may count up to 0.5 credit of through an international volunteer placement. senior language study toward the senior GS credit Honours BA, Combined Honours BA, Specialization, Option and requirements for the degree. Minor: 3. For Global Studies Majors who take 100 level language courses during Year 2, Year 3 or Year 4, and who have already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses (up Full-Time Faculty to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will not be counted toward the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. John Abraham, PhD Joanne Benham Rennick, PhD 4. Students who are studying in English as a Second Language Timothy Donais, PhD may apply to have the 1.0 language credit requirement John Ejobowah, PhD waived by the GS Department. In the very specific cases where the Sheri Lynn Gibbings, PhD language requirement is waived, alternate credits will Alex Latta, PhD, Chair normally be required in its place, as determined by the GS Sara Matthews, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor Undergraduate Advisor. Edmund Pries, PhD Global Studies Experience (GSE): Tanya Richardson, PhD Global Studies strongly encourages students to extend their Alicia Sliwinski, PhD education beyond the classroom. One way to do this is to Ali Zaidi, PhD complete the Global Studies Experience (GSE), which offers students the opportunity to create an active link between academic learning and hands-on experience in the field. The GSE Honours BA Global Studies is optional. It consists of student-initiated placements, which may include service-learning or work placements, as well as The Honours Global Studies program consists of 20.0 credits, community-based cultural immersion and language programming. including a minimum of 10.0 credits in Global Studies. Not more The placements are preceded by completion of GS398 and followed than 6.0 credits may be in 100 level courses (refer to exception by completion of GS399. Usually placements are conducted in a below). In addition to the required GS credits, students are setting outside Canada, but in certain cases placements in Canada required to complete 1.0 language credit. will be considered, where a student is able to demonstrate a GS Course Requirements (10.0 credits): substantive equivalence with a placement abroad. In all cases, GS101, GS102, plus 9.0 senior credits in Global Studies courses, students must apply to the GSE Coordinator for pre-approval of which must include the following: their placements and permission to enroll in GS398. Permission to enroll in GS399 is conditional on providing proof of placement GS201, GS202 plus 2.0 additional credits at the 200 level, completion. 1.0 GS credit at the 300 level; and 1.0 GS credit at the 400 level; and To apply for the GSE and enroll in GS398, students must be 4.0 additional senior GS credits. 1. in either an Honours or a Combined Honours program, A maximum of 1.0 credit of the following courses may be counted as GS senior credits: AN345, AN348, RE211, RE227, RE321, RE366, 2. have completed at least 2.0 credits at the 200 level by the WS306. end of the term in which they apply, Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the 3. have attained at least a 7.0 (B-) average in their major. degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes not more than 5.0 Proposed placements are judged for their appropriateness with 100-level credits. respect to the goals of generating intercultural experiences and augmenting student learning in areas related to the GS Language Credit Requirement curriculum. All placements must take place between May and (1.0 credit): In addition to the GS course requirements above, August and must last at least four weeks. There are four steps to students must also complete a 1.0 credit in non-English language completion of the GSE, as follows: study. Language courses may be taken (a) at WLU, (b) at other recognized universities in Canada on a letter of permission, or (c) 1. apply in the fall semester for conditional pre-approval of abroad on a letter of permission and with the prior written the proposed placement and permission to enroll in GS398; consent of the GS Department. Courses taught in English may not be counted as a substitute for this requirement. 2. obtain final approval for the placement and successfully complete GS398 during the winter semester; Notes: 3. complete the minimum four week placement sometime 1. Global Studies Single Majors who have taken 1.0 credit of between May-August; junior language study may count up to 1.0 credit of senior 4. complete GS399 in the fall semester following the language study toward the senior GS credit requirements placement. for the degree.

95 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Notes 2. have completed at least 2.0 credits at the 200 level by the 1. With department approval, a quantitative methods course end of the term in which they apply, taught in another department may count toward senior GS 3. have attained at least a 7.0 (B-) average in their major. credit requirements, up to a maximum of 0.5 credit. Proposed placements are judged for their appropriateness with 2. Students who consider pursuing graduate studies in the respect to the goals of generating intercultural experiences and area of international development or public policy should augmenting student learning in areas related to the GS consider taking introductory courses in Micro and curriculum. All placements must take place between May and Macroeconomics. August and must last at least four weeks. There are four steps to 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for completion of the GSE, as follows: progression and course regulations and the earlier section 1. apply in the fall semester for conditional pre-approval of regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. the proposed placement and permission to enroll in Honours BA Global Studies in Combination GS398; with another Honours BA Program 2. obtain final approval for the placement and successfully The Combined Honours Global Studies degree has the same complete GS398 during the winter semester; requirements as the Single Honours degree, but the total number of required GS credits is 7.0. 3. complete the minimum four week placement sometime between May-August; GS Course Requirements (7.0 credits): GS101, GS102, plus 6.0 senior credits in Global Studies courses, 4. complete GS399 in the fall semester following the which must include the following: placement. GS201, GS202 plus 2.0 additional credits at the 200 level, Program Note 1.0 GS credit at the 300 level; and Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and 1.0 GS credit at the 400 level; and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations 1.0 additional senior GS credits. for All Honours Programs. Students doing a Combined Honours in Global Studies are also Research Specialization required to complete the language credit, as outlined in the single The Research Specialization is intended to prepare students for Honours Global Studies section. advanced study and work opportunities. Completion of the A maximum of a 0.5-credit of the following courses may be specialization will result in a "Research Specialization" counted as a GS senior credit: AN345, AN348, RE211, RE227, designation on student transcripts. The requirements for the RE321, RE366, WS306. Research Specialization are as follows. To declare the specialization, students must have: Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, including the second honours BA 1. already completed a minimum of 1.0 credit in 300 level GS major. courses; and Global Studies Experience (GSE): 2. a minimum GPA of 8.00 (B) in GS credits. Global Studies strongly encourages students to extend their To graduate, students must: education beyond the classroom. One way to do this is to complete the Global Studies Experience (GSE), which offers 1. complete a total of 2.0 or more GS credits at the 400 level, students the opportunity to create an active link between of which at least 1.5 must be GS400‡ - Seminar in Global academic learning and hands-on experience in the field. The GSE Studies; is optional. It consists of student-initiated placements, which may include service-learning or work placements, as well as 2. have a cumulative GPA in their GS courses above 8.00; community-based cultural immersion and language programming. 3. fulfill at least one of the following additional requirements: The placements are preceded by completion of GS398 and ◦ complete the GSE, followed by completion of GS399. Usually placements are conducted in a setting outside Canada, but in certain cases ◦ complete GS488* - Senior Field course in Global placements in Canada will be considered, where a student is able Studies to demonstrate a substantive equivalence with a placement abroad. In all cases, students must apply to the GSE Coordinator ◦ complete a (1.0) senior language credit, or for pre-approval of their placements and permission to enroll in ◦ study abroad for one semester. GS398. Permission to enroll in GS399 is conditional on providing proof of placement completion. Note Students registered in the Research Specialization have enrolment To apply for the GSE and enroll in GS398, students must be priority for the GS400‡ seminar. However, depending on availability, the seminar is open to non-RSO students who have 1. in either an Honours or a Combined Honours program, completed 1.0 credits at the 300 level and who have a minimum GPA of 8.00 in GS credits.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 96 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Global Studies with Required Courses (1.0 credit): GS211 - Actors and Approaches in International Development Concentrations GS212 - Issues in International Development Global Studies majors (either single or combined) may pursue a Electives (2.0 credits): maximum of two concentrations in each of the department's three GS311 - The Global Economy thematic streams (peace and conflict studies; international GS323 - Global Migrations, Refugees and Diasporas development studies; globalization and culture). GS342 - Civil Society, Social Movements and Globalization GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development Concentration consists of 3.0 credits, including 1.0 credit from GS355 - Indigenous Peoples in Global Context required courses (or from a short list of ‘core' courses in the case GS361 - Disasters and Development of the Concentration in Globalization and Culture) and 2.0 credits GS411 - Global Justice from elective courses. GS412 - Africa in a Changing World To graduate with any of these concentrations, students are GS425 - The Global Lives of Natural Resources required to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 7.0 (B-) in the GS GS441 - Ecological Citizenship major, including all courses contributing to the requirements of GS451 - City Worlds the concentration. All GS majors are eligible to apply for any of GS453 - Human Rights in Global Context the concentrations beginning in Year 2 of their program. Students GS461 - Global humanitarianism: Between Gift and Power wishing to have any one of the concentrations added to their Peace and Conflict Studies honours major must complete and submit the appropriate program The Concentration in Peace and Conflict Studies provides GS selection form. After a student's eligibility has been confirmed, majors with a thematic specialization in the field of peace and the concentration will be added to their program. conflict studies. Completion will result in a "Peace and Conflict Globalization and Culture Studies Concentration" on student transcripts. The Concentration in Globalization and Culture provides GS majors Required Courses (1.0 credit): with a thematic specialization in the field of globalization and GS231 - War, Culture and Conflict culture. Completion will result in a "Globalization and Culture GS232 - Peace and Conflict Transformation: An Introduction Concentration" on student transcripts. Electives (2.0 credits):GS331 - Contemporary Global Conflicts Core Courses (1.0 credit, drawn from any two of the following and the Search for Peace: A Case Study Approach four courses): GS333 - War, Memory and Popular Culture GS220 - Being Human: Cultural Analysis in a Global Age GS335 - Peacebuilding in the Shadow of War GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? GS355 - Indigenous Peoples in Global Context GS222 - Contemporary Western Societies GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror GS224* - World Religions in Global Context (cross-listed with GS431 - Narratives Of/About Violence RE212*) GS435 - Disarming Conflicts Electives (2.0 credits):GS305 - The Individualized World GS453 - Human Rights in Global Context GS323 - Global Migrations, Refugees and Diasporas GS325 - Religion, Culture and Society Social Entrepreneurship Option GS327 - Tourists, Tourism and the Globe Social Entrepreneurship Option GS331 - Contemporary Global Conflicts and the Search for Peace: A Case Study Approach Global Studies Minor GS333 - War, Memory and Popular Culture The minor consists of 3.0 credits, including GS101, GS201 and 2.0 GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development additional senior GS credits. GS355 - Indigenous Peoples in Global Context Notes: GS357 - Gender and Sexualities in Global Context GS421 - Ethical Encounters 1. 300- and 400-level courses are normally closed to non-GS GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror students. Students conducting a minor may be admitted to GS425 - The Global Lives of Natural Resources higher level GS courses if space permits. GS431 - Narratives Of/About Violence GS451 - City Worlds 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. GS453 - Human Rights in Global Context Global Studies Courses GS101 - Introduction to Global Studies International Development Studies GS101 Introduction to Global Studies 0.5 The Concentration in International Development Studies provides Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 GS majors with a thematic specialization in the field of international development studies. Completion will result in an "International Development Studies Concentration" on student transcripts.

97 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

An interdisciplinary introduction to the contemporary world that A multi-disciplinary introduction to some key concepts and focuses on the ideological, political, economic and cultural theories used in global studies to understand humans as social dimensions of globalization. The class considers the principal and cultural beings. Emphasis is placed on the impacts of actors, institutions, processes, and power relations that have European imperialism and colonialism on cultures and on the shaped the challenges and opportunities associated with concepts available for thinking about these issues. The course globalization, drawing on case studies to explore selected world addresses topics such as cosmology, kinship, gender, race, issues in greater depth. modernity, nationhood, liberalism, and the politics of cultural recognition. GS102 - Mapping Global Studies: Culture, Conflict, Development GS102 Mapping Global Studies: Culture, Prerequisite: GS101. Conflict, Development 0.5 GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 GS221 The Cosmopolitan Village? 0.5 An introduction to the three concentrations in Global Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 using case studies from different parts of the world. Students will What is the place of culture in the process of globalization, which consider core questions in Global Studies such as: What is seems simultaneously to be integrating and fragmenting the development? Is peace always peaceful? Does globalization create world? Is there a global cosmopolitan culture emerging, despite new forms of culture? the valorization of cultural differences? These are the type of questions that this course addresses. Students will discuss the GS201 - Theories in Global Studies GS201 Theories in Global Studies 0.5 dreams, visions and imaginings of a shared global culture, but Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 also the hard cultural differences that refuse to go away. Prerequisite: GS101. An interdisciplinary introduction to key concepts in social and cultural theory, and their application to contemporary global GS222 Contemporary Western Societies 0.5 GS222 - Contemporary Western Societies issues. Prerequisite: GS101. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 This course examines the theories and practices that help situate GS202 - Methods in Global Studies GS202 Methods in Global Studies 0.5 the "first world" as a geographical, cultural, economic and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 political space. Particular emphasis will be paid to how globalization is connected to the shifts and complexities of An interdisciplinary introduction to social science methods and cultures and identities in contemporary western societies. In so their application to research on contemporary global issues. doing we investigate the idea of the nation state and recognize Prerequisite: GS101. the heterogeneity of diasporic space. Prerequisite: GS101. GS211 - Actors and Approaches in International Development GS211 Actors and Approaches in International GS224* - World Religions in Global Context Development 0.5 GS224*/RE212* World Religions in Global Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Context 1.0 Introduces students to the interdisciplinary field of international Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 development, focusing on the main actors, frameworks and (Cross-listed as RE212*.) theories that characterize it. The course places emphasis on historical approaches to development, from colonialism to GS231 War, Culture and Conflict 0.5 GS231 - War, Culture and Conflict neoliberal globalization, and on the distinctions between economic and social understandings of development. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Prerequisite: GS101. Provides an overview to the existence of war, conflict and Exclusion: HR301/OL301. organized violence in our world. Special attention is given to the shape and meaning of war in our time, the cultural contexts of GS212 - Issues in International Development GS212 Issues in International Development 0.5 violence, and how war intersects with the global political order Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 and contemporary theories of war. Students explore the manner in which cultural ideas shape the representations and experiences of Addresses different contemporary issues that characterize the field war at the intersections of race, gender, class and sexuality. of international development. Drawing on both critical and policy- Prerequisite: GS101. oriented lenses, students will discuss topics such sustainability, debt, fair trade, democracy, urban and rural development, health, GS232 Peace and Conflict Transformation: An GS232 - Peace and Conflict Transformation: An Introduction education, technology, Indigeneity, migration and culture. Introduction 0.5 Prerequisite: GS101. Students should complete GS211 before registering in GS212. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 This course explores various definitions that have been advanced GS220 - Being Human: Cultural Analysis in a Global Age GS220 Being Human: Cultural Analysis in a for "peace" and "conflict resolution". Models of conflict resolution Global Age 0.5 and transformation, the role of non-violence and peace Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 movements will be explored. Prerequisite: GS101.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 98 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GS300 - Global Studies Fieldwork GS325 - Religion, Culture and Society GS300 Global Studies Fieldwork 0.5 GS325 Religion, Culture and Society 0.5 Formal placement in a development context or work with an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 international non-governmental organization involved in solidarity Examines the relationship of religion to society. Students work or with a government agency involved in international investigate contemporary societies and cultures as influenced by development work. Course credit requires placement supervision regional, national and international geopolitics. Case studies and an appropriate term evaluation exercise. consider the conditions under which religious texts are Prerequisite: 1.0 senior credit in GS, or permission of the co- interpreted, and their impact on daily life. Connections are made ordinator. between colonialism, poverty, militarization, fundamentalism and their representation in the media. GS302 - Global Studies: A Case Study GS302 Global Studies: A Case Study 0.5 Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Advanced study of the effects of globalization on a selected the instructor. region of the world. Through a series of case studies, the course GS327 - Tourists, Tourism and the Globe will examine the impacts, interconnections, adaptations and GS327 Tourists, Tourism and the Globe 0.5 contestations associated with global economic, political, Is there a need to rethink tourism in a global age? This course ideological and cultural flows. explores the nature of tourism as a cross-cultural contact as well Prerequisite: At least 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or as critiques of mass travel and globalised tourism. permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Irregular course the instructor. GS305 - The Individualized World GS331 - Contemporary Global Conflicts and the Search for Peace: A Case Study Approach GS305 The Individualized World 0.5 GS331 Contemporary Global Conflicts and the This course considers the notion of the "Individual" as a modern Search for Peace: A Case Study problem. It examines when and how individual identities emerged Approach 0.5 in the west, and how these contrast with more corporate Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 identities found elsewhere. Special attention will be given to the individual and the modern search for work, meaning and morality Examines contemporary violent conflicts from a global (personal and corporate). Students will be encouraged to evaluate perspective. Case studies are used to understand the current the impact of this unique worldview on the west itself, as well as politicisation of cultural and religious identities as a characteristic what the triumph of "individualism" has meant for the world as a of contemporary conflicts. whole. Sources to be considered range from contemporary movies Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of to ancient texts. the instructor. Prerequisite: At least 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or GS333 - War, Memory and Popular Culture permission of the instructor. GS333 War, Memory and Popular Culture 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GS311 - The Global Economy GS311 The Global Economy 0.5 Explores the interconnections between memory, representation Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and popular culture as related to histories of war and social This course explores the ways in which production and trade conflict. Students learn to analyze popular culture texts and combine to account for a global economy. It will discuss theories practices and theorize memory as both individual and collective of production, trade, development, and the overall functioning of phenomena that have importance for practices of social the global economy. Attention will be given to institutions that reconciliation and healing. govern the global economy and to regional economic integration/ Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of communities. the instructor. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Exclusion: GS405x. the instructor. GS335 - Peacebuilding in the Shadow of War GS335 Peacebuilding in the Shadow of War 0.5 GS323 - Global Migrations, Refugees and Diasporas GS323 Global Migrations, Refugees and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Diasporas 0.5 This course examines the challenges and opportunities faced by Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 post-war societies in our time. Special attention will be given to This course examines the diverse patterns of human movement in the effects and nature of war, reconstruction and peacebuilding the modern world. Special attention will be given to the efforts. The means by which societies recover from social movement and representation of refugee communities, whether in devastation as well as the role of international and humanitarian their escape from persecution or in their search for survival. The aid and agencies. role of international agencies such as the United Nations High Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Commission on Refugees will be investigated. the instructor. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Exclusion: PO327. the instructor. Exclusion: PO326.

99 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GS340 Special Topics in Global Studies 0.5 An interdisciplinary course focused on gender and sexuality in GS340 - Special Topics in Global Studies various local and global contexts. Students will explore the ways Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of in which feminist and queer theory and activism relate to the the instructor. main GS degree concentrations: peace and conflict, development, Irregular course and globalization and culture. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Civil Society, Social Movements and GS342 - Civil Society, Social Movements and Globalization GS342 the instructor. Globalization 0.5 Exclusion: GS340J, HR375. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GS361 - Disasters and Development This course investigates into theories of civil society and social GS361 Disasters and Development 0.5 movements, and addresses examples of how evolving networks of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 social actors have responded to and participated in processes of This course will address the social analysis of disasters, including global change. Students will study the historical emergence and issues pertaining to the perception and interpretation of "risk" evolution of social movements, such as the feminist, indigenous, and "vulnerability"; the link between emergency response- environmental, peace and anti-globalization movements. reconstruction- and development; natural and man-made Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of disasters; and local interpretations of calamity versus scientific the instructor. understandings. Case studies will illustrate the various issues. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of GS350 - Directed Studies GS350 Directed Studies 0.5 the instructor. Special study under faculty supervision. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of GS388 Field Course in Global Studies 0.5 GS388 - Field Course in Global Studies the instructor. Academic study for senior students under the supervision of a Irregular course faculty member that involves a significant component of field research, service conducted in the field, or field-based learning. GS351 - Nature, Culture and Development GS351 Nature, Culture and Development 0.5 Prerequisite: Honours standing, at least 1.0 credit in 200 level GS Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 courses, and permission of the instructor. Diverse pursuits of "development" around the world have their Exclusion: GS310. roots deeply embedded in the social and cultural relations of Irregular course power that shape contested understandings of nature, self, and GS398 - Global Studies in Practice community, while also delimiting the horizons of democracy, GS398 Global Studies in Practice 0.5 sustainability and justice. Focusing predominantly on the Global Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 South, this course is devoted to an exploration of various ways in This course is a requirement for all students undertaking the GSE, which questions of development and environment intersect, and is not open to other students. Students will be introduced to identifying both the contours of dominant socio-ecological orders the ethical, cultural, and practical issues associated with doing a and the manifold resistances that point toward alternate futures. GSE placement. The course links academic study to student Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of planning for their placements. Refer to the Calendar for minimum the instructor. requirements for participation in the GSE; details about the approval process are available on the Global Studies website. GS355 - Indigenous Peoples in Global Context GS355 Indigenous Peoples in Global Context 0.5 Prerequisite: 2.0 credits at the 200 level and permission of the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 GSE Co-ordinator. A selective introduction to the nations, cultures, and histories of GS399 - Post-Field Placement Indigenous peoples today. Students learn about the ongoing GS399 Post-Field Placement 0.5 struggles of Indigenous peoples and the contemporary relevance This course complements learning conducted in GS398 and on the of Indigeneity in a globalizing world, engaging with important field placement, completing the Global Studies Experience. It is concepts, including settler colonialism, extractive capitalism, only open to students who have completed GS398 and their pre- territorialisation, and environmentalism. The course also discusses approved fieldwork placement. Students will be required to reflect the ways in which Indigenous communities respond, resist, and critically on their experiences in the field and link those adapt to the forces around them. experiences with their broader academic training in global studies. Prerequisite: 1.0 credit in 200 level GS courses, or permission of Prerequisite: GS398 and approval of the department on the instructor. completion of the field placement. Exclusion: GS340h. GS400‡ Seminar in Global Studies 1.5 GS400‡ - Seminar in Global Studies Gender and Sexualities in Global GS357 - Gender and Sexualities in Global Context GS357 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Context 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 100 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

An interdisciplinary investigation of selected global issues, The course addresses the delicate balance between dialogical especially those involving the interplay of comparative understanding and the quest for critical objectivity in intercultural development, peace and conflict, and globalization and cultures. encounters. Questions addressed include: Does dialogue require Specific regions or topics may be investigated according to the understanding the Other in the Other's own terms, or that we expertise of the instructor and interests of the students. understand the Other as best as we can given our prejudices and Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Research Specialization or biases? How do we define the Age of Terror? Is dialogue possible approval by the department. with extremists? Irregular course Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. GS405 - Special Topics in Global Studies GS405 Special Topics in Global Studies 0.5 GS425 - The Global Lives of Natural Resources Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 GS425 The Global Lives of Natural Resources 0.5 Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 A critical examination of what it means to treat nature as a credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. resource, and the global linkages that shape the social, cultural Irregular Course and political dynamics of resource development. Topics include speculation, value, regulation, commodification, infrastructure, GS411 - Global Justice GS411 Global Justice 0.5 and violent conflict. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours Global Studies and at least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the This course examines the ongoing debate about the extent of, and instructor. solutions to, world poverty. Special attention will be given to the Exclusion: GS405a. disagreements over the prevalence of global poverty, as well as whether wealthier nations have a moral obligation to redistribute GS431 Narratives Of/About Violence 0.5 GS431 - Narratives Of/About Violence resources to the world's poorer ones. Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. This course has been designed to focus on the narratives of and about structural and direct violence. The stories and silences of GS412 - Africa in a Changing World GS412 Africa in a Changing World 0.5 perpetrators and victims of violence are explored, as well as the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 role that narrations of violence may play, for example, as propaganda in times of war, or as evidence in war crimes Explores the African continent as it repositions itself in the 21st tribunals. century. Students are introduced to a wide range of political, Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 economic and social issues that are pertinent to the century and credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. that engage the attention of Africans. Topics include the political Exclusion: GS400a. transformation of the continent, the urban explosion, sustained economic growth since the turn of the century, Chinese GS434 Armed Conflict and International GS434 - Armed Conflict and International Humanitarian Law investments, land tenure, and political challenges. Humanitarian Law 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours Global Studies and at least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 instructor. War can be considered among the cruellest human endeavours; its Exclusion: GS405v. suffering is unleashed on combatants and civilians alike. This course examines the attempts by the International Committee of GS421 - Ethical Encounters GS421 Ethical Encounters 0.5 the Red Cross to impose limits on war and suffering through Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 International Humanitarian Law (e.g. The Hague; Geneva). The course will study the origins and evolution of this legal Globalization is above all an ethical challenge. Students in this framework, as well as its transgressions: war crimes. course will critically discuss diverse works on the ethical encounter that is globalization and will explore issues raised by GS435 Disarming Conflicts 0.5 GS435 - Disarming Conflicts the growing coincidence of moral responsibility and global survival. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 The course will review trends in contemporary armed conflict and credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. examine the responses of the international community. Particular Exclusion: GS400c. attention will be given to arms control and disarmament as mechanisms for conflict prevention and for supporting intra- and GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror GS422 Dialogue and Critique in an Age of international stability. With the focus on instruments and Terror 0.5 agreements developed by the international community, the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 readings are in turn focused on the relevant primary documents. Students will prepare class presentations to deepen the

101 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

GS461 - Global humanitarianism: Between Gift and Power understanding of international mechanisms and to bring GS461 Global humanitarianism: Between Gift contemporary scholarship and analysis to bear on assessments of and Power 0.5 their effectiveness. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. Is humanitarian action altruistic? Or does it service the interests Exclusion: GS405c. of powerful institutions on the geopolitical chessboard? This course explores the development of modern humanitarian action, with particular emphasis on the actors, values and resources it GS441 Ecological Citizenship 0.5 GS441 - Ecological Citizenship mobilizes in contemporary contexts. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 The course addresses contemporary ecological issues through the credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. lenses provided by critical theories of social justice and citizenship. By bringing together these two frames of reference, GS488* Senior Field course in Global Studies 1.0 GS488* - Senior Field course in Global Studies the challenge of moving toward "greener" futures becomes Academic study for senior students under the supervision of a interconnected both with the quest for more egalitarian economic faculty member that involves a significant component of field relations and with the struggle for more inclusive and democratic research, service conducted in the field, or field-based learning. societies. Prerequisite: Honours standing, at least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 courses, and permission of the instructor. credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. Exclusion: GS410. Irregular course GS450* - Directed Studies GS450* Directed Studies 1.0 A major research project conducted over two semesters on a specialized topic under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Honours standing in global studies and at least 1.0 History credit in 300 level GS courses. Honours BA, Combined BA programs, Specialization, Options and Minor: GS451 - City Worlds GS451 City Worlds 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Full-Time Faculty A world of cities, and many worlds within each city. In this trans- disciplinary course, students will learn about the unique challenges of collective existence in the increasingly urbanized Gavin Brockett, PhD fabric of the globe. Drawing on a range of critical social science Blaine Chiasson, PhD scholarship, supplemented by film and literature, the course Cynthia Comacchio, PhD explores themes such as social justice, global economic relations, Adam Crerar, PhD sustainability, communication, citizenship, security and political Darryl Dee, PhD agency. Karljürgen Feuerherm, PhD Prerequisite: Honours standing in Global Studies and at least 1.0 Judith Fletcher, PhD credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the instructor. Leonard Friesen, PhD Jeff Grischow, PhD GS453 - Human Rights in Global Context GS453 Human Rights in Global Context 0.5 Mark Humphries, PhD Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Amy Milne-Smith, PhD, Undergraduate Officer, An introduction to the conceptual foundations and practical [email protected] relevance of the international human rights regime. This course David Monod, PhD examines the core achievements of the human rights revolution as Darren Mulloy, PhD, Chair well as the ongoing tension between the rhetoric of human rights Susan Neylan, PhD, Graduate Officer promotion and the reality of human rights violations in many Chris Nighman, PhD parts of the world. Additional course themes may include: the Eva Plach, PhD emergence of the International Criminal Court; debates around economic and social rights, as well as around universality vs. Roger Sarty, PhD 'cultural relativity'; and the Responsibility to Protect doctrine and Michael Sibalis, PhD the tension between human rights and state sovereignty. David Smith, PhD Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours Global Studies and at George Urbaniak, PhD least 1.0 credit in 300 level GS courses, or permission of the Dana Weiner, PhD instructor. Suzanne Zeller, PhD Exclusion: GS405w.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 102 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA History Honours BA History in Combination with The Honours History program consists of 20.0 credits. A minimum another Honours BA Program of 11.0 of these 20.0 credits must be in History. No more than 6.0 The combined Honours History program consists of 20.0 credits. of the 20.0 credits required for the degree may be at the 100 Not more than 6.0 of these may be at the 100 level, and 1.0 of level, and one of these junior credits must be in History. A these must be in History. A minimum of 6.0 History credits at the minimum of 10.0 History credits at the senior level (200-, 300-, or senior level is required. The 7.0 History credits must fulfill the 400-level) is required for the degree. The 11.0 History credits following area requirements: must fulfill the following area requirements: 1.0 credit Canadian history (courses that count towards this 1.0 credit Canadian history (courses that count towards this requirement are marked {C}): requirement are marked {C}): HI111, HI112, HI212, HI213, HI234, HI246, HI258, HI292, HI111, HI112, HI212, HI213, HI234, HI246, HI258, HI292, HI293, HI320, HI321, HI322, HI327, HI328, HI337, HI338, HI293, HI320, HI321, HI322, HI327, HI328, HI337, HI338, HI339, HI341, HI344, HI345, HI375, HI377, HI397, HI421*, HI339, HI341, HI344, HI345, HI375, HI377, HI397, HI421*, HI423*, HI424*, HI425*, HI426*, HI429*, HI430*, HI473*, HI423*, HI424*, HI425*, HI426*, HI429*, HI430*, HI473*, HI474*, HI475*, HI476*, HI479*, HI480* HI474*, HI475*, HI476*, HI479*, HI480* 1.0 credit Global history area (courses that count towards this 1.0 credit Global history area (courses that count towards this requirement are marked {G}): requirement are marked {G}): HI108, HI109, HI133, HI121, HI131, HI127, HI199, HI201, HI108, HI109, HI133, HI121, HI131, HI127, HI199, HI201, HI202, HI224, HI228, HI229, HI258, HI265, HI306, HI314, HI202, HI224, HI228, HI229, HI258, HI265, HI306, HI314, HI315, HI316, HI325, HI348, HI349, HI353, HI355, HI360, HI315, HI316, HI325, HI348, HI349, HI353, HI355, HI360, HI363, HI364, HI368, HI385, HI386, HI388*, HI392, HI395, HI363, HI364, HI368, HI385, HI386, HI388*, HI392, HI395, HI396, HI402*, HI403*, HI404*, HI411*, HI417*, HI452*, HI396, HI402*, HI403*, HI404*, HI411*, HI417*, HI452*, HI453*, HI454*, HI456*, HI460*, HI461* HI453*, HI454*, HI456*, HI460*, HI461*. 1.0 credit Pre-Modern history (courses that count towards this 1.0 credit Pre-Modern history (courses that count towards this requirement are marked {P}): requirement are marked {P}): HI101, HI102, HI111, HI121, HI131, HI201, HI205, HI208, HI101, HI102, HI111, HI121, HI131, HI201, HI205, HI208, HI210, HI212, HI217, HI224, HI225, HI226, HI235, HI236, HI210, HI212, HI217, HI224, HI225, HI226, HI252, HI255, HI237, HI252, HI255, HI261, HI289, HI292, HI301, HI305, HI261, HI289, HI292, HI301, HI305, HI308, HI310, HI311, HI308, HI310, HI311, HI316, HI317, HI319, HI321, HI324, HI316, HI317, HI319, HI321, HI324, HI361, HI368, HI372, HI361, HI368, HI372, HI374, HI382, HI383, HI384, HI385, HI374, HI382, HI383, HI385, HI400*, HI401*, HI431*, HI450*, HI400*, HI401*, HI431*, HI450*, HI451*, HI481* HI451*, HI481* Year 1 Year 1 1.0 credit of 100 level History 1.0 credit of 100 level History Year 2 Year 2 3.0 credits of 200 level History 2.0 credits of 200 level History Year 3 Year 3 2.0 credits of 300 level History 2.0 credits of 300 level History 2.0 credits of 200 or 300 level History Year 4 Year 4 1.0 credit of 400 level History Reading Seminar 1.0 credit of 300 level History 1.0 credit of 400 level History Research Seminar 1.0 credit of 400 level History Reading Seminar 1.0 credit of 400 level History Research Seminar Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second Honours Degree Program Electives: An additional 9.0 credits toward the BA major. degree total of 20.0 credits, only 5.0 of which can be at the 100 level. Notes Note 1. For advice on which history courses best suit their Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and particular combined program, students should consult the course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations department. for All Honours Programs. 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs.

103 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Research Specialization Not all history courses listed below will be offered in a The History Research Specialization is available only to Honours given year. For a list of courses for this academic year BA History (Single Honours) students. Students normally apply at and for a fuller description of course content and the end of Year 2. Submit the Program Selection Form on the Office of Enrolment Services website. Entry into the program is requirements for honours degree students, consult the competitive and decisions are based on the applicant's History departmental brochure available in the History GPA as of April 30. Department office. To be eligible, a student must have a minimum GPA of 9.0 in all History courses prior to admission. To proceed in and graduate with the specialization, students must maintain a minimum GPA of 9.0 in all History courses. Senior and Seminar HI Courses The History Research Specialization includes HI398 (normally The 400-level seminar courses are studies of an completed in Year 3) and a minimum of 4.0 credits of 400 level advanced nature, conducted in small participating History courses. groups in which significant topics of historical interest Year 3 are explored. 400 level courses numbered below 450 are 1.5 credits of 300 level History seminars in which students will conduct the intensive 0.5 credit of HI 398 1.0 credits of 200 or 300 level History study of assigned readings and engage in weekly Year 4 discussions of those materials, as well as writing papers 2.0 credits of 400 level History Readings Seminars on the readings. Seminars numbered 450 and above are 2.0 credits of 400 level History Research Seminars research seminars in which students who have already completed the prerequisite readings course will conduct Note an intensive research project approved by the To ensure departmental approval for your application, contact Dr. Amy Milne-Smith, History Department, Undergraduate Advisor, instructor. The project requires them to produce an at [email protected] article-length research paper based mainly upon primary sources as well as the appropriate historiography. The Applied Digital Option paper must be presented to their fellow students and Applied Digital Option: defended in the seminar; all students will also be /department.php?cal=1&d=1540&s=697&y=65 required to critique and offer suggestions and comments Music and Cultural History Option (Faculty on the work of their fellow students. The seminars are limited to Year 4 Honours History students with other of Music) Year 4 students being admitted by permission of the Refer to Faculty of Music section. department. Unless prior permission has been granted History Minor by the department, students in the Single Honours History BA program may only take two readings The History minor consists of 3.0 credits. No more than 1.0 of these 3.0 credits may be at the 100-level. Students who are seminars and one research seminar and students in the interested in having History as a teachable subject in an Combined Honours History BA program may only take Education program are strongly advised to take 1.0 credit in one readings seminar and one research seminar. courses in Canadian History (designated by a {C}). Note: HI101 - Medieval Europe, 500-1100 Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. HI101 Medieval Europe, 500-1100 0.5 An analysis of the fall of Rome and the rise of a new civilization. History Courses Special attention will be given to the development of the Feudal System and the medieval Christian Church as the twin pillars of Junior HI Courses the new cultural and social order.{P} Students registering for their first course will normally 3 lecture hours choose a 1.0-credit course (or equivalent) from HI101 HI102 The Central and Late Middle Ages, HI102 - The Central and Late Middle Ages, 1100-1450 to HI199. Each course is planned to permit students to 1100-1450 0.5 achieve a common grounding in historical interpretation An examination of Western European civilization in the period and analysis, and in methods of historical research and known as the Central Middle Ages (c. 1100-1300) – a time of writing. remarkable growth, development and innovation – and the Late Middle Ages (c. 1300-1450), an era of major disasters and challenges which nevertheless gave birth to the Renaissance and sowed the seeds for the coming of the Reformation and the Early Modern period.{P}

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 104 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI113 - Aviation in North America 3 lecture hours HI113 Aviation in North America 0.5 Provides a comparative review of the history of aviation in North HI108 - Europe Transformed: Empire, Revolution and War, 1870-1918 HI108 Europe Transformed: Empire, America and examines the impact of the airplane on the Revolution and War, 1870-1918 0.5 development of North American society. Topics include the early This course focuses on the period during which Europe reached years of aviation, U.S. and Canadian participation in 20th century the peak of its power and prestige. Topics studied include: the wars, the interaction between aviation and national culture, the rise of the German Empire; the European "Scramble for Africa"; the transformative nature of technology on national and international Russian Revolutions of 1905 and 1917; the social effects of travel, the impact of governmental policies on aviation, and the industrialization; and the origins of WWI.{G} effect of aviation industries on the North American economy. 3 lecture hours (Online Learning only)

HI109 - Age of Extremes: Europe's 20th CenturyHI114 - Problems in United States History HI109 Age of Extremes: Europe's 20th Century 0.5 HI114 Problems in United States History 0.5 This course surveys European history from the end of the First This introductory course emphasizes the study of particular World War through to the present. Topics covered include: the problems in US history. It is taught through a combination of Versailles postwar settlement; the rise of fascist politics; WWII; weekly lectures, tutorials and a film series. Selected topics may the Holocaust; the Cold War; 1960s political radicalism; include the Salem Witchcraft trials of the 1690s, McCarthyism and Communism and anti-Communism; the fall of the Berlin Wall; and the Red Scare of the 1940s and 1950s, slavery and the American the wars of Yugoslav disintegration in the 1990s.{G} South, Civil Rights and Black Power during the 1950s and 1960s, Exclusion: HI105. and the Vietnam War. 3 lecture hours Exclusion: NO120. 3 lecture hours HI110 - The History of Alcohol HI110 The History of Alcohol 0.5 HI117 - Topics in North American History to the 1860s Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 HI117 Topics in North American History to This course explores world history through the lens of alcohol. the 1860s 0.5 Alcohol has been everything from a necessary part of the diet, to Selected topics on comparative themes in North American history, a sacred element of religious rites, to a celebratory beverage, to a drawing examples from the Canadian and American experiences demonized drug. Topics include alcohol in religious life, changing from the colonial period to Confederation/the Civil War. Themes patterns of consumption and production, the rise and fall of include the degree to which the interactions of Europeans and prohibition, and changing ideas of alcohol abuse and addiction. native peoples differed in the French and British colonies; why a revolution happened in the American colonies but not in Canada; HI111 Problems in Colonial Canadian History 0.5 and differences in the development of the democratic polity in the HI111 - Problems in Colonial Canadian History 19th century. This course examines the ways in which factors such as region, 3 lecture hours institutions, and individuals influenced Canadian history during the colonial period, which includes early Native- Newcomer HI118 - Topics in North American History from the 1860s contact, New France, and British North America. Topics may HI118 Topics in North American History from include Aboriginal North America, law and justice in New France, the 1860s 0.5 and whether the formation of Canada was a product of evolution Selected topics on comparative themes in North American history, or revolution. HI111 will also expose students to the ways in drawing examples from the Canadian and American experiences which historians construct arguments, use evidence, and interpret from Confederation/the Civil War to the present. Such issues in and represent the past. {C,P} American and Canadian history as the idea of the wild frontier vs. Exclusion: HI110*. orderly settlement; the mosaic vs. the melting pot and the 2 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour concept of an "undefended border" may be discussed. 3 lecture hours HI112 - Problems in Modern Canadian History HI112 Problems in Modern Canadian History 0.5 HI121 - Ancient History in a Global Context This course examines the ways in which factors such as region, HI121 Ancient History in a Global Context 0.5 institutions, and individuals influenced the course of modern Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Canadian history. Topics may include the impact of This introductory world history course surveys a selection of industrialization on ordinary Canadians; the resettlement of the ancient civilizations of Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas prior west; Canada and the World Wars; youth culture in the 1950s-70s; to European cultural and economic ascendancy. Among these Americanization; and the Soviet-Summit hockey series. HI112 will civilizations are Han dynasty China, Classical Greece, the Roman also expose students to the ways in which historians construct Empire, and the early Indus valley cultures. This course looks at arguments, use evidence, and interpret and represent the past.{C} political and historical events and how they shaped culture, Exclusion: HI110*. slavery, warfare, trade and commerce. Among topics that may be 2 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour covered are Mexica (Aztec) human sacrifice, Chinese Terracotta warriors, the lost libraries of Timbuktu, Egyptian Pharaohs' death tombs, the conquests of Alexander the Great, and Ancient Greek cross-dressing.{G,P} Exclusion: HI120.

105 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI123 - Great Battles in History HI128 - Revolution in the Modern World HI123 Great Battles in History 0.5 HI128 Revolution in the Modern World 0.5 This course will explore eleven of the most important battles in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 world history. We will examine such topics as: the context of Examines the role of revolution in shaping the history of the these battles; the commanders and armies that fought them; the modern world. From the start of the Scientific Revolution strategy and tactics employed; the experience of combat; and the beginning in the mid-16th century to the Iranian Revolution of outcomes. Military history, however, is more than just an account the late 20th century, students examine how revolutions begin of fighting. We will therefore also analyze how these battles and the scope of political, social, economic, and cultural changes affected the states, societies, and cultures that fought them. they cause. While analyzing several case studies students 3 lecture hours interrogate the definition of revolution itself and determine its feasibility as a historical category. (Online learning only.) HI124 - History Detectives HI124 History Detectives 0.5 HI129 - Art from the Renaissance to the Present How do we know what actually happened in the past? How do we HI129 Art from the Renaissance to the evaluate and analyze information in the present? History Present 0.5 Detectives is a methods course that challenges students by Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 looking at five historical mysteries and examining the problem of deciding "what actually happened." By evaluating collections of The history of Western art (painting, sculpture, architecture, and sources, students consider how information always poses problems decorative art) from the 15th century to the present. Included are of accuracy and veracity, and develop methods to evaluate the arts of the Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, evidence. We will also examine widespread belief in some of these Impressionist, Modern and Contemporary periods. Works of art are mysteries as evidence of society's attitude about government, examined in terms of the nature of the creative experience, art in media and authority. the life of the individual and of society, and the influence of 3 lecture hours changing materials and practices over time. Through different role playing activities students develop skills in art writing and curatorial interventions (Online Learning only). HI125 HI125 - Business History Business History 0.5 Exclusion: HI203. How have entrepreneurs in the past executed to produce fundamental change? What is the history of the corporation? Why HI130 Problems in Global History Since 1945 0.5 HI130 - Problems in Global History Since 1945 do we have mortgages? This course surveys business history in Western Europe and the Americas from 1500 to the present day. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 We debate the development of the corporation, the role of the Examines and analyzes important historical developments from the individual in the market, the importance of consumerism, immediate past that help students understand how the peoples, explanations for government regulation, and the history of economies, and cultures of the world became connected the way economic thought. Structured around case studies, this course they are today. Topics covered may include the Cold War, provides historical context to contemporary debates over business international development and the Third World, globalization, and society, while tracing how commerce and industry have had a youth movements and revolutionary struggles. (Online Learning transformative effect on the modern world. only.) 3 lecture hours HI131 - Ancient Heroes: Story and Tradition HI131 Ancient Heroes: Story and Tradition 0.5 HI126 - War and Society in the Western World HI126 War and Society in the Western World 0.5 Traces how the concept of the hero was developed and redefined This course proposes to exam the nature and consequences of war in the changing media and modes of storytelling in a selection of in the Western World from ancient times through to the 21st ancient societies that could include those of the Mediterranean century. Although violent conflict has been a constant in human Basin (e.g. the Bronze Age Near East, Archaic and Classical Greece history, the ways in which people make war have changed and Rome), ancient Asian societies, and the traditions of dramatically over time. The course focuses on the changing face Indigenous cultures of the Americas. In addition to examining of warfare in a broad social and political context. It looks at how different types of story patterns (e.g., descents to the soldiers have been recruited, how armies have fought (i.e. with Underworld), and heroic characters (e.g., trickster-heroes such as what weapons), how tactics and strategy have evolved over the Odysseus), students explore how methods of transmission affected centuries, and finally how warfare has affected non-combatant heroic narrative, and how storytelling traditions reflect some of civilians. the historical and political changes of the societies that created, 3 lecture hours transmitted and used them. 36 lecture/discussion hours/term HI127 - Pirates! A World History HI127 Pirates! A World History 0.5 HI133 - History and Popular Culture in the Modern World Who were the real pirates of world history? This course seeks to HI133 History and Popular Culture in the answer this question, beginning with the ancient world and Modern World 0.5 ending with the present day. Why did men and women become Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 pirates? How did they live? How were they hunted and captured? This course will assess the rich history of piracy using a variety of media and sources. 36 lecture hours/term

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 106 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Examines the development of local, regional, national and global 36 lecture hours/term popular cultures from the beginning to the 19th century to the HI208 - Liberty, Work & Power: U.S. History, 1607-1877 present. Popular cultures will be explored through examinations of HI208 Liberty, Work & Power: U.S. History, the historical environments in which they were produced and the 1607-1877 0.5 short and long term influences they had on their societies and the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 larger world.{G} Why did the U.S. take the shape that it did? This course focuses HI199 The Roots of Now: Modern World on liberty, work, and power in the U.S. from its colonial origins to HI199 - The Roots of Now: Modern World History 1877. Contemporary U.S. debates often ask how early Americans History 0.5 thought about culture, government, rights, and religion. We will This course examines the origins and development of the modern investigate those matters. Themes include: the Atlantic world; world along four thematic lines that comprise the colonial societies; race and conquest; the American Revolution; multidisciplinary History tracks at Laurier: Peace and War; Culture, political institutions; class and gender shifts; slave societies; the Arts and Society; Politics, Power and Law; and Social Issues industrialization; westward expansion; the Civil War and and Globalization. Students will come out of this course with an Reconstruction.{P} appreciation of the strong links between contemporary problems and their historical antecedents. Often using comparative or HI209 The United States from 1877 to the HI209 - The United States from 1877 to the Present transnational approaches, students will learn about the most Present 0.5 important and influential historical events, movements, and people who shaped the modern world.{G} This course surveys major historical trends and changes in the 3 lecture hours United States since 1877. Themes addressed include politics, immigration, gender relations, minorities, mass culture, social movements, and the rise of America as a global power. Lectures, HI201 Early Modern Europe, 1450-1789 0.5 HI201 - Early Modern Europe, 1450-1789 readings and discussions are designed to provide students with a A study of the foundations of modern Europe, exploring such basis for forming their own opinions about controversial issues in topics as the scientific revolution, the rise of democracy, the the field. growth of the absolute state, mercantilism and the Enlightenment. {G,P} HI210 - German History, 1648-1870 HI210 German History, 1648-1870 0.5 HI202 19th-Century Europe: War, Protest and This course examines German history from the Treaty of HI202 - 19th-Century Europe: War, Protest and Revolution Westphalia to the unification of Germany under Bismarck, focusing Revolution 0.5 on the rise of Prussia and the process of unification, as well as Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 social and economic developments.{P} A study of Europe in the nineteenth century, a period of upheaval HI211 - German History, 1870-1990 in politics, economics and society. The course will explore the HI211 German History, 1870-1990 0.5 important issues of these formative years for modern Europe. This course begins with the unification of Germany under Bismarck Exclusion: HI252. and then proceeds to examine Wilhelmine Germany and the defeat in World War I, the Weimar Republic, the Nazi regime and the HI205 - The Rise, Splendour and Fall of Imperial Russia, 862-1917 HI205 The Rise, Splendour and Fall of defeat in World War II. It then examines the post-war experience Imperial Russia, 862-1917 0.5 of the Federal Republic and the Democratic Republic and ends Charts Russia's spectacular rise and fall over more than a thousand with an analysis of the reunification of Germany. years. We see how scattered city states in 900 managed to control HI212 - French Canada Before Confederation one sixth of the world's land mass by 1900. Along the way we HI212 French Canada Before Confederation 0.5 investigate the vital roles played by Ivan the Terrible, Peter the This course examines the development of French Canada from its Great, and Catherine the Great. Important topics include: the beginnings as a small French outpost through the conflicts Mongol invasion, the peasant village, the rise of Moscow and St. between empires, culminating with the attempts by Britain to Petersburg; and the ways in which Lenin's Communist Revolution make a French-speaking society into a British colony. Social, overwhelmed the Russian empire during World War One.{P} political, economic and military aspects will be considered. {C,P} 36 lecture hours/term Exclusion: HI220*. Russia from Communist Revolution to HI206 - Russia from Communist Revolution to Soviet Collapse, 1917-1991 HI206 HI213 French Canada After Confederation 0.5 HI213 - French Canada After Confederation Soviet Collapse, 1917-1991 0.5 This course examines the development of French Canada after The Soviet Union played an enormous role in the history of the 1867. The course examines the attempts of French Canada to 20th century, but what was it exactly? This course considers survive within a largely English Confederation. It also traces the Russia's transformation from an Imperial to a Communist state and development of the French-Canadian society from its desire for charts its demise. It highlights the vital roles played by "survival" as a conservative and largely rural community at Lenin, Stalin, and Khrushchev. We pay particular attention to the Confederation, to its more recent status as a largely secular and societal impact of Collectivization and famine, the purges, the rise urban society. Social, political and economic aspects will be of the GULAG prison system, the 900-day siege of Leningrad considered. {C} during World War Two, and the rise and fall of Perestroika under Exclusion: HI220*. Gorbachev.

107 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI217 - British Politics and Society, 1485-1714HI228 - Survey of Modern Asian History HI217 British Politics and Society, 1485-1714 0.5 HI228 Survey of Modern Asian History 0.5 Change and development in British politics, society and culture This course is a survey of Asian civilization over the last two from the end of the Middle Ages to 1714. This course will pay centuries. Special attention will be paid to East Asia, South Asia particular attention to the Tudor foundation of the sovereign and the Middle East. General themes will include changing nation state, the English Reformation, the rise of a capitalist traditions, comparative colonialism, nationalism, revolution and economy, the Puritan Revolution of the 17th century, and the independence.{G} establishment of Parliamentary supremacy.{P} HI229 - Survey of African History HI229 Survey of African History 0.5 HI218 - Modern British History 1714-1914 HI218 Modern British History 1714-1914 0.5 This course is a survey intended to introduce students to the wide Great Britain possessed the world's largest empire, was the site of sweep of sub-Saharan African history, and to some of the the world's first industrial revolution, and developed its own form methodological and interpretative problems associated with it.{G} of parliamentary democracy. This course will explore how empire, HI230 - War and Society in the Modern West industry and democracy shaped the British encounter with HI230 War and Society in the Modern West 0.5 modernity in the 18th and 19th centuries. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course will examine the experience of warfare and from the HI219 History of English Law to 1714 0.5 HI219 - History of English Law to 1714 mid-19th century and to the recent past, focusing specifically on Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 the legacies of war for soldiers, civilians, and western societies. This course surveys the historical development of English public There will be three main units to the course: The Wars of the 19th law and constitutional traditions from Anglo-Saxon times to the Century, the two World Wars, and the Vietnam War. Lectures will end of the Stuart dynasty in 1714. Emphasis will be placed on the focus on how military tactics and technologies changed over time, specific political, social, and religious contexts in which key the ways in which those changes affected soldiers and non- constitutional and legal documents were created, as well as the combatants, and the ways in which the experience of war have ongoing development of the Common Law, judicial and legislative been memorialized and reinterpreted. institutions, and the legal profession. Exclusion: CT352. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. HI232 - A History of Sea Power to 1914 HI232 A History of Sea Power to 1914 0.5 HI220 - War and Society: From Knights to the Thin Red Line HI220 War and Society: From Knights to the A study of the influence of sea power on history with special Thin Red Line 0.5 reference to the North Atlantic nation states. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI233 - A History of Sea Power since 1914 This course examines major themes in the history of warfare from HI233 A History of Sea Power since 1914 0.5 the Middle Ages to the Seven Years War. Topics include the A study of the influence of sea power in the modern era with experience of war for soldiers and civilians, development of special reference to the two great wars of the 20th century. military tactics and techniques, technological change and the HI234 - Canadian Art battlefield, the professionalization of armies and the growth of HI234 Canadian Art 0.5 the modern state, and the political and economic origins of The movements and styles of Canadian art, the various influences military power. that produced them and the accomplishments of the significant artists, from the French Colonial period to the present day; HI224 - The Asian World in Ascendancy, 1000-1700 HI224 The Asian World in Ascendancy, includes a discussion of Aboriginal art. {C}† 1000-1700 0.5 Exclusion: FI200*. Prior to 1800 Asia was the centre and engine of the global HI235 - Ancient Egypt economy and boasted the longest life spans, the largest and HI235 Ancient Egypt 0.5 richest cities, and the most sophisticated and stable governments Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 in the world. This course examines the histories of China, Japan, Vietnam, Korea and India at the height of their economic, military There's more to Egypt than mummies and pyramids. Egypt can also and cultural confidence. In addition, the course will study the be seen as a cradle of civilization. This course will provide an major religious and political philosophies of the Asian world introduction to the rich and fascinating civilization of Ancient before significant European interaction.{G,P} Egypt. Topics to be addressed may include Egyptian religious beliefs, developments in medicine and mathematics, social relations, burial practices, and warfare. {P} HI225/AR225 History of Ancient Greece 0.5 HI225 - History of Ancient Greece Exclusion: HI299E. (Cross-listed as AR225.) HI236 - Magic and Religion in the Ancient World HI236 Magic and Religion in the Ancient HI226 - History of Ancient Rome HI226/AR226 History of Ancient Rome 0.5 World 0.5 (Cross-listed as AR226.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 108 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

This course explores the enormous variety of religious beliefs and on will vs. resources in military planning, war crimes and war practices that existed in the Ancient World. Magic was seen as a trials, strategic bombing and nuclear weapons, occupation, civil credible way to achieve medical, personal and political goals, and and anti-colonial wars, and the origins of the Cold War in Asia. this course will also explore the uses of magic and mythology in Exclusion: HI247*. such places as Ancient Rome, Ancient Greece, Ancient Egypt and 36 lecture hours/term Ancient India. {P} HI250 - Bloodlands: Violence and Political Mass Murder in East Central Europe, 1880s to WW II Exclusion: HI346Y. HI250 Bloodlands: Violence and Political Mass Murder in East Central Europe, 1880s HI237 - Vikings! HI237 Vikings! 0.5 to WW II 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 From the late 19th c. through to the end of WWII millions of The period of the Viking raids has often been characterized as a civilians were murdered in the territory that stretches from central 'second dark age' in Medieval Europe. In reality, the Northmen Poland through to western Russia. This course surveys specific must be seen as more than simply raiders. This course will survey examples of political mass murder in the bloodlands both during the major events of the Viking Age in order to examine how the wars and in peacetime, and considers the role that political Vikings also became neighbours, allies, co-religionists, and even ideologies, nationalism, racism and Anti-Semitism played in political leaders in the wider medieval world. The course will also unleashing violence. assess how the influence of Scandinavian settlement and culture 3 lecture hours reshaped the social and political structures of regions from Ireland HI251 - Show Business: An American History to Russia. Other topics addressed may include Viking colonization HI251 Show Business: An American History 0.5 in the North Atlantic, conversion and state-building within This course studies the entrepreneurs and businesses which Scandinavia, and popular perceptions (and misconceptions) about developed the American entertainment industry. Using the Vikings. {P} biographies and case studies it documents the pioneering work of Exclusion: HI299J. showpeople in such areas as advertising, vertical integration, corporate image-creation, labour relations, copyright protection, HI240 - The Active Historian HI240 The Active Historian 0.5 franchising and chain distribution. The course touches on major Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 developments in different branches of the industry including the vaudeville, the music business, Broadway, the film industry, radio Explores the ways historians mobilize knowledge about the past and television. outside of the classroom. Students consider how and why 3 lecture hours historians engage with current events and interact with the government, media, communities, and social movements to play a HI252 - Lives of the Explorers role in informing and shaping policy, law, heritage, education, HI252 Lives of the Explorers 0.5 and social change. From the 15th century onwards, Europeans traveled across the Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Atlantic as traders, settlers, and explorers, and created new connections binding together the many shores of this ocean. HI246 Canadian External Relations 0.5 Through the biographies of seven explorers and migrants, HI246 - Canadian External Relations European and non-European, this course examines the experience A historical study of Canadian external relations from of tumultuous cultural change and the reconfiguration of world Confederation to present times.{C} commerce. It follows the story of the rise and fall of nations and empires, the first global corporations and the competing values of The Second World War: The European HI248 - The Second World War: The European Theatre HI248 principle and profit.{P} Theatre 0.5 Exclusion: HI316. World War II was one of the defining events of the 20th century. 3 lecture hours This course explores the military, political, social and cultural HI253 - Race, Rights and the Law in Early United States History dimensions of the war in Europe, North Africa and the USSR. HI253 Race, Rights and the Law in Early Topics and themes include: Hitler's war aims; the uses of United States History 0.5 propaganda; civilian mobilization and "total" war; the Holocaust Change in the social and political structures of the United States and the Nazi state; the war of annihilation on the Eastern Front; has come only through struggle. This course traces battles for and the collaboration and resistance of civilians under Nazi equality and human rights, and explores a series of movements to occupation. reform politics and culture in the United States. Areas of focus Exclusion: HI247*. include Black egalitarianism, radical abolition, the early women's 36 lecture hours/term rights movement, Native Americans' rights claims, and antiracist activism. Among the course themes are race, gender, class, HI249 - The Second World War in Asia HI249 The Second World War in Asia 0.5 education, and work, whether slave or free labour. World War II transformed Asia politically, socially and 3 lecture hours economically. This course explores the military, political, social HI254 - Civil War and Reconstruction: the U.S. in Turmoil and cultural dimensions of the war in China, the Russian Far East, HI254 Civil War and Reconstruction: the U.S. Japan, Korea, South-east Asia and India. Topics and themes in Turmoil 0.5 include: the Asian pre-war colonial context, Japanese war aims, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 collaboration and resistance, the Asian home fronts, the debate

109 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Examines the United States in the era of the Civil War and HI259 War in Asia 0.5 HI259 - War in Asia Reconstruction, on the battlefield and beyond. How did the war Is there a distinctive Asian way of war? The course answers this transform American society from 1820-1877? It brought immense question by introducing students to the major philosophers and tragedy and death, even while slaves seized liberty. Topics will military thinkers in Asian history. Using important conflicts over a include: economic, social, political causes of the war; war 1200 year period it examines Asian military history in the context dynamics (including turning points, political wrangling, and of the effects of war on society, and war as a driver of social, personnel challenges); the processes of emancipation;the political and technological change. tumultuous Reconstruction Era; and the effort to build a nation 3 lecture hours without slavery.

HI260 History on Film 0.5 HI260 - History on Film HI255 Crime and Justice in Antiquity 0.5 HI255 - Crime and Justice in Antiquity This course examines a series of historical films on a selected This course explores how the ancient Greeks and Romans treated theme. These films will be placed in their historical context and crimes such as homicide, assault, theft, adultery and perjury. examined for content, bias and interpretation. Students explore the historical development of legal systems and penal procedures, the phenomenon of popular (informal) justice, The Ancient World in Contemporary HI261 - The Ancient World in Contemporary Culture ancient ideas about the causes and nature of criminality and the HI261 representation of crime in drama and literature.{P} Culture 0.5 3 lecture hours This course explores representations of the ancient world and allusions to ancient mythic themes in cultural products since the HI256 Human Rights in World History 0.5 early 20th century until the present day. Students examine films, HI256 - Human Rights in World History television shows, graphic novels, comic books and cartoons, A survey of human rights in world history, from their earliest novels, children's literature, poetry, art and other media to expression in religious and philosophical texts to the present day. analyze how historical moments and mythological themes of the Course themes include: rights in world religions, antislavery, Greco-Roman world are borrowed and adapted for contemporary rights and revolutions, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, sensibilities.{P} rights and development, and International Criminal Law. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours HI265 Ten Moments that made the Middle HI265 - Ten Moments that made the Middle East HI257 Germany's Descent into Catastrophe 0.5 HI257 - Germany's Descent into Catastrophe East 0.5 This course provides an historical understanding of Nazism, the This course explores ten distinct events that contributed to the Third Reich, and its principal legacy of war and genocide. formation of the Middle East as we know it. Throughout, we Combining a chronological and thematic approach, the lectures examine just how important religion has been to the history of will focus on political, cultural, and ideological developments that the region. Events include the Fall of Jerusalem to Crusaders, the went into the making of the Nazi state and characterized its Fall of Constantinople, the establishment of Israel, the Iranian existence between 1933 and 1945. Particular attention will be Revolution, and Saddam Hussein's invasion of Kuwait. {G} paid to specific themes in the genesis, consolidation, destruction, 3 lecture hours and criminality of Hitler's Germany. 3 lecture hours HI271 - Survey of European Women's/Gender History HI271 Survey of European Women's/Gender History 0.5 HI258 Natives and Empires 0.5 HI258 - Natives and Empires This course introduces students to the main events in European This course examines the historical experiences of Native societies women's history from the 18th century to the present day, and as they came into contact and interacted with empires. Such examines historians' use of gender analysis for interpreting encounters encompassed first contacts, commercial networks, historical trends. Topics to be covered may include: the cult of cultural exchanges, "colonial projects," legislative frontiers, domesticity and the Victorian feminine ideal; sex and morality; violence, and diverse forms of resistance (among many other women and war; women under totalitarian systems; and women things) over several different centuries and geographic regions of and the welfare state in the postwar period. the world. Selected topics for the course may include: representations of Aboriginal peoples; inter-Indigenous relations; Consumerism and its History, HI275 - Consumerism and its History, 1700-2000 contact zones; conquest; violence and resistance; trade and work; HI275 "colonial projects"; missions; and governmental policies towards 1700-2000 0.5 First peoples.{C,G} Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3 lecture hours Advertisements and the encouragement to purchase goods and services tempt us everyday. We explore how consumerism came to be such a pervasive and dominant force in modern society. Students are encouraged to think about the values associated with consumerism and their change over time, the effect of consumerism on individual identity, and the impact of a "shop till

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 110 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

you drop" culture on human behaviour. We will also consider behaviours; relationships between sexual discourses and practices; commentary from social theorists and popular media to examine and the various intersections between sexuality and class, gender, how ideas of consumerism have changed over time. religion, age, ethnicity, and race (Online Learning only).

HI280 - A History of Madness HI285 - Ancient Art Beyond the West HI280 A History of Madness 0.5 HI285 Ancient Art Beyond the West 0.5 This course will examine how ideas of madness have been Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 understood, constructed and treated in modern Western history. Examines the art objects and practices of Asia, India, Africa and Covering the past three centuries, discussions will not only the Americas, regions with complex social and cultural histories examine the point of view of medical practitioners, they will also often overlooked within art historical studies. Prior to contact examine the ideas of the general public along with experiences of with Europe, each region was home to flourishing societies with sufferers themselves, and how people fought back against sophisticated artistic production and development. This survey asylums, mad-doctors, and social stigma. introduces students to the diversity of global artistic production 3 lecture hours and the forces of cultural change that contributed to the development and spread of artistic ideas (Online Learning only). HI281 - Slavery in the Ancient World HI281 Slavery in the Ancient World 0.5 HI286 - Interpreting Digital Data This course explores various aspects of slavery in ancient Greece HI286 Interpreting Digital Data 0.5 and Rome. Topics may include: the sources of slaves; the labour Digital data has become central to historical investigation. This and services a slave provided; modes of release from slavery; course prepares students to collect and analyze authoritative slavery as a social and economic class; resistance to and rebellion digital information. Topics include: methods to locate and assess against slavery; problems of management and control; slavery and scholarly resources in digital form; case studies revealing how Christianity; and the representation of slaves in literature and art. historians have compiled large-scale databases for historical 36 lecture hours/term research; the use of tools to organize digital information, and research into debates and methodologies. Students will be asked HI282 - Civilizations of the Ancient Near East HI282 Civilizations of the Ancient Near East 0.5 to complete a final assignment investigating a major digital Over the course of only a few millennia, the cultures of the Near source and studying its creation, application, and limitations. In East witnessed significant developments which successively doing so, students will improve their awareness of resources transformed prehistoric hunter-gatherer societies into small states available for historical study and enhance their digital literacy. and ultimately into the vast Assyrian, Babylonian, and Persian 36 lecture/discussion hours/term empires among others. HI288* - History Travel Course This course will seek to uncover the underlying factors and HI288* History Travel Course 1.0 catalysts which prompted these developments and trace the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 evolution of culture in the region with a focus on significant This course examines the history of selected locations and time innovations such as agriculture and the first invention of writing periods through an instructor-guided field class. one hand and social and religious perspectives on the other. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Exclusion: NE102, NE103, NE104, NE201. HI288* is offered only in 6-week terms of Intersession (May to 36 lecture hours/term mid-June) and Summer (late June to early August). HI283 Ancient Africa HI283 - Ancient Africa 0.5 HI289 Warfare in the Ancient Mediterranean HI289 - Warfare in the Ancient Mediterranean World Ancient Africa introduces students to the people and civilizations World 0.5 of Africa from earliest times to 1640. The course will examine the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 origins of humankind, the development of society, and the transformations brought about by African communities across the Explores warfare among the earliest civilizations of Egypt, the continent in the realms of culture, politics and technology. Near East, and the Mediterranean world. The course examines the Students will encounter a variety of tools for understanding early origins of warfare, the nature of fighting and battle, and the African history, including archaeology and oral traditions. The effects of wars on the societies and cultures that fought them. course will focus on Africans as the makers of their own histories. Topics covered may include: the warrior heroes of the Bronze Age; 36 lecture hours/term Egyptian chariot warfare; the expansion of the empire of Assyria; the hoplites of Sparta; Alexander the Great's conquests; Imperial HI284 - The History of Sexuality in Western Civilization HI284 The History of Sexuality in Western Rome and its legions; and the invasions of Attila the Hun. Civilization 0.5 HI290 - History of Modern Art: Making it New Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI290 History of Modern Art: Making it New 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Introduces students to the history of sexuality and offers a chronological and thematic survey of some of the major topics in Explores styles, schools and movements of Euro-Western art during the history of sexuality from antiquity to the so-called "Sexual a dynamic period of innovation from 1860 to 1970. Topics Revolution" of the 1960s. Topics include definitions of sex, include: art for art's sake and the middle class; utopian gender, and sexuality; sexual identities, communities, desires, and architecture and design in the aftermath of two world wars; the avant-garde and social reform; and Pop Art and mass culture.

111 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Artistic activity is examined in relation to changing ideas, HI306 War and Society in Africa 0.5 HI306 - War and Society in Africa technologies and world history to consider why modern art is so Africa has experienced, and continues to suffer, a particularly high different from what came before. incidence of warfare. This course studies war and society in Africa in the 19th and 20th centuries. It examines the reciprocal ways in HI292 - History of Canada to Confederation HI292 History of Canada to Confederation 0.5 which the conduct of warfare and the nature of the societies in A survey of Canadian history from European contact to which it occurs influence and transform each other.{G} Confederation. Attention will be given to social developments as Exclusion: HI346h. well as to economic and political issues. {C,P} HI307 - Modern Japan Exclusion: HI230. HI307 Modern Japan 0.5 This course explores the principal themes and issues in modern HI293 - History of Canada since Confederation HI293 History of Canada since Confederation 0.5 Japanese history, and encourages thought and reflection on Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Japan's position in the modern world. From an archipelago little A survey of Canadian history from Confederation to the present, known in Europe, Japan has become the second largest industrial which addresses key social, cultural and political issues while economy in the world, and the most affluent and stable society in highlighting the history of Indigenous peoples. Topics include East Asia. This remarkable economic, social and political state expansion, modernization, protest and reform, war and transformation was neither easy nor smooth. This course will chart society, class, gender and family, racialized identities, and the this transformation topically by examining political, economic, place of Canada in the world. {C} military and social change. Exclusion: HI227. HI299 - Special Topics HI299 Special Topics 0.5 HI308 - Renaissance Art Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI308 Renaissance Art 0.5 A study of Italian and Northern Renaissance art with special This course will examine selected topics in history. Topics will be emphasis on Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Raphael and Durer. announced in advance by the department. Different courses may Also, a survey of Venetian Art and Mannerism throughout the 16th be taken under the same course number. Irregular course century.{P}† Exclusion: FI301n, FI316. HI301 Performing Gender in Ancient Greece 0.5 HI301 - Performing Gender in Ancient Greece HI310 The Italian Renaissance, 1350-1530 0.5 HI310 - The Italian Renaissance, 1350-1530 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course explores the intellectual, cultural, socio-economic and This course explores the representation of gender and sexuality in political history of Italy during the Renaissance, focusing on the the tragedies and comedies produced in 5th and 4th century BCE development of renaissance humanism in terms of education and Athens. Students analyze how the construction of gender and scholarship, politics and statecraft, sex and gender, artists and ideologies of sexuality in ancient Greece are reflected in these aesthetics, philosophy and religion.{P} literary works, and how the theater acted as a means of Exclusion: HI312. interrogating assumptions about gendered identities and sexuality.{P} HI311 The Reformation 0.5 HI311 - The Reformation Exclusion: CL320. HI388 taken up to Sept 1, 2016. This course examines and assesses the Reformation as a major transformative event in early modern European history. Students HI304 Fascism in Europe, 1919-1945 0.5 HI304 - Fascism in Europe, 1919-1945 will see how the fragmentation of a unitary Latin Christendom A comparative survey of the fascist movements of Europe from the produced not only religious change but also significantly end of the First World War through the Second World War. The influenced social, political and cultural developments. Topics that course includes discussions of: the origins and nature of fascist we will explore include: the late medieval background to the thought; the ideologies, policies, organizations and social Reformation; the ideas of the principal Reformers; the radical clienteles of the fascist movements; the behaviour of fascist sects; the secular implementation and enforcement of Reformation leaders and parties in power; the Holocaust; and an assessment of ideas; the efforts to reform Catholicism; the links between the the fascist legacy. Reformation and the Great Witch Hunt; and the Wars of Religion.{P} HI305 - Ancient Sexualities HI305 Ancient Sexualities 0.5 Exclusion: HI312*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI312 - Canadian-American Relations Examines the sexual identities of men and women in Ancient HI312/NO312 Canadian-American Relations 0.5 Greek and Roman societies, and attitudes towards perceived (Cross-listed as NO312.) anomalies including the figures of the hermaphrodite and eunuch. Primary sources include artistic representations, poetry and drama.{P} Exclusion: CL319.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 112 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI314 - Contemporary Europe HI320 - Canada since 1945 HI314 Contemporary Europe 0.5 HI320 Canada since 1945 0.5 A history of Europe since 1945, with the focus on political, This course aims to provide students with a deeper understanding economic, social, cultural and international developments. Topics of the events of Canada's second half-century, encompassing the will include the impact of the Second World War, the Cold War, the years from the Second World War through the beginning of the search for European unity, the collapse of the Soviet Union and its 21st century.{C} effects, the reunification of Germany, security arrangements, Exclusion: HI346C. demographic changes, economic development, social policies, and HI321 - Social History of Pre-Industrial Canada intellectual and cultural trends. {G} HI321 Social History of Pre-Industrial Canada 0.5 An examination of the social, cultural and demographic changes HI315 - The Other Europe: Eastern Europe in the 20th Century HI315 The Other Europe: Eastern Europe in affecting Canada's peoples to the 1880s.{C,P} the 20th Century 0.5 HI322 - Social History of Modern Canada This course surveys the 20th-century histories of the countries of HI322 Social History of Modern Canada 0.5 Eastern Europe. Topics to be covered may include: the creation of This course will examine selected aspects of Canadian social independent states in the aftermath of World War I; the collapse development since Confederation. It explores the changing socio- of interwar democracies; World War II and the Holocaust; the economic framework within which Canadians have lived, and establishment of Communist regimes in the postwar period; and focuses on specific problem areas such as the immigrant anti-Communist protest movements.{G} experience, social reform movements, the history of women and Exclusion: HI346e. the emergence of the welfare state.{C} HI316 HI316 - Europe and the New World, 1450-1660HI323 - Memory, Monuments and Museums Europe and the New World, 1450-1660 0.5 HI323 Memory, Monuments and Museums 0.5 This course will examine the intellectual, social, economic, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 religious and political forces prompting the exploration of the New World of the Americas. The impact of the encounter between Provides students with an in-depth understanding of the key the peoples of the New World and the Europeans will be differences between public and academic history through study studied.{G,P}† and engagement as active public historians. Students will analyse a range of public history sources – that may include documentaries, museum exhibitions, monuments, fictional films, HI317 Golden Age Spain 0.5 HI317 - Golden Age Spain novels, plays, websites and/or other topics– and will undertake a This course examines the history of Spain and its Empire during Community Service Learning (CSL) placement with an institution what historians call their Golden Age (c.1492-1700). It focuses on engaged in public history. three basic questions: why was Spain the first country to create an Prerequisite: HI124 or HI133. empire extending across the globe; what were Spain's strengths Exclusion: HI299y. and weaknesses as an imperial power; and how did the imperial experience affect the development of Spanish society and HI324 English Government and Society, HI324 - English Government and Society, 1558-1660 culture?{P} 1558-1660 0.5 Exclusion: HI346z. This course examines the century of rapid population growth, HI318 Crime, Sex, and Scandal in 19th economic expansion and social change from the accession of HI318 - Crime, Sex, and Scandal in 19th Century Britain Elizabeth I to the restoration of Charles II. The course will focus Century Britain 0.5 on the problems created for government by this period of social This course examines the dark underside of the late-Victorian era upheaval.{P} to understand the values, tensions, and anxieties of that world. We will trace shifting definitions of crime and punishment, new HI325 Imperialism, Race and the Post- HI325 - Imperialism, Race and the Post-Colonial Legacy theories of sexuality, and representations of sensational events Colonial Legacy 0.5 through both current scholarship and a range of primary sources. Exclusion: HI346d. This course will consider the origins and development of racism in the modern metropolitan and colonial cultures of the 18th and 19th centuries. It will study how the two world wars of the 20th HI319 Britain's 18th Century 0.5 HI319 - Britain's 18th Century century modified racist ideology and practice, and will conclude Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 by examining how global migration, movements for colonial Beginning in 1688 England was a middling European power, but independence and civil rights, and the process of decolonization by 1815 had built a worldwide military and commercial empire. have shaped the postcolonial present.{G} The long 18th century of British history reveals tumultuous Exclusion: HI346l. developments, the effects of which are still being felt. We HI327 - Québec in the 20th Century examine the emergence of parliamentary democracy, the HI327 Québec in the 20th Century 0.5 formation of the union of Britain, the struggle against French An investigation of social, economic and political changes in power that defined British strategic aims, and the loss of the Québec during the 20th century.{C} American colonies. Attention is also paid to technological innovation.{P}

113 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI328 - Canada in the World: From LaurierHI338 to the - Canadian 21st Century Labour History HI328/NO310 Canada in the World: From HI338 Canadian Labour History 0.5 Laurier to the 21st Century 0.5 A study of the development of the trade union movement in (Cross-listed as NO310.){C} Canada and the role of organized labour in politics.{C}

HI330 - Slavery and Emancipation in theHI339 United - StatesHistory of Ontario since 1791 HI330 Slavery and Emancipation in the United HI339 History of Ontario since 1791 0.5 States 0.5 A study of Ontario as a colony, province and region.{C} This course examines the history of American slavery, beginning HI341 - Canadian Military History with the arrival of the first slaves in Virginia in 1619, and HI341 Canadian Military History 0.5 concludes with the process of emancipation during and following A study of selected aspects of Canada's military experience.{C} the Civil War. Themes include: the development of slavery, slave economies, and African-American culture in the American HI342 Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: HI342 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Descartes to Darwin colonies, and later, the United States. Topics include: the gradual Descartes to Darwin 0.5 abolition of slavery in northern states, slave society and culture in the South, anti-slavery activity in antebellum America, This course studies the major themes in the history of culture and emancipation and Reconstruction. ideas that helped to shape the Western world from the 17th- Exclusion: HI371. century Scientific Revolution to Charles Darwin's 19th-century theory of evolution. Topics include changing representations of HI331 The African-American Experience since nature, of society, and of the individual, over time and within HI331 - The African-American Experience since 1877 changing historical contexts. 1877 0.5 Exclusion: HI302. Significant themes include: the black family, community, and society in the segregated South; the "Great Migration" to Northern HI343 Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: HI343 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Marxism to Post-modernism cities, urban life, wartime experiences, and the role of African- Marxism to Post-modernism 0.5 Americans in the arts. Students will also explore the history of African-American political activism and the struggle for civil This course covers the major themes in the history of culture and rights. ideas that helped to shape the Western world, from 19th-century Marxist socialism to the post-1945 postmodernist critique of HI332 The Foreign Relations of the United Western humanism. Topics include changing representations of HI332 - The Foreign Relations of the United States in the 20th Century nature, of society, and of the individual, both over time and States in the 20th Century 0.5 within changing historical contexts. This course addresses the contours and complexities of American Exclusion: HI302. foreign policy in the 20th century. It focuses especially on the post-1930s period and on the various U.S. military "interventions" HI344 Native Peoples of Eastern Canada 0.5 HI344 - Native Peoples of Eastern Canada that took place during this time, from America's entry into the Second World War to the "War on Terror." History of Aboriginal peoples (status and non-status "Indians," Inuit and Métis) in Eastern Canada, from the 10th century to the HI333 Sport and Society in the United States present. Topics may include ancient Aboriginal Canada, contact, HI333 - Sport and Society in the United States from 1865 to the Present fur trade(s), encounters with Christianity, destruction of the from 1865 to the Present 0.5 Beothuk, government policies for First Nations, Native activism An examination of the impact of organized athletics on modern and cultural reclamation.{C} American society and culture.† HI345 Native Peoples of Western Canada 0.5 HI345 - Native Peoples of Western Canada HI336 Capitalism 0.5 HI336 - Capitalism History of Aboriginal peoples (status and non-status "Indians," Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Inuit and Métis) in Western Canada. Topics may include ancient The 1%. Globalization. Precarious work. Is greed good? Explore Aboriginal Canada, contact, fur trade(s) and later economic the history of these issues and debates their meaning for developments, Native-missionary relations, Inuit and other contemporary society. We survey key issues in the history of Aboriginal peoples of the Arctic, Métis, treaties, governmental Western capitalism from the seventeenth century to the present- policies, Aboriginal activism and cultural reclamation.{C} day, and debate their impact on personal well-being and social HI346 - Special Topics stability. Major topics include the relationship between democracy HI346 Special Topics 0.5 and capitalism, corporate social responsibility, income inequality, A study of selected historical themes reflecting the research consumption and individualism, and ideas of fairness and the free interests of the instructor. market. Irregular course HI337 Canadian Business History HI337 - Canadian Business History HI347 - Special Topics 0.5 HI347 Special Topics 0.5 An examination of business activities in Canada since the 15th Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 century: trading in commodities such as fish, fur, lumber, wheat; the contributions of individuals and families; the development of A study of selected historical themes reflecting the research institutions in finance and commerce; the nature and role of state interests of the instructor. enterprises; the impact of state intervention.{C} Irregular course

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 114 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI348 - History of International Relations,HI359 1789-1890 - Paris: History of a Capital City HI348 History of International Relations, HI359 Paris: History of a Capital City 0.5 1789-1890 0.5 This course studies the birth, growth and development of Paris This course analyses the rise to worldwide ascendancy of the over the last two millennia, as well as selected aspects of politics, European international system from the origins of the French culture, and daily life in the metropolis within the wider context Revolution to the fall of Bismarck. It will focus on the rise and fall of French and global civilization. Topics covered include class of the Great Powers and on the systematic evolution of conflict, municipal politics, architecture, city planning and urban international relations in Europe.{G} renewal, criminality, popular and elite culture, art, architecture and mass consumerism. HI349 - History of International Relations, 1890-1991 HI349 History of International Relations, HI360 - The Great War and Its Aftermath, 1914-1921 1890-1991 0.5 HI360 The Great War and Its Aftermath, This course analyses the intensifying economic and strategic 1914-1921 0.5 struggle among the Great Powers, which led to the two World Wars This lecture/discussion course deals with many of the major issues and the Cold War. It will focus on the stages by which the arising in and around World War I. Multi-media lectures, films and European system became absorbed into a global system, the readings will cover the following topics: causes of the war, revolutionary challenges to the status quo and the responses to changing war aims, tactics and strategy, battlefield experience, them.{G} home fronts, wartime diplomacy, the break-up of empires, the Exclusion: GS349. emergence of new states, and peacemaking.{G} Exclusion: HI346m. HI350 - Revolutionary Ideas in Russian History HI350 Revolutionary Ideas in Russian History 0.5 HI361 - History of Poland to the Partitions, 966-1795 An examination of revolutionary ideas that transformed modern HI361 History of Poland to the Partitions, Russian and world history. Topics to be considered may include 966-1795 0.5 Orthodox Christianity, Anarchism, Liberalism, Terrorism and This course surveys the major issues in Poland's history from the Marxism-Leninism. Special attention will be given to the times origins of the first Polish State in 966 to its collapse after the when these ideas emerged, the ideas themselves and the third partition in 1796. The course will focus on the political and individuals who first gave them voice.† cultural development of Poles and other national groups (i.e., Germans, Jews, Ruthenians, Lithuanians, Tartars) living within the HI351 - Russian Society in War and Revolution HI351 Russian Society in War and Revolution 0.5 changing borders of the Polish state and the Polish-Lithuanian An examination of Russian society from the late Imperial to the Commonwealth. {P} early Soviet period, 1900 to 1921. The course will pay particular HI362 - History of Poland since the Partitions, 1795 to the present attention to the transformation of Russian society during the HI362 History of Poland since the Partitions, Revolutions of 1905 and 1917, World War I, and the Russian Civil 1795 to the present 0.5 War. This course surveys the major issues in Poland's history from the third partition in 1796 to the present day. This course will focus HI353 - The French Revolution and Napoleon, 1789-1815 HI353 The French Revolution and Napoleon, on the political and cultural development of Poles and other 1789-1815 0.5 national groups (i.e., Germans, Jews, Ruthenians, Lithuanians, An examination of social, political and cultural change in France Tartars) living within the borders of the former Polish-Lithuanian and Europe during the Revolutionary and Napoleonic era.{G} Commonwealth. HI354 - France in World War II: Origins andHI363 History - Jews of inthe Modern Vichy Europe,Regime 1750-1938 HI354 France in World War II: Origins and HI363 Jews in Modern Europe, 1750-1938 0.5 History of the Vichy Regime 0.5 This course examines Jewish-Gentile relations in Europe from the An examination of France in the 1930s and 1940s with an mid-18th century to 1938. Topics will include Jewish emphasis on the defeat of 1940, the German occupation, and emancipation and acculturation, anti-Jews sentiment and French collaboration and resistance. violence, modern racial and national ideologies, Fascist and National Socialist antisemitism, and the dis-emancipation of Jews HI355 Athletics and Societies in the Modern in Nazi Germany that foreshadows the Holocaust.{G} HI355 - Athletics and Societies in the Modern World Exclusion: HI365. World 0.5 An examination of the various relationships between sports and HI364 The Holocaust: Nazi Germany and the HI364 - The Holocaust: Nazi Germany and the Genocide of European Jews social systems in the 19th and 20th centuries.{G}† Genocide of European Jews 0.5 Exclusion: KP211/SY211, KP241. During the Second World War, the Nazis destroyed two-thirds of European Jewry. In surveying the history of this genocide, the course explores Nazi policy toward the Jews in the context of German and European anti-Jewish ideology, modern bureaucratic structures, and the varying conditions of war, occupation and domination in Europe under the Third Reich.{G} Exclusion: HI365.

115 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI366 - Modern Turkey HI373 - Modern China since 1890 HI366 Modern Turkey 0.5 HI373 Modern China since 1890 0.5 For centuries Europeans used the term "Turkey" when referring to From Imperial ‘basket-case', Republican warlord chaos, Communist the Ottoman Empire, and "Turk" with reference to Ottoman revolution(s) and economic powerhouse, China has fascinated subjects. Yet it was only in 1923 that the Republic of Turkey was outside observers. This course focuses on the massive social and established, and only since then have the country's people begun cultural change China has experienced, on political struggles to refer to themselves as "Turks." Mustafa Kemal Atatürk, famous between the Communists and the Nationalists, on the economic founding President of Turkey, once proclaimed, "How happy to call campaigns that have decimated and rejuvenated China, and the oneself a Turk!" In this course we will explore just what it has forces (intellectual, national, religious, economic, ecological and meant to "call oneself a Turk" over the past century. We will political) that challenge the Chinese state at the beginning of the examine the origins and history of modern Turkey, considering not new millennium. just political history but also social, cultural and economic Exclusion: HI346m. history. HI374 - Jews, ‘Witches' & Heretics: Persecution & Toleration in pre-Modern Europe c. 1050-1700 Exclusion: HI346b. HI374 Jews, ‘Witches' & Heretics: Persecution & Toleration in pre-Modern HI368 - The Ottoman Empire HI368 The Ottoman Empire 0.5 Europe c. 1050-1700 0.5 Despite its longevity and territorial extent, the Ottoman Empire Europe from the 11th century to the ‘Age of Reason' has been remains a vague entity in the pages of world history. Yet almost described as ‘a persecuting society' in which prescribed norms of daily world attention is focused on now volatile areas once under belief and behaviour excluded many groups and individuals who Ottoman hegemony – parts of the former Soviet Union and suffered discrimination and, at times, persecution. This course Yugoslavia, Israel and Arab countries, North African states such as examines such marginalized groups as Christian heretics, Jews, Egypt and Algeria. At the same time the Ottoman Impact on Muslims, sodomites, learned women, lepers and those accused of European history over the centuries is largely obscured by witchcraft in pre-modern European society; it also addresses the observations of European decline at the hands of 19-century extent to which toleration was advocated and practised.{P} European powers. This course introduces students to the history of Exclusion: HI346y, HI346q. the Ottoman Empire between. It will examine both chronological HI375 - Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in Canada, 1867-1969 developments as well as diverse themes that point to the richness HI375 Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in of Ottoman history.{G,P} Canada, 1867-1969 0.5 Exclusion: HI346w. This course addresses the relative equity of selected codified laws, legislated statutes and court decisions that influenced the quality HI369 - Ottomans, Armenians & Genocide HI369 Ottomans, Armenians & Genocide 0.5 of life offered Canadian families and their individual members Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 during the first hundred years of Canadian nationhood.{C} This course addresses the events during WWI that led to the near HI377 - Science and Environment in Canadian History decimation of the Christian population of Ottoman Anatolia. We HI377 Science and Environment in Canadian consider the historian's responsibilities when examining the History 0.5 question of genocide: how historians locate, evaluate and use Selected topics illustrate the impact of science as a major theme sources to reconstruct events; how we must deconstruct narratives in Canadian history, as both a method for assessing the land and that reflect the contexts in which they were created; and how we its resources, as well as a cultural tool for imagining the country's must prosecute interpretations of the past, sensitive to the past, present, and future. Topics include ways of knowing in imperative for accuracy and the desire for objectivity. science; science in European exploration and settlement; encounters with other (European and non-European) knowledge HI372 - Sex, Class & Agency: U.S. Women's History, 1607-1877 HI372 Sex, Class & Agency: U.S. Women's systems; the growth of Canadian scientific institutions; British History, 1607-1877 0.5 and American scientific influences; science in society, industry, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and war; the rise of Big Science in Canada; and postmodern Where were the women in U.S. history? This course explores how critiques of science, including the modern environmental women's actions and circumstances changed in the U.S. from movement.{C} colonization through the late 19th century. It considers colonists, Exclusion: HI346l. accused witches, slaves, Natives, and activists, and how people 0.5 previous credit in Canadian history is recommended. have socially constructed notions of sex and gender over time. HI380 - American Culture and Society, 1890-1950 This class also looks at shifting gender relations and expectations, HI380 American Culture and Society, and discusses the diversity of women's experience in terms of 1890-1950 0.5 class, race, immigration status, region, and religion.{P} The course focuses on American modernism within the context of Exclusion: HI346j. the historical, cultural and technological changes which we refer to as "modernity". The course discusses both "high" and "popular" culture and will focus on the link between the two. It deals with the rise of mass entertainment (vaudeville, movies and radio) and the emergence of a spectator culture. It examines changes in American values through film, music and literature, and it explores

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 116 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

the ways in which artists in the early 20th century attempted to HI386 The Vietnam Wars 0.5 HI386 - The Vietnam Wars open up art and entertainment to new voices, perspectives and The wars in Vietnam represented more than just struggles between experiences. peoples; they embodied the forces that forged the 20th century: Exclusion: HI334*. colonialism, imperialism, nationalism, revolution, modernization, nation-building, development, the clash of cultures, capitalism, HI381 - American Culture and Society since the Second World War HI381 American Culture and Society since the communism, the cold war, and more. This course studies both Second World War 0.5 Vietnam's anti-colonial struggle with France and North Vietnam's The course examines the United States in a period of global long war with the United States. It is designed to explain the wars dominance and domestic turmoil when its economy and culture and their outcomes, create understanding about the reasons why rose to exert a hegemonic influence internationally and yet when crucial decisions were or were not made, and reveal the larger the American people were themselves deeply divided culturally forces at work within these most twentieth-century of and economically. It deals extensively with music cultures, film conflicts.{G} and the visual arts. The discussion of cultural change is Exclusion: HI346K. interwoven with a history of American society: the struggle for 3 lecture hours racial equality, the on-going sexual revolution, the drive to preserve American values, the conflict between the ideals of an HI387 American Protest Music 0.5 HI387 - American Protest Music open society and the intolerance of the foreign, and the pursuit of This course examines the history of American protest music from authenticity in a mass-produced age. the 1930s onwards. Topics to be considered include civil rights, Exclusion: HI334*. black power, anti-war movements, and opposition to capitalism through such figures as Woody Guthrie, Bob Dylan, Billie Holiday, HI382 - Anglo-Saxon England, c. 450-1066 HI382 Anglo-Saxon England, c. 450-1066 0.5 Gil-Scot Heron and Public Enemy. This course examines the political, social, intellectual, cultural 3 lecture hours and economic development of England from the withdrawal of Rome and the Anglo-Saxon invasions to the Norman Conquest.{P} HI388* History Travel Course 1.0 HI388* - History Travel Course Exclusion: HI215, HI319*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 3 lecture hours This third-year travel course examines the history of selected HI383 England in the Central and Late Middle locations and time periods through an instructor-guided field HI383 - England in the Central and Late Middle Ages, 1066-1485 class. {G} Ages, 1066-1485 0.5 Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI388* is offered only in 6-week terms of Intersession (May to This course examines the political, social, intellectual, cultural mid-June) and Summer (late June to early August). and economic development of England from the Norman Conquest to the advent of the Tudor dynasty.{P} HI389/MU310 Music, Sound and Environment 0.5 HI389 - Music, Sound and Environment Exclusion: HI216. An exploration of music and sound in relation to natural and human environments and environmental issues. Students will gain HI384 - The World of Genghis Khan HI384 The World of Genghis Khan 0.5 insight into the historical and contemporary ways music engages Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and defines nature, and develop an analytical approach to Genghis Khan has the reputation as one of the greatest warriors of understanding and managing sonic environments. Topics may all time. He was also the leader of the largest contiguous empire include the pastoral, place-based music, music and environmental in history. This course will explore the rise of the Mongol Empire. activism, preservation of soundscapes, noise pollution, and sounds Topics may include the horse culture of the nomadic tribes, of transformation/devastation.(Cross-listed as MU310.) relations with China, the Silk Road, religious accommodations, the Exclusion: MU310. character of the Mongol Empire and military tactics during the 3 lecture hours 13th century. {P} HI390 - Family Law in Greece and Rome Exclusion: HI346A. HI390 Family Law in Greece and Rome 0.5 This course examines laws relating to the family in the ancient HI385 - Food and Drink in Ancient Mediterranean Society HI385 Food and Drink in Ancient Greco-Roman world. Students use inscriptions of laws, court Mediterranean Society 0.5 documents, historiography and literature to explore issues such as This course investigates the production, distribution, preparation patriarchal authority, the legal status of women and children, and consumption of food and wine in the Ancient Mediterranean wills and inheritance disputes, adoption, marriage contracts, World between ca. 1500 BCE and 300 CE. Students use ancient regulations pertaining to divorce, and legal obligations to orphans literary sources and material culture to analyze how class, gender, and elderly parents. age, ethnicity, religion, political agenda and other social forces 36 lecture hours/term shaped the appetites and dining protocols of the ancient Greeks and Romans.{G,P} 3 lecture hours

117 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI391 - Waking the Dead: Voices from theHI396 Near - EastHome Fronts & Frontlines: Women in War and Peace HI391 Waking the Dead: Voices from the Near HI396 Home Fronts & Frontlines: Women in East 0.5 War and Peace 0.5 With the emergence of writing the mid-fourth millennium BCE, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 treasured tales began to be recorded and new ones composed in a Analyzes and compares women's experiences with war and peace variety of genres and for a number of purposes. during the World Wars and early postwar periods. The course Signature narratives from selected ancient Near Eastern cultures considers changes over time globally and locally in the gendered will be examined in light of their audiences' world view, including nature of warfare, and the history of women's participation in creation myths, legends, spells and incantations, and the Epic of conflicts as members of armed forces, war resisters, displaced Gilgamesh. persons, and targets of violence. It also interrogates women's Exclusion: NE102, NE203. considerable involvement in peace movements and the feminist 36 lecture hours/term critique of militarism.[G} Popular Cultures of Contemporary East HI392 - Popular Cultures of ContemporaryHI397 East -Asia Canadian Women's and Gender History HI392 HI397 Canadian Women's and Gender History 0.5 Asia 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Explores the history of Canadian women from the colonial period Examines the development of popular cultures of East Asia from until the end of the 20th century. It compares women's diverse 1945 to the present. This course explores the popular cultures of historic experiences in the workplace, family, community, and contemporary Japan, Korea, and China within their historical nation, and how women's and men's identities and paths were contexts, especially their relation to larger developments in shaped by social constructions of gender, race, and class. The history, such as the Cold War, nationalism, and globalization. We course also considers how historians have developed the field of also investigate the impact of East Asian popular cultures on women's and gender history and how this field has shaped contemporary understandings of Canadian history.{C} global culture. Topics to be examined include manga, anime, Exclusion: WS202. fashion, film, pop music, and video games.[G] HI398 - The Historian's Craft HI398 The Historian's Craft 0.5 HI393 Multimedia Applications in History 0.5 HI393 - Multimedia Applications in History This is a course about the many different ways historians think Digital history involves the incorporation of advanced and do their work. The course explores a range of matters technologies and new media to enhance research, scholarly associated with the writing of history, including: how the practice conversation, and the preservation or presentation of historical of history has changed over time; the nature of historical sources; knowledge. This is an applied course that guides students in the how historians claim to know about the past; the differences and use of digital tools and methods to prepare projects like relationships between history and memory; and the major documentary films and historically-focused websites. approaches to understanding the past that have influenced the 36 lecture/discussion hours/term writing of history today. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours HI394 - Local and Family History: Researching our Past HI394 Local and Family History: Researching History, or permission of the department. our Past 0.5 HI400* - Reading Seminar on Medieval Europe Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HI400* Reading Seminar on Medieval Europe 1.0 Who are we? Researching local and family history helps us to A seminar course on particular aspects of medieval European connect to our past. Local history is a building block in history.{P} understanding our regional and national identities in Canada. Exclusion: HI450* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Using a student-centred learning approach, this course utilizes 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. rich online resources such as Ancestry.ca, Statistics Canada online HI401* - Reading Seminar on Early Modern Europe profiles, virtual museums, and veterans records digitized by HI401* Reading Seminar on Early Modern Archives Canada (Online Learning only). Europe 1.0 A seminar examining social and intellectual forces from 1400 to HI395 - The Two Koreas: Modern Korean History Since 1930 HI395 The Two Koreas: Modern Korean History 1700.{P} Since 1930 0.5 Exclusion: HI451* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Examines the political, economic, and international developments HI402* - Reading Seminar on Northeast Asia and issues that shaped the history of modern Korea since 1930. HI402* Reading Seminar on Northeast Asia 1.0 This course investigates the historical developments behind A seminar course on the last 150 years of Northeast Asian (the Korea's division, the Korean War, the postwar reconstruction of Russian Far East, Northeast China [also known as Manchuria], North and South Koreas, and the continuing tensions and efforts Korea and Japan) international relations.{G} towards reunification. Students also learn to interpret critically Exclusion: HI452* taken prior to May 1, 2010. the literatures and media produced within and about the two 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Koreas.{G}

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 118 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI403* - Reading Seminar on Post-1945HI412* Europe - Reading Seminar on Race & Gender in the United States, 1608-1877 HI403* Reading Seminar on Post-1945 HI412* Reading Seminar on Race & Gender in Europe 1.0 the United States, 1608-1877 1.0 This class examines the legacy and memory of World War II in This seminar examines Colonial America and the United States various west and east European national contexts.{G} through the lens of race and gender relations, and examines their Exclusion: HI453* taken prior to May 1, 2010. impact in the new nation. Potential topics include Native-Colonist 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. relations, indentured servitude, slavery, debates over race, sexuality, and class, and clashes over political and social rights. HI404* - Reading Seminar on International Relations, 1914-1956 HI404* Reading Seminar on International Exclusion: HI496b*. Relations, 1914-1956 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. A seminar course investigating the key problems in international HI417* - Reading Seminar on Asia in World War II relations from the origins of the First World War to the Suez HI417* Reading Seminar on Asia in World Crisis.{G} War II 1.0 Exclusion: HI454* taken prior to May 1, 2010. This seminar analyzes World War II from an Asian perspective. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Beginning in the 1930s, the seminar will examine the rise of the Japanese Empire, the collapse of Europe's concessions and Asian HI405* - Special Topics: Reading Seminar HI405* Special Topics: Reading Seminar 1.0 colonies, the anti-colonial and nationalist dimensions of the war, Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 war crimes, local anti-Japanese movements, collaboration and resistance in the Asian theatre, the debate around the atom A study of selected historical themes reflecting the research bomb, the role of the Allies in Asia, the repercussions of the post- interests of the instructor. war period and the contested memory of the Asian war.{G} Irregular course Exclusion: HI467* taken prior to May 1, 2010. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. HI406* - Reading Seminar on American Foreign Policy in the 20th Century HI406* Reading Seminar on American Foreign HI418* - Reading Seminar on Chinese Revolutions Policy in the 20th Century 1.0 HI418* Reading Seminar on Chinese Explores selected topics in the history of U.S. foreign relations in Revolutions 1.0 the 20th century. Emphasizes historiography, analytical This seminar examines Chinese history since the beginning of the approaches and research skills. 20th century by looking at the political, economic, social and Exclusion: HI456* taken prior to May 1, 2010. cultural revolutions that have affected modern China, from the 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. 1911 Revolution to the creation and development of the People's Republic of China (mainland China) and the Chinese Republic HI407* - Reading Seminar in War and Society HI407* Reading Seminar in War and Society 1.0 (Taiwan), founded in 1949. This course examines selected topics in the fields of military Exclusion: HI496e*. history and/or war and society. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. HI421* - Reading Seminar on Canadian Historiography HI421* Reading Seminar on Canadian HI410* - Reading Seminar on The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict HI410* Reading Seminar on The Israeli- Historiography 1.0 Palestinian Conflict 1.0 A seminar course based on a critical analysis of the major books This course addresses the historical background to one of the which shape our view of Canadian history.{C}† most critical issues in international relations today. For more than Exclusion: HI471* taken prior to May 1, 2010. half a century this conflict has had an impact not only on the 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Middle East but on the wider world as well. Indeed, at no point HI422* - Reading Seminar on Historical Representations of Canada has the conflict been an isolated, local issue: at various times it HI422* Reading Seminar on Historical has involved European – particularly British – governments, the Representations of Canada 1.0 world's superpowers during the Cold War, and well as other Selected topics in the historical representation of Canada, with regional – particularly Arab – states. {G} critical attention to changing traditions, modes and media of 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. representation, especially visual images, within their historical contexts. HI411* - Reading Seminar on War and Memory HI411* Reading Seminar on War and Memory 1.0 Exclusion: HI472* taken prior to May 1, 2010. A seminar course that examines the remembrance of war in 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. various historical periods and regions, depending upon the HI423* - Reading Seminar on Families and Education in Canada and the US instructor's area of specialization {G} HI423* Reading Seminar on Families and Exclusion: HI461* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Education in Canada and the US 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Selected topics in the histories of the family and education in Canada and the United States from the mid-19th through the 20th centuries. Emphasis on prevailing ideals about the nature of family and the purposes of schooling, and the practices, policies and institutions devised to uphold those ideals.{C} Exclusion: HI473* taken prior to May 1, 2010.

119 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI431* - Reading Seminar on Late Tudor and Early Stuart England 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. HI431* Reading Seminar on Late Tudor and Early Stuart England 1.0 HI424* - Reading Seminar on Nature and Environment in Canadian History HI424* Reading Seminar on Nature and An analysis of the major historiographical trends and debates in Environment in Canadian History 1.0 English history 1558-1660.{P}† A seminar based on important examples of recent interdisciplinary Exclusion: HI481* taken prior to May 1, 2010. approaches to historical study of the environment. Themes include 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. attitudes to nature and perceptions of the environment, with a view to developing useful applications to related topics in HI432* Reading Seminar on British History 1.0 HI432* - Reading Seminar on British History Canadian history.{C} Studies in the social and cultural history of industrial Britain. The Exclusion: HI474* taken prior to May 1, 2010. seminars will emphasize the social and cultural impact of 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. industrialization upon Victorian England.† Exclusion: HI482* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Reading Seminar on Science, Culture HI425* - Reading Seminar on Science, Culture and Society in Canadian History HI425* 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. and Society in Canadian History 1.0 HI434* - Reading Seminar on the United States in the Gilded Age and Progressive Eras A seminar emphasizing the impact of scientific and cultural HI434* Reading Seminar on the United States change on Canadian society in the 19th and 20th centuries.{C}† in the Gilded Age and Progressive Exclusion: HI475* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Eras 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. This course focuses on an America transformed by the growth of HI426* Reading Seminar on Aboriginal corporate capitalism. It deals with such topics as farm and labour HI426* - Reading Seminar on Aboriginal History in North America since Columbus unrest, mass immigration, national expansion and black struggles History in North America since for justice in the "New South." Reformers addressed a broad range Columbus 1.0 of political and social problems, from trusts and political machines This comparative seminar examines the post-contact experience of to urban poverty. Other important themes include the rise of Native peoples in North America (including "Indians", Métis, consumer and "mass" culture, and women's rights.† Mestizos and Inuit) to better understand historical, Aboriginal Exclusion: HI484* taken prior to May 1, 2010. identities under colonialism. The course will cover the following 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. selected topics: contact, epidemics, trade and work, social HI436* - Reading Seminar on Russia in Revolution change, encounters with Christianity, violence, the evolution of HI436* Reading Seminar on Russia in governmental policies towards First Peoples, pan-Indianism, Revolution 1.0 activism and cultural renaissance, and Native and non-Native Seminar investigations of problems in pre- and post-revolutionary interpretations of the past. {C} Russia.† Exclusion: HI476* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Exclusion: HI486* taken prior to May 1, 2010. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. HI427* Reading Seminar on Local History HI427* - Reading Seminar on Local History 1.0 HI439* Reading Seminar on Napoleon and his HI439* - Reading Seminar on Napoleon and his Times An introduction to the micro-historical method with consideration Times 1.0 of communities and the ways in which historians have dealt with This seminar will examine Napoleon as man (his life and the problems of social, political and economic change on a local personality), political dictator and commander of armies. It will level. Research will focus on the Canadian experience.† study the Napoleonic Wars, but also look beyond them to examine Exclusion: HI477* taken prior to May 1, 2010. French and European politics, culture and society during 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Napoleon's rule as First Consul (1799-1804) and Emperor (1804-1814). Reading Seminar on the History of HI429* - Reading Seminar on the History of Canada to 1900 HI429* Exclusion: HI489* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Canada to 1900 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. A seminar emphasizing topics selected from the eras of contact, HI440* - Reading Seminar on Roosevelt's America the French and British regimes and Confederation. Themes may HI440* Reading Seminar on Roosevelt's include regional, social, economic, political and cultural America 1.0 problems.{C}† This seminar is designed to introduce students to research in and Exclusion: HI479* taken prior to May 1, 2010. the literature about America in the 1930s and 1940s. This was a 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. period of depression and war, a period when the United States passed from economic catastrophe to global mastery, a period in Reading Seminar on Canada in the HI430* - Reading Seminar on Canada in the 20th Century HI430* which new economic, social and cultural forces emerged, in which 20th Century 1.0 the struggle for civil rights was nurtured and over which the Seminar investigations on topics of historical importance in the political presence of Franklin Roosevelt towered. In one of the recent history of Canada.{C} most actively researched periods in US history, topics include Exclusion: HI480* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Roosevelt's character, the nature of the New Deal, civil rights, 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. American intervention in WWII, the experience of combat.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 120 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Exclusion: HI490* taken prior to May 1, 2010. Exclusion: HI452*. 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. 1.0 credit, one-term research course. HI441* - Reading Seminar on American ExtremismHI453* - Research since 1776 Seminar on Post-1945 Europe HI441* Reading Seminar on American HI453* Research Seminar on Post-1945 Extremism since 1776 1.0 Europe 1.0 This seminar explores the nature and practices of extremist groups This class examines the legacy and memory of World War II in in the United States from the Revolution to the present. Extremist various west and east European national contexts.{G} movements from both the far left and far right are considered, Prerequisite: HI403*. including the Know Nothings, anti-Masons, radical abolitionists, Exclusion: HI453*. the Industrial Workers of the World, McCarthyism, the 1.0 credit, one-term research course. Weathermen, the Black Panthers, neo-Nazis and the militia HI454* - Research Seminar on History of International Relations, 1914-1956 movement. HI454* Research Seminar on History of Exclusion: HI491* taken prior to May 1, 2010. International Relations, 1914-1956 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. A seminar course investigating the key problems in international relations from the origins of the First World War to the Suez HI445* - Reading Seminar on the Era of the US Civil War HI445* Reading Seminar on the Era of the US Crisis.{G} Civil War 1.0 Prerequisite: HI404*. This seminar begins with an assessment of antebellum politics and Exclusion: HI454*. society, including the breakdown of national institutions during 1.0 credit, one-term research course. the 1850s. Abolitionism, the rise of the Republican Party, and HI456* - Research Seminar on American Foreign Policy in the 20th Century westward expansion of slavery will receive careful study. The war HI456* Research Seminar on American itself will be placed within a broad social context, including the Foreign Policy in the 20th Century 1.0 impact of conventional and guerrilla warfare on soldiers, civilians, Explores selected topics in the history of U.S. foreign relations in slaves and freed people. the 20th century. Emphasizes historiography, analytical Exclusion: HI495* taken prior to May 1, 2010. approaches and research skills.{G} 1.0 credit, one-term historiographical course. Prerequisite: HI406*. Exclusion: HI456*. HI448* - Reading Seminar on the Ancient World HI448* Reading Seminar on the Ancient 1.0 credit, one-term research course. World 1.0 HI457* - Research Seminar in War and Society This seminar investigates selected topics in the history and HI457* Research Seminar in War and Society 1.0 culture of the Ancient World. In this seminar research course, students will examine various Irregular Course themes in military history and/or war and society through the completion of a major original research project. HI450* - Research Seminar on Medieval Europe HI450* Research Seminar on Medieval Europe 1.0 1.0 credit, one-term research course. This seminar looks at what it was like to live in Italy during the HI460* - Research Seminar on the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Renaissance by examining three fundamental aspects of the HI460* Research Seminar on the Israeli- human condition: love, sexuality and death. In the process, we Palestinian Conflict 1.0 will also deal with a variety of related subjects, such as law, This course addresses the historical background to one of the politics and the state; gender, marriage and the family; religion, most critical issues in international relations today. For more than spirituality and philosophy; and grief and consolation.{P} half a century this conflict has had an impact not only on the Prerequisite: HI400*. Middle East but on the wider world as well. Indeed, at no point Exclusion: HI450*. has the conflict been an isolated, local issue: at various times it 1.0 credit, one-term research course. has involved European – particularly British – governments, the world's superpowers during the Cold War, and well as other HI451* - Research Seminar on Early Modern Europe HI451* Research Seminar on Early Modern regional – particularly Arab – states.{G} Europe 1.0 Exclusion: HI410*. A seminar examining social and intellectual forces from 1400 to 1.0 credit, one-term research course. 1700.{P} HI461* - Research Seminar on War and Memory Prerequisite: HI401*. HI461* Research Seminar on War and Memory 1.0 Exclusion: HI451*. A seminar course that examines the remembrance of war in 1.0 credit, one-term research course. various historical periods and regions, depending upon the instructor's area of specialization. {G} HI452* - Research Seminar on International Relations of Northeast Asia HI452* Research Seminar on International Prerequisite: HI411*. Relations of Northeast Asia 1.0 Exclusion: HI461*. A seminar course on the last 150 years of Northeast Asian (the 1.0 credit, one-term research course. Russian Far East, Northeast China [also known as Manchuria], Korea and Japan) international relations.{G} Prerequisite: HI402*.

121 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI462* - Research Seminar on Race & GenderHI476* in -the Research United SeminarStates, 1608-1877 on Aboriginal North America: Interpreting Native History since Columbus HI462* Research Seminar on Race & Gender HI476* Research Seminar on Aboriginal North in the United States, 1608-1877 1.0 America: Interpreting Native History This seminar examines Colonial America and the United States since Columbus 1.0 through the lens of race and gender relations, and examines their This comparative seminar examines the post-contact experience of impact in the new nation. Potential topics include Native-Colonist Native peoples in North America (including "Indians", Métis, relations, indentured servitude, slavery, debates over race, Mestizos and Inuit) to better understand historical, Aboriginal sexuality, and class, and clashes over political and social rights. identities under colonialism. The course will cover the following Prerequisite: HI412*. selected topics including contact, epidemics, trade and work, Exclusion: HI496c*. social change, encounters with Christianity, violence, the 1.0 credit, one-term research course. evolution of governmental policies towards First Peoples, pan- Indianism, activism and cultural renaissance, and Native and non- HI468* - Research Seminar on Chinese Revolutions HI468* Research Seminar on Chinese Native interpretations of the past.{C} Revolutions 1.0 Prerequisite: HI426*. This seminar examines Chinese history since the beginning of the Exclusion: HI476*. 20th century by looking at the political, economic, social and 1.0 credit, one-term research course. cultural revolutions that have affected modern China, from the HI479* - Research Seminar on History of Canada to 1900 1911 Revolution to the creation and development of the People's HI479* Research Seminar on History of Republic of China (mainland China) and the Chinese Republic Canada to 1900 1.0 (Taiwan), founded in 1949. A seminar course emphasizing topics selected from the eras of Prerequisite: HI418*. contact, the French and British regimes and Confederation. Exclusion: HI496f*. Themes may include regional, social, economic, political and 1.0 credit, one-term research course. cultural problems.{C}† Prerequisite: HI429*. HI473* - Research Seminar on Home and School: Families and Education in Canada and the United States HI473* Research Seminar on Home and Exclusion: HI479*. School: Families and Education in 1.0 credit, one-term research course. Canada and the United States 1.0 HI480* - Research Seminar on Canada in the 20th Century Selected topics in the histories of the family and education in HI480* Research Seminar on Canada in the Canada and the United States from the mid-19th through the 20th 20th Century 1.0 centuries. Emphasis on prevailing ideals about the nature of Seminar investigations on topics of historical importance in the family and the purposes of schooling, and the practices, policies recent history of Canada.{C} and institutions devised to uphold those ideals.{C} Prerequisite: HI430*. Prerequisite: HI423*. Exclusion: HI480*. Exclusion: HI473*. 1.0 credit, one-term research course. 1.0 credit, one-term research course. HI481* - Research Seminar on Late Tudor and Early Stuart England HI481* Research Seminar on Late Tudor and HI474* - Research Seminar on Nature and Environment in Canadian History HI474* Research Seminar on Nature and Early Stuart England 1.0 Environment in Canadian History 1.0 An analysis of the major historiographical trends and debates in A research seminar based on important examples of recent English history 1558-1660.{P}† interdisciplinary approaches to historical study of the Prerequisite: HI431*. environment. Themes include attitudes to nature and perceptions Exclusion: HI481*. of the environment, with a view to developing useful applications 1.0 credit, one-term research course. to related topics in Canadian history.{C} HI482* - Research Seminar on British History Prerequisite: HI424*. HI482* Research Seminar on British History 1.0 Exclusion: HI474*. Studies in the social and cultural history of industrial Britain. The 1.0 credit, one-term research course. seminars will emphasize the social and cultural impact of industrialization upon Victorian England.† HI475* - Research Seminar on Canadian History: Science, Culture and Society HI475* Research Seminar on Canadian Prerequisite: HI432*. History: Science, Culture and Society 1.0 Exclusion: HI482*. A seminar course emphasizing the impact of scientific and cultural 1.0 credit, one-term research course. change on Canadian society in the 19th and 20th centuries.{C}† Prerequisite: HI425*. Exclusion: HI475*. 1.0 credit, one-term research course.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 122 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HI484* - Research Seminar on The UnitedHI491* States, - TheResearch Gilded Seminar Age and on Progressive American ExtremismEras since 1776: Arguing about Democracy HI484* Research Seminar on The United HI491* Research Seminar on American States, The Gilded Age and Extremism since 1776: Arguing about Progressive Eras 1.0 Democracy 1.0 This course focuses on an America transformed by the growth of This seminar explores the nature and practices of extremist groups corporate capitalism. It deals with such topics as farm and labour in the United States from the Revolution to the present. Extremist unrest, mass immigration, national expansion and black struggles movements from both the far left and far right are considered, for justice in the "New South." Reformers addressed a broad range including the Know Nothings, anti-Masons, radical abolitionists, of political and social problems, from trusts and political machines the Industrial Workers of the World, McCarthyism, the to urban poverty. Other important themes include the rise of Weathermen, the Black Panthers, neo-Nazis and the militia consumer and "mass" culture, and women's rights.† movement. Prerequisite: HI434*. Prerequisite: HI441*. Exclusion: HI484*. Exclusion: HI491*. 1.0 credit, one-term research course. 1.0 credit, one-term research course.

HI486* - Research Seminar on Russian StudiesHI495* - Research Seminar on United States: Civil War Era HI486* Research Seminar on Russian Studies 1.0 HI495* Research Seminar on United States: Seminar investigations of problems in pre- and post-revolutionary Civil War Era 1.0 Russia.† This seminar begins with an assessment of antebellum politics and Prerequisite: HI436*. society, including the breakdown of national institutions during Exclusion: HI486*. the 1850s. Abolitionism, the rise of the Republican Party, and 1.0 credit, one-term research course. westward expansion of slavery will receive careful study. The war itself will be placed within a broad social context, including the HI489* - Research Seminar on Napoleon: The Man and His Times HI489* Research Seminar on Napoleon: The impact of conventional and guerrilla warfare on soldiers, civilians, Man and His Times 1.0 slaves and freed people. This course will examine Napoleon as man (his life and Prerequisite: HI445*. personality), political dictator and commander of armies. It will Exclusion: HI495*. study the Napoleonic Wars, but also look beyond them to examine 1.0 credit, one-term research course. French and European politics, culture and society during HI496* - Directed Studies in a Specific Historical Problem Napoleon's rule as First Consul (1799-1804) and Emperor HI496* Directed Studies in a Specific (1804-1814). {E} Historical Problem 1.0 Prerequisite: HI439*. Prerequisite: Permission of the department.† Exclusion: HI489*. Irregular course 1.0 credit, one-term research course. HI497* - Special Topics: Research Seminar HI497* Special Topics: Research Seminar 1.0 HI490* - Research Seminar on Roosevelt's America HI490* Research Seminar on Roosevelt's Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 America 1.0 A study of selected historical themes reflecting the research This seminar course is designed to introduce students to research interests of the instructor. in and the literature about America in the 1930s and 1940s. This Irregular course was a period of depression and war, a period when the United HI498* - Research Seminar on the Ancient World States passed from economic catastrophe to global mastery, a HI498* Research Seminar on the Ancient period in which new economic, social and cultural forces emerged, World 1.0 in which the struggle for civil rights was nurtured and over which This seminar involves research and the creation of projects dealing the political presence of Franklin Roosevelt towered. In one of the with selected topics in the history and culture of the Ancient most actively researched periods in US history, topics include World. Roosevelt's character, the nature of the New Deal, civil rights, Prerequisite: HI448*. American intervention in WWII, the experience of combat. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: HI440*. Exclusion: HI490*. HI499* - Senior Honours Thesis 1.0 credit, one-term research course. HI499* Senior Honours Thesis 1.0 Directed study and research on a topic appropriate to the student's specialization and chosen in consultation with the faculty supervisor. Students in the Single Honours History BA program who receive departmental permission to take this course must also take two 400 level seminars (either two readings seminars or one readings seminar and one research seminar). Students in the Combined Honours History BA program must also take a 400 level readings seminar.† Prerequisite: Permission of the department.

123 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PP259 - Ancient Philosophy II History and Philosophy of PP262 - Modern Philosophy I PP263 - Modern Philosophy II Science Program PP264 - 20th-Century Philosophy The HPS Minor program offers one of the few opportunities at WLU C. Science in Historical and Philosophical Perspective: to participate in courses with multidisciplinary subject matter AN202 - Foundations of Anthropological Thought taught with an interdisciplinary approach. It attracts students AS101 - Astronomy I: Our place in the cosmos from diverse faculties who engage critically in the study of AS102 - Astronomy II: Journey through the cosmos science, technology, medicine, and environment from the varied BI226 - Genetics perspectives of an increasingly sophisticated scholarly field of BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology study. HPS core courses encourage students to engage firsthand BI296 - Communication and Critical Thinking Skills in Biology with both the original works of scientists and scientific thinkers, CH313 - Quantum Chemistry as well as studies of the historical and philosophical contexts in CS213 - Technology and Society which these works acquire meaning. A richly cross-disciplinary CS304 - Canadian Communication Thought experience, the HPS Program invites students to recognize the EC327 - History of Economic Analysis mutual benefits in sharing their own diverse areas of ES298 specialization and training with one another. GG452 - Development of Geographic Thought MA233 - Problem Solving in Mathematics MA235 - Introduction to Game Theory Co-ordinator MA238 - Discrete Mathematics MA318 - Geometry Suzanne Zeller, PhD PC235 - Classical Mechanics PC242 - Modern Physics PO316 - Canadian Environmental Policy PS390 - History of Psychology History and Philosophy of Science Minor RE203 - Science and Religion The HPS Minor requires 3.0 credits, including 0.5 credit from each RE216 - Christianity and Modern Culture of the following three categories (A, B and C). The remaining SY321 - Sociology of Medicine courses are from any of these categories. Students are responsible SY406 - Environmental Sociology for meeting course prerequisites and exclusions as directed by the WS305 - Gender, Culture and Technology relevant department. Note: • No more than 1.0 credit at the 100-level can be counted Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. toward the HPS Minor. History and Philosophy of Science Program • No more than 1.0 credit in the honours program(s) can be Courses counted towards the HPS Minor. HP201 - Revolution in Western Science, from Aristotle to the Enlightenment HP201 Revolution in Western Science, from A. Core Courses: Aristotle to the Enlightenment 0.5 HP201 - Revolution in Western Science, from Aristotle to the An introduction to central topics in the history and philosophy of Enlightenment science in Western culture up to the end of the 18th century, HP202 - Science in the Modern World, From 1800 to the Present including discussion of the emergence, success and relative B. Disciplinary Courses: prestige of science; the concepts of progress and revolution; and HI342 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Descartes to the establishment and implementation of the Newtonian Darwin worldview in its social context.† HI343 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Marxism to Post- Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. modernism HP202 - Science in the Modern World, From 1800 to the Present HI377 - Science and Environment in Canadian History HP202 Science in the Modern World, From HI424* - Reading Seminar on Nature and Environment in Canadian 1800 to the Present 0.5 History An introduction to central topics in the history and philosophy of HI425* - Reading Seminar on Science, Culture and Society in science from the era of post-Enlightenment Romanticism to the Canadian History modern era of nuclear energy and the World Wide Web, including HP390 - Directed Study discussion of changing social attitudes to science; science in PP201 - Reasoning and Argumentation relation to technology and industrialization; relations between PP204 - Formal Logic science, politics and war; the emergence of "Big Science"; and PP216 - Critical Social Theory social policy in relation to scientific and technological PP217 - Medical Ethics innovation.† PP224 - Philosophy and the Environment Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP225 - Theories of Knowledge PP226 - Philosophy of Science PP256 - Ancient Philosophy I

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 124 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

HP390 Directed Study 0.5 ES362/GG362, GG363, GG367, GG389, ES391/GG391, ES397/ HP390 - Directed Study GG397, ES398/GG398, ES493/GG493 A detailed study of a topic in history and philosophy of science GS232, GS311, GS323, GS331, GS335, GS351, GS361, GS435, GS461 not available through the regular program. HE411, HE301, HE400 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in an arts or HI256, HI306 science honours program and permission of the co-ordinating HR231, HR232/LY232, HR263, HR301/OL301, HR312, HR320/ committee. YC320, HR329/HS329, HR333/LY333, HR335/LY335 Irregular course HS322, HS323 ID201, ID375 JN312, JN321 Intercultural Understanding LY304, LY305, LY306, LY334, LY405, LY411 OL370, OL415 Program PO220, PO232, PO321, PO322, PO323, PO326, PO329, PO330, PO331, PO332, PO333, PO334, PO345, PO420, PO433, PO470, Intercultural Understanding Option PO494 In the Intercultural Understanding Option, students learn skills SK221, SK421, SK431 highly valued in the global marketplace: respect for cultural SY316, SY321, SY333, SY405, SY422 difference, tolerance for ambiguity, and critical self-reflection. YC310, YC440 The option brings awareness to the role of culture in shaping people's worldview and practices, fosters a complex understanding Students should note that many of the elective courses have of one's own social location, and provides training in holistic prerequisites courses that must be satisfied prior to registration. analysis. In a multicultural society such as Canada, understanding Regulations diversity helps dispel dominant stereotypes about non-normative cultures, encouraging respectful collaboration and teamwork. The 1. Honours program students with a minimum overall GPA of option's emphasis on ethnographic skills affords students 7.00 at the end of Year 1, Year 2 or Year 3 are eligible to practical, transferable research tools that are attractive apply for the International Policy Option. A cumulative GPA to employers. of 7.00 in the courses specific to the International Policy Option is required to graduate. Intercultural Understanding Option: Anthropology Department 2. At least 2.5 of the required 4.5 credits in the option must International Policy Program be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. 3. Completion of the International Policy Option International Policy Option requirements will result in a "International Policy Option" Program Co-ordinator: Dr. Margaret Walton-Roberts, Department of designation on student transcripts. The option is open to Geography & Environmental Studies all honours students. The International Policy option consists of 4.5 credits (3.5 4. Students are not permitted to complete both the required and 1.0 elective). International Policy Option and the International Development Option. Required Core Courses (3.5 credits): Italian (Lang/Lit) 1. EC120, EC140, GS101 or HR163; PO245 or HR223/JN223; and PO231 or PO232 or HR328. The Minor in Italian offers the possibility to obtain a working knowledge of the language while presenting students with a 2. One of EC205, EC255, CC327, EC285, HS324, JN334, MA241, cultural understanding of Italy. Italian could be used as a GG254, MB235, OL334, PO218, PS295, PS296, SY382 or an component of the Honours BA in Languages, as language III. equivalent statistics course approved by the School of International Policy and Governance. Italian Minor and Courses: 3. IP300 Elective Courses (1.0 credits) Full-Time Faculty Two electives (1.0 credit) in courses focused on international policy issues, including the following courses and others as Hugo De Marinis, PhD, Chair approved by the School of International Policy and Governance: Monica Stellin, PhD BI301 CC209, CC306, CC319, CC325/HR325, CC326/HR326 CT202, CT215, CT226/JN226/MX226, CT250, CT260/HR260, CT302, Italian Minor CT310, CT312, CT324, CT404, CT419, CT455 IT101, IT102, IT201, IT202 and any two of the following: IT322, EC207, EC238, EC239, EC246, EC249, EC307, EC316 IT324, IT395 IT399, IT251 (St. Jerome, UW). It is strongly ES392 recommended that students take LL200 and LL201. GG261, GG263, GG272, GG273, ES290/GG290, ES356/GG356, Third Year Abroad Program Italian Language

125 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

A Third Year Abroad Program can be arranged through Laurier Taught in Italian. This course will allow students to investigate International at the Università degli Studi di Udine, in Udine and the Italian society and culture through cinema. Students will the Università Carlo Cattaneo – LIUC, in Castellanza (VA), Italy. study the historical evolution of Italian culture and literature, as well as cinema, by analyzing their representation in some of the Note: most famous or significant Italian films. The course will also give Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. students the opportunity to improve their linguistic competence, Italian (Lang/Lit) Courses in particular through discussions in a seminar format. Prerequisite: IT202 or permission of the department. IT101 - Introduction to Italian I IT101 Introduction to Italian I 0.5 IT337 - Italian Film Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 IT337 Italian Film 0.5 Taught in Italian. An introduction to the structure, phonology and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 semantics of Italian. Oral and written practice will focus on basic Taught in English. A study of Italian film from silent film with a grammar, practical vocabulary and pronunciation. The course is consideration of different genres and socio-political relevance. designed for students with little or no knowledge of Italian. Exclusion: FS337. Exclusion: Grade 11 (or above) Italian, IT130, or equivalent (except with permission of the department). IT395 - Special Topics in Italian Studies IT395 Special Topics in Italian Studies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 IT102 Introduction to Italian II 0.5 IT102 - Introduction to Italian II Taught in Italian. A concentrated study of a specific topic or area Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 in Italian studies. Taught in Italian. A continuation of IT101. Prerequisite: IT202 or permission of the department. Prerequisite: IT101, Grade 11 Italian or equivalent, (or Irregular course permission of the department). Exclusion: Grade 12U (or above) Italian, IT131, or equivalent IT399 Directed Studies 0.5 IT399 - Directed Studies (except with permission of the department). Taught in Italian. Detailed study of a topic, area or author under the supervision of faculty in the department. IT201 - Intermediate Italian I IT201 Intermediate Italian I 0.5 Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Irregular course Taught in Italian. A practical review of vocabulary, grammar and communication skills. This course helps students to achieve fluency in oral and written Italian. Reading and audio-visual material will be drawn from contemporary Italian culture. Prerequisite: IT102, or permission of the department.

IT202 - Intermediate Italian II IT202 Intermediate Italian II 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Taught in Italian. A continuation of the practical aspects of IT201 with further development and consolidation of oral and written skills. Emphasis will be placed on effective oral communication through conversation, as well as writing and translation into Italian. Prerequisite: IT201.

IT322 - Understanding Italy IT322 Understanding Italy 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Taught in Italian. This course will allow students to approach the study of contemporary Italian linguistics and culture from a new perspective. By using connections such as the internet and the on-line press, radio and television, students will gain a sense of contemporary Italy and they will be able to investigate popular images and misconceptions. Topics will be explored through newspaper articles, popular songs and recent literary works. Prerequisite: IT202 or permission of the department.

IT324 - Cinema Italia IT324 Cinema Italia 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 126 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Languages and Literatures Notes 1. The following French courses must be taken in numerical Honours BA and Courses: sequence: FR101, FR102, FR150, FR151, FR250, FR251, FR360. Students may not take any of these courses out of sequence, and they cannot take any two of them French simultaneously. 2. By agreement, students at WLU and U of W can take some Nathalie Freidel, PhD, Chair courses at either university. Some courses are cycled from Sharon Marquart, PhD year to year. Consult the department in Year 1 to assist in Jane Newland, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor scheduling the program of studies. Simona Pruteanu, PhD Marc Olivier Reid, PhD 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Katherine Roberts, PhD progression and course regulations and the earlier section Milo Sweedler, PhD regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Third Year Abroad Italian The Department of Languages & Literatures recommends that students participate in the third year abroad program, which can Monica Stellin, PhD be arranged through Laurier International (Consult the Student Services chapter for information.) Spanish Languages and Literatures Courses Hugo De Marinis, PhD LL200 Cultural Perspectives I 0.5 LL200 - Cultural Perspectives I Marta Marin-Domine, PhD This course examines major developments in the arts and Marc Olivier Reid, PhD architecture, social and political life, and intellectual history in Mercedes Rowinsky-Geurts, PhD western and central Europe from medieval times to 1900. The John Schwieter, PhD course approaches the time period from particular cultural perspectives (e.g., French, Italian, German or Spanish). Rather Spanish - University of Waterloo Participating than a survey of European cultural history, the course focuses on Faculty specific socio-political events, intellectual trends, historical figures, literary texts, and/or artistic movements that have Annik Bilodeau, PhD enriched the heritage of the western world. Mario Boido, PhD 3 lecture hours Monica Leoni, PhD LL201 - Cultural Perspectives II David Rozotto, PhD LL201 Cultural Perspectives II 0.5 Regina Vera-Quinn, BEd This course examines major developments in the arts and architecture, social and political life, and intellectual history in western and central Europe from 1900 to the present. The course approaches the time period from particular cultural perspectives Honours BA Languages (e.g., French, Italian, German or Spanish). Rather than a survey of The Honours BA in Languages consists of 20.0 credits, of which at European cultural history, the course focuses on specific socio- least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level, and including a political events, intellectual trends, historical figures, literary minimum of 15.5 credits in required courses. The 15.5 credits are texts, and artistic movements that have enriched the heritage of as follows: the western world. A. Linguistic and Cultural Perspectives (1.5 credits): 3 lecture hours One of LL200 or LL201; one of LL223 or LL323; plus one of MI201 or MI202. LL223 - Theoretical Linguistics LL223 Theoretical Linguistics 0.5 B. Three Target Languages (14.0 credits): 6.0 credits in French; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 6.0 credits in Spanish (excluding SP220); and This course will investigate the major branches of theoretical 2.0 credits in one of Arabic, German or Italian. linguistics: Phonetics and phonology examine properties, These courses must be taught in the target language. production, processes, and patterning of sounds; morphology and C. Degree Program Electives (4.5 credits): syntax explore word, phrase, and sentence structure; semantics Electives can be chosen from the department (above and beyond investigates the study of meaning; and historical linguistics the requirements in A and B) or from other areas of the university. studies language evolution as a systematic and predicable These elective credits may form part of a minor. element. Exclusion: EN223.

127 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

LL323 Applied Linguistics 0.5 Studies Option is required to graduate. The option is not available LL323 - Applied Linguistics to Honours Political Science students, who can instead apply for This course will investigate the major branches of applied the Legal Studies Specialization in combination with their linguistics: First and second language acquisition examine how Political Science Honours BA. humans acquire native and non-native languages; sociolinguistics and language variation explore • At least 3.0 of the required 4.0 credits in the option must be language usage and diversity in society and within multilingual completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. and multicultural populations; psycholinguistics studies mental representations and processes of language comprehension and • Completion of the option requirements will result in a "Legal production; and neurolinguistics explores neurobiological aspects Studies Option" designation on the student transcript. The of language in the brain. option is open to all honours students. Exclusion: EN323. 3 lecture hours Required Core Legal Studies Courses (2.5 credits)

LL395 - Special Topics LL395 Special Topics 0.5 1. PO210 This course is a concentrated study of a specific topic in the area 2. 2.0 credits from: PO209, PO212, PO331, PO333, PO350, of languages and literatures. PO371, PO380, PO389 (refer to Note 1 below). Irregular course Note: More than one PO389 (Special Topics) course may be used MI201 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization I MI201 Mediterranean Culture and Civilization to fulfil this requirement; consult the department. I 0.5 The purpose of this course is to direct students in an investigation Elective Courses (1.5 credits) 3 courses from among the of various aspects of certain countries and regions bordering the following: Mediterranean Sea. Students will be able to analyze the different factors that have influenced the Mediterranean region such as: • Anthrolopogy language, social life, art and architecture, and the economic and AN243 - Law, Culture and Society political systems of some the major cultures of the Mediterranean. AN333/SY333 - Human Rights I: Canadian Responsibility Taught in English. • Business MI202 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization II MI202 Mediterranean Culture and Civilization BU231 - Business Law II 0.5 BU451 - Law and Entrepreneurship This course investigates certain countries and regions bordering BU464 - Labour Relations the Mediterranean Sea. Students will be able to analyze the different factors that have influenced the Mediterranean region • English such as: body language, cinematography and migration. Taught in EN330 - Human Rights in Contemporary Cultural Forms English. • Global Studies GS411 - Global Justice Legal Studies Program • History The Legal Studies Option gives students an excellent opportunity HI219 - History of English Law to 1714 to learn about the law. The option's 4.0 credits provide a solid HI253 - Race, Rights and the Law in Early United States History foundation in the social scientific analysis of the legal system in HI255 - Crime and Justice in Antiquity Canada, in other countries, and internationally. It is strongly HI318 - Crime, Sex, and Scandal in 19th Century Britain recommended to students who are considering pursuing law HI375 - Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in Canada, school or employment opportunities that require familiarity with 1867-1969 the law. HI390 - Family Law in Greece and Rome

• Philosophy Co-ordinator: Legal Studies Option PP213 - Legal Philosophy PP217 - Medical Ethics Christopher Anderson, PhD PP247 - Business Ethics

• Political Science Legal Studies Option PO301 - Drugs, Guns and Trucks: Commerce and Contraband Across North America The Legal Studies Option consists of 4.0 credits (2.5 required and 1.5 elective). Honours program students with a minimum overall • Sociology GPA of 7.0 at the end of Years 1, 2 or 3 are eligible to apply for the Legal Studies Option. SY241 - Sociology of Crime: Structural Perspectives A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the courses specific to the Legal SY242 - Sociology of Crime: Interpretive Perspectives

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 128 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

• Women and Gender Studies 2. Students wanting to substitute BU375 - Operations WS306 - Women and Social Justice Management for BU225 - Fundamentals of Operations must complete BU375 course prerequisites. Students who Note complete BU225 must still complete BU375 if they wish to In addition, when choosing elective courses, note that some of pursue other third- and fourth-year operations courses. these courses have prerequisites. Although these prerequisites Consult a Business Department academic advisor. may be waived by the program or department administering the course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such 3. Current students may apply for the option using the arrangements. Program Selection Form available through the Office Enrolment Services AFTER ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET: BU111 and BU127 and the statistics Management Option (LSBE) requirement given above. Management Option 4. Any 300-level course may not be taken prior to Year 3. Program Information: [email protected]. 5. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all BU courses applicable to The Management Option is normally a direct-entry program for the Management Option is required for graduation. A grade students with an incoming average of low-mid 80s or above; the point of 5.0 is required in each of the economics and option is meant to be combined with a major from the Faculties of statistics courses. A maximum of 2 repeats is allowed Arts, Science, Music or the department of Economics. Current across these course requirements. Laurier students who are eligible, may apply for the option using 6. At least 3.5 of the 4.0 credits in the option must be the online Program Selection Form available through the Office of completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. the Enrolment Services. Students who have entered through direct-entry must have a Medieval and Medievalism minimum GPA of 6.0 in BU111 and BU127 to progress to senior BU courses [200-, 300- and 400-level] Studies Program For continuing students to be eligible to declare the option, a student must have a minimum GPA of 6.0 in BU111 and BU127. A Medieval Studies is a broad category of study that analyses student must also successfully complete a recognized statistics cultural materials from the era c. 500-1500 AD. These materials course from their program of study or EC205 from the Department include myths, philosophy, history, heroic stories, theology, of Business prior to admission. Entry to the program is combat, fine arts, language, military history, manuscripts, competitive and students would typically apply at the end of Year literature, politics, music, economics, calligraphy, urban studies, 2. Only students in an honours degree will be considered for architecture, language history, images, philosophy of science, admission. cultural studies, gender studies, and many other areas and disciplines. Study of the medieval era frequently requires an The Management Option consists of the following 4.0 credits (8 inherent interdisciplinary approach as well as a variety of courses): intellectual approaches. Students will also examine the field Required Courses (3.0 credits): of Medievalism, that is, the study of the representations and BU111 - Understanding the Business Environment legacies of the Middle Ages in later historical periods, including BU127 - Introduction to Financial Accounting our own times. BU223 - Fundamentals of Finance (refer to Note 1) BU225 - Fundamentals of Operations (refer to Note 2) Honours Combination BA and Minor: BU352 - Introduction to Marketing Management BU354 - Human Resources Management Medieval Studies Co-ordinating Committee Any one of the following (0.5 credit): EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics Debra Foran, PhD EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics Alicia McKenzie, MA Course from the following (0.5 credit): EC205, EC255, EC285, Chris Nighman, PhD, Co-ordinator KP390, MA241, PO218, PS296, ST230, ST231, ST260, SY382; or Alma Santosuosso, PhD GG254 & GG258 (together only – 1.0 credit) David Smith, PhD Regulations and Notes 1. Students wanting to substitute BU283 - Financial Management I for BU223 - Fundamentals of Finance must complete BU283 course prerequisites. Students who complete BU223 must still complete BU283 if they wish to pursue other third- and fourth-year finance courses. Consult a Business Department academic advisor.

129 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Medieval and Medievalism ML302 - The Middle Ages Again ML388* - Medieval Studies Travel Course Studies in Combination with another (or senior courses in Arabic, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Honours BA Program Italian, Latin or Spanish, with the co-ordinator's permission.) The program for the combined Honours BA in Medieval and Year 4 (2.0 credits) Medievalism Studies consists of 20.0 credits, no more than 6.0 Core ML Requirement: credits of which are at the 100 level (14.0 credits at the senior One of ML400 or ML401 senior seminars in Medieval and level). Students must take a minimum of 7.0 credits as detailed Medievalism Studies below, only 1.0 credit of which can be at the 100 level. The limit Or an approved 400 level seminar from English, History or Music. of 6.0 100 level credits may be waived in the case of 100 level and 1.5 additional credits as needed from: language courses taken by Medieval and Medievalism Studies ML402 - Teaching, Learning and Thinking Through Medieval majors in Year 3 or Year 4. Studies Students should be aware that some senior courses have or any 300 level courses listed above prerequisites. Consult the respective course descriptions from the or senior courses in Arabic, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, various departments for more information. Italian, Latin, Spanish with the co-ordinator's permission. Year 1 (1.0 credit) Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the Core ML Requirement: degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second BA major, ML100 - Discovering the Middle Ages (0.5 credit) Program Note and at least one of the following: ML101 - Harry Potter and Medieval Culture (0.5 credit) 1. It is recommended that students wishing to pursue ML102 - Game of Thrones and Medieval Culture (0.5 credit) graduate studies take at least 1.0 credit in Latin and at HI101 - Medieval Europe, 500-1100 (0.5 credit) least 1.0 credit in French, Spanish, Italian, German, Middle HI102 - The Central and Late Middle Ages, 1100-1450 (0.5 credit) English or Anglo-Saxon. Year 2 (2.0 credits) 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Core ML Requirement: progression and course regulations and the earlier section ML200 - The Middle Ages Today: Medievalism in Contemporary regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Culture and 1.5 credits from the following: Medieval and Medievalism Studies Minor EN231 - Arthurian Traditions A minimum of a 0.5 credit from ML100, ML101, ML102, ML201, EN238 - Tolkien and Fantasy ML202. FR232 - Medieval and Renaissance France 2.5 credits from 200-300 Medieval and Medievalism Studies HI219 - History of English Law to 1714 courses or medieval cognate courses from the list of approved HI224 - The Asian World in Ascendancy, 1000-1700 courses for the major. ML201 - City and Cathedral: The Church in Medieval Society Senior courses in Arabic, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, ML202 - Castle and Village: Class and Material Culture Latin or Spanish may be substituted with the permission of the ML299* - Medieval Studies Travel Course (RLC) Medieval and Medievalism Studies Program Co-ordinator. PP261 - Medieval Philosophy RE215 - Christianity and Culture: Early to Pre-Modern Note: (or senior courses in Arabic, French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Latin or Spanish, with the co-ordinator's permission.); Note: Year 2 Medieval and Medievalism Studies students may take Medieval and Medievalism Studies Program a section of ML300 with the program co-ordinator's permission, Courses but must also take at least 2.0 credits of 200 level courses listed ML100 - Discovering the Middle Ages above (or equivalent in senior language courses). ML100 Discovering the Middle Ages 0.5 An introduction to the major cultural traditions of the Western Year 3 (2.0 credits) world in the Middle Ages. The course will include study of Core ML requirement: narratives and images from a variety of national and religious At least 1.0 credit (two courses) from the ML300 - Special Topics traditions, and will use, typically, a variety of approaches to courses and examine the course material. Topics may include stories and other additional credits as needed from the following: representations of kings, warriors, saints, knights, mystics, EN372 - History of the English Language heroes, and exotic beasts such as dragons. EN390 - Chaucer and the Middle Ages EN392 - Diversity in the Middle Ages HI310 - The Italian Renaissance, 1350-1530 HI374 - Jews, ‘Witches' & Heretics: Persecution & Toleration in pre-Modern Europe c. 1050-1700 HI382 - Anglo-Saxon England, c. 450-1066 HI383 - England in the Central and Late Middle Ages, 1066-1485 ML301 - An Introduction to Medieval Manuscripts

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 130 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

ML101 Harry Potter and Medieval Culture 0.5 This Residence Learning Community course examines the culture ML101 - Harry Potter and Medieval Culture and history of select locations and time-frames for the medieval Students will explore how the cultural phenomenon of Harry period, and includes both an on-campus lecture component and Potter, originating in the immensely popular novels of J. K. an instructor-guided travel abroad component that would include Rowling, draws upon, adapts, and/or represents medieval cultural visits to key archeological sites, surviving ecclesiastical and artifacts, beliefs, and practices. Students will also examine how secular buildings (intact or ruins), museums, libraries and re- particular attitudes toward the Middle Ages are perpetuated by enactment events. Harry Potter multi-media, such as film, video games, board games, ML299* is offered only in the 6-week Intersession (May to mid- theme parks, museum exhibits, fan communities, and fan fiction. June) or Summer (late June to early August) terms. The lecture Exclusion: ML300p. series will normally be offered for about 4 weeks prior to the 3 lecture hours departure of the class for the travel component of the course, which will take about 9-10 days. Although it is primarily intended ML102 - Game of Thrones and Medieval Culture ML102 Game of Thrones and Medieval Culture 0.5 for students in a Residence Learning Community sponsored by the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Medieval Studies Program, though other students may be Explores how the cultural phenomenon of Game of Thrones, permitted to take the course with the permission of the program originating in the popular novels of George R.R. Martin, draws co-ordinator. upon, adapts, and/or represents medieval cultural artifacts, ML300 - Special Topics beliefs, and practices. Students also examine how particular ML300 Special Topics 0.5 attitudes toward the Middle Ages are perpetuated by Game of Consult the Medieval Studies website for topic details. Thrones multi-media, such as television, video games, board Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. games, museum exhibits, fan communities, and fan fiction. Irregular course Exclusion: ML300Q. ML301 - An Introduction to Medieval Manuscripts ML301 An Introduction to Medieval ML200 - The Middle Ages Today: Medievalism in Contemporary Culture ML200 The Middle Ages Today: Medievalism in Manuscripts 0.5 Contemporary Culture 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Defines and examines the history of the scriptorium and the Investigating the intersection of medieval and modern cultures, typical subject-matter, means of production, social contexts, and this course explores how the Middle Ages have been represented aesthetic contexts of selected medieval manuscripts produced in in contemporary popular culture, and examines the medieval Western Europe during the period 300 to 1550 CE. The significant sources that have inspired those representations. achievements in the traditions of medieval manuscripts are examined, likely including early scriptures, the Book of Kells, The ML201 - City and Cathedral: The Church in Medieval Society ML201 City and Cathedral: The Church in Lindisfarne Gospels, Magna Carta, The Luttrell Psalter, and various Medieval Society 0.5 15th century Books of Hours. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. This course provides an understanding of medieval culture with Exclusion: ML203. respect to the different social, cultural, institutional, intellectual, ML302 - The Middle Ages Again aesthetic and spiritual assumptions, which shaped the lives of ML302 The Middle Ages Again 0.5 medieval men and women. Rather than proceed chronologically, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the course presents medieval culture as a unified whole. Experimental archaeology allows archaeologists and historians to Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. better understand and experience the past by engaging in controlled experiments that attempt to replicate the production, ML202 - Castle and Village: Class and Material Culture ML202 Castle and Village: Class and Material alteration, or movement of various types of artefacts. This course Culture 0.5 will focus specifically on how this methodology has been Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 employed in the study of the medieval period in Europe and the This course provides an understanding of medieval culture with Eastern Mediterranean. respect to the different social, cultural, institutional, intellectual, Exclusion: ML300v (offered Fall 2016). aesthetic and spiritual assumptions which shaped the lives of ML388* - Medieval Studies Travel Course medieval men and women in the two secular orders of society, the ML388* Medieval Studies Travel Course 1.0 warrior aristocracy and labourer/merchant groups. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. This course examines the culture and history of select locations and time-frames for the medieval period, and includes both an on- ML299* - Medieval Studies Travel Course (RLC) ML299* Medieval Studies Travel Course (RLC) 1.0 campus lecture component and an instructor-guided travel abroad Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 component that would include visits to key archeological sites, surviving ecclesiastical and secular buildings (intact or ruins), museums, libraries and re-enactment.

131 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

ML388* is offered only in the 6-week Intersession (May to mid- June) or Summer (late June to early August) terms. The lecture Muslim Studies Program series will be offered for about 4 weeks prior to the departure of The Muslim Studies Option offers: the class for the travel component of the course, which will take about 9-10 days. • An interdisciplinary/multi-disciplinary approach to the study of Islam and Muslim societies that integrates perspectives ML400 - Senior Seminar in Medieval Studies ML400 Senior Seminar in Medieval Studies 0.5 and methodological approaches from both the humanities An exploration of various topics in medieval studies. and social sciences. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of the medieval studies • The study of the historical, philosophical and theological program (or permission of the co-ordinating committee). development of Islamic thought and traditions as well as contemporary sociological, political and cultural contexts of ML401 - The Medieval Book ML401 The Medieval Book 0.5 lived Muslim experiences within a broad geographic context This course provides students with a history of book production in that incorporates a global, transnational as well as local the medieval west from 1100-1500. Students explore various focus. aspects of book production in the Middle Ages, and although the subject requires some attention to vernacular and Latin script, the • An emphasis on an integrative analysis of Islam and Muslims course also focuses upon interdisciplinary aspects regarding the from historical, scriptural, philosophical, cultural and gender physical make-up and production of medieval manuscripts. perspectives that inform the contemporary global relations Prerequisite: Year 4 Honours Medieval Studies or permission from between Muslims and non-Muslims. the instructor. Full-Time Faculty ML402 - Teaching, Learning and Thinking Through Medieval Studies ML402 Teaching, Learning and Thinking Through Medieval Studies 0.5 Ali Zaidi, PhD, Co-ordinator Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Introduces qualified Medieval Studies majors to the basic theories and practices of teaching and learning in the humanities, and Muslim Studies Option provides training and practical experience as Instructional Assistants in first-year Medieval Studies courses offered in Fall The Muslim Studies Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. term (ML101 or ML102). Participants enhance their skills related Students must complete the two required core courses (1.0 credit) to critical thinking, reading, discussion, writing and the and a minimum of 3.0 elective credits. In order to graduate, a GPA fundamentals of pedagogy. The format of this course includes of 6.00 in the courses included in the Muslim Studies Option is intensive training sessions early in the term followed by weekly required. workshops throughout the term. Students also undertake a Required Core Courses (1.0 credit): practicum as discussion leaders in weekly tutorials that explore MZ200 - Introduction to Muslim Studies aspects of medieval studies and medievalism covered in the MZ201/RE213 - Religious Heritage of Islam lectures and readings for the first-year course. Prerequisite: Year 4 Medieval Studies majors who are accepted Elective Courses (3.0 credits) through application, review and selection by the program co- AB101 - Elementary Modern Standard Arabic I ordinator. AB102 - Elementary Modern Standard Arabic II AB201 - Intermediate Arabic I GS221 - The Cosmopolitan Village? ML499 Directed Study 0.5 ML499 - Directed Study GS222 - Contemporary Western Societies Individual study of a specialized topic under the supervision of a GS325 - Religion, Culture and Society faculty member. GS422 - Dialogue and Critique in an Age of Terror Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 of the medieval studies HI228 - Survey of Modern Asian History program (or permission of the co-ordinating committee). HI265 - Ten Moments that made the Middle East Irregular course HI325 - Imperialism, Race and the Post-Colonial Legacy HI368 - The Ottoman Empire HI410* - Reading Seminar on The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Music and Cultural History ML300G - Jews, Christians, and Muslims in the Medieval World MI201 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization I Music and Cultural History Option MI202 - Mediterranean Culture and Civilization II Refer to Faculty of Music chapter. MZ300 - Special Topics in Muslim Studies PP220 - Indian Philosophy Music Minor PP261 - Medieval Philosophy Refer to the Faculty of Music chapter. RE101 - Religions of the Americas: Asian and Middle Eastern RE208 - Roots of Western Religions Note: RE227 - Religions and Cultures of the Middle East Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. RE338 - Islamic Mysticism RE377 - Gender and Islam

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 132 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

SY416 - Equity in Education Honours BA program and normally taken over four years, the North WS307 - Gender and Social Politics in Contemporary Muslim American Studies honours major consists of 20.0 credits, of which Societies 7.0 are in North American Studies. Students take a set of required WS308 - Gender, Cinema and the Third World courses that focus on both the interactions between Canada, the U.S., and Mexico and also Canada's particular place within the Notes continent. Students are also encouraged to acquire second 1. Muslim Studies strongly encourages the study of languages language skills that are invaluable in many professions. A key other than English as an integral part of studying Muslims feature of North American Studies is the opportunity to study at in the modern world. partner campuses in the U.S. and Mexico. With an Honours BA in North American Studies, students will have a competitive edge in 2. For Muslim Studies students who take Year 1 language today's job market. This knowledge can lead to careers in private courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and who have business, government and non-government organizations, already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses will journalism or law. not be counted toward the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. Language courses may be taken at WLU, at other North American Studies looks forward to your inquiries. For advice, recognized universities in Canada, or abroad on a letter of the administrative assistant can be reached at [email protected]. permission and with the prior written consent of the Muslim Studies Program Co-ordinator. Language courses are courses that are not taught in English, and focus on North American Studies Co-ordinating Committee grammar, verbal and written communication skills in a second language. Students are advised to seek advice from Chris Anderson, PhD the Program Co-ordinator about different study Jean Becker, MA, Program Elder possibilities. Jörg Broschek, PhD 3. In addition, when choosing elective courses, note that Lucy Luccisano, PhD some of these courses have prerequisites. Although these Darren Mulloy, PhD prerequisites may be waived by the program or department Katherine Roberts, PhD, Facilitator administering the course, it is the responsibility of the Kevin Spooner, PhD student to make such arrangements. Brian Tanguay, PhD 4. Completion of the option requirements will result in a Debora Van Nijnatten, PhD "Muslim Studies Option" designation on the student Margaret Walton-Roberts, PhD transcript. Muslim Studies Program Courses Honours BA North American Studies in MZ200 - Introduction to Muslim Studies MZ200 Introduction to Muslim Studies 0.5 This course provides an overview of the aims, methods, and Combination with another Honours BA central issues in the Muslim Studies field. In particular it will Program investigate the diversity of contemporary Muslims, ideational The Combined Honours North American Studies program consists currents that are influencing them, and the major debates about of 20.0 credits, including 7.0 credits that must be completed in Islamic identity. the North American Studies program; 6.0 program credits must be at the senior level. At least 14.0 of the 20 degree credits must be MZ201 - Religious Heritage of Islam MZ201/RE213 Religious Heritage of Islam 0.5 at the senior level (refer to exception, in Note 1 below). (Cross-listed with RE213.) Required NO Courses (4.5): MZ300 - Special Topics in Muslim Studies MZ300 Special Topics in Muslim Studies 0.5 NO105 - Billionaires, Beavers, & Banditos This course focuses on specific topics of interest in Muslim NO211 - Canadian Identities and Cultures, Studies. plus 1.0 additional NO credits at the 200 level Prerequisite: Permission by the instructor. NO315/PO315 - Politics and Society in Contemporary Québec, plus 1.0 additional NO credits at the 300 level NO401 - Managing Borders and Boundaries in North America, 0.5 credit language (Spanish, French or Indigenous; students are North American Studies encouraged to take at least 1.0 credit of language) Senior North American Elective Courses (2.5 credits): Program Any senior North American Studies course not used to meet one of North American Studies is an interdisciplinary major that examines the required course requirements listed above may be used North America as a distinct historical, cultural, political and towards the elective courses requirement. In addition, many other economic entity, and views North American borders as cultural courses offered by other departments and programs in the Faculty and policy spaces. The major has four key areas of emphasis: of Arts may also be counted towards the elective courses culture and identity, public policy, Indigenous Peoples, and requirement. These courses are to be chosen by the student, in business and economy. Offered in combination with another

133 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

consultation with the North American Studies co-ordinator and North American Studies Program Courses according to program-approved lists available on the program NO105 - Billionaires, Beavers, & Banditos website (refer also to Note 2 below), NO105 Billionaires, Beavers, & Banditos 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second BA major. This course combines online and in-class learning to examine issues and ideas important to understanding how North America Program Notes and its constituent countries (Canada, the United States and 1. For North American Studies majors who take 100 level Mexico) are understood. Key themes include Indigenous Peoples: language courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and who colonization and resistance; culture and identity: race, art, and have already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses sport; business and society: international trade, labour and (up to a maximum of 0.5 credit) will not be counted toward migration; and public policy: drug wars, healthcare, and the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. Language citizenship. credits need not affect the North American Studies major Exclusion: NO101, NO110. GPA. NO201 - North American Transborder Regions NO201/GG201 North American Transborder 2. Students in the honours program may undertake a North Regions 0.5 American Studies Experience (NASE) to fulfill some of the This course will present an overview of key transborder regions elective courses requirement and, depending on the nature within the larger North American region. The course will consider of the experience, the 0.5 credit in language. When the physical, socio-economic and political geography of specific approved by the North American Studies Co-ordinator in regions on the Canada-U.S and U.S.-Mexico borders. (Cross-listed advance, the NASE can include: official university as GG201.) (For students registered in GG201, this course is exchanges, arranged through Laurier International considered a 'Canada' course.) (particularly with Laurier's American and Mexican partners); Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. participation in summer programs that provide in-depth 3 lecture hours examination of North America; individually initiated study/ internship opportunities; and appropriate field studies Narrative, Place and Identity in North NO202 - Narrative, Place and Identity in North America courses offered by other Laurier programs and departments. NO202 America 0.5 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for This course examines the foundational fictions of Canadian, progression and course regulations and the earlier section American and Mexican culture through a study of narrative, place regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. and popular culture. Key themes will include tensions between Canadian Studies Minor ethnic, regional, and religious identities, urban and rural spaces, the relationship to land and place, and the encounter of European NO105, and First Nations peoples and world views. It considers the extent NO211, to which these historically parallel traditions converge to create a NO315/PO315 and North American "New World" imaginary space. 1.5 senior credit in Canadian-content which must be approved by Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. the North American Studies program co-ordinator. 3 lecture hours Note: NO211 - Canadian Identities and Cultures Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. NO211 Canadian Identities and Cultures 0.5 This lecture/tutorial course examines how class, gender, race, and North American Studies Minor a sense of place contribute to the dynamic process of identity NO105; construction in Canada. The concepts of community and region 0.5 NO credit at the 200 level; are examined, and a series of case studies reveal how identity 0.5 NO credit at the 300 level; formation takes place across Canada, both in contemporary and 1.5 senior credits in elective courses. historical terms. The significance of race and racism is central to Notes: the course and is explored using film and interdisciplinary scholarship. 1. Any North American Studies course not used to meet one of Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. the above required course requirements, may be used 3 lecture hours towards the elective courses requirement. In addition, many other courses offered by other departments and programs in the Faculty of Arts may also be counted towards the elective course requirement. These courses are to be chosen by the student, in consultation with the North American Studies Program Co-ordinator and according to program-approved lists available on the program website. 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 134 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

NO219 - Canadian Studies for International Degree-seeking and Exchange Students NO219 Canadian Studies for International Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Degree-seeking and Exchange Students 0.5 NO309 - Special Topics in North American Studies This course will provide an introduction to Canadian society, NO309 Special Topics in North American culture, politics, history and geography. Studies 0.5 The course aims to provide exchange students and first/second Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 year international degree-seeking students with a basic degree of A lecture course in a specialized area of North American study will Canadian cultural literacy. Key themes addressed include First be offered when there is faculty/departmental interest. Nations, Québec, regions and regionalism, identity and diversity, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. and Canadian foreign policy. Irregular course Prerequisite: This course is open only to exchange students NO310 - Canada in the World: From Laurier to the 21st Century registered through Laurier International and first/second year NO310/HI328 Canada in the World: From international degree-seeking students with a study permit who Laurier to the 21st Century 0.5 have registered through the Registrar's Office. This interdisciplinary, seminar-based course examines Canada's 3 lecture hours role in the world at the beginning of the 20th and 21st centuries. Themes, issues and concerns confronting Canada at the outset of NO230 - Decolonizing North America NO230 Decolonizing North America 0.5 the 20th century, when Canada slowly emerged from the British This course critically examines the nature of the relationship empire to assume its place in the world, remain significant today between Indigenous and non-Indigenous peoples in the settler in a global community increasingly dominated by the United societies of North America. Among the key themes that may be States. Key areas of interest are immigration, free trade and addressed are land, education, language, and the justice system. globalization, Canada and the defence of empire (British and Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. American), and Canadian participation in international conflict. Exclusion: NO309g. (Cross-listed as HI328.) 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Exclusion: CA328, CA351. NO240 - North America: Business and Society NO240 North America: Business and Society 0.5 3 lecture hours This course assesses the nature of business and its broader NO312 - Canadian-American Relations relationship to society in North America. A number of themes are NO312/HI312 Canadian-American Relations 0.5 explored, including labour and migration, corporate social A study of Canadian-American relations, emphasizing foreign responsibility, and the environment. In addition, case studies of political relations, from the colonial era to the 21st century. particular economic sectors may be examined. (Cross-listed as HI312.) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 3 lecture hours Exclusion: NO309C/PO311L. 3 lecture hours NO301 - Drugs, Guns and Trucks: Commerce and Contraband Across North America NO301/PO301 Drugs, Guns and Trucks: NO315 - Politics and Society in Contemporary Québec Commerce and Contraband NO315/PO315 Politics and Society in Across North America 0.5 Contemporary Québec 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course examines the sources of contemporary Québécois Examines spaces of legal and illegal activity (trade and identity in fiction, film, theatre and non-fiction. It explores both contraband) across North America and the challenges they pose the legacy of Quebec's distinctive historical trajectory and recent for both policy makers and law enforcement. Topics may include political, economic, and social developments in the province, trade legislation, border militarization and security issues, and along with their impact on public policy. As well, it examines transnational efforts to stem the trade in illegal drugs and their Québec's relations with the rest of Canada, the situation of impact on various social groups. (Cross-listed as PO301.) Francophones outside of Québec, and Québec's aspirations to be Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. an actor in the international arena. (Cross-listed as PO315.) Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. NO302 Transnational Approaches to Media Exclusion: CA201, NO210/PO201. NO302 - Transnational Approaches to Media and Culture in North America 3 lecture hours and Culture in North America 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 NO319 Special Topics in Canadian Studies 0.5 NO319 - Special Topics in Canadian Studies Examines aspects of contemporary North American culture from a This course focuses on a special area or topic in Canadian Studies. transnational and continental perspective. Topics will include: the Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. politics and economics of film festivals, the film industry in Exclusion: CA340. Canada, Canadian celebrities in Hollywood, the representation of Irregular course Latinos in American culture, the vertical integration of the 3 lecture hours entertainment industry and manifestations of non-English popular culture (Québec and Mexico). Emphasis will also be placed on how changing technologies affect narrative formats and influence how North American stories are told.

135 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

NO330 - Indigenous Peoples and Public Policy NO330/PO373 Indigenous Peoples and Public Seminars: 400 level Policy 0.5 The 400 level philosophy 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions (Cross-listed as PO373.) of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. Different courses may be taken under the same course NO401 - Managing Borders and Boundaries in North America NO401 Managing Borders and Boundaries in number. For example, PP470F: Advanced Philosophy of Mind and North America 0.5 PP470D: Personal Identity. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 NOTE: Prerequisites for Year 4 seminars are two of PP350, PP370, and PP380. A series of seminars and workshops, with particular emphasis on exploring the field of border studies as it relates to both the US- Honours BA Philosophy Mexico and Canada‐US border, on the idea of Canada as a "border The Honours Philosophy program consists of 20.0 credits, of which culture," and on how these perspectives feed into border policy. at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. The program must Prepares students for an oral presentation at the annual Crossing include at least 11.0 but no more than 13.0 credits in Philosophy. Borders Student Conference held jointly by the University of Buffalo and . The program as a whole must include 3.5 credits at the 300 and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours North American 400 level, with at least 1.5 credits at each of those levels. Studies. Core PP Courses (3.5 credits): PP110 and PP111 (or equivalent); PP204; PP207; three of PP256, NO419 Directed Studies 0.5 NO419 - Directed Studies PP259, PP261, PP262, PP263, PP264, HP201; Special study in a selected area of Canadian Studies, under the guidance of a faculty member. Area PP Courses (3.5 credits): Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, permission of the North American Studies program office. a. a minimum of a 0.5 credit in history Exclusion: CA499. (PP350, PP450) Irregular course b. a minimum of 1.5 credits in values (PP203, PP213, PP215, PP216, PP217, PP218, PP219, PP223, PP224, PP230, PP233, PP247, PP380, PP480) Philosophy c. a minimum of 1.5 credits in metaphysics and Honours BA, Combination Honours BA and Minor: epistemology (PP209, PP214, PP220, PP225, PP226, PP229, PP249, PP270, PP370, PP470) Full-Time Faculty Elective PP Courses (4.0 to 6.0 credits)

Kathy Behrendt, PhD Degree Program Electives: An additional 9.0 credits toward the Neil Campbell, PhD degree total of 20.0 credits, including only 2.0 PP credits and only 5.0 credits at the 100 level. Gary Foster, PhD Rockney Jacobsen, PhD Program Note Rebekah Johnston, PhD, Chair Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and Ashwani Peetush, PhD, Graduate Advisor course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations Jill Rusin, PhD for All Honours Programs. Byron Williston, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor James Wong, PhD Honours BA Philosophy in Combination with another Honours BA Program The combined Honours Philosophy program consists of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 6.0 may be at the 100 level. A Seminars: PP350-380 minimum of 7.0 credits and a maximum 9.0 credits may be in The PP350-380 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the Philosophy. Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. Different courses may be taken under the same course number. For Core PP Courses (3.0 credits): example, PP350A: The Empiricists and PP350C: Wittgenstein. PP110 and PP111 (or equivalent); either PP201 or PP204; three of PP256, PP259, PP261, PP262, PP263, PP264, HP201; Elective PP Courses (4.0 to 6.0 credits): Elective courses in Philosophy must include at least 4.0 credits, but may include up to 6.0 credits. At least 1.0 credit among the elective courses must be at the 300 level and at least 1.5 credit among the elective courses must be at the 400 level.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 136 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the PP204 Formal Logic 0.5 PP204 - Formal Logic degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second BA major An introductory study of a fundamental tool of rational thought: and no more than 2.0 PP credits. deductive logic. The basic concepts, principles, and techniques of Program Note formal logic are studied: valid and invalid arguments, the logical Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and structure of statements and arguments, use of a symbolic course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations language to represent arguments and symbolic techniques to for All Honours Programs. facilitate their analysis and assessment.†

PP207 - Ethical Theories Philosophy Minor PP207 Ethical Theories 0.5 Any 3.0 credits in Philosophy, including at least 2.0 senior Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 credits. An introduction to traditional and contemporary ethical theory. Note: The work of thinkers such as Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes, Locke, Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Kant, Mill and Ross, and theories such as Naturalism, Utilitarianism, Formalism, Natural Rights and Intuitionism will Philosophy Courses typically be examined.† Prerequisite: PP110. PP110 - Values and Society PP110 Values and Society 0.5 An introductory course that critically analyzes philosophical PP209 PP209 - Philosophy of Religion problems implicit in our moral, political and social attitudes, with Philosophy of Religion 0.5 a view to assisting the student in formulating reasonable A critical study, based on classical and contemporary readings, of responses to a diversity of current issues. It considers such such issues as: the basis of religious claims, the meaning of questions as: Are there objective standards for value judgements religious discourse, the relationship between faith and reason, the or are they merely matters of subjective taste? What is morally nature and existence of God, the nature of religious experience, right? How is justice related to law or custom? the problems of evil and human destiny.†† Exclusion: PP/PY100*. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: RE209. PP111 - Knowledge and Reality PP111 Knowledge and Reality 0.5 PP213 - Legal Philosophy This course critically analyzes philosophical problems implicit in PP213 Legal Philosophy 0.5 our understanding of reality and quest for knowledge, with a view Analysis and critical evaluation of the concepts of law, rights, and to assisting the student in formulating reasonable responses to a related categories and problems: commands, social rules, moral diversity of current issues. It considers such questions as: Can we rules, primary and secondary rules, sovereignty, international law, ever be certain of anything through experience, reason, or faith? war, punishment, social justice, property. Texts of classical and Is reality ultimately material, and is the mind distinct from contemporary authors will be closely read and analyzed in class.†† matter? Does God exist? Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: PP/PY100*. PP214 - Philosophy of Mind PP214 Philosophy of Mind 0.5 PP201 - Reasoning and Argumentation PP201 Reasoning and Argumentation 0.5 A study of the relationship between the mental and the physical, The course provides tools for the analysis of reasoning and the and the nature of mental phenomena such as thought, desire, construction and evaluation of arguments. Examples from sensation, consciousness, emotion and artificial intelligence. A newspaper articles and theoretical discussions of science and variety of theories (dualism, materialism, functionalism, etc.), social policy will be discussed. both classical and contemporary, are examined. Exclusion: CS201. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student.

PP203 - Social and Political Philosophy PP215 - Aesthetics PP203 Social and Political Philosophy 0.5 PP215 Aesthetics 0.5 Analysis and critical evaluation of key socio-political concepts: A survey of issues related to our aesthetic appreciation of works of the state, civil society, power and authority, individual freedom, visual art, music and other objects (the environment, architecture, property, human rights, justice, democracy, liberalism, etc.). Traditional and contemporary aesthetic theories will be conservatism, authoritarianism versus totalitarianism. Ideas of discussed.† theorists like Plato, Hobbes, Hegel, Marx, Rawls and others will be Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. discussed.† Exclusion: PP/PY205, FI215. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP216 - Critical Social Theory PP216 Critical Social Theory 0.5 A study of current philosophical approaches to the analysis and critique of contemporary society. Topics may include capacities for domination and emancipation inherent in forms of rationality, language, individuation and social struggles. Writings to be discussed will be drawn from the Critical Theorists of the Frankfurt School and others.

137 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP226 Philosophy of Science 0.5 PP226 - Philosophy of Science Exclusion: PP/PY240Y. An investigation of the effectiveness of science as a means for obtaining knowledge. Topics may include the nature of method PP217 - Medical Ethics PP217 Medical Ethics 0.5 and explanation, the relation between observation and theory, the A study of some of the fundamental social and ethical issues role of mathematics and reason in the construction and brought about by the biomedical revolution: behaviour control (by application of theory, and appraisal of competing scientific drugs, psychosurgery and psychotherapy), experimentation, claims.†† informed consent, genetic screening and genetic control, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. transplantation, truth-telling, death and dying, new concepts of health and illness, allocation of scarce medical resources.† PP229 Theories of Reality 0.5 PP229 - Theories of Reality Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of such topics in metaphysics as being, existence, PP218 Existentialism 0.5 PP218 - Existentialism universals and particulars, self, mind, body, causality, freedom, An examination of one or more themes in existentialist thought. necessity, purpose and value.†† Topics to be investigated will include authenticity, anxiety, being Prerequisite: PP111. and meaning.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP230 - The Quest for World Peace PP230 The Quest for World Peace 0.5 An inquiry into the causes and possible cures for political PP219 Feminist Philosophy 0.5 PP219 - Feminist Philosophy violence, focusing on the nature of political power and the An introduction to a wide variety of feminist thought. This course associated phenomena of conventional war, nuclear war and explores the views of various feminist philosophers focussing on terrorism. Discussion will include such topics as the moral and important debates within feminism. practical bases of civil government, differing views of the nature Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. and aims of international relations, the causes and potential justifications for various forms of political violence (including war PP220 - Indian Philosophy PP220 Indian Philosophy 0.5 and terrorism), the principles and practice of non-violence as a An introduction to Indian philosophy. This course explores such mode of political intervention, and various suggestions topics as Indian (i.e., South Asian) approaches to questions about concerning our prospects for achieving peace on a global level.†† the nature of the self, reality, knowledge, and moral conduct. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP233 - Philosophy of Sex, Love and Friendship PP233 Philosophy of Sex, Love and Friendship 0.5 PP223 - Contemporary Moral Issues PP223 Contemporary Moral Issues 0.5 A philosophical examination of intimate human relationships. An examination of work by contemporary philosophers on Topics covered include the nature of inter-personal desire, sexual problems of normative ethics. Topics such as aboriginal rights, ethics, sexual orientation, romantic and agapic love, kinds of abortion, world poverty, capital punishment, national and friendships and selected concepts such as trust, betrayal, celibacy, international environmental issues, pornography, criminal justice promiscuity and perversion. and animal rights will be discussed. A variety of approaches (e.g., Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. liberal, communitarian, utilitarian, feminist) will be considered.† PP240 - Special Topics Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP240 Special Topics 0.5 Consult the Department of Philosophy for current offerings. PP224 - Philosophy and the Environment PP224 Philosophy and the Environment 0.5 Irregular course A study of current philosophical approaches to environmental PP247 - Business Ethics issues. Topics may include environmental ethics, deep ecology, PP247 Business Ethics 0.5 ecofeminism, the Green movement and radical ecology, as well as An examination of the ethical aspects of central features of the analysis of central concepts such as domination, stakeholder business activity such as property rights, contracts, the profit analysis, sustainability, wilderness and biophilia. motive, advertising and regulated trade. Reference will be made to Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. moral concepts such as justice, welfare and responsibility, in Exclusion: PP/PY240z. relation to such current issues as preferential hiring, deceptive advertising, environmental destruction and consumer protection.† PP225 - Theories of Knowledge PP225 Theories of Knowledge 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PP249 - Philosophy and Gender A study of belief, justification and knowledge, with consideration PP249 Philosophy and Gender 0.5 of such current issues as foundationalism, scepticism and An investigation into basic assumptions about masculinity and relativism.†† femininity and their influence upon conceptual frameworks Prerequisite: PP111. appearing in theories of mind, knowledge, ethics, society and culture.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 138 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PP256 - Ancient Philosophy I PP270 - Freedom, Determinism, and Responsibility PP256 Ancient Philosophy I 0.5 PP270 Freedom, Determinism, and An introduction to ancient philosophy from Thales to Plato. The Responsibility 0.5 relation of myth to philosophy, the Presocratics, Socrates and This course explores core questions about the nature and Plato's dialogues will be topics for discussion. † compatibility of freedom, determinism, and responsibility. We will Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. examine competing accounts of compatibilism and Exclusion: CL256, PP/PY260. incompatibilism, and explore such questions as whether or not freedom and responsibility require alternative possibilities. Our PP259 - Ancient Philosophy II PP259 Ancient Philosophy II 0.5 ultimate aim will be to clarify what is necessary for free will and An introduction to ancient philosophy from Aristotle to Plotinus. responsibility. Aristotle, Greek philosophy after Aristotle, and the relationship of Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Greek philosophy to earlier and later thought will be topics for Exclusion: PP240D. discussion.† 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. PP350 - Special Topics in History Exclusion: CL259, PP/PY260. PP350 Special Topics in History 0.5 Specific courses in the history of philosophy will normally study a PP261 - Medieval Philosophy PP261 Medieval Philosophy 0.5 major thinker (e.g., Hobbes, Aristotle) or a major movement (e.g., An introduction to medieval philosophy, which will examine rationalism, logical positivism). medieval thought beginning with Augustine. Christian, Islamic Prerequisite: A 200 level credit in the history of philosophy (or and Jewish sources will typically be discussed. Selections from permission of the instructor). original works by philosophers such as Averroes, al-Ghazali, Irregular course Aquinas, Anselm, Duns Scotus, William of Ockham and Erasmus The PP350-380 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. will be a focus for discussion.†† Different courses may be taken under the same course number. For Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. example, PP350A: The Empiricists and PP350C: Wittgenstein. PP262 Modern Philosophy I PP262 - Modern Philosophy I PP370 - Special Topics in Metaphysics and Epistemology 0.5 PP370 Special Topics in Metaphysics and An introduction to modern philosophy, which will discuss its Epistemology 0.5 beginnings in the Renaissance and its development in the 17th Specific courses in metaphysics and epistemology will study a and 18th centuries. Discussion will focus on thinkers such as topic or problem in the theory of knowledge or ontology (e.g., the Montaigne, Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Hume, Rousseau and nature of mind, internalism-externalism, feminist epistemology). Kant. The rise of science, modernity, the Enlightenment, Prerequisite: A 200 level credit in metaphysics or epistemology empiricism, rationalism and idealism will be possible topics for (or permission of the instructor). discussion.† Irregular course Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. The PP350-380 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. PP263 - Modern Philosophy II PP263 Modern Philosophy II 0.5 Different courses may be taken under the same course number. For A survey of modern philosophy from Kant to Nietzsche. The example, PP350A: The Empiricists and PP350C: Wittgenstein. Enlightenment, the Romantic Movement, idealism, positivism, utilitarianism, traditionalism and liberalism will be possible topics PP380 Special Topics in Values 0.5 PP380 - Special Topics in Values of discussion.† Specific courses in values will study a topic or problem in one of Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. the various normative areas (e.g., meta-ethics, virtue theory, applied ethics, political philosophy). PP264 - 20th-Century Philosophy PP264 20th-Century Philosophy 0.5 Prerequisite: A 200 level credit in values (or permission of the A survey of themes in 20th century philosophy, including such instructor). movements as pragmatism, logical empiricism, ordinary language Irregular course philosophy, analytic philosophy, phenomenology, hermeneutics, The PP350-380 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the critical theory, deconstruction, and the bridging of the so called Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. analytical/continental divide.† Different courses may be taken under the same course number. For Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. example, PP350A: The Empiricists and PP350C: Wittgenstein.

PP450 - Seminar in History PP450 Seminar in History 0.5 Specific seminars in the history of philosophy involve a detailed exploration of a major thinker (e.g., Plato, Kant) or a major movement (e.g., British empiricism, phenomenology). Prerequisite: Two of PP350, PP370, PP380 (or permission of the instructor). Exclusion: PP/PY360.

139 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

The 400 level philosophy 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for Political Science flexibility. Different courses may be taken under the same course Honours BA, Combined BA, Specialization, Option and Minors: number. For example, PP470F: Advanced Philosophy of Mind and PP470D: Personal Identity. Full-Time Faculty PP470 - Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology PP470 Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology 0.5 Christopher Anderson, PhD Specific seminars in metaphysics and epistemology involve a Jörg Broschek, PhD, (2013) detailed exploration of a particular topic or problem in the theory Andrea Brown, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor of knowledge or ontology (e.g., methodological issues in science, Alistair Edgar, PhD universals and particulars, the nature of the self). Patricia Goff, PhD, Chair Prerequisite: Two of PP350, PP370, PP380 (or permission of the Dejan Guzina, PhD, Associate Dean, Academic Development instructor). The 400 level philosophy 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions Derek Hall, PhD of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for Thomas Hueglin, PhD flexibility. Different courses may be taken under the same course Barry Kay, PhD number. For example, PP470F: Advanced Philosophy of Mind and Loren King, PhD PP470D: Personal Identity. Rianne Mahon, PhD Audra Mitchell, PhD PP480 - Seminar in Values PP480 Seminar in Values 0.5 Andrea Perrella, PhD Specific seminars in values involve a detailed exploration of a Jason Roy, PhD particular problem in one of the various normative areas (e.g., Kim Rygiel, PhD, Graduate Officer political philosophy, aesthetics, philosophy of law).† Yasmine Shamsie, PhD Prerequisite: Two of PP350, PP370, PP380 (or permission of the Brian Tanguay, PhD instructor). Debora Van Nijnatten, PhD The 400 level philosophy 0.5-credit courses in the three divisions of the Philosophy Honours program are designed to allow for flexibility. Different courses may be taken under the same course number. For example, PP470F: Advanced Philosophy of Mind and Honours BA North American Studies in PP470D: Personal Identity. Combination with another Honours BA program PP490 - Directed Study PP490 Directed Study 0.5 Special study under faculty supervision. Link to North American Studies Combined program Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Irregular course Honours BA Political Science The Honours Political Science program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. The program must contain at least 11.0 but no more than 13.0 credits in Political Science, including: Required PO Courses: PO101, PO102, PO217, PO218, PO235 and PO236 (or approved equivalents - refer to Note 2). 1.0 Field Requirement credit from: PO220 and PO221, PO231 and PO232, PO263 and PO264. 1.0 Canadian credit from: PO263, PO264, PO312, PO313, PO315/ NO315, PO316, PO334, PO345, PO347, PO360, PO371, PO373, PO374, PO380, PO431, PO432, PO433, PO452 and PO465. Some special topics courses (PO310, PO311, PO497 and PO498) may also fulfil this requirement; consult the department.) 0.5 Area Studies credit from: PO318, PO319, PO369 and PO370. 1.0 300-level credit. 1.0 400-level credit (other than PO478* - refer to Note 2) Degree Program Electives: An additional 9.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, only 5.0 of which can be at the 100 level and only 2.0 PO credits. Program Notes 1. PO263 and PO264 may be used to fulfil both the Field and Canadian requirements.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 140 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

2. Students must receive a grade of 8.0 (B) in two 300-level 3. Transfer Students into Year 2 (WLU only): PO courses as a prerequisite for all 400-level PO courses. In exceptional cases, first-year students outside of the Sussex BA/LLB Program may apply to transfer into the 3. Honours Political Science students may take a maximum of Program. Admission into the Program is at the sole two 400-level seminars; the department recommends only discretion of the Sussex Admissions Committee. Normally, a one per semester. student's application will not be accepted unless the 4. Students wishing to receive a BA with designation in following non-exhaustive conditions are met: Political Science may, if they meet all other requirements ◦ As of May 1 of the applicant's first year, the student for an Honours BA in Political Science, substitute 2.0 has completed 5 credits, and; credits at the 300 level for the Honours BA requirement of 1.0 credit at the 300 level and 1.0 credit at the 400 level. ◦ The student's overall GPA is at least 8.0, and at least 7.0 for all courses within the student's major, and; 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section ◦ The Program at WLU or at Sussex has space for more regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. students, and; Honours BA Political Science and LLB ◦ The Committee believes that the student will succeed in the Program, according to any evidence it deems (Sussex) stream relevant. The Honours BA Political Science (Sussex LLB Stream) enables Inquiries about a transfer into the Honours BA/LLB students who successfully complete its requirements to earn an program should be made through the Political Science Honours Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree from Laurier and a Bachelor Sussex Co-ordinator. of Laws (LLB) degree from the University of Sussex, United Application for transfer into Year 2 of the Honours BA/LLB Kingdom (UK) in six years. program should be made by May 1 by submitting a Program The Honours BA in Political Science is only available at the Transfer Request Form. Waterloo campus. It consists of 20.0 credits of which no more than 6.0 credits may be at the 100 level. Students are not Progression Requirements permitted to combine two majors. 1. Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five credits Due to the compacted nature of the Sussex Stream, students are during Year 1 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in required to pursue their degree in the following manner: all Political Science courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 8.00 in all 5.0 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 See table on page 142 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression Note into Year 2. These course and GPA requirements must be Students in the BA Political Science (Sussex Stream) may not achieved by August 31. declare the Legal Studies Option, or take the following Legal 2. To be recommended for application to the Sussex LLB Studies courses: PO209, PO210, PO212, PO331, PO333, PO371, program in year three, students must have maintained a PO380, PO389. The law curriculum will be delivered at Sussex. minimum overall GPA of 8.0 (B) over all credits completed Application to Sussex over their first three full terms (i.e, minimum 7.5 credits). These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by 1. Students will apply to Sussex via the standard Sussex December 31 of the students' second year. application procedures. Students will apply through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) for 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for entry. Students will provide Sussex full application progression and course regulations and the earlier section documents, including high school and University regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. transcripts, references (Laurier students will submit references on a standardised reference form), and a Honours BA Political Science in personal statement, in line with normal admissions Combination with another Honours BA procedures. Sussex will consider applications according to its normal procedures. Students will be guaranteed an offer Program of a place if they meet the progression requirements The requirements are the same as stated in the Honours Political described above and where students have achieved Sussex's Science except that a minimum of 7.5 credits and a maximum of standard English language entrance requirements, where 9.5 credits in Political Science is required. appropriate. Degree Program Electives: An additional 12.5 credits toward the 2. Note: The University of Sussex reserves the right not to degree total of 20.0 credits, only 5.0 credits of which may be at provide a guaranteed offer after consideration of any the 100 level, and may include only 2.0 senior PO credits. relevant unspent criminal convictions a student may have. Program Note Sussex recommends that if students have a conviction, Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and Laurier contact the Admissions Office to discuss this before course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations proceeding further. for All Honours Programs.

141 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Honours BA Political Science and LLB (Sussex) stream

Honours BA Political Science and LLB (Sussex) Stream

Year Credit Courses Total

PO101, PO102, PO263, PO264 1 5.0 3.0 elective credits

PO217, PO218, PO235, PO236 1.0 credit selected from: PO231 and PO232, or PO220 and PO221. 2 5.0 0.5 credit from Area Studies selected from: PO318, PO319, PO369, PO370 and PO388*. 1.5 elective credits

Students pursue an LLB at the University of Sussex. Upon successful completion of their LLB, students will be 3-5 5.0 awarded 5.0 transfer credits equivalent to 4.0 PO credits in legal studies courses and 1.0 senior elective credits

1.0 credit in 400-level PO seminars 0.5 additional PO credit 6 5.0 3.5 additional credits including courses to be offered by Laurier to prepare students to write the National Accreditation exams

Legal Studies Specialization • Completion of the specialization requirements will result in a The Political Science Honours BA with Legal Studies Specialization "Public Policy Specialization" designation on the student consists of 2.5 credits. Honours Political Science students with a transcript. minimum overall GPA of 7.0 at the end of Years 1, 2 or 3 are Required Courses (2.5 credits): eligible to apply. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the courses specific to the Legal 1. PO245, PO345 Studies Specialization is required to graduate. 2. 1.5 credits from: PO316, PO334, PO344, PO347, PO373, • At least 1.5 of the required 2.5 credits in the Specialization PO420 and PO433 must be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. Note These courses count towards the 11.0-13.0 PO credit requirements • Completion of the Specialization requirements will result in a for Honours BA Political Science. "Legal Studies Specialization" designation on the student transcript. Research Specialization Required Courses (2.5 credits): The Research Specialization is available to Year 4 Honours Political Science students only. To be eligible, students must have 1. PO210 achieved a minimum grade of 8.00 (B) in each 300-level political 2. 2.0 credits from: PO209, PO212, PO331, PO333, PO334, science course they completed in Year 3 (a minimum of two such PO350, PO371, PO380, PO389 (refer to Note 2 below). courses is required), and must have achieved a minimum average of 8.0 in all political science courses taken in Year 3. Notes 1. These courses count towards the 11.0-13.0 PO credit The requirements for the Honours Political Science with Research requirements for Honours Political Science. Specialization program are the same as stated in the Honours Political Science, except that students must take 1.5 400 level 2. More than one PO389 (Special Topics) course may be used elective credits, instead of 1.0 credit at the 400 level: to fulfil this requirement; consult the department. PO478*, PO479*, and 0.5 additional credits at the 400 level. Public Policy Specialization Legal Studies Option The Political Science Honours BA with Public Policy Specialization Program Link: /program.php?cal=1&d=1735&s=829&y=73 consists of 2.5 credits. Honours Political Science students with a minimum overall GPA of 7.0 at the end of Years 1, 2 or 3 are Canadian Studies Minor eligible to apply. Link to Canadian Studies Minor. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the courses specific to the Public Policy Specialization is required to graduate. North American Studies Minor • At least 1.5 of the required 2.5 credits in the Specialization Link to North American Studies Minor. must be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 142 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Political Science Minor Designed to provide students with the basic skills necessary to understand and write about legal decisions in a manner intended PO101, PO102 and 2.0 senior Political Science credits. to enrich broader public dialogue, this course equips students Public Policy Minor with the knowledge and skills needed to make the legal system intelligent to the ‘outside' world. Topics to be covered in the The Minor in Public Policy offers students throughout the Laurier course may include: legal research and preparation; understanding community the opportunity to acquire a valuable toolkit that will legal challenges, libel/privacy/contempt and criminal cases; legal equip them to make direct and more meaningful connections commentary and analysis; and legal writing in a digital age. between the knowledge they acquire within their home Prerequisite: PO210. department and faculty and the world in which they will live and work. This minor, with its emphasis on developing hands-on PO210 - Introduction to Law analytical and communication skills and applying them to ongoing PO210 Introduction to Law 0.5 policy issues, helps prepare students for a competitive labour Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 market upon graduation. An introduction to the Canadian legal system. Topics to be Students will be required to take require courses that introduce explored include the sources of Canadian law, the structure of the them to the public policy cycle and the tools of policy analysis, Canadian court system, the process of judicial dispute resolution, and then choose from a suite of courses which explore and the nature of some of the major branches of law (i.e., environmental, social, aboriginal, foreign and other policy issues, constitutional law, administrative law, criminal law, tort law, and develop writing skills for policy-making. family law and estates, contract law, employment law and The Minor in Public Policy consists of a total of 3.0 credits, which property law). includes: Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student; PO101 PO245 and PO345 and recommended. 2.0 credits chosen from the following: Exclusion: LY201. PO316, PO334, PO344, PO347, PO373, PO420 or PO433. PO212 - Law and Politics in Multicultural Democracies Note PO212 Law and Politics in Multicultural Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors/Options. Democracies 0.5 This course examines how politics and law intersect in the Political Science Courses governance of cultural diversity, drawing primarily on examples from Canada, the United States and Europe. Themes to be PO101 Politics Within Borders 0.5 PO101 - Politics Within Borders explored include the impact of documents such as the Canadian This course explores the dynamic world of politics from Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the European Convention of and comparative perspectives. From the local level to the Human Rights on the protection of individuals and groups from national, politics shapes how we address controversial issues, such rights violations. Specific attention will be given to contemporary as possession of guns or drugs and provision of public health care. controversies such as clashes between individual and group rights, Through the study of factors such as public opinion, constitutions religious symbols in public spaces, abortion and same-sex and laws, political parties, social movements and the ideologies marriage. that motivate them, we can identify patterns that help us to Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student; PO101 and/or understand the distinctive political worlds within countries. PO102 recommended. Exclusion: PO110. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours PO217 - Asking Questions in Political Science: An Introduction to Research PO217 Asking Questions in Political Science: PO102 - Politics Beyond Borders PO102 Politics Beyond Borders 0.5 An Introduction to Research 0.5 This course takes students on a journey through today's Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 breathtaking global terrain. It explores the politics of today's international and global challenges: from nuclear proliferation to Provides the foundation required to develop sound research human trafficking, from clashes of competing ideologies to projects, and the skills necessary to assess the quality of research management of the global economy. Governments and conducted by others. Topics include: what makes political science international organizations are part of the mix, but so are less- a "science?"; the importance of the research process,; how to ask conventional players like al-Qaeda, Doctors without Borders, questions; and the stages involved in writing research papers. Also Monsanto, Amazon, the Vatican, and even celebrities. introduces students to qualitative and quantitative methods used Prerequisite: None (PO101 is not a prerequisite for PO102.) to collect information, and the digital tools used to analyze data. Exclusion: PO111. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 3 lecture hours PO218 - Answering Questions in Political Science: Research in Practice PO218 Answering Questions in Political PO209 - Legal Writing PO209 Legal Writing 0.5 Science: Research in Practice 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

143 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Grounds students in the methods used to answer questions in PO231 Politics in an Insecure World 0.5 PO231 - Politics in an Insecure World political science and social science in general. The course includes Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 hands-on training in the use of software employed in the social sciences, offering students the opportunity to develop This course examines the principal ideas, actors, institutions, transferable skills in addition to combining theory with practice. processes and power relations in world politics and their changing Prerequisite: PO217 or permission of the department. nature under forces of globalization and securitization. The course introduces students to theories of international relations, PO220 Poverty and Inequality in the Global globalization and global governance within the context of PO220 - Poverty and Inequality in the Global South historical and contemporary world events, policy decisions, and South 0.5 case studies. Topics may include the study of the nuclear age and An examination of the causes and consequences of global social the Cold War, forms of military and humanitarian intervention, the and economic poverty and inequality, and what sustainable globalized war economy, and the global ‘war on terror'. solutions exist. With case studies drawn from Asia, Africa, Latin Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. America and the Middle East, we will explore questions like: Why is poverty so persistent, and what can be done about it? How can Markets, Money and International PO232 - Markets, Money and International Politics international aid be more effective? Why is corruption so PO232 pervasive? What is the status of women's rights? What are the Politics 0.5 impacts of globalization? Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Every day, huge quantities of products, sums of money, and Exclusion: HR263, PO205, PO206, PO227, PO228. numbers of people cross international borders. This course 3 lecture hours introduces the analytical tools and frameworks that political scientists use to understand and explain the nature of the PO221 - States, Citizens and Identity in Comparative Perspective PO221 States, Citizens and Identity in international political economy. Topics may include trade, Comparative Perspective 0.5 regionalism, development, migration, the environment, The course introduces students to major issues and perspectives in international law and institutions, and the role of non-state comparative politics. Its thematic approach will allow students to actors. examine the challenges of the modern state formation, different Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. types of political systems and their governing institutions, and PO235 - Pathways to Modern Politics the relationship between the state and citizens, and state and PO235 Pathways to Modern Politics 0.5 identity formation in an increasingly global world. A wide array of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 country/case studies will be examined in a way that will Historical origins of the Western tradition, examining shifting encourage students to use major concepts in comparative politics ideas about freedom, power, and legitimacy against the ebb and and engage in comparison of experiences of major flow of empires, the horrors of plague and war, the beginnings of (post)industrialized states in Europe and North America, with capitalism and modern science, the rise of extraordinary those in Latin America, Asia and Africa. sophistication in music and visual art, and the emergence of the Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. sovereign territorial state. Exclusion: PO205, PO206, PO228. Exclusion: PO281. 3 lecture hours PO236 Big Debates in Modern Political PO236 - Big Debates in Modern Political Thought U.S. Government I: The Polarization of PO225 - U.S. Government I: The Polarization of American Politics PO225 Thought 0.5 American Politics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A study of the setting and confrontational environment of the American political system including the political culture, From its beginning in the 17th century, the modern world has extremism, the constitution, public opinion, the role of the been accompanied and shaped by debates about the role of the media, elections, parties, money and interest groups. Course work state in society, power of the majority, protection of human will include an assignment proposing an election campaign or rights, individual liberty and social equality. This course revisits policy implementation project. these debates in the classical texts of political thinkers from Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Locke and Rousseau to Marx and Nietzsche by critically examining 3 lecture hours their continued relevance for a postmodern world. Exclusion: PO280. PO226 - U.S. Government II: The Dysfunction of the American Political Process PO226 U.S. Government II: The Dysfunction of PO245 - The Art and Science of Policy Design the American Political Process 0.5 PO245 The Art and Science of Policy Design 0.5 An examination of the declining efficiency of governing Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 institutions in the United States with particular reference to the Introduces students to policy-making as both the "art" and the presidency, Congress, the bureaucracy, the judiciary, civil rights, "science" of developing responses to collective problems, e.g. foreign policy and other selected public policies. climate change, drug policy, health care provision. Crafting Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. "good" public policy means grappling with the more political, and 3 lecture hours unpredictable, realities that must be factored into all stages of the policy cycle (the art). The course explores this challenge

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 144 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PO312 - The Politics of Cities and Regions in Canada through a series of current policy case studies, and by examining PO312 The Politics of Cities and Regions in complex issues surrounding policy instrument choice. Class Canada 0.5 sessions will mix lectures, discussions, group activities, and guest This course examines the increasingly important role of cities and speakers. city-regions in Canada. Topics may include community power Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. structures, political leadership and decision making, economic and Exclusion: HR223/JN223. political integration, globalization, innovation, the knowledge economy, regional and local clusters, economic development, PO263 - Politics and Government in Canada PO263 Politics and Government in Canada 0.5 public participation and civic engagement.† This course is designed to introduce students to the contexts, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission institutions and processes that frame the practice of politics in of the department. Canada. Topics will include trends in Canadian political attitudes, the evolving nature of Canadian parliamentary government and PO313 Canadian Provincial Politics 0.5 PO313 - Canadian Provincial Politics federalism, and the complex dynamics between citizens and the A comparative examination of regional political cultures and state. parties, institutions and processes in the political systems of the Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Canadian provinces.† Exclusion: PO213, PO215*. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Exclusion: PO455, PO498q. PO264 - The Practice of Politics in Canada PO264 The Practice of Politics in Canada 0.5 PO315 - Politics and Society in Contemporary Québec This course confronts the real world of Canadian politics and PO315/NO315 Politics and Society in government through an examination of enduring and Contemporary Québec 0.5 contemporary political challenges. Topics may include issues (Cross-listed as NO315.)† relating to the management of diversity in Canadian society (e.g., gender, ethnicity and First Nations), the response of state PO316 - Canadian Environmental Policy institutions to a more active citizenry, and the engagement of PO316 Canadian Environmental Policy 0.5 Canadian actors in the global community. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Explores the context of Canadian environmental policy-making, Exclusion: PO214, PO215*. including natural resource dependence, federalism, partisan, electoral and interest group dynamics, and political culture. The PO288* - Political Science from Abroad PO288* Political Science from Abroad 1.0 course will then enhance students' understanding of policy Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 instrument choice, policy capacity, and policy impact in specific issue areas, such as climate change and energy policy, water A Laurier faculty-led international travel course. Classes are small (about 20 students). Course locations and descriptions, along with management, air quality and biodiversity.†† learning objectives and outcomes, will be announced in the Fall Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. term. PO317 - The Global Politics of Land and Territory Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 2, Year 3 or Year 4. PO317 The Global Politics of Land and Travel course Territory 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO301 - Drugs, Guns and Trucks: Commerce and Contraband Across North America PO301/NO301 Drugs, Guns and Trucks: Struggles over the control of land are central to a wide range of Commerce and Contraband political issues. This course surveys the global terrain of land Across North America 0.5 politics in what has been called the era of the ‘global land grab'. (Cross-listed as NO301.) Topics may include inter-state conflicts over territory and borders; fights over land acquisitions and seizures for industry, PO310 Special Topics I 0.5 infrastructure, agriculture and urbanization; the place of land in PO310 - Special Topics I development policy and environmental conservation; indigenous Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. politics; and peasant activism. Irregular course Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4, and PO220 or PO232 (or permission of the department). PO311 - Special Topics II PO311 Special Topics II 0.5 Exclusion: PO310m. Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. PO318 - The Reality of Democracy in Latin America Irregular course PO318 The Reality of Democracy in Latin America 0.5 This course examines challenges of building democracy in a region where the political, economic and social legacies of the colonial period and 19th century continue to have their effect. It explores how highly inequitable social structures and patterns of economic growth have provoked acute and violent conflicts in the past, and continue to do so today.†

145 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission PO323 Modern Diplomacy 0.5 PO323 - Modern Diplomacy of the department. (PO220 and PO221 recommended but not This course is an examination of the theory and practice of required.) modern diplomacy in the context of the challenges it faces in the 3 lecture hours new century. Emphasis will be placed on what diplomats actually do, what makes for effective diplomacy and how diplomats can PO319 - African Politics PO319 African Politics 0.5 actually make a difference in today's globalized world. An introduction to the political dynamics of contemporary sub- Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 Political Science, and PO231. Saharan Africa. This class will examine the impacts of historical Exclusion: PO310w. patterns of development; the post-colonial state and its role in socio-economic change, social actors, movements, and divisions, PO324 American Political Controversies 0.5 PO324 - American Political Controversies economic and social crises; and the contemporary democratic An advanced course in American politics that will examine various trend. There will be an emphasis on the diversity existing within debates and controversies. Topics include the original intent of and among African nations in order to challenge some of the the framers of the constitution, weaknesses of the electoral and common media-based stereotypes of the continent.† party systems, whether the president can effectively govern, the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission legitimacy of the judiciary and the challenge of minorities.†† of the department. (PO220 and PO221 recommended but not Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and PO225 or required.) PO226. 3 lecture hours Exclusion: PO424. PO320 - Women, Gender and Politics PO326 - The Global Politics of Human Displacement and Refugees PO320 Women, Gender and Politics 0.5 PO326 The Global Politics of Human Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Displacement and Refugees 0.5 How are women pushing for political change? This class explores This course will introduce students to the issues of human how politics can both support and challenge genderbinequalities displacement and refugees in global politics. It will address the in local, national and global settings, and assesses how women's causes, effects and domestic/international responses to these activism and strategies impact policy, access to rights, and social issues in historical and contemporary contexts. Students will justice. Issues addressed in the class may include microfinance, critically engage with key theoretical, political and ethical affirmative action, land rights, and girls' education.†† questions related to these issues and will in turn use these Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. debates to reflect upon the state of contemporary global politics. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. PO321 - Global Policy at the Political-Military Nexus PO321 Global Policy at the Political-Military Exclusion: GS323, GS340a and PO310z. Nexus 0.5 3 lecture hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO327 - Peace and Reconstruction Examines the political-military nexus and the role of economic PO327 Peace and Reconstruction 0.5 priorities in shaping how complex global issues are addressed. The This course examines the problem(s) of post-war and post-conflict course assesses problems such as the international arms trade, reconstruction in states and societies. Using examples and case resource conflict, terrorism, and climate change; it critically studies as well as conceptual frameworks, Peace and examines the effectiveness and impact of international Reconstruction covers war and conflict termination and the agreements and state actions in these areas. political, economic, military, legal and societal issues arising from Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 and PO231 (or (and after) war's end.†† permission of the department). Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 3 Political Exclusion: PO310d. Science and PO221, or PO231 and PO232. Exclusion: GS335 and PO311f. PO322 - Contemporary Security Issues PO322 Contemporary Security Issues 0.5 PO329 - The Politics of Trade This course examines global conflict and security in the post-Cold PO329 The Politics of Trade 0.5 War era from a variety of theoretical perspectives with particular This course looks at the key concepts and basic theory underlying attention to contemporary debates and issues. Topics may include trade policy. A political economy approach is taken to the World peacekeeping, humanitarian intervention, the military-industrial Trade organization, examining the evolution in trade policy from complex, the ‘war on terror', refugees and migration, poverty and the removal of tariffs on goods to current efforts both to integrate development and environmental security. services, investment, and intellectual property into the trading Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 (PO231 recommended). regime and to harmonize domestic regulatory practices to Exclusion: PO311j, GS400j*. facilitate trade. 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Political Science. (PO231 and PO232 recommended though not required). Exclusion: PO311d. 3 lecture hours

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 146 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PO330 International Political Economy 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and PO231 or PO330 - International Political Economy PO232. This course examines the relationship between political power and economics at the international level. It emphasizes how states PO344 - Writing for Politics and Policy regulate and intervene in markets and the ways markets affect the PO344 Writing for Politics and Policy 0.5 ability of states to make policy. Topics covered include Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 globalization, trade, regionalism, finance and financial crises, Provides students with the basic skills necessary to understand development, inequality, food and agriculture, resources, and the and write persuasively about political issues, both for international political economy of crime. practitioners and for a broader audience. It is divided into three Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Political Science and sections: preparation for political writing; political writing for PO231 and PO232. practitioners; and political writing for a broader public. After Exclusion: PO311e, PO475. developing strategies for knowledge acquisition and crafting persuasive texts, students learn to identify and undertake writing PO331 - The Law of Modern Conflict PO331 The Law of Modern Conflict 0.5 projects specifically addressed to different political and policy Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 audiences, including the policy brief, memoranda, legislative documentation, political commentary and speech-writing. Examines some of the most complex legal problems in modern Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. conflict. The conduct of international affairs can be a rough business, but one in which actions remain constrained by the rule PO345 - Public Policy Analysis of law. Students are provided with a basic understanding of the PO345 Public Policy Analysis 0.5 core principles of public international law, before advancing to a Introduces students to the principles of public policy analysis in critical examination of the dynamic interplay between Canada, with an emphasis on linking conceptual discussions and international politics and international law in modern conflict and methods with practical applications. The course will examine global security. Topics covered may include prohibitions on the prescriptive methods for weighing the costs and benefits of use of force and cyber-attacks, unmanned aerial strikes and alternative courses of policy action, as well as methods for territorial sovereignty, bio-warfare and international espionage. evaluating policy and program performance post-implementation. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Political Exclusion: PO310n. Science. Exclusion: PO346. PO332 - Global Governance PO332 Global Governance 0.5 PO347 - Canadian Public Administration This course introduces students to the institutions, processes, PO347 Canadian Public Administration 0.5 actors and dynamics of global governance across a range of issue This course provides a theoretical and practical examination of areas, including human rights and peace and security. Students Canadian Public Administration with a focus on organizational explore contending theoretical perspectives (realist, liberal, theory, organizational choice, and ideological impacts. A case constructivist, critical) and analyse complex governance study approach will be employed in which students will choose a challenges in order to understand continuity and innovation in government organization to demonstrate their knowledge of contemporary global politics. course material. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Prerequisite: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours BA Political Science. Political Science and PO231. Exclusion: PO310j. 3 lecture hours PO333 - International Law PO333 International Law 0.5 PO349 - Political Communication Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO349 Political Communication 0.5 A comparative examination of channels of information and An introduction to the nature, sources, and basic concepts of techniques of communication prevalent in political systems; an public international law, and to the role and value of international analysis of the roles and behaviour of print and electronic media, law both as a means of understanding international relations, and advertising agencies, and the cinema in political propaganda and as an integral component of international relations. persuasion. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and PO210 or Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and PO263 or PO231, or permission of the department. PO264, or permission of the department. Exclusion: LY304. 3 lecture hours PO334 Canadian Foreign Policy Analysis 0.5 PO334 - Canadian Foreign Policy Analysis PO350 Theories of Justice 0.5 PO350 - Theories of Justice Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A critical review of theories of foreign policy-making in This course explores the idea of justice, focusing on conflicts international politics, especially as applied to the Canadian between liberty and equality, and especially on contemporary experience. Topics may include systemic, state and domestic level debates surrounding the work of John Rawls. Arguments and analyses of the sources of foreign policy, the effects of national proposals advanced by utilitarians, libertarians, marxists, policy-making structures and processes on decisions, and the issue egalitarians, liberal and radical feminists, communitarians and of "learning" in foreign policy.†† republicans will be evaluated.

147 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PO371 - The Constitution and Judicial Politics in Canada Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and at least PO371 The Constitution and Judicial Politics one of: PP203, PP207, PP213 PO235, PO236 (or PO280 or PO281). in Canada 0.5 This course examines the evolution of Canada's constitutional PO351 - Corruption, Scandal and Political Ethics PO351 Corruption, Scandal and Political Ethics 0.5 regime and the role of the judiciary in the practice of politics of This course will introduce students to the phenomenon of political Canada. Topics may include the Canadian Founding, Federalism, corruption and the study of its incidence. Attention will be paid the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, constitutional reform and to historical examples, contemporary scandals, and analytical amendment, judicial appointment and selection, judicial review articles, dealing with the nature, causes and effects, and proposed and Canadian democracy, judicial activism, the dialogue thesis, cures to political corruption, and the ethical dilemmas inherent in and the role of interest groups in judicial litigation. political life. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Exclusion: PO342 and PO343. Exclusion: PO310s. PO373 - Indigenous Peoples and Public Policy 3 lecture hours PO373/NO330 Indigenous Peoples and Public Policy 0.5 PO360 - Citizen Politics PO360 Citizen Politics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Relations between indigenous peoples and the state underwrite Examines how Canadians engage in politics, and how it has some of the most significant policy challenges - and opportunities changed in a digital age. In addition to traditional political - in Canada. This course explores policy-making through the lens institutions and practices, this course explores forms of political of this evolving relationship, including its impacts on such critical action, such as hacktivism and political consumerism. It also issues as self-determination and land claims, economic and considers ways in which citizens and governments communicate in resource development, and barriers to adequate education, a digital age, and the implications of these new mediums for employment, housing and health for indigenous communities. The public discourse. Canadian case will be explored in comparative context, with Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Political reference to American and Mexican policy-making and indigenous Science. advocacy. (Cross-listed as NO330.) Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. PO369 - Domestic and Regional Politics of the Middle East PO369 Domestic and Regional Politics of the Exclusion: PO498v. Middle East 0.5 PO374 - Division, Diversity and Federalism in Canada Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO374 Division, Diversity and Federalism in Investigates the seismic shifts in the contemporary politics of the Canada 0.5 Middle East. Despite the optimism expressed in recent years, the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Middle East remains a region fraught with enduring contradictions For thirty years, the battle over nationalism, regionalism and and challenges. The course's focus on contemporary political life separatism made federalism the hottest topic in the land. But in the context of current social and political fault lines and today, new generations of Canadian students have never lived relations will aid students in arriving at a more nuanced through the scare of the country breaking up (as in 1976, 1981 understanding of Middle East politics and in dismantling common and 1995), or been exposed to a serious political discussion about stereotypes about the region. the future of Canada as a national project. This course seeks to Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. revive interest in Canadian federalism as a crucial form of political Exclusion: PO310P. order in a deeply divided and diverse society. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. PO370 - The Political Economy of Eastern Asia PO370 The Political Economy of Eastern Asia 0.5 Exclusion: PO211. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO380 - Canadian Labour Politics and Law A survey of the political economy of Eastern Asia. The class will PO380 Canadian Labour Politics and Law 0.5 examine key historical dynamics, including colonialism, state Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 formation, industrialization and nationalism, before introducing Examines the world of work in Canada from political and legal such contemporary issues as regionalism, trade, investment, perspectives. The first section surveys the emergence and gender, democratization and international relations. The course evolution of trade unions as social movements and interest focuses particularly on China, Japan and Thailand.† organizations. The second section provides students with an Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission overview of employment and labour law in Canada. The course also of the department. (PO220 or PO232 recommended but not examines how Canadian constitutional law affects employment required.) and labour law, including decisions under the Charter. An overarching theme is how trade unionism and the regulation of work have changed over time, and how they might evolve into the future. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and BU231 or PO210.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 148 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PO388* - Political Science in the Field PO432 - Canadian Democracy PO388* Political Science in the Field 1.0 PO432 Canadian Democracy 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 This seminar evaluates the state of democracy in Canada. It uses An international field course in Political Science taught by Laurier the literature on democratic theory to interrogate the democratic Faculty. Destination and specific topics covered will be announced nature of Canada's political institutions and practices. Topics may in the Fall term. include the democratic deficit, electoral reform, citizen Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, and permission assemblies, referendums, judicial activism, parliamentary reform, of department. governing from the centre, e-democracy, civic engagement, voter Travel course behaviour, campaign finance reform, and citizen politics. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Science and either PO263 or PO264. PO389 - Special Topics in Legal Studies PO389 Special Topics in Legal Studies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO433 - Issues and Policy-making in Canada PO433 Issues and Policy-making in Canada 0.5 Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. This seminar examines a contemporary policy problem or a series Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours Political Science and/ of policy problems facing the Canadian state. May address such or Legal Studies Option; Year 3 or Year 4. areas as health care, the environment, education, social policy, fiscal policy, trade, family policy, economic and regional PO420 - The Politics of Social Policy in an Era of Globalization PO420 The Politics of Social Policy in an Era development, or Aboriginal policy. of Globalization 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Political Science and This course explores the politics of social policy in Canada and either PO263 or PO264. across the world in an era of globalization. It builds on the major PO440 - Readings in 20th Century Political Thought theoretical contributions to the comparative study of welfare PO440 Readings in 20th Century Political regimes (the varying ways states, markets, families and non-profit Thought 0.5 agencies deal with social risks), examining changes to these Twentieth century political thought challenged many of the wrought by globalization.†† classical certainties that accompanied the history of political Prerequisite: Year 4 Honours Political Science. thought from ancient Greece to the end of the 19th century, and political theorists are considering what will become classical PO425 - Seminar in Applied Politics and Professionalization PO425 Seminar in Applied Politics and certainties for the 21st century. This seminar focuses on selective Professionalization 0.5 readings in 20th century political thought, selected according to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 rapidly changing time and circumstance. Among the core topics This seminar will consist of a series of paired seminar discussions explored are pluralist thought and democratic legitimacy in the and workshops. Each pairing will address the state of political context of multicultural society, and critical political economy in scientific knowledge in an area of direct relevance for the job the context of globalizing capitalist systems. market and then bring students into contact with practitioners Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political who work in that area to engage in applied learning. Areas of Science. skills development may include campaign strategy, advocacy, Exclusion: PO498t. media relations, crisis management and evidence-based policy- PO452 - Political Parties: Money, Votes and Power making. PO452 Political Parties: Money, Votes and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Power 0.5 Science. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Other Contact Hours: practitioner visits, as needed. Examines the different ways in which Canadian political parties seek to finance themselves and conduct election campaigns in PO431 - The State and Nation in Canada PO431 The State and Nation in Canada 0.5 order to win votes and gain political power. Topics to be examined The Canadian state and nation have undergone a significant may include campaign finance legislation (both federal and transformation since the end of the Second World War. This provincial), parties' use of social media (blogging, Facebook and seminar focuses on the nature of that transformation and the Twitter), political communications during specific election forces that helped to shape it. Topics may include: multi- campaigns, the dynamics of leadership races, and third-party nationalism (Québec and Aboriginal Peoples), multiculturalism, spending. gender, diversity, globalization, the rights revolution, economic Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political prosperity and decline, neo-liberalism, new public management. Science. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Political Science and either PO263 or PO264.

149 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

PO459 - Politics and Governance beyond PO471the State - Issues in Third World Politics PO459 Politics and Governance beyond the PO471 Issues in Third World Politics 0.5 State 0.5 An in-depth exploration of selected issues of current interest in A globalizing world can no longer be understood and analysed in Third World politics. This class will study significant new terms of nation-states and international relations alone. While the publications in the field as well as several case studies from European Union may be the first transnational polity in the nations or regions undergoing political challenges and making, similar trends are becoming visible worldwide. This transformations, such as transitions to democracy, civil war, seminar will explore major transformations in political economic collapse and restructuring, ethnic unrest, the AIDS institutions, political economy and political culture in European crisis, grassroots initiatives and famine. and global politics and governance.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Science Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political and PO220, or permission of the department. Science. Exclusion: PO497l. Exclusion: PO497r. PO478* - Social Science Theories PO478* Social Science Theories 1.0 PO465 - Media Analysis for Politics and Policy in a Digital Age PO465 Media Analysis for Politics and Policy An examination of the nature and development of social science in a Digital Age 0.5 theories, the relationship of theory and research, and the theories Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and approaches that are commonly used to explain political Offers students the means to analyze both conventional and phenomena. digital media, and understand their impact on the political system Prerequisite: Year 4 Honours Political Science with Research and voter behaviour. Using particular political controversies as a Specialization or permission of the department. focus, the course traces the different narratives of contemporary Exclusion: PO478*. political discourse offered by conventional and social media PO479* - Seminar in Research Design (e.g.,Tweeting, Facebook and other forms of online public PO479* Seminar in Research Design 1.0 sentiment). It also offers insights into ways that social media has Students in this course apply the skills and knowledge they have changed the media footprint of organizations, issues and acquired in PO217 and PO478* (and throughout their studies) to politicians. the creation and execution of a major research project on a topic Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Science of their choice. or permission of the department. Prerequisite: PO478*, or permission of the department.

PO466 - Interpreting and Understanding PO481Elections - Comparative Ethnic Politics PO466 Interpreting and Understanding PO481 Comparative Ethnic Politics 0.5 Elections 0.5 The seminar examines issues of identity and citizenship in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 modern, democratic, multicultural and multinational societies. The An advanced seminar in the electoral process, strategy and course will be of interest to those that are concerned with analysis. In addition to mastering conceptual discussions of nationalism, struggles for recognition, federalism and democratic various theories that influence voting behaviour, students are constitutionalism in conditions of pluralism. expected to pursue an original research study that involves the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political design and analysis of campaign strategy. Science. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Exclusion: PO497m. Science. (PO217 and PO218 recommended though not required.) PO486 - Theories of International Relations PO486 Theories of International Relations 0.5 PO467 - Public Opinion PO467 Public Opinion 0.5 This course explores the evolution of the field of international An advanced seminar that explores the structure of political relations by examining the key theoretical approaches. These thinking at the individual level, examines factors accounting for include realism, neo-realism, liberal approaches, historical individual differences in opinions and attitudes, and investigates materialism, rational choice, the English and Italian schools, factors affecting the movement of public opinion at the aggregate feminism, constructivism and postmodernism. These contending level. perspectives are examined with an eye to exploring their Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political respective contributions to an understanding of global politics. In Science, and PO217 and PO218. the process, prevailing epistemological debates are explored. New directions in IR theory are investigated, including the relationship between theory and practice, shifts away from the state as the PO470 Canada and the Global South 0.5 PO470 - Canada and the Global South primary actor, and the move toward ethics and global governance. This course explores Canada's reputation, both at home and Prerequisite: Year 4 Honours Political Science, and PO231 and abroad, as a strong supporter and defender of issues related to the PO232 (or permission of the department). Global South. Some of the contradictions in Canadian policy Exclusion: PO497v. toward poorer nations will be examined. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political PO487 The Study of Terrorism in Context PO487 - The Study of Terrorism in Context Science, and PO231 and PO232, or permission of the department. 0.5 (PO334 recommended though not required.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: PO497o.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 150 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Examines the history and evolution of terrorism, and the relative impact of terrorism upon contemporary international relations, the Religion and Culture state and domestic societies. The course addresses several themes, Honours BA, Combination Honours BA and Minor: such as the contested nature of the concept of terrorism and its causes, the motivations of actors, the structure and organization of terrorist groups, the relationship of terrorism to the changing Full-Time Faculty nature of warfare and technology, and the nature of writings and ideologies that incite political violence. Gavin Brockett, PhD Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Michel Desjardins, PhD Science; PO220 and/or PO231. Exclusion: PO498d. Carol Duncan, PhD Erich Fox Tree, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor PO494 - Conflict-Sensitive Programming in Fragile States PO494 Conflict-Sensitive Programming in Paul Freston, PhD, CIGI Chair Fragile States 0.5 David Haskell, PhD This course provides an understanding of fragile states and of the Ashley Lebner, PhD, Graduate Officer interaction between new interventions and fragile communities; it Janet McLellan, PhD provides tools to assess proposed external interventions on Jason Neelis, PhD existing community tensions, and the impact these tensions Edmund Pries, PhD might have on the project. Christopher F. J. Ross, PhD Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Meena Sharify-Funk, PhD, Chair Science. Exclusion: PO498p.

PO496 - Advanced Research Methods PO496 Advanced Research Methods 0.5 Year 4 Course Restrictions This course provides students with an overview of the typical Courses available only to Year 4 Honours Religion and Culture statistical techniques encountered in the field of public opinion students (non-honours students may enrol with permission of the and electoral behaviour.†† department.): RE400, RE424, RE432, RE449, RE455, RE477*, Prerequisite: Permission of the department. RE490. Exclusion: PO497r. Honours BA Religion and Culture The Honours BA Religion and Culture program consists of 20.0 PO497 Special Topics I 0.5 PO497 - Special Topics I credits, of which at least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. A minimum of 10.0 but no more than 12.0 of those 20.0 credits Prerequisite: Permission of the department. must be RE credits (or equivalent); at least 9.0 but no more than Irregular course 11.0 RE credits must at the senior level. Refer to Note below for exceptions to these requirements. PO498 - Special Topics II PO498 Special Topics II 0.5 Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. Core RE requirements: Irregular course 1. 1.0 credit of 100-level RE courses PO499 - Directed Studies PO499 Directed Studies 0.5 2. RE212*, or RE100 and RE101 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered 3. RE207 by the regular program. Consult current departmental regulations. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Political Science 4. RE407* and permission of the department. Note: RE100 and RE101 when combined, fulfill categories 1 and 2. Irregular course The following courses count as equivalent RE credits: GS220, GS222, GS232, GS323, GS325, GS355, ML201. Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, only 5.0 of which can be at the 100 level and only 2.0 RE credits. Program Regulations and Notes 1. Religion and Culture encourages the study of languages other than English as an integral part of understanding religion and culture. ◦ Religion and Culture majors may count up to 1.0 credit of senior language study toward the additional R&C credit requirements for the degree.

151 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

◦ For Religion and Culture majors who take Year 1 2. The Religion and Culture degree is available using online language courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and course delivery. who have already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for these courses (up to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will progression and course regulations and the earlier section not be counted toward the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. level credits. Language courses may be taken at WLU, at other recognized universities in Canada, or abroad Religion and Culture Minor on a letter of permission and with the prior written The Religion and Culture Minor consists of 3.0 Religion & Culture consent of the R and C Department. credits, including RE207 and at least 1.5 additional senior RE credits. 2. The Religion and Culture degree is available using online course delivery. Note: Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section Religion and Culture Courses RE100 - Religions of the Americas: Indigenous, African and European regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. RE100 Religions of the Americas: Indigenous, Honours BA Religion and Culture in African and European 0.5 An introduction to basic questions in religious studies using Combination with another Honours BA selected examples of religion in the Americas. The course Program concentrates on the religious and cultural interactions of people who are of indigenous, African and European descent. It takes up The Combined Honours BA Religion and Culture program has the fundamental questions such as: What is religion? What is the same core requirements as the single honours BA degree, but the nature of religious experience? What is Religious Studies? How is minimum number of RE credits (or equivalent) is 7.0, 6.0 of which religion related to other sources of identity such as ethnicity and must be at the senior level. nationality? Core RE requirements: RE101 - Religions of the Americas: Asian and Middle Eastern RE101 Religions of the Americas: Asian and 1. 1.0 credit of 100-level RE courses Middle Eastern 0.5 An introduction to religious studies using selected examples of 2. RE212*, or RE100 and RE101 religion in North America as sources. Major topics include inter- 3. RE207 religious relations, the westernizing of Asian religions, the changing nature of religious tradition and religions in 4. RE407* multicultural settings. The course concentrates on Hinduism, Note: RE100 and RE101 when combined, fulfill categories 1 and Buddhism and Islam in North America. 2. RE103 - Love and Its Myths The following courses count as equivalent RE credits: GS220, RE103 Love and Its Myths 0.5 GS222, GS232, GS323, GS325, GS355, ML201. An enquiry into the mythologies of relationship which inform Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the today's attitudes towards loving. Recurrent themes in the course degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second Honours are marriage, sexuality, attraction, friendship, fellowship and BA major. fidelity. The course utilizes these themes important to several religious traditions, to introduce basic concepts in religious Program Regulations and Notes studies. 1. Religion and Culture encourages the study of languages RE104 - Evil and Its Symbols other than English as an integral part of understanding RE104 Evil and Its Symbols 0.5 religion and culture. An investigation of the symbolism of opposites, for example, ◦ Religion and Culture majors may count up to 1.0 sacred and profane, God and the devil, feminine and masculine, credit of senior language study toward the additional villain and hero, light and darkness. The use of symbols of evil is R&C credit requirements for the degree. considered in contexts such as crusades, heresy trials, sexism, racism and scapegoating. The course utilizes these themes ◦ For Religion and Culture majors who take Year 1 important to several religious traditions, to introduce basic language courses during Year 2, Year 3, or Year 4, and concepts in religious studies. who have already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses (up to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will RE105 Religion and Cinematic Culture 0.5 RE105 - Religion and Cinematic Culture not be counted toward the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. Language courses may be taken at WLU, An introduction to the study of religion and cinematic culture, the at other recognized universities in Canada, or abroad course utilizes feature-length films as ways of exploring visions of on a letter of permission and with the prior written personal identity and human community. consent of the R and C Department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 152 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

RE106 - Religion and Visual Culture RE210 - Writing Virtues and Vices RE106 Religion and Visual Culture 0.5 RE210 Writing Virtues and Vices 0.5 An investigation of visual media such as animation films, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 photographs, documentaries and websites dedicated to religious This writing-intensive special topics course offers theory and themes. training in both writing and more general persuasive communication. The course is organized around multiple writing RE200 - Introduction to the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament RE200 Introduction to the Hebrew Bible/Old assignments related to a course theme selected to provoke Testament 0.5 original debates, theories, and written arguments. An examination of the history and literature of the Israelite Preference to be given to Year 1 and Year 2 undergraduate community (in English translation). The growth and content of students. the Hebrew literature will be examined in the context of the Irregular course religions and cultures of the ancient Near East and the role of the RE211 - Indigenous Religions Hebrew Bible/Old Testament in shaping understanding of religion RE211 Indigenous Religions 0.5 will be studied.† A study of indigenous practices and worldviews. Examples are selected from North, Central or South America. The course RE201 - Introduction to the New Testament RE201 Introduction to the New Testament 0.5 considers current writings, controversies and basic methodological An introduction to New Testament literature, examined within the problems in studying the traditions of people indigenous to the historical context of the first two centuries CE.† Americas.† RE202 - The Legacy of the Bible: LiberationRE212* and Oppression- World Religions in Global Perspective RE202 The Legacy of the Bible: Liberation and RE212*/GS224* World Religions in Global Oppression 0.5 Perspective 1.0 This course will explore the social attitudes and movements that The study of major living religions in the world, including an have been inspired by readings of the Bible. It will consider how exploration of the historical, cultural and religious setting of the textual sources have served to anchor both progressive and various traditions; their major beliefs and practices; and their conservative causes at various historical junctures, including contemporary global significance, including their roles in fostering feminism, slavery, social justice, homophobia, peace and conflict and peace, in shaping and responding to globalization, racialism. and in contributing to international development. (Cross-listed as GS224*.)(Online Learning only) RE203 - Science and Religion RE203 Science and Religion 0.5 RE213 - Religious Heritage of Islam An exploration of selected issues, either contemporary or RE213/MZ201 Religious Heritage of Islam 0.5 historical, in the ongoing science-and-religion dialogue. Among This course is an exploration of the origins, precepts, and examples of topics that may be treated are: alchemy, chemistry historical development of Islam, one of the world's major religions and magic; the trial of Galileo; interpreting the miraculous; and multi-cultural civilizations. Attention will be given to the Darwin and the post-Darwinian controversies; the "battle" unity and diversity of religious beliefs and practices, the classical between, and "convergence of," science and religion; explaining period of Islamic history, and issues facing Muslim communities in religious experience; astronomy, physics and primal causes; the modern era. (Cross-listed with MZ201.) scientific and social scientific methods for studying the formation RE214 - Bahá'í Religion in Its Cultural Settings of religions. RE214 Bahá'í Religion in Its Cultural Settings 0.5 An introduction to the basic tenets of the Bahá'í faith, the course RE204 - Introduction to Judaism RE204 Introduction to Judaism 0.5 covers roots and sacred texts, as well as contemporary beliefs and This course is designed to introduce the student to the core practices including ongoing concerns with ecumenical and practices, beliefs and texts of historical Judaism. interfaith dialogue.†

RE207 - Studying Religion RE215 - Christianity and Culture: Early to Pre-Modern RE207 Studying Religion 0.5 RE215 Christianity and Culture: Early to Pre- Theoretical and methodological issues pertaining to the academic Modern 0.5 study of religion, including an examination of selected theories of An examination of selected issues in the interaction between the origin, character, and function of religion as a human Christianity and culture - literature, art, music, mores - from the phenomenon. earliest Christian beginnings in the Jewish and Greco-Roman worlds to the close of the medieval period; Christian relations with RE208 - Roots of Western Religions RE208 Roots of Western Religions 0.5 Germanic, Celtic and Islamic civilizations; and the development of An introduction to the beginnings of Judaism, Christianity and Christendom western and eastern forms.† Islam in the context of other religious traditions. The course utilizes this exploration to introduce basic concepts in religious studies. Exclusion: RE108.

153 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

RE216 - Christianity and Modern CultureRE236 - Christian Ethics and Canadian Social Problems RE216 Christianity and Modern Culture 0.5 RE236 Christian Ethics and Canadian Social An examination of selected issues in Christianity's relationship to Problems 0.5 modernity, beginning with shifts in western Christendom in the An examination of current Canadian social problems, (e.g., late medieval and Reformations eras, the scientific and industrial housing, health, unemployment, abortion) in the light of Christian revolutions of the early modern period, the Enlightenment, ethics.† Romanticism, secularization, and the ongoing intellectual, social RE246 - Ritual and the Arts in South Asian Religions and political challenges to Christianity in the 19th and 20th RE246 Ritual and the Arts in South Asian centuries.† Religions 0.5 An examination of Hindu and Buddhist views of the nature, RE220 - Religion and Popular Culture RE220 Religion and Popular Culture 0.5 meaning and goal of human existence as expressed in various An examination of the ways religious themes, symbols, icons and media, such as iconography, art, architecture and ritual.† language are used in expressions of popular culture. An RE250 - Origins and Development of Buddhism introduction to the study of the relationship between religion and RE250 Origins and Development of Buddhism 0.5 popular culture using cultural studies perspectives. Selected To introduce the history, development and structure of the examples of contemporary or past popular culture will be studied.† Buddhist religious tradition from its Indian origins to its later forms; to provide an introduction to the basic terms and teachings RE224 - Gendering the Divine RE224 Gendering the Divine 0.5 of Buddhism, allowing for more specialized studies in Buddhism.† Cross cultural exploration of the significance of the gender of Exclusion: RE111. deities, and other spiritual forces, including a discussion of RE251 - Asian Religions: China and Japan various gender theories. RE251 Asian Religions: China and Japan 0.5 A survey of the ideas, images, beliefs and practices of the RE225 - Canada's Religious Heritage RE225 Canada's Religious Heritage 0.5 religions of East and Southeast Asia (Confucianism, Taoism, Historical development of religious groups in Canada from the Mahayana Buddhism and Shinto) and their relationship to Chinese time of the arrival of European settlers to the mid-1960s, and the and Japanese culture.† cultural, social, educational and political implications of those Exclusion: RE112. groups. RE255 - The Hindu Tradition Exclusion: RE328. RE255 The Hindu Tradition 0.5 An introduction to Hindu traditions, texts and practices. Topics RE227 - Religions and Cultures of the Middle East RE227 Religions and Cultures of the Middle include the historical development of the Hindu tradition, its East 0.5 major movements and contemporary manifestations in Asia and As an introduction to the religions and cultures of the Middle other parts of the world, including North America. East, this course investigates the many layers of historical RE265 - Cults, Sects and New Religious Movements experience that underpin modern expressions of regional culture RE265 Cults, Sects and New Religious and identity. Special consideration will be given to the legacies of Movements 0.5 pre-Abrahamic cultures and civilizations, the dynamic impact of An investigation of cults, sects and new religious movements, the three principal Abrahamic religions (Judaism, Christianity and primarily in the North American context. A broad selection of Islam), and the many ways in which these three traditions have groups will be studied, with special attention given to problems of shaped the region's historical landscape, identities and cultural theory and method in the study of new religious movements. values. RE285 Religion and Culture of the African RE285 - Religion and Culture of the African Diaspora RE230 The Religious Individual RE230 - The Religious Individual 0.5 Diaspora 0.5 Stories (autobiographical, biographical and fictional) about the An examination of the religious and cultural expressions of the lives of religious people and methods for interpreting them. African Diaspora. The course will consider examples of African Special attention is given to the role of religion in human religious forms from the Caribbean, western Europe and the development and to individuals who deviate from mainline Americas and their connection to the African diaspora borne out religious traditions.†† of the histories of colonialism, imperialism, slavery and capitalism over the last five hundred years.† RE233 - Stories and the Sacred RE233 Stories and the Sacred 0.5 RE288* - Religion and Culture Abroad Religious themes in selected myths, folktales, parables, short RE288* Religion and Culture Abroad 1.0 stories, science fiction or novels. An introduction to theories in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 the interdisciplinary field of religion and literature and to oral narrative.†† An international travel course, taught irregularly, with location and academic focus decided in accordance with student and faculty interests. Travel course

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 154 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

RE298 - Zen Meditation, Zen Art RE318 - Canadian Native Religious Traditions RE298 Zen Meditation, Zen Art 0.5 RE318 Canadian Native Religious Traditions 0.5 An introduction to Zen emphasizing its roots in the practice of An examination of the ritual and oral traditions of a specific group sitting-meditation (zazen) and its expression in the arts, of native peoples to discern their attempts to integrate particularly as it is experienced in the North American context.† themselves and their environment.††

RE300 - Readings in Religious Studies RE319 - Rites of Passage RE300 Readings in Religious Studies 0.5 RE319 Rites of Passage 0.5 A seminar course based on the critical analysis of selected An examination of selected rites of passage such as weddings, contemporary works in religious studies. Emphasis will be on the funerals and initiations. Special attention is given to the dramatic development of critical reading and research skills. qualities of ritual processes.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in a religion and Exclusion: AN319, GS319. culture program, or permission of the department. RE320 - Religion and Cultural Studies RE320 Religion and Cultural Studies 0.5 RE304 - Judaism in the Modern World RE304 Judaism in the Modern World 0.5 This course explores the connections between cultural studies and An examination of the basic tenets of modern Judaism and of the religious studies. Themes may include, but are not limited to, various forms it takes in the contemporary world.† religious dimensions of consumer culture and of mass media.

RE307 - Reading Religious Texts RE321 - Gandhi: Non-Violence and the Struggle for Freedom RE307 Reading Religious Texts 0.5 RE321 Gandhi: Non-Violence and the Struggle Exploration of historical and literary methods used to interpret for Freedom 0.5 religious texts. An investigation of Gandhi's role in the emergence of the modern Indian state. An analysis of the sources and development of RE308 - Conducting Fieldwork RE308 Conducting Fieldwork 0.5 Gandhi's use of religious techniques such as non-violence, fasting Exploration of methods used for studying non-textual dimensions and non-attached action, in social transformation and political of religion. struggle.† Exclusion: GS321 RE312 - The Human Life Cycle and Religious Development RE312 The Human Life Cycle and Religious RE330 - Controversial Religious Issues and Movements Development 0.5 RE330 Controversial Religious Issues and Movements 0.5 A study of personal responses to aging and change over the course of the human life cycle, including an examination of An investigation of new religious trends, issues and movements in therapeutic and religious approaches to critical issues that contemporary North America.† characterize different stages of human development. RE331 - Religious Diversity in Contemporary Canada RE331 Religious Diversity in Contemporary RE313 - Grief, Death and Dying RE313 Grief, Death and Dying 0.5 Canada 0.5 Human responses to loss, grief and death as they occur over a An examination of developments in Canadian religion from the lifetime, including an examination of therapeutic and religious late 1960s to the present. Attention will be given to religious approaches to the experience of loss, grief and death for different pluralism in contemporary Canada and to the relationship between individuals. the various developing religious traditions and Canadian social Exclusion: HS410. and political concerns.

RE316 - Ritual Studies RE332 - Sacred Space RE316 Ritual Studies 0.5 RE332 Sacred Space 0.5 A cross-culturally based course on the essentials of ritual. Topics This course explores the sacred spaces and places of diverse may include the use of masks, music, costumes and sacred rites, religions and cultures. Attention will be given to pilgrimage sites, as well as the problems of constructing and evaluating rites.†† holy lands, places of worship, and to the meanings and rituals Prerequisite: Permission of the department. associated with them. Students will also be encouraged to think about sacred place and space in their own experiences as well as in the present global context, and to reflect on the challenge RE317 Mennonite Culture 0.5 RE317 - Mennonite Culture posed by competing claims to consecrated places. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: RE349q. Highlighting local Mennonite families and communities, this RE333 - Food and Religion course explores the lives of men, women and children grounded in RE333 Food and Religion 0.5 a Christian religion whose roots go back to 16th century Europe An investigation of the intersection of food practices and religion, and now extend globally. Mennonite concerns for peace and including food prohibitions and religious rituals involving food community development are explored, as are Old Order Mennonite and drink. Attention will be given to gender, and the imagined farming practices and their intersections with local food relationships between the divine, animal, plant and human movements. worlds.

155 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

RE335 - Jesus of Nazareth RE366 - Religion and Violence RE335 Jesus of Nazareth 0.5 RE366 Religion and Violence 0.5 A study of the life, teaching and influence of Jesus of Nazareth as An investigation of the relation of religion to violence, this course known in the New Testament and other ancient documents. concentrates on phenomena such as war, "ethnic cleansing," Attention will also be given to contemporary studies and literature terrorism, civil strife, and other examples of violence activity about Jesus. directly supported by religious groups or inspired by religious motives. The course examines theories and case studies intended RE336 - Religious Experience RE336 Religious Experience 0.5 to help us understand the tensions between religious promotion An examination of the nature and meaning of religious of peace and non-violence, on the one hand, and enduring experiences, including the study of such topics as mysticism, religious support for hate and violence, on the other. compassion, meditation and altered states of consciousness and RE372 - Women's Lives and Religious Values the associated practices for their development within both RE372 Women's Lives and Religious Values 0.5 religious and scientific traditions.† A study of the spiritual quests, ritual practices, social struggles and religious attitudes of women in selected cultures. Attention RE337 - Asian Spiritual Practices RE337 Asian Spiritual Practices 0.5 will be paid to the differences between men and women's religious A survey of theories, techniques and disciplines of Asian spiritual experiences.† practices; a comparison of cosmologies, meditation practices, Exclusion: GS372. spiritual techniques and other topics of selected Hindu, Buddhist, RE374 - Religion and Sexuality Sikh, Tantric and Taoist systems.† RE374 Religion and Sexuality 0.5 3 lecture hours Explores the constructions, regulations and resistances of sexual norms within religious contexts. RE338 - Islamic Mysticism RE338 Islamic Mysticism 0.5 RE377 - Gender and Islam For centuries, Islamic mystics, also known as Sufis, played RE377 Gender and Islam 0.5 formative roles in Muslim cultures from West Africa to China, This course is an exploration of gender and gender relations in leaving for posterity a remarkable tradition of philosophy, Islamic contexts, from classical times to the modern period. spiritual practice, art and architecture. This course provides a Topics include: gender in Islamic scripture and legal traditions, framework for exploring this legacy, with particular attention to social and political roles of women and men in Islamic history, knowledge of historical Sufi personalities, cosmologies and women in Islamic spirituality, and contemporary issues pertaining practices as well as the continuing presence of Sufism today in to femininities and masculinities in Islamic cultures. multiple world regions. RE380 - Religion and Social Change RE380 Religion and Social Change 0.5 RE342 - Directed Studies RE342 Directed Studies 0.5 A study of the relationship between religion and movements of (Consult the department for topics.) social change, using theories drawn from sociology of religion and Irregular course cultural studies. The course will draw upon cross-cultural examples in its consideration of the development of critical theologies in RE344 - Apocalypticism RE344 Apocalypticism 0.5 socio-historical contexts, the role of religion in political processes A study of the origins, content and literary forms of the and the links between religion and different movements for self- apocalyptic movement from the late biblical period through early determination.† Judaism and Christianity. Basic concepts, such as the end of the Exclusion: GS380, SY380. present evil age and the establishment of the new world order, RE400 - Writing in Religious Studies cosmic dualism, visions of the future, pseudonymity, angels and RE400 Writing in Religious Studies 0.5 demons, astral influence, together with the influence of A workshop that cultivates advanced writing skills in religious apocalyptic on other thought forms and its contemporary studies. relevance will be considered in the context of primary apocalyptic Prerequisite: Year 4 honours standing or permission of the sources (e.g., The Book of Daniel, The Revelation of John, The Book department. of Enoch, The Apocalypse of Baruch).† RE407* - Research Seminar RE407* Research Seminar 1.0 RE348 - Psychology and Religion RE348 Psychology and Religion 0.5 Directed study and research on a topic appropriate to a student's The intersection of psychology and religion, with attention given interest. to psychological and psychoanalytic theories that address religion, Prerequisite: Year 4 standing. such as those of S. Freud, M. Klein, D. Winnicott, C. G. Jung, and RE424 - Seminar in Buddhism J. Hillman.† RE424 Seminar in Buddhism 0.5 Reflections on the historical Buddha, his teaching and his times; RE349 - Special Topics in Religion and Culture RE349 Special Topics in Religion and Culture 0.5 an examination of the spread of Buddhism and its subsequent Consult the department for current offerings and prerequisites. changes; a study of Buddhism in contemporary Asia.† Irregular Course Prerequisite: RE250 or permission of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 156 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

RE432 Seminar in Contemporary Christianity 0.5 This option is available to all Laurier students enrolled in an RE432 - Seminar in Contemporary Christianity undergraduate honours program. An introduction to 20th-century Christian traditions, developments in their thought, practices and institutions. Special The Social Entrepreneurship Option is built on three pillars: attention will be directed to the relationships between Christian and other religious groups.† • deeper appreciation of the world's urgent problems, self- Prerequisite: RE215 and RE216 or permission of the department. understanding, and entrepreneurial expertise. • The problems facing humanity are increasingly complex; RE440 - Language, Ideology and Identity RE440 Language, Ideology and Identity 0.5 sustainable solutions require broad knowledge and critical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 engagement - Those who seek to help others must start by An exploration of theoretical and practical relationships between appreciating their own strengths, motivation, and worldview. language, ideologies, and identities through analyses of social- • Sound business skills, such as organizational administration, scientific theories and ethnographic and historical case studies. financial management, strategic planning, market analysis Emphasis is given to political-economic, ethno-cultural, socio- and fundraising, are needed to manage sustainable ventures religious, and ecological identities, movements, and conflicts needed to make social change. This option is open to all related to colonial and neo-colonial contexts from around the Laurier students. Priority will be given to students in the globe, including indigenous struggles. Faculty of Arts. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: RE449H. Social Entrepreneurship Option The SE Option is comprised of 4.0 mandatory credits. The include RE449 - Special Topics in Religion and Culture RE449 Special Topics in Religion and Culture 0.5 the following core courses: A seminar course in specialized areas of study. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Core Courses: Irregular course CMEG300, SE200, SE300, SE400*, UU101 In addition, students must complete an experiential learning RE455 - Seminar in Hinduism RE455 Seminar in Hinduism 0.5 requirement that may be satisfied by completing either: A seminar in specialized areas of Hindu studies, taught at an advanced level. Topics may vary from year to year. 1. The Global Studies Experience, comprised of GS398, GS399 Prerequisite: RE255 or permission of the department. and an international or substantially equivalent Canadian placement (refer to Honours BA Global Studies for details); RE477* - Seminar in Field Research on Religion RE477* Seminar in Field Research on Religion 1.0 or Longer-term field research requiring interview and/or participant 2. SE330 and SE350. observation methods in studying religious phenomena. Suggested complementary courses include: AN465 - Cultures of Business and Work RE490 - Directed Study in Religion and Culture RE490 Directed Study in Religion and Culture 0.5 BU111 - Understanding the Business Environment This course enables a student to develop in depth an area of BU121 - Functional Areas of the Organization interest or a research project not covered by the regular course EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics program. The course may be offered individually or to a small EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics group of students and stresses independent study and the CS206 - Public Communication development of sound methodology. CS341 - Critical Advertising Studies Prerequisite: Permission of the department. CS350 - Political Economy of Communication and Culture Exclusion: RE490*. ES295 - Ecotourism and the Environment Irregular course ES296 - Introduction to Sustainability GG201 - North American Transborder Regions GG363 - Geographies of Labour and Migration in the Global Social Entrepreneurship Economy GG366 - Urban Spatial Analysis Program GG394 - Geography of Tourism Marketing GG463 - Seminar in Global Economic Geography Program Co-ordinator: Edmund Pries, PhD, Assistant Professor, GS212 - Issues in International Development Global Studies, DAWB, 5-132, [email protected], ext, 4593. GS311 - The Global Economy GS327 - Tourists, Tourism and the Globe The Social Entrepreneurship Option is the first Canadian GS421 - Ethical Encounters undergraduate social entrepreneurship program grounded in the HI125 - Business History liberal arts. It was constructed with the ideal student in mind — HI251 - Show Business: An American History that is, someone who is intellectually and personally courageous, HI337 - Canadian Business History cares deeply about the world, and considers their undergraduate HI338 - Canadian Labour History education to be a vital stage in their lifelong learning; and NO201 - North American Transborder Regions someone who wants both depth, in their specialization of choice, NO240 - North America: Business and Society and breadth, acquired in an option like this.

157 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

SE400* - Capstone Course in Social Entrepreneurship PP247 - Business Ethics SE400* Capstone Course in Social PO316 - Canadian Environmental Policy Entrepreneurship 1.0 PO329 - The Politics of Trade Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PO330 - International Political Economy SY224 - Sociology of Work The aim of this course is to complete and consolidate the WS204 - Women, Gender and Work experiential and in-class learning that has been achieved through the SE Option, and to assist students in making the transition Social Entrepreneurship Program Courses from studying social entrepreneurship to becoming real-world social entrepreneurs. The course will emphasize leadership, social SE200 How to Change the World: Introduction SE200 - How to Change the World: Introduction to Social Entrepreneurship responsibility, and personal and social change. In the fall to Social Entrepreneurship 0.5 semester, students will undertake a volunteer placement with a Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 local social enterprise and initiate a mentoring relationship with a This course introduces social entrepreneurship as a practice of social entrepreneur of their choice.* Students will develop creating social change. Different models of social concrete SE ventures and pursue opportunities to pitch their entrepreneurship will be compared and distinguished from other proposals to experts in their field and potential funders. Before modes of generating social change. the end of the course, they will launch their own social enterprise Prerequisite: Regristration status: Year 2. or a trial version thereof. Prerequisite: SE300; registration status: Year 4. SE300 - Developing a Social Venture SE300 Developing a Social Venture 0.5 *When GS399 is taken concurrently, an expanded-hours version of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the GS399 placement can be undertaken as sufficient for both courses, provided that the placement is a social enterprise. This course provides a hands-on introduction on how to create 3 lecture hours over two terms social enterprises as a form of innovation and intentional change- making in society. Students will be introduced to the full process from idea generation/opportunity recognition through to venture creation. Prerequisite: SE200; registration status: Year 2. Co-requisite: SE200. A significant portion of this course takes place off campus; students should factor this into their timetable planning.

SE330 - Social Innovation in the City SE330 Social Innovation in the City 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is being run through a unique partnership between Wilfrid Laurier University and the City of Waterloo. Drawing on the ‘CityStudio' model students will work closely with stakeholders in the City, community and university to address needs in the areas of environmental sustainability, community cohesion and economic development. Co-requisites or Prerequisites: SE200. A significant portion of this course takes place off campus; students should factor this into their timetable planning. Irregular course

SE350 - Social Innovation and Culture SE350 Social Innovation and Culture 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 Introduces students to some of the ways that culture has been and continues to influence social innovation in contrast to the structural violence and bureaucratic frameworks of our increasingly modern, global world. SE350 employs work-integrated learning and collaborative inquiry with groups who elevate culture as a core resource for effecting positive social change. Prerequisite: SE200, and either GS220, GS221, AN100 or KS100; or permission of the department. This course is based on an internship with the Diversity and Equity Office, the Aboriginal Student Centre, or appropriate community partner.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 158 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Sociology Notes 1. The formerly cross-listed RE380 will continue to count as a The Sociology Department at Laurier is characterized by a strength credit in the Sociology program. in the area of Equity and Social Justice. A core course on Social 2. Students are recommended not to take both SY102 and Inequality as well as the large number of upper-level course SY103. offerings, in areas such as human rights, social movements, race and ethnic relations, gender relations, health, family, and 3. EN190 will not be calculated in the SY GPA or toward the disability, reflect this strength and the varied research areas of SY credit count. the faculty in the department. The aim of the program is to help students gain a better understanding of contemporary social 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for issues, and to provide them with the theoretical, methodological, progression and course regulations and the earlier section and writing skills to analyse and engage with these issues. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Students are thus prepared for employment in, among other Honours BA Sociology in Combination with things, policy research and human service work. The program also prepares students to enter graduate studies in sociology and after- another Honours BA Program degree programs in social work, education, criminal justice, and The combined Honours BA Sociology program consists of 20.0 law. credits, of which at least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. A minimum of 7.0 credits (6.0 senior) in Sociology must be Honours BA, Combination Honours BA, Specialization, Option and completed, including 6.0 senior SY credits and the following: Minor: SY101, SY103 (or SY102); SY207, SY208 (or SY203*); SY210; SY280, SY281; Full-Time Faculty SY382; SY389 (or SY387 or SY388); 0.5 additional SY credit at the 200 or 300 level; 1.0 additional SY credit at the 300 level; Jeffrey Aguinaldo, PhD, Acting Chair 1.0 SY credit at the 400 level. Greg Bird, PhD Michael Carroll, PhD The program must include EN190. Richard Christy, PhD Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the Juanne Clarke, PhD degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes not more than 5.0 Patricia Elliot, PhD 100-level credits and the second BA major. Morgan Holmes, PhD Program Notes Nikolaos Liodakis, PhD Lucy Luccisano, PhD 1. Students who are required to complete research methods James Overboe, PhD and statistics courses in the second honours program should consult with both departments to avoid duplication. Mihnea-Ion Panu, PhD Garry Potter, PhD 2. The formerly cross-listed RE380 will continue to count as a Linda Quirke, PhD credit in the Sociology program. Dana Sawchuk, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor 3. Students are recommended not to take both SY102 and Glenda Wall, PhD SY103. Jasmin Zine, PhD 4. EN190 will not be calculated in the SY GPA or toward the SY credit count. Honours BA Sociology 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section The Honours BA Sociology program consists of 20.0 credits, of regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. A minimum of 10.0 (9.0 senior) and a maximum of 14.0 credits in Sociology Applied Social Research Specialization must be completed including: Students enrolled in a single Honours Sociology and Combined SY101, SY103 (or SY102); SY207 and SY208 (or SY203*); SY210, Sociology with another Honours Program will be able to declare a SY280, SY281, SY382; SY389. Specialization in Applied Social Research. The Specialization is 2.5 additional SY credits at the 200 or 300 level; only available to Single and Combined Honours Sociology Majors 1.5 additional SY credits at the 300 level; and graduating with a minimum of 7.00 (B-) GPA in the major. 1.5 SY credits at the 400 level. Completion will result in an "Applied Social Research Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the Specialization" designation on the student's transcript. degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes not more than 3.0 senior SY credits and 5.0 100-level credits. The program must The Applied Social Research Specialization includes: include EN190. 1. One 0.5-credit from the following: SY489 or SY490

159 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

2. 1.0 credit from the following: SY489, SY490, SY312 and Electives (2.0 credits from the following list): SY309 and SY452 (Special Topics refer to Note below). Anthropology AN300 - Ethnographic Methods AN400 - Doing Fieldwork Note AN456 - Applied Anthropology More than one SY309 and SY452 (special topics) may be used to Business fulfill this requirement; consult the department. BU422 - Marketing Research BU495q: Business Analytics Applied Social Research Option Communication Studies The Applied Social Research Option provides students with an CS405 - Research Seminar opportunity to develop advanced research methods and data Economics analysis skills. The option is designed for non-Sociology majors EC245 interested in acquiring applied training at a level beyond that EC295 - Introductory Econometrics currently required in Faculty of Arts social science disciplines. EC303 - Economic Evaluation in the Public Sector The Applied Social Research Option consists of 4.0 credits: 2.0 EC355 credits of required courses, and 2.0 credits of elective courses. At EC451 - Applied Economic Research least 1.5 credits must be in a discipline other than the major. EC455 - Advanced Econometrics: Time Series Analysis Students with a minimum GPA of 7.00 (B-) in their major and 5.00 EC481 - Economics Paper and Seminar (C) overall (or permission of the department) are eligible to apply Geography and Environmental Studies for the option at any point in the senior years of their program. A ES290/GG290 cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the courses specific to the Applied ES392 - Environmental Impact Assessment Social Research Option is required to graduate. At least 3.0 of the GG350 - Canadian Issues required 4.0 credits in the option must be completed at Wilfrid Global Studies Laurier University. Completion of the option requirements will GS388 - Field Course in Global Studies result in an "Applied Social Research Option" designation on the Health Sciences student transcript. The option is open to all Laurier students. Note HE300 - Epidemiology that some of these courses may have prerequisites that must be HE400 - Multidisciplinary Seminar on Critical Health Issues fulfilled before the course can be taken. HE411 - Critical perspectives in Public Health Note: PS394 is an exclusion for SY490. Political SciencePO245 - The Art and Science of Policy Design Required Courses (2.0 total credits [0.5-credit from each of the PO345 - Public Policy Analysis following 4 groups]): PO360 - Citizen Politics PO466 - Interpreting and Understanding Elections 1. One 0.5-credit course from the following: PO467 - Public Opinion CS235 - Communication Research Methods, Psychology EC381 - Economic Research Methodology, PS370 - Research in Social Psychology GG258, PS382 - Research in Community Psychology HE201 - Research Methods for the Health Sciences, PS394 - Linear Models KP290 - Research Methods (BKin), Religion and Culture PO217 - Asking Questions in Political Science: An RE308 - Conducting Fieldwork Introduction to Research, SociologySY309 - Special Topics in Sociology PS295 - Introduction to Research Methods, SY312 - Conversation Analysis SY280 - Quantitative Methods; SY452 - Advanced Special Topics SY489 - Advanced Qualitative Analysis 2. One 0.5-credit course from the following: SY490 - Advanced Quantitative Analysis GS202 - Methods in Global Studies PS398 - Qualitative Methods in Psychology, Notes SY281 - Qualitative Methods; 1. Students wishing to have the Applied Social Research 3. One 0.5-credit course from the following: Option added to their Honours major must complete and EC205 - Introduction to Applied Statistics, submit the appropriate Program Selection Form. After EC255 - Managerial Statistics, eligibility has been confirmed, the option will be added to EC285 - Introductory Statistics, your program. GG254, 2. More than one SY309 and SY452 (special topics) may be KP390 - Inferential Statistics, used to fulfill this requirement; consult the department. PS296 - Introduction to Statistics, PO218 - Answering Questions in Political Science: Research Sociology Minor in Practice, SY101; SY207 and 2.0 additional SY credits, at least 1.5 SY382 - Social Statistics mandatory at the senior level. 4. Either SY489 - Advanced Qualitative Analysis, or SY490 - Note: Advanced Quantitative Analysis Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 160 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

SY210 - Social Inequality Sociology Courses SY210 Social Inequality 0.5 SY101 - Introduction to Sociology I: Critical Foundations SY101 Introduction to Sociology I: Critical A critical examination of the processes and dynamics of various Foundations 0.5 forms of inequality. Key areas of social inequality to be addressed will include the following: race/ethnicity, gender, class, sexuality/ An introduction to Sociology's major thinkers, critical sexual orientation, age, ability/disability. perspectives, theoretical foundations, research methods, and Prerequisite: SY101. fields of inquiry. Topics include socialization, culture, and Exclusion: SY204*, SY301. stratification. Exclusion: SY100*. SY211 - Sociology of Physical Activity SY211/KP211 Sociology of Physical Activity 0.5 SY103 - Introduction to Sociology II: Exploring Social Life SY103 Introduction to Sociology II: Exploring (Cross-listed as KP211.) Social Life 0.5 SY216 - Aging in Social Context Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SY216 Aging in Social Context 0.5 An introduction to the study of institutions and social change. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Topics could include aging, social movements, families, religion, This course takes a sociological approach to explore what happens education, health and medicine, the environment, and crime and to individuals, families, institutions, and nations as aging occurs. deviance. The impact of factors such as gender, class, race, ethnicity, Prerequisite: SY101. sexuality, and religion on the experiences of older adults will also Exclusion: SY102. be explored.†† Prerequisite: SY101. SY201 - Sociology of Families SY201 Sociology of Families 0.5 Exclusion: CT227/HS227. Using contemporary sociological perspectives, this course provides SY218 - Constructions of Deviance a critical analysis of Canadian families and family life. The social- SY218 Constructions of Deviance 0.5 historical changes in the organization of family life and cultural An analysis of the social construction of deviance, social control understandings of families are explored along with current issues and the use of social rules. Particular constructions of deviance to facing Canadian families. Emphasis is on the link between family be addressed may include mental illness, juvenile delinquency, life and larger socio-economic structures, gender relations within interpersonal violence and substance abuse. families, and contemporary diversity in family life. Prerequisite: SY101. Prerequisite: SY101 or YC100. Exclusion: CC401, SY318*.

SY206 - Special Topics on Contemporary SY224Society - Sociology of Work SY206 Special Topics on Contemporary Society 0.5 SY224 Sociology of Work 0.5 The study of one or more aspects of contemporary society from The study of the role of industrialization, capitalism and the sociological point of view. The content of the course is bureaucracy in the organization of work including such topics as deliberately flexible and will vary with the specialization of the comparative and historical differences in work, post-industrialism, department.†† types of work organizations and human relations.† Prerequisite: SY101. Prerequisite: SY101 or permission of the department. Irregular course Exclusion: CT470.

SY207 - Social Theory I SY231 - Sociology of Suicide SY207 Social Theory I 0.5 SY231 Sociology of Suicide 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The course examines the social construction of the suicidal state An introduction to the major theories of sociology, including the of mind, attempted suicide, completed suicide, suicide rates and classics, which deal with such issues as capitalism, industrialism the social problem of suicide.† and urbanism. Emphasis will be placed on the social context of Prerequisite: SY101. theory, the assumptions underlying theory and the critical SY232 - Sociology of Mental Illness evaluation of theories. SY232 Sociology of Mental Illness 0.5 Prerequisite: SY101. The course includes an examination of differences in rates of Exclusion: SY203*. mental illness among social groups. The roles of the public, the family, the law, psychiatrists and others dealing with the social SY208 - Social Theory II SY208 Social Theory II 0.5 construction of mental illness are analyzed. The organization of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 asylums is also considered.† Prerequisite: SY101. This course builds on SY207, extending and deepening the study of classical social theory and covering other 20th century SY241 Sociology of Crime: Structural SY241 - Sociology of Crime: Structural Perspectives foundational social theory. Perspectives 0.5 Prerequisite: SY207. Exclusion: SY203*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

161 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Structural perspectives, including functionalism and social conflict SY309 Special Topics in Sociology 0.5 SY309 - Special Topics in Sociology with respect to capitalism, imperialism and patriarchy, are used to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 examine criminalization through the making of law, law enforcement and the administration of justice. An in-depth study of specific empirical and theoretical problem Prerequisite: SY101. areas of sociology. Exclusion: CC290, CC300. Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior SY credit or permission of the department. SY242 - Sociology of Crime: Interpretive Perspectives SY242 Sociology of Crime: Interpretive Irregular course Perspectives 0.5 SY310 - Directed Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SY310 Directed Studies 0.5 An in-depth study of specific empirical and theoretical problem Interpretive perspectives, including social constructionism, areas of sociology reflecting the research interests of members of symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology, are used to the department. examine criminalization through the making of law, law Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior SY credit or permission of the enforcement and the administration of justice. department.† † Prerequisite: SY101. Irregular course Exclusion: CC290, CC300.

SY311 Sociology of Religion 0.5 SY311 - Sociology of Religion SY280 Quantitative Methods 0.5 SY280 - Quantitative Methods Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of the expressions and functions of religion in The methods used in the collection and analysis of sociological Canadian and global contexts. Classical and contemporary theories data including such topics as scientific logic, research design, and empirical research may be used to explore the relationship of operationalization, sampling, experiments, surveys, reliability, religion to topics such as social change, social control, crime and validity and scale construction. deviance, gender, and the media.† Prerequisite: SY101. Prerequisite: One of SY207 (or SY203*), SY280, SY281 or 1.0 Exclusion: SY235, SY285*. senior RE credit (or permission of the department). Exclusion: RE311*, SY311*. SY281 - Qualitative Methods SY281 Qualitative Methods 0.5 The methods used in the collection and analysis of sociological SY312 Conversation Analysis 0.5 SY312 - Conversation Analysis data including such topics as interviews, participant observation, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 interpretive research, ethnomethodology, conversation analysis, historical research, feminist methodologies and research ethics. Introduces conversation analysis as a method of identifying Prerequisite: SY101. actions as they occur in mundane and institutional talk. Starting Exclusion: SY285*. with the pioneering work of Harvey Sacks, the course surveys the 3 lecture hours cumulative findings of conversation analysis and their utility for the analysis of talk-in-interaction. SY303 Sociology of Youth 0.5 Prerequisite: SY281 or permission of the department. SY303 - Sociology of Youth Exclusion: SY309C. An examination of adolescence and youth in contemporary society, with reference to such topics as identity, subculture, SY316 - Sociology of Education education, employment, family and development to adult status.† SY316 Sociology of Education 0.5 Prerequisite: One of SY207 (or SY203*), SY280, SY281, or YC100 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and YC200, (or permission of the department). An examination of educational institutions in terms of social reproduction and social change in local and global contexts. SY305 - Sociology and Cultural Forms SY305 Sociology and Cultural Forms 0.5 Topics covered may include theoretical perspectives on education, An analysis of society through such cultural forms as literature, historical legacies of schooling and nation building, and social film, art and music with discussion of topics such as regionalism, inequality.† nationalism, colonialism, post-colonialism, racism and sexism in Prerequisite: SY207 (or SY203*) or possession of an Ontario dominant as well as oppositional cultural forms.†† Teacher's Certificate (or its equivalent). Prerequisite: SY207 (or SY203*) or permission of the department. Exclusion: NU2095 ()

SY307 - Political Sociology SY321 - Sociology of Medicine SY307 Political Sociology 0.5 SY321 Sociology of Medicine 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An analysis of such political dimensions of society as the state, An examination of medicine as an institution, ideology and ideology and propaganda, leadership, power and authority and activity of social control. Comparative analysis of health care social movements. interventions, organizations, personnel and systems in Canada, Prerequisite: One of SY207 (or SY203*), SY210 (or SY204*), the United States, Great Britain and China. SY280, SY281 (or permission of the department). Prerequisite: One of SY207, (or SY203*), SY280, SY281 (or Exclusion: CT255. permission of the department).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 162 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Exclusion: HS205, SY323*. A study of the social production of femininity and masculinity. Various explanations of sexual difference, from biological to sex- SY322 - Sociology of Health and Illness SY322 Sociology of Health and Illness 0.5 role theory, will be examined critically. Recent contributions to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the sociology of gender, including proposals for altering current gender relationships, will be considered. The social causes and consequences of illness from the perspective Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*). of the major paradigms in sociology. Attention will be given to Exclusion: CT370/HR370, SY234. the objective and subjective distribution and causes of illness. Prerequisite: One of SY207 (or SY203*), SY280, SY281 (or SY338 Women and Development 0.5 SY338 - Women and Development permission of the department). Exclusion: HS200, SY323*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A study of the place of women in 'developing areas', and a critique SY324 - Sociology of Food and Culture SY324 Sociology of Food and Culture 0.5 of existing development theory, policy and practice, The course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 focuses on issues such as gender politics, productive and reproductive labour, population policies and health, sexuality and The course addresses structural and symbolic aspects of the reproductive rights, with an emphasis on the role of international contemporary foodscapes in North America, with a focus on the agencies and aid.† Canadian context. Food matters are examined as social justice Prerequisite: One of AN200, GS211, SY210 (or SY204*), SY334. concerns and modes of cultural communication. Theoretical Exclusion: AN338, SY206w. approaches employed may include feminist, queer family studies, cultural studies and critical race. SY339 An Analysis of Disability, Beyond SY339 - An Analysis of Disability, Beyond Normality and Abnormality Prerequisite: SY207 (or SY203*). Normality and Abnormality Exclusion: SY309D. 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SY329 - Directed Studies SY329 Directed Studies 0.5 A critical analysis of how disabilities are socially constructed and An in-depth study of specific empirical and theoretical problem marginalized. Debates within and about disability studies are areas of sociology reflecting the research interest of members of examined as are the links between disability and governmentality/ the department. bio-power. Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior SY credit or permission of the Prerequisite: SY207 (or SY203*) or permission of the department. department. Exclusion: HR219/HS219. Irregular course SY382 - Social Statistics SY382 Social Statistics 0.5 SY332 - Sociology of Race and Ethnicity SY332 Sociology of Race and Ethnicity 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A variety of statistical techniques for analyzing survey research Drawing on critical race theory and studies of ethnicity, this will be considered including cross-tabular analysis, correlation and course examines social diversity in Canada with an emphasis on regression. The emphasis will be on descriptive statistics with an race and ethnic relations. Topics include representations of racial introduction to inferential statistics. difference, institutional racism, colonialism, and policies of Prerequisite: SY101, SY280. immigration and multiculturalism.† Exclusion: SY236. Prerequisite: SY101 and one of: AN237, or GS101, or SY207 (or SY389 - Contemporary Social Theory SY203*), SY210, SY338, WS100. SY389 Contemporary Social Theory 0.5 Exclusion: CT355/HR355, SY202*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of contemporary social theories that explicitly SY333 - Human Rights I: Canadian Responsibility SY333/AN333 Human Rights I: Canadian addresses the following four areas: 1. Marxist and neo-Marxist Responsibility 0.5 theories; 2. structuralism, poststructuralism and postmodernism; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3. race and postcolonial theories; and 4. theories of feminism, An examination and analysis of the involvement of Canadian gender, and sexuality. Students will develop their theoretical skills institutions in international crimes, genocide, state terrorism and through writing at least one essay. other violations of human rights employing concepts from Prerequisite: SY101, SY207 (or SY203*). political economy and discourse analysis. (Cross-listed as AN333.) Exclusion: SY387; SY388. Prerequisite: One of AN200, GS201, PO232, SY210 (HI378, HI379 SY390 - Resistance and Revolt: Political Struggle and Liberal Capitalism or 204*). SY390 Resistance and Revolt: Political Struggle and Liberal Capitalism 0.5 SY334 - Sociology of Gender SY334 Sociology of Gender 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

163 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

A discussion of the relations between power, political struggle and SY408 The Sociology of Sexualities 0.5 SY408 - The Sociology of Sexualities revolt in contemporary societies, with an emphasis on the liberal An exploration of sexuality as a social and historical construction, and capitalist Nation-State. Through the lens of resistance, revolt, including the examination of basic assumptions about sexuality, riot and revolution, the course investigates the ways in which as well as the range of lived experiences and meanings of what we contemporary political identities are formed and transformed and have come to know as sexuality.† discusses the shapes assumed by these spaces we define as Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). "political". Exclusion: SY452a. Prerequisite: SY207 (or SY203*) or SY210. Exclusion: CT455, SY309b. SY409 - The Sociology of Men and Masculinities SY409 The Sociology of Men and Masculinities 0.5 SY402 Contemporary Issues in Social Theory 0.5 A critical examination of the changing definition of manhood and SY402 - Contemporary Issues in Social Theory masculinity in contemporary society in such areas as power, An examination of the key debates in social theory such as sexuality, race, inequality, elitism and aggression. structuralist versus instrumentalist theories of the state, the Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). problem of linkage between macro and micro level theory Exclusion: SY452u (taken prior to Sept 2006). perspectives, the present status of causal versus interpretive methodologies, and current issues in functional versus coercion Human Rights II: Intellectuals' SY410 - Human Rights II: Intellectuals' Responsibility theory.† SY410 Prerequisite: (SY387 or SY388) or SY389. Responsibility 0.5 An examination of the moral organization of social inquiry and SY404 Ethnomethodology 0.5 the moral responsibility of university teachers and students for SY404 - Ethnomethodology human rights violations, given the values that universities profess A study of the methods and practices people use to produce and and their position in the political economy of global corporate recognize "sensible" social actions in naturally occurring capitalism. situations. Transcripts of audio and video recordings will be Prerequisite: One of AN333, SY307, SY316, SY333, SY338, SY339, examined. Using exemplary studies as a resource, students will do SY380 or SY389 (or SY387 or SY388). their own research projects.† Exclusion: SY452g. Prerequisite: SY281; SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). SY411/KP411 Advanced Sociology of Physical SY411 - Advanced Sociology of Physical Activity SY405 Poverty 0.5 SY405 - Poverty Activity 0.5 An examination of poverty as a social institution, social ideology (Cross-listed as KP411.) and experienced reality. The course focuses on poverty as a social problem, including political and definitional debates and policy Constructions of Parenthood and SY412 - Constructions of Parenthood and Childhood in Canada attempts at a response, both in the context of Canadian society SY412 and through consideration of selected cross-cultural case studies. Childhood in Canada 0.5 Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); (SY387 or SY388) or SY389. The social and historical construction of motherhood, fatherhood Exclusion: SY452c. and childhood in 20th century Canadian society is examined. There is a particular focus on media representations. The social SY406 Environmental Sociology 0.5 understandings emerging from developmental psychology and SY406 - Environmental Sociology expert parenting advice are also analyzed from a sociological The major issues in the sociology of the environment are perspective. examined. Topics may include the sociology of risk, science and Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*) or SY201; SY389 or (SY387 or technology, the social construction of environmental issues, SY388), or YC100, YC200 and YC300. ecofeminism, the sociology of environmental movements, and the Exclusion: SY452k. political economy of global capitalism and the environment. Course material will be related to current environmental issues Sociology of Embodiment and SY413 - Sociology of Embodiment and Disability where applicable.† SY413 Prerequisite: SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). Disability 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SY407 - Psychoanalysis and Society SY407 Psychoanalysis and Society 0.5 A critical examination of the symbolic and material importance of A study of the central concepts in psychoanalysis, with an bodies as both cultural phenomena and biological organisms. The emphasis on how these concepts contribute to an understanding course addresses the historical specificities in thinking about of subjectivity, social relations and their interaction. The course bodies, especially of those classified as "disabled", and explores will focus on the social implications of psychoanalytic thought.† the cultural shaping of the significance of embodiment. The Prerequisite: SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). course uses a variety of theoretical and empirical perspectives to Exclusion: SY452b. engage controversies in the field. Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204* or SY320) or SY339; SY389 or (SY387 or SY388).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 164 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

SY414 - Social Movements SY419 - Migration, Globalization & Transnationalism in Canada SY414 Social Movements 0.5 SY419 Migration, Globalization & A sociological examination of reformative and revolutionary social Transnationalism in Canada 0.5 movements, and North American and European social movement A critical examination of globalization with a focus on migration theory, of the 20th and 21st centuries. Individual movements, and transnationalism and their constituent networks. Other issues such as the women's movement, the environmental movement, may include international and Canadian immigration policies, and the anti-capitalism movement will be analyzed as case international communication technologies and practices, foreign studies. worker programs, human trafficking, border control and Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). citizenship. Exclusion: SY452n. Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); (SY387 or SY388) or SY389. Exclusion: SY452s. SY415 - Sociology of Health, Illness and Gender SY415 Sociology of Health, Illness and Gender 0.5 SY420 - Bodies, Bioethics, and Boundaries By drawing on a rich, multiperspectival, interdisciplinary body of SY420 Bodies, Bioethics, and Boundaries 0.5 research, this course examines the complex relationship amongst Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 gender and opportunities for health and likeliness of illness. An examination of the human genome project, nanotechnologies, Topics include gender and medicine, sexuality, experiences across cyborg apparatuses, and debates within bioethics. Drawing upon the life course, issues of mental health and others. various social theories, this course critically examines the Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*) or SY321 or SY322 (or SY323); normative assumptions that underscore the bioethical debates SY389 or (SY387 or SY388). that reinforce restrictive notions of humanity, as well as idealized versions of embodiment. SY416 - Equity in Education SY416 Equity in Education 0.5 Prerequisite: SY389 or (SY387 or SY388) and one of: SY305, An analysis of contemporary issues relating to equity in education SY339, SY321, SY322, SY323. in a plural society. Schools are examined as ideological and Exclusion: SY452u. cultural sites which contribute to social and economic SY421 - Advanced Sociology of Mental Health reproduction and inequality in society. Of particular interest will SY421 Advanced Sociology of Mental Health 0.5 be the modalities of transformative and inclusive pedagogies that An advanced analysis in the sociology of mental health and promote social justice. illness. Through engagement with sociological perspectives, the Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*) or SY316 or SY332; SY389 or course explores the social and political implications of the theory (SY387 or SY388) and practice of the mental health sciences. Exclusion: SY452t. Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*) or SY232, (SY387 or SY388) or SY389, or permission of the department. SY417 - Dimensions of Social Inequality in Canada SY417 Dimensions of Social Inequality in Exclusion: SY452w. Canada 0.5 SY422 - Subjectivity, Power and Government An advanced analysis of economic, social, and political inequality SY422 Subjectivity, Power and Government 0.5 in Canada with emphasis on the contemporary realities of, and An examination of the relationship of governmental power to the interconnections between, class, race, and gender relations. The formation of individual and collective identities in liberal- analysis is situated within the context of international state capitalist societies. Sociological theoretical perspectives will be relations and globalization. used to analyze how subjectivity and agency are constituted by Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*); one of (SY387 or SY388) or power. Traditional understandings of the relationship between SY389; or permission of the department. subjectivity, power, and government in the field of political Exclusion: SY452q. sociology will be challenged. Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*), (SY387 or SY388) or SY389, or SY418 - Advanced Critical Race and Ethnic Studies SY418 Advanced Critical Race and Ethnic permission of the department. Studies 0.5 Exclusion: SY452x. An advanced analysis of critical race discourse and ethnic studies SY423 - Children, Parents and Schools within a Canadian context. The course provides an examination SY423 Children, Parents and Schools 0.5 into the historical specificity and usage of the terms "race" and This course offers an advanced examination of the relationships ethnicity, their political, and their economic and social aspects. between children, parents and schools, employing sociological Prerequisite: SY210 (or SY204*) or SY332; SY389 or (SY387 or theories and empirical literature. Attention is paid to mitigating SY388). factors of social class, gender and race with an emphasis on the Exclusion: SY452p. links between family life and educational organizations. Prerequisite: SY389 (or SY387 or SY388); SY210 (or SY204*) or SY201 or SY316. Exclusion: SY452Y.

SY450 - Advanced Directed Studies in Sociology SY450 Advanced Directed Studies in Sociology 0.5 Areas of specialization of the department will be emphasized.†† Prerequisite: SY101 and 1.0 senior SY credit.

165 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Co-requisite: Registration in any other Year 4 Honours Sociology department offers an Honours BA in Spanish, an Honours BA in course. Spanish in combination with another Honours BA program, and a Irregular course minor in Spanish. Spanish also forms part of the Honours BA in Languages program. Advanced Directed Studies in SY451* - Advanced Directed Studies in Sociology SY451* Honours BA, Combination Honours BA and Minor: Sociology 1.0 Areas of specialization of the department will be emphasized.†† Prerequisite: SY101 and 1.0 senior SY credit. Full-Time Faculty - Wilfrid Laurier University Co-requisite: Registration in any other Year 4 Honours Sociology course. Hugo De Marinis, PhD Irregular course Nathalie Freidel, PhD, Chair Marta Marin, PhD SY452 - Advanced Special Topics SY452 Advanced Special Topics 0.5 Marc Olivier Reid, PhD Advanced, theoretic examination of a specific area of sociology. Mercedes Rowinsky-Geurts, PhD Consult the department for current offerings. John Schwieter, PhD Prerequisite: (SY387 or SY388) or SY389 or permission of the department. Full-Time Faculty - University of Waterloo Irregular course Participating Faculty

SY489 - Advanced Qualitative Analysis SY489 Advanced Qualitative Analysis 0.5 Annik Bilodeau, PhD Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Mario Boido, PhD An examination of sociological qualitative research designs that Monica Leoni, PhD may include participant observation, interviews, focus groups, David Rozotto, PhD content analysis, conversation analysis, and historical analysis. Regina Vera-Quinn, BEd Students complete a qualitative empirical research study. Prerequisite: SY281 or PS398 or GG202{X} (or permission of the department). Honours BA Spanish SY490 - Advanced Quantitative Analysis SY490 Advanced Quantitative Analysis 0.5 The Honours Spanish program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14 credits must be at the senior level, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and including a minimum of 10.0 credits in Spanish. The design and analysis of social surveys and multivariate analytic techniques building on correlation and regression. Students A. Spanish Core Courses (5.5 credits): complete a quantitative empirical research study. SP101, SP102 or SP100*; Prerequisite: SY280, or one of PO217, CS235, PS295, GG258, SP201, SP202, SP223, SP228; HE201, KP261, EC381; and SY382, or one of PS296, PO218, EC205 Both SP301, SP302 or both SP303, SP304; (or BU205), EC255 (or BU255), EC285, KP262, GG254 (or SP326 or SP327; permission of the department). SP401; 0.5 credit from 400 level Spanish courses. Exclusion: PS394. B. Spanish Elective Courses (4.5 credits) These courses can include SP220, SP335, and all other senior-level SY492* - Thesis SY492* Thesis 1.0 Spanish courses taught in the target language. Directed study and research on a topic appropriate to the student's interest, under the direction of faculty. C. Degree Program electives (10.0 credits) Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Sociology and These courses can be chosen from additional Spanish courses or permission of the department. other areas of the department and university. These credits may form part of another program or minor. Program Notes Spanish (Lang/Lit) 1. Students with OAC or Grade 12U Spanish must replace SP100*, or both SP101 and SP102 with 1.0 senior credit in As one of the most spoken languages in the world, Spanish is Spanish. becoming more and more essential to many careers within the areas of arts, education, business, science, social work and more. 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Students who study Spanish in the Department of Languages & progression and course regulations and the earlier section Literatures not only develop vital skills in speaking, writing, regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. reading, and listening, but they also acquire an understanding for the language, literary texts, and cultures represented throughout Honours BA Spanish in Combination with the Spanish-speaking world. Moreover, students obtain the another Honours BA Program breadth of knowledge that is essential when perusing graduate The requirements are the same as for Honours Spanish except that degrees in related areas (e.g., Latin American or Peninsular a minimum of 8.0 credits in Spanish is required. Literature, Hispanic Studies, Spanish Linguistics, etc.). The

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 166 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Degree Program Electives: An additional 12.0 credits toward the Exclusion: SP100*, Grade 12U (or above) Spanish, or equivalent degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second honours (except with permission of the department). BA major. SP201 Intermediate Spanish I SP201 - Intermediate Spanish I Program Note 0.5 Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations Taught in Spanish. For students with some knowledge of Spanish. for All Honours Programs. Seeks to reinforce the language, both oral and written, through selections from literary works and grammar review. Language Spanish Minor laboratory is used to increase understanding and speaking skills. The Minor in Spanish consists of 3.0 credits including SP201, (U of W - SPAN 201A) SP202, SP301, SP302, and 1.0 credit in senior-level courses taught Prerequisite: SP100* or SP102, OAC or Grade 12U Spanish (or in Spanish (i.e., 200 level and higher). permission of the department). Note: SP202 - Intermediate Spanish II SP202 Intermediate Spanish II 0.5 1. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Spanish (Lang/Lit) Courses Taught in Spanish. A continuation of SP201. (U of W - SPAN 201B) Prerequisite: SP201 or permission of the department.

Note: SP Courses SP220 - Topics in Spanish Culture SP220 Topics in Spanish Culture 0.5 By agreement, students at WLU and U of W can be Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 expected to take courses in Spanish at either university. Taught in English. This course is designed to provide students with While most language courses are taught concurrently the opportunity to explore and develop their knowledge of every year at both universities, most other courses are Spanish culture. The course will offer a wide-ranging survey of taught at one university or the other, and a few courses cultural topics. Broadly speaking, the course will examine the may rotate from year to year. Consult the undergraduate bearing that cultural production has on an historical officer in Spanish. Before graduation, students must understanding of the Spanish cultural milieu. It will take a broad complete the requirements of their home university and view of the country by covering aspects of daily life, history, faculty. social, economic and political changes. SP223 - Introduction to Spanish Literature SP223 Introduction to Spanish Literature 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SP100* Introduction to Spanish 1.0 SP100* - Introduction to Spanish Taught in Spanish. Through reading representative works this Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 course introduces students to the study of Spanish literature, Taught in Spanish. An introduction to the phonological system of paying special attention to questions of critical approach and the language, for students with little or no knowledge of Spanish. terminology, genre, literary history, and the historicity of texts.(U Emphasis will be placed on basic grammar, practical vocabulary of W - SPAN 223). and development of verbal and written communication skills. (U Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. of W - SPAN 101 and SPAN 102) Exclusion: SP222. Exclusion: Grade 11 (or above) Spanish or equivalent (except with SP228 - Introduction to Latin American Literature permission of the department). SP228 Introduction to Latin American Literature 0.5 SP101 - Introduction to Spanish I SP101 Introduction to Spanish I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Taught in Spanish. Through reading representative works this Taught in Spanish. Introduction to the phonological system of the course introduces students to the study of Latin American language, basic grammar, practical vocabulary, oral and written literature, paying special attention to questions of critical practice. This course is designed for students with little or no approach and terminology, genre, literary history, and the knowledge of Spanish. (U of W - SPAN 101) historicity of texts.(U of W SPAN 228) Exclusion: SP100*, Grade 11 (or above) Spanish or equivalent Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. (except with permission of the department). Exclusion: SP209, SP227, SP259.

SP102 - Introduction to Spanish II SP260 - Hispanic Cultural Representations SP102 Introduction to Spanish II 0.5 SP260 Hispanic Cultural Representations 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in Spanish. A continuation of SP101. (U of W - SPAN 102) Prerequisite: SP101, Grade 11 Spanish, or equivalent (or permission of the department).

167 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Taught in Spanish. This course examines the complex construct of SP303 Business Spanish I 0.5 SP303 - Business Spanish I culture in the Hispanic world through interrelationships between Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 culture and various artistic representations such as music, art, film, and literature. It also reinforces and develops Spanish Taught in Spanish. This course is an intensive study of the Spanish reading, writing, speaking, and listening skills at the intermediate language for business, emphasizing vocabulary development, level. verbal fluency, and grammar. The focus is on the strengthening of Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. written and verbal (both oral and aural) communication skills using diverse multimedia resources. Newspapers, magazines, and business documents will be studied. SP266 Approaches to Literary Texts 0.5 SP266 - Approaches to Literary Texts Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: SP261, SP271, SPAN 251A (U of W), SP301. Taught in Spanish. An introduction to literary criticism. Students learn to produce their own analyses and interpretations of fiction, SP304 Business Spanish II 0.5 SP304 - Business Spanish II poems, and essays. (U of W - SPAN 365) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. Exclusion: SP365 (UW). Taught in Spanish. A continuation of SP303. Prerequisite: SP303 or permission of the department. SP267 - Intellectual History of Spain and Latin America SP267 Intellectual History of Spain and Latin Exclusion: SP262, SP272, SPAN 251B (U of W), SP302. America 0.5 SP325 - Spanish Art, Music and Media Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SP325 Spanish Art, Music and Media 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in Spanish. This course provides the students with a basic knowledge of the essay in Spain and in Latin America. It focuses Taught in Spanish. Exploration of current social issues in Spain on the importance of the genre within the formation of through the analysis of cultural representations. (U of W - SPAN ideologies, intellectual history, and the political and cultural 325)† identities of the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. SP326 - The Spanish Golden Age: Drama SP326 The Spanish Golden Age: Drama 0.5 SP288* - Study Abroad SP288* Study Abroad 1.0 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 6 Taught in Spanish. A general introduction to literature in its Taught in Spanish. This faculty-led study abroad experience historical and cultural background. A special study through the focuses on Spanish language learning through contextualized close analysis of representative works of the period. The plays will interaction and grammar review. While living in the Spanish- be studied from various points of view, including historical speaking community abroad, students participate in a number of importance, themes and technique. (U of W - SPAN 326)†† immersion activities and visit several world-renowned cultural Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. sites. SP327 - Quixotic Adventures: Knights, Damsels and Windmills Prerequisite: SP100*, SP102 or permission of the department. SP327 Quixotic Adventures: Knights, Damsels Exclusion: SP200 (0.5 credit prior to Sept 1/2011); SP200* (1.0 and Windmills 0.5 credit after Sept 1/2011). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Travel course Taught in Spanish. Introduction to Spanish literature of the Golden Age with emphasis on its historical and cultural SP301 - Composition and Conversation I SP301 Composition and Conversation I 0.5 backgrounds, and the works of Cervantes. (U of W - SPAN 327)† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Taught in Spanish. This course reviews and applies language skills SP328 - Contemporary Hispanic Theatre acquired in intermediate Spanish and to bridge the gap between SP328 Contemporary Hispanic Theatre 0.5 intermediate and advanced courses. By incorporating innovative Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 techniques that focus on applying and strengthening previously Taught in Spanish. A survey of contemporary Hispanic theatre with obtained grammatical skills, students will be offered ample an emphasis on text and production. This course explores cultural opportunities to improve their reading, oral, aural and written and linguistic characteristics as presented on the dramatic stage. skills. Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. Exclusion: SP261, SP271, SP251A, SP303. SP335 - Spanish and Latin American Cinema SP335 Spanish and Latin American Cinema 0.5 SP302 - Composition and Conversation II SP302 Composition and Conversation II 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Taught in Spanish. A continuation of SP301. Prerequisite: SP301 (or SP271) or permission of the department. Exclusion: SP262, SP272, SP251B (U of W), SP304.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 168 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Taught in Spanish. The objective of this course is to provide Exclusion: SP318/SP468. students with the background to analyse and understand the rapid SP451 - Stylistics and Professional Writing evolution/regression of Spanish and Latin American cultures in SP451 Stylistics and Professional Writing 0.5 the 20th century. The movies presented will be studied in their Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 social-historical context. A reading list based on a selection of pertinent literature on the course topics will provide the necessary Taught in Spanish. This course will develop writing skills in background to understand the content of the films. Spanish by exploring various stylistic procedures of writing. It will Prerequisite: SP202 or permission of the department. focus on a number of features essential in effective writing to Exclusion: FS335. help students develop the organizational skills and linguistic abilities needed to communicate successfully. Special attention is given to the role of stylistics in creative writing, journal writing, SP401 Advanced Communication Strategies 0.5 SP401 - Advanced Communication Strategies magazine pieces and advertising. (U of W – SPAN 451) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: One of SP302, SP304, SPAN 251B (UW), (or formerly Taught in Spanish. This course will further develop effective SP272, SP262), or permission of the department. communication strategies at an advanced level through a wide SP461 - Hispanic Linguistics variety of activities, including intensive writing exercises and oral SP461 Hispanic Linguistics 0.5 presentations. Students will learn to communicate effectively in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 diverse contexts and formats. (SPAN 401 - U of W) Prerequisite: SP302 or SP304, or (SP262 or SP272), or permission Taught in Spanish. This course is an exploration of several of the department. branches of linguistics in the Spanish language including: Exclusion: SP351, SP361, SPAN 351A (U of W), SP402. phonetics and phonology (sounds), morphology (word formation), syntax (sentence structure), and dialectology (language SP405 Re-Thinking the Female Body in variation). The course also investigates the Spanish language by SP405 - Re-Thinking the Female Body in Hispanic Art and Literature presenting cognitive perspectives of language acquisition. Hispanic Art and Literature 0.5 Prerequisite: One of: SP302, SP304, (or formerly SP272, SP262), Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 or permission of the department. Taught in Spanish. Examines representations of the female body in SP465 - Social Documentary in the Hispanic World Hispanic art and literature. The focus is on the relationships of SP465 Social Documentary in the Hispanic power, and on transgressive artistic and literary representations World 0.5 against a patriarchal discourse. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Exclusion: SP305. Taught in Spanish. A critical and historical analysis of documentary realism in the Hispanic world. Through detailed analysis of film, students engage in current topics, such as SP436 Reading Across the Genre Divide 0.5 SP436 - Reading Across the Genre Divide immigration, gender, the privatization of the state, the politics of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 amnesia, ethnic and class conflicts, among others. Taught in Spanish. This seminar course focuses on works by major Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. writers in Spanish. Through this course, students will form Exclusion: SP438c. intertextual bridges over the genre divide that will encourage SP466 - Subversive Narratives in the Hispanic World literary comparisons underlining the significance of each one. At SP466 Subversive Narratives in the Hispanic the same time, the course will analyze critical works of the texts World 0.5 studied. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Taught in Spanish. This course will look into Hispanic narratives of the XIX, XX, and XXI centuries whose purpose was to defy the SP438 Special Topics 0.5 SP438 - Special Topics political, ideological, social and aesthetic status quo prevalent in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the majority of Spanish-speaking countries. The course will May be taught in English or Spanish, confirm with department. This explore texts with alleged universal implications produced not course focuses on a specific topic or question in Hispanic studies. only within the field of literature, but also oratorical and Prerequisite: Permission of the department. journalistic pieces, proclamations, speeches, films by writers, Irregular course intellectuals, political and social activists and leaders of the Hispanic world. Lectures will be combined with discussion SP446 - Love in Medieval Spanish Literature SP446 Love in Medieval Spanish Literature 0.5 sessions.†† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Taught in Spanish. An introduction to medieval Spanish poetry and SP467 - Directed Studies prose, focusing on an exploration of the theme of love in various SP467 Directed Studies 0.5 works of the period. The historical context within which these Taught in Spanish. By special arrangement, students can follow a texts were produced will be examined, and the various methods of course of study under direct supervision. (U of W - SPAN 344)†† literary analysis applied to them by successive generations will be Prerequisite: Permission of the department. considered. (U of W - SPAN 446)†† Irregular course Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department.

169 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

SP496 - Coming of Age SP496 Coming of Age 0.5 Honours BA Women and Gender Studies in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Combination with another Honours BA Taught in Spanish. This course offers students an opportunity to Program analyze literature and youth culture in depth, through reading and comparing coming-of-age novels published in the Hispanic world. The combined Honours Women and Gender Studies program Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. consists of 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.0 must be at the senior level. The program includes a minimum of 7.0 credits in Women and Gender Studies as follows: SP498 - Literary Adaptation in Hispanic Cinema SP498 Literary Adaptation in Hispanic Cinema 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Required WS Courses: WS100, WS303; Taught in Spanish. Literary adaptations are usually considered to 0.5 WS credit at the 300 level from: WS301, WS304, WS305, be secondary forms of the original. This course explores original WS306, WS307, WS308, WS310, WS390; literary works and their cinematic adaptation. In the process, the 1.0 credit in senior WS courses; possibilities and limitations found in the process of adaptation WS400 or WS490, or approved honours seminar from another will be analysed. Students will explore issues relevant to each program; medium as well as larger questions related to adaptation, style, 4.0 additional credits from WS core courses, or Women and Gender translation and interpretation. Studies Approved Courses below. Prerequisite: SP223 or permission of the department. Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second honours Women and Gender Studies BA major. Program Women and Gender Studies Approved Courses AN326 - Culture as Performance The Women and Gender Studies program is an interdisciplinary AN343 - Culture and Society in Latin America field of study that places women and questions of gender at the AN341 - Kinship, Marriage and Gender centre of inquiry. Our field emphasizes the important role that CS322 - Gender, Communication and Culture gender plays in shaping an individual's experiences and how EN225 - Contemporary Women's Writing women's lives continue to be left out of traditional approaches to EN324 - Canadian Women's Writing knowledge. We stress the complex ways in which gender is FS346 - Film Theory and Gender fundamentally linked to class, race, ethnicity, nationality, age, GG273 - Geographies of Health and Disease and sexual orientation, and how these aspects shape and GG373 - Landscapes and Identities construct our sense of self, our roles in society and our GS231 - War, Culture and Conflict institutions. The goal of the Women and Gender Studies program GS325 - Religion, Culture and Society is to encourage students to develop an understanding about the HI271 - Survey of European Women's/Gender History ways in which society thinks about gender by attaining the HI284 - The History of Sexuality in Western Civilization analytical, oral and writing skills needed to think about the HI301 - Performing Gender in Ancient Greece interconnection and nuanced interactions of all these forces in HI372 - Sex, Class & Agency: U.S. Women's History, 1607-1877 society. Through our devotion to teaching, learning, research, HI375 - Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in Canada, scholarship and creativity, our aim is to engage students in a field 1867-1969 that provides tools that can help them to shape their lives and HI390 - Family Law in Greece and Rome the world around them. Students can earn an Honours BA Women ID207 - Gender and Indigenous Communities and Gender Studies in combination with another Honours BA MU274 - Women and Music program (such as Global Studies, English, Communication Studies, PP219 - Feminist Philosophy Sociology, Cultural Studies, Psychology or History). A minor in PP249 - Philosophy and Gender Women and Gender Studies is also available. PO320 - Women, Gender and Politics PS287 - Psychology of Gender Honours Combination BA and Minor: RE224 - Gendering the Divine RE285 - Religion and Culture of the African Diaspora RE372 - Women's Lives and Religious Values Women and Gender Studies Co-ordinating Committee RE374 - Religion and Sexuality RE377 - Gender and Islam Carol Duncan, PhD, Program Co-ordinator RE380 - Religion and Social Change Shohini Ghose, PhD SY201 - Sociology of Families Ginette Lafreniere, PhD, (On Sabbatical) SY210 - Social Inequality Joanne Oud SY334 - Sociology of Gender Natasha Pravaz, PhD SY338 - Women and Development Margaret Toye, PhD

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 170 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

WS204 - Women, Gender and Work Program Note WS204 Women, Gender and Work 0.5 Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and A study of issues relating to the gendered construction of work course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations both within and outside the home. Topics may include gender and for All Honours Programs. workplace, political policy, the history of the sexual divisions in labour, women as immigrant, global and transnational labourers. Women and Gender Studies Minor Emphasis will be placed on the diversity and range of women's WS100 and 1.0 senior WS credit, plus an additional 1.5 credits paid and unpaid experiences. from WS core courses or Women and Gender Studies approved Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. courses. 36 lecture hours/term Note: WS205 - Women, Gender and Visual Culture Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. WS205 Women, Gender and Visual Culture 0.5 An introduction to the field of feminist visual culture studies with Women and Gender Studies Program an emphasis on how gender, sexuality, race and power shape all Courses visual experiences. Rooted in feminist theory and art history, this field examines texts within a transnational context ranging from Introduction to Women and Gender WS100 - Introduction to Women and Gender Studies WS100 painting and photography to comics and pornography. Focus is on Studies 0.5 the production of texts by artists, including feminist artists. An introduction to the interdisciplinary field of Women and Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Gender Studies that addresses the history of feminist thought, 36 lecture hours/term theories and activism, in addition to topics of contemporary concern. Topics may include the relationship between gender and WS208 Violence Against Women 0.5 WS208 - Violence Against Women work, the family, health, politics, the body, globalization and This course explores from a feminist perspective the systemic representations of gender in the media. violence women and other sexual minorities experience. Topics Exclusion: WS200. may include state violence, institutional violence, gender violence 36 lecture hours/term in the media, constructions of masculinity, theories of gender violence, justice system responses and violence in the workplace. WS201 - Gender, Subjectivity and Resistance WS201 Gender, Subjectivity and Resistance 0.5 Prerequisite: Recommended: WS100. An analysis of factors contributing to the constructions of gender 36 lecture hours/term in the intersection with race, class and sexual identity from a variety of feminist perspectives, including those of psychology, WS209 Women and Leadership 0.5 WS209 - Women and Leadership sociology, cultural studies, philosophy and political science. An introduction to the study of women and leadership. This course Topics may include gender and therapy, sexuality, relationships, examines major approaches and debates in organizational theory violence, the media, parenting, empowerment and physical and from a variety of feminist perspectives. Focus will be on women's mental health. leadership within the internal workings of organizations, including Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. community organizations, non-profits and NGO's, and their roles 36 lecture hours/term within broader society. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Women and Gender Relations in WS202 - Women and Gender Relations in Canada WS202 36 lecture hours/term Canada 0.5 WS210 - Introduction to Feminist Thought and Action Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 WS210 Introduction to Feminist Thought and A study of the interconnections among gender, race, region, Action 0.5 indigeneity, class and other factors at work in the construction of This course reviews and deepens an understanding of histories of nationalisms and other identities within a Canadian context. feminist thought and action, focussing on how feminism has Topics may include a critical examination of multiculturalism, developed in the West. It provides students with tools for aboriginal history, immigration, maternity, sexuality, religion and understanding women's lives, ideas and practices within their representation. historical communities and also offers examples of women and Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. men of distinction who have fought for equity and social justice. Exclusion: CA252, HI397. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: WS290a. WS203 - Girls, Women and Popular Culture WS203 Girls, Women and Popular Culture 0.5 3 lecture hours/week A feminist cultural studies approach to how popular culture, such as magazines, films, pulp fiction and advertising, construct diverse gender and sexual identities, including in relation to race, ethnicity, and age. Focus is on the consumption of mass-produced texts by gendered consumers, including consideration of possible ways of resisting and recuperating these forms and genres. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 36 lecture hours/term

171 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

WS211 Diverse Masculinities 0.5 This course examines the ways in which the past and present WS211 - Diverse Masculinities interlink and identify colonial legacies that continue to affect This course, rooted within feminist studies, considers how contemporary masculinities and femininities. Focus is on the ways marginalized masculinities, transnational identities, and women's in which postcolonial writings help to understand identity, nation, experiences, have shaped diverse masculinities. Topics include the gender and sexuality and also offer possibilities for social and theorization of masculinity in relationship to sexuality, violence, political transformation. homophobia, race, ethnicity, colonialism, postcolonialism, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission militarization, indigenous cultures, the family, the law, sports, of the instructor. science, men and feminism. Exclusion: WS301F, WS301K. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 3 lecture hours/term WS305 - Gender, Culture and Technology WS305 Gender, Culture and Technology 0.5 WS212 Food and Feminism 0.5 This course covers feminist perspectives on how relations between WS212 - Food and Feminism gender and technology are culturally mapped. We consider how This course examines a variety of feminist theories in its analysis the roles of producers and consumers of technologies are of gendered relationships around the production, consumption, gendered. Topics may include reproduction, violence, domestic distribution, preparation and disposal of food, including in work, cyberspace, political resistance and transnational identities. relation to issues of ethics, health, sexuality, politics, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission representation, and identity, including ethnicity and nationality. of the instructor. Topics include the global distribution and consumption of food, the political role food plays in reinforcing or transforming WS306 - Women and Social Justice intersectional social relations, and the relationship between food WS306 Women and Social Justice 0.5 and feminism in the lives of particular feminists and in the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 political strategies of certain feminist groups. The history, theory and practice of women's activism, advocacy, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. and community involvement at the local and global levels. Exclusion: WS301e. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission 3 lecture hours/week of the instructor. WS290 - Special Topics in Women and GenderWS307 Studies - Gender and Social Politics in Contemporary Muslim Societies WS290 Special Topics in Women and Gender WS307 Gender and Social Politics in Studies 0.5 Contemporary Muslim Societies 0.5 An exploration of a specific area of concern in women and gender Historical, political, economic and religious issues influencing studies. gender and social politics in contemporary Muslim societies and/ Irregular Course or among Muslim communities in the diaspora. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission WS301 - Special Topics in Women and Gender Studies WS301 Special Topics in Women and Gender of the instructor. Studies 0.5 36 lecture hours/term An exploration of a specific area of concern in women and gender WS308 - Gender, Cinema and the Third World studies. WS308 Gender, Cinema and the Third World 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission The gender, racial and economic politics surrounding the of the instructor. production and reception of third world cinema. The readings Irregular course could examine films from Iran, Afghanistan, India, Iran, Pakistan 36 lecture hours/term and China. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission WS303 - Feminist Theory WS303 Feminist Theory 0.5 of the instructor. This course examines a variety of feminist theories central to 36 lecture hours/term women and gender studies. Emphasis will be placed on theories as WS310 - Transnational Sexualities they developed in the West from the 1980s to the present. WS310 Transnational Sexualities 0.5 Debates on identity, difference, power, knowledge, This course examines representations of gender and sexuality from representation, ethics and the relationship between theory and a transnational perspective. Focus is on understanding how gender practice are addressed. and sexuality are redefined by heightened globalization, changing Prerequisite: WS100 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or national borders, uneven migrations, emerging "Global cities", permission of the instructor. and neoliberalism in a Post-911 world. Exclusion: WS300, SY403. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; or permission 36 lecture hours/term of the instructor. 36 lecture hours/term WS304 - Gender and Colonial Legacies WS304 Gender and Colonial Legacies 0.5 WS390 - Directed Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 WS390 Directed Studies 0.5 Special study under faculty supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of the program co-ordinator.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 172 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Arts

Irregular course

WS400 - Independent Research WS400 Independent Research 0.5 A project on an area of concern in women and gender studies in consultation with the faculty advisor. Prerequisite: Registration in WS honours program and permission of the co-ordinator. Irregular course WS490 - Advanced Topics in Women and Gender Studies WS490 Advanced Topics in Women and Gender Studies 0.5 A seminar on advanced topics in women and gender studies. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 4 Honours WS program, or permission of the co-ordinator.

Writing for Career and Community To be effective across Laurier programs, students must be able to express themselves through their writing in a variety of formats. In addition, the employment context is such that the link between academic writing and the writing skills required for different career paths must be more explicitly bridged through curriculum and practice. Students must be able to demonstrate knowledge, analytical skills and professionalism through their writing. Moreover, at the core of the Faculty of Arts is the desire to provide students with the capacity and confidence to make a difference in their communities, whether as individuals or through social enterprises. The Faculty of Arts is thus proposing a "Writing for Career and Community" (WCC) Minor which is designed both to enhance the applied elements of existing programming in Arts and also to provide students with an additional range of competencies. Writing for Career and Community /department.php?cal=1&d=1592&s=763&y=69

173 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

LAZARIDIS SCHOOL of BUSINESS and ECONOMICS Co-operative Education is available to students in the BBA and Business and Economics Honours BA Economics programs. An alternating sequence of work Dean, Lazaridis School of Business and Economics: Micheal J. and study terms, provides students with 12 months of practical Kelly, PhD work experience during their academic career. Students in the Telephone: (519) 884-0710, ext. 2214 double degree programs obtain from 12 to 16 months of practical Location: Schlegel Centre, Room 3232 work experience. Website: Lazaridis-SBE.wlu.ca The Department of Business offers a diploma program in Business Administration. In addition, it offers courses for Chartered NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier Professional Accountants of Ontario, Institute of Canadian email account. Students are expected to regularly check their Bankers, Canadian Institute of Certified Administrative Managers, Laurier email account for important notices from the university Canadian Securities Institute, Trust Companies Institute of community. Students are required to send emails to official Canada, Society of Management Accountants of Ontario, Canadian members of the university community from their Laurier email Credit Union Institute, Appraisal Institute of Canada, Insurance account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails Institute of Canada, Real Estate Institute of Canada, Ontario sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be Society for Training and Development, Personnel Association of identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is Ontario and The Purchasing Management Association of Canada. impossible to determine whether the emails received from these The Bachelor of Business Technology Management is a four-year non-Laurier accounts are coming from the person they claim to be program offered exclusively at Laurier's Brantford campus. The from. Your co-operation is appreciated. program provides graduates with an understanding of technology and how it can be leveraged to achieve business results and drive innovation. Co-operative Education is available with the Bachelor The Lazaridis School of Business and Economics (Lazaridis School) of Business Technology Management program. is comprised of the Department of Business and the Department of Economics. The Lazaridis School believes that the combination of the two disciplines in a single administrative unit adds greatly to Academic Advising the quality and flexibility of all graduates at the school. BBA and Diploma Program: [email protected]; Bethany Ankucza, ext. 2060, [email protected], Anne Ellis, ext. 2572, Lazaridis School of Business and [email protected] Economics Honours Economics Programs: [email protected]; Amy The Lazaridis School offers several single and double degree Neufeld, ext. 4857. programs at the Waterloo Campus and the Bachelor of Business Although academic advising is available within each department Technology Management at the Brantford Campus. or faculty program office, in all cases, it is solely the The Department of Business offers a four-year Honours Bachelor of responsibility of students to ensure that they are properly Business Administration (BBA) program leading to careers in registered and meet course requirements and the requirements accounting (CPA), finance, marketing, operations and supply chain of the program for which they are registered. All students management and human resources, to name just a few. should review the Undergraduate University Regulations chapter Concentrations are available with the BBA program in ten areas of and the relevant program requirements and course information study: accounting, brand communication & management, business carefully. & sustainability, entrepreneurship, finance, human resource management, insurance and risk management, international Co-operative Education business, marketing, and supply chain management. Programs

There are four unique double degree honours programs available in • Honours Business Administration/Honours BA Economics combination with Business Administration. At Laurier, students can graduate with a BBA and a degree in Computer Science (BBA/ • Honours BBA and BSc Computer Science, or BBA and BA BSc), or Financial Mathematics (BBA/BA). Students can also Financial Mathematics Double Degree combine the BBA with one of two degree from the University of • Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours Bachelor of Computer Waterloo's Honours Bachelor of Mathematics or the Honours Science (UW) Double Degree Bachelor of Computer Science program. These double degree programs offer a unique educational experience for students in the • Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BMath (UW) Double field of business and the computer and mathematical sciences. Degree The Department of Economics offers four-year Honours BA • Honours Bachelor of Business Technology (Brantford) programs in Economics, Economics and Accounting, Economics [Co-op is not available to students in the Honours BA Applied and Financial Management, and Applied Economics. Joint Honours Economics program] Economics programs are also available in combination with other honours disciplines in the faculties of Arts or Science. Associate Director: Co-operative Education: Karen McCargar, BA, ext. 4105

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 174 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

"Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and model of education that integrates and alternates a student's evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the each student's progress during the work term. The co-op student's academic and personal goals. curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a write work term reports. Students are compensated by their formalized sequence. The time spent in the workplace comprises employer for work performed. at least 30% of the time spent in academic study. Co-op work terms are approximately the length of each study term. Students A co-op fee is payable in each academic term of Year 2 and Year are exposed to the work environment during more than one 3. Students in the Business Administration and Mathematics season of the year and their co-op programs begin and end on an (University of Waterloo) and Business Administration and academic term. Computer Science (University of Waterloo) double degree program pay the entire co-op fee for Year 2 in the fall term. In Year 3 and Students in the Business Administration and Mathematics Year 4, they pay a co-op fee each academic term, according to the (University of Waterloo), and Business Administration and sequence of work and study that they have chosen. Computer Science (University of Waterloo) double degree programs begin their first four-month work term in the winter term of Year 2. Co-op students in other programs begin their alternating In addition to the 20.0 to 26.0 credits required by their program, sequence of work and study terms at the end of Year 2. co-op students must complete the following requirements to Honours BA Economics students and most Business Administration graduate with the Co-op Education: students begin their alternating sequence of work and study terms at the end of Year 2. Some Business Administration students, • COOP-000 Fundamentals of Co-operative Education course. however, complete their first work term in the fall after five • Three work terms, normally completed over four-month academic terms. Students in Honours Business Administration and blocks. (Students in double degree programs other than Honours BA Economics , and the double degree program in Financial Mathematics may complete an optional fourth work Business and Financial Mathematics accumulate 12 months of term.) practical work experience through three work terms of four months each, and graduate four months after students in the regular • Three pass/fail companion half-credit courses, one taken sequence. Co-op students in the double degree programs in concurrently with each four-month work term, beginning Business Administration and Mathematics (University of Waterloo) with COOP-001 Co-operative Education Work Term 1, then and Business Administration and Computer Science (University of COOP-002 and COOP-003. Double degree students pursuing Waterloo) accumulate 12 to 16 months of practical work an optional fourth work term also complete an additional experience through three to four work terms of four months each, companion course, COOP-004. and graduate within four and two-thirds to five years. Students in To obtain the co-op designation, students must complete all the the Business Technology Management (Brantford) program begin requirements of both their academic program and co-op education their alternating work and study terms after completing the first requirements. Students completing co-op will have the notation academic term of Year 3. Students in the program accumulate 12 "Co-operative Education" appended to their transcript and noted months of practical work experience through one eight-month and on their degree. one four-month work term, and graduate in just over four years. Co-op students follow the same academic program as regular Application Procedure students. Because of the alternating pattern of work and study The only entry point for co-op is at the beginning of the fall term terms, there may be some differences in the scheduling of in second year. Students who are removed from their academic individual courses. program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even if they are later reinstated into that program. Exemption: Double degree Students complete COOP-000 - Fundamentals of Co-operative students who have completed at least one work term may transfer Education, a pass/fail half-credit course which provides an to a single degree program if their overall first-year GPA met the introduction to the requirements, processes and essential topics minimum set by the Co-op Office that year and they received an of co-operative education. overall evaluation of at least "Satisfactory" from their co-op Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer employer and they met the academic requirements for both degree and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a programs. suitable learning environment that will engage the student in Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on on the number of spaces available to international students. campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for Honours Business Administration/ students admitted to co-op. Honours BA Economics Students apply online to co-op by Monday of the first week of classes in Year 2. Enrolment in co-op is limited, and the admission process is highly competitive. Application procedure includes:

175 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

i. completion of an online application, Students who withdraw or are removed from this double degree program before their first work term and who register in an ii. full-time registration in Honours Business Administration alternative honours program at Laurier may not continue in co-op or Honours BA Economics, unless they are successful in the competitive co-op admission process at the beginning of second year, as outlined in the iii. submission of a résumé, applicable Co-operative Education section of the calendar. iv. an admission interview. Students who have completed at least one work term with a In order to qualify for an admission interview in the fall of Year 2, satisfactory ranking from their employer and who transfer to a applicants' Year 1 marks must meet the minimum GPA set annually single degree program may continue in co-op if their overall first- by the Co-op Office. Selection of candidates is based on their year GPA met the minimum set by the Co-op Office that year. academic record, performance during the interview, recent work Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- experience, and recent volunteer service and extracurricular op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit activities. Admission decisions are made by early October. on the number of spaces available to international students. Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit Honours BBA and BA in Financial on the number of spaces available to international students. Mathematics Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours Enrolment in Co-op Education in the BBA and BA Financial Mathematics double degree program is optional. An information BMath (UW) and Honours BBA session explaining the co-op program will be held in winter term (WLU) and Honours Computer of Year 1. Students indicate their intention to participate in co-op by enrolling online by the first Monday of classes in Year 2. Science (UW) Double Degree The only entry point for co-op is at the beginning of the fall term Programs in second year. Students who are removed from their academic Beginning in Year 2, students enrolled in the Business program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even if they are Administration (Laurier) and Mathematics (University of Waterloo) later reinstated into that program. Exemption: Double degree and Business Administration (Laurier) and Computer Science students who have completed at least one work term may transfer (University of Waterloo) double degree programs are required to to a single degree program if their overall first-year GPA met the participate in co-op. An information session explaining the co-op minimum set by the Co-op Office that year and they received an program will be held in the winter term of Year 1. Students enrol overall evaluation of at least "Satisfactory" from their co-op online by the Friday before Labour day and are required to attend employer and they met the academic requirements for both degree workshops held on the Friday of orientation week in Year 2. programs. Students who withdraw or are removed from these double degree For further information, contact: programs before their first work term and who register in an Department of Co-operative Education alternative honours program at Laurier may not continue in co-op Wilfrid Laurier University unless they are successful in the competitive co-op admission 192 King Street North process at the beginning of second year, as outlined in the Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3C5 applicable Co-operative Education section of the calendar. Telephone: (519) 884-0710, ext. 4484 Double degree students in the above programs who have completed at least one work term and who transfer to a single Honours Bachelor of Business degree program may continue in co-op if their overall first-year GPA met the minimum set by the Co-op Office that year. Technology Management (Brantford) Students in the BTM program who have met all academic Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- requirements of Year 1 indicate their intention to participate in op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit co-op by enrolling online by the first Monday of classes in Year 2. on the number of spaces available to international students. The only entry point for BTM co-op is at the beginning of the fall Honours BBA and BSc in Computer term in second year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their academic program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even Science if they are later reinstated into that program. Enrolment in Co-op Education in the BBA and Computer Science double degree program is optional. An information session Designation Programs explaining the co-op program will be held in winter term of Year 1. Students indicate their intention to participate in co-op by Honours Business Administration enrolling online by the first Monday of classes in Year 2. Leading to Chartered Professional Accountant Designation

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 176 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Students wishing to enter the accounting profession can take all Manager: Victoria Larke, BBA, x4885, [email protected] most of the courses required by CPA Ontario covering Core 1, Core Co-ordinator: Communications and Outreach: Megan Piticco, 2, Elective 1 and Elective 2. The courses are offered as part of the [email protected] BBA (and the BA Economics and Accounting), together with the Co-ordinator: LaunchPad (Waterloo), Tom Ebyer, Graduate Diploma in Accounting. A list of courses by program is [email protected] available at the following link: Co-ordinator: LaunchPad (Brantford), Adrian Beam, http://legacy.wlu.ca/documents/58070/ [email protected] Course_Requirement_Table.pdf Office Location: SBE 2210, The Schlegel Centre Office Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. (Note: the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario, the Telephone: 519.884.0710 x2841 Society of Management Accountants of Ontario, and the Certified Fax: 519.884.0201 General Accountants Association of Ontario have merged to form Website: www.laurierentrepreneur.ca CPA Ontario)as credits towards the BBA degree. Further details regarding specific course requirements can be obtained from the The Schlegel Centre for Entrepreneurship & Social Innovation is Undergraduate Programs Office in the Department of Business. housed within the Lazaridis School of Business & Economics and serves the entire university community including students and Unclassified Studies/Designation alumni. The Schlegel Centre delivers academic courses; provides students with experiential learning opportunities; supports the Courses entrepreneurial community; and facilitates the incubation of The School of Business & Economics of Wilfrid Laurier University, student and alumni business ventures. in co-operation with various professional institutes, associations and societies, offers courses for candidates seeking to qualify for professional designations. Students may complete required courses for professional Business (Waterloo Campus) accounting designations on a full- or part-time basis. All academic BBA, Double degrees, Specializations, Core, Diploma programs: rules regarding failures and prerequisites apply. (The Diploma in Accounting is not a requirement of the professional accounting organizations.) Full-Time Faculty (Waterloo Campus) Notes: Laura Allan, MBA 1. All WLU courses in the designation programs carry Diego Amaya, PhD academic degree credit. Mojtaba Araghi, PhD Anthony Atkinson, PhD, CMA, FCMA 2. In all cases, candidates in designation programs must satisfy the admission requirements of the institute, John C. Banks, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, Policy association or society and of the university; and course Laurie Barclay, PhD conditions as stated by the university must be fulfilled. Joanne Benham Rennick, PhD Leslie Berger, PhD, CPA, CA, KPMG Foundation 3. The relevant institute, association or society controls the Professorship awarding of the designation for which it normally David L. Blenkhorn, PhD, CMA, CPA stipulates requirements in addition to the courses listed. Phelim Boyle, PhD 4. It is the responsibility of the candidate to consult with the Carmel Branston, MBA, Associate Director, MBA Program institute, association or society concerning admission to Michael Brolley, PhD its designation program and concerning program Peter Carayannopoulos, PhD, Associate Dean of Business: requirements. Faculty Development & Research 5. Information on the designation programs may be obtained Sofy Carayannopoulos, PhD from the Part-Time, Distance and Continuing Education Nashifa Carter, MA Calendar. Ignacio Castillo, PhD Kai Chen, MEcon Schlegel Centre for Amy Christie, PhD Ling Chu, MTax, CMA Entrepreneurship and Social Barry Colbert, PhD Innovation Ernest Cosgrove, MBA Nicole Coviello, PhD Executive Director: Joanne Benham Rennick, PhD, x3331, [email protected] J. Bradley Davis, PhD Associate Director: Jessica Vorsteveld, x2198, [email protected] Mitali De, PhD, AICB Academic Director, Associate Professor (Policy): Stephen Preece, Anne Domurath, PhD PhD, x2636, [email protected]; Prescott Ensign, PhD

177 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Bruce Everitt, BBA Chatura Ranaweera, PhD Allan Foerster, BBA, CA Peruvemba Ravi, PhD Sebastian Fourne, PhD Stephen Risavy, PhD Daniel Friesen, PhD Chet Robie, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, OBHRM Tripat Gill, PhD Nina Rosenbusch, PhD Lan Guo, PhD David Scallen, MBA, CMA Leanne Hagarty, BBA Jacques A. Schnabel, PhD Farimah HakemZadeh, MBA Karin Schnarr, PhD Kenneth F. Harling, PhD Chunming (Victor) Shi, PhD, Director, Centre for Supply Michael Haughton, PhD, CN Fellow in Supply Chain Chain Management Management Andriy Shkilko, PhD, Canada Research Chair in Finance Darren Henderson, PhD Brian F. Smith, PhD, BMO Financial Group Professorship Kevin Hendricks, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, ODS Simon Taggar, PhD Ivona Hideg, PhD Ning (Tony) Tang, PhD, Director, MFin Program Gregory Irving, PhD Mark Wagner, PhD Sapna Isotupa, PhD Fang Wang, PhD Shailendra Jha, PhD Jin Wang, PhD Madhu Kalimipalli, PhD, Director, PhD and Masters David Wheatley, PhD Programs Sarah Wilner, PhD Lisa Keeping, PhD, Associate Dean: Business Academic Meredith Woodwark, PhD Programs Bixia Xu, PhD, CGA Mary Kelly, PhD, Chair of Insurance John Young, BMath, CA, Co-ordinator of Undergraduate Micheal J. Kelly, PhD, Dean, Lazaridis School of Business & Student Affairs Economics Tao Zeng, PhD, CGA Hae Joo Kim, PhD Yujie (Jessie) Zhan, PhD Jennifer Komar, PhD Ping Zhao, PhD Shawn Komar, PhD Xuan Zhao, PhD Si Li, PhD, Ira Gluskin Fellowship Shirley Lichti, BA Zhenfeng Ma, PhD Honours Business Administration BBA Laura MacDonald, PhD, CMA Applicant Information: Karen MacMillan, PhD Choose Laurier: High School Applicant Inquiries Carolyn MacTavish, PhD, CA Program Counselling: [email protected] Esther Maier, PhD, CPA, CGA Teresa Marcon, MLIS The BBA program is based on the concept that a general Robert Mathieu, PhD, CMA, CA, Area Co-ordinator, education involving an exposure to the liberal arts and sciences is essential for a career in management and for the complete Accounting; CPA Professorship; Linamar Fellowship development of an individual. The management portion of the Chima Mbagwu, PhD BBA program emphasizes two main objectives for its students: Bruce McConomy, PhD, CA, Director, CPA and Laurier Centre first, on graduation, to prepare for meaningful responsibility Shelley Ann McGill, LLM immediately and second, to build a foundation for a career in William McNally, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, Finance management. The BBA program consists of 20.0 credits (or Kalyani Menon, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, Marketing equivalent). There are 11.0 business credits of which 8.5 are James Moore, PhD, KPMG Foundation Professorship required and 2.5 are BU or ENTR electives. Of the remaining 9.0 Kim Morouney, PhD, Associate Dean: International and credits, 2.5 are required non-business credits, 5.0 are non- Accreditation business electives and 1.5 is comprised of BU or non-BU electives. Subhankar Nayak, PhD Probation: refer to the Academic Regulations section of the Flora Niu, PhD, CGA Undergraduate University Regulations chapter. Students Hamid Noori, PhD, Director, EMTM completing Year 1 are not eligible for probation. Grant Packard, PhD Progression and Graduation Requirements for the BBA Michael Pavlin, PhD Program: refer to the Progression section of the Undergraduate M. Fabricio Perez, PhD, Director, FSRC; Arthur Wesley University Regulations chapter. Downe Professorship in Finance Stephen B. Preece, PhD, Academic Director, Schlegel Centre Honours Business Administration BBA Program Chun Qiu, PhD Requirements See table on page 179

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 178 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Honours Business Administration BBA Program Requirements

Honours Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)

Year of Required Required Electives Academic Regulations Program Business Non- Courses Business Courses

1 BU111 EC120 2.0 non-BU Students who select MA110* require three courses (1.5 credits) of non-BU electives. BU121 EC140 elective BU127 MA129 credits or or equivalent MA103 or MA110*

GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.0 credit. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. A total of 5.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 2.

2 BU231 EC255; 1.5 non-BU If both EC250 and EC260 are taken, one may be used as a non-BU elective. BU247 EC250 or elective BU275 EC260 credits. BU283 BU288

The required Business and Economics courses in Year 2 are an integrated set which must be taken concurrently and as assigned. A minimum of 5.0 credits must be taken in each of Year 1 and Year 2. A total of 10.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 3.

3 BU352 None 1.5 non-BU The required Business courses in Year 3 are an Integrated set which must be taken BU354 elective concurrently and as assigned. Students are required to take a total of 20 half-credits BU362 credit; during Year 3 and Year 4 of the program. Of the 11 half-credit electives, a minimum of BU375 1.5 BU or three and a maximum of six half-credit courses must be non-Business. The remainder BU393 non-BU would be BU courses. BU398 elective A minimum of 5.0 credits must be taken in each of Year 3 and Year 4. A total of 15.0 credit; credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 4. Refer to the 4 BU481 2.5 BU or Progression section of the Undergraduate University Regulations chapter. BU491 ENTR BU415 or elective BU486 credits to be taken during Years 3 and 4 of the program.

Notes: the approval of the BBA director. The additional elective will count in the GPA, unless the student has declared the 1. Students should familiarize themselves with the elective an 'extra' course, and is subject to any restrictions Registration and Academic Regulations of Wilfrid Laurier currently in the Undergraduate Calendar. University. Both the university regulations and the school/ department regulations must be adhered to. 3. A student wishing to take seven courses in a term requires a GPA of 9.00 (B+) and approval of the BBA director. 2. Upon completion of Year 2 in the BBA program, a student in good standing in the program may take up to a 4. A student's program that seeks to depart from normal maximum of 1.0 additional Business or non-business course content or sequence requires approval, in advance, elective credit. The additional elective may be taken in from the BBA director. Year 3 and/or Year 4 of the program and does not require

179 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

5. No more than 3.0 irregular credits may be counted towards Residence Requirement an Honours BBA degree. An irregular course is defined as a Any student desiring to obtain a BBA degree must fulfill the course offered under a Business seminar heading or the minimum requirement as a full-time student in Year 2 and Year 3 BU480, BU490* or BU499° course code. No more than 1.0 of the program. Normally, all required business and non-business credit may be BU480 or BU490* and no more than 0.5 courses must be taken at WLU. credit may be BU499°. Honours Bachelor of Business Leave of Absence from the Program A student may apply to withdraw from the BBA program for one, Administration and Honours BA Financial two or three academic terms. The application should indicate the Mathematics length of leave requested, include the reasons for the requested This double degree program provides qualified students the leave of absence, and be submitted to the BBA director or opportunity to gain expertise in business models and management designate. The leave of absence, if granted, will permit the practices, and the theory and quantitative methods fundamental student to re-enter the program at the beginning of the to the financial and related sectors. This BBA/BA program consists designated academic term without the necessity of review by the of a minimum of 26.0 credits and normally requires at least 10 SBE Admissions Committee. Leaves of absence, when granted, are academic terms, over 4 2/3 calendar years of study, to complete conditional upon the student being in good academic standing all requirements. Only under especially mitigating circumstances, (all Undergraduate Calendar requirements have been met) at the and with the approval of both departments, can the term time the leave is to become effective. sequencing attached to the double degree program be altered, and A student who withdraws from the BBA program without having such instances will usually result in a delay (possibly as much as obtained a leave of absence and who later wishes to continue with one calendar year) of the graduation date. the BBA program must apply to the SBE Admissions Committee for Students normally enter this program in a Fall term. Students who readmission. A leave of absence made during a current term must satisfy the progression requirements for entry to Year 2 are adhere to University course withdrawal dates. guaranteed entry into the Co-op Option, but this option is not A student may take non-business electives only for degree credit mandatory. The progression requirements of each program (the during the period of a leave of absence. Honours BBA and the Honours BA Financial Mathematics) must be satisfied in order to receive both degrees. Transfer Students into Year 2 On successful completion of this program, students will be eligible The SBE Admissions Committee will consider applicants from other to attend the convocation ceremonies in SBE and in Science and faculties or recognized universities based on the following will receive the Honours BBA degree and the Honours BA Financial criteria: Mathematics degree at the respective convocations.

1. An applicant must have successfully completed Year 1 of an Regulations undergraduate program. The courses in that program 1. Progression: should be similar to those required within the BBA Students must meet the following conditions in each year program. of the program by August 31: 2. Students will be considered based upon their overall Minimum GPA of 7.00 in Business (BU) courses, academic record in Year 1 of undergraduate study. The minimum GPA of 5.0 in Mathematics (MA) and Statistics level of achievement must be no less than a 9.00 GPA (ST) courses and (77%) overall, including a minimum of a 9.00 GPA (77%) an overall GPA of 5.0 in non-Business, non-Mathematics, for all BU courses, to apply. non-Statistics courses; completion of 5.0 required and elective credits, including 3. It is expected that applicants complete a full course load the required Business and Mathematics credits in the each term of Year 1. Normally, a total of ten 0.5‐credit program outline. courses (or equivalent) must be completed by May 1 for consideration. Course repeats are not reviewed favourably. 2. Graduation: Completion of all 26.0 required and elective credits; 4. Space is limited, where the number of applicants with minimum GPA of 7.0 in BU courses; minimum qualifications exceeds the number of places minimum GPA of 5.0 in MA and ST courses; available candidates will be rank‐ordered on the basis of minimum GPA of 5.0 in non-BU, non-MA, non-ST courses. academic record. 3. Students who do not meet the requirements in one of the Inquiries about a transfer into the Honours BBA program should Honours subjects, will progress into the subsequent year of be made through the Undergraduate Business Programs Office. the one Honours program for which they have met the Application for transfer into Year 2 of the Honours BBA program requirements, then all the regulations for that single should be made through your LORIS account in May for current Honours program will apply. Students who have not met Year 1 Laurier students. External students should contact the the graduation requirements due to low GPA must do so Admissions Office. within one calendar year to graduate with the double degree. Special circumstances do exist for the double degree program including the allowance for 2.5 course credit repeats, instead of the traditional 2.0 course credit repeats allowed in the Honours BBA (WLU) program.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 180 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

4. Based on the results of the Calculus Placement Evaluation, 1.0 credit at the 400 level. an entering student may be advised to enroll in MA110*, 6. Students have the option of undertaking three or four co-op rather than MA103, in Year 1; then MA104 would be work terms. completed in Fall term of Year 2. Hence, students who have 7. The program allows for 2.5 course credit repeats, instead of the credit for MA110* require only 1.0 non-BU, non-MA traditional 2.0 course credit repeats allowed in the Honours BBA elective credits. (WLU) program. In Year 1, students must obtain 5.0 course credits by August 31 and total course repeats may not exceed a maximum Below is a suggested schedule within which all program of 1.5 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in requirements can be fulfilled. the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. Required Courses Honours Business Administration BBA and Bachelor of MA103 or MA110*, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170, MA201, Science in Computer Science BSc MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270, MA307; ST359 (or See table on page 183 MA340); MA350, MA370, MA451, MA455, MA470 and at least 1.5 additional Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours Bachelor senior MA or ST credits at the 300 or 400 level; BU111, BU121, BU127, BU231, BU247, BU275, BU283, BU288, of Computer Science (UW) BU352, BU354, BU362, BU375, BU393, BU398, BU415 or BU486, This double degree program is administered jointly by the School BU481, BU491 and at least 2.5 additional senior BU credits of Business & Economics at Wilfrid Laurier University (WLU) and CP104 and EC120, EC140, EC250 or EC260 the Faculty of Mathematics at the University of Waterloo (UW). It is a restricted-enrolment program with admission normally limited Honours Bachelor of Business Administration and to Year 1 in a fall (September-to-December) term. Honours Financial Mathematics BA Double Degree: Co-op Students who successfully complete this program will be eligible Option (BBA/BA FinMath) to attend both universities' convocation ceremonies and be See table on page 182 awarded a WLU Honours BBA degree and a UW Honours BCS degree at the respective convocations. Students may register for this Additional Notes program at either university. The academic component is the Students are encouraged to select the Co-op Option. If the Co-op same, regardless of where students are formally registered, but Option is not selected, then different academic plans for students participate in the co-op process at their home completion of this double degree program are possible. Students institution. Thus, the degree attached to each student's registered should consult the Business Department and the Mathematics university is a degree with a Co-op Option designation, with the Department to ensure program requirements are met. other university's degree being a regular-stream parchment. The above outline incorporates the prerequisite structure in BU, EC This academic program cannot be combined with any other major. and MA courses. Students are strongly advised to consult with It requires a minimum of 9 full-time academic study terms and academic advisors before altering their academic plan. successful completion of a minimum of 52 one-term (0.5-credit) Honours Bachelor of Business courses. Most students require 10 full time terms to complete the program. The 52 0.5-credit courses must include 24 specified Administration and Honours Bachelor of business-related 0.5 credits taken at WLU and 24 specified Science in Computer Science mathematics and computer science 0.5 credits at UW. The remaining 4 0.5-credit electives may be taken at either university. This program draws upon the quality and reputation of each of the respective programs in order to develop a unique educational Program Requirements experience for students in the field of business and computer After Year 1, WLU-registered students who remain eligible to science. The program provides qualified applicants the opportunity continue their studies in the double degree program are required to develop an expertise in each of these fields. By utilizing the to participate in the Co-op Option. Refer to the "Co-operative synergies that exist between these two respective programs, the Education" section later in this chapter. The WLU co-op process students can maximize the benefit of their educational experience involves three (or four at a student's discretion) co-op work terms by completing these two undergraduate degrees within a period of intermixed with the 9 study terms, beginning with a first co-op less than five years. The program consists of a total of 25.0 course work term in the January-to-April period between the third and credits. Completion of 5.0 required and elective course credits in fourth study terms. The earlier May-to-August term between the each year of the BBA/BSc in Computing Science program is second and third study terms is an "off" term (where students are mandatory to progress. on their own for the term, similar to regular-stream students). 1. Students complete the required course and GPA components of For UW-registered students, the co-op process involves four (or each of the two degrees. five at a student's discretion) co-op work terms intermixed with 2. The program duration is approximately 4 2/3 years in length. the 9 study terms. The first of these work terms occurs during the 3. The program guarantees entry into co-op if progression May-to-August period between the second and third study terms, requirements to Year 2 are satisfied. Co-op Education is not thus replacing the corresponding "off" term for WLU-registered mandatory. students by an extra work term. With this one exception of the 4. Students receive two degrees, the Honours Bachelor of Business first May-to-August period, the term sequencing for UW-registered Administration and the Honours Bachelor of Science in Computer students is identical to the one for WLU-registered students. Science. 5. The 3.0 senior computer science credits must include at least

181 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Honours Bachelor of Business Administration and Honours Financial Mathematics BA Double Degree: Co-op Option (BBA/BA FinMath)

Year Fall Winter Spring

BU111, BU127, BU121, EC140, MA104 or EC120, MA103 or MA110*, MA121, MA170 EC250 or EC260 (may be done online 1 MA110*, MA122 during Year 1, 2 or 3)

GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credit. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. A total of 5.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 2.

BU231, BU247, BU283, BU288, MA201, Co-op Work Term #1 MA104 (if not taken MA270, ST260 2 in Year 1) or CP104, MA222, ST259

A total of 10 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 3.

BU352, BU354, Co-op Work Term #2 BU275, MA205, MA250; CP104 (if not BU393, MA370, taken in Year 2) or non-BU elective; 3 ST359 0.5 BU or non-BU elective (BU387 if in accounting)

The required 300-level Business courses in Year 3 are an integrated set which must be taken concurrently and as assigned. A total of 15 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 4.

Co-op Work Term #3 BU362, BU375, BU398, BU415 or BU486, BU481, MA350, 1.0 MA307, 0.5 BU or non-BU BU elective 4 elective (BU397 if in accounting)

The required 300-level Business courses in Year 4 are an integrated set which must be taken concurrently and as assigned. A total of 20.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 5.

MA451, MA455, 0.5 BU491, MA470, 1.5 BU None BU or non-BU elective (Fall or Winter), 5 elective 1.5 MA or ST elective (Fall or Winter) This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 182 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Honours Business Administration BBA and Bachelor of Science in Computer Science BSc

Year of Fall Winter Spring Progression Requirements Program

1 BU111 BU121 Requirements A and B must be satisfied: CP104 BU127 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of EC120 CP164 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses MA110* (or EC140 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall MA103) MA110* (or 0.5 elective GPA of 5.00 MA122 credit if MA103 taken in fall)

GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. A total of 5.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 2.

2 BU288 BU247 Co-op Term #1 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of CP212 CP216 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses CP213 CP264 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall CP220 CP363 GPA of 5.00 MA121 MA238

A total of 10.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 3.

3 EC255 Co-op Term #2 BU231 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of CP312 BU275 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses CP386 BU283 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall 1.0 senior CP317; GPA of 5.00 CP elective EC250 or EC260.

A total of 15.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 4.

4 Co-op Term BU352 BU362 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of #3 BU354 BU375 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses BU393 BU398 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall CP372 BU481 (may be taken in GPA of 5.00 0.5 senior CP elective Year 4 or Year 5); BU415 or BU486 [may be taken in Year 4 or Year 5]

The required 300-level Business courses in Year 4 are an Integrated set which must be taken concurrently. A total of 20.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 5.

5 Option 2.0 BU BU491 1 electives, CP373 0.5 400 CP414 level CP 0.5 senior CP elective, elective 0.5 400 level CP elective A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses OR B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall GPA of 5.00 5 Co-op Term CP373 BU491 Option 2 #4 CP414 2.0 senior BU electives 0.5 senior CP elective, 1.0 400 level CP elective

183 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

With the sequencing of study terms and work terms indicated 6. Economics Minor: EC120; EC140; one of EC250, EC260 - above, the normal duration for this program is four and two-thirds taken in Year 2 (refer to i and ii below); three additional calendar years (or five calendar years at a student's discretion). Economics courses approved by the double degree program Only under especially mitigating circumstances, and with the advisor from WLU (refer to iii below): approval of both universities, can the term sequencing attached i) UW's ECON 201 taken either on campus or by Online to the double degree program be altered, and such instances will Learning, may be substituted for WLU's EC260. usually result in a delay (possibly as much as one calendar year) ii) If both EC250 and EC260 (or ECON 201) are taken, only of the graduation date. two additional Economics courses are required. All double degree program students, regardless of their home iii) The "three additional Economics courses" may be any university affiliation, are required to satisfy all term-by-term mix of approved EC courses from WLU and ECON courses progression requirements of both Laurier's School of Business & from UW. These courses may be taken either on campus or Economics and UW's Faculty of Mathematics to remain eligible to (when available) by Online Learning. continue in the program, and to meet all graduation requirements 7. Mathematics Minor: the Faculty of Science will permit of both institutions to be eligible for the two degrees. More students who have completed two years of study in the specifically, students must ensure that their course selection each above double degree program, but who subsequently decide term, their academic performance level, and their academic to drop their affiliation with University of Waterloo, to conduct in general, comply with all the policies, procedures, obtain a mathematics minor with the BBA degree if they regulations and requirements of both universities. Failure to do so complete a minimum of 1.0 senior mathematics credits on will normally result in students being required to withdraw from the WLU campus. Students must still have completed the the double degree program. Such students may remain eligible to required courses, or their equivalents, in such a way that enrol in the (single degree) Laurier BBA program (although not 3.5 credits constitute the minor. necessarily in the Co-op Option) or to enrol in another appropriate For details about the various UW Honours BMath policies, (single degree) UW BCS or BMath plan respectively, depending procedures, regulations and requirements that apply to this upon their individual circumstances. Special circumstances do double degree program, consult the UW Undergraduate Calendar exist for the double degree program including the allowance for and/or one of UW's academic program advisors. 2.5 course credit repeats, instead of the traditional 2.0 course credit repeats allowed in the Honours BBA (WLU) program. In Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours Bachelor addition, any student who must satisfy UW progression standards and repeat a Math course they have passed will have the original of Mathematics (UW) course deemed an extra on the WLU student record. This only This double degree program is administered jointly by the School applies when the non-BU GPA requirement for progression has of Business & Economics at Wilfrid Laurier University (WLU) and been satisfied. the Faculty of Mathematics at the University of Waterloo (UW). It is a restricted-enrolment program with admission normally limited Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BCS (UW) Double to Year 1 in a fall (September-to-December) term. Degree See table on page 185 Students who successfully complete this program will be eligible to attend both universities' convocation ceremonies and be Notes awarded a WLU Honours BBA degree and a UW Honours BMath degree at the respective convocations. Students may register for 1. UW Course Abbreviations: this program at either university. The academic component is the CS - Computer Science; EN - English; EFAS - English for same, regardless of where students are formally registered, but Academic Success; MA - Core Mathematics; ST - Statistics. students participate in the co-op process at their home 2. Under certain circumstances, MATH 137 and MATH 138 may institution. Thus, the degree attached to each student's registered be replaced by MATH 127 and MATH 128 respectively. Refer university is a degree with a Co-operative Education designation, to the UW Calendar. with the other university's degree being a regular-stream parchment. 3. It is recommended that students complete at least 21 0.5-credit courses by the end of Year 2, either by taking 6 This academic program cannot be combined with any other major courses in one of their study terms, or by taking an or option designation. It requires a minimum of 9 full-time elective course via Online Learning during an off term or a academic study terms and successful completion of a minimum of co-op term. 52 one-term (0.5-credit) courses. Most students require 10 full- time terms to complete the program. The 52 0.5-credit courses 4. The UW courses MATH 135, 136, 137, 138, 235, 237, 239, must include 24 specified business-related 0.5 credits taken at CS 135, ST 230 and ST 231 may be replaced by the WLU and 24 specified mathematics and computer science. The 'Advanced' courses MATH 145, 146, 147, 148, 245, 247, remaining 4 0.5-credit electives may be taken at either university. 249, CS 145, ST 240 and ST 241 respectively. Program Requirements 5. Students may take CS 115 and CS 116 in place of CS 135, or After Year 1, WLU-registered students who remain eligible to if needed they may taken CS 116 after CS 135 and before continue their studies in the double degree program are required CS 136. Students who take CS 116 in the Winter term in to participate in the Co-op Option. Refer to the Co-operative Year 1 must take CS 136 in the Fall term in Year 2 and CS Education section later in this chapter. The WLU co-op process 245 and CS 246 in the Spring term of Year 2. involves three (or four at a student's discretion) co-op work terms

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 184 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BCS (UW) Double Degree

Bachelor of Business Administration (WLU)/ Bachelor of Computer Science (UW)

Required Required Math Required Business and Courses Elective Minimum Cumulative Credit Total & Required Year Math Economics (choice of Courses Completion Dates Courses courses when taken)

CS 135(F) Year 1 English course (0.5 CS credit): 136(W) Communications Requirement: GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business MA EMLS 101R, EMLS 102R, ENLS/ BU111(F) courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression 135(F) ENGL 129R, ENGL 109, SPCOM BU121(W) into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a 1 MA 100, SPCOM 223 EC120(F) maximum of 1.5 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 137(F) http://www.adm.uwaterloo.ca/ EC140(W) will be included in the GPA requirements for MA infocour/CIR/SA/uwpcshtm.html progression into Year 2. 136(W) MA 138(W)

BU127(F) BU283(F) BU288 (F) BU231(S) ST 230(F) 20 0.5-credits by December 31. ST231 and CO 250 must BU247(S) CS 245(F) ST 231(S) be completed prior to registration in Year 3 required BU 2 Recommend CS 246(F) CO courses. The required BU courses are integrated sets EC250 or MA 239 250(S) that must be taken concurrently and as assigned. EC260 be completed by the end of Year 2

BU352(F) Require a total of 4 courses - BU354(F) CS 240 these can be BU, CS or other 30 0.5-credits by December 31. The required BU courses BU393(F) 3 CS 241 course are integrated sets that must be taken concurrently and BU362(S) CS 251 BU or ENTR Electives Laurier (6 as assigned. BU375(S) courses) BU398(S)

CS 341 CS 350 CS 490 CS 492 Two additional Required BU CS courses Courses to be Co-op Option 1 students: 40 0.5-credits by August 31 4 chosen taken between Co-op Option 2 and 3 students: 40 0.5-credits by and from CS Years 4 and 5: December 31 5 340-398, BU481 52 0.5-credits to graduate 440-489, BU491 Two additional CS courses chosen from 440-489

185 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

intermixed with the nine study terms, beginning with a first co-op Communication Skills Requirement work term in the January-to-April period between the third and Since strong communication skills are essential to academic, fourth study terms. The earlier May-to-August term between the professional, and personal success, the Faculty places a particular second and third study terms is an "off" term (where students are emphasis on their development. All students must successfully on their own for the term, similar to regular-stream students). complete two communications courses:

For UW-registered students, the co-op process involves four (or • Students in Math/Chartered Professional Accountancy (CPA) five at a student's discretion) co-op work terms intermixed with must take SPCOM 111 (usually taken in term 1B) and AFM the nine study terms. The first of these work terms occurs during 211. the May-to-August period between the second and third study terms, thus replacing the corresponding "off" term for WLU- • Students in any Actuarial Science or Statistics plan must take registered students by an extra work term. With this one one course chosen from List I (below), and MTHEL 300. exception of the first May-to-August period, the term sequencing Students are expected to enrol in one of the courses in List I for UW-registered students is identical to the one for WLU- in their first term of study in the Faculty of Mathematics. A registered students. grade of at least 60 is a prerequisite for enrolling in term 2A, and a grade of at least 70 is a prerequisite for MTHEL 300. With the sequencing of study terms and work terms indicated MTHEL 300 is expected to be completed before enrolling in above, the normal duration for this program is four and two-thirds term 4A. calendar years (or five calendar years at a student's discretion). Only under especially mitigating circumstances, and with the • Students in the Business Administration and Computer approval of both universities, can the term sequencing attached Science Double Degree plan or the Business Administration to the double degree program be altered, and such instances will and Mathematics Double Degree plan must take one course usually result in a delay (possibly as much as one calendar year) chosen from List I (below), and BUS 362W. BUS 362W is of the graduation date. expected to be completed before enrolling in term 4A. Students must complete a course from List I with a mark of All double degree program students, regardless of their home at least 60 prior to enrolling in term 2A. university affiliation, are required to satisfy all term-by-term progression requirements of both Laurier's School of Business & • Students in all other plans must take one course chosen from Economics and UW's Faculty of Mathematics to remain eligible to List I, and one course chosen from List II. Students are continue in the program, and to meet all graduation requirements expected to enrol in one of the courses in List I in their first of both institutions to be eligible for the two degrees. More term of study in the Faculty of Mathematics, and must specifically, students must ensure that their course selection each complete a course from List I with a mark of at least 60 prior term, their academic performance level, and their academic to enrolling in term 2A. Students are encouraged to conduct in general, comply with all the policies, procedures, complete the second course by the end of term 2A. regulations and requirements of both universities. Failure to do so List I: First Course will normally result in students being required to withdraw from the double degree program. Such students may remain eligible to The first course must be chosen from one of the following: enrol in the (single degree) Laurier BBA program (although not EMLS 101R Oral Communication for Academic Purposes necessarily in the Co-op Option) or to enrol in another appropriate EMLS 102R Correction in Academic Writing (single degree) UW BMath plan respectively, depending upon their EMLS/ENGL 129R Written Academic English individual circumstances. ENGL 109 Introduction to Academic Writing Each academic term, the last date to add or drop a course without SPCOM 100 Interpersonal Communication failure will be specific to the institution offering the course. A SPCOM 223 Public Speaking business or economics course will follow Laurier's add/drop dates, This course must be completed with a mark of at least 60% prior a math or computer science course will follow UW's add/drop to enrolling in a 2A term. Except for some students in the Double dates. This policy is specific to students enrolled in Laurier-UW Degree plans, students are expected to enrol in one of these double degree programs only. courses in their first term of study in the Faculty of Mathematics. Special circumstances do exist for the double degree program Notes including the allowance for 2.5 course credit repeats, instead of the traditional 2.0 course credit repeats allowed in the Honours 1. UW Mathematics Course Abbreviations: BBA (WLU) program. In addition, any student who must satisfy ACTSC - Actuarial Science; AMATH - Applied Mathematics; UW progression standards and repeat a Math course they have CO - Combinatorics and Optimization; CS - Computer passed will have the original course deemed an extra on the WLU Science; EMLS - English for Academic Success; MATH - Core student record. This only applies when the non-BU GPA (Algebra and Calculus) Mathematics; PMATH - Pure requirement for progression has been satisfied. Mathematics; STAT - Statistics. Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BMath (UW) Double 2. Under certain circumstances, MATH 136, MATH 137 and Degree MATH 138 may be replaced by MATH 106, MATH 127 and MATH 128 respectively. Refer to the UW Calendar. See table on page 187

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 186 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BMath (UW) Double Degree

Bachelor of Business Administration (WLU)/ Bachelor of Mathematics (UW)

Required Required Required Math Business and Math Courses Elective Minimum Cumulative Credit total & Required Completion Year Courses Economics Courses Dates (choice of courses when taken)

BU111 (F) CS 115 (F) GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses EC120 (F) MA 135 (F) must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. BU121 (W MA 137 (F) Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credits. EC140(W) CS 116 (W) All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA MA 136 (W) requirements for progression into Year 2. 1 MA 138 (W) Communications (W) Refer to CS Requirement below

STAT 230 (F) Two to be 20 0.5-credits by BU127 (F) CO 250 (F) completed in December 31. ST231 and CO 250 must be completed prior to BU283 (F) STAT 231 (S) spring of year registration in Year 3 required BU courses. The required BU BU288 (F) 2 (the courses are integrated sets that must be taken concurrently and BU231 (S) remaining to as assigned. BU247 (S) be taken 2 EC250 or later): EC260 MATH 235 recommend (One of: MATH completion by 237 or MATH the end of 239) ACTSC Year 2 231

Four (4) 30 0.5-credits by Four (4) elective December 31. The required BU courses are integrated sets that required MATH courses - must be taken concurrently and as assigned. BU352 (F) courses to be these can be BU354 (F) taken in Year BU, MATH or BU393 (F) 3, Year 4 or 3 other course BU362 (S) Year 5: BU375 (S) CO 370 Six (6) BU or BU398 (S) CS 330 ENTR STAT 371 electives STAT 372 Laurier

Required Seven (7) elective MATH Co-op Option 1 students: 40 0.5-credits by August 31 Business courses at any level in Year 3, Co-op Option 2 and 3 students: 40 0.5-credits by December 31 Courses to be Year 4 or Year 5 52 0.5-credits to graduate 4 taken between and Years 4 and 5: 5 BU481 BU491

3. It is recommended that students complete at least 21 4. The UW mathematics courses MATH 135, 136, 137, 138, 0.5-credit courses by the end of Year 2, either by taking 6 235, 237, 239, CS 135, STAT 230 and STAT 231 may be courses in one of their study terms, or by taking an replaced by the 'Advanced' courses MATH 145, 146, 147, elective course via Online Learning during an off term or a 148, 245, 247, 249, CS145, STAT 240 and STAT 241 co-op term. respectively.

187 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

5. Economics Minor: EC120; EC140; one of EC250, EC260 - Business and Sustainability taken in Year 2 (refer to i and ii below); three additional The following two (2) courses are required: Economics courses approved by the double degree program BU321 - Social Entrepreneurship advisor from WLU and UW (refer to iii below): BU411 - Business Strategy for Sustainability i) UW's ECON 201 taken either on campus or by Online And any two (2) of: Learning, may be substituted for WLU's EC260. BU442 - Marketing & Society ii) If both EC250 and EC260 (or ECON201) are taken, only BU455 - Transportation and Facilities Management two additional Economics courses are required. BU485 - Environmental Management for Operations iii) The "three additional Economics courses" may be any EC238 - Environmental Economics mix of approved EC courses from WLU and ECON courses EC318 - Natural Resource Economics from UW. These courses may be taken either on campus or UU101 - Perspectives on Sustainability (when available) by Online Learning. Entrepreneurship 6. Mathematics Minor: the Faculty of Science will permit The following two (2) courses are required: students who have completed two years of study in the BU403 - Entrepreneurial Finance above double degree program, but who subsequently decide ENTR200 - The Entrepreneurial Method to drop their affiliation with University of Waterloo, to And any two (2) of: obtain a mathematics minor with the BBA degree if they BU321 - Social Entrepreneurship complete a minimum of 1.0 senior mathematics credits on BU421 - Managing the Family Enterprise the WLU campus. Students must still have completed the BU479 - High-Tech Marketing required courses, or their equivalents, in such a way that ENTR300 - Business Model Creation 3.5 credits constitute the minor. ENTR301 - Business Model Execution For details about the various UW Honours BMath policies, procedures, regulations and requirements that apply to this Finance double degree program, consult the UW Undergraduate Calendar Any four (4) of: and/or one of UW's academic program advisors. BU353 - Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance BU400 - Advanced Equity Analysis I Concentration with BBA program BU403 - Entrepreneurial Finance A BBA concentration consists of a minimum of 2.0 senior-level BU410 - Advanced Equity Analysis II credits beyond core courses counted toward the degree. Under BU413 - Personal Financial Planning and Management special circumstances a BU480 - Independent Research or a BU416 - International Finance and Accounting BU490* - Major Project may be approved for inclusion toward a BU419 - Property and Liability Insurance Management concentration. A concentration allows students to pursue an BU423 - Options, Futures and Swaps interest within general management; the concentration is not a BU429 - Capital Market Issues in Property and Liability Insurance professional designation. The concentration will appear on the BU433 - Management of Financial Institutions student's official transcript when denoted on the application to BU443 - International Financial Management graduate submitted by the student prior to printed deadlines. Only BU449 - Fixed Income Analysis one concentration may be declared. BU453 - Working Capital Management BU460 - Laurier Start-Up Fund BBA students wishing to pursue the Legal Studies Option or any BU463 - Advanced Corporate Finance other applicable academic option at Laurier may do so. A Laurier BU473 - Investment Management option can be in addition to an Honours Business Administration BU483 - Life and Health Insurance concentration. There is a limit of two Laurier options/minors per BU493 - Seminar in Finance student. BBA students are restricted from declaring the Management Option. A BBA student interested in a Laurier Option Human Resource Management shoud see an Academic Advisor as early as possible for academic Any four (4) of: planning. BU408 - Recruitment and Selection BU414 - Occupational Health and Safety The concentrations available with the BBA degree are as follows: BU418 - Strategic Human Resources Planning Accounting BU448 - Strategic Compensation in Canada Any four (4) of: BU464 - Labour Relations BU357 - Taxation I BU468 - Organizational Change and Development BU387 - Intermediate Accounting I BU474 - Training and Development BU397 - Intermediate Accounting II Insurance and Risk Management BU417 - Financial Statement Analysis The following two (2) courses are required: BU447 - Advanced Auditing BU353 - Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance BU466 - Taxation II BU419 - Property and Liability Insurance Management BU467 - Advanced Management Accounting And two (2) additional courses from the list below, of which BU477 - Auditing at least one (1) must be BU429 or BU433: BU487 - Advanced Accounting BU412 - Services Marketing Management BU497 - Seminar in Accounting BU413 - Personal Financial Planning and Management

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 188 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU414 - Occupational Health and Safety Option/Minor with BBA program BU423 - Options, Futures and Swaps Students may choose to select their elective courses to meet the BU425 - Business Analytics requirements for a minor/option (to a maximum of two) in a BU429 - Capital Market Issues in Property and Liability Insurance subject other than honours Business. Additional courses may be BU433 - Management of Financial Institutions necessary to fulfill these requirements as well as those of the BBA BU483 - Life and Health Insurance program. GG396 - Natural Hazards An honours BBA student may receive designation for no more than International Business two minors/options, in addition to one BBA Concentration. The following five (5) courses are required: BU416 - International Finance and Accounting 1. Requirements for specific minors/options are included in BU435 - Supply Chain Management the Departments section of the: BU469 - Global Marketing Management Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Education, Faculty of Human & BU489 - International Organizational Behaviour Social Sciences, Faculty of Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, BU491 - Business Policy II Faculty of Science, School of Business and Economics - NOTES: Economics Department and Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. 2. A BBA student may not count EC255 or BU275 toward the 1. An international study tour is a major component of this Economics minor. concentration. A set fee is charged for the cost of travel. 3. 1.0 credit (or equivalent) may be counted towards the 2. Students must register in section "in" for the above-listed minor requirements if taken on a Letter of Permission courses. basis, or as a cross-registered student at the University of Marketing Waterloo. The following one (1) course is required: 4. Mathematics Minor: the Faculty of Science will permit BU422 - Marketing Research students who have completed two years of study in the BBA/BMath double degree program, but who subsequently And any three (3) of: decide to drop their affiliation with University of Waterloo, BU409 - Creative Thinking for Marketing Managers to obtain a mathematics minor with the BBA degree if they BU412 - Services Marketing Management complete a minimum of 1.0 senior mathematics credits on BU432 - Consumer Behaviour the WLU campus. Students must still have completed the BU442 - Marketing & Society required courses, or their equivalents, in such a way that BU452 - Marketing Strategy 3.5 credits constitute the minor. BU459 - Marketing & Social Networks BU462 - Business-to-Business Marketing 5. A minor consists of a minimum of 3.0 credits and allows a BU469 - Global Marketing Management student to complete a secondary area of study in a subject BU470 - Brand Management (e.g., sociology, women's studies, philosophy) different BU472 - Marketing Communications from their honours discipline. BU479 - High-Tech Marketing BU482 - Sales Management 6. The minimum requirement for the minor consists of 3.0 BU492 - Seminar in Marketing credits, no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be senior credits and no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be obtained at Wilfrid Marketing Communications Laurier University. Students may not hold a minor in The following one (1) course is required: a subject in which they have an honours major or option. BU422 - Marketing Research And any three (3) of: 7. A minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required on all courses BU432 - Consumer Behaviour of the minor subject(s). BU459 - Marketing & Social Networks 8. A minor is not available to students in the General BA or BU470 - Brand Management General BSc program without designation. BU472 - Marketing Communications Entrepreneurship Core Supply Chain Management Co-ordinator: Laura Allan, MBA, [email protected], Entrepreneurship The following four (4) courses are required: Academic Director BU405 - Procurement and Supply Management BU435 - Supply Chain Management Laurier Entrepreneurship Core Courses BU445 - Information Systems for Supply Chain Management Year 2 BU455 - Transportation and Facilities Management (One of): ENTR200 - The Entrepreneurial Method SC200 - Entrepreneurship in Science SE200 - How to Change the World: Introduction to Social Entrepreneurship

189 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU111 - Understanding the Business Environment Year 3 and/or 4: BU111 Understanding the Business ENTR300 - Business Model Creation Environment 0.5 ENTR301 - Business Model Execution Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 Program Regulations This course highlights challenges in the external business 1. To register in ENTR300 and ENTR301 students must environment with a focus on their impact on business decisions. complete an application and interview process. Selection is Topics include competitive analysis, and an in-depth examination competitive based on grades, aptitude and experience. of political, economic, social, and technological factors. Students Refer to the co-ordinator for more information. will apply their knowledge using cases, and by identifying and researching the feasibility of a new venture/business opportunity. 2. BU111/BU121 is strongly recommended, but not required. The course includes a required weekly lab in which research, 3. Graduation with the core minor requires 1.5 credits and a writing, teamwork, and individual and group presentation skills cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all required courses. are also developed. Exclusion: ENTR201, MB105. Honours Business Administration Co- BU121 - Functional Areas of the Organization operative Option BU121 Functional Areas of the Organization 0.5 Refer to the Co-operative Education section. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 This course provides an overview to the functional areas of a Diploma in Business Administration business; specifically marketing, finance, operations, and human Diploma Program Advising: [email protected] resources. The areas will be examined using an integrative model and by focusing on current issues such as sustainability. Students Admission requirements and specific academic regulations for the will apply their knowledge using cases, and by developing a diploma is outlined in the sections which follow. Note that the business plan for a new venture. The course includes a required last grade received on any course attempt will be used to calculate weekly lab in which teamwork, business writing, critical thinking, the Grade Point Average (GPA) and that no course may be negotiating, and individual and group presentation skills are also attempted more than twice. This rule applies to courses taken at developed. this and other institutions. Exclusion: ENTR100, MB105. The Diploma in Business Administration has been designed to BU127 - Introduction to Financial Accounting meet the needs of people with work experience in business or BU127 Introduction to Financial Accounting 0.5 government who wish to enhance their skills in the functional Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 areas of administration. A study of basic accounting principles with emphasis on the The courses in the program have been selected to give broad recording, reporting and interpretation of financial data. coverage of the functional areas of management. Exclusion: BU227, MB207. Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. The program is made up of 6.0 credits (4.0 required and 2.0 elective). It is a part-time program only and will take at least BU208 - Interpersonal Communication three terms to complete. Courses are offered in the evenings. BU208 Interpersonal Communication 0.5 Program requirements are given in the following chart. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introductory course designed to improve the student's ability Diploma Requirements to communicate effectively within an organizational context. See table on page 191 Exclusion: Honours BBA, JN109, MB109/OL109. Business (Waterloo Campus) Courses BU223 - Fundamentals of Finance BU223 Fundamentals of Finance 0.5 BU Course Notes Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Students not registered in Honours Business This course is designed to give non-business students an understanding of the fundamentals of finance. The course Administration (BBA) must obtain permission of the introduces students to the time value of money and its School to take courses in business administration (BU application to securities valuation in finance. Other topics covered courses) other than BU111, BU121, BU127 and BU247. include the risk and return trade off, basic capital budgeting, firm For current business seminar courses and prerequisites, debt and dividend policies, financial ratios and external growth refer to the SBE Web site. through mergers and acquisitions. Prerequisite: BU111, BU127, and EC205 (or BU205) or EC285 (or a program-specific equivalent). Exclusion: Honours BBA program, BU283, BU383. Students may ENTR (Entrepreneurship) Courses not take BU223 following the completion of BU283 or BU383. If ENTR courses are listed below the BU course listing. taken in that order, credit will be lost for BU283 or BU383. Exclusions do not constitute equivalency.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 190 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Diploma Requirements

Diploma in Business Administration

Required Elective Admission Requirements Academic Regulations Courses Courses

BU111, Choose 1. Students must have three years work experience in 1. In order to graduate, students must attain a minimum BU121, any 4 BU business or government following their most recent cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-). Only 1.0 credit may be BU127, or EC formal education OR an undergraduate degree in any repeated (i.e., maximum of 14 course attempts) after EC205, 0.5-credits discipline except Business. Entry into the program is admission to the program. The GPA will be calculated BU247 competitive. Possession of the minimum admission over all courses completed after admission to the Two of: requirement does not guarantee entry into the program. Any courses completed before admission to the BU283, program for either internal or external applicants. program will not be used to determine graduation GPA. BU288, 2. Students may be granted a maximum of 4 2. Students must complete 4.0 credits at Wilfrid Laurier BU352, 0.5-credits (2.0 credits) towards the diploma for University after admission to the program. BU375 required courses taken prior to admission to the (or program. If additional courses are considered BU385) equivalent to the core or functional courses then the One of: students must enrol in additional electives in order to EC120, complete 4.0 credits after admission to the program. EC140

Notes Although diploma students are allowed to take EC255 without the prerequisite of MA129, such students should be aware that the other members of the class will have taken this Mathematics course and the instructors may assume that all students have the same level of sophistication in mathematics. As a result, students without the prerequisite may be at a disadvantage.

BU225 Fundamentals of Operations 0.5 This course is designed as an introductory study of the stock BU225 - Fundamentals of Operations market and investing. The course emphasizes personal portfolio Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 management to achieve a greater degree of sophistication, An introduction to foundational concepts and practical methods security and knowledge. used in designing and running the operations of manufacturing Exclusion: Honours BBA (Bachelor of Business Administration) and service firms. The course focuses on how operations managers and BBTM (Bachelor of Business Technology Management) interact with other business functions, especially marketing and programs. finance, and their role in setting and achieving strategic business This course cannot be taken for degree credit, within the BBA or goals. BBTM programs. Prerequisite: One of: EC205 (or BU205), EC285, MA141, PS296, SY382 or equivalent. BU247 Managerial Accounting 0.5 BU247 - Managerial Accounting Exclusion: Honours BBA program, BU375, BU385. Students may Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 not take BU225 following the completion of BU385. If taken in that order, credit will be lost for BU385. A study of the reports, statements and analytical tools used by management, and the manner in which these are applied in BU231 Business Law 0.5 planning, controlling, decision-making and performance BU231 - Business Law evaluation. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: BU127, (formerly BU227). This is a practical course in business law and deals with the basic Exclusion: MB217. legal principles in those areas of the law considered essential for Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. Administration Option the business student. Emphasis is placed on the law of contract, courses cannot be applied to any other Business program. Canadian legal institutions, tort law, business associations, business transactions, and various types of contracts found in the BU275 Business Decision Models 0.5 BU275 - Business Decision Models context of business relations. Where possible actual court Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 decisions are studied so the student will be made aware of the judicial approach in dealing with particular problems. This course develops a quantitative (mathematical) approach to Exclusion: MB237. business decision-making. Course topics include decision-making under uncertainty, risk and certainty (with complexity). BU233 Personal Finance 0.5 Prerequisite: EC255 (or BU255). Restricted to Honours BBA BU233 - Personal Finance students. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: BBA/BMATH program, EC275.

191 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU283 Financial Management I 0.5 This course examines techniques and policies used by BU283 - Financial Management I organizations and individuals for managing insurable risks within Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the Canadian market. In addition to addressing how to identify, The role of the financial officer as a key member of management is evaluate and manage these risks, the course will also focus the central thrust of this course. The course covers securities attention on the analysis of insurance markets and the incentives valuation, capital market theory, working capital management, conveyed by these markets for managing risk. financial statements analysis and projection techniques. The Prerequisite: BU283 (or BU383). financial questions investigated concern the management and Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 3, Year 4 or Year 5 (double analysis of cash, accounts receivable, inventory and short degree) of the BBA program. intermediate term liabilities as well as analysis of profitability and Exclusion: BU493p. risk. The method of instruction involves both lectures and cases. Prerequisite: BU127, EC120 and EC140. BU354 Human Resources Management 0.5 BU354 - Human Resources Management Co-requisite: One of the following courses: EC205, EC255, or Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EC285. Exclusion: BU383, MB307. This survey course addresses the strategic and operational It is recommended that students wishing to take senior Finance challenges of human resource management in both public and electives take EC250/EC290 and EC260/EC270 prior. private sector organizations. Emphasis is placed on the major HR functions in an organization, such as employee staffing, training, BU288 Organizational Behaviour I 0.5 performance management and compensation. Topics are presented BU288 - Organizational Behaviour I and discussed within their larger organizational context, with Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 particular attention paid to the legal environment and the rights Individual, interpersonal and group processes are studied to of both employers and employees. examine the impact on management effectiveness. Methods of Prerequisite: BU288, or registration status: Year 3 and instruction could include cases, simulations, lectures and group Management Option. activities. Exclusion: PS284. Prerequisite: BU111 and BU121. Exclusion: MCI 211(UW), PS284, OL140, OL224. BU357 - Taxation I BU357 Taxation I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 BU321 Social Entrepreneurship 0.5 BU321 - Social Entrepreneurship An intensive study of the Canadian Income Tax Act and related Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 statutes and their application to the taxation of individuals, This course provides an understanding of the process of starting a partnerships and corporations. new business dedicated to tackling social or environmental issues. Prerequisite: BU127. The characteristics of the entrepreneur, the identification and evaluation of opportunities, the assembly of resources and the BU362 Building and Managing Products, BU362 - Building and Managing Products, Services and Brands development of the business plan will be covered. The method of Services and Brands 0.5 instruction involves cases, lectures and a research project. This course will apply the tools and concepts introduced in BU352 Prerequisite: BU111, BU121. to marketing decision-making processes and brand development Co-requisite: BU352 or permission of the instructor. and management. Through the use of cases and experiential Exclusion: BU461r. exercises, students will develop the analytical and communication skills necessary in effective product, services and brand marketing Introduction to Marketing BU352 - Introduction to Marketing Management BU352 strategy. Management 0.5 Prerequisite: BU352. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 lecture hours/term This survey course introduces the student to the basic concepts of BU375 - Operations Management marketing. Emphasis is placed on consumer and environmental BU375 Operations Management 0.5 analysis, marketing strategy and the marketing mix. The course is Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 designed to provide students with a broad understanding of the This course examines the management of operations, focusing on marketing process from the viewpoint of the marketing manager. medium and short-term decision-making. Recall that the The teaching method is lecture and discussion. 'operations' of an organization are the activities through which it Prerequisite: BU111 and BU121, or registration status: Year 3 and creates value, in the form of goods and services, for its customers. Management Option. This course is for third year BBA students, who bring with them Exclusion: MB202. the knowledge and skills from EC255/BU275, including linear/ Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. Management Option integer programming, queueing, and computer simulation. These courses cannot be applied to any other Business program. skills will be applied to real world models and problems in the areas of operations and supply chain management that are Introduction to Risk Management and BU353 - Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance BU353 important for all managers to understand including Lean Insurance 0.5 Operations, Quality Management, Operations Strategy, Capacity Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 192 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Planning, Project Planning, Inventory management, Enterprise BU397 Intermediate Accounting II 0.5 BU397 - Intermediate Accounting II Resource Planning (ERP), and Supply Chain Management and An in-depth examination of the problems and theories related to Coordination. accounting for liabilities, shareholders' equity and accounting Prerequisite: BU275. changes and error corrections. Current developments in the theory Exclusion: BU385, BU395. of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles are studied in detail. The material will be looked at from the perspective of preparers BU385 - Operations Management I BU385 Operations Management I 0.5 and users of financial statements. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: BU387. This course examines the role of the operations function in the 36 lecture hours/term organization by exploring long-term planning and strategic issues BU398 - Organizational Behaviour II in managing, manufacturing and service operational systems. BU398 Organizational Behaviour II 0.5 Topic areas include operations strategy, demand management, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 capacity planning, facility location and layout, product and This course builds on BU288. Management effectiveness at the service development, process design and quality management. organization level is examined with particular emphasis on Basic analytical techniques related to these areas are introduced leadership and the impact of both organizational processes and and the relationship between operations management and other structure on organizational outputs. Methods of instruction could functional areas is emphasized. include cases, simulations, lectures and group activities. Prerequisite: EC205 (or BU205) or EC255 (or BU255) or EC285 or Prerequisite: BU288. BU225 and BU275. Exclusion: MB335. Exclusion: BU285, BU375, MB245.

BU400 Advanced Equity Analysis I 0.5 BU400 - Advanced Equity Analysis I BU387 Intermediate Accounting I 0.5 BU387 - Intermediate Accounting I This course covers all aspects of equity analysis including industry This course focuses on the concepts, methods and uses of analysis, financial statement forecasting, free cash valuation, financial accounting information. It includes an in-depth relative valuation and spreadsheet modeling. Students take on the examination of the accounting theory that is the basis of current role of analyst. accounting practice and how it can be applied to emerging issues; Prerequisite: BU393. the application of the procedures and practices under Generally 36 lecture hours/term; Accepted Accounting Principles; and an examination of how Enrolment limited with an application and interview process. financial accounting serves the needs of external decision-makers: Selection is competitive based on grades, aptitude and investors, creditors and other interested individuals and groups experience. including the public at large. Prerequisite: BU127 and BU247 or equivalent, or one credit in BU403 - Entrepreneurial Finance financial accounting. BU403 Entrepreneurial Finance 0.5 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The primary focus of this course is on the financial challenges BU393 - Financial Management II BU393 Financial Management II 0.5 confronting small and medium sized businesses that are growing Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 rapidly or aspire to rapid growth. In particular we will concentrate on (1) understanding the nature of the financing problems that The corporate financial manager's role in the firm as it relates to confront these firms at critical junctures in their development, (2) long-term issues in investing and financing is emphasized. becoming familiar with the many sources of funds for these firms Specific study is given to the theory and practice of capital with particular emphasis on angel investments, bank loans, budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, cost of capital, institutional venture capital and public issue of equity (3) valuations, mergers and acquisitions. A management emphasis is becoming familiar with the tax and regulatory environment within achieved through combined use of lecture and cases. which such financing is obtained, and most importantly, (4) Prerequisite: BU283 (or BU383). learning the key elements that enter into the structuring of the "deal" between demanders and suppliers of funds. A secondary BU395 - Operations Management II BU395 Operations Management II 0.5 focus of the course is on the special financing concerns related to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 management and ownership succession within family firms. This course continues the examination of the role and techniques Prerequisite: BU393. of the operations manager by focusing on short-term decisions BU405 - Procurement and Supply Management within the operations function. Topics include project BU405 Procurement and Supply Management 0.5 management, materials management and inventory control, This course explores how an organization replenishes and manages aggregate planning, materials requirements planning and the inputs - materials as well as services - used in its operations. scheduling. Analytical approaches are examined, as well as the Topics include organizational role of purchasing, purchasing integration of these topics and techniques with those discussed in strategy, supplier selection and development, analysis of trade BU385. promotions and supply contracts, and selected topics in inventory Prerequisite: BU385. management. Exclusion: BU375. Prerequisite: BU395.

193 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

36 lecture hours/term This course examines the marketing management implications of the differences between goods and services. The course will BU408 - Recruitment and Selection BU408 Recruitment and Selection 0.5 address topics such as: creating a sustained competitive Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 advantage, designing the service delivery system, building customer loyalty and the service delivery system, implementing This course introduces students to the recruitment and selection service management strategies and delivering services on the of employees who will contribute to the success of organizations. Internet. Issues with respect to recruitment and selection are examined Prerequisite: BU362 or permission of the instructor. from legal, ethical, technical and strategic perspectives. Methods of instruction include lectures, discussion and seminar BU413 Personal Financial Planning and BU413 - Personal Financial Planning and Management presentations. Management 0.5 Prerequisite: BU354. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 BU409 - Creative Thinking for Marketing Managers BU409 Creative Thinking for Marketing This course is intended to provide students with the Managers 0.5 understanding of the professional and personal financial planning Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 process. Following a life cycle approach, this course provides students with an in-depth understanding of the following key A growing body of academic literature has looked at the tools and financial planning areas: the essentials of budgeting, savings and techniques needed to encourage creative, innovative, lateral as credit planning, taxation planning, risk management, investment opposed to traditional linear thinking. In an era where change is planning, retirement planning and finally, estate planning. the norm, intellectual flexibility is a critical ability; and Students will be required to prepare a written personal financial organizations must be able to generate innovative insights to plan which will be submitted near the end of the term. survive. This course will provide students with an introduction to Prerequisite: BU393. the tools, techniques and processes used to generate creative marketing insights. The course works on the premise that BU414 Occupational Health and Safety 0.5 BU414 - Occupational Health and Safety marketing creativity is not about "eureka" moments of mysterious insights, but the result of a certain disciplined process of thought. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This process is also fueled by new qualitative research methods This course introduces students to the broad and changing field of that students will utilize. Students will be exposed to the current occupational health and safety. Issues in this field are examined literature on the creative process and engage in various exercises from legal, ethical, technical and strategic perspectives. Methods used by marketing organizations to generate creative solutions. of instruction include lectures, cases and exercises. Prerequisite: BU362. Prerequisite: BU354. Exclusion: BU492h. BU415 - Introduction to Management Information Systems BU415 Introduction to Management BU410 - Advanced Equity Analysis II BU410 Advanced Equity Analysis II 0.5 Information Systems 0.5 This course covers all aspects of management of an equity Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 portfolio, including identification of undervalued sectors and This course provides students of management with a basic stocks, diversification, trade execution and performance understanding of management information systems. The primary measurement and reporting. focus is on the development and administration of information Prerequisite: BU400 or permission of the instructor. systems and computer applications. 36 lecture hours/term Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 standing in the Honours BBA program. BU411 - Business Strategy for Sustainability BU411 Business Strategy for Sustainability 0.5 Exclusion: BU476, BU486; CS 330, CS 490 (University of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Waterloo). Sustainability is increasingly becoming a strategic issue for Honours BBA and Honours Economics and Accounting students organizations in all sectors, and global drivers such as climate, intending to pursue professional accounting designations must water, energy, food production, population growth and social take BU486, not BU415. inequity are redefining the landscape for business. In this course BU416 - International Finance and Accounting we examine the major global drivers for sustainability, frameworks BU416 International Finance and Accounting 0.5 for sustainable business, and the requisite skills in critical and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 integrative thinking to embrace and advance a sustainability This course will enhance your awareness of international business agenda. Through dialogue, video, cases and assignments, we will and the role which finance and accounting play in the outcomes critically examine sustainability drivers, organizational achieved by the enterprise. Cultural awareness, organizational conceptions of sustainability, and strategic approaches to mutual structures and forms, negotiations and international human value creation for organizations and society. resource management related matters will be addressed. Prerequisite: BU398 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: BU393.

BU412 - Services Marketing ManagementBU417 - Financial Statement Analysis BU412 Services Marketing Management 0.5 BU417 Financial Statement Analysis 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 194 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

This course is designed to improve the student's ability to examined primarily from the standpoint of problems encountered interpret and analyze financial statements. Primarily, the course in using statistical techniques and designing experiments suitable will focus on improving the student's ability to understand the to the research problem. various financial statements. Further, the course will evaluate Prerequisite: BU352 and one of EC205 (or BU205), EC255 (or various methodologies and uses of financial statements. The users BU255), EC285. of financial statements will normally be assumed to be those BU423 - Options, Futures and Swaps parties that are external to the company, but discussions will not BU423 Options, Futures and Swaps 0.5 be limited to the external users. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: BU477 or BU481. Co-requisite: BU467. Futures, options and other derivative securities have become increasingly important in the world of financial management. This course investigates how these markets operate and the use of BU418 Strategic Human Resources Planning 0.5 BU418 - Strategic Human Resources Planning these instruments in corporate risk management. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: BU393. This course provides students with an understanding of the Exclusion: ACTSC 446 (UW). personnel planning process, the qualitative and quantitative BU425 - Business Analytics techniques used in forecasting personnel requirements, and BU425 Business Analytics 0.5 feasible solutions to shortages or surpluses. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: BU354. This course introduces techniques from data science, statistics and BU419 Property and Liability Insurance machine learning to analyze both large and small business data BU419 - Property and Liability Insurance Management sets. These techniques are used to inform and guide business Management 0.5 decisions from various functional areas including operations, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 marketing and finance. This course examines the structure of insurance markets and the Prerequisite: One of: BU275, EC295, ST230, ST260, CO 250 (UW), management of insurance companies with an emphasis on STAT 230 (UW). property and liability insurers. The key operational functions of an Exclusion: BU495q. insurer are discussed. Emphasis will be given to applications of BU429 - Capital Market Issues in Property and Liability Insurance economic and financial concepts to the solution of problems faced BU429 Capital Market Issues in Property and by insurers. The course will also examine the regulatory and legal Liability Insurance 0.5 framework in Canada and the effect of this structure on insurer Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 operations. Prerequisite: BU353 (may be taken as a co‐requisite) or ACTSC This course provides an in-depth examination and analysis of 363 (UW) or permission of the instructor. management issues within the property and liability insurance Exclusion: BU493q. industry. Topics to be covered include the convergence of the insurance and capital markets, underwriting problems, reinsurance, risk transfer and securitization of risk, catastrophe BU421 BU421 - Managing the Family Enterprise Managing the Family Enterprise 0.5 risk as an 'alternative investment', cost of capital, investment This course is designed to enhance awareness of the significance, issues, impact of investment income on pricing and solvency diversity and complexity of family business. It develops an issues. understanding of the distinctive advantages and challenges of Prerequisite: BU393. family firms, enhancing the ability to develop strategic solutions to improve the performance of family firms. Topics include but are BU432 Consumer Behaviour 0.5 BU432 - Consumer Behaviour not limited to: duality of business and family roles, intergenerational relations, sibling relations, conflict resolution, This course focuses on the contribution of consumer behaviour to mate selection, governance structures for family firms, non-family effective marketing decision-making. To this end, this course executives, next generation commitment, consulting to family examines the role of the consumers both as purchasers/users of firms. goods and as individuals within a social system. Various theories Prerequisite: BU288. and models of consumer behaviour are reviewed and their Co-requisite: BU354. implications for marketing strategy are identified. Exclusion: BU428. Prerequisite: BU362. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term BU433 Management of Financial Institutions BU422 - Marketing Research BU433 - Management of Financial Institutions BU422 Marketing Research 0.5 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The objective of this course is to give the student an This course focuses on an understanding of the major financial understanding of the capabilities and limitations of market institutions in Canada and the competitive and regulatory research in the context of business problem-solving. Procedures in environment in which they operate. Emphasis will be placed on market research are considered in some detail with emphasis on the practical implications of recent innovations in financial theory problem formulation, application of sampling methods and to the management of interest rates, liquidity and credit risk. The statistical design of experiments. The foregoing procedures are course will use current readings and cases to examine

195 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

management decisions in financial institutions in Canada: 36 lecture hours/term chartered banks, insurance companies, trust and mortgage loan BU448 - Strategic Compensation in Canada companies, investment banks, credit unions and pension funds. BU448 Strategic Compensation in Canada 0.5 Prerequisite: BU393. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course introduces students to the broad and changing field of BU435 Supply Chain Management 0.5 BU435 - Supply Chain Management compensation. Issues in this field are examined from legal, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 ethical, technical and strategic perspectives. Methods of This course covers central topics in supply chain management and instruction include lectures, cases, exercises, computer simulation helps develop skills in managing the flow of goods and and field component. information between a firm and its suppliers and customers. The Prerequisite: BU354. performance drivers of supply chain management are introduced: BU449 - Fixed Income Analysis inventory, transportation, facilities and information. Key supply BU449 Fixed Income Analysis 0.5 chain management ideas are explored, including the latest issues The fixed income course covers the analysis of all fixed income of supply chain instability, risk pooling, strategic alliances and securities including bonds, money market instruments, and global optimization. mortgage‐backed and asset‐backed securities. Risk and return Prerequisite: BU395. relationship of fixed income securities as well as the yield curve and interest rate risk management will be covered. The course will BU442 - Marketing & Society BU442 Marketing & Society 0.5 extend the analysis to cover the tools and techniques such as Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 duration and convexity which are used to manage bond portfolio. Examining how marketers can develop sustainable marketing Prerequisite: BU393. strategies by gaining an indepth understanding of the impact of 36 lecture hours/term marketing on the physical, psychological, sociological, cultural BU451 - Law and Entrepreneurship and economic world inhabited by consumers. Concepts such as BU451 Law and Entrepreneurship 0.5 socially conscious marketing, social marketing, corporate social Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 responsibility, conscious consumption, anticonsumption, brand This course examines the intersect between legal and business resistance, cause marketing, consumerism and ethical marketing issues that challenge entrepreneurs as they develop their ideas, are studied. launch their new venture, finance and manage their growth and Prerequisite: BU362. assess possible exit strategies. Real world scenarios will be Co-requisite: BU432. examined to identify various legal strategies employed by Exclusion: BU492j. successful and unsuccessful new businesses. Law can be a tool to build competitive advantage or a tool to disrupt. Key topics BU443 - International Financial Management BU443 International Financial Management 0.5 covered in this course will include intellectual property law, This course looks at financial management considerations as they advertising and marketing law, commercial financing, and apply to the international environment. Working capital, government regulation of competition. investment and financing functions are considered in the Prerequisite: BU231. relationship between domestic and foreign firms. Foreign currency BU452 - Marketing Strategy exchange is a major topic. BU452 Marketing Strategy 0.5 Prerequisite: BU393. The focus of this course is on the determination and 36 lecture hours/term implementation of marketing strategy considering environmental, competitive and company characteristics. An analytic approach is BU445 - Information Systems for Supply Chain Management BU445 Information Systems for Supply Chain taken and emphasis is based on the identification of the critical Management 0.5 factors and information required in designing marketing Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 strategies. This course examines the role of information and information Prerequisite: BU352 and BU362. technology, especially the Internet, in helping coordinate and 36 lecture hours/term manage supply chains. Key topics include the use of information BU453 - Working Capital Management and information technology to support "pull" versus "push" supply BU453 Working Capital Management 0.5 chain operations, control supply chain instability, and manage This course investigates the measurement and meaning of relationships with customers and suppliers. liquidity and working capital. The management techniques Prerequisite: BU375 (or BU395). involved in the control of short-term assets and liabilities form the main focus of this course. The relationship between the short- BU447 - Advanced Auditing BU447 Advanced Auditing 0.5 term and long-term sources and uses of funds will also be studied. This course has as its objectives the expansion and integration of Prerequisite: BU393. topics introduced in BU477, the introduction of advanced topics 36 lecture hours/term in auditing, and the consideration of current issues in the auditing profession. Prerequisite: BU477 and BU481.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 196 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU455 - Transportation and Facilities ManagementBU463 - Advanced Corporate Finance BU455 Transportation and Facilities BU463 Advanced Corporate Finance 0.5 Management 0.5 This course deals with corporate valuation methods and their Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 applications to key corporate finance decisions. It covers the The objective of this course is to introduce students to the traditional valuation methods, as well as the contingent claims fundamentals of physical distribution management, specifically valuation approach. The applications of the traditional valuation the design of distribution networks and the management of methods to mergers and acquisitions, corporate restructuring and transportation. Key topics include design options for a capital structure choices, and of options theory to corporate distribution network, facility location and capacity allocation, finance will be emphasized. choice of transportation mode and carrier based on tradeoff Prerequisite: BU393. analysis, vehicle routing and scheduling, and relevant concepts in 36 lecture hours/term warehousing. BU464 - Labour Relations Prerequisite: BU375 (or BU395). BU464 Labour Relations 0.5 This course looks at the impact of collective bargaining on BU459 - Marketing & Social Networks BU459 Marketing & Social Networks 0.5 management. Emphasis is given to the individual with the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 problems rather than the aggregate view, but such items as public policy, labour law, trade union development, growth and Social networks (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, blogs, wikis) are organization and management rights are discussed. A large profoundly impacting contemporary marketing and management portion of this course is developed to the use of arbitration cases practices. This course will examine the role of social networks in in specific management problem areas. marketing communications, changing consumer dynamics, Prerequisite: BU288 and BU354. creating consumer communities and advancing marketing 36 lecture hours/term research. Prerequisite: BU362. BU466 - Taxation II Co-requisite: BU432. BU466 Taxation II 0.5 Exclusion: BU492k. An extension of BU357 with emphasis on tax planning for individuals, partnerships and corporations. Prerequisite: BU357. BU460 Laurier Start-Up Fund 0.5 BU460 - Laurier Start-Up Fund 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A practicum that gives senior undergraduate and graduate BU467 Advanced Management Accounting 0.5 BU467 - Advanced Management Accounting students a hands-on education in early stage investing with Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 companies that are growing rapidly or aspire to rapid growth. Prerequisite: BU393. Enrolment requires an application and Intensive study of job order and process cost systems, flexible interview process. Selection is competitive based on grades, budgets, standard costs, variance analysis and direct costing, and aptitude and experience. their application to product costing, planning, control and Co-requisite: BU403. decision-making. Refer to course website http://laurierentrepreneur.ca/startup- Prerequisite: BU247, EC255 (or BU255) and BU275 or EC285 and fund/. EC295 or EC205 (or BU205).

BU461 - Seminar in Business Policy BU468 - Organizational Change and Development BU461 Seminar in Business Policy 0.5 BU468 Organizational Change and This course provides a study of contemporary business issues. Development 0.5 Topics will deal with current problems in general management. The process of implementing planned change within organizations **For current seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to the SBE through the application of behavioural science knowledge and website techniques. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Prerequisite: BU288 or BU388, BU398 (or permission of the 36 lecture hours/term instructor). Irregular course Exclusion: MB335. 36 lecture hours/term BU462 - Business-to-Business Marketing BU462 Business-to-Business Marketing 0.5 BU469 - Global Marketing Management This course examines how businesses market goods and services to BU469 Global Marketing Management 0.5 other businesses, governments and not-for-profit organizations, This course provides an introduction to the nature and dynamics taking a global perspective. With a balanced focus on marketing of the global marketing environment. Focus will be on: i) strategy and implementation, topics include e-commerce, how understanding the diversity and complexity of the increasingly customers buy, supply chain management, relationship marketing global business environment, ii) applying marketing concepts and and management, partnerships, alliances, networks, and the decision-making in a global setting and iii) developing problem marketing of new/high technology products and services. analysis and problem-solving skills appropriate to global Prerequisite: BU352. marketing decisions. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: BU362 or permission of the instructor.

197 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU470 - Brand Management BU476 - Accounting Information Systems BU470 Brand Management 0.5 BU476 Accounting Information Systems 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is designed to provide students with a basic Branding is a critical area of marketing strategy relevant to all knowledge of information systems and their role in the organizations. This course will examine: the role of brands in performance of the accounting function in contemporary business consumer decision-making, brand loyalty, brand image and organizations. personality, measures of brand equity and corporate brand Prerequisite: BU387. communication. Through lectures, cases and experiential Exclusion: BU415, CS330 (University of Waterloo). exercises, students will gain insights into the issues and tools 36 lecture hours/term related to brand management. BU477 - Auditing Prerequisite: BU352 and BU362. BU477 Auditing 0.5 A study of auditing concepts, objectives, standards and practices, BU471 - International Strategic Management BU471 International Strategic Management 0.5 the course includes an analysis of the professional ethics, This course examines the nature and determinants of the various responsibilities and changing role of auditors in society, and a strategies firms typically follow in pursuing opportunities and/or consideration of current issues. addressing competitive threats in the international environment. Prerequisite: BU397. Particular attention is placed on the internationalization and 36 lecture hours/term strategic management processes of firms operating in several BU479 - High-Tech Marketing countries. The experiences of both small/medium sized and large BU479 High-Tech Marketing 0.5 multinational firms are studied. This course examines the process whereby high-tech firms market Co-requisite: BU481. their products and services. It discusses the nature of technology 36 lecture hours/term adoption and diffusion, the relevant theoretical concepts involved and the ways and means for high-tech firms to compete BU472 - Marketing Communications BU472 Marketing Communications 0.5 successfully. The marketing tools and decision models adopted by The course will examine the development of strategic marketing high-tech firms and the factors contributing to their marketing communication plans including the selection of the appropriate success and failures are discussed. tools (advertising, public relations, new media etc.) and creative Prerequisite: BU352, BU362. tactics. Students will learn to identify the underlying Exclusion: BU492g. psychological and sociological tactics in marketing communication 36 lecture hours/term by practicing the deconstruction of numerous examples of BU480 - Independent Research commercial messages. Students will also develop their own BU480 Independent Research 0.5 marketing communication campaign in a simulated account Students with permission of the department can undertake a competition. major paper in the field of business. The paper will be directed Prerequisite: BU362. and graded by a member of the faculty. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: Approval by the Associate Dean of Business: Academic Programs, the BBA director and approval of the topic by BU473 - Investment Management BU473 Investment Management 0.5 the appropriate area co-ordinator. An introduction to the theory and practice of security analysis and Co-requisite: Year 4 standing in the Honours BBA program and portfolio management. It provides for a broad understanding of permission of the instructor. security markets, with special emphasis on their information Irregular course efficiency. Considerable attention is given to the analysis and BU481 - Business Policy I valuation of bonds, common stock, options and futures. Other BU481 Business Policy I 0.5 topics include portfolio theory, capital market theory and related Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 empirical studies and portfolio performance evaluation. Business Policy I is the first of two courses dealing with strategic Prerequisite: BU393 or permission of the instructor. management, and providing an understanding of the process of 36 lecture hours/term strategy formulation and implementation. The course is case- oriented and integrates concepts from other more specialized BU474 - Training and Development BU474 Training and Development 0.5 courses. A seminar in aspects of training which requires students to Prerequisite: BU283 (or BU383). Students in design, develop and deliver a public or in-house training program. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 or Year 5 Honours BBA or The methods of instruction will include lectures, labs and small Honours BA Economics and Accounting. group activities. Prerequisite: BU398. 36 lecture hours/term

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 198 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU482 Sales Management 0.5 The purpose of this course is to understand the nature of effective BU482 - Sales Management leadership. Since leadership is central to the practice of This course is designed to develop and apply a framework for management, this course will assist students in managing people dealing with sales management. It will develop skills in planning and organizations more effectively. sales strategy; in recruiting, selecting, training, motivating, Prerequisite: BU398. organizing and controlling a field sales force; and in persuasive communication. The students will research a sales management BU489 - International Organizational Behaviour problem as well as work with a sales manager in the field. The BU489 International Organizational Behaviour 0.5 course is heavily case-oriented. This course will enhance your awareness of international business Prerequisite: BU362. and the role which organizational behaviour plays in the outcomes 36 lecture hours/term achieved by the enterprise. Cultural awareness, organizational structures and forms, negotiations and international human BU483 Life and Health Insurance 0.5 resource management related matters will be addressed. BU483 - Life and Health Insurance Prerequisite: BU398. This course covers life, health insurance and annuities. Industry regulation and trends, insurance products and pricing, investment BU490* - Major Project portfolio management and the risk hedging of insurance BU490* Major Project 1.0 companies will be the focus of the course. Government Students with permission of the department can undertake a involvement in pensions and health insurance will also be major project in the field of business. The major project will discussed. involve a paper. The paper will be directed and graded by a Prerequisite: BU393 or permission of the instructor. member of the facuity and will normally be presented to students 36 lecture hours/term and/or faculty. Prerequisite: Approval by the Associate Dean of Business: BU485 - Environmental Management for Operations BU485 Environmental Management for Academic Programs, the BBA director and approval of the topic by Operations 0.5 the appropriate area co-ordinator. Co-requisite: Year 4 standing in the Honours BBA program and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 permission of the instructor. This course examines operations techniques to support a proactive Irregular course approach to good corporate citizenship in environmental performance. Topics will cover product-lifecycle analysis, overview BU491 Business Policy II 0.5 BU491 - Business Policy II of regulations (provincial, federal, global), resource management, This course explores how the organization's social, ethical and risk analysis, integrated waste management, pollution prevention international context interacts with its competitive strategy. planning and implementation, Total Quality Environmental Prerequisite: BU481. Management (TQEM), Environmental Management Systems (EMS) 36 lecture hours/term and ISO 14000. Prerequisite: BU395. BU492 - Seminar in Marketing BU492 Seminar in Marketing 0.5 BU486 - Information Systems Development, Control and Audit BU486 Information Systems Development, This course will offer students the opportunity for in-depth study Control and Audit 0.5 of selected topics related to marketing. ** For current seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to the SBE website. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Permission of the department. This course examines the development, control and monitoring of Irregular course accounting information systems. Subjects such as IT governance, information systems audit and e-business considerations are also BU493 Seminar in Finance 0.5 BU493 - Seminar in Finance covered. Prerequisite: BU397. This course offers students in-depth study of selected topics in Co-requisite: BU477. finance. ** For current seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to Exclusion: BU415, BU456, BU476; CS 330 and CS 490 (University the SBE website. of Waterloo). Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Irregular course BU487 Advanced Accounting 0.5 BU487 - Advanced Accounting BU495 Seminar on Quantitative Business BU495 - Seminar on Quantitative Business Analysis/Operations Management Consideration is given to advanced accounting topics dealing with Analysis/Operations Management 0.5 theory, techniques and reporting practices in such matters as: home office and branch interrelations, intercorporate investments, This course will offer students the opportunity for in-depth study partnerships, fiduciary relationships, consignments, instalment of selected topics in quantitative business analysis and/or sales and price-level accounting. operations management.† ** For current seminar courses and Prerequisite: BU397. prerequisites, refer to the SBE website. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Irregular course BU488 - Leadership BU488 Leadership 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

199 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

BU496 Special Topics in Accounting 0.5 The course is designed to help students understand the realities of BU496 - Special Topics in Accounting entrepreneurship, develop an entrepreneurial mindset, and learn A study of such areas as accounting for non-profit organizations, tools to enable success in their own startups. Students will be governmental accounting, translation of foreign currencies, immersed in entrepreneurial practice through exposure to, and by accounting for leases and deferred tax accounting. ** For current working alongside entrepreneurs from the community. Group and seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to the SBE website. individual class exercises and assignments will be used to develop Prerequisite: Permission of the department. the essential practices of an entrepreneur, learn the logic and Irregular course methodology used by successful entrepreneurs, and become familiar with the application of business model canvas, value BU497 - Seminar in Accounting BU497 Seminar in Accounting 0.5 proposition design, customer development and lean start-up This seminar will consider the analysis and evaluation of principles. accounting thought relating to the nature, measurement and Exclusion: BU311, BU440. reporting of business income and financial condition. Both internal and external points of view will be discussed.† ** For ENTR300 Business Model Creation 0.5 ENTR300 - Business Model Creation current seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to the SBE Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 website. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Students will develop and evolve a new venture idea to Irregular course successfully achieve: problems-solution fit, product-market fit, and business model fit (drawing from lean start-up methodology). Specific techniques will enable students to launch a new venture BU498 Seminar in Organizational Behaviour 0.5 BU498 - Seminar in Organizational Behaviour without incurring unnecessary risk, while also maximizing their Problems in the field of organizational behaviour will be studied. hopes for upside success. While the direct application of the The course provides for an in-depth examination of specific issues course is to move from entrepreneurial idea to successful start-up, or topics in the dynamics and understanding of human behaviour. the broader implications for personal and career development The studies will be of specialized nature conducted in small include: increased business confidence, constructive creativity, actively participating groups. ** For current seminar courses and increased sense of empowerment, effective change management, prerequisites, refer to the SBE website. and enhanced career prospects. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Prerequisite: One of: ENTR200, BU440, SC200, SE200, MU200; and Irregular course this application on the SBE website.

BU499° Minor Project 0.25 BU499° - Minor Project ENTR301 - Business Model Execution ENTR301 Business Model Execution 0.5 Students with permission of the department can undertake a Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 minor project in the field of business. The minor project will involve a paper. The paper will be directed and graded by a Course activities and requirements will emphasize the following member of the faculty. areas of skill development such as presentation skills, digital/web Prerequisite: Approval by the BBA director and approval of the facility, managing a personal/business network, entrepreneurial topic by the appropriate area co-ordinator. research and deep subject matter engagement (persistence, Co-requisite: Year 4 standing in the Honours BBA program and tenacity, empathy, creation). permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: ENTR300. Irregular course ENTR310 - Special Topics in Entrepreneurship ENTR310 Special Topics in Entrepreneurship 0.5 ENTR100 - Introduction to Business Principles for Entrepreneurs ENTR100 Introduction to Business Principles Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 for Entrepreneurs 0.5 An in-depth examination of one applied and/or theoretical topic Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 in entrepreneurship, to be chosen by the faculty. This course is designed to provide non-business students that Prerequisite: ENTR200 or permission of the instructor. want to pursue entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurship core, ENTR480 - Independent Research the key foundational business knowledge they need to succeed in ENTR480 Independent Research 0.5 their own start-ups. Course material will cover the business Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 environment, and basic accounting, finance, marketing, human Students with permission of the department can undertake a resources, and operational principles. Exercises and assignments major paper in the field of business. The paper will be directed will also focus on soft skill development such as team, and graded by a member of the faculty. presentation, and negotiating skills. Prerequisite: Approval by the Associate Dean of Business: Exclusion: BU121. Academic Programs, the BBA director and approval of the topic by the appropriate area co-ordinator. ENTR200 - The Entrepreneurial Method ENTR200 The Entrepreneurial Method 0.5 Co-requisite: Year 4 or 5 standing in the Honours BBA program Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and permission of the instructor.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 200 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Progression to Year 3: Requires completion of all 5.0 required Business (Brantford Campus) and elective credits of Year 2 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Business (MB and BU) courses and a minimum Full-Time Faculty (Brantford Campus) cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-business courses. These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by April 30. Course Oliver Masakure, PhD repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration Rosemary McGowan, PhD of the program, including repeats from Year 1. Progression to Year 4: Requires completion of all 5.0 required Patricia McLaren, PhD, Area Co-ordinator, BBTM and elective credits of Year 3 with a minimum cumulative GPA of Josephine McMurray, PhD 7.00 in all Business (MB and BU) courses and a minimum Akbar Saeed, PhD cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-business courses. These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by December 31. Course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration of the program, including repeats from Year 1. MB Course Listings Graduation: Requires completion of all 5.0 required and elective MB courses are unique to the Brantford Campus and/or the courses of Year 4 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Bachelor of Business Technology Management program. For Business (MB and BU) courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of information on MB courses please refer to the Business (Brantford 5.00 in all non-business courses. Students who have not met the Campus) section. course and GPA requirements to graduate must meet the requirements within one calendar year. If they do not do so, they BU Course Listings must re-apply to enter the Honours Business Technology Students not registered in Honours Business Administration (BBA) Management program. Course repeats may not exceed a maximum must obtain permission of the School to take courses in business of 2.0 credits for the duration of the program, including repeats administration (BU courses) other than BU111, BU121, BU127 and from Year 1. A student who has passed all the courses of the BBTM BU247. program but who has not obtained the necessary GPA may elect to For current business seminar courses and prerequisites, refer to receive a Bachelor of Arts General degree without designation. the SBE Web site. Co-operative Education Honours Bachelor of Business Technology "Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a model of education that integrates and alternates a student's Management (Brantford) academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the The Honours Bachelor of Business Technology Management student's academic and personal goals. program consists of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. All students in the program must complete Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, formalized sequence. The time spent in the workplace comprises BF299. at least 30% of the time spent in academic study. Co-op work terms are approximately the length of each study term. Students Required Courses: are exposed to the work environment during more than one All courses are 0.5-credits, except for MB485* which is a season of the year and their co-op programs begin and end on an 1.0-credit course. academic term. 10.5 required credits in MB: Co-op students in the Business Technology Management program MB105, MB109/OL109, MB115 begin their alternating work and study terms after completing the MB202, MB207, MB215, MB217, MB235, MB237 first academic term of Year 3. Students in the program accumulate MB300, MB305, MB307, MB315, MB325, MB335, MB385, MB381 12 months of practical work experience through one eight-month MB425, MB475, MB485* (1.0 credit) and one four-month work term, and graduate in just over four EC120 and EC140 years. MA127 The only entry point for BTM co-op is at the beginning of second 6.0 additional credits in any discipline year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their academic Note: Students are excluded from completing the Management program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even if they are Option. later reinstated into that program. Progression Requirements Co-op students follow the same academic program as regular students. Because of the alternating pattern of work and study Progression to Year 2: Requires completion of all 5.0 required terms, there may be some differences in the scheduling of and elective credits of Year 1 with a minimum cumulative GPA of individual courses. 7.00 (B-) in all Business (MB and BU) courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) in all non-business courses. Course and Students prepare for the job search by attending workshops and GPA requirements for Business and non-Business courses must be individual counselling sessions. achieved by August 31. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.0 credit exclusively during Year 1. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2.

201 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

MB109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary Society Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer MB109/OL109 Interpersonal Communications and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a in Contemporary Society 0.5 suitable learning environment that will engage the student in (Cross-listed as OL109.) productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on MB115 - Information Technology campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort MB115 Information Technology 0.5 is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for This course provides a conceptual survey of general systems theory students admitted to the option. followed by a conceptual and technological survey of the structure of distributed information systems architectures, operating The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and systems, network operating systems, peripheral technology and evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor user interfaces. each student's progress during the work term. The co-op Prerequisite: Grade 12 U math or equivalent at 70%. curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation Exclusion: CP102. and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and 36 lecture hours/term write work term reports. Students are compensated by their Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. employers for work performed. MB202 - Marketing A co-op fee is payable in each academic term of Year 2 and Year MB202 Marketing 0.5 3. This course surveys the marketing function and process at the firm level. Topics include the environment of marketing; marketing To obtain the co-op designation, students must complete all the mix; product, pricing, distribution and promotion variables; requirements of both their academic program and the option. contemporary trends in marketing; buyer behavior and marketing Students completing the option will have the notation "Co- research. operative Education" appended to their transcript and noted on Prerequisite: MB105. their degree. Exclusion: BU352. Application Procedure Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. 36 lecture hours/term Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit MB207 Introduction to Financial Accounting 0.5 MB207 - Introduction to Financial Accounting on the number of spaces available to international students. Participants are introduced to the concepts and processes of Students in the BTM program who have met all academic financial accounting. Key topics include the accounting cycle, requirements of Year 1 indicate their intention to participate preparation and understanding of financial statements, cash in Co-op by enrolling online by the second Monday of classes in versus accrual accounting and revenue recognition. Emphasis is Year 2. placed on the use of rather than the preparation of accounting information. For further information, contact: Exclusion: BU127, (formerly BU227). Department of Co-operative Education: 36 lecture hours/term Wilfrid Laurier University 192 King Street North MB215 - Software Development Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3C5 MB215 Software Development 0.5 Telephone: (519) 884-0710 ext. 4484 The objective of this course is to familiarize students with software application development processes and underlying Business Technology Management Option concepts. Topics covered include object oriented analysis and Faculty of Human and Social Sciences: design, software development life cycles, models and /program.php?cal=1&y=69&s=781&d=1658&p=3466 methodologies, quality assurance and improvement, and the basics of tools used for application development such as Business (Brantford Campus) Courses requirement management tools, version control, and defect tracking. MB105 Business in a Networked Society 0.5 MB105 - Business in a Networked Society Prerequisite: MB115. This course explores how the traditional operations of business 36 lecture hours/term have been effected by the over-abundance of information and the consequent requirement for business to derive value from that MB217 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 0.5 MB217 - Introduction to Managerial Accounting information in order to be a functioning and contributing member of society. Consideration will also be given to what an Introduction to the role of accounting in the process of gathering increasingly networked society means to the way business and applying information used to plan, make decisions, evaluate operates and how this has altered the way businesses develop, performance, and control an organization. The focus of this course implement and use Information Systems. is on internal users of information in an organization. Exclusion: BU111, BU121. Prerequisite: MB207. 3 lecture hours/term Exclusion: BU247. 36 lecture hours/term

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 202 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

MB235 - Statistics for Management MB315 - Data and Knowledge Management MB235 Statistics for Management 0.5 MB315 Data and Knowledge Management 0.5 This course is an introduction to the logic of computerized This course provides an introduction to the application of application of common descriptive and inferential statistical knowledge management concepts in organizations. A concepts and techniques. Topics include data collection and comprehensive introduction to the design and development of cleaning, probability, sampling, estimation, non-parametric tests relational databases from a logical data model will be covered. and simple and multiple regression. Effective data administration techniques for enforcing integrity Prerequisite: MA127. and security, as well as enhancing performance are discussed. Exclusion: EC255, MB125. Prerequisite: MB215. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term

MB237 - Business & Technology Law MB325 - Management of Information Systems I MB237 Business & Technology Law 0.5 MB325 Management of Information Systems I 0.5 The focus of this course is on law relating to business Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 organizations. Areas of study include IT-focused areas such as Information systems are a critical aspect of competing in today's intellectual property, licensing requirements, security, and business environment. The objective of this course is to introduce privacy, and general business law such as contracts, the judicial the student to the role of information technology, and its process, real and personal property, torts, agency, credit and management, in supporting an organization's internal and external negotiable instruments. operations and strategies. Exclusion: BU231. Prerequisite: MB105, MB115 and registration status: Year 3 or 36 lecture hours/term Year 4. Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. Exclusion: MB225.

MB300 - Ethics, Technology and OrganizationsMB335 - Organizational Theory and Change MB300 Ethics, Technology and Organizations 0.5 MB335 Organizational Theory and Change 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is an introduction to current perspectives in As the digital landscape continues to evolve at a rapid pace, new organizational theory and design. We will explore how variations of moral, legal, and social concerns arise. In this organizations are affected by their environments, how they are course, issues and controversies will be debated surrounding structured and designed, their processes and cultures, and the cybertechnology, as well as discussing strategies to encourage implications for organizational effectiveness. Particular focus will ethical computing in organizations.Topics considered will include be placed on organizational change. professional codes of conduct, privacy, security, cybercrime, Prerequisite: MB105 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. intellectual property and various ethical issues involving online Exclusion: BU398, BU468, OL340. communities, online identities and social networks. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: MB105 MB381 - Information Systems Project Management Exclusion: OL300. MB381 Information Systems Project Management 0.5 MB305 - Operations Management MB305 Operations Management 0.5 This course focuses on an introduction to the theory and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 application of project management through case studies, This course examines the role of the operations function in the exercises, and software application. Topics covered include project organization. Topics include product and service design, process planning, utilizing software to manage project resources, progress selection, scheduling, plant layout, work study methods, inventory evaluation and managing risk. Particular attention is paid to the management. Project management techniques and basic management of IS projects, including topics such as agile operations research models are applied in decision-making. development methodologies and UML. Prerequisite: MB125. Prerequisite: MB105, MB385. Exclusion: MB245, BU375, BU385. Exclusion: MB481, OL482. Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. 3 lecture hours/term MB307 - Fundamentals of Finance MB307 Fundamentals of Finance 0.5 MB385 Systems Analysis and Design 0.5 MB385 - Systems Analysis and Design Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 System analysis and design is concerned with bringing all of a This course introduces the field of finance. Coverage includes system's components together: data, software, hardware, people objectives of financial management, agency theory, the Canadian and process. Emphasis will be on analyzing, modeling and financial environment, financial mathematics, stock and bond designing processes that improve business processes through the valuation, capital investment decisions and portfolio theory. deployment of information technology through examination of the Prerequisite: MB207, MB217 and MB235. critical stages of the systems development process. Exclusion: BU283, BU383. Prerequisite: MB215. 36 lecture hours/term

203 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

MB398 - Directed Studies MB498 - Directed Studies II MB398 Directed Studies 0.5 MB498 Directed Studies II 0.5 This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected topics in business technology management. Students will discuss topics in business technology management. Students will discuss their topics and approaches to these topics with their professors their topics and approaches to these topics with their professors and will normally meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to and will normally meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare an extended creative means of assessment, developed in prepare an extended creative means of assessment, developed in consultation with their professor. consultation with their professor. Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior MB credit and permission of the Prerequisite: At least 3.0 senior MB credits and permission of the instructor. instructor. Irregular course Irregular course MB399 - Seminar in Business TechnologyMB499 Management - Advanced Seminar in Business Technology Management MB399 Seminar in Business Technology MB499 Advanced Seminar in Business Management 0.5 Technology Management 0.5 This course will offer students the opportunity for in-depth study This course will offer students the opportunity for in-depth study of selected topics related to business technology management. of advanced topics related to business technology management. Prerequisite: 1.0 senior MB credit. Prerequisite: At least 3.0 senior MB credits. Irregular course Irregular course MB425 - Management of Information Systems II MB425 Management of Information Systems II 0.5 Co-operative Education This advanced course introduces the student to more complex issues, opportunities, and problems involved in the management Programs of information systems in organizations. These include human resource, financial, policies, standards, and strategic alignment • Honours Business Administration/Honours BA Economics concerns relating to the information systems department. The role • Honours BBA and BSc Computer Science, or BA Financial of the CIO (Chief Information Officer) and other senior technology Mathematics Double Degree managers will also be explored. Prerequisite: MB315, MB325 and MB385. • Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours Bachelor of Computer 36 lecture hours/term Science (UW) Double Degree • Honours BBA (WLU) and Honours BMath (UW) Double Degree MB475 - Technology and Innovation Management MB475 Technology and Innovation Management 0.5 • Honours Bachelor of Business Technology (Brantford) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Co-operative Education Courses COOP000 - Fundamentals of Co-operative Education This course examines current issues and approaches to the COOP000 Fundamentals of Co-operative management of technology and innovation. Students will examine Education 0.5 the complexity of issues involved in the management of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 technology including the nature of competition, the interaction of new technologies with existing technologies, the evolution of This course provides an introduction to the requirements, the markets and the processes through which organizations generate processes and the skills needed for co-operative education in and absorb technological innovations. business, economics and business technology management. The Prerequisite: MB105 and MB325. course includes modules in co-operative education policies and Exclusion: MB375. processes, the job search and recruitment process (including self- assessment, resumes, cover letters, interview skills and personal MB485* - Business Strategy and Enterprise Architecture MB485* Business Strategy and Enterprise branding), careers exploration and preparation for the work place Architecture 1.0 (including employment standards, equity and harassment, health and safety, ethics, report writing, learning objectives, problem This is a capstone course that attempts to utilize all of the solving, social adjustment and job performance). business and technology disciplines to identify, diagnose, and Co-requisite: Must be in the BBA, BBA/BMath (UW), BBA/CS recommend appropriate action for real organizational problems. (UW), or BBA/CS (WLU), BBA/BA FinMath (WLU), Hons Economics Prerequisite: MB307, MB315, MB325 and MB385. or BBTM program. Exclusion: OL490. Co-operative Education, Irregular course 36 lecture hours/term Exclusions do not constitute equivalency. COOP001 - Co-operative Education Work Term 1 COOP001 Co-operative Education Work Term 1 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 204 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

This course builds on COOP000, enabling the student to learning objectives, maintaining a journal, participating in understand in greater depth the requirements, the processes and performance evaluations and preparing a work report. the skills needed for co-operative education in business, Progress in meeting job responsibilities, along with student economics and business technology management. The course learning and skill development will be assessed at the midpoint of includes a supervised experience in an approved work term setting the course through a meeting between the student, employer and with defined student responsibilities. The student will complete co-op coordinator, and at the end of the course through a written various reflective learning assignments which include developing evaluation completed by and discussed with the employer. The learning objectives, maintaining a journal, participating in student will prepare a work report at the end of the course performance evaluations and preparing a work report. Progress in demonstrating their progress in meeting job responsibilities and meeting job responsibilities, along with student learning and skill learning objectives. The report will be reviewed by the employer development will be assessed at the midpoint of the course and assessed by the university. through a meeting between the student, employer and co-op Prerequisite: COOP002. coordinator, and at the end of the course through a written Co-requisite: Must be in the BBA/BMath (UW), BBA/CS (UW), or evaluation completed by and discussed with the employer. The BBA/Computing (WLU), Hons Economics or BBTM program. student will prepare a work report at the end of the course Co-operative Education, Irregular course demonstrating their progress in meeting job responsibilities and COOP004 - Co-operative Education Work Term 4 learning objectives. The report will be reviewed by the employer COOP004 Co-operative Education Work Term 4 0.5 and assessed by the university. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: COOP000. Co-requisite: Must be in the BBA, BBA/BMath (UW), BBA/CS This course builds on COOP003, enabling the student to (UW), or BBA/Computing (WLU), Hons Economics or BBTM understand in greater depth the requirements, the processes and program. the skills needed for co-operative education in business, Co-operative Education, Irregular course economics and business technology management. The course includes a supervised experience in an approved work term setting with defined student responsibilities. The student will complete COOP002 Co-operative Education Work Term 2 0.5 COOP002 - Co-operative Education Work Term 2 various reflective learning assignments which include developing Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 learning objectives, maintaining a journal, participating in This course builds on COOP001, enabling the student to performance evaluations and preparing a work report. understand in greater depth the requirements, the processes and Progress in meeting job responsibilities, along with student the skills needed for co-operative education in business, learning and skill development will be assessed at the midpoint of economics and business technology management. The course the course through a meeting between the student, employer and includes a supervised experience in an approved work term setting co-op coordinator, and at the end of the course through a written with defined student responsibilities. The student will complete evaluation completed by and discussed with the employer. The various reflective learning assignments which include developing student will prepare a work report at the end of the course learning objectives, maintaining a journal, participating in demonstrating their progress in meeting job responsibilities and performance evaluations and preparing a work report. learning objectives. The report will be reviewed by the employer Progress in meeting job responsibilities, along with student and assessed by the university. learning and skill development will be assessed at the midpoint of Prerequisite: COOP003. the course through a meeting between the student, employer and Co-requisite: Must be in the BBA/BMath (UW), BBA/CS (UW), or co-op coordinator, and at the end of the course through a written BBA/Computing (WLU) program. evaluation completed by and discussed with the employer. The Co-operative Education, Irregular course student will prepare a work report at the end of the course demonstrating their progress in meeting job responsibilities and learning objectives. The report will be reviewed by the employer Economics and assessed by the university. Prerequisite: COOP001. Honours BA, Combination BA programs and Minor: Co-requisite: Must be in the BBA, BBA/BMath (UW), BBA/CS (UW), or BBA/Computing (WLU), Hons Economics or BBTM program. Full-Time Faculty Co-operative Education, Irregular course. Hideki Ariizumi, PhD COOP003 - Co-operative Education Work Term 3 COOP003 Co-operative Education Work Term 3 0.5 Jeff Chan, MA (Econ) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Wing H. Chan, PhD This course builds on COOP002, enabling the student to Edda Claus, PhD understand in greater depth the requirements, the processes and Jean Eid, PhD the skills needed for co-operative education in business, Azim Essaji, PhD, JD, MABE Director economics and business technology management. The course Maria Gallego, PhD includes a supervised experience in an approved work term setting Ken Jackson, PhD, Undergraduate Director with defined student responsibilities. The student will complete David R. Johnson, PhD various reflective learning assignments which include developing Susan J. T. Johnson, PhD

205 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

course, a student may repeat it or take an additional Jerzy D. Konieczny, PhD course. When a course is repeated, only the grade received Terrence J. Levesque, PhD, Laurier Associate Director of in the last attempt will be used to calculate the GPA, the BSIA providing no more than 2.0 credits have been repeated. If Paul S. Maxim, PhD, MIPP Director a failed course is not repeated, the 'F' grade will be Brian McCaig, PhD included in the student's GPA. Logan McLeod, PhD, Assistant Chair 5. In exceptional cases a student may be exempted from Joniada Milla, PhD completion of a required course if the appropriate grade William G. Morrison, PhD has been attained in an equivalent or related course. Christine Neill, PhD 6. Students may not declare a substitute for a course Ke Pang, PhD previously attempted. Bradley Ruffle, PhD Tammy D. Schirle, PhD, LCERPA Director 7. Year 4 students will normally meet graduation requirements Christos Shiamptanis, PhD by April 30 (regular) or August 31 (co-op) of the current Pierre L. Siklos, PhD academic year. Year 4 students who have not met all of the requirements for graduation by those dates may proceed to Justin Smith, PhD meet those requirements within one calendar year of those Tracy Snoddon, PhD, Associate Director, Viessmann Centre dates. Randall M. Wigle, PhD Yan Wu, PhD 8. A student who has successfully completed all of the courses Steffen Ziss, PhD, Chair of their Honours BA Economics program, but who has not achieved the GPA required for graduation from that program, may elect to receive a BA degree (without General or Honours) which denotes the major of the honours All Honours BA Economics Program program and a maximum of two eligible options/minors. An Requirements overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. All students must adhere to both the university regulations and Refer also to the Co-operative Education section. the school/department regulations unless the written approval of both the department and the dean has been obtained. Honours BA Economics The program consists of 20.0 credits. A minimum of 9.0 and a The following regulations apply to all Honours BA Economics maximum of 14.0 credits are in Economics, plus an additional 1.0 programs. senior credit in Economics, Business or a cognate discipline. Refer to the following for further program requirements: 1. Honours BA Economics students (with the exception of Year 3 co-op students) must meet requirements for Required Courses: progression to the next year of their program by April 30 of EC120, EC140, EC270, EC281, EC285, EC290, EC295, EC370, EC390, the current academic year. Year 3 co-op students must EC395, EC481; meet requirements for progression to Year 4 by August 31 of the current academic year. MA129 or MA110* or MA103; 2. Progression Requirements: refer to the academic Additional Courses (4.5 credits): regulations sections of the program charts which follow and the Progression section of the Undergraduate 3.5 senior credits in Economics, including at least 2.0 credits in University Regulations chapter for the Applied Economics Economics at the 300 or 400 level; program. Students who fail to meet requirements for plus 1.0 senior credit either in Economics, Business or in a related progression to the next year of the program must proceed field as approved by the department. in the general BA program or may be required to withdraw Progression Requirements if general progression requirements have not been met. 1. Progression requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in 3. Year 1 Honours Economics students who have not Economics and a minimum overall GPA of 5.00. Refer to the successfully completed EC120, EC140 and one of MA103, Progression section of the Undergraduate University MA110*, or MA129 by May 1 may not proceed to Year 2 of Regulations. the Honours Economics program. A Year 1 student who has not completed 5.0 credits or has failed an elective course 2. Graduation requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in may proceed as long as GPA requirements are satisfied. Economics and a minimum overall GPA of 5.00. 4. Year 2 and Year 3 Honours Economics students who have not completed all of the courses specified for a particular year of the program or have failed a course may proceed to the next year of the program provided they satisfy all GPA requirements. A failed course must be repeated if it is a required course. If the failed course is not a required

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 206 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

3. A student who has successfully completed all of the courses BU111 or BU121; BU127, BU231, BU247, BU283, BU357 or of their Honours BA Economics program, but who has not BU387, BU393; achieved the GPA required for graduation from that Any four of: BU353, BU400, BU403, BU410, BU413, BU416, program, may elect to receive a BA degree (without General BU419, BU423, BU429, BU433, BU443, BU449, BU453, BU463, or Honours) which denotes the major of the honours BU473, BU483, BU493. program and a maximum of two eligible options/minors. An Additional Courses (2.5 credits): overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. 2.5 senior Economics credits, including at least 1.5 credits at the Program Regulations 300 or 400 level. To remain eligible for Lazaridis School Co-operative Education, a student in this program must maintain a cumulative GPA of at Progression Requirements least 7.00 in Economics courses and a cumulative overall GPA of at 1. Progression requires a cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Economics least 6.00. In addition to the GPA requirements, a student must and Business courses combined, and an overall GPA of complete 5.0 credits by August 31 of each year in the program. 6.00. Honours BA Economics and Accounting 2. Graduation requires a cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Economics The program consists of 20.0 credits, of which 8.0 credits are in and Business courses combined, and a cumulative overall Economics and a minimum of 7.0 credits are in Business. Refer to GPA of 6.00. the following for further program requirements: Program Regulations Required Courses (13.0 credits): To remain eligible for Lazaridis School Co-operatice Education, a student must complete 5.0 credits by August 31 of each year in EC120, EC140, EC270, EC281, EC285, EC290, EC295, EC370, EC390, the program. EC395, EC481; MA129 or MA110* or MA103; Honours BA Economics in Combination with another Honours BA Program BU111 or BU121; BU127, BU231, BU247, BU283, BU357, BU387, The combined Honours BA Economics program consists of 20.0 BU393, BU397, BU481; credits, of which a minimum of 8.0 credits are in Economics. Any four of: BU466, BU467, BU477, BU486, BU487, BU497. Requirements of the related department must be met. Other Additional Courses (2.5 credits): requirements follow: 2.5 senior Economics credits, including at least 1.5 credits at the Required Courses (8.5 credits): 300 or 400 level. EC120, EC140, EC270, EC281, EC285, EC290, EC295, EC370, EC390, Progression Requirements EC395, EC481; 1. Progression requires a cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Economics MA129 or MA110* or MA103; and Business courses combined, and an overall GPA of Additional Courses (2.5 credits) 6.00. 2.5 senior credits in Economics, with at least 1.5 credits in Economics at the 300 or 400 2. Graduation requires a cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Economics level. and Business courses combined, and a cumulative overall GPA of 6.00. Progression Requirements Program Regulations 1. Progression requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in To remain eligible for Lazaridis School Co-operative Education, a Economics and a minimum overall GPA of 5.0. Refer to the student must complete 5.0 credits by August 31 of each year in Progression section of the Undergraduate University the program. Regulations. 2. Graduation requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Honours BA Economics and Financial Economics and a minimum overall GPA of 5.00. Management 3. The separate requirements of the other honours program The program consists of 20.0 credits, of which 8.0 credits are in must also be met. Economics and a minimum of 5.5 credits are in Business. Refer to the following for further program requirements: Program Regulations To be eligible for Lazaridis School Co-operative Education, a Required Courses (11.50 credits): student in this program must maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 7.00 in Economics courses and a cumulative overall GPA of at EC120, EC140, EC270, EC281, EC285, EC290, EC295, EC370, EC390, least 6.00. In addition to the GPA requirements, a student must EC395, EC481; complete 5.0 credits by August 31 of each year in the program in MA129 or MA110* or MA103; order to remain eligible for Co-op.

207 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Note Regulations and Notes Possible honours BA program combinations are given in the 1. Students wanting to substitute BU283 - Financial Faculty of Arts - Departments section, the Faculty of Science - Management I for BU223 - Fundamentals of Finance must Departments section and the Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. complete BU283 course prerequisites. Students who complete BU223 must still complete BU283 if they wish to Research Specialization pursue other third- and fourth-year finance courses. The Research Specialization is available to students in Year 4 of Consult a Business Department academic advisor. an Honours Economics program. To be eligible to apply for the specialization, students must have a minimum GPA of 8.00 in 2. Students wanting to substitute BU385 - Operations Economics courses, and must have completed EC370, EC390 and Management I for BU225 must complete BU385 course EC395 (or equivalent courses). prerequisites. Students who complete BU225 must still complete BU385 if they wish to pursue other third- and To receive the Research Specialization a student must complete all fourth-year operations courses. Consult a Business of the requirements of an Honours Economics degree, plus 1.0 Department academic advisor. senior credit of Economics. In addition, the student must have completed EC450, EC470, EC491, EC495, or equivalent courses as 3. Current students may apply for the option using the approved by the department. Program Selection Form available through the Office Enrolment Services AFTER ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS HAVE Management Option BEEN MET: BU111 and BU127 and the statistics Program Information: [email protected], or Bethany Ankucza requirement given above. (ext. 2060), Amy Neufeld (ext. 4857), or Lauren Osborne (ext. 4. Any 300-level course may not be taken prior to Year 3. 2572). 5. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all BU courses applicable to The Management Option is normally a direct-entry program for the Management Option is required for graduation. A 5.00 students with an incoming average of 85% or above; the option is GPA is required in the one EC course and statistics course. meant to be combined with a major from the Faculties of Arts, A maximum of 2 repeats is allowed across these course Science, Music or the Department of Economics. Current Laurier requirements. students who are eligible, may apply for the option using the online Program Selection Form available through the Office of the 6. At least 3.5 of the 4.0 credits in the option must be Enrolment Services. completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. Students who have entered through direct-entry must have a minimum GPA of 6.0 in BU111 and BU127 to progress to senior BU Option/Minor in Another Field with courses [200-, 300- and 400-level] Economics majors For continuing students to be eligible to declare the option, a Students in Honours BA Economics programs may choose to student must have a minimum GPA of 6.0 in BU111 and BU127. A organize their elective courses in such a way as to meet the student must also successfully complete a recognized statistics requirements for an option/minor to a maximum of two, in a course from their program of study or EC205 from the Department subject other than Economics. Additional courses may be of Business prior to admission. Entry to the program is necessary to fulfill these requirements, as well as those of the competitive and students would typically apply at the end of Year honours program. The following regulations will apply: 2. Only students in an honours degree will be considered for admission. 1. All common and program requirements for the option or minor must be fulfilled. (Refer also to the Faculty of Arts, The Management Option consists of the following 4.0 credits (8 Faculty of Education, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, courses): Faculty of Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, Required Courses (3.0 credits): and Waterloo Lutheran Seminary chapters.) BU111 - Understanding the Business Environment BU127 - Introduction to Financial Accounting 2. The student must achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 4.50 BU223 - Fundamentals of Finance (refer to Note 1) on all courses of the minor subject. This regulation does BU225 (refer to Note 2) not apply when a greater minimum GPA is required for the BU352 - Introduction to Marketing Management option or minor chosen. BU354 - Human Resources Management 3. 1.0 credit (or equivalent) taken on a Letter of Permission Any one of the following (0.5 credit): basis, may be counted towards the minor requirement. EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics 4. An honours student may receive designation for only two EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics options/minors. Course from home Faculty (0.5 credit): EC205, EC255, EC285, PO218, PS296, MA241, ST230, ST231, ST260, SY382, or GG254 & Honours Economics Co-operative Education GG258 (together only – 1.0 credit) Refer to the Co-operative Education section. Economics Minor EC120, EC140 and 2.0 senior Economics credits, excluding any of: EC205, EC255, BU275, EC285.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 208 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

Note: A minor consists of a minimum of 3.0 credits and allows a EC207 Economic Development 0.5 EC207 - Economic Development student to complete a secondary area of concentration in a A study of growth in developing countries considering the subject different from their honours major(s): relationship of economic development to the structure of the 1. The minimum requirement for the minor consists of 3.0 economy; problems in modernizing the economic structure; credits, no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be senior credits problems of growth within the modernized sector of the economy. and no fewer than 2.0 of which shall be obtained at Wilfrid Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. Laurier University. Students may not hold a minor in 36 lecture hours/term a subject in which they have an honours field of EC223 - Economics of the Canadian Banking and Financial System specialization or option. EC223 Economics of the Canadian Banking and Financial System 0.5 2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required on all courses This course is designed to introduce the student to the economic of the minor subject(s). characteristics, function and performance of Canada's financial 3. A minor is not available to students in the General BA, system. Such institutions as the Canadian payment system, the General CT or General BSc program without designation. money market, the banks and near banks, and the foreign exchange market will be examined in detail. 4. Refer to university-wide Regulations Governing Minors/ Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. Options. 36 lecture hours/term Economics Courses EC227 - Economic Development of Europe EC227 Economic Development of Europe 0.5 Notes: EC Courses This course explores the economic development of Europe beginning with the industrial revolution of Britain and its A set of regulations concerning course requirements is transmission to the continent. Considerable attention is devoted available from the department. to the factors leading to economic growth in Europe.†† Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. 36 lecture hours/term EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics EC120 Introduction to Microeconomics 0.5 EC233 - Public Economics: Expenditure This course analyzes the decision making of individual households EC233 Public Economics: Expenditure 0.5 and firms in a market economy, with an emphasis on the use of This course is an introduction to Canadian public sector the price mechanism to allocate resources. The course will include institutions and the theoretical foundations necessary for applications to relevant economic policy. evaluating the government's role in the allocation of resources. Exclusion: EC101. Areas covered may include public goods, externalities, the public 36 lecture hours/term provision of private goods and the redistribution of income. Canadian federal-provincial relations, health care and education EC140 Introduction to Macroeconomics 0.5 and voting procedures may also be examined. EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. This course examines the working of the national economy with 36 lecture hours/term an emphasis on the determination of national income. There will be an examination of important issues such as unemployment, EC236 - Economics and Demography price stability, and balance of payments and of possible EC236 Economics and Demography 0.5 government policies to deal with these issues. This course examines population dynamics including births, deaths Exclusion: EC102. and mobility along with population organization and divisions as 36 lecture hours/term it impacts markets and economic growth. Some attention will be paid to the life cycle in both earnings and consumption. The EC205 Introduction to Applied Statistics 0.5 interaction of public policy and demographics is also addressed. EC205 - Introduction to Applied Statistics Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: EC310r. An introduction to probability and statistics is the objective of 36 lecture hours/term this course. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability and probability distributions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis EC238 Environmental Economics 0.5 EC238 - Environmental Economics testing, analysis of variance, chi-square tests and simple and multiple regression. The emphasis will be on business Economic theory is applied to the problems of environmental applications. The computer will be used extensively. disruption and pollution. The factors that inhibit environmental Exclusion: BU205, BU255, EC235, EC255, EC285, MA141, MA240, improvement are examined. Economic policies that can be used to ST260. prevent environmental decay are studied. Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. 36 lecture hours/term

209 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

EC239 Introduction to International Trade 0.5 Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. EC239 - Introduction to International Trade Co-requisite: Year 2 of the Honours BBA program. An introductory course in international trade theory and policy. Exclusion: EC240. Partial and general equilibrium analysis is used to discuss the 36 lecture hours/term direction of and gains from trade, and the effects of distortions like tariffs and quotas. The second part of the course includes a EC255 - Managerial Statistics discussion of trade policy issues such as the formation of free EC255 Managerial Statistics 0.5 trade areas and customs unions, and the operation of the world Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 trading system under the World Trade Organization (formerly An introduction to classical statistics with emphasis on business GATT). and economic applications. Topics include probability Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, simple and multiple 36 lecture hours/term regression, analysis of variance, chi-square tests and non- parametric statistics. Students will be taught why, where and how EC246 - Economics of Inequality EC246 Economics of Inequality 0.5 statistical techniques are applied. The computer will be used Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 extensively. Prerequisite: MA103, MA110* or MA129 (or permission of the A survey of economic approaches to understanding economic and instructor). Restricted to Honours BBA students. social inequality. Topics include: how inequality is measured; a Exclusion: BBA/BMATH program, BU205, C205, EC205, EC235, description of recent trends in inequality; economic theories of EC285, MA141, MA240, MB125, ST260. how inequality arises; and how public policies affect inequality. Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. EC260 - Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis for Management Exclusion: EC310t. EC260 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis for Management 0.5 EC247 - Historical Development of the International Economy EC247 Historical Development of the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 International Economy 0.5 This course develops and applies those principles of economics, This course traces the history of international economic relations which offer a foundation for managerial decision making. from the period of industrialization to the present. Topics covered Microeconomic tools are applied to analyze the economic choices will include the gold standard, international trade, foreign faced by the firm, and to establish decision rules which can assist investment and migration. the manager of business enterprise in achieving the goals of the Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. firm. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 2 of the Honours BBA EC248 Economics of Health 0.5 program. EC248 - Economics of Health Exclusion: EC220. An examination of the market for health care. Special emphasis will be given to health as an economic good, the relation between EC270 - Intermediate Microeconomics I health status and economic well-being, market responses to the EC270 Intermediate Microeconomics I 0.5 demand for health care, for the provision of health care workers, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and the problems of health care costs and financing in a Canadian An examination of conventional microeconomic theories which context. attempt to explain the nature of markets and the behaviour of Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. individuals and firms. Topics will include consumer choice, the 36 lecture hours/term technology and costs of production, firm behaviour, competition and market structure. EC249 - International Finance EC249 International Finance 0.5 Prerequisite: EC120, EC140, MA129. This course is an introduction to issues in international finance. Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Economics, Honours Topics may include international financial institutions, the Applied Economics or permission of the department. balance of payments, exchange rates, international borrowing and EC281 - Economic Writing lending and their relationship to international trade and the EC281 Economic Writing 0.5 domestic economy. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. The course focuses on techniques and strategies for clear and Exclusion: EC349. effective written and oral communication of economic ideas. 36 lecture hours/term Topics may include technical writing techniques and style, expositional writing, literature searching and retrieval, and short EC250 - Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis for Management EC250 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis oral presentations. Students gain practical experience through for Management 0.5 exercises which provide opportunities for instructor and peer Macroeconomic analysis is used to gain understanding of the assessment. determinants of current business conditions, to make Prerequisite: EC120 and EC140. macroeconomic forecasts, and to evaluate the effects on the Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Economics or economic and business environment of various types of permission of the department. macroeconomic policies. Exclusion: EC310A (Fall 2016 offering).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 210 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

EC285 - Introductory Statistics EC304 - Industrial Organization EC285 Introductory Statistics 0.5 EC304 Industrial Organization 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The course examines the theory and evidence relating to firms An introduction to the foundations of statistical reasoning operating within imperfect market structures. The effects of including probability theory, the law of large numbers, limit structural conditions such as concentration, barriers to entry and theorems, theories of point and interval estimation and statistical product differentiation on the firm's pricing strategies and inference. This course will prepare students for further work in performance are examined using statistical studies and industry econometrics. studies. Co-requisite: Year 2 standing in Honours Economics or Honours Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. Applied Economics or permission of the department. 36 lecture hours/term Exclusion: BU205, EC205; EC235; BU255, EC255; MA141 or EC305 - Behavioural Economics MA240; ST260. EC305 Behavioural Economics 0.5 Behavioral economics examines the realism of standard economic EC290 - Intermediate Macroeconomics I: Static Analysis EC290 Intermediate Macroeconomics I: Static theory which posits that all economic actors (consumers, firms, Analysis 0.5 governments) are fully rational and narrowly self-interested. This A study of the determination of levels of aggregate output, course surveys of some of the core and current topics in employment, interest rates, and prices in both closed and open behavioral economics through presenting laboratory and field economies with emphasis on static analysis. Stabilization policy is experiments and alternative behavioral theories. also examined. Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. Exclusion: EC310Z. Co-requisite: Registration in Honours Economics, Honours Applied 36 lecture hours/term Economics or General Economics or permission of the department. EC306 - Economics of Wages and Employment 36 lecture hours/term EC306 Economics of Wages and Employment 0.5 A description and analysis of the Canadian labour market and its EC295 - Introductory Econometrics EC295 Introductory Econometrics 0.5 role in the allocation of resources. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. 36 lecture hours/term An introduction to the foundations of large sample econometric theory and practice. Emphasis is placed on modeling data- EC307 - Economics of Growth generating procedures based on economic and statistical theory EC307 Economics of Growth 0.5 and analysis of resulting properties of least-squares and An introductory survey of modern theories of economic growth maximum-likelihood estimators. and of the empirical applications of such theories. Topics include Prerequisite: EC255 or EC285; MA103 or MA110* or MA129. the neoclassical growth model, new growth theory and the role of Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 2 in Honours Economics or economic institutions and government policy in facilitating Honours Applied Economics or permission of the department. growth. Exclusion: EC245, MA242, ST362. Prerequisite: Any one of the following: EC250, EC260, EC270, EC290. Exclusion: EC310p. EC301 Transportation Economics 0.5 EC301 - Transportation Economics 36 lecture hours/term Applied basic microeconomic principles to the examination of prices and investment in transportation modes and facilities. EC310 - Special Topics in Economics Demand models are developed and compared. Urban, regional and EC310 Special Topics in Economics 0.5 national transportation issues are discussed.† An in-depth examination of one applied and/or theoretical topic Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. in economics, to be chosen by the faculty.†† Exclusion: EC244/EC294, EC310e/EC360e. Prerequisite: EC120, EC140. 36 lecture hours/term Irregular course EC303 - Economic Evaluation in the PublicEC313 Sector - Public Economics: Taxation EC303 Economic Evaluation in the Public EC313 Public Economics: Taxation 0.5 Sector 0.5 An introduction to the Canadian tax system and the theoretical An examination of the theoretical foundations of benefit-cost foundations necessary for evaluating tax policy. The course analysis, cost-utility analysis and cost-effectiveness analysis along focuses on the effect of various tax policies on economic growth, with the introduction of a number of case studies. Applications output, and the distribution of income. The theoretical tools are to a number of areas within the public sector.† learned in the course are used to assess various Canadian tax Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. policies. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. Exclusion: EC213. 36 lecture hours/term

EC315 - Forecasting Methods EC315 Forecasting Methods 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

211 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

A course designed to investigate alternative methods and 36 lecture hours/term practices of economic forecasting. EC328 - Economics of Education Prerequisite: EC255 (or BU255) or EC295; EC260 or EC270; EC250 EC328 Economics of Education 0.5 or EC290, or permission of the department. Applies economic theory and empirical techniques to the analysis of educational decisions and policies. Issues covered will vary EC316 - Economics and Gender EC316 Economics and Gender 0.5 from year to year, but may include the factors underlying This course examines gender differentials in economic outcomes individuals' educational decisions, estimates of the private and and behaviour. Topics may include societal preferences for sons, social returns to education, how education policies affect education and skill investments in children and young adults, students' grades and/or future incomes, or the effectiveness of family formation decisions, wages and employment, and well- early childhood education programs. being among the elderly. Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270; EC205 or EC255 or EC285 Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. Exclusion: EC228. Exclusion: EC310X. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term EC335 - Economics of Management and Strategy EC335 Economics of Management and Strategy 0.5 EC318 - Natural Resource Economics EC318 Natural Resource Economics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Economic theory is applied to the problems of extraction of This course examines the operational and strategic decisions of non‐renewable resources (minerals, fossil fuels)and the firms using the tools of microeconomics. The emphasis is on management and harvesting of renewable resources (fisheries, developing analytical models to evaluate both intra-firm forests, water). Topics include externalities (esp. common organization and inter-firm rivalry. Topics covered include property resources), analysis of public good provision (applied to horizontal and vertical boundaries of the firm, markets and wilderness preservation), and water allocation and pricing. competitive analysis, strategic positions and competitive Optional topics include issues of natural resource scarcity and advantage and incentive contracts and agency issues. sustainability. Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270; EC285 (or EC235) or EC205 (or Prerequisite: EC120, EC140; one of EC260 or EC270. BU205) or EC255 (or BU255). Exclusion: EC218. 36 lecture hours/term EC345 - Mathematical Economics EC345 Mathematical Economics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EC322 Economic Analysis of Law 0.5 EC322 - Economic Analysis of Law This course is designed as a mathematical treatment of economic This course will examine whether existing legal rules achieve theory; some partial and general equilibrium models of micro and optimal allocation of resources and explore alternative legal macroeconomics will be discussed and students will be introduced regimes. The course will both examine the costs and benefits of to stability analysis; in addition, some other special theoretical particular legal rules and study how legal rules could be modified techniques and models will be discussed. to achieve optimal or preferred results. The course will Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270; EC250 or EC290; MA129 or MA110* concentrate on the economic analysis of property, contract, tort or MA103. and labour law. Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. EC370 - Intermediate Microeconomics II Exclusion: EC310u. EC370 Intermediate Microeconomics II 0.5 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of decision making, equilibrium and efficiency in EC325 - Game Theory and Economics EC325 Game Theory and Economics 0.5 different economic environments. Topics may include strategic Many important economic problems can be represented by behaviour, information, risk, intertemporal choice, product mathematical game models because each agent's welfare depends differentiation, general equilibrium, externalities and public on other agent's choices as well as on his own. Examples include goods. the firm's price and output decisions in oligopolistic markets and Prerequisite: EC270. the "free rider" problem. This course introduces the student to Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Economics, Honours game theoretic methods for analyzing both static and dynamic Applied Economics or permission of the department. versions of such problems. EC381 - Economic Research Methodology Prerequisite: EC260 or EC270. EC381 Economic Research Methodology 0.5 Exclusion: EC310f/EC360f. This course introduces the process of undertaking empirical 36 lecture hours/term research in economics leading to the formulation and preparation of a research proposal. EC327 - History of Economic Analysis EC327 History of Economic Analysis 0.5 Co-requisite: Year 3 of an Honours Economics program or The process of change, which is altering economic theory today, permission of the department. has been at work since the beginning of economics. This course Exclusion: EC451. examines the process of change by studying the history of 36 lecture hours/term economics from the precursors of Adam Smith to J.M. Keynes. Prerequisite: Any one of: EC250, EC260, EC270, EC290.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 212 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

EC390 - Intermediate Macroeconomics II: Dynamic Analysis EC390 Intermediate Macroeconomics II: A survey of the econometrics of time series analysis and recent Dynamic Analysis 0.5 advances in regression methods. (Cross-listed as MA492.) Prerequisite: ST362 (or EC355 or MA242). A study of extensions and refinements of the static model of Lab pertains to MA492 sections. national income determination with particular emphasis upon the theories of aggregate consumption, investment, and the demand EC470 - Advanced Microeconomics and supply of money. Dynamic analysis is used to study the EC470 Advanced Microeconomics 0.5 determinants of the rates of inflation and of economic growth and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 to evaluate macroeconomic policies designed to influence these An in-depth study of microeconomic theory and its applications as variables. represented by published articles in academic journals and other Prerequisite: EC290. contemporary literature. Topics may include moral hazard, adverse Co-requisite: Registration in Honours Economics, Honours Applied selection, principal-agent interactions, problems relating to Economics or General Economics or permission of the department. insurance markets, co-operation through self-interest and Exclusion: EC243, EC340. endogenous market structure. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: EC370. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 of an Honours Economics EC395 - Applied Econometrics EC395 Applied Econometrics 0.5 program or permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EC480 - Directed Research The course is designed to give a deeper understanding of modern EC480 Directed Research 0.5 econometrics tools and their application to answering economic Honours Economics students with the permission of the questions. A primary focus of the course is on providing practical department may undertake a research paper in economics. The application in estimating econometric models using real world paper will be directed by a member of the faculty who agrees to data sources. the proposal. Prerequisite: EC295 (or EC245). Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 of an Honours Economics Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Economics program or program or permission of the department and permission of the permission of the department. faculty member who will supervise the research. Irregular course EC410 - Special Advanced Topics in Economics EC410 Special Advanced Topics in Economics 0.5 EC481 - Economics Paper and Seminar An in-depth examination of a topic in economics at the advanced EC481 Economics Paper and Seminar 0.5 level. The course focuses on the integration of knowledge into the Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 of an Honours Economics application of economic theory and econometrics to a specific or Honours Applied Economics Program or permission of the economic problem. Students will complete a written project and department. presentation. Irregular course Prerequisite: EC270, EC281, EC290, EC395. Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Economics program or EC450 - Advanced Macroeconomics EC450 Advanced Macroeconomics 0.5 permission of the department. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EC490 Directed Research/Major Project 0.5 EC490 - Directed Research/Major Project An advanced survey of models of aggregate income, employment, Honours Economics or BBA students with the permission of the and price level determination and recent developments in department may undertake a research paper or major project that macroeconomics. requires two terms. The paper or project will be directed by a Prerequisite: EC390. member of the faculty who agrees to the proposal. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 of an Honours Economics Prerequisite: EC370 and EC390 (and EC355). program or permission of the department. Co-requisite: Registration status: Year 4 of an Honours Economics program or permission of the department. EC451 - Applied Economic Research EC451 Applied Economic Research 0.5 Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EC491 - Economic Research Paper An introduction to empirical economic research in applied EC491 Economic Research Paper 0.5 economics. Students will write a paper in applied economics. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: EC295 (or EC245); one of EC370, EC390. A research paper will be written under the direction of a faculty Co-requisite: Registration status: Honours Applied Economics member. program or permission of the department. Prerequisite: EC481. Exclusion: EC381. Co-requisite: Registration status: Economics Research Specialization or permission of the department. EC455 - Advanced Econometrics: Time Series Analysis EC455/MA492 Advanced Econometrics: Time Series Analysis 0.5 EC495 Advanced Econometrics: Cross Section EC495 - Advanced Econometrics: Cross Section and Panel Data Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 (biweekly) and Panel Data 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

213 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lazaridis School of Business and Economics

The course presents advanced treatment of econometrics principles commonly used in cross sectional, and panel data methods. In addition to the analysis of linear models, the course will also cover non-linear models such as limited dependent variables and generalized methods of moments. Prerequisite: EC395. Co-requisite: Registration status: Research Specialization or permission of the Economics department. Exclusion: EC355.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 214 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

FACULTY of EDUCATION Dean, Faculty of Education: Colleen Willard-Holt, PhD, ext 2212 Knowledge-, Assessment- and Community-Centeredness, that Associate Dean: Dawn Buzza, PhD, ext 3486 intersect all course and field work and become familiar with the Administrative/Program Manager: Michelle Baker, ext 3706 themes' role in helping them create coherence among these Recruitment & Admissions: TBA, ext 6099 various experiences. Email: [email protected] During the Professional Teaching Orientation Week, TECs are Website: www.wlu.ca/education oriented to the technology-intensive aspect of the WLU Faculty of Location: BA313, Bricker Academic Building Education program. Through this program initiative, TECs have an opportunity to acquire or hone skills related to using the technology to support student and personal professional learning, NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier to manage administrative responsibilities related to teaching and email account. Students are expected to regularly check their to create and share professional knowledge. Laurier email account for important notices from the university community. Students are required to send emails to official As part of the Professional Teaching Orientation Week, TECs are members of the university community from their Laurier email introduced to their assigned PDS site. They spend one full day at account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails the site before school starts, familiarizing themselves with staff, sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be basic school policies and procedures, and learning about how identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is schools and teachers prepare for the arrival of students in impossible to determine whether the emails received from these September. non-Laurier accounts are coming from the person they claim to be from. Your co-operation is appreciated. May Professional Teaching Transition Day The Bachelor of Education program is designed to meet all Ontario The Professional Teaching Transition Day will occur during the legislated requirements, and incorporates the Standards of final week of the first year of the program. The Professional Practice and Ethical Standards for the Teaching Profession of the Teaching Transition Day is designed to provide a forum for TECs to Ontario College of Teachers. share and reflect on their professional year, to set personal professional goals, and to work with faculty and peers to develop Academic Dates 2017-2018 knowledge and skills required for success in achieving a teaching Year One: 2017-2018 position. See table on page 216 Academic Policies and Year Two: 2017-2018 Regulations See table on page 217 Admissions 2016-2018 Program Schedule Website: www.wlu.ca/education Program Schedule: Two-Year Program 1.0 General Admission Policies There are different admissions requirements for the Primary/Junior See table on page 218 and Junior/Intermediate programs. Admission into the Faculty of Education is based 50 percent on academic achievement and 50 August Professional Teaching percent on information submitted in the Experience Profile. Enrolment in the Faculty of Education is limited and fulfillment of Orientation Week the minimum admission requirements does not guarantee TECs attend the Professional Teaching Orientation Week which admission into the program. Mature students must meet the same occurs during the last week of August before Semester One classes requirements as all other candidates. Incomplete or late begin. The Professional Teaching Orientation Week is designed to applications will not be considered. help TECs become familiar with the WLU Faculty of Education, the Applicants who have listed more than one program choice on their PDS site in which they will be working and learning over the application must list their choices in the order in which they course of their professional year and the lap top program. TECs would like to be considered. Applicants who have applied for more have an opportunity to meet and participate in team-building than one program only need to send one copy of their required activities with faculty and other teacher education TECs, and learn documents. about library, technology and other resources available to them through WLU. Admission Requirements TECs are introduced to key structures and components of the WLU 1. Admission Average program that facilitate learning for both them and for their A minimum academic average of 70% (B-) on the most students. TECs become familiar with the goals, purposes and recently completed 10.0 full or 20 0.5-credit undergraduate procedures related to the PDS sites, the Learning Cohort, the university courses is required. Only undergraduate Professional Learning Seminar, and the range of required field university courses completed by September 1, 2015 will be experiences. They are introduced to the four themes of Learner-, counted in the admission average. College transfer credits

215 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Year One: 2017-2018

Fall Term 2017

August 28 - September 1 Professional Teaching Orientation Week

September 4 Labour Day (classes that week on Thursday & Friday)

September 5 - October 6 Classes; 2 Field Days per week in a Professional Development School (PDS) site

October 9 Thanksgiving

October 10 - 20 PDS Field Days Block

October 23 - November 24 Classes; 2 Field Days per week in a PDS site

November 27 - December 15 Practicum 1

Winter Term 2018

January 4 - March 9 Classes; 2 Field Days per week in a PDS site

February 19 Family Day

March 12 - 16 March Break

March 19 - April 6 Practicum 2

March 30 Good Friday

April 2 Easter Monday (not a University holiday - classes are held)

April 9 - April 27 Alternative Placement

April 30 Professional Teaching Transition Day

will not be counted. If credits are still in progress at the not be evaluated, with exception to college/applied time of application, they will solely be considered to fulfill degrees which will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. junior/intermediate subject requirements. Applicants must 2. Experience Profile request a second transcript with final marks to be sent to Applicants must submit a completed Experience Profile to Wilfrid Laurier University no later than January 29, 2016. be received by Wilfrid Laurier no later than December 11, Preference will be given to students who have completed, 2015. The Experience Profile form can be downloaded from or who are completing a four-year degree with a minimum either the OUAC or Wilfrid Laurier University websites. of 20.0 full or 40 0.5-credits. Applicants presenting a Experience Profiles will be reviewed only if a student meets three-year degree will still be considered for admission into minimum academic requirements. The Experience Profile their program of choice. Applicants who have completed, form is an integral part of admission to the Wilfrid Laurier or who will complete a masters degree by July 31, 2016 program and will count for 50 percent of the admission will receive additional admission points. Applicants who evaluation. Letters of reference are not required and will present a college/applied degree will be assessed on a not be evaluated. case-by-case basis. Official university transcripts ordered through OUAC or issued from an accredited university must 3. Equity Admissions be sent directly to Wilfrid Laurier University no later than Wilfrid Laurier University values diversity and encourages December 11, 2015.Applicants who have attended applications from qualified candidates who self-identify as universities on a Letter of Permission or international members of Aboriginal/First Nations groups, racial exchange must provide an official transcript from the minorities, and/or differently-abled groups. A select international institution(s) attended. These applicants number of places will be reserved in our education program should also send specific course descriptions or an for qualified individuals from these groups. Further academic calendar from the institution(s) attended to information and equity admission forms are available on Wilfrid Laurier University no later than December 11, 2015. our website. Equity admission forms are packaged with the Do not send secondary school or CEGEP transcripts; they Experience Profile and must be received by Wilfrid Laurier will not be evaluated. Community college transcripts will University no later than December 11, 2015.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 216 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Year Two: 2017-2018

Fall Term 2017

August 28 - September 1 Professional Teaching Orientation Week

September 4 Labour Day (classes that week on Thursday & Friday)

September 5 - October 6 Classes; 2 Field Days per week at Professional Development School (PDS) site

October 9 Thanksgiving

October 10 - 20 Practicum 3

October 23 - November 24 Classes; 2 Field Days per week at PDS site

November 27 - December 15 Practicum 4

Winter Term 2018

January 4 - February 2 Classes; 2 Field Days per week at PDS site

February 5 - April 20 Laurier Professional Placement

February 19 Family Day

March 12 - 16 March Break

March 30 Good Friday

April 2 Easter Monday (school board holiday during practicum)

April 23 - April 27 Professional Teaching Transition Week

May 21 Victoria Day

4. English Language Proficiency Students, who, after admission, show an inadequate All applicants whose first language is not English (learned command of spoken or written English may be required to and spoken in the home) are required to submit official withdraw from the program. English language test results obtained within the last two English Language Proficiency Waiver years from either IELTS, TOEFL or PTE. Studying in an Applicants whose first language was not English, but who English-language school system does not exempt applicants studied solely in an English language educational system from this requirement. Photocopies will not be accepted. beginning in primary school, may request a waiver of Official English language proficiency test scores must be English language proficiency if: received by Wilfrid Laurier University no later than 1. they have passed the Grade 10 Ontario literacy test, December 11, 2015. or IELTS (International English Language Testing System): Minimum score of 7 overall with at least 6.5 in reading and 2. they have completed 3U and 4U English, or Grade listening, and scores of at least 7 in both writing and 12A and OAC English, achieving at least 75 percent speaking. in each of the two courses. TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language): Applicants who request this waiver must submit an official a. Paper-based test: Minimum overall score of 600 with copy of the relevant supporting documentation to Wilfrid scores of at least 5.5 on the TWE, 58 in listening and 58 in Laurier University no later than December 11, 2015. reading. b. Internet-based test: Minimum overall score of 103, with 5. Applicants with International Transcripts/Degrees scores of at least 28 in writing, 23 in listening, 24 in Applicants educated outside of North America who have reading and 28 in speaking. obtained a degree from a foreign country must have all PTE (Pearson Test of English):Minimum overall score of official transcripts translated (as applicable) and evaluated 70. by World Education Services (WES). Applicants are Wilfrid Laurier University reserves the right to request an responsible for the costs associated with the course-by- English language proficiency test result from any applicant. course evaluation and any translation required. Notarized

217 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Program Schedule: Two-Year Program

YEAR ONE

Weeks Fall Weeks Winter

Classes and PDS Classes and PDS 5 5 Field Days Field Days

PDS Field Days 2 3 Practicum Two Block

Classes and PDS Classes and PDS 5 5 Field Days Field Days

Alternative 3 Practicum One 3 Placement

YEAR TWO

Weeks Fall Weeks Winter

Classes and PDS Classes and Field 5 5 Field Days Days

2 Practicum Three Practicum Five Classes and PDS (Laurier 5 10 Field Days Professional Placement) 3 Practicum Four

transcripts will not be accepted, nor will transcripts In the case of a compassionate deferral, candidates must submitted directly to Wilfrid Laurier University. It is the submit documentation to support their request no later applicant's responsibility to send an official paper copy of than August 1, 2016. A deferral fee of $75 will apply. their WES evaluation to Wilfrid Laurier University no later Deferrals will be given for one academic year only. Students than December 11, 2015. Note that it can take upwards of who are granted a deferral do not have to re-apply; they six weeks for WES to receive official transcripts from a are automatically considered as part of the subsequent foreign academic institution after which point, the WES year's cohort. Students granted a deferral must, by February evaluation can take a week or longer to complete. 26, 2017 inform the Education Admissions Office of their Applicants should begin the evaluation process as early as intention to attend the subsequent year's program. If they possible to ensure that Wilfrid Laurier University receives a fail to do so by the deadline, they will be dropped WES evaluation no later than December 11, 2015. Late automatically with no further eligibility. Those dropped documents will not be accepted. More information about would need to submit a new application if they still wish to WES and international documentation can be obtained on pursue a BEd degree at Wilfrid Laurier University. our website. Applicants who have concerns about international Program-Specific Admission documentation should contact: [email protected] 6. Deferral Policy Requirements Deferrals of admission into the BEd program will be allowed Primary/JuniorPreference will be given to students who have only for serious medical or compassionate reasons. When successfully completed a 0.5-credit undergraduate university requesting a medical deferral, applicants must submit to course in one or more of the following subject areas: English, the Education Admissions Office French, math and/or science. Applicants who do not have credits in the designated subject areas will still be considered for 1. a medical certificate to be received no later than admission into the program. August 1, 2015; and Junior/IntermediateApplicants may apply to a maximum of two 2. a medical clearance form when they are ready to teachable subjects and are asked to rank their teachable subjects return (to be received no later than February 28, in order of preference. 2016).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 218 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Teaching Subjects: Music - Instrumental: At least 3.0 full credits in music, including English both applied and academic must be included. Preference will be French as a Second Language given to applicants with a minimum of 1.0 full-year credit in each Geography of the following four areas of music study: music theory, music Health and Physical Education history (includes musicology, ethnomusicology and popular History music), applied music and music education. Grade 10 Royal Mathematics Conservatory of Music certification will satisfy the requirement for Music - Instrumental applied music. The music education requirement may include Music - Vocal courses in second instruments, conducting, music education Science – General methods and/or music technology. Consideration will be given to equivalent field experience and/or related postsecondary Applicants must have at least 3.0 full credits or six 0.5-credit education. undergraduate university courses, with an average of 70% or "B-", in their chosen teaching subject. At least 1.0 full or two 0.5-credit Music - Vocal: At least 3.0 full credits in music, including both courses must be at the second-year level or above. If an applicant applied and academic. Preference will be given to applicants with presents more than the required number of courses for the subject a minimum of 1.0 full-year credit in any of the following four area, the subject-specific average will be calculated using the areas of music study: music theory, music history (includes highest grades. musicology and popular music), applied music and music In order to ensure adequate preparation in subjects taught at the education. Grade 10 Royal Conservatory of Music certification in junior/intermediate level, preference will be given to applicants voice will satisfy the requirement for applied music. The music who have one or more half-credit undergraduate university courses requirement may include courses in choral or vocal techniques, in three of the following five subjects: math, science, English, choral conducting, music education methods and/or music geography/history (Canadian geography/history recommended), or technology. Consideration will be given to equivalent field fine arts including: music, visual arts, dance or drama. Applicants experience and/or related postsecondary education. who do not have credits in these subject areas will still be considered for admission into the program. Science (General): At least 3.0 undergraduate full credits in science are required and at least one 0.5-credit undergraduate Junior/intermediate applicants will be scheduled to practice teach mathematics course. Must include one 0.5-credit undergraduate in grades 4-8. course in at least three of the following: biology, biochemistry, Additional entry requirements for specific subject areas: chemistry, earth and space science, environmental science, English: At least 3.0 undergraduate full credits in English are zoology and physics. required; within the 3.0 full credits, at least two 0.5-credit courses must be in English literature or poetry. The following Degree Requirements courses may not be used to satisfy credit requirements for the 2.0 The Bachelor of Education Degree at Wilfrid Laurier University English teachable: University essay courses, courses in English is awarded to candidates who meet the requirements for the culture, or writing for business or science. Primary/Junior or Junior/Intermediate teacher education program. French as a Second Language: The equivalent of 3.0 full The Bachelor of Education: Primary/Junior (consecutive) undergraduate credits are required, including 1.0 full-credit course program is a two-year full-time program open to students who in each of the following: French written/grammar, French have completed a Bachelors degree from a recognized university. literature and French culture. Additional admission points will be Once candidates have successfully completed this program, they given for each 0.5-credit course beyond the 3.0 full credits can apply to the Ontario College of Teachers for Primary/Junior required, to a maximum of 5.0 full credits. Applicants will be Qualification. The ultimate goal is to prepare Primary/Junior required to demonstrate oral and written fluency. Upon Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) to be highly effective completion of the program, students will have the equivalent of teachers within Ontario and beyond the FSL Additional Qualifications Part 1 course at no extra cost. The Bachelor Education: Junior/Intermediate (consecutive) program is a two-year full-time program open to students who Geography: Within the 3.0 full credits, at least one 0.5-credit have completed a Bachelors degree from a recognized university. course in Canadian geography and one 0.5-credit in research Once candidates have successfully completed this program, they methods or geographic information and analysis must be included. can apply to the Ontario College of Teachers for Junior/ Health and Physical Education and Mathematics: Within the 3.0 Intermediate Qualification. As with the Primary/Junior program at full undergraduate credits, at least one 0.5-credit in Kinesiology Laurier, the ultimate goal is to prepare Junior/Intermediate or Health Science and two 0.5-credit activity courses must be Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) to be highly effective included. teachers within Ontario and beyond. History: Within the 3.0 full credits, at least 1.0 full credit in For specific admissions requirements for either program leading to Canadian history (early and modern preferred) must be included. a Bachelor of Education Degree, refer to the Admissions Mathematics: At least 3.0 full undergraduate credits in Information section. Mathematics are required. At least 1.0 full senior math credit, second-year level or above, must be included. Mathematics Program Regulations courses equivalent to a secondary school math credit are not counted.

219 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

• 3.1 Students must complete the required courses for the BEd Certification program in which they are enrolled. Note that the Field 5.0 Successful completion of all coursework and practicum Placement Experience (EU450) requires students to be in the placements is required for successful completion of the program. schools 2 days each week throughout the periods when Upon successful completion of the program candidates are university courses are being completed. awarded the Bachelor of Education degree. The Faculty of • 3.2 Students must successfully complete five full-time block Education reserves the right to recommend students to the practicum placements, the Laurier Professional Placement, Ontario College of Teachers for the Certificate of Qualification to and an alternative placement prior to graduation. teach in Ontario. Non-Canadians completing the program may be recommended to the College, but it is the responsibility of the • 3.3 Students must attend the Professional Teaching STUDENT to provide acceptable and appropriate documentation Orientation Week in August, and the Professional permitting them to work in Ontario. For further information Development Week in May. regarding certification and the Ontario College of Teachers, refer • 3.4 Candidates must provide a police check, one copy of to www.oct.ca and the Bachelor of Education Program Handbook. which is given to their Field Supervisor and one copy is given to their Professional Development School (PDS Academic Standards site).Individuals with a police record will not be able to work • 6.1 Progression requirements: in a Professional Development School and will not be able to Bachelor of Education (BEd) students progress from Year 1 to fulfil the program practicum and placement requirements. Year 2 of the program if they successfully complete 5.0 EU credits with a minimum grade of 5.00 (C) in each course, an overall grade point average (GPA) of 8.00 (B), and a Pass Progression and Graduation grade (Satisfactory or above rating) in all practicum 4.0 Progression requirements: Bachelor of Education (BEd) placements. Each practicum placement must be completed as students progress from Year 1 to Year 2 of the program if they a full-time, continuous teaching block in order to achieve a successfully complete 5.0 EU credits with a minimum grade of Pass grade. Also, by the end of Year 1, all Dispositions must 5.00 (C) in each course, an overall grade point average (GPA) of be in Acceptable category or the TEC must be making 8.00 (B), and a Pass grade (Satisfactory or above rating) in all satisfactory progress on an action plan to move all practicum placements. Each practicum placement must be Dispositions to the Acceptable category.Graduation completed as a full-time, continuous teaching block in order to requirements: Bachelor of Education (BEd) students achieve a Pass grade. Also, by the end of Year 1, all Dispositions graduate if they successfully complete 10.0 EU credits with a must be in Acceptable category or the TEC must be making minimum grade of 5.00 (C) in each course, an overall grade satisfactory progress on an action plan to move all Dispositions to point average (GPA) of 8.00 (B), and a Pass grade the Acceptable category. (Satisfactory or above rating) in all practicum placements. Each practicum placement must be completed as a full-time, Graduation requirements: Bachelor of Education (BEd) students continuous teaching block in order to achieve a Pass grade. graduate if they successfully complete 10.0 EU credits with a Normally all assignments for each course must be submitted minimum grade of 5.00 (C) in each course, an overall grade point in order to attain a passing grade for the course. Specific average (GPA) of 8.00 (B), and a Pass grade (Satisfactory or above course requirements are delineated in the course syllabi. rating) in all practicum placements. Each practicum placement must be completed as a full-time, continuous teaching block in • 6.2 Grade equivalency chart from calendar and syllabi order to achieve a Pass grade. Normally all assignments for each The Faculty of Education grading system follows that of the course must be submitted in order to attain a passing grade for University (refer to University Undergraduate Regulations, the course. Specific course requirements are delineated in the Academic Regulations, Grades). However, most courses in the course syllabi. Faculty of Education use rubrics to assess coursework. The following chart reflects the grade conversion of rubric levels 4.1 Students with Disabilities and percentages: Applicants who anticipate that they will require accommodations due to a disability should contact the Dean's office as soon as possible after accepting an offer of admission to the program. It should be noted that while every effort will be made to provide required accommodations to university courses, we cannot guarantee any accommodations at the school placement. Further, placement in schools cannot be guaranteed. The ultimate decision about placement in schools will rest with the partnering school boards; in the event that placement in a school is denied, progression to graduation is not possible. The student will then be required to withdraw from the program.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 220 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Students who are assigned an Incomplete grade must Percentage Rubric Equivalent Grade complete all course requirements no later than 6 weeks after Mark Level Grade Points the last class meeting for the relevant course. If, after that period, the course is not completed or an extension has not 90-100 4+ A+ 12 been granted by the Dean, a grade "F" will be recorded on the student's academic record. 85-90 4 A 11 In order to be considered for a further extension of the 80-84 4- A- 10 completion date beyond the normal 6-week period, a student must submit a written request to the Dean, signed by the 77-79 3+ B+ 9 instructor, explaining the reasons for requesting such an extension. Under no circumstances may a completion date 73-76 3 B 8 exceed six months from the last day of the relevant class. 70-72 3- B- 7 • 6.6 Unsuccessful Rating in Practicum A TEC who earns an Unsatisfactory rating has two options:(Option 1) The TEC 67-69 2+ C+ 6 can repeat up to one practicum and must follow the completion guidelines outlined in section 3.2.4.2 of the 63-66 2 C 5 Student Handbook. The Field Experience Officer will arrange 60-62 2- C- 4 an appropriate alternative placement. The Field Supervisor will also work with the TEC to develop a written Practicum 57-59 1+ D+ 3 Action Plan which will be added to the TEC's file at the Faculty of Education. A second Unsatisfactory rating results 53-56 1 D 2 in dismissal from the program.(Option 2) A TEC can choose, instead of rescheduling a practicum, to initiate a formal 50-52 1- D- 1 Appeal process regarding the failed practicum (see Section Below 5.7 of the Student Handbook, Petitions and Appeals). 0-49 F 0 level 1 • 6.7 Incomplete Standing in Practicum Full attendance at each practicum is mandatory. Only legitimate absences are permitted (e.g., sickness, death in the family, extraordinary • 6.3 Language proficiency circumstances) and these must be reported to the Field All students must demonstrate the ability to write Experience Officer by submitting an Absence Report (PDS) proficiently in the language of instruction. Work which shows found online in the Student Portal, under TEC forms. a lack of proficiency in the language of instruction is Absences within any one practicum that constitute more unacceptable for academic credit, and will either be failed than 20% of the scheduled practicum days will result in the or, at the discretion of the instructor, returned to the practicum being deemed Incomplete. When a practicum is student for revision to a literate level. deemed Incomplete, the Associate Teacher will indicate this • 6.4 Late penalties on the Practicum Evaluation Form and submit it to the Students who cannot meet an assignment deadline are Faculty of Education no later than two weeks after the required to consult with the course instructor; this conclusion of the practicum period. The student may be consultation must occur before the assignment is due and permitted to make up the practicum by completing another during the normal work week. If the instructor is not full block placement. Only one practicum block will normally consulted prior to the due date, the assignment may not be be approved for re-scheduling and must follow the accepted. Normally, the only acceptable reasons for late or completion guidelines outlined in section 6.8 below (section missed assignments are illness or extreme compassionate 3.2.4.2 of the Student Handbook). circumstances. Late assignments may be penalized at a rate • 6.8 Rescheduling Practicum Blocks All Placement blocks of 5% per day, and may not be accepted more than 5 (including Field Day Block, Practicum Blocks and calendar days after the due date unless prior arrangements Alternative Placement) must be completed in the order have been made with the instructor. originally scheduled, as outlined in section 3.2.1 of the • 6.5 Incomplete Standing in University Courses Student Handbook. If a placement block must be rescheduled A student who is unable, due to medical or compassionate for any reason (incomplete or unsuccessful), it will be reasons, to complete coursework before the last day of completed in the time period originallyscheduled for the classes should request an extension from their instructor in subsequent block. For example, if the Field Day Block is writing. If the request for an extension is granted, a Request incomplete it will be rescheduled during Practicum 1; for Incomplete Standing form is to be completed and signed subsequently, Practicum 1 would be rescheduled to take by the student, then submitted for approval to the instructor place during the Practicum 2 block, Practicum 2 would take and the Dean. If the request is approved, the student will be place during the Practicum 3 block, and the Alternative assigned an Incomplete grade using the codes provided in Placement would take place during May or June.The same LORIS, identifying a grade assigned with coursework missing. scheduling rules will apply in Year 2 of the program, where Once the required coursework is completed and marked, the any rescheduled practicum blocks will take place during the grade will be changed in LORIS. subsequent block. If this occurs, the 10-week Laurier

221 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Professional Placement may follow immediately after recommended that students consult with the Dean's Office Practicum 5, may commence following a short break of no before withdrawing. In such cases, the students must drop more than one week for observation purposes, or may be all their courses on LORIS in order to withdraw from the scheduled during the following academic year.If program and the University. extraordinary circumstances prevent a TEC from completing • 6.12 Temporary WithdrawalStudent requests for Temporary all practica before the end of June of Year 1, the Year 1 Withdrawal from the program will be considered only under practica will be scheduled during the following academic serious medical circumstances or for compassionate reasons. year; in that case the TEC would need to return for a third If a Temporary Withdrawal is granted, credit will be given for academic year to complete all courses and Practicum blocks any courses for which all requirements have been completed. for Year 2 of their program.Permission to re-schedule a Depending on the timing of the withdrawal, credit for field practicum is at the discretion of the Dean in consultation days and block practicum placements may not be granted. with the Field Experience Officer. Where absences are deemed The student must withdraw from the University and may not to be unjustified, the student will not be permitted to attend their PDS site for the remainder of the academic year schedule a make‐up practicum and will be required to without the approval of the PDS principal and the Field withdraw from the program. Scheduling of any permitted Experience Officer. In the subsequent academic year, the make-up practicum placements will occur at the discretion of student may be assigned to a new PDS site for the year. The the the Field Experience Officer, Faculty of Education, in student must register in and complete all courses which were consultation with the Field Supervisor and the TEC. In order not completed successfully previously.Students should to make arrangements to re-schedule a practicum, the normally meet with the Dean or Associate Dean and/or the student will be required to complete a Petition for Field Experience Officer before making a formal request for Exception to Academic Regulations form. This form is Temporary Withdrawal from the program, in order to discuss available on the Faculty of Education web pages, under the their situation and options. When requesting a Temporary "Student Portal", TEC Forms. Withdrawal from the program, students must submit to the • 6.9 Academic Probation Dean's Office a written request indicating the reason why a Students are placed on Academic Probation when they have Temporary Withdrawal is being requested and, if the reason failed to meet and/or maintain academic expectations of the is a medical concern, a medical certificate and any other Bachelor of Education program. Such failure occurs when the documentation that may be relevant in supporting their student's cumulative GPA falls below "B" (8.00) at the end of request. Students must contact the Dean's Office at least six any semester. In order to clear probation students must raise weeks prior to the term registration period to confirm their the cumulative GPA to at least 8.00 (B) by the end of the intention to return to the program. probationary period, which will extend to the end of the first • 6.13 Program Time LimitsThe normal time frame for five-week block in the subsequent semester. The cumulative completion of the program is two academic years (August GPA calculated to determine whether or not the student has through May). However, under extenuating circumstances, cleared probation will include all credits or partial credits such as an incomplete practicum or a temporary withdrawal completed by the end of the probationary period. A student due to medical or compassionate reasons, some program who fails to clear probation based on GPA requirements after requirements may need to be completed in the subsequent completing the first five-week block of the next semester will academic year. The maximum time limit in which the normally be required to withdraw from the program. program must be completed is three academic years from the • 6.10 Administrative Withdrawal In the event that a date of first registration. student has one Incomplete practicum and one Unsuccessful practicum, or two Incomplete practica (either of which Petitions and Appeals requires two practica to be deferred), the student may be Students registered in the Faculty of Education who wish to required to withdraw from the program and defer the request a reassessment of a final course grade or other exception remaining courses and practica to the following academic to academic regulations or decisions due to extenuating year.Failure in course work, practica and/or dispositions circumstance or on compassionate grounds must submit a Petition assessments will normally result in the student being to the Petitions and Appeals Committee via the Dean's Office. required to withdraw from the program. Independent Students who believe that the final grade received in a course assessments of the student's performance will be collected does not reflect their performance must first consult with the from course instructors, Field Supervisors, PDS principals, course instructor. The instructor may review the course and Associate Teachers who have worked with the student. If assignments, expectations and requirements with the student. If the preponderance of the evidence shows that the student is the student remains dissatisfied, an official request for a grade unsuitable for the profession, the student will be withdrawn reassessment may be submitted to the Faculty of Education from the program. Petitions Committee. The Petition for Exception to Academic • 6.11 Voluntary WithdrawalStudents may withdraw Regulations procedures appear below. A request for a grade voluntarily, without academic penalty, prior to deadlines reassessment shall be filed with the Dean's Office no later than six published in the Undergraduate Academic Calendar (refer weeks following the formal release of grades from the Office of to Academic Dates for the appropriate terms). It is Enrolment Services.

• 7.1 Appeal Procedures

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 222 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

• An appeal is requested by submitting a Petitions Form and Course instructors will take attendance at all class meetings. In appropriate supporting documentation. The Petitions Form is cases of student absence, the course instructor will determine available on the Faculty of Education website under Forms. whether make up work is appropriate or not. • The petition process will commence when the student has submitted the required Petitions Form and supporting evidence. • 8.1.1 Illness or Bereavement • Petitions requesting that a Faculty of Education regulation or Student Responsibilities: The following are guidelines. If procedure be waived, must clearly outline the need for such an your specific situation does not match either of the scenarios exemption and the need for such an exemption must be supported described, you should speak directly with your instructor and with relevant documentary evidence. do whatever you can to demonstrate responsibility and • Medical certificates must include date of illness(es), date(s) professionalism. individual was examined, nature of the illness, and the a. If you must miss one or two classes due to illness or anticipated time necessary for convalescence as pertinent to the bereavement: petition. ◦ Inform your instructor beforehand, if possible, or at the • The Faculty of Education Petitions Committee will review the earliest possible opportunity; submitted documentation and normally will make a ◦ Complete any missed or make-up work that your recommendation to the Dean within four (4) weeks of receipt of instructor assigns; late penalties normally will apply the petition. (see course syllabus). • The Dean will provide the student with a written decision regarding the petition normally within six (6) weeks of the b. If you miss an assignment deadline or a test: Committee's receipt of the petition. • A fee of $25.00 per petition, refundable if the Faculty of ◦ Inform your instructor in writing beforehand, if Education Petitions Committee finds in the student's favour, must possible, or at the earliest possible opportunity; accompany the petition. ◦ Late penalties normally will apply (see course syllabus). Attendance ◦ You are responsible for all work missed while absent and for any make-up work an instructor may deem The Primary/Junior and Junior/Intermediate teacher education necessary. programs are both full-time for two academic years (August through May), and are intensive professional programs leading to ◦ Make-up work for students who miss classes, a Bachelor of Education degree. The coursework completed during assignments, or tests for any reason may be assigned the program involves extensive experiential components including by instructors at their discretion. In recognizing that class discussion, small group applied activities, simulations, much of the required learning and application of demonstrations, student-led practice activities and presentations, concepts and ideas takes place in the context of in- and so forth. Regular attendance and participation in these class activities, make-up work is meant to ensure that activities enables students to develop the knowledge and skills an adequate amount of relevant work is completed for a required for excellence in the teaching profession. course, even if it is not exactly the same work that other students complete. Instructors will ensure that Both in the academic coursework and field experiences in the any assigned make-up work is completed satisfactorily professional development schools students are required to but are not obliged to mark it or return it to the demonstrate high levels of academic and professional integrity. student. One way of demonstrating such integrity is through regular, punctual attendance and active participation in classes and in c. If you miss more than 20% of the classes in a field placements. Therefore, regular attendance and punctuality particular course: are mandatory in all classes and at all school-based activities in the BEd program. Irregular attendance will be reported through ◦ Inform your instructor in writing beforehand, if the Dispositions process and may result in the student being possible, or at the earliest possible opportunity; required to withdraw from a course or, in more chronic or serious ◦ Absences of more than 20% of classes may result in a cases, to withdraw from the program. requirement that the student withdraw from the course. Students are required to attend all scheduled orientations, This situation will be referred to the Dean's Office. seminars, PDS field days and days of their PDS practica to qualify ◦ If an extended absence is required due to illness or for graduation from the WLU Bachelor of Education Program. Any bereavement, the student may apply to Temporarily and all absences must be reported to the Faculty of Education. An Withdraw from the program and repeat the courses and online Field Absence Report form has been designed for this any relevant practica the following academic year. purpose and is available under the Student Section of our web pages. Failure to comply with reporting of absences by completing • 8.1.2 Religious Observances and submitting the online Field Absence Report is a breach of In accordance with the Faculty of Education and Wilfrid Laurier integrity and may result in being required to withdraw from the University policies related to equity and diversity, students in the program. Faculty of Education will not be penalized for absences for the purpose of religious observances. The following policy therefore is • 8.1 Absences from Class included in the Faculty of Education section of the Undergraduate Academic Calendar:

223 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

No student should be refused admission or be expelled because he Absences from field days of more than 10% in a semester (i.e., 1.5 or she is unable to participate in any examination, study, or work days per semester) are considered chronic absenteeism, which will requirement because of his or her religious holy day requirements. be taken into account in the Dispositions Review Process. An opportunity will be provided to make up any examination, Students who have chronic absenteeism may not be permitted to study, or work requirements that may have been missed because attend the next upcoming practicum. That practicum will be of an absence due to a religious observance providing the considered Incomplete. Students should refer to sections 6.7 instructor and/or Professional Development School site has been (Incomplete Standing in Practicum) and 6.10 (Administrative notified in writing as early in the term as possible but no later Withdrawal) for other related policies. than two weeks before the absence. No fees will be charged to the student for the costs incurred by the University for such make-up Academic and Professional Conduct work. No adverse or prejudicial effect should result to any student The Faculty of Education's policies related to student conduct are who avails herself or himself of its provisions. Students are governed by the general policies of Wilfrid Laurier University and responsible for obtaining materials and making up any missed by those of the Ontario College of Teachers. Students are bound work. Verification of holy days may be requested. by the Student Code of Conduct and Discipline found in the Undergraduate Academic Calendar/University Undergraduate • 8.1.3 Absences for other Reasons Regulations/Academic Privileges and Responsibilities. Further Normally, illness, bereavement, and religious observance are the information regarding academic integrity is found at only acceptable reasons for missing classes. Students who choose http://www.wlu.ca/academicintegrity. Both academic and non- to be absent for other reasons, or who feel they must miss class academic discipline and conduct are governed through the for other reasons, are required to consult with their instructors Student Code of Conduct and Discipline. This policy sets out and, if this absence results in the total number of absences from penalties for either form of misconduct and procedures for sessions in a course exceeding 20%, refer to Section i (3). If Investigation and Discipline in cases of allegations of such possible, consultation should take place before the absence misconduct. occurs. Students who do not consult appropriately will be reported The professional and ethical conduct expectations of students in through the Dispositions process and may be asked to withdraw the Faculty of Education are also described in legislation and from the course. policy of the Ontario College of Teachers (OCT). According to the Teaching Profession Act (R.S.O. 1990 Chapter T.2 Section 4 (2)), • 8.2 Absences from Field Placements "Every student in a teachers' college or in a college of education Students are required to attend all scheduled camps, seminars, in Ontario is an associate member of the federation." As such, it PDS field days and days of their PDS practica to qualify for is expected that students in the WLU Bachelor of Education graduation from the WLU Bachelor of Education program. It is the program conform to the responsibilities and duties of a teaching student's responsibility to contact the PDS site prior to any professional. These absence. As with classes, regular and punctual attendance is responsibilities and duties are outlined in the Ethical Standards mandatory at all field days and practica. for the Teaching Profession and Standards of Practice for the Teaching Profession (see http://www.oct.ca/ • 8.2.1 Practicum Placements standards/?lang=en‐CA). Full attendance at each practicum is mandatory. Only legitimate 9.1 The Ethical Standards for the Teaching Profession are as absences are permitted (e.g., sickness, death in the family, follows: extraordinary circumstances) and these must be reported to the Field Experience Officer by submitting an Absence Report (PDS). Care In addition to online submission of the Field Absence report, a The ethical standard of Care includes compassion, acceptance, printed copy of the completed report form must be included in the interest and insight for developing students' potential. Members students' Practical Experience Binder in the appropriate section. express their commitment to students' well‐being and learning through positive influence, professional judgment and empathy in Absences within any one practicum that constitute more than practice. 20% of the scheduled practicum days will result in the practicum being deemed Incomplete. The student may be permitted to make Trust up the practicum by completing another full block placement. The ethical standard of Trust embodies fairness, openness and Students should refer to sections 6.7 (Incomplete Standing in honesty. Members' professional relationships with students, Practicum) and 6.10 (Administrative Withdrawal) for other colleagues, parents, guardians and the public are based on trust. related policies. Respect • 8.2.2 Field Days Intrinsic to the ethical standard of Respect are trust and fair‐mindedness. Members honour human dignity, emotional Only legitimate absences from field days are permitted (e.g., wellness and cognitive development. In their professional sickness, death in the family, extraordinary circumstances) and practice, they model respect for spiritual and cultural values, these must be reported to the Field Experience Officer by social justice, confidentiality, freedom, democracy and the submitting a Field Absence Report. In addition to online environment. submission of the Field Absence report, a printed copy of the completed report form must be included in the students' Practical Experience Binder, .

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 224 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Integrity the year. When a Professional Dispositions form is submitted to Honesty, reliability and moral action are embodied in the ethical the Dean's Office, the Dean and the faculty member involved will standard of Integrity. Continual reflection assists members in determine together whether or not a meeting should be held with exercising integrity in their professional commitments and the student at that time. responsibilities. Twice each year, in October and again in February, faculty 9.2 The Professional Standards for the Teaching Profession are members meet to review student conduct and behaviour in both as follows: academic and professional settings with respect to professional dispositions. At this time, all Professional Dispositions forms that Commitment to Students and Student Learning have been submitted that year or since the previous dispositions Members are dedicated in their care and commitment to students. meeting will be considered for possible further action. It may or They treat students equitably and with respect and are sensitive may not be necessary to meet with students who have been to factors that influence individual student learning. Members identified through a Professional Dispositions form, depending on facilitate the development of students as contributing citizens of whether or not the Canadian society. behaviour or situation has been resolved. Professional Knowledge At each Dispositions review meeting faculty members will also Members strive to be current in their professional knowledge and report any outstanding extensions for assignments, or any TECs recognize its relationship to practice. They understand and reflect who are in academic difficulty. on student development, learning theory, pedagogy, curriculum, ethics, educational research and related policies and legislation to If any further action is to be taken on the basis of a Professional inform professional judgment in practice. Dispositions report, the student will be asked to attend a conference with the faculty member(s) involved and the either the Leadership in Learning Communities Dean or Associate Dean. At this conference, the student will be Members promote and participate in the creation of collaborative, informed of the problem, given a copy of the completed safe and supportive learning communities. They recognize their Professional Dispositions form, and invited to respond. The shared responsibilities and their leadership roles in order to student and faculty members will work together to design an facilitate student success. Members maintain and uphold the action plan to remediate the targeted disposition problem. principles of the ethical standards in these learning communities. By the end of Year 1, all Dispositions must be in Acceptable Professional Practice category or the TEC must be making satisfactory progress on an Members apply professional knowledge and experience to promote action plan to move all Dispositions to the Acceptable category. student learning. They use appropriate pedagogy, assessment and evaluation, resources and technology in planning for and In rare cases, serious concerns regarding dispositions may result responding to the needs of individual students and learning in deferral of progression through the program and/or communities. Members refine their professional practice through investigation of allegations of misconduct under the WLU Student ongoing inquiry, dialogue and reflection. Ongoing Professional Code of Conduct and Discipline, and/or the student not being Learning Members recognize that a commitment to ongoing recommended for Certification with the Ontario College of professional learning is integral to effective practice and to Teachers. If a candidate is dissatisfied with a deferral decision, he student learning. Professional practice and self‐directed learning or she may follow the Appeals process. The Professional are informed by experience, research, collaboration and Dispositions form is found in the Bachelor of Education Program knowledge. Handbook. Professional Dispositions Review Letter of Permission Process Teacher Education Candidates will not be permitted to take courses outside the Faculty of Education to be counted toward To provide students in the Faculty of Education with feedback and their Bachelor of Education Degree program. to take timely steps as needed regarding ethical and professional behaviour, both in academic and field settings, the Faculty of Education engages in a regularly scheduled Professional Residency Requirement Dispositions review process. The Professional Dispositions on All courses must be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. which students are evaluated are closely aligned with the Ethical Standards for the Teaching Profession and Standards of Practice for the Teaching Profession. All faculty members (including Field Supervisors) who have had direct contact with the students have input to the decisions about whether they have met the standards outlined in the list of Professional Dispositions. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, all dispositions will be assumed to be at the Acceptable level. When behaviours indicating an unacceptable disposition are identified by a faculty member, a Professional Dispositions form may be completed and submitted to the Dean's Office. This may occur at any time during

225 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Program Requirements Bachelor of Education Students must complete the following Required EU courses: EU414P°, EU415P°, EU418, EU419, EU422P°, EU423P°, EU425, Full-Time Faculty EU426, EU439°, EU450A, EU450B, EU455A°, EU455B°, EU455C°, EU455D°, EU455E, EU452, EU453, EU454, EU456, EU457°, EU480, Carolyn FitzGerald, PhD EU481, EU482P, EU485P°, EU486P°, EU487P°, EU489°, EU490°, Jennifer Holm, PhD EU491°, EU492°, EU493°, EU494°, EU495°; Cathy Miyata, PhD and TWO of the following EU electives: EU430°, EU432°, EU433°, EU434°, EU436, EU438°, EU440°, M. Kristiina Montero, PhD EU443°, EU444°, EU445°, EU499°. Julie Mueller, PhD Steve Sider, PhD Progression and Graduation Requirements Colleen Willard-Holt, PhD, Dean, Faculty of Education Bachelor of Education (BEd) students progress and graduate if they successfully complete all components of each required and elective course for 10.0 EU credits with a minimum grade of C in each course, an overall grade point average (GPA) of 8.00 (B), and Course Selection a Pass grade in all practicum placements. Course selection for the teacher education program is based on Practica Requirements and Expectations Ontario Legislation (Regulation 347/02), dialogue with the Professional programs are designed to assist students in Ontario College of Teachers Accreditation Division, and current developing skills and knowledge needed for them to function as a research on effective teacher education practices. Integration member of their chosen profession. Virtually all professional among the individual courses will be actively sought by the course programs mandate practical or field-based experience. Laurier's instructors. All methods courses include common themes related program is designed in recognition of candidates' need to learn to the conceptual framework. from expert teachers in the context of such field-based Primary/Junior Program experiences. In education, practicum placements or practica are required in provincial legislation though Regulation 283/13. The Program Regulations Laurier Teacher Education program exceeds the mandatory time requirement for practica. 1. Students must complete the required courses listed below. The practicum experience is designed to assist TECs in Note that the Field Placement Experience (EU450A and accomplishing the following: EU450B) requires teacher education candidates to be in the school two days a week throughout the duration of the BEd • forging connections between theory and practice; program. • integrating and applying knowledge; 2. Students must pass five practica and an Alternative Placement (listed below) prior to graduation. • applying knowledge and skills from academic course work to meet the needs of diverse learners within the socio-cultural 3. Attendance at the Professional Teaching Orientation Week context of the classroom; and (August) and May Professional Teaching Transition is mandatory. Failure to attend will result in their ineligibility • working collaboratively with other professionals to improve to graduate at convocation. student learning. 4. Students must provide to the Faculty a copy of an up-to- As the Laurier program is based on a Professional Development date "clear" Vulnerable Sector Screening (police check). If School (PDS) model, Year 1 TECs will be assigned to one site from they have a criminal record they will be unable to visit the last week in August (one week before school begins) through their PDS site or any school involved in the Wilfrid Laurier the first week in April. TECs will be required to work at these Teacher Education Program. Under these circumstances school sites for 2.0 days a week (PDS Field Days) and complete they will be unable to complete Faculty of Education their practicum placements there as well. In Year 2, TECs will be program requirements. assigned to a new PDS site from the last week in August through the last week in April. Year 2 TECs will work at their new school Course Prerequisites site for 2.0 days a week (PDS Field Days) and complete their Because the program is a two-year consecutive program, the entry practicum placements there. Being associated with one school for requirements identified in the Admissions Section are preparation eight months will allow the TECs to build collaborative for the required courses in the program. The courses in Language professional relationships that will prepare them for effective and Literacy, Mathematics, Special Education and Integrating integration into the broader education community of practice. The Curriculum are sequential, such that the Level I course in each opportunity to spend eight months at a second school will allow subject is prerequisite to the Level II course (as identified in the the TECs to develop a broader understanding of the Ontario school course descriptions below); however, these requirements are context. normally met through the scheduling of the courses.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 226 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

Laurier's two-year program provides TECs with a total of 198 days 4. Students must provide to the Faculty a copy of an up-to- of practical experience. In Year 1, TECs are assigned to one PDS date "clear" Vulnerable Sector Screening (police check). If site for their two block-practica (EU455A°, EU455B°) and their they have a criminal record they will be unable to visit PDS Field Days (EU450A), which occur on Tuesdays and their PDS site or any school involved in the Wilfrid Laurier Wednesdays during the weeks when classes are held. There is also Teacher Education Program. Under these circumstances a nine-day block of PDS Field Days included in EU450A during the they will be unable to complete Faculty of Education Fall term. The Year 1 practica (EU455A°, EU455B°) include two program requirements. three-week blocks (one at the end of the Fall term and one mid- way through the Winter term). TECs will complete a required Course Prerequisites 3-week Alternative Placement (EU452) at the end of Year 1. They Because the program is a two-year consecutive program, the entry will work in a voluntary capacity in various contexts where requirements identified in the Admissions section are preparation learning takes place, outside of their PDS sites, or may take for the required courses in the program. The courses in Language advantage of international teaching opportunities. In Year 1 of and Literacy, Mathematics, Special Education and Integrating the program, TECs will spend a total of 30 days in their PDS sites Curriculum are sequential, such that the Level I course in each during the two block practica and 49 days during their PDS Field subject is prerequisite to the Level II course (as identified in the Days, as well as 15 days in their Alternative Placement. course descriptions below); however, these requirements are normally met through the scheduling of the courses. Together, the In Year 2, TECs are assigned to a different PDS site for their school courses EU466 Teaching Methods: French as a Second Language experience. The PDS Field Days (EU450B) continue in Year 2, on and EU436 French as a Second Language elective will be deemed Tuesdays and Wednesdays during the weeks when classes are held. equivalent to the French as a Second Language (FSL) Part 1 The Fall Year 2 practica (EU455C°, EU455D°) include one two- Additional Qualification course. week and one three-week block. In Winter of Year 2, TECs will complete an extended 10-week block practicum, the Laurier Program Requirements Professional Placement (LPP, EU455E). In Year 2 of the program, Students must complete the following Required EU courses: TECs will spend a total of 74 days in their PDS sites during the EU414I°, EU415I°, EU419, EU420, EU422I°, EU423I°, EU426, three block practica and 30 days during their PDS Field Days. As EU427, EU450A, EU450B, EU452, EU453, EU454, EU455A°, required by Regulation 283/13, all P/J TECs will be assigned to EU455B°, EU455C°, EU455D°, EU455E, EU456, EU457°, EU480, both primary and junior classrooms for their practicum EU481, EU482I, EU485I°, EU486I°, EU487I°, EU489°, EU490°, experiences. EU491°, EU492°, EU493°, EU494°, EU495°; The practica, PDS Field Days and Alternative Placement are and ONE of the following specialized teaching methods courses: mandatory components of the WLU program. Successful EU460°, EU462°, EU463°, EU464°, EU465°, EU466, EU467 or completion of the PDS Field Days (EU450A, EU450B), all practica EU470° (EU455A°, EU455B°, EU455C°, EU455D°, EU455E), and the and TWO of the following EU electives: Alternative Placement (EU452) are required in order to graduate EU430°, EU432°, EU433°, EU434°, EU436 (Note 1), EU438°, from the program. EU439°, EU440°, EU443°, EU444°, EU445°, EU467, EU499°.

Junior/Intermediate Program Note: The consecutive teacher education program in Laurier's Faculty of Education will prepare its graduates to apply to the Ontario 1. TECs with French as a Second Language as their teaching College of Teachers (OCT) for Junior/Intermediate level specialization must complete both EU436 and EU466. qualifications (grades 4 to 10). As with the Primary/Junior Progression and Graduation Requirements program at Laurier, the ultimate goal is to prepare junior/ Bachelor of Education (BEd) students progress and graduate if intermediate teacher education candidates (TECs) to be highly they successfully complete all components of each required and effective teachers within Ontario and beyond. elective course for 10.0 EU credits with a minimum grade of C in Entry Requirements: each course, an overall grade point average (GPA) of 8.00 (B), and a Pass grade in all practicum placements. Program Regulations 1. Students must complete the required courses listed below. Practica Requirements and Expectations Note that the Field Placement Experience (EU450A and Professional programs are designed to assist students in EU450B) requires teacher education candidates to be in the developing skills and knowledge needed for them to function as a school two days a week throughout the duration of the BEd member of their chosen profession. Virtually all professional program. programs mandate practical or field-based experience. Laurier's program is designed in recognition of candidates' need to learn 2. Students must pass five practica and an Alternative from expert teachers in the context of such field-based Placement (listed below) prior to graduation. experiences. In education, practicum placements or practica are required in provincial legislation though Regulation 283/13. The 3. Attendance at the Professional Teaching Orientation Week Laurier Teacher Education program exceeds the mandatory time (August) and May Professional Teaching Transition is requirement for practica. mandatory. Failure to attend will result in their ineligibility to graduate at convocation. The practicum experience is designed to assist TECs in accomplishing the following:

227 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

• forging connections between theory and practice; Bachelor of Education Courses EU414I° - Social Studies, History and Geography Education J/I • integrating and applying knowledge; EU414I° Social Studies, History and Geography Education J/I 0.25 • applying knowledge and skills from academic course work to This course examines current theory and practice related to social meet the needs of diverse learners within the socio-cultural studies education, including planning and implementing context of the classroom; and curriculum and effective teaching and assessment strategies • working collaboratively with other professionals to improve Junior/Intermediate level. The course content will vary in its student learning. focus on curriculum expectations, learning and teaching at As the Laurier program is based on a Professional Development different grade levels, depending on divisional enrolment of TECs. School (PDS) model, Year 1 TECs will be assigned to one site from Course content for TECs with subject teaching specialization in the last week in August (one week before school begins) through History/Geography will include an emphasis on leadership and the first week in April. TECs will be required to work at these higher levels of curriculum interpretation and implementation and school sites for 2.0 days a week (PDS Field Days) and complete an enhanced emphasis on Intermediate curriculum and instruction their practicum placements there as well. In Year 2, TECs will be up to and including grade 10. assigned to a new PDS site from the last week in August through 18 hours the last week in April. Year 2 TECs will work at their new school EU414P° - Social Studies Education I site for 2.0 days a week (PDS Field Days) and complete their EU414P° Social Studies Education I 0.25 practicum placements there. Being associated with one school for This course examines current theory and practice related to social eight months will allow the TECs to build collaborative studies education, including planning and implementing professional relationships that will prepare them for effective curriculum and effective teaching and assessment strategies at the integration into the broader education community of practice. The Primary/Junior level. opportunity to spend eight months at a second school will allow 18 hours the TECs to develop a broader understanding of the Ontario school EU415I° - Science and Technology Education J/I context. EU415I° Science and Technology Education Laurier's two-year program provides the TECs with a total of 198 J/I 0.25 days of field experience. In Year 1, the TECs are assigned to one This course examines current theory related to science and PDS site for their two block-practica (EU455A°, EU455B°) and technology education and explores a range of strategies for their PDS Field Days (EU450A), which occur on Tuesdays and effective planning, instruction and assessment at the Junior/ Wednesdays during the weeks when classes are held. There is also Intermediate level. Emphasis is placed upon strategies for a nine-day block of PDS Field Days included in EU450A during the interpreting the curriculum and engaging students in meaningful Fall term. The Year 1 practica (EU455A°, EU455B°) include two activities that employ the skills of science and technology, three-week blocks (one at the end of the Fall term and one mid- explore the nature and relevance of science and technology, and way through the Winter term). TECs will complete a required build students' understanding of their environment. TECs will gain 3-week Alternative Placement (EU452) at the end of Year 1. They confidence in their ability to teach science and technology will work in a voluntary capacity in various contexts where regardless of their background in these subjects. Course content learning takes place, outside of their PDS sites, or may take for TECs with subject teaching specialization in Science and advantage of international teaching opportunities. In Year 1 of Technology Education will include an emphasis on leadership and the program, TECs will spend a total of 30 days in their PDS sites higher levels of curriculum interpretation and implementation and during the two block-practica and 49 days during their PDS Field an enhanced emphasis on Intermediate curriculum and instruction Days as well as 15 days in their Alternative Placement. up to and including grade 10. 18 hours In Year 2, the TECs are assigned to a different PDS site for their EU415P° - Science and Technology Education P/J school experience. The PDS Field Days (EU450B) continue in Year EU415P° Science and Technology Education Two, on Tuesdays and Wednesdays during the weeks when classes P/J 0.25 are held. The Fall Year 2 practica (EU455C°, D) include one two- This course examines current theory related to science and week and one three-week block. In Winter of Year 2, TECs will technology education and explores a range of strategies for complete an extended 10-week block placement, the Laurier effective planning, instruction and assessment at the Primary/ Professional Placement (LPP, EU455E). In Year 2 of the program, Junior level. Emphasis is placed upon strategies for interpreting TECs will spend a total of 74 days in their PDS sites during the the curriculum and engaging students in meaningful activities three block-practica and 30 days in their PDS sites during their that employ the skills of science and technology, explore the PDS Field Days. As required by Regulation 283/13, all J/I TECs will nature and relevance of science and technology, and build be assigned to both junior and intermediate classrooms for their students' understanding of their environment. TECs will gain practicum experiences. confidence in their ability to teach science and technology The Practica, PDS Field Days and Alternative Placement are regardless of their background in these subjects. mandatory components of the WLU program. Successful 18 hours completion of all PDS Field Days (EU450A, EU455B°), Practica (EU455A°, EU455B°, EU455C°, EU455D°, EU455E), and the Alternative Placement (EU452) is required in order to graduate from the program.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 228 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

EU418 - Mathematics Education (Primary)EU423I° - Teaching Health and Physical Education J/I EU418 Mathematics Education (Primary) 0.5 EU423I° Teaching Health and Physical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Education J/I 0.25 This course examines current theory and practice related to This course examines current theory related to health and physical mathematics education, including planning and implementing education and explores a range of strategies for effective curriculum and effective teaching and assessment strategies at the planning, instruction and assessment at the Junior/Intermediate primary level, including kindergarten (JK to grade three). level. Student safety and the development of associated classroom Strategies for using observation, inquiry, problem-solving, and management techniques are highlighted. Course content for TECs ‘hands-on' exploration to support effective teaching and learning with subject teaching specialization in Health and Physical are highlighted. The course content will include an emphasis on Education will include an emphasis on leadership and organization both mathematical content and pedagogical knowledge. of healthy active living at the class, school, and community levels and on intermediate curriculum and instruction up to and including grade 10. EU419 Mathematics Education (Junior) 0.5 EU419 - Mathematics Education (Junior) 18 hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EU423P° - Health and Physical Education P/J This course examines current theory and practice related to EU423P° Health and Physical Education P/J 0.25 mathematics education, including planning and implementing This course examines current theory related to health and physical curriculum and effective teaching and assessment strategies at the education and explores a range of strategies for effective junior level (grades four to six). Strategies for using observation, planning, instruction and assessment at the Primary/Junior level. inquiry, problem-solving, and ‘hands-on' exploration to support Student safety and the development of associated classroom effective teaching and learning are highlighted. The course management techniques are highlighted. content will include an emphasis on both mathematical content 18 hours and pedagogical knowledge. EU425 - Language and Literacy Education (Primary) EU425 Language and Literacy Education EU420 - Mathematics Education (Intermediate) EU420 Mathematics Education (Intermediate) 0.5 (Primary) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course examines current theory and practice related to This course investigates current theory and practice related to mathematics education, including planning and implementing English language and literacy development, including effective curriculum and effective teaching and assessment strategies at the planning, instruction, assessment, and implementation of the intermediate level (grades seven to ten). Strategies for using Ontario language curriculum at the primary level (JK to grade observation, inquiry, problem-solving, and ‘hands-on' exploration three). The course will focus on the development of requisite to support effective teaching and learning are highlighted. The knowledge and skills to establish a repertoire of research and course content will include an emphasis on both mathematical evidence-based instructional strategies to support students' basic content and pedagogical knowledge. For teacher education literacy development. candidates with subject specialization in mathematics this course will include an enhanced emphasis on curriculum and instruction EU426 Language and Literacy Education EU426 - Language and Literacy Education (Junior) in grades nine and ten. (Junior) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EU422I° - Teaching for the Arts J/I EU422I° Teaching for the Arts J/I 0.25 This course explores a range of strategies for effective planning, This course investigates current theory and practice related to instruction and assessment in the arts in conjunction with related English language and literacy development, including effective theory at the Junior/Intermediate level. It emphasizes the planning, instruction, assessment, and implementation of the uniqueness of each art and natural intersections among the arts Ontario language curriculum at the junior level (grades four to disciplines as well as the essential contribution that the arts make six). The course will consider a broad definition of literacy in order to students' overall development. Course content for TECs with to examine the literacy practices of our changing world to include subject teaching specialization in Music will include an enhanced multimodal texts and contexts that will foster a critical emphasis on Intermediate curriculum and instruction up to and orientation to a multitude of texts. The course will focus on the including development of requisite knowledge and skills to establish a grade 10. repertoire of research and evidence-based instructional strategies 18 hours to support students' literacy development in the Junior division. Language and Literacy Education EU427 - Language and Literacy Education (Intermediate) EU422P° Teaching for the Arts P/J 0.25 EU427 EU422P° - Teaching for the Arts P/J (Intermediate) 0.5 This course explores a range of strategies for effective planning, instruction and assessment in the arts in conjunction with related Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 theory at the Primary/Junior level. It emphasizes the uniqueness This course investigates current theory and practice related to of each art and natural intersections among the arts disciplines as English language and literacy development, including effective well as the essential contribution that the arts make to students' planning, instruction, assessment, and implementation of the overall development. curriculum at the intermediate level (grades seven to ten). The 18 hours course will expand on the broadened definition of literacy that is

229 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

needed to examine the literacy practices of adolescents in a This course engages Teacher Education Candidates (TECS) in dynamic world. TECs will develop requisite knowledge and skills to examining education in comparative and international contexts. establish a repertoire of research and evidence-based instructional TECs will examine how global education can be incorporated into strategies to support students' disciplinary literacy development. Canadian school contexts so that students can be more effective For teacher education candidates with subject specialization in global citizens. As well, TECs will consider education in English this course will include an enhanced emphasis on international contexts such as in fragile and developing world curriculum and instruction in grades nine and ten. contexts so as to develop a broader understanding of how education is viewed and actualized in different parts of the EU430° - Literacy Intervention EU430° Literacy Intervention 0.25 world.(Cross-listed as EM434°.) This elective course provides an overview of the reading and Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an writing difficulties experienced by students in grades K through 10 EU course in BEd. who struggle with literacy competence. TECs will learn about EU436 - French as a Second Language informal, classroom-based tools used to assess and diagnose EU436 French as a Second Language 0.5 reading difficulties. They will also learn various strategies to This course will provide an in-depth understanding and knowledge differentiate instruction within an inclusive teaching-learning of second language acquisition. Emphasis will be placed upon environment. current research as it relates to French as a second language 18 hours education with a particular focus on language learning in the Primary/Junior or Junior/Intermediate levels depending on EU432° - Introduction to Mathematical Cognition and Exceptionalities EU432°/EM432° Introduction to divisional enrolment of TECs. Mathematical Cognition Prerequisite: Students must demonstrate oral and written fluency and Exceptionalities 0.25 in French. The FSL elective course is open to all Teacher Education Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 Candidates in the BEd program upon demonstrating fluency in oral This course explores exceptionalities in mathematics, including and written French. J/I TECs with French as a Second Language delays in typically developing children. The course content will (FSL) as their area of specialization are required to take EU466 include an introduction to mathematical cognition, an overview of Teaching Methods: French as a Second Language in addition to cognitive and developmental disabilities in mathematics, teaching EU436, and will graduate with qualifications equivalent to FSL and learning strategies and interventions for atypically and Part1 Additional Qualification. typically developing children (those without known cognitive or 36 hours biological delays), and classroom and standardized testing protocols. (Online Learning only) (Cross-listed as EM432°.) EU438°/EM438° Gifted Education 0.25 EU438° - Gifted Education Prerequisite: Exemption: This course is open to undergraduate students or graduate students who have completed an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 introductory level course in cognitive or developmental This course provides an overview of the nature and needs of gifted psychology contingent on space following Bachelor of Education students and how to differentiate instruction for them in the registration. regular classroom. Attention will be given to developing Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an Individual Education Plans (IEPs) which detail modifications in EU course in BEd. the curriculum to meet the needs of individual students.(Cross- listed as EM438°.) EU433° - Environmental Education EU433°/EM433° Environmental Education 0.25 Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for EU439° Teaching in Kindergarten 0.25 EU439° - Teaching in Kindergarten Teacher Education Candidates to consider how experiential environmental education can be incorporated in school settings. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 The course examines curriculum documents related to An in-depth examination of Kindergarten, focusing on developing environmental education and incorporates active learning to knowledge and skills for creating an effective teaching and provide resources and strategies to support curricular learning environment for students in the early years. Specific expectations. Class time is spent in local contexts that support issues related to teaching in Kindergarten will be explored: environmental education activities such as conservation blended JK/SK programs, full-day early-learningkindergartens authorities, parks, and Eco-schools.(Cross-listed as EM433°.) (FDEL-K), home-school communication. Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU440° - Teaching in Ontario Catholic Schools EU course in BEd. EU440° Teaching in Ontario Catholic Schools 0.25 This elective course prepares TECs to teach in the Roman Catholic EU434° - Global Education EU434°/EM434° Global Education 0.25 Schools of Ontario and is open to all students. This course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 examines the history of the Catholic education system in Ontario and its philosophical underpinnings. TECs explore the Catholic values embedded in the Ontario curriculum and their role as members of the educational community within a faith-based system.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 230 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

18 hours experience provides TECs with an opportunity for in-depth observation of teaching and learning through sustained immersion EU443° - Restorative Practices in Education EU443° Restorative Practices in Education 0.25 in one classroom. TECs focus on observing the teacher and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 students, reflecting on their observations, and assisting the Associate Teacher in a variety of ways. This course uses the philosophy of restorative justice as the self- reflective lens for curriculum, pedagogy and conflict resolution in EU450B PDS Field Days 0.0 EU450B - PDS Field Days the classroom environment. Prerequisite: Registration status: BEd program. In year two of the program, Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) spend two days per week at their Professional Development EU444°/EM444° Social Entrepreneurship in Schools (PDS) during the 15 weeks when on-campus courses are in EU444° - Social Entrepreneurship in Education session. These 30 PDS Field Days provide opportunities for TECs to Education 0.25 observe and gain some practical experience in program areas and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 classrooms different from classrooms assigned for practicum This course is a focused introduction to social entrepreneurship in placements. PDS Field Days also enable TECs to develop ongoing education designed with the assumption that you have little or no relationships with the school staff and sustain involvement in business or enterprise experience. Social entrepreneurs are people classroom and school-wide activities throughout the year. The PDS who develop innovative ideas to foster positive social change. Field Days also provide opportunities to apply theoretical Using a Design Lab methodology, students will be exposed to the constructs from courses to immediate school and classroom full process--from idea generation/opportunity (as social change experiences. agents) recognition through to venture creation--all in the EU452 - Alternative Placement context of social change. Although the focus is creating and EU452 Alternative Placement 0.0 designing a new social venture, the course will also serve those The Alternative Placement is a three-week field experience who are interested in working in schools or other organizations by placement that occurs at the end of Year One of the program. orienting them towards thinking and acting more edupreneurially, Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) work in a voluntary capacity intrapreneurially and creatively. (Cross-listed as EM444°.) in various contexts where learning takes place (e.g., Section 23 Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an Programs, KidsAbility, museums, outdoor education centres) or EU course in BEd. may take advantage of international teaching opportunities. The Alternative Placement provides TECs with valuable field experience EU445° - International Integrated Continuum EU445° International Integrated Continuum 0.25 that may not be available at their Professional Development Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 School sites. The International Baccalaureate (IB) offers a continuum of Mandatory/No Credit international education with a unique balance of academic rigour EU453 - August Professional Teaching Orientation Week and personal growth. The IB programmes range from the primary EU453 August Professional Teaching years to a pre-university diploma, and represent an inquiry-driven Orientation Week 0.0 and student-centred education. The curriculum is underpinned and Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) start their education careers enriched by a set of learner profile attributes, which develop a at Laurier with a mandatory Professional Teaching Orientation commitment to community and a respect for oneself and others, Week (PTOW) experience before classes begin. They meet other as local and global citizens. students and instructors, participate in interactive team-building The course explores this integrated framework and pedagogy activities, tour the campus, train on their laptop, become designed to foster lifelong learning, intercultural understanding acquainted with their Professional Development School (PDS), and and critical thinking. Approaches to teaching include practice in learn about other resources at Laurier. TECs experience their first contextual, conceptual and collaborative learning. PDS Field Days during PTOW. This enables them to immediately begin the process of integrating their on-campus, academic EU450A - PDS Field Days EU450A PDS Field Days 0.0 learning with their professional, school-based experiences. In year one of the program, Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) attend the mandatory spend two days per week at their Professional Development Professional Teaching Orientation Week (PTOW) again at the start Schools (PDS) during the 20 weeks when on-campus courses are in of Year Two. They meet new Year One students and instructors, session. These 40 PDS Field Days provide opportunities for TECs to participate in interactive team-building activities, and provide observe and gain some practical experience in program areas and support and guidance for the new Year One TECs. Year Two TECs classrooms different from the classrooms not assigned for experience their first PDS Field Days at their new PDS to become practicum placements. PDS Field Days also enable TECs to develop acquainted with the site and begin building professional ongoing relationships with the school staff and sustain relationships as they immediately begin to integrate their on- involvement in classroom and school-wide activities throughout campus, academic learning with their professional, school-based the year. The PDS Field Days also provide opportunities to apply experiences. theoretical constructs from courses to immediate school and Mandatory/No Credit classroom experiences. Approximately halfway through the first semester of year one, Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete a two-week block of PDS Field Days in one classroom at their PDS site. This practical

231 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

EU454 May Professional Teaching Transition 0.0 Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete the fifth and final EU454 - May Professional Teaching Transition practicum at their Professional Development School (PDS) site at At the end of Year One, immediately after all required course the end of the second semester of Year Two. The final practicum, work, block practica and PDS Field Days are complete, Teacher the Laurier Professional Placement (LPP), is a ten-week block Education Candidates (TECs) attend a mandatory Professional placement that provides extensive opportunities for varied Teaching Transition Day. This day provides TECs with a forum for classroom and school experiences and supports TECs in sharing insights and successes, setting professional goals, and transitioning from student teacher to practicing professional. At preparing for the Alternative Placement. various points during the LPP, TECs will assume responsibility for At the end of Year Two, immediately after all required course teaching 100% of the time under the supervision of the Associate work, block practica and PDS Field Days are complete, Teacher Teacher. TECs are assigned a Mentor Teacher at their PDS school Education Candidates (TECs) attend a mandatory Professional site who provides ongoing support and guidance throughout the Teaching Transition Week. During this week, TECs share insights last year of the program and during the LLP. and successes, set professional goals, and work with faculty and Prerequisite: Registration status: BEd program. peers to refine the knowledge and skills required for success in achieving a teaching position. EU456 - Professional Learning Seminar I Mandatory/No Credit EU456 Professional Learning Seminar I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EU455A° - Practicum One EU455A° Practicum One 0.25 This course engages Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) in Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete the first practicum ongoing professional reflection and inquiry. TECs meet to share at the end of the first semester of Year One. The first practicum is questions and reflections emerging from their professional a three-week placement at their Professional Development School practice, to engage in collaborative inquiry and problem solving, (PDS) site during which they observe, reflect and assist the and to construct professional knowledge as a community of Associate Teacher in a variety of ways. During Practicum One, TECs learners. The Professional Learning Seminar (PLS) has been teach up to 25% of the time under the supervision of their deliberately designed to bridge theory with the practical demands Associate Teacher. of teaching. PLS I, which occurs in Year One of the BEd program, focuses on core themes (reflection, collaboration, inquiry). A EU455B° Practicum Two 0.25 central feature of PLS I is an action research project that provides EU455B° - Practicum Two an opportunity for TECs to engage in inquiry-based research Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete the second including data collection and assessment. practicum halfway through the second semester of Year One. The second practicum is a three-week placement at their new EU457° - Professional Learning Seminar II Professional Development School (PDS) site during which they EU457° Professional Learning Seminar II 0.25 observe, reflect and assist the Associate Teacher in a variety of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 ways. During Practicum Two, TECs assume responsibility for This course is a continuation of the Professional Learning Seminar teaching up to 50% of the time under the supervision of their I course. Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) engage in ongoing Associate Teacher. professional reflection and inquiry. They meet to share questions and reflections emerging from their professional practice, to EU455C° - Practicum Three EU455C° Practicum Three 0.25 engage in collaborative inquiry and problem solving, and to Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete the third practicum construct professional knowledge as a community of learners. halfway through the first semester of Year Two. The third Professional Learning Seminar (PLS) II, which occurs in Year Two practicum is a two-week placement at their Professional of the BEd program, places a greater focus on "transition to Development School (PDS) site during which they observe, reflect practice" (e.g., resume-writing, interview skills, supply teaching, and assist the Associate Teacher in a variety of ways. During etc.). A central feature of the PLS II is an action research project Practicum Three, TECs assume responsibility for teaching a that provides an opportunity for TECs to engage in inquiry-based minimum of 50% of the time under the supervision of their research including data collection and assessment. Associate Teacher. EU460° - Teaching Methods: Language Literacy/English EU460° Teaching Methods: Language EU455D° - Practicum Four EU455D° Practicum Four 0.25 Literacy/English 0.25 Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) complete the fourth Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 practicum at the end of the first semester of Year Two. The fourth This course will provide an advanced practical and theoretical practicum is a three-week placement at their Professional overview to teaching language literacy/English at the junior and Development School (PDS) site during which they observe, reflect intermediate levels. A variety of topics will be explored including: and assist the Associate Teacher in a variety of ways. During (1) engaging students in active inquiry using multiple forms of Practicum Four, TECs assume responsibility for teaching a literacy; (2) approaches to teaching; (3) understanding the young minimum of 75% of the time under the supervision of their adolescent literacy learner; and (4) professional leadership. Associate Teacher. EU462° - Teaching Methods: Mathematics EU462° Teaching Methods: Mathematics 0.25 EU455E - Practicum Five EU455E Practicum Five 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 232 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

This course provides an advanced practical and theoretical This course will provide opportunities to explore and develop overview to teaching mathematics at the junior and intermediate theoretical and practical skill of teaching music at the Junior/ levels. Topics include: (1) approaches to problem solving; (2) Intermediate level, with an emphasis placed upon the approaches to teaching; (3) attitudes toward teaching and development of musicianship and artistry, and the creating of learning mathematics; and (4) professional leadership. classroom learning conditions that enable students to tap their own creative and musical expression. TECs will develop a EU463° - Teaching Methods: Health and Physical Education EU463° Teaching Methods: Health and professional working-knowledge of implementing curriculum, Physical Education 0.25 assessing, evaluating, grading and reporting student growth in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 music, and the resources required to teach music up to grade 10. This course provides an advanced theoretical and practical EU470° Multi-Disciplinary Specialized EU470° - Multi-Disciplinary Specialized Teaching Methods overview of teaching health and physical education at the junior Teaching Methods 0.25 and intermediate levels. Topics include: (1) approaches to teaching about the importance of physical fitness, health and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 well-being; (2) approaches to teaching fundamental movement This course will provide an advanced practical and theoretical skills; (3) attitudes related to active participation; and (4) overview to teaching two or more related subjects at the professional leadership. intermediate level. Topics include: (1) approaches to learning and teaching of the basic concepts of the each of the subject areas; EU464° - Teaching Methods: Social Studies, History and Geography EU464° Teaching Methods: Social Studies, (2) attitudes towards teaching and learning in each subject area; History and Geography 0.25 and (3) professional leadership. Candidates will complete major Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 assignments focusing on their subject specialization. Exclusion: EU460°, EU462°, EU463°, EU464°, EU465°, EU466, This course will provide an advanced practical and theoretical EU467. overview to teaching social studies at the junior level and history and geography at the intermediate level. Topics include: (1) EU480 School and Society 0.5 EU480 - School and Society approaches to learning and teaching of the basic concepts of social studies, history and geography; (2) approaches to teaching This course provides an examination of historical and the habits of mind, skills, and strategies of social studies, history contemporary contexts of education including various and geography; (3) attitudes towards teaching and learning social philosophical perspectives, and political, social and legal aspects studies; and (5) professional leadership. of the Ontario education system. Central to the course is developing an understanding of the ethical and professional EU465° Teaching Methods: Science and standards that govern teachers' professional work. EU465° - Teaching Methods: Science and Technology 36 hours Technology 0.25 EU481 - Principles and Applications of Learning and Development Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 EU481 Principles and Applications of This course provides an advanced practical and theoretical Learning and Development 0.5 overview to teaching science and technology at the junior and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 intermediate levels. Topics include: (1) approaches to problem solving; (2) approaches to teaching; (3) attitudes towards This course provides Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) with a teaching and learning science and technology; and (4) foundation in theories of learning, development and classroom professional leadership. management which will guide teaching practice. Throughout the course, current theoretical approaches and key concepts in EU466 Teaching Methods: French as a Second learning, child development, and classroom management are EU466 - Teaching Methods: French as a Second Language considered in the context of relevant classroom applications. Language 0.5 Depending on the division of TEC enrolment, the course will Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 emphasize issues and examples related to the very young, middle- This course will provide a practical and theoretical overview to childhood and/or adolescent students. teaching French as a second language at the Junior/Intermediate EU482I - Curriculum Foundations J/I level. Topics include: (1) second language acquisition; (2) EU482I Curriculum Foundations J/I 0.5 approaches to teaching a second language; (3) assessment and This course will examine the theoretical foundations that promote evaluation strategies; (4) attitudes toward teaching and learning student learning, achievement, well-being and engagement at the French as a second language; and (5) professional leadership. Junior/Intermediate level. Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) TECs specializing in French as a Second Language (FSL) as their will examine curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and evaluation teachable subject are also required to enroll in the FSL elective supported by relevant Ministry curriculum, policy and support course (EU436; 0.5 credit). Successful completion of these two documents. The course will provide TECs with opportunities to courses qualifies TECs to teach FSL. consider and apply methods for the design, planning, implementation and continuous improvement of instruction, EU467 - Teaching Methods: Vocal and Instrumental Music EU467 Teaching Methods: Vocal and assessment and evaluation across the curriculum. The course will Instrumental Music 0.5 place enhanced emphasis on content related to TECs' areas of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 subject teaching specialization. 36 hours

233 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

EU482P - Curriculum Foundations P/J EU487I° - Assessment and Evaluation J/I EU482P Curriculum Foundations P/J 0.5 EU487I° Assessment and Evaluation J/I 0.25 This course will examine the theoretical foundations that promote Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 student learning, achievement, well-being and engagement at the This course will examine current policies and "best practices" Primary/Junior level. Teacher Education Candidates (TECs) will related to assessment and evaluation as informed by recent examine curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and evaluation research and relevant Ministry curriculum, policy and support supported by relevant Ministry curriculum, policy and support documents. Teacher education candidates (TECs) will build documents. The course will provide TECs with opportunities to understanding of the differences between assessment and consider and apply methods for the design, planning, evaluation, and between marking, grading and reporting. TECs will implementation and continuous improvement of instruction, build foundational pedagogical knowledge for evaluating and assessment and evaluation across the curriculum. reporting student progress and achievement using the Elementary 36 hours and Secondary Provincial Report Cards and the Elementary Progress Report. The course will also examine the role of large- EU485I° - Integrated Curriculum I J/I EU485I° Integrated Curriculum I J/I 0.25 scale assessments and develop knowledge and skills for analyzing This course provides an introduction to curriculum integration as and interpreting results from them. Course content will focus on an approach to designing relevant and meaningful instruction that evaluation and reporting policies and practices appropriate for will support student learning and engagement at the Junior/ grades 4 to 10. Intermediate level. Teacher Education Candidates (TECS) will Prerequisite: Open only to students enrolled in BEd. explore theoretical foundations of the approach and examine a EU487P° - Assessment and Evaluation P/J variety of models for designing and planning integrated EU487P° Assessment and Evaluation P/J 0.25 instruction. They will investigate an integrated learning cycle from Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 its planning stages through to the final assessments, and examine This course will examine current policies and "best practices" strategies for effective instructional and assessment in order to related to assessment and evaluation as informed by recent maximize student achievement and well-being. The course will research and relevant Ministry curriculum, policy and support place enhanced emphasis on content related to TECs' areas of documents. Teacher education candidates (TECs) will build subject teaching specialization. understanding of the differences between assessment and 18 hours evaluation, and between marking, grading and reporting. TECs will build foundational pedagogical knowledge for evaluating and EU485P° - Integrated Curriculum I P/J EU485P° Integrated Curriculum I P/J 0.25 reporting student progress and achievement using the Elementary This course provides an introduction to curriculum integration as Provincial Report Card and the Elementary Progress Report. The an approach to designing relevant and meaningful instruction that course will also examine the role of large-scale assessments and will support student learning and engagement at the Primary/ develop knowledge and skills for analyzing and interpreting results Junior level. Teacher Education Candidates (TECS) will explore from them. Course content will focus on evaluation and reporting theoretical foundations of the approach and examine a variety of policies and practices appropriate for Kindergarten to grade 6. models for designing and planning integrated instruction. They Prerequisite: Open only to students enrolled in BEd. will investigate an integrated learning cycle from its planning stages through to the final assessments, and examine strategies EU489° Special Education I 0.25 EU489° - Special Education I for effective instruction and assessment in order to maximize This course considers the learner with exceptionalities in the student achievement and well-being. educational context. Diverse exceptionalities are examined as well 18 hours as related programs and placements. Legislation, policies and procedures related to special education are examined, including EU486I° - Integrated Curriculum II J/I EU486I° Integrated Curriculum II J/I 0.25 the Individual Education Plan and the identification and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 placement process. The course content will vary in its focus on This second-level course provides an opportunity for Teacher curriculum expectations, learning and teaching at the different Education Candidates (TECs) to engage in in-depth exploration of grade levels, depending on divisional enrolment of TECs. curriculum integration as an approach to designing instruction at 18 hours the Junior/Intermediate level. TECs will apply knowledge of EU490° - Diversity Series: Special Education II planning, instruction and assessment to develop an integrated EU490° Diversity Series: Special Education unit of study. The course will place enhanced emphasis on content II 0.25 related to TECs' areas of subject teaching specialization. The purpose of this second-level course is to critically assess how we view ability and disability in educational contexts. Specifically, EU486P° - Integrated Curriculum II P/J EU486P° Integrated Curriculum II P/J 0.25 the course challenges Teacher Education Candidates to consider Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 how children are "differently-abled." A strengths-based This second-level course provides an opportunity for Teacher perspective from which to teach is foundational to this course. Education Candidates (TECs) to engage in in-depth exploration of The course provides an overview of historical and social curriculum integration as an approach to designing instruction at movements which have led to current inclusive practice. The the Primary/Junior level. TECs will apply knowledge of planning, course provides an opportunity to develop teaching practices instruction and assessment to develop an integrated unit of study.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 234 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

which support all students. The course content will vary in its EU495° Self-Regulated Learning 0.25 EU495° - Self-Regulated Learning focus on curriculum expectations, learning and teaching at the This course examines Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) mainly from a different grade levels, depending on divisional enrolment of TECs. social cognitive perspective, considering classroom practices that 18 hours help students of all ages develop cognitive, metacognitive, and motivational skills and behaviours that will enable them to EU491° - Diversity Series: English Language Learners in the Classroom EU491° Diversity Series: English Language succeed as self-aware, goal-directed and strategic learners. TECs Learners in the Classroom 0.25 will develop/plan/explore practices that promote personalization This course provides TECs with an understanding of the linguistic of the curriculum by increasing student choice and voice, and socio-emotional needs of English language learners (ELLs). differentiating instruction, and enhancing learners' capacity for TECs will develop foundational knowledge of the language self-determination. This course will enhance TECs' knowledge and continuum to support effective instruction and assessment. TECs skills for developing successful, self-aware 21st century learners will examine planning for instruction and assessment for all who are "engaged, thinking, proactive, responsive, and reflective" students with the needs of ELLs in mind. This course uses Ontario (refer to SRL Canada, www.srlcanada.ca). curriculum documents and the Ontario College of Teachers' 18 hours Standards of Practice to prepare teachers to create learning environments that reflect linguistic and academic needs of their EU499° Special Topics 0.25 EU499° - Special Topics students. 18 hours EU492° - Diversity Series: Equity and Diversity in Schools EU492° Diversity Series: Equity and Education Minor Diversity in Schools 0.25 This course addresses selected theories and their related Education Minor educational practices that contribute to the creation and A Minor in Education consists of 3.0 credits: three core half-credit maintenance of an equitable and inclusive school climate, one courses offered through the Faculty of Education, plus three that respects and affirms the diversity and interdependence of the elective half-credit courses from an approved list. The Minor is world's people and cultures as well as the history, cultural heritage designed to provide students with a supplemental course of study and pluralism of Canadian society. focusing on schooling and education. Students have the 18 hours opportunity to bundle elective courses within their current programs of study into a Minor in Education. Students should EU493° - Diversity Series: First Nations, Métis, and Inuit (FNMI) Topics in Educational Contexts EU493° Diversity Series: First Nations, check with their individual programs to confirm eligibility. Métis, and Inuit (FNMI) Topics in Students are responsible for ensuring that they have met prerequisites for elective courses taken in other Faculties. Courses Educational Contexts 0.25 taken in the minor may not count toward fulfilling requirements This course is designed to help Teacher Education Candidates learn for the teaching specialization ("teachable") at the Junior/ how to effectively meet the needs of First Nations, Métis, and Intermediate level. Inuit (FNMI) learners, and connect non-FNMI learners to Canada's For graduation with a Minor in Education, students must have a Indigenous heritage through relevant and meaningful academic minimum GPA of 6.0 computed on all 3.0 credits in the minor. programming and co-curricular activities. Specific topics to be Other courses may be considered for inclusion as part of the Minor addressed within this course include topics related to sovereignty, in Education requirements with the permission, in advance, of the identity, land treaty, language, environment sustainability, as well Associate Dean of the Faculty of Education. as historical and contemporary issues impacting FNMI vitality on the socio-cultural, socio-economic and political Canadian This minor is available at the Waterloo campus. landscape. Core Courses (1.5 credits): 18 hours EM101 - Images of Education in Media (0.5 credit) EM202 - The Educational Divide (0.5 credit) EU494° - Diversity Series: Mental Health in the Classroom Context EU494° Diversity Series: Mental Health in EM203 - Learning in 140 Characters or Less (0.5 credit) the Classroom Context 0.25 Electives (1.5 credits) from: AN229 - Aboriginal Peoples of Canada: Contemporary Issues The purpose of this course is to provide Teacher Education YC230 - Children and Music (Online Course) Candidates with a general understanding of mental health issues EC328 - Economics of Education affecting children and youth in the classroom. Issues to be EM212 - Mathematics without Tears addressed in the course include an overview of the most common EM300 - Teaching in Non-School Contexts mental health issues in today's classroom, especially as these EM301 - Seminars in Education issues interfere with learning opportunities, as well as the roles of EN201 - Children's Literature different professionals within a multidisciplinary model, resources EN211 - Roots, Race, Resistance: Post-Colonial Literature available to teachers, and ways in which teachers can promote EN267 - Canada Now: Contemporary Canadian Literature good mental health in the classroom as part of their everyday EN280 - Indigenous Writers in English practice. EU432° - Introduction to Mathematical Cognition and 18 hours Exceptionalities EU433° - Environmental Education EU434° - Global Education

235 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

EU438° - Gifted Education Education Minor Courses EU444° - Social Entrepreneurship in Education EM101 - Images of Education in Media HI344 - Native Peoples of Eastern Canada EM101 Images of Education in Media 0.5 HI345 - Native Peoples of Western Canada Education as portrayed through film and literature serves as a lens HI423* - Reading Seminar on Families and Education in Canada on the cultural landscape of western society. This course will and the US (restricted to Year 4 HI majors only) examine images of teachers and teaching in the past, the present HI473* - Research Seminar on Home and School: Families and and the future, through the study of film and literature. Education in Canada and the United States(restricted to Year 4 HI Canonized, villainized or lampooned, these media forms portray majors only) teachers in various and often conflicting ways, aiming to show ID303 - Indigenous Pedagogy what education is, what we perceive it to be and what it might or KP420 - Children in Physical Activity (restricted to KPE majors ought to be. only) Exclusion: All Bachelor of Education programs. KP461 - Developmental Motor Learning for Physical Education EM202 - The Educational Divide (restricted to KPE majors only) EM202 The Educational Divide 0.5 MU202 - Approaches to Music Education Teachers, students, and school systems can either perpetuate or MU203 - Methods for Teaching Music at the Intermediate/Senior change circumstances of injustice, both locally and globally. This Levels (Secondary School) course examines these dynamics and how teachers and students MU208 - Introduction to Elementary Music Education work toward building just societies. Global educational MU304 - Music in Special Education philosophies, research, and practices will be examined through a MU353* - Inclusive Arts for Children social justice lens. MU402 - Seminar in Music Education Exclusion: All Bachelor of Education programs. PACS 314 - Conflict Resolution in School (offered at Conrad Grebel University College, UW) [Refer to Note 1] EM203 Learning in 140 Characters or Less 0.5 EM203 - Learning in 140 Characters or Less PS260 - Introduction to Cognitive Psychology PS261 - Introduction to Learning In a digital world, 21st century learners need to be co- PS275 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Infancy and constructors of knowledge. This course will examine emerging Childhood research and innovative approaches to learning that utilize the PS276 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adolescence potential of digital technology for collaborative, critical, creative and Young Adulthood and authentic learning. PS283 - Educational Psychology Exclusion: All Bachelor of Education programs. PS288 - Behaviour Modification EM212 - Mathematics without Tears PS366 - Introduction to Psycholinguistics EM212 Mathematics without Tears 0.5 PS379 - Psychology of Exceptional Children, Youth and Adults Most people can do more mathematics than they think. This RE225 - Canada's Religious Heritage activity-based course is intended for those students who are RE331 - Religious Diversity in Contemporary Canada contemplating entering the teaching profession or would like to SY303 - Sociology of Youth learn more about mathematics and have a limited background. The SY316 - Sociology of Education goal of this course is to convey to a general audience an SY416 - Equity in Education (restricted to SY majors only) appreciation of mathematics in new and engaging ways. This SY423 - Children, Parents and Schools (restricted to SY majors course cannot be used to satisfy credits required for any only) mathematics major degree requirements but may be used as an elective for those degrees with appropriate departmental approval. Notes Exclusion: All Bachelor of Education programs. 1. Register for UW courses using the UW Cross-registration EM300 - Teaching in Non-School Contexts Form. EM300 Teaching in Non-School Contexts 0.5 2. Preference will be given in admission to the Bachelor of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Education program at Wilfrid Laurier University, Waterloo This course provides instruction in how to teach and assess Campus, to students achieving a cumulative GPA of 10.0 learning in contexts such as athletics, music, theatre arts, for the Minor of Education, along with meeting the community programs, corporate training, etc. Ideas to be requirements of admission for the Bachelor of Education discussed include the impact of developmental levels on learning, (refer to admission requirements). contemporary strategies for teaching, modifying instruction to address individual needs, and the incorporation of technology in 3. Note university-wide Regulations for Minors/Options. pedagogically appropriate ways. These will be modeled throughout the course as individual class members' interests and needs are addressed. Exclusion: May not be enrolled in BEd program.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 236 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Education

EM301 - Seminars in Education EM301 Seminars in Education 0.5 This course focuses on 21st century approaches to education which includes diverse ways of knowing from diverse sources. Students in this course integrate community-based learning with classroom seminars to explore education today and in the future. The purpose of the course is to examine non-traditional ways of learning where education is a distributed function of institutions and communities. Exclusion: All Bachelor of Education programs. EM432° - Introduction to Mathematical Cognition and Exceptionalities EM432°/EU432° Introduction to Mathematical Cognition and Exceptionalities 0.25 (Cross-listed as EU432°.) Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd.

EM433° - Environmental Education EM433°/EU433° Environmental Education 0.25 (Cross-listed as EU433°.) Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd.

EM434° - Global Education EM434°/EU434° Global Education 0.25 (Cross-listed as EU434°.) Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd.

EM438° - Gifted Ecuation EM438°/EU438° Gifted Ecuation 0.25 (Cross-listed as EU438°.) Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd. EM444° - Social Entrepreneurship in Education EM444°/EU444° Social Entrepreneurship in Education 0.25 (Cross-listed as EU444°.) Exclusion: If taken in Education minor, cannot be counted as an EU course in BEd.

237 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

FACULTY of HUMAN and SOCIAL SCIENCES The Faculty of Human and Social Sciences is composed of the Applicants wishing to be considered for a program at the Laurier Department of Criminology (MA, BA)and programs in Foundations, Waterloo campus must apply directly to the specific program. Game Design and Development (BFAA), Health Studies: Community Health (BA), Health Administration (BA), Public Health (BASC); BA Programs Leadership (BA), Policing (BA), and Psychology Comprehensive(BA). In addition, students may choose to complete Honours Programs one or more of a large number of available options and minors Honours BA degree programs are a minimum of 20.0 credits. offered through the faculties. Students normally take 5.0 credits (or 10 0.5-credit courses) each Campus Location: Carnegie Building, 73 George Street, Brantford, year for four years. Honours programs allow a more specialized Ontario N3T 2Y3 study of a particular discipline, and are usually required for advanced study and research. Combination Honours BA programs Website: www.laurierbrantford.ca allow students to combine honours work in two disciplines. An Brantford Office Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. honours program in a discipline may also be combined with a Telephone: (519) 756-8228 secondary program from available option or minors in other Fax: (519) 759-2127 disciplines. The successful completion of a secondary program will Email: [email protected] be recognized on the student's transcript at graduation. Contacts Non-Honours Programs Dean: Bruce Arai, PhD, ext 5722, [email protected] Students are admitted to Laurier into honours programs only. Due Associate Dean: Andrew Welsh, PhD, ext 5847, [email protected] to the achievement of inadequate GPA or course results, a student Dean of Students: Adam Lawrence, MA, ext 5644, will be withdrawn from the honours program and placed in a [email protected] General BA CT or the General BA without Designation degree. General degree programs are normally 15.0 credits. Students Assistant Vice-President: Campus Administration and Special usually complete 5.0 credits (or 10 0.5-credit courses) a year for Constable Service: Antonio Araujo, CMA, ext. 5701, each of three years. For students entering the university in [email protected] September 2007, general degrees will not have majors (other than Brantford Librarians: Irene Tencinger, BA, MISt, ext. 5497, CT), options or minors. [email protected]; Pauline Dewan, MLIS, PhD, ext. 5529, [email protected] Students whose overall GPA is a minimum of 5.00, are allowed to register in Honours Arts without specialization for Year 1, Year 2 and Year 3 and may graduate with a general BA without Prospective Students: ext 5777, [email protected] designation or transfer into an area of specialization at any time Accessible Learning: ext. 5871, [email protected] when they have met the required course requirements and GPA Wellness Centre: ext. 5803, [email protected] regulations and have been approved by the academic department. Academic Advising: ext. 5849, [email protected] Enrolment Services: ext. 5885, [email protected] Students who have completed four years of an honours BA Residence Manager: Chris Eley, MA, ext. 5856, [email protected] program but are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, may receive a BA degree (without General or Honours) with the field of specialization of the honours program and any eligible NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier email account. Students are expected to regularly check their options or minors denoted on the degree. A major and overall GPA Laurier email account for important notices from the university of 5.00 is required. community. Students are required to send emails to official Students who have completed four years of the BBTM program but members of the university community from their Laurier email are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, may receive account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails a General Contemporary Studies BA. sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is impossible to determine whether the emails received from these non-Laurier Academic Regulations Governing accounts are coming from the person they claim to be from. Your co-operation is appreciated. All Honours Programs Unless stated otherwise, students in programs in the Faculty of Liberal Arts are governed by university regulations for the honours and general BA. For the Progression/Graduation Requirements Admission and Probation regulations, consult the University Undergraduate Admission to the Brantford Campus is governed by the rules and Regulations chapter. For program-specific regulations, refer to the regulations of Wilfrid Laurier University. The applications are Departments section of this chapter. administered through the Admissions Office at the Laurier Waterloo campus. Refer to the section Application Procedures in University BA Regulations the Undergraduate Admissions chapter. 1. Course Equivalency For information regarding college articulation agreements, refer to Programs may, with the approval of the dean, recognize a University/College Combination Programs section of this specific course as the equivalent of a required course when chapter.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 238 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

a student has obtained satisfactory credit for the course at programs may require more than this minimum. Students this or another institution. may elect to take a combined Honours BA program (available combinations are described in the Departments 2. Prohibition from Registration section). a. A student deemed by the program offering a In cases where program descriptions of each of the particular course to have the knowledge or skills constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different taught in that course may be declared ineligible to number of courses required for the combination, the larger register for credit in that course. total will apply. b. A student who has failed the equivalent of 2.0 2. An honours program may not contain more than 7.0 junior junior credits in a subject, whether the failure credits. For students electing to take a combined Honours occurred in the same course(s) or different BA program, in cases where program descriptions of each course(s), will be barred from registering for credit of the constituent parts of a combination stipulate a in further junior courses in that subject, except by different maximum number of junior credits, the lower permission of the dean and program co-ordinator or amount will apply. designate. 3. Progression requirements for the honours BA program are 3. Directed Studies/Irregular Courses based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained from all Directed Studies/Irregular courses dealing with subjects courses taken and will be calculated on a cumulative basis. not covered by courses listed in the calendar may be For progression, the requirement will be a minimum GPA of offered to individuals or small groups of students. All 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum outlines for Directed Studies courses together with the overall GPA of 5.00. For graduation, a minimum cumulative completed Directed Studies/Irregular Course Registration GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each major and a minimum overall GPA Forms must be submitted to the Dean for approval prior to of 5.00 is required. the last day for adding a course in the term in which the Some programs have additional progression requirements Directed Studies/Irregular courses begin. All outlines must stated in the program description. Refer to Regulation 4 include a schedule of meetings, requirements for at least below. Honours students may enrol in nor more than two one graded assignment and a list of readings. minors/options and must satisfy the progression and graduation requirements for those programs. 4. Honours Courses Several programs offer a limited number of courses which 4. Where student demand for entry or progression into Year 2 are specifically intended for, and restricted to, honours of an honours program exceeds the availability of student students in the discipline. For these courses, all other spaces, students who meet the minimum criteria for students require special permission from the program progression from Year 1 to Year 2 will be considered for concerned to register in the honours-level courses. admission on the basis of their overall GPA (from all 400 level seminars are open only to Year 4 honours courses taken at Wilfrid Laurier University). Programs that students registered in the program in which the 400 level intend to use other forms of GPA calculation must so seminar is offered. Other students wishing to take 400 level advise students by October 1. seminars require permission of the program offering the 5. Students enrolled in honours programs who have failed to course and the program in which they are specializing. A achieve the standing required for admission to the 400 level seminar cannot be repeated. subsequent year of their program must proceed in Honours 5. Interdepartmental Programs Arts or the general BA program or may be required to The co-ordinator of an interdepartmental program must withdraw if general progression requirements are not met. authorize the student's program in writing. Permission to Honours BA programs are excluded from academic take individual courses is granted by the department or the probation regulations. Students are expected to choose a program co-ordinator offering the courses. major by the end of Year 1 (5.0 credits). For those who are still undecided at that point, they may continue in Honours 6. Double Counting BA Arts up to the time when they have completed 15.0 Students are permitted to double-count courses for more credits. Honours BA Arts students progress through Year 1, than one program in which the same course is a required Year 2 and Year 3 if they achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 course or an elective. (C) in Faculty of Arts credits. When the 15.0 credits have been successfully completed, normally by the end of Year Academic Regulations for All 3, students must make a choice whether to graduate with a Honours Programs General BA degree without designation, or to declare an All students registered in honours programs are subject to the honours program and continue into Year 4. It is the following regulations: responsibility of the student to fulfill the requirements of the honours program. 1. An honours degree program must consist of a minimum of Students who fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in 20.0 credits (or equivalent), including at least 9.0 senior Faculty of Arts credits must proceed in the general program credits in the major or at least 6.0 senior credits in each of or may be required to withdraw if general progression two combined majors at the honours level. Individual requirements are not met. Honours BA programs are excluded from academic probation regulations.

239 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

6. Unless other program regulations apply, students who have 2. An honours student with a major may receive designation failed a course may proceed in the honours program, for only two options/minors. provided they have the required average. (For calculation 3. Note that where a combined program states a 100 level of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to the section, credit limit, the program with the lower limit applies to the Grades, in the University Undergraduate Regulations combined degree. chapter.) Such a student must repeat a failed course if it is a required course. If it is not a course required for the 4. An honours student with a major may receive designation program, the student may repeat the course, or take an for only one of the Co-operative Education and the additional course. No course may be attempted more than Professional Experience Program. twice. Regulations Governing Minors/ 7. At the end of Year 1, students may transfer into an honours program from either a general or another honours Options program at the discretion of the program. Thereafter, Regulations pertaining to all Minors/Options include: students may not transfer unless they have maintained the progression requirements. All transfers after the end of 1. Minors: Minimum of 3.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits Year 1 must have the approval of both the dean and required. program co-ordinator or designate. 2. Options: Minimum of 4.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits 8. Students in honours programs and combination or required. combined honours programs must have their entire program approved by the honours program(s) by the 3. No fewer than 2.0 credits shall be obtained at Wilfrid beginning of each academic year. Laurier University. 9. Any exceptions to the honours regulations require the 4. Must be adjunct to the major; no student may declare a written approval of the dean and program co-ordinator or major and a minor in the same discipline. designate. Exceptions that would make the number of 5. Maximum of two minors/options allowed. credits required for graduation fewer than 20.0 are not permitted. 6. All common and program requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. 10. At the end of Year 4 in a BA honours program, students who are registered in an honours program, meet all 7. Minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required for a minor. If progression requirements and successfully complete all an option or minor requires a higher GPA, that GPA applies. credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that 8. Not available to those in undesignated General BA and honours program because their GPA is insufficient, have General BSc programs. the option of receiving a BA degree (without General or Honours) which denotes the major of the honours program 9. Majors, specializations, concentrations and minors and a maximum of two eligible options/minors on the (including options) are all printed on an official transcript. degree. An overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. Only majors are printed on the degree parchment. (Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful • Requirements for specific minors/options are included in the attempts at honours subjects taken in combination: Departments section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of students in a combined honours program who are Education, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of unsuccessful in meeting the GPA requirements of one of Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, School of their honours subjects do not have the option of receiving Business & Economics - Economics Department and Waterloo a degree which certifies completion of a single honours Lutheran Seminary. subject and a "general-level" area of specialization.) • Declare an option using LORIS confirmation (March-April) or Regulations Combining Honours using a Program Selection Form prior to graduation; the minor is declared on the addendum of the Application to with a Secondary Minor/Option Graduate on the student's LORIS account. Honours students may choose to organize their elective courses to meet the requirements for a combined honours program, and a Available Minors/Options in maximum of two options/minors in a subject other than the Brantford honours discipline(s). Additional courses may have to be taken to fulfill these requirements. All common and program requirements MinorsCriminology, Community Health, English, French, for the secondary program must be fulfilled. Geography, History, Human Rights and Human Diversity, Indigenous Studies, Labour Studies and Career Development, Law Students combining honours disciplines with secondary programs and Society, Leadership, Philosophy, Policing, Professional must meet the following regulations: Writing, Psychology, Public History, Religion and Culture, Social and Environmental Justice, Social Innovation, Youth and Children: 1. All requirements for the combined honours program, option Texts and Contexts, and Youth and Children's Studies. or minor, must be fulfilled. (Refer to Regulations Governing Minors/Options below.)

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 240 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

OptionsBusiness Technology Management, International Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the United States. Development, Issue Advocacy, Law, Leadership, Media Studies. New programs are in the process of development. For information, refer to the Laurier International section of the Student Services Course Selection and chapter. Counselling Full-Time Faculty All students are responsible for selecting courses that satisfy the requirements of their degree program(s). Full-Time Faculty At Laurier Brantford, academic counselling is available in the Dean's Office and through the offices of the Chair (Crim) and Chris Alksnis, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Psychology Program Co-ordinators. Consult the relevant program sections of Robert Ame, PhD this calendar for academic advising contact information. Dan Antonowicz, PhD Bruce Arai, PhD, Assistant Provost: Strategy; Dean, Faculty The BF, CC, CO, CT, HD, HR, HS, ID, JN, LY, MB, MX, OL, YC courses listed under their respective programs are only available at the of Human and Social Sciences Brantford Campus. Scott Blandford, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Policing Kari Brozowski, PhD, (On Sabbatical January 1/18 - June Online Courses 30/18) Students may take online courses (sections denoted as OC) Antony Christensen, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - (formerly Distance Education) available through Laurier's Office of June 30, 2018) Online Learning. For course descriptions and a listing of available Lamine Diallo, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Leadership (On courses, consult the Part-Time, Online Learning and Continuing Sabbatical January 1, 2018 - June 30, 2018) Education Calendar. Kenneth Dowler, PhD Judy Eaton, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Foundations Classroom Courses Lauren Eisler, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June 30, For course descriptions of courses unique to Laurier Brantford, 2018) refer to the descriptions that follow by program. For the Thomas Fleming, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June availability of courses and descriptions of other courses offered at 30, 2018) the Brantford Campus, consult the listings on the Brantford Timothy Gawley, PhD website: www.wlu.ca/brantford/timetable. Sybil Geldart, PhD Kris Gerhardt, PhD Transfers to and from the Rebecca Godderis, PhD Waterloo Campus Stacey Hannem, PhD, Chair, Criminology M. Raymond Izarali, PhD Laurier Brantford is an integral part of Wilfrid Laurier University. Simon Kiss, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June 30, Its programs and operations are tied to those at Laurier's Waterloo 2018) campus. Students registered at Brantford can take courses on the Waterloo campus, and students registered at Waterloo can take Nikolai Kovalev, PhD courses at Brantford with permission from the appropriate Debra Langan, PhD program. Jennifer Lavoie, PhD Danielle Law, PhD Normally, students may transfer between Laurier's campuses if James LeClair, PhD, Chair, Health Studies they are in good standing, have successfully completed at least Rosemary McGowan, PhD 4.0 credits, and meet the entry standards of the degree program into which they wish to transfer. Winter term transfers may be Janet McLaughlin, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June considered provided that admission requirements to the campus 30, 2018) were met in the previous September. Students intending to Richelle Monaghan, PhD, Undergraduate Officer, Health transfer should obtain academic counselling from the campus, Studies faculty or school into which they intend to transfer. The Internal Scott Nicholson, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Game Design Campus Transfer form is available at the Office of Enrolment & Development Services website: www.wlu.ca/roforms. James F. Popham, PhD Katherine Rossiter, PhD Exchange Programs Carrie Sanders, PhD, Graduate and Undergraduate Officer, A wide variety of student exchange programs allow students to Criminology study at other universities during their academic program. Deana Simonetto, PhD Exchange programs are currently available in Australia, Austria, Catherine Stewart, PhD, (On Sabbatical January 1, 2017 - Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, England, France, Germany, June 30, 2018) Guyana, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Mexico, The Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovenia, South

241 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

student must have a minimum GPA of 6.0 in MB105 and MB115. Erin Strahan, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - December Only students in an Honours degree will be considered for 31, 2017) admission. Patrick Watson, PhD The Business Technology Management (BT) Option consists of the Andrew Welsh, PhD, Associate Dean, Faculty of Human and following 4.0 credits (8 courses): Social Sciences Required Courses (3.5 credits): Steve Wilcox, PhD MB105 - Business in a Networked Society MB115 - Information Technology MB202 - Marketing MB207 - Introduction to Financial Accounting General BA Without MB325 - Management of Information Systems I Designation MB335 - Organizational Theory and Change MB475 - Technology and Innovation Management General BA Without Designation Any one of the following (0.5 credits): This program is available on a full- and part-time basis. EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics Progression and Graduation Requirements Students in a general Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree program Regulations and Notes without a major, option or minor may progress and graduate if 1. Current students may apply for the option using the they achieve an overall grade point average of 4.00 (C-). Program Selection Form available through the Office of Course Distribution Enrolment Services AFTER ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS HAVE A general BA degree program without designation must satisfy the BEEN MET: MB105 and MB115. following requirements: 2. No 300-level course may be taken prior to Year 3. 1. at least 15.0 credits in total, including: 3. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all MB courses applicable to the Business Technology Option is required for graduation. 2. three courses chosen from the Foundations curriculum: A 5.00 GPA is required in the one EC course. A maximum of BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 2 repeats is allowed across these course requirements. 3. at least 8.0 credits at the senior level (200 or 300 level) 4. At least 3.5 of the 4.0 credits in the option must be 4. at least 8.0 credits offered through the Faculty of Liberal completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. Arts, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences or Faculty of Social Work, including any Laurier online courses offered in disciplines of these faculties (may include credits taken elsewhere that are deemed equivalent by the university) 5. a maximum of 3.0 credits in Business 6. a minimum of 5.0 senior credits must be taken at Wilfrid Laurier University. Note: The Business course maximum includes all Business, Commerce and Management courses taken at another post- secondary institution. Business Technology Management Program (LSBE) Business Technology Management Option Program Information: Laurier Brantford Academic Advising Centre [email protected] The Business Technology Management (BTM) Option is normally a direct-entry program that is combined with a major at Laurier Brantford campus. Current students who are eligible may apply for the Option using the online Program Selection Form available through the Office of the Registrar. Students who have entered through direct-entry must have a minimum GPA of 6.0 in MB105 and MB115 to progress to senior MB courses [200-, 300- and 400-level] To be eligible to declare the Option, a current Laurier

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 242 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Requirements: Criminology Students must complete all required courses (4.5 credits), plus a The Honours Criminology BA program is only available at the minimum of 5.5 additional CC credits. Of these 5.5 credits, at Brantford Campus. The criminology minor is available at the least 1.0 credit must be at the 300 level and at least 1.0 credit Brantford and Waterloo Campuses. must be at the 400 level. Required CC Courses (4.5 credits): The Brantford Campus has developed a broad, comprehensive CC100, CC102, CC210, CC233/HS233/OL233, CC290, CC390, CC327, Honours BA Criminology program, which will suit students who One of: wish to use criminology as a basis for a variety of different career CC291/PD291 paths. CC292 LY205 The certificate and diploma in criminology provides academic training to professionals and mature students working in the field One of: of criminal justice, thus allowing them to improve their CC425 effectiveness on the job. The curriculum is not designed to satisfy CC426/PD426 specific employment credentials, but encourages those engaged in the administration of justice to critically evaluate and consider Additional CC Courses (5.5 credits): the increasingly complex challenges of our criminal justice system. Any senior CC course in addition to the required list. The required courses and electives afford students with an Degree Program Electives: opportunity to develop skills in logical thinking and critical An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits. All analysis. These programs encourage professional development for students in the program must complete successfully the individuals with at least one year of related formal work Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. experience. Program Notes 1. Students who are required to take research methods and Full-Time Faculty statistic courses in their second honours program should seek academic advice to avoid duplication. Robert Ame, PhD Dan Antonowicz, PhD 2. Students completing the honours Criminology program are excluded from completing the Honours Law & Society Antony Christensen, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - program. Students may hold a minor in Law & Society. June 30, 2018) Kenneth Dowler, PhD 3. Students who complete PS296 and/or PS295 towards CC Lauren Eisler, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June 30, requirements must replace each .5 credit with a senior .5 2018) CC credit in order to meet graduation requirements. Thomas Fleming, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June Academic advising is strongly recommended. 30, 2018) 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Stacey Hannem, PhD, Chair progression and course regulations and the earlier section Raymond Izarali, PhD regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Nikolai Kovalev, PhD Honours BA Criminology and LLB (Sussex) Debra Langan, PhD Jennifer Lavoie, PhD Stream James F. Popham, PhD The Honours BA Criminology and LLB (Sussex) Stream enables Carrie Sanders, PhD, Graduate and Undergraduate Officer students who successfully complete its requirements to earn an Deana Simonetto, PhD Honours Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree from Laurier and a Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree from the University of Sussex, United Catherine Stewart, PhD, (On Sabbatical January 1, 2017 - Kingdom (UK) in six years. June 30, 2018) Patrick Watson, PhD Honours BA Criminology ComponentThe Honours BA in Andrew Welsh, PhD, Associate Dean, Faculty of Human and Criminology is only available at the Brantford Campus. It consists Social Sciences of 20.0 credits of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level. The program must include a minimum of 10.0 and a maximum of 11.5 credits in Criminology. Upon successful completion of their LLB at the University of Honours BA Criminology Sussex, students will be awarded 5.0 transfer credits equivalent The Honours Criminology program consists of 20.0 credits, to: 1.0 senior CC credit, 1.0 credit at the CC 300 level, and 3.0 including no more than 7.0 at the 100 level. The program must senior elective credits. Taking into account the awarding of these include a minimum of 10.0 and a maximum of 11.5 credits in 5.0 transfer credits then, students must complete all required Criminology (CC). Criminology courses (4.5 credits) as listed in the calendar, 3.5 additional CC elective credits (including 1.0 credit at the 400 level), 2.0 Foundation credits (BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299), and 5.0 elective credits while studying at Laurier.

243 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Note that in the final year of the program to be completed at 3. Transfer Students into Year 2 (WLU only): Laurier (Year 6), students will take 3.5 of their additional elective In exceptional cases, first-year students outside of the credits in the form of courses to be offered by Laurier to prepare Sussex BA/LLB Program may apply to transfer into the to write the National Accreditation exams. Program. Admission into the Program is at the sole Prior to departing for studies at the University of Sussex, students discretion of the Sussex Admissions Committee. Normally, a must have completed the 10.0 credits that are listed under Year 1 student's application will not be accepted unless the and Year 2 below. Due to the compacted nature of the Sussex following non-exhaustive conditions are met: Stream, students are strongly encouraged to pursue their degree ◦ As of May 1 of the applicant's first year, the student in the following manner: has completed 5 credits, and; See table on page 245 ◦ The student's overall GPA is at least 8.0, and at least 7.0 for all courses within the student's major, and; Note: (F)=Fall Semester, (W)=Winter Semester, to assist with ◦ The Program at WLU or at Sussex has space for more prerequisite planning. students, and; Progression Requirements ◦ The Committee believes that the student will succeed 1. Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five credits in the Program, according to any evidence it deems with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Criminology relevant. courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 8.00 in all 5.0 Inquiries about a transfer into the Honours BA/LLB credits. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in program should be made through the Academic Advising the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. These Centre. course and GPA requirements must be achieved by August Application for transfer into Year 2 of the Honours BA/LLB 31. program should be made by May 1 by submitting a Program 2. To be recommended for application to the Sussex LLB Transfer Request Form. program in year three, students must have maintained a minimum overall GPA of 8.0 (B) over all credits completed Honours BA Criminology in Combination over their first three full terms (i.e, minimum 7.5 credits). These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by with another Honours BA Program December 31 of the students' second year. The combined Honours Criminology program consists of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. A 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for minimum of 6.0 and a maximum of 8.0 senior credits may be in progression and course regulations and the earlier section Criminology. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Program Requirements: Application to Sussex Students must complete all required 4.0 credits in the combined 1. Students will apply to Sussex via the standard Sussex honours program, plus 3.0 additional credits in CC, of which at application procedures. Students will apply through the least 0.5 credit must be at the 300 level and at least 0.5 credit Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) for must be at the 400 level. entry. Students will provide Sussex full application Required CC Courses: (4.0 credits) documents, including high school and University CC100, CC102, CC210, CC233/HS233/OL233, CC290, CC390, CC327. transcripts, references (Laurier students will submit One of: references on a standardised reference form), and a CC425 personal statement, in line with normal admissions CC426 procedures. Sussex will consider applications according to its normal procedures. Students will be guaranteed an offer Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the of a place if they meet the progression requirements degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second Honours described above and where students have achieved Sussex's BA major, and no more than 2.0 CC credits. All students in the standard English language entrance requirements, where program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: appropriate. BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. 2. Note: The University of Sussex reserves the right not to Program Notes provide a guaranteed offer after consideration of any 1. Students who are required to take research methods and relevant unspent criminal convictions a student may have. statistic courses in their second honours program should Sussex recommends that if students have a conviction, seek academic advice to avoid duplication. Laurier contact the Admissions Office to discuss this before 2. Students completing the combined honours Criminology proceeding further. program are excluded from completing the Honours Law and Society program. Students may hold a minor in Law and Society.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 244 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Honours BA Criminology and LLB (Sussex) Stream

Honours BA Criminology (Sussex) LLB Stream

Year Credit Courses Total

CC100 (F), CC102, CC210 (W), 1.0 credit of CC electives, 1 5.0 BF190, BF199, BF290, 1.0 elective credit.

CC233 (F), CC290 (F), one of: CC291/PD291, CC292 or LY205; 2 5.0 CC327 (W), CC390 (W), BF299, 1.5 credits of CC electives, 0.5 credit elective.

Students pursue an LLB at the University of Sussex. Upon successful completion of their LLB, students will be awarded 5.0 transfer credits equivalent to: 3-5 5.0 1.0 senior CC credit, 1.0 credit at the CC 300 level, and 3.0 senior elective credits.

CC425 or CC426/PD426, 1.0 credit of CC at the 400 level. 6 5.0 Students will take 3.5 of their additional credits in the form of courses to be offered by Laurier to prepare to write the National Accreditation exams.

3. Students who complete PS296 and/or PS295 towards CC CC302 - Crime and the Justice System requirements must replace each 0.5 credit with a senior 0.5 CC390 - Theories of Crime II CC credit in order to meet graduation requirements. Plus 3.5 Elective credits in Criminology (CC) Academic advising is strongly recommended. Required Foundations (2.0 credits):BF190 - Modernity and the 4. The criminology combined major is available via online Contemporary World delivery. BF199 - Modernity: Critique and Resistance BF290 - Academic Literacy: Social Sciences 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for BF299 - Academic Literacy: Humanities progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. 1.5 Elective Credits Notes Criminology Minor 1. Students must complete 6.0 credits at Wilfrid Laurier The minor in Criminology consists of 3.0 credits in Criminology University after admission to the program. (CC) courses, including CC100 and CC102, and 2.0 additional senior CC credits. 2. Students must attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 6.0 to graduate. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. 3. Students who wish subsequently to be registered in a Diploma in Criminology degree program may be granted advanced standing toward The Diploma in Criminology program consists of 10.0 credits, the degree, subject to senate and faculty regulations. including no more than 4.0 at the 100 level. The diploma program Certificate in Criminology can be taken on a part-time or full-time basis. The Certificate in Criminology consists of 5.0 credits, including no 10.0 credits: more than 3.0 at the 100 level. The certificate program is offered 6.5 credits in Criminology on a part-time basis only and requirements must be fulfilled 2.0 credits in BF within five years from the date of entry. 1.5 Elective credits 5.0 credits: Required Courses in Criminology (6.5 credits): 3.0 credits in Criminology and 2.0 credits of Foundations CC100 - Introduction to Criminology CC102 - Introduction to the Criminal Justice System CC210 - Psychology of Crime CC290 - Theories of Crime I

245 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Required Courses (Criminology): CC202 Multiple Murder 0.5 CC202 - Multiple Murder CC100 - Introduction to Criminology This course explores classic and contemporary theories and CC210 - Psychology of Crime research in the field of serial and mass murder. Topics may include CC290 - Theories of Crime I specific offender case studies, the psychology of multiple murder, CC302 - Crime and the Justice System social construction of offenders and victims, and legal responses 1.0 elective credit in Criminology (CC) to multiple murder. Required Courses in Foundations: CC203 - Women, Law and Crime BF190 - Modernity and the Contemporary World CC203 Women, Law and Crime 0.5 BF199 - Modernity: Critique and Resistance This course explores women, the law and crime. Topics may BF290 - Academic Literacy: Social Sciences include gender and criminality, legal systems and law BF299 - Academic Literacy: Humanities enforcement, and feminist and post-modern theories of criminal Notes activity. Exclusion: LY203. 1. At least 3.0 credits of the courses counted towards the Certificate must be taken at Wilfrid Laurier University. CC204 - Indigenous Peoples and the Law CC204 Indigenous Peoples and the Law 0.5 2. Students must attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 6.0 to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 graduate. This course examines the historical and contemporary treatment of 3. Students who wish subsequently to be registered in a indigenous peoples under Canada's legal system. Topics may degree program may be granted advanced standing toward include a review of treaty disputes, the criminal justice system the degree, subject to senate and faculty regulations. response to indigenous persons in conflict with the law, and self- government and accountability. 4. The application form for the certificate is available at the Exclusion: ID204, LY204. Office of the Registrar website: https://www.wlu.ca/ CC205 - Gangsters, Goodfellas and Wiseguys: North American Perspectives of Organized Crime forms_detail.php?grp_id=1365&frm_id=517 CC205 Gangsters, Goodfellas and Wiseguys: Criminology Courses North American Perspectives of Organized Crime 0.5 CC Course Notes This course will explore organized crime in North America. Students will learn about the historical underpinnings of The following CC courses are only available at the organized crime in both the United States and Canada. Students Brantford Campus. will learn about the criminal activities, contemporary patterns, and emergent trends within North American organized crime groups. Students will also be exposed to the organizational CC100 - Introduction to Criminology CC100 Introduction to Criminology 0.5 hierarchy, rules and regulations, level of sophistication and law enforcement responses to organized crime in North America. This course introduces students to the discipline of criminology Topics may include: an examination of the Five Families of New from both a historical and a contemporary perspective. Students York, the Chicago Outfit, and the experience of organized crime in will be introduced to classical and contemporary theorists in the cities such as Montreal, Las Vegas, Philadelphia and Boston. field, as well as research methods and disciplinary debates, with a Exclusion: CC405a. focus on both Canadian and global issues in criminology. CC102 - Introduction to the Criminal JusticeCC209 System - Global Terrorism and Security CC102 Introduction to the Criminal Justice CC209 Global Terrorism and Security 0.5 System 0.5 This course examines terrorism and its threat to worldwide security. This course will provide the student with analytical This course will examine the functions and structure of the major frameworks by which they can better understand the ideologies, components of the Canadian criminal justice system. Students will strategies and tactics of contemporary international and domestic be introduced to the roles played by various criminal justice terrorist groups. Students will learn about the causes and organizations in the administration of justice. Topics may include consequences of terrorism. Topics may include the origins and police, criminal courts and trial procedures, sentencing, and ideology of terrorism, religious extremism, and international corrections. terrorist groups. National and International strategies to combat terrorism may also be explored. CC200 - Youth Justice CC200 Youth Justice 0.5 Prerequisite: CC100 and registration status: senior student. This course is concerned with the young offender, law and society. 36 lecture hours/term Topics may include the juvenile justice system in comparative perspective, theories of youth criminality, treatment approaches, youth legislation, and broader societal issues raised by youth deviance and crime.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 246 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

CC210 Psychology of Crime 0.5 This course provides an introduction to policing in Canada, and CC210 - Psychology of Crime includes an examination of: the historical development of police This course will explore sources of individual variation in criminal services; the organization of occupational roles within policing; conduct from a psychological perspective. Students will be legal powers of the police; traditional and contemporary models of introduced to classic biological, developmental, cognitive, and police work; and current issues in policing. These dimensions of psychiatric explanations of criminal behaviour. Course topics will policing will be explored through both macro-level analyses that focus on associations between criminality and genetics, brain focus on the institutional contexts of policing and microlevel functioning, psychophysiology, mental disorders, personality and analyses that focus on the experiential aspects of policing. (Cross- moral development, and social learning. listed as PD291.) Prerequisite: CC100. Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior Course title formerly "Theories of Criminal Conduct". student. Exclusion: PD100, PD291. CC211 - Restorative Justice CC211 Restorative Justice 0.5 This course offers a basic introduction to the concept and practice CC292 Introduction to Corrections 0.5 CC292 - Introduction to Corrections of restorative justice. It explores the origins, development, values Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and principles of restorative justice. It examines the role of key stakeholders such as victims, offenders, and the community. The This course will examine the function, organization, and structure course highlights the program models and practices of restorative of correctional institutes in the Canadian justice system. Students justice including mediation with focus on their application in will examine correctional theory, the role of correctional Canada. It also explores the challenges and limitations of institutions in the administration of justice, and the impact of restorative justice. incarceration on crime. Topics may include correctional Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102. administration and personnel, treatment and supervision, 3 lecture hours alternatives to incarceration, community corrections, and parole decision-making. CC212 White Collar Crime 0.5 Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior CC212 - White Collar Crime student. This course examines the various forms of white-collar crime in our society. Topics may include occupational crime, finance crime, Crime, Sentencing and Punishment in CC301 - Crime, Sentencing and Punishment in Canada corporate crime, crimes by the government and state-corporate CC301 crime. Canada 0.5 This course examines philosophy and objectives of punishment in CC215 Murder in Canada 0.5 Canada. Students will learn about judicial methodology and penal CC215 - Murder in Canada policy of the Canadian government. Students will examine various The focus of this course is the nature of "everyday" homicide sentencing options that are appropriate for particular crimes. within Canada. Students will learn about Canadian homicide Students may meet with different practitioners working with through the use of historical case materials from the National victims of crimes and punished offenders including probation and Archives, statistics collected by the federal government and parole officers, judges and victims services workers. through an exploration of contemporary Canadian cases. Students Prerequisite: CC100 or LY100 and registration status: senior will also learn about the basic processes which underlie the student. investigation and prosecution of homicide cases. Exclusion: CT301. 3 lecture hours CC233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods CC233/HS233/OL233 Introduction to Social Science Research CC302 Crime and the Justice System 0.5 CC302 - Crime and the Justice System Methods 0.5 This course explores the justice system in Canada. Topics may (Cross-listed as HS233/OL233.) include the criminal courts, the judiciary, judicial and police discretion, and historical and contemporary topics in the CC290 - Theories of Crime I CC290 Theories of Crime I 0.5 administration of justice. An introduction to the sociological tradition of crime and Prerequisite: CC100 and registration status: senior student. deviance theory from the late 18th century (Classical School) to Exclusion: LY302. approximately the 1960s (emergence of labeling theory). Schools 3 lecture hours of thought to be covered include Classical Criminology, positivism, CC303 - Victimology the Chicago School, subcultural theories, differential association CC303 Victimology 0.5 and learning theories, Anomie and strain, control theories, and Victimology is the study of the victim's experience with the symbolic interaction/labeling. criminal justice system. Topics in this course may include Prerequisite: CC100 or LY100. psychological impacts of crime, the process and impact of Exclusion: CC300, SY241, SY242. victimization, legal approaches to victims, services provided to victims, restorative justice and emerging understandings of the CC291 - Introduction to Policing CC291/PD291 Introduction to Policing 0.5 victim. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CC100 and registration status: senior student. 3 lecture hours

247 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

CC304 - Addiction and Crime CC311 - Crime, Media and the Law CC304 Addiction and Crime 0.5 CC311/MX311 Crime, Media and the Law 0.5 This course examines historical, sociological, biological, and Topics in this course may include depictions of crime in the psychological explanations of substance abuse and addiction. media, social construction of crime knowledge, fear of crime, Students will learn about the prevalence of substance abuse selling crime, legal issues in media reporting. (Cross-listed as problems in Canada. Cultural, gender, and youth trends in legal MX311.) drug use and illegal drug use may be considered. The link between Prerequisite: CC100 or registration in Journalism; and registration substance use and crime/violence is a focus of exploration in the status: senior student. course. Students will also evaluate the effectiveness of legal Exclusion: CC403, JN311, MX311. responses to substance abuse. CC312 - Mental Health and Justice Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 or HS201. CC312/HS312/PD312 Mental Health and 3 lecture hours Justice 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CC306 Globalization, Crime and Social Justice 0.5 CC306 - Globalization, Crime and Social Justice Students will identify what constitutes a mental disorder and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 understand the prevalence of various mental illnesses in Canada. This course examines, from a criminological perspective, issues Students will focus on legal issues related to mental health raised by globalization. Topics may include responses to world including NCRMD and fitness to stand trial procedures, provincial poverty, world trade and justice, human rights, the development mental health legislation, risk assessment and management of international courts and tribunals, global environmental issues, techniques, violence risk and victimization, dangerousness and and legal approaches to world issues. stigma, and criminal justice policy.(Cross-listed as HS312 and Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior PD312.) student. Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior Exclusion: LY306. student. Exclusion: PD312/HS312, PD303. CC307 - Forensic Investigation CC307 Forensic Investigation 0.5 CC313 - Mean Justice: Criminal Injustice, Ethics & Rights This course is designed to provide a non-specialist overview of the CC313/HR313 Mean Justice: Criminal use and interpretation of physical forensic evidence in courts of Injustice, Ethics & Rights 0.5 law. Topics may include the moral, political and legal issues raised This course will explore criminal injustice, legal rights violations, by various kinds of evidence, forensic pathology, blood splatter and breaches of ethics within criminal justice systems. Topics may analysis, underwater recovery, toxicology, cremated remains, include: the wrongfully convicted, false confessions, jailhouse staged crime scenes and "questioned documents." Case studies are snitches, junk science, ritual abuse, recovered memory syndrome, used to illustrate these issues. legal/political corruption, the War on Drugs, mandatory Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior minimums, forfeiture, prison-industrial complex, racial profiling, student. police and prosecutorial misconduct, professional ethics and 3 lecture hours international perspectives on injustice. (Cross-listed as HR313.) Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 or CT260/HR260. CC308 - Corporate Deviance and Crime CC308 Corporate Deviance and Crime 0.5 Exclusion: HR313, LY313. A detailed examination of various forms of corporate and white- 3 lecture hours collar criminality, which may include the following topics: CC314 - Offender Rehabilitation environmental crimes, government corruption, economic crimes CC314 Offender Rehabilitation 0.5 and crimes against consumers. Students will review research, This course provides students with an overview of offender which explores different theoretical perspectives on this kind of rehabilitation. It examines the "nothing works" debate in criminal behaviour. corrections and reviews the empirical literature on the Prerequisite: CC100 and registration status: senior student. effectiveness of offender rehabilitation. Topics may include the various treatment approaches undertaken to reduce offending; CC310 - Outlaw Bikers CC310 Outlaw Bikers 0.5 treatment of specific offender subgroups such as substance This course seeks to explore the history, organization, and abusers, violent offenders, sex offenders, female offenders, and structure of outlaw biker gangs. The course will define outlaw young offenders; and the characteristics of effective programs. motorcycle gangs, describe their illegal activities, and their Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior membership rules and regulations. Special consideration will be student. given to the Canadian experience with outlaw bikers. Students will 3 lecture hours also be introduced international motorcycle gangs and to the CC315 - Evaluation Research various law enforcement responses to outlaw bikers. CC315/OL315 Evaluation Research 0.5 Prerequisite: CC100. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: CC405j and CC406. 36 lecture hours/term

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 248 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

This course surveys and applies the theories, methods and issues CC325/HR325 Crimes Against Humanity 0.5 CC325 - Crimes Against Humanity involved in the evaluation of programs and organizations in (Cross-listed as HR325.) training, educational and social service settings. Attention is also given to the historical, political, social and cultural circumstances CC326 - Transitional Justice of evaluation research. (Cross-listed as OL315.) CC326/HR326 Transitional Justice 0.5 Prerequisite: BF290 (or CT221). (Cross-listed as HR326.) Exclusion: CT315, HS321, OL315. CC327 - Statistics in Criminology and Criminal Justice CC327 Statistics in Criminology and Criminal CC316 - Organized Crime: International Perspectives CC316 Organized Crime: International Justice 0.5 Perspectives 0.5 This course is designed to provide students with a basic This course will examine international perspectives of organized knowledge of statistics and their interpretation as they apply to crime. Students will learn about the historical backgrounds, criminology and criminal justice issues. The course will assist in contemporary patterns, and emergent trends within International the development of the necessary critical thinking skills for Organized Crime groups. Students will be exposed to the criminal critiquing and evaluating criminal justice research. Students will activities, organizational hierarchy, rules and regulations, level of learn and apply the fundamentals of data analysis in criminal sophistication and law enforcement responses to transnational justice research, focusing on both descriptive and inferential organized crime. Some of the organized crime groups that may be statistics. explored include: the Sicilian Mafia, Camorra, Ndrangheta, Russian Prerequisite: CC100 and CC233/OL233 or PS295. Mafiya, Yakuza, Triads and Tongs, Columbian and Mexican Cartels. CC390 - Theories of Crime II Prerequisite: CC100 and CC205, or permission from the CC390 Theories of Crime II 0.5 Criminology program co-ordinator. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An exploration of critical theories of criminology from 1970s to CC317 - Police Investigation of Crimes CC317 Police Investigation of Crimes 0.5 the present including such topics as social constructivist theories, This course will introduce students to practical aspects of the Marxist theories, feminist theories, critical race theory, left- police work in investigation of crimes. Students will explore issues realism, routine activities theory, neo-classical theories, of police investigative methods and techniques. They will examine developmental criminology, post-modernism, Foucauldian how police powers are regulated by the Charter, the statutory law governmentality theory, and integrated theories. and judge-made law. The themes and the topics may include: Prerequisite: CC290 (or CC300). human rights in the investigation of crimes; overt and covert Exclusion: CC400. investigation; arrest procedures, eyewitness identification; search and seizure, wiretapping and surveillance, interrogation of CC401 Deviance and Diversity 0.5 CC401 - Deviance and Diversity suspects and interviewing of witnesses. Students may meet with Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 guest speakers including police officers, defense lawyers and judges who deal with the police investigation. This course examines the social construction of deviance and Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102. issues of social control, focusing on theory and contemporary 3 lecture hours research in the field. Topics to be covered may include sexual deviance, gambling, substance abuse and mental illness. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Criminology. CC318 Comparative Criminal Justice 0.5 CC318 - Comparative Criminal Justice Exclusion: SY318. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Seminar course This course will examine foreign legal and criminal justice systems. Students will gain a solid understanding of major legal CC404 Penology 0.5 CC404 - Penology and criminal justice traditions around the globe. Students may This course is concerned with the evolution of systems of also study how police, courts and correctional services function punishment in Western society and the effect of prison on abroad. inmates, their families and correctional officers. Students will Prerequisite: CC100 or CC102 and registration status: senior learn about the history and development of the carceral system in student. historical and international perspective. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Criminology. CC319 - Crime Prevention CC319 Crime Prevention 0.5 The purpose of this course is to examine key facets of crime CC407 Criminal Courts and Trials 0.5 CC407 - Criminal Courts and Trials prevention. Students will be given the opportunity to learn about Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 the nature of specific crimes, their consequences, and underlying root causes and their implications for primary, secondary and This course concerns how criminal law is practiced in Canadian tertiary prevention. The course will focus on crime prevention criminal courts. Topics to be addressed include the structure, programs and policies that have been developed in response to organization and hierarchy of the Canadian criminal courts as well crime. as the rights and duties of, and interaction between, such Prerequisite: CC100 and registration status: senior student. criminal law practitioners as Crown counsel, defence attorneys and Exclusion: CC405L. judges. Other topics may include: the adversary system; fair trial rights; disclosure; trial by jury; criminal lawyers' ethics; courtroom

249 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

environment, protocol and procedure; the role of criminal law CC415 Analyzing Issues in Policing 0.5 CC415 - Analyzing Issues in Policing practitioners during plea-bargaining, bail hearings, trial, Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 sentencing and the appeal. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours CC. This course builds on knowledge acquired in CC291 - Introduction Seminar course to Policing, and engages students in theoretically-informed analyses of contemporary issues in policing. The social, political, CC408 Contemporary Crime Policy and economic, technological, and criminal justice landscapes in which CC408 - Contemporary Crime Policy and Legislation in Canada police services operate provide important contexts for analyzing Legislation in Canada 0.5 the issues. A comparative examination of how issues are Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 constructed through media representations, scholarly texts, and This course exposes students to current and ongoing policy guest speaker presentations, and the implications of these, is debates in the Canadian criminal justice system. Course material emphasized. will vary each year, highlighting key changes in legislation, Prerequisite: CC291 and registration status: Year 4 Criminology. criminal justice, and/or correctional policy, and legal challenges, Seminar course and their implications for Canadians. Students will study the Federal legislative process as a political enterprise, examining the CC416 Advanced Issues in Theory and Practice 0.5 CC416 - Advanced Issues in Theory and Practice various roles of politics, research, and stakeholders in shaping Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 policy. Prerequisite: CC102 and registration status: Year 4 Honours CC or This writing-intensive seminar course provides students with permission of the department. opportunities to engage in the in-depth examination and Seminar course application of contemporary theoretical frameworks that inform current criminological research and writing. Students will read original works of theorists who have been influential in the field CC410 Directed Studies 0.5 CC410 - Directed Studies of criminology and will examine the application of these theories This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected in contemporary contexts. This course is highly recommended for topics in criminology. Students will discuss their topics and students who intend to pursue graduate studies. approaches to these topics with their professors and will normally Prerequisite: CC390 and registration status: Year 4 Criminology. meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare an Seminar course extended creative means of assessment, developed in consultation with their professor. Advanced Directed Studies in CC420* - Advanced Directed Studies in Criminology Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior CC credit and permission of the CC420* instructor. Criminology 1.0 Irregular course This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected advanced topics in criminology. Students will discuss their topics and approaches to these topics with their professors and will CC411 Special Topics in Crime and Deviance 0.5 CC411 - Special Topics in Crime and Deviance normally meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 an extended creative means of assessment, developed in A one-term study of a special topic of relevance to the area of consultation with their professor. crime and deviance. Specific course topics will be determined by Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior CC credit and permission of their the instructor. instructor. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Criminology. Irregular course Seminar/Irregular course CC425 - Advanced Quantitative Methods in Criminology and Criminal Justice CC425 Advanced Quantitative Methods in CC412 - Special Topics in Criminal Justice CC412 Special Topics in Criminal Justice 0.5 Criminology and Criminal Justice 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 A one-term study of a special topic of relevance to the area of This course is designed to provide students with an advanced criminal justice. Specific course topics will be determined by the application of social science research methods and statistics in instructor. criminology and criminal justice using SPSS (Predictive Analytics Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Criminology. Software or PASW). The course aims to help students develop Seminar/Irregular course practical skills in the design and execution of criminal justice research and to strengthen essential statistical understanding and CC413 - Special Topics in Cultural Criminology CC413 Special Topics in Cultural Criminology 0.5 data analysis skills. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: CC100 and CC327 or PS296 and registration status: Year 4 Criminology. A one-term study of a special topic of relevance to the area of Seminar course cultural criminology. Specific course topics will be determined by the instructor. CC426 - Qualitative Methodologies in Criminology Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Criminology. CC426/PD426 Qualitative Methodologies in Seminar/Irregular course Criminology 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 250 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

This course examines qualitative research methodologies in various contemporary and modern thinkers on each of these Criminology. It is designed to introduce students to concepts; how to apply these concepts to concrete real-world epistemological issues that distinguish qualitative from examples taken from contemporary news media; and how to quantitative methodologies and to provide an overview of develop and articulate their own opinions on these concepts in dimensions of qualitative research methodologies, including relation to those thinkers. By the end of the course students will research ethics, grounded theorizing, sampling, data collection have experience using Chicago style, writing an academic paper, techniques, and qualitative analysis. The course will assist in the and applying contemporary concepts to real-world examples. development of the necessary critical thinking skills for critiquing Prerequisite: BF190. and evaluating existing research on crime and deviance. Topics Exclusion: CT122. may include interviews, participant observation, interpretive BF290 - Academic Literacy: Social Sciences research, ethnomethodology, historical research, discourse BF290 Academic Literacy: Social Sciences 0.5 analysis, and feminist methodologies. (Cross-listed as PD426.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CC100 and CC233/OL233 or PS295 and registration status: Year 4 Criminology or Policing. This skills-based course provides students with a broad Exclusion: PD400, PD426. introduction to the social sciences as a scholarly enterprise. Seminar course Students will learn the basic skills necessary to find, understand, and critically evaluate research in the social sciences. Through lectures and small-group classes students will learn: how social CC499 Contested Issues in the Justice System 0.5 CC499 - Contested Issues in the Justice System scientists conduct research and report their results, including the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 distinction between quantitative and qualitative research; how to This course will critically explore both contemporary and historical use databases and other research tools to effectively gather examples of criminal justice controversies in Canada. scholarly information; how to critically evaluate social science Criminological issues often engender competing arguments research; how to frame social science research questions; how to including private, public and political debate. Controversies will synthesize and clearly articulate their findings in both oral and be fully explored providing for an analysis of competing written formats; and how to be ethical scholars by practicing perspectives and their implications for society. Topics may research and academic integrity. By the end of the course include: criminalization of prostitution, drugs, gambling, students will have experience using APA style, writing an corporate and environmental crime; powers of border security and annotated bibliography and a literature review, and making an police; the death penalty, gun control, and racial profiling. oral presentation. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours CC. Exclusion: CT221. Seminar course Game Design and Foundations Courses Development Program The Foundations courses provide a curriculum that introduces students to common themes in social sciences and humanities Program Co-ordinator: Scott Nicholson, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. research and lays the foundation for building necessary critical 5893, [email protected] thinking and communication skills for university success. The The Honours BFAA in Game Design and Development degree Foundations program is jointly administered by the Faculty of program is only available at the Brantford Campus. Human and Social Sciences and the Faculty of Liberal Arts. Students on the Brantford campus must successfully complete The Bachelor of Fine and Applied Arts in Game Design & BF190, BF199, BF290 and BF299 in order to meet graduation Development will introduce students to all of the skills necessary requirements. to conceptualize, create, adapt, and promote a game and use games to create transformations in the social and cultural spaces Foundations Courses Courses they inhabit. Graduates will be well positioned to communicate BF199 Modernity: Critique and Resistance 0.5 across the spectrum of gaming professions and understand the BF199 - Modernity: Critique and Resistance unique contributions brought by programmers, designers, story Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 boarders, editors, etc. This content-based course introduces students to key concepts that will help them become engaged political citizens of our Honours BFAA Game Design and contemporary global world. Students will learn about contemporary problems and ideas that have challenged and Development undermined traditional modern approaches to ethical and political Program Co-ordinator: Scott Nicholson, PhD, x5893, debate and decision-making both in Canada and around the world. [email protected] Through lectures, online discussions, and in-depth feedback on The Honours BFAA in Game Design and Development degree written work, students will learn: how to identify various political requires 20.0 credits, of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at and ethical concepts such as fascism, colonialism, the 100 level and at least 9.0 credits must be at the senior level. environmentalism, consumerism, disciplinary power, and neo- The program consists of 11.0 credits in Game Design and liberalism; how to compare and contrast the different opinions of Development, which includes 3.0 required credits from Conestoga College.

251 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Required BFAA Courses: PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II A. 7.0 credits including: UX100 - Design Thinking I: Foundations DD101 - Game Design Foundations UX103/JN103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction DD102 - Analog Gaming and Interactivity E. Degree Program Electives: An additional 8.0 credits toward the DD220 - Introduction to Interactivity degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must DD300 - Ethics in Gaming successfully complete the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, DD350 - Project Management BF290, BF299. DD410 - Capstone Project in Gaming DD411 - Capstone Project in Digital Entrepreneurship HR252/JN252 - Designing Digital and Social Media Program Regulations JN202 - Cross-Media Storytelling JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for KS215 - Game Cultures progression and course regulations and the earlier section MB115 - Information Technology regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. OL224/PD224 - Organizational Leadership 2. Progression/Graduation: UX303/JN303 - Research in User Experience Design Students must achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) overall B. 1.0 required credit (2 x 0.5-credit courses) must be completed and 5.00 (C) in the Game Design and Development program from the following list of courses: to progress until the end of Year 2 (after the completion of CC210 - Psychology of Crime 10.0 credits). CC311 - Crime, Media and the Law Progression in Conestoga classes requires a minimum grade CT280 - Popular Culture & Meaning of 65% in each Conestoga class, and is subject to the DD312 - Special Topics discretion of the Game Design & Development Program Co- DD412 - Special Topics ordinator. DD441 - Gamification and Gameful Design Progression from Year 3 (after completion of 15.0 credits) EN201 - Children's Literature to Year 4 requires a cumulative GPA of 5.00 overall (C) and EN210 - Literature and Social Change an Honours GPA of 7.00 (B-) in the Game Design and EN285 - Tween Literature and Culture Development program. Students who do not meet Honours EN286 - Young Adult Literature progression requirements are permitted to proceed to Year EN304 - Technical Writing 4 only at the discretion of the Game Design & Development EN381 - Gaming and Narrative Theory Program Co-ordinator. FS245 - Documentary Film Students who do not meet progression requirements will be FS260 - Youth Culture in Film placed in the General Bachelor of Arts without JN327/MX327 - Social Documentary designation. Students who do not meet Honours HS219/HR219 - Critical Disabilities Studies progression requirements after completion of 15.0 credits OL365 - Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation and who meet graduation requirements for the General UX300 - Information Design Bachelor of Arts Degree without designation may choose to WS203 - Girls, Women and Popular Culture graduate from the Faculty of Human and Social Sciences YC208/ID208 - Indigenous Play and Games with the General Bachelor of Arts Degree without YC326/CT326 - Children, Toys and Media designation. C. An additional 3.0 senior credits in Game Design and Students must achieve a 5.0 (C) overall and an Honours Development offered through Conestoga College on the Brantford GPA of 7.00 (B-) in the Game Design and Development campus of WLU are required. Enrolment in Conestoga Game Design program in order to graduate with the Honours Bachelor of & Development courses is only permitted by Honours Game Design Fine Arts in Game Design and Development degree. & Development students. Students who do not meet GPA A student who has completed the course/program requirements and are removed from the program are only requirements of the Game Design and Development Degree permitted to repeat Conestoga courses at the discretion of the program, but who has not obtained the necessary GPA, may Game Design & Development Program Co-ordinator. elect to receive a General Bachelor of Arts without D. 1.0 required credit from Other Disciplines (2 x 0.5-credit designation from the Faculty of Human and Social courses) must be completed from the following list: Sciences. Program Note CC100 - Introduction to Criminology CP104 - Introduction to Programming 1. OL140 is strongly recommended as preparation for OL224. CT100 - The Engaged Citizen: Social and Environmental Justice in the 21st Century HS101 - Physical Determinants of Health ID120/CT120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies MB105 - Business in a Networked Society OL140 - Leadership Foundations PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 252 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Game Design and Development Program Prerequisite: Games and Usability (pending Senate Approval) and HR252/JN252. Courses DD101 - Game Design Foundations DD312 - Special Topics DD101 Game Design Foundations 0.5 DD312 Special Topics 0.5 Designers are responsible for Game Design Documents, which Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 define the content and vision of a game, focused on the principles This course focuses on a special area or topic in game studies. of interaction and entertainment. This course is a study of a broad Specific course topics will be determined by the instructor. selection of theory and skills relating to the conception, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. development and documentation of a game, including the history Irregular course of games, development of game mechanics, procedural thinking, incorporation of artistic elements, and level and scenario design. DD350 Project Management 0.5 DD350 - Project Management 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 DD102 Analog Gaming and Interactivity 0.5 Projects and project management tools are an important part of DD102 - Analog Gaming and Interactivity the way organizations accomplish tasks. This course will give Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 students an introduction to project management tools and terms This course studies theory and skills relating to the conception, such as scope, charter, project teams, work breakdown structures, development and documentation of an analog (board) game. Gantt charts, scheduling, risk management, and project Students will initiate an analog game design project and bring it monitoring. Students will learn how to create a digital brief and to completion by way of introduction to the history and theory of employ standard PM principles to collaborative work. This course games, concept development, project management, branding and will prepare students to take the CAP-M exam, which, if passed design. In the process of learning about game design, they will results in the Certified Associate in Project Management also be introduced to the basic principles of interactivity. designation. Prerequisite: DD101. Exclusion: DD100. DD410 - Capstone Project in Gaming DD410 Capstone Project in Gaming 0.5 Students will research a social, business, or other problem and DD220 - Introduction to Interactivity DD220 Introduction to Interactivity 0.5 develop a gamified solution for it. They will outline a concept, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 make the game/prototype, and present the process and final An introduction to the history, theory and practice of interactive product. The capstone project is designed to provide students art and communication. Emphasis throughout the class is paces on with the opportunity to reflect academically on the components of creative practice in multimedia: project planning/storyboarding, games and demonstrate the successful integration of theoretical idea generation, prototyping, testing and completion of knowledge and practical application. Presentation of their interactive works. The class will also incorporate hands-on reflection and research in a public forum will prepare students for tutorials, demonstrations, lectures, discussions, and critiques. the job search process. Prerequisite: DD102. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4.

DD230 - Introduction to Visual Culture DD411 - Capstone Project in Digital Entrepreneurship DD230 Introduction to Visual Culture 0.5 DD411 Capstone Project in Digital Like texts, images must be read, and the goal of this class is to Entrepreneurship 0.5 develop techniques of critical analysis and interpretation of visual Students will take their prototype game/gamified strategy from phenomena and to learn to understand the complex social, DD410 through the entrepreneurial incubator process developed cultural and political power structures that govern them, by the Launch Pad, in order to determine the marketability/ connecting texts to contexts. Topics may include the production viability of their proposed product. and reception of visual images in different cultures and the ways Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4. in which visual imagery has responded to social and cultural DD412 - Special Topics factors including (for example) religion, commerce, urban DD412 Special Topics 0.5 experiences, the body, sexuality and gender, or warfare. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 lecture hours/term This course focuses on a special area or topic in game studies. Specific course topics will be determined by the instructor. DD300 - Ethics in Gaming DD300 Ethics in Gaming 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 registration in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Game Design and Development. This course examines the legal and ethical implications of gaming Irregular course and game design. Students will learn about legal issues in game DD441 - Gamification and Gameful Design design, including copyright, and explore ethical issues such as DD441 Gamification and Gameful Design 0.5 freedom of expression, representations of sex, violence and other Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 human behaviour, and examine the social and political pressures applied to gaming as entertainment and gaming for serious purposes.

253 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Games have the power to motivate and engage players. By taking Public Health elements from games, designers can motivate users to engage The Honours Bachelor of Arts and Science in Public Health is with non-game settings. This course will explore gamification concerned with understanding how physical and social factors methods that motivate users with extrinsic rewards and gameful influence health status, with the aim of identifying and promoting design concepts that build intrinsic motivation. Students will be interventions that will reduce disease and injury, prolong life, and experiencing and designing game-based layers for real-world improve population health. Students in the program will examine settings. This is not a programming class, and no prior game the impacts of biology, environmental quality, social status, design experience is required. health care services and government policies on risks to the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. health of individuals and communities, and gain the research skills necessary to improve our understanding of these DD490 - Directed Studies DD490 Directed Studies 0.5 relationships. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Individual study on a specialized topic. Students wishing to Full-Time Faculty pursue a course of directed studies must, with a faculty supervisor, formulate a proposal accurately describing the course Kari Brozowski, PhD, (On Sabbatical January 1, 2018 - content, the intended method and extent of supervision, and the June 30, 2018) method by which work will be evaluated. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or 4, and approval of the Timothy Gawley, PhD program co-ordinator. Rebecca Godderis, PhD Irregular course James LeClair, PhD, Chair, Health Studies Janet Mclaughlin, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - June 30, 2018) Health Studies Richelle Monaghan, PhD, Undergraduate Officer Katherine Rossiter, PhD Chair: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. 5752, [email protected] The Honours BA in Community Health, Honours Combination BA in Community Health Community Health and Minor in Community Health; Honours BASc in Public Health; Honours B.A. in Health Administration; and HS Chair, Health Studies: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. 5752, [email protected] Honours BA Community Health Community Health: The Honours BA in Community Health consists of 20.0 credits, of The Honours Bachelor of Arts degree in Community Health which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. The program provides students with an opportunity to explore and recognize must include a minimum of 9.0 senior credits, within the honours the wide range of social, biological, and institutional factors that BA Community Health program. influence the health and well-being of communities; as defined by geography, socioeconomic status, gender, cultural makeup, Requirements: ability, and vulnerability. Students in the program will develop the Students must complete all required Community Health courses capacity to identify the most significant health challenges in (3.0 credits) plus all requirements associated with their area of communities, to evaluate the factors that create health risks for concentration. members of those communities, and to study and make recommendations for program and policy interventions that will Students in the program focus their studies in one of three areas improve health status within their communities of concern. An of concentration: area of concentration will be chosen from either Health Studies, Health Studies Autism and Behavioural Science, or Addictions and Mental Health. Autism and Behavioural Science, or Addictions and Mental Health Health Administration The Honours Bachelor of Arts in Health Administration program Students in the latter two areas of concentration will complete a provides students with a broad understanding of the diverse graduate certificate offered by Conestoga College (Brantford factors affecting population health, with a focus on the provision, Campus) during their third year of study. Students will receive 3.0 management, and utilization of health care. This program is senior HS credits and 2.0 senior miscellaneous credits toward the developed around a core of Community Health courses, completion of their Laurier degree requirements, providing all supplemented by key courses in leadership that provide a unique requirements are met. opportunity to develop the critical skills and knowledge necessary Required Community Health Courses (all concentrations): (3.0 to become a capable manager and leader within the health and credits) social services sector – one of Canada's largest and fastest- growing employment sectors.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 254 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

HS101 - Physical Determinants of Health HS307 - Child and Youth Health HS200 - Social Determinants of Health HS401* - Current Developments in Health Studies or HS402* - HS201 - Canadian Health Care Systems Health Studies Practicum HS220 - Epidemiology & Public Health PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I HS322 - Health Policy PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II HS408 - Health and Social Theory: Health, Illness and Medicine as PS275 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Infancy and Culture Childhood Additional Health Studies Concentration Requirements: PS276 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adolescence Required Courses (4.5 credits): and Young Adulthood CT203/HS203 - Disease and Society plus completion of a Conestoga College graduate certificate CT227/HS227 - Aging: Realities and Myths program (5.0 transfer credits) HS207 - An Introduction to Public Health HS314 - Health Promotion OR HS321 - Health Program Evaluation Addictions and Mental Health Concentration Requirements: HS324 - Biostatistics Required Laurier Courses: (5.0 credits) HS325 - Qualitative Methods in Health Research HR219/HS219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HS401* - Current Developments in Health Studies HS233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods Plus a minimum of 2.5 credits selected from the following: HS250 - Medicalization CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice HS302 - Issues in Mental Health HR219/HS219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HS401* - Current Developments in Health Studies or HS402* - HS312/CC312 - Mental Health and Justice Health Studies Practicum HR329/HS329 - Global Health and Social Justice PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I HS208 - Autism: Individual and Social Issues across the Spectrum PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II HS250 - Medicalization PS280 - Abnormal Psychology HS266 - Health and Nutrition SK111 - Introduction to Social Welfare HS300 - Infection and Immunity Plus completion of a Conestoga College graduate certificate HS301 - Occupational Health and Safety program (5.0 transfer credits) HS302 - Issues in Mental Health Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the HS303 - Environment and Health degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must HS305 - Development of the Health Professions complete the Foundations curriculum (2.0 credits): BF190, BF199, HS307 - Child and Youth Health BF290, BF299. HS331 - Gerontology HS344 - Health and Gender Notes HS346 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for HS347 - The Body progression and course regulations and the earlier section HS402* - Health Studies Practicum regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. HS405 - Special Topics in Health HS410 - Death and Dying 2. Students completing the Honours Community Health HS411 - Critical Perspectives on Sexuality, Health and Society program are excluded from completing the Honours Health HS412 - Directed Studies Administration program. PP217 - Medical Ethics Honours BA Community Health in OR Combination with another Honours BA Students in the Honours Community Health program may choose to specialize though an agreement with Conestoga College. Under Program this agreement, students who have successfully completed 10.0 The combined Honours Community Health program consists of credits, including PS101, PS102, PS275 and PS276, or PS280 with 20.0 credits, of which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. honours status in Community Health shall be eligible to enrol in a The program must include a minimum of 6.0 senior credits within graduate certificate program through Conestoga College during the honours BA Community Health program. their third year of study. Completion of the graduate certificate Requirements: with a minimum average of 70% will allow for the transfer of 5.0 senior credits, including 3.0 senior HS credits and 2.0 senior misc. Students must complete all required courses (6.5 credits). credits. Students are strongly encouraged to seek academic Students who are required to take research methods and statistics advising to ensure completion of all prerequisites and courses in their second honours program should seek academic requirements. advice to avoid duplication. Additional Autism and Behavioural Science Concentration Requirements: Required HS Courses: (6.5 credits) Required Laurier Courses: (5.0 credits) HS101, HS200, HS201, CT203/HS203, HS207, HS220, CT227/ HR219/HS219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HS227, HS314, HS321, HS322, HS324, HS325, HS408. HS208 - Autism: Individual and Social Issues across the Spectrum HS233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods

255 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.5 credits toward the Required Leadership Courses (2.0 credits) degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second honours MB109/OL109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary BA major. All students must complete the Foundations curriculum Society (2.0 credits): BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. OL140 - Leadership Foundations OL224 - Organizational Leadership Program Notes OL340 - Leadership, Culture and Change 1. Students completing the honours Community Health program are excluded from completing the Honours Health Additional Health Administration Courses (minimum of 1.5 Administration program. credits): In choosing from the following list of optional courses, students 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression should be aware that some of these courses have prerequisites. and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Although these prerequisites may be waived by the program Regulations for All Honours Programs. administering the course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. Community Health Minor HR100, HR261 (with CSL), HS203, HS219/HR219, HS250, HS302, The minor in Community Health consists of 3.0 credits, 2.0 of HS303, HS305, HS307, HS314, HS329/HR329, HS331, HS344, which are senior. This includes 1.5 HS credits, including HS101 HS347, HS401*, HS405, HS410, HS411, HS412, OL251, OL365, and 1.5 additional credits within the Honours Community Health OL370, OL415. program (can be HS courses). Students in the Honours Health Administration program must Notes specialize in Human Resources Management or Community and 1. BSW students may also count SK432 as 0.5 of the Social Services Management through an articulation agreement additional credits. with Conestoga College. Under this agreement, students who have successfully completed 10.0 credits including OL224 (or 2. Students in Honours Health Administration and Honours equivalent), with at least a 5.0 GPA in these courses shall be Bachelor of Arts and Science in Public Health are excluded eligible to enroll, normally during the third year of full-time from completing this minor. study, in one of these post-degree/post-diploma programs 3. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. through Conestoga College. Students completing these courses with an average of 70% or better will receive 5.0 senior credits as Health Administration follows: Human Resources Management: 2.5 senior OL credits, 2.5 senior Chair, Health Studies: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. miscellaneous credits 5752, [email protected] Community and Social Services Management: 2.5 senior OL credits, 2.5 senior miscellaneous credits The Honours BA Health Administration program is only available at the Brantford Campus. Notes The Health Administration program provides students with a broad 1. Refer to the University Undergraduate Regulations understanding of the diverse factors affecting the provision, chapter for progression and course regulations and the management, and utilization of health care. This program is earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours developed around a core of courses in health studies and Programs. leadership, and includes completion of a Conestoga College post- 2. Students completing the honours program in Health graduate certificate. Graduates of the program will be prepared to Administration are excluded from completing the Honours assume integral roles in the health care sector in Canada. Community Health and the Honours Leadership programs, Honours BA Health Administration the minor in Community Health as well as the Management Option. Students may declare a minor in Leadership. Program Co-ordinator: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. 5752, [email protected] Public Health The Honours Health Administration program consists of 20 credits, Chair, Health Studies: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. of which no more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. The program 5752, [email protected] must include a minimum of 14.0 credits within Health Administration. Students must complete all required courses (7.5 Honours Bachelor of Arts and Science in credits) from the Health Studies and Leadership categories, plus a minimum of 1.5 additional Health Administration credits, and 5.0 Public Health credits from either of Conestoga's post-graduate certificates in Program Co-ordinator: James LeClair, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. Human Resources Management or Community and Social Service 5752, [email protected] Management. All students in the program must successfully complete the The Honours BASc in Public Health consists of 20.0 credits, of Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, and BF299. which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. Required Heath Studies Courses (5.5 credits) HS101, HS200, HS201, HS220, HS227/CT227, HS233/CC233/ OL233, HS321, HS322, HS402*, HS408

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 256 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Students must complete 13.0 credits including all required courses HS411 - Critical Perspectives on Sexuality, Health and Society (10.0 credits), plus a minimum of 1.5 additional Public Health HS412 - Directed Studies credits, and 1.5 additional Community Health credits. PP217 - Medical Ethics All students in the program must complete the Foundations curriculum (2.0 credits): BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Regulations 1. For progression and graduation, a minimum cumulative Required Courses: (10.0 credits) overall GPA of 6.0 is required. BI110 - Unifying Life Processes BI111 - Biological Diversity and Evolution 2. Students who successfully completed all credits of the BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology program (20.0), but who cannot graduate because their CH110 - Fundamentals of Chemistry I GPA is insufficient, have the option of receiving a General CH111 - Fundamentals of Chemistry II Bachelor of Arts and Science degree if they have achieved a HS200 - Social Determinants of Health minimum cumulative overall GPA of 4.00. HS201 - Canadian Health Care Systems 3. Students in Honours Bachelor of Arts and Science in Public HS202 - Human Anatomy and Physiology I Health are excluded from completing the Community HS204 - Human Anatomy & Physiology II Health minor. HS207 - An Introduction to Public Health HS220 - Epidemiology & Public Health Health Studies Courses HS300 - Infection and Immunity HS101 HS101 - Physical Determinants of Health HS301 - Occupational Health and Safety Physical Determinants of Health 0.5 HS314 - Health Promotion For students with little or no background in human biology, this HS321 - Health Program Evaluation course is a basic introduction to biological concepts related to HS322 - Health Policy human health and disease. Topics include a review of anatomy, HS324 - Biostatistics physiology and the pathology of selected organ systems and their HS401* - Current Developments in Health Studies or HS402* - associated diseases. Health Studies Practicum Exclusion: SC103. HS409 - Infection Control and Prevention 3 lecture hours

Additional Public Health Courses: (a minimum of 1.5 credits) HS200 Social Determinants of Health 0.5 HS200 - Social Determinants of Health selected from: Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CH202 - Organic Chemistry I: Fundamentals HS206 - Genetics and the Human Genome This course explores the nexus between social justice and health. HS303 - Environment and Health How do various social, economic and environmental influences HS304 - Nutrition and Metabolism impact health? How can addressing inequities relating to issues HS308 - Parasitology for Public Health such as socioeconomic status, race, gender, social support, food HS315 - Pathophysiology security and living and working conditions, improve population HS326 - Human Pharmacology health? HS340 - Advanced Human Anatomy and Physiology Prerequisite: BF190 (or CT122). Exclusion: SY321, SY323*. Additional Community Health Courses: (a minimum of 1.5 credits) selected from: HS201 Canadian Health Care Systems 0.5 HS201 - Canadian Health Care Systems HS203 - Disease and Society This course is an introduction to the structure and inter- HS208 - Autism: Individual and Social Issues across the Spectrum relationships between the many federal and provincial initiatives HS219 - Critical Disabilities Studies and institutions that comprise health care in Canada. Topics will HS227 - Aging: Realities and Myths include: federal and provincial jurisdictions in health, funding HS250 - Medicalization arrangements, and public and private health care, among others. HS266 - Health and Nutrition Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. HS302 - Issues in Mental Health Exclusion: HE302 HS305 - Development of the Health Professions 3 lecture hours HS307 - Child and Youth Health HS312 - Mental Health and Justice HS202 - Human Anatomy and Physiology I HS325 - Qualitative Methods in Health Research HS202 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 0.5 HS329 - Global Health and Social Justice Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 HS331 - Gerontology This course is an introduction to the structure and function of the HS344 - Health and Gender human body. Attention will be paid to the integumentary, HS346 muscular, skeletal, nervous, and endocrine systems, and their HS347 - The Body integration with other organ systems. HS405 - Special Topics in Health Prerequisite: BI111. HS408 - Health and Social Theory: Health, Illness and Medicine as Exclusion: BI210, BI216, BI217, HN210, HN220, KP220, KP223. Culture HS410 - Death and Dying

257 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

HS203/CT203 Disease and Society 0.5 This course is an introduction to epidemiology and its application HS203 - Disease and Society to public health. Consideration is given to the ways in which (Cross-listed as CT203.) variations in morbidity and mortality in human populations are studied, and how they can provide insight into the causes of HS204 - Human Anatomy & Physiology II HS204 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 0.5 disease. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 Exclusion: HE300, HS320, KP434. This course is a continuation of HS202. Attention will be paid to HS227 - Aging: Realities and Myths the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and HS227/CT227 Aging: Realities and Myths 0.5 reproductive systems, and their integration with other organ Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 systems. Physical and cognitive changes can be part of the aging process. Prerequisite: HS202. How we understand, describe and respond to these changes has Exclusion: BI210, BI216, BI217, HN210, HN220, KP220, KP223. evolved over recent generations. This course examines social understandings and ideologies in relation to the biological HS206 - Genetics and the Human Genome HS206 Genetics and the Human Genome 0.5 changes associated with aging. (Cross-listed as CT227.) This course will introduce Mendelian and population genetics, Exclusion: CT227, SY216. with an emphasis on the inheritance of genetic diseases. The HS233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods human genome project and natural selection will also be HS233/CC233/OL233 Introduction to Social considered. Science Research Prerequisite: BI111. Methods 0.5 Exclusion: BI226. (Cross-listed as CC233/OL233.) HS207 An Introduction to Public Health 0.5 HS207 - An Introduction to Public Health HS250 Medicalization 0.5 HS250 - Medicalization Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course introduces public heath theory and practise. Consideration will be given to the history and development of Medicalization is the process by which everyday experiences public health movements in Canada and globally; the integration become labelled and treated as medical issues. Since the 20th of health knowledge into institutional policy and professional century, Western societies have become increasingly medicalized, practise; and the methodological, scientific, social, professional, and this change has led to shifts in how we define what it means and organizational bases of public health. to be healthy, and how we respond to disease. This course will Prerequisite: HS200. explore different examples of medicalization, such as the increasing use of pharmaceuticals to treat anxiety and depression, and the re-introduction of midwifery into the Canadian health HS208 Autism: Individual and Social Issues HS208 - Autism: Individual and Social Issues across the Spectrum care system. Students will develop a nuanced understanding of across the Spectrum 0.5 the concept of medicalization while also critically examining the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 impact of medicine on our society and culture. This course examines the complex challenges and opportunities Prerequisite: HS201. facing people with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and their HS266 - Health and Nutrition families. Material will explore social, political, policy and HS266 Health and Nutrition 0.5 economic issues and controversies surrounding autism. This course explores basic nutrition concepts, including Prerequisite: HR219/HS219. metabolism, food sources, and optimal choices for the promotion and maintenance of health throughout the human life cycle, and HS219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HS219/HR219 Critical Disabilities Studies 0.5 how these are communicated. Emphasis is given to special needs This course takes disability as both the subject and object of during pregnancy, lactation, athletics and weight control. Food inquiry. In order to critically examine the meaning of impairment safety, additives, , labelling and other public health and disability in contemporary culture, this course will draw from measures designed to protect the public are also explored. multiple disciplinary perspectives, including critical social theory, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. legal studies, human rights and biomedicine. Topics may include 3 lecture hours the history of disability studies, disability rights, advocacy and HS300 - Infection and Immunity activism, biomedical and bioethical dilemmas regarding disability HS300 Infection and Immunity 0.5 and impairment, and an exploration of disability as a social, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 rather than physical, construction. (Cross-listed as HR219.) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. This course examines the anatomical and physiological basis of Exclusion: HR219, SY339. human immunity. Mechanisms involved in the immune response 3 lecture hours are examined from the perspective of defence against infectious agents. As well, autoimmunity, hypersensitivity, immunodeficiency, and the control of infectious disease from a HS220 Epidemiology & Public Health HS220 - Epidemiology & Public Health 0.5 public health perspective are considered. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: HS204.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 258 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

HS301 - Occupational Health and Safety HS307 - Child and Youth Health HS301 Occupational Health and Safety 0.5 HS307 Child and Youth Health 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course will explore the unique health problems and health On-the-job hazards are of significance for both the short- and care needs of children and youth. The importance of early life as a long-term health and well-being of workers and, in some cases, determinant of adult health status will be considered, as will the their families. This course examines both historical and opportunities and challenges associated with promoting healthy contemporary hazards to health and well-being in the workplace, living amongst children and youth. as well as efforts made to protect workers through health and Prerequisite: HS200 or permission from the instructor. safety legislation. 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: HS200 or WORK100. HS308 - Parasitology for Public Health HS308 Parasitology for Public Health 0.5 HS302 - Issues in Mental Health HS302 Issues in Mental Health 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Mental health problems are amongst the most prevalent and costly This course examines the impact of parasites on human health. sources of disability in the Canadian population. This course The pathophysiology of parasitic diseases, as well as methods of examines the prevalence of mental health problems in various their control, treatment and prevention will be considered. populations, considers mental illness as a social, cultural, and Prerequisite: HS300. biomedical construct, and reviews a variety of treatment and Exclusion: BI484. policy-related responses to this significant health issue. HS312 - Mental Health and Justice Prerequisite: HS101 and HS200. HS312/CC312/PD312 Mental Health and Justice 0.5 HS303 - Environment and Health HS303 Environment and Health 0.5 (Cross-listed as CC312 and PD312.) This course considers the link between a variety of environmental HS314 - Health Promotion hazards, both natural and human-made, and their links to ill- HS314 Health Promotion 0.5 health in the population. As well, consideration is given to This course considers the theory and practice of health promotion environmental change, and its potential impact on both infectious in Canada. Topics may include health promotion models, program and non-infectious disease. planning, implementation, and evaluation, community outreach, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. marketing techniques, strategies for reaching at-risk populations, and health needs assessment. HS304 - Nutrition and Metabolism HS304 Nutrition and Metabolism 0.5 Prerequisite: HS200 and HS201. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3 lecture hours This course examines the fundamental principles of nutrition and HS315 - Pathophysiology metabolism, including a review of the digestion and absorption of HS315 Pathophysiology 0.5 carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids, and how these This course examines the pathophysiology of selected health macronutrients are utilized as substrates in human metabolic challenges. The prevalence, causes, and alterations in function pathways. Topics may include differences in substrate metabolism associated with common diseases will be examined. Consideration with aging, gender, exercise, and hormone regulation. Current may also be given to the medical management of selected research will be used to critically evaluate contemporary illnesses. perspectives on nutrition. Prerequisite: HS204. Prerequisite: BI236, HS204. HS321 - Health Program Evaluation Exclusion: KP332. HS321 Health Program Evaluation 0.5 Health programs rely extensively on evaluation for the purposes of HS305 - Development of the Health Professions HS305 Development of the Health Professions 0.5 program development, monitoring, and accountability. This course The focus of this course is the study of health care occupations, introduces primary theories and methodologies that are used to and the professional and semiprofessional status of health care conduct program evaluations in community and public health workers such as physicians, nurses and others. Topics may include: settings. Topics may include evaluation theory, needs assessment, the socialization of health care workers, struggles for stakeholder roles, ethics, and quantitative and qualitative professionalization, feminization of health care occupations, research. health care work performed outside of large organizations, and Prerequisite: HS201. challenges to health care occupations' expertise and professional Exclusion: CC315/CT315/OL315. status. HS322 - Health Policy Prerequisite: HS200 and HS201. HS322 Health Policy 0.5 3 lecture hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course explores the policies and politics of health-related issues in Canada with relevant international comparisons. Throughout the course, the impact of the Canadian political process on health policy and historical milestones in Canadian health care will be examined to demonstrate how health policy is shaped by social, political and economic forces.

259 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

HS340 - Advanced Human Anatomy and Physiology Prerequisite: HS200 and HS201. HS340 Advanced Human Anatomy and Physiology 0.5 HS323 - Health Policy in the Welfare State HS323 Health Policy in the Welfare State 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course considers health policies and programs in several Advanced Human Anatomy & Physiology will provide an in-depth welfare states such as Canada, the U.S., Britain, France, Australia understanding of human anatomy and the integration of body and/or the Scandinavian countries. Topics may include: means- systems. Both systemic and regional approaches will be considered testing, the history of specific policies in a country or countries, while students learn to analyze movement, integrate and expand comparative policy analysis, and health outcomes. their knowledge of anatomy and physiology, and research an area Prerequisite: HS201. of clinical interest. Prerequisite: HS204; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 in HS324 - Biostatistics HS324 Biostatistics 0.5 Health Studies BASc. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: HN320. Students will learn the fundamental concepts of experimental HS344 - Health and Gender design and analysis used in contemporary health research. Health- HS344 Health and Gender 0.5 related data sets will be analyzed and interpreted using both This course will explore the gendered nature of health and illness univariate and multivariate statistical techniques. An emphasis by examining how the construction of masculinity and femininity will be placed on gathering and interpreting epidemiological data. contribute to different experiences of health, illness and the Prerequisite: HS220 or HS320. healthcare system. The course will cover a range of health-related Exclusion: BI393, OL334. issues for which gender has been of special importance. Topics may include: mental health, reproductive health, sexual health HS325 - Qualitative Methods in Health Research HS325 Qualitative Methods in Health and sexuality, occupational health and work, and health policy. Research 0.5 Prerequisite: HS200. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: JN344. 3 lecture hours This course details qualitative research methods that are used to collect, analyze and interpret the individual and cultural HS347 - The Body experiences of health and health care. Topics include qualitative HS347 The Body 0.5 research processes and designs, research ethics, interviews, This course works to understand the body's social and cultural ethnographies, focus groups, content analysis, discourse analysis role. Departing from a physiological, or biomedical, explanation of and narrative analysis. the body, this course understands bodies as residing at the Prerequisite: BF290 and HS200 or permission of the instructor. intersection between the "private" (individual) and "public" (social). Course material will draw from a number of perspectives, HS326 Human Pharmacology 0.5 including those from sociology, anthropology, geography, HS326 - Human Pharmacology philosophy, theatre and performance studies, in order to critically Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 explore dynamics of the body and embodiment. This course will examine how pharmaceuticals are used to treat Prerequisite: HS200. common conditions such as high blood pressure, hyperlipidemia, 3 lecture hours inflammation, depression, pain, cancer, and bacterial/viral HS401* - Current Developments in Health Studies infections. Mechanisms of drug action, contraindications and HS401* Current Developments in Health adverse drug effects, and evidence-based alternatives to the use Studies 1.0 of some drugs will be considered. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: CH111 and HS204, Year 3 status in Health Studies BASc. This course is an opportunity for students to explore some of the most recent developments in health-related research. Students HS329 - Global Health and Social Justice HS329/HR329 Global Health and Social will be expected to conduct research on a health-related topic as Justice 0.5 part of the course. Prerequisite: OL334 or HS324 and/or HS335 and registration (Cross-listed as HR329.) status: Year 4 Health Studies or Year 4 Health Administration. Seminar course HS331 - Gerontology HS331 Gerontology 0.5 The multidisciplinary study of aging is examined in order to HS402* Health Studies Practicum 1.0 HS402* - Health Studies Practicum provide students with an introduction to gerontology. Aspects of This course will expose students to actual health care settings. biology, sociology, psychology and the demographics of aging Through lectures, professional mentorship and on-site workshops, from both a local and global perspective are considered. students will integrate academic learning and the observation of Prerequisite: HS200 and CT227/HS227. ongoing health care activities. Exclusion: HS210. Prerequisite: HS201 and registration status: Year 4 Health Studies 3 lecture hours or Year 4 Health Administration.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 260 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

HS405 Special Topics in Health 0.5 disease. Please note that students enrolled in this course should HS405 - Special Topics in Health be comfortable discussing matters of sexuality in a classroom This course will address selected topics in health. (Offered by setting. Health Administration) Prerequisite: HS200, HS344 or CT370. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Health Administration or Seminar course Health Studies. Exclusion: HD405. HS412 - Directed Studies Irregular course HS412 Directed Studies 0.5 Students may explore selected topics in health studies. The HS408 - Health and Social Theory: Health, Illness and Medicine as Culture HS408 Health and Social Theory: Health, content of the course will be Illness and Medicine as Culture 0.5 negotiated between student and instructor. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Health Studies or Year 4 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Health Administration. Knowledge about health, illness and medicine are central to the Irregular course definition of self in Western society. This course uses contemporary theories to explore a variety of health issues in order to develop a socio-cultural understanding of the role of medicine and the healthcare system in the Western world. Topics International Policy Program may include: power relations and the medical encounter, (Faculty of Arts) representations of medicine and illness in popular culture, lay perspectives on illness and health, and the connection between International Policy Option health theory and health care service delivery. Prerequisite: HS200, HS322 and registration status: Year 4 Health International Policy Option Studies or Year 4 Health Administration. Seminar course Leadership Program The Honours BA and Combined BA Leadership Program has HS409 Infection Control and Prevention HS409 - Infection Control and Prevention 0.5 suspended admissions beginning 2014/15. The Option and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Minor will still be offered. This course considers fundamental microbiological and Program Co-ordinator: Lamine Diallo, PhD, ext. 5723, epidemiological concepts as they relate to infection control and [email protected] prevention, outbreak surveillance techniques, and the investigation and management of outbreaks. Attention will be The Honours BA program, option and minor in Leadership are only given to a selection of institutional and community contexts, such available at the Brantford Campus. as hospitals and long term care facilities, and a variety of populations, selected from children, older adults, first-responders, The Honours BA Leadership program focuses on the primary care-providers, and support-workers. interdisciplinary problems facing our leaders and our Prerequisite: HS300. organizations. It explores, from a liberal arts perspective, a range of historical and emerging contemporary resources relevant to these challenges. Graduates will find themselves well equipped to HS410 Death and Dying 0.5 HS410 - Death and Dying understand organizations and leadership, and well prepared for Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 leadership positions in a wide range of organizations. What are the biological and social processes associated with death and dying? What roles do institutions play in this process? This Leadership and Human Resources course considers the individual as well as the institutional factors that shape the experiences of death and dying in historical and Management contemporary perspective. Students in the Honours Leadership program may specialize in Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Health Studies or Year 4 human resources management through an articulation agreement Health Administration. with Conestoga College. Under this agreement, students who have Exclusion: RE313. completed the required 100-level and 200-level OL courses with a Seminar course minimum GPA of 5.0 in these courses will be eligible to enroll in the post degree/post diploma program in Human Resources HS411 - Critical Perspectives on Sexuality, Health and Society HS411 Critical Perspectives on Sexuality, Management at Conestoga College. If these students complete Health and Society 0.5 these courses with an average of 70% or better, they will receive Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 4.0 senior OL credits including credit for the following courses: OL212, OL250, OL260, OL311; 1.0 senior miscellaneous credits and This seminar course will explore current debates and issues in the the requirement to complete an online course will be waived. area of human sexuality and sexual health. Areas for discussion will include labelling and categorizing sex, sexuality and sexual identities, historical and empirical research on human sexuality, social control of sexuality, social norms related to sex including pornography, sexual and gendered violence, and sexual health and

261 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Honours BA Leadership (Admission courses with an average of 70% or better, they will receive Suspended) 4.0 senior OL credits including credit for the following courses: OL250, OL260, OL311 and OL312; 1.0 senior The Honours BA and Combined BA Leadership Program has miscellaneous credit. suspended admissions beginning 2014/15. The Option and Minor will still be offered. 2. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section The Honours Leadership program consists of 20.0 credits, of which regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. The program must include a minimum of 9.0 and a maximum of 12.5 senior credits in 3. Students completing the honours Leadership program are Leadership. excluded from completing the Honours Health Administration program. Program Requirements: Student must complete all required courses (7.0 credits) plus a Honours BA Leadership in Combination minimum of 3.0 optional OL credits. with another Honours BA Program Required Leadership Courses: (7.0 credits) The Honours BA and Combined BA Leadership Program has (All courses are 0.5 credits, except for OL480* which is a 1.0 suspended admissions beginning 2014/15. The Option and credit course.) Minor will still be offered. CC233/HS233/OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research The combined Honours BA Leadership program consists of 20.0 Methods credits, of which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. A BF290 - Academic Literacy: Social Sciences minimum of 6.0 and a maximum of 8.0 senior credits must be in JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking Leadership. OL224 - Organizational Leadership OL109/MB109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary Program Requirements: Society Students in the program must complete all required credits in the OL140 - Leadership Foundations Honours BA Leadership with the exception of JN313/OL313 and at OL212 - Human Aspects of Organizations least a senior 0.5 credit of optional Leadership courses. OL300 - Leadership Ethics OL310 - Organizational Strategy Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the OL311 - Teams in Organizations degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second honours OL334 - Social Science Research Methods II BA major. All students in the program must complete successfully OL340 - Leadership, Culture and Change the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. OL480* - Project Management Practicum OR Notes OL481 - Project Management and 0.5 credit of 400 level OL 1. Students enrolled in the Honours Leadership program that Additional Leadership Courses: (3.0 credits) have successfully completed the required 100 level and 200 Chosen from senior OL courses including a maximum of 1.0 credit level courses in OL with at least a 5.0 GPA in these courses from MB202 and MB217. shall be eligible to enroll in the post degree/post diploma human resources management program through Conestoga Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the College. If these students complete these courses with an degree total of 20.0 credits, only 6.0 of which can be at the 100 average of 70% or better, they will receive 4.0 senior OL level and only 3.5 Leadership credits. All students in the program credits including credit for the following courses: OL250, must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, OL260, OL311, and OL312; 1.0 senior miscellaneous credit. BF199, BF290, BF299. 2. While not required, students are also strongly advised to Leadership and International Development Stream complete JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking. Students completing the Honours BA Leadership Program may choose to specialize in International Development by completing 3. Students who are required to take research methods and the 4.0-credit International Development Option in place of statistic courses in their second honours program should additional courses in the Honours Leadership program. All required seek academic advice to avoid duplication. courses for the Honours BA Leadership (7.0 credits) and the 4. Students completing the honours Leadership program are International Development Option (4.0 credits), will be included excluded from completing the Honours Health in the Leadership major GPA, which must be a minimum of 7.00 Administration program. for honours program graduation. 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression Notes and course regulations and the earlier section regarding 1. Students enrolled in the honours Leadership program that Regulations for All Honours Programs. have successfully completed the required 100 level and 200 level courses in Leadership with at least a 5.0 GPA in these courses shall be eligible to enroll in the post degree/post diploma human resources management program through Conestoga College. If these students complete these

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 262 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Leadership Option OL370 - Power and Governance in Organizations, OL380 - Directed Studies, The Leadership Option is available at the Brantford Campus. The OL415 - Public Sector Organizations, option consists of 4.0 credits. Students must complete all required OL430 - Advanced Topics in Leadership, courses (2.0 credits) plus a minimum of 2.0 credits from the list of OL481 - Project Management elective courses. Minimum GPA required to graduate with the option is a cumulative 7.0 in Leadership Option courses. Notes Required courses: (2.0 credits) 1. Students should be aware that some of these courses have MB109/OL109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived Society by the department administering the course, it is the OL140 - Leadership Foundations responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. OL224 - Organizational Leadership OL485 - Leadership Case Study Capstone 2. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. Electives courses: (2.0 credits) CC233/HS233/OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Leadership Program Courses Methods OL298 - Entrepreneurship OL Course Notes OL300 - Leadership Ethics The following OL courses are only available at the JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking Brantford Campus. JN314/OL314 - Listening & Nonverbal Communication HR251/OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century HR322/OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations OL109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary Society OL334 - Social Science Research Methods II OL109/MB109 Interpersonal Communications OL340 - Leadership, Culture and Change in Contemporary Society 0.5 OL365 - Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 OL370 - Power and Governance in Organizations Communication skills are probably the single most important skill OL380 - Directed Studies required to be successful in any type of relationship. This course OL415 - Public Sector Organizations will provide an introduction to research and theories in the field OL430 - Advanced Topics in Leadership of interpersonal communications and how this information relates OL481 - Project Management to individuals in contemporary society. In addition, the course Note focuses on building and enhancing your knowledge in the kinds of Students should be aware that some of these courses have communications skills that employers expect. (Cross-listed as prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the MB109.) department administering the course, it is the responsibility of Exclusion: BU208, JN109, PD101. the student to make such arrangements. OL140 - Leadership Foundations OL140 Leadership Foundations 0.5 Leadership Minor Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The Minor in Leadership consists of 3.0 credits, including all This introductory course provides an overview of the leadership required courses (2.0 credits) plus a minimum of a 1.0 credit from skills, styles, activities, and approaches needed for today's the list of elective courses. No fewer than 2.0 credits may be organizations. Through self-assessments and leadership case senior. studies, students will gain insights into effective leadership Required courses: (2.0 credits): practices and behaviours. MB109/OL109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary Exclusion: BU288. Society, OL212 - Human Aspects of Organizations OL140 - Leadership Foundations, OL212 Human Aspects of Organizations 0.5 OL224 - Organizational Leadership, Examining the complexities and interpersonal relationships in a OL485 - Leadership Case Study Capstone working environment is fundamental to understanding and Elective courses: (1.0 credit) optimizing organizational performance. This course studies the Any two courses from the following: organization from the perspective of its most critical component - CC233/HS233/OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research the people within. This course provides an overview of individual Methods and group based issues in organizations. Individual issues may OL334 - Social Science Research Methods II include personality, attribution, motivation and values. Group HR251/OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century level issues may include topics such as decision-making and OL298 - Entrepreneurship dynamics of groups and teams, groupthink, diversity, and group JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking leadership. JN314/OL314 - Listening & Nonverbal Communication, Co-requisite: OL224. HR322/OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations, Exclusion: BU288, OL312. OL300 - Leadership Ethics, 3 lecture hours OL340 - Leadership, Culture and Change, OL365 - Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation,

263 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

OL215 - The World of Customer Service OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century OL215 The World of Customer Service 0.5 OL251/HR251 Workplace Diversity in the This course will provide an introduction to research, theories and 21st Century 0.5 best practices in the field of Customer Service. The concept of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 customer service will be applied to many different levels of Canada continues to experience profound demographic shifts. This contemporary society from private retail settings to interactions course examines the transformations, challenges and with clients and citizens in the public sector. opportunities related to diversity facing today's leaders and Prerequisite: BU208 or MB109/OL109. organizational members. This course will address such topics as: understanding diversity, self-cultural awareness, privilege and OL224 - Organizational Leadership OL224/PD224 Organizational Leadership 0.5 identity, systematic oppression, working with others, and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 intercultural communications, among other issues. (Cross-listed as This interdisciplinary course introduces students to a broad range HR251.) of organizational types and students will examine the ways in Exclusion: HR350/OL350. which leaders shape and influence organizations. Historical, OL260 - Organizations and Social Change contemporary, and emerging leadership theories and debates will OL260 Organizations and Social Change 0.5 be covered. (Cross-listed as PD224.) This course will discuss the ongoing social, economic and political Prerequisite: OL140 recommended. changes affecting organizations from different sectors. Topics may Exclusion: BU288, CT224, MB224, PD202, PD224. include the work force of the future, and the ways in which leaders may adapt to different kinds of social change. OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods OL233/CC233/HS233 Introduction to Social Exclusion: OL160. Science Research 3 lecture hours Methods 0.5 OL266 - Economic Globalization Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 OL266 Economic Globalization 0.5 Building on BF290, this course provides an introduction to social This course gives students with no economic background, an science research methodologies that is designed to enable overview of economic globalization by providing them with the students to read, understand, and critically evaluate social science basic concepts and knowledge required to discuss and think about research as well as to prepare students for more specialized the role of economic forces in the world today. In particular, courses in qualitative and quantitative research. Students will students will be introduced to such basic macroeconomics learn the philosophical (i.e., ontological and epistemological) concepts as supply and demand, fiscal policy, debt/deficit, the basis for quantitative, qualitative, deductive and inductive role of interest rates, exchange rates, and unemployment; and key research, how to frame research questions, operationalize institutions in managing the global economy including central concepts, and design studies suitable to quantitative and banks, the World Trade Organization, and the International qualitative research and the limitations and advantages of various Monetary Fund. research designs (e.g., cross-sectional, experimental, case studies, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. ethnographies). The relationship between theoretical concepts, Exclusion: CT266. constructs and variables will be examined. Students will be 3 lecture hours introduced to current issues regarding research ethics. For OL298 - Entrepreneurship quantitative research, students will become familiar with different OL298 Entrepreneurship 0.5 forms of data collection and the following concepts: levels of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 measurement, the central limit theorem, measures of central A focused, active introduction to entrepreneurship for students in tendency and variance, hypothesis testing, the standard error and Leadership and other disciplines that presumes little or no probability sampling. For qualitative research, students will business experience. Students will be exposed to the full process become familiar with different forms of data collection (e.g., from idea generation/opportunity recognition through to venture observations, interviews, textual analysis) and basic strategies to creation. This course is recommended for students who wish to categorize and code qualitative material. (Cross-listed as CC233 enrol in the Launchpad program. and HS233.) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: BF290 or CC291/PD291 and registration status: Exclusion: OL430A. senior student. Exclusion: CC233, HS233, PD300. OL300 - Leadership Ethics OL300 Leadership Ethics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 OL250 The Legal Context of Organizations 0.5 OL250 - The Legal Context of Organizations An examination of the role of the theories and models related to The course will discuss the ways in which organizations are the study of ethics and leadership. Topics may include: the influenced by their legal context. Topics may include development of ethical decision making strategies, ethical incorporation, liability, and ethics and the law. The process of communication in leadership situations, the role of the leaders in incorporation will be examined. ethical responsibility, issues involving followers, the relationship Prerequisite: 1.0 credit of 100 level CT or BF190 and BF199. between leaders and individual and collective responsibility. 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: OL140 or OL224 recommended. Exclusion: MB300.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 264 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

OL301 - Development Theories, StrategiesOL327 and Issues- Understanding International Organizations OL301/HR301 Development Theories, OL327 Understanding International Strategies and Issues 0.5 Organizations 0.5 (Cross-listed as HR301.) This course will examine major international organizations and the important role they play in the global political and economic OL310 - Organizational Strategy OL310 Organizational Strategy 0.5 landscape. Most projects in organizations attempt to solve problems and/or Prerequisite: CT260/HR260 or OL224. leverage opportunities. Strategic planning and project Exclusion: HR327, OL360. management are, therefore, fundamental cornerstones of the work OL334 - Social Science Research Methods II of effective organizations. Topics in this course may include: OL334 Social Science Research Methods II 0.5 strategic analysis; goal setting, mission and vision statements; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 action planning; planning models; social complexity and social An extension of CC233/OL233, this course focuses primarily on networks, and problem-solving processes. survey design and analysis as the most prevalent technique in Prerequisite: CC233/OL233 and OL224. organizational research. Topics will include question design, Exclusion: OL490. probability and non-probability sampling techniques, pre-testing, 3 lecture hours survey implementation, data entry and analysis. It is recommended that students complete OL320 prior to Prerequisite: BF290 (or CT221). registering in this course. Exclusion: CC234, OL234, CC334, HS324. It is recommended that students complete CC233/OL233 prior to OL311 - Teams in Organizations OL311 Teams in Organizations 0.5 registering in this course. Teamwork has emerged as a powerful tool for solving the multi- OL335 - Qualitative Research in Leadership and Organizations faceted and interdisciplinary problems that organizations face OL335 Qualitative Research in Leadership and today. This course explores the theory and application of Organizations 0.5 principles that result in effective teamwork. Topics may include An extension of CC233/OL233, this course examines qualitative hierarchy in organizations, formal and informal teams, research as a strategy for understanding organizational and collaboration strategies, effective teamwork, communities of leadership contexts. Topics may include qualitative research practice. design, interviews, focus groups, observational techniques, Prerequisite: CC233/OL233 and OL224. ethnographic research and qualitative data analytic approaches such as grounded theory, content analysis, discourse analysis, and OL313 - Public Speaking OL313/JN313 Public Speaking 0.5 computer-assisted programs for data analysis. (Cross-listed as JN313.) Prerequisite: CC233/OL233. 3 lecture hours OL314 - Listening & Nonverbal Communication OL314/JN314 Listening & Nonverbal OL340 - Leadership, Culture and Change Communication 0.5 OL340 Leadership, Culture and Change 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course will provide an introduction to research and theories This course will explore change in organizations and the role in the field of listening and nonverbal communication and how leadership has in bringing about successful change. A variety of this information relates to individuals inside and outside of models and tools will be used to better understand the dynamics organizations. Communication skills are probably the single most of change, factors that contribute to resistance to change, and important skill required to be successful in business and in the impact organizational culture has on achieving long term personal relationships. (Cross-listed as JN314.) success. Prerequisite: MB109/OL109 recommended. Prerequisite: OL224 recommended. Exclusion: MB335. OL315 - Evaluation Research OL315/CC315 Evaluation Research 0.5 OL365 - Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation (Cross-listed as CC315.) OL365 Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 OL320 - Leaders and Organizations; Contemporary Case Studies OL320 Leaders and Organizations; Persuasion is a critical communication function. Much of our Contemporary Case Studies 0.5 personal and professional success comes from our ability to get This course is a companion course to OL140. The focus in this things done with and through others. We need to be able to build course, however, is on contemporary organizations and their effective relationships and overcome conflict and differences, in leaders. order to influence the thinking, perceptions, and actions of Prerequisite: OL224. others. This course considers theory and research in persuasion, It is recommended that students complete OL140 prior to influence, and negotiation, and considers the potential effects of registering in this course. persuasive and influential communications. Prerequisite: MB109/OL109 recommended. OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations OL322/HR322 Non-Governmental Organizations 0.5 (Cross-listed as HR322.)

265 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

OL370 Power and Governance in Organizations 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; MB109/OL109, OL370 - Power and Governance in Organizations OL140, OL224. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Seminar/Irregular course Governance is the study and understanding of power, relationships, and accountability between different stakeholders. OL480* Project Management Practicum 1.0 OL480* - Project Management Practicum This course will focus on the legal, regulatory and policy This course will focus on project development, co-ordination and frameworks of different types of organizations (public, for-profit, management. The practicum will include a supervised work not for profit and global). It will help students understand the experience. Evaluation in the course will include an assessment by concept of power within organizations and the ways in which the placement organization and a classroom component. different types of organizations may be governed. It will also look Prerequisite: CC233/OL233, OL224 and registration status: Year 3 at the way in which an organization's governance models may or Year 4 Honours Leadership or Honours Human Rights & Human affect its performance. Diversity programs. Prerequisite: OL224 recommended. Exclusion: OL381, OL481, OL482. Human Rights & Human Diversity students are to contact the OL380 - Directed Studies OL380 Directed Studies 0.5 Human Rights & Human Diversity Program Co-ordinator once the This course offers individual students the opportunity to explore placement has been determined. The program co-ordinator will selected topics in the academic area of Leadership. Students will define this course as qualifying as a Category I or a Category II discuss their topics and approaches to these topics with a elective for the Human Rights & Human Diversity program based professor and will normally meet on a weekly basis. Students may upon the nature of the placement. choose to prepare an extended creative means of assessment, which will be included on a course outline developed in OL481 Project Management 0.5 OL481 - Project Management collaboration between the student and supervising professor. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior OL credit and permission of the instructor. This seminar-based project management course provides students Irregular course with an opportunity to develop and apply leadership and project management skills to provide-based issues. This senior level OL410 Co-operative Organizations 0.5 course provides students with an opportunity to develop an OL410 - Co-operative Organizations understanding of the people, technical, organizational, and Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 leadership challenges and strategies involved in project This course will discuss and examine the principles of co-operative management. Successful completion of this course will qualify organizations. Topics may include the difference between co- students to write the Project Management Institute's Certified operatives and other types of organizations, the different forms of Associate in Project Management (CAPM)® test. co-operatives, and the role of co-operatives in the economy. Prerequisite: OL224 recommended; registration status: Year 3 or Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 honours Year 4. Leadership. Exclusion: MB381, MB481, OL480*, OL482. Seminar course OL485 - Leadership Case Study Capstone OL485 Leadership Case Study Capstone 0.5 OL415 - Public Sector Organizations OL415 Public Sector Organizations 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This capstone course provides students an opportunity to draw This course examines, in depth, a range of public sector upon the leadership theories, models, and concepts discussed in organizations in Canada, including government departments, their previous leadership courses to analyze the challenges, crown corporations, commissions, agencies and foundations. opportunities, and decisions facing today's leaders. The course Topics for this course may include the politics – administration also brings a "forward looking orientation" to discussions, so that dichotomy, the role of Deputy Ministers and CEOs, the differences students identify future challenges facing leaders. Using a between line departments and central agencies, the nature of "knowing, doing, and being" framework, students will develop an democratic and ministerial accountability in Westminster systems action orientation to leading and leadership. In addition, the of government, the rise and role of New Public Management in course has a personal leadership development perspective where Canada and the role that the bureaucracy plays in democratic students identify and develop a plan for developing their theory. Students completing this course will be familiar with leadership capabilities for the future. practical and conceptual issues facing the full suite of public Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; MB109/OL109, sector organizations in Canada. OL140, OL224. Prerequisite: MB109/OL109, OL224 and OL370 recommended. Exclusion: OL480*.

OL430 - Advanced Topics in Leadership OL430 Advanced Topics in Leadership 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Policing Programs This course will address, at an advanced level, selected topics in Leadership. The course direction and content will vary depending Program Co-ordinator: Scott Blandford, PhD, ext. 5369, on the selected topics. [email protected]

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 266 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

The Honours Bachelor of Arts Policing Degree is available 2. Students must achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) overall exclusively to police officers and is an interdisciplinary program and 5.00 (C) in Honours Policing in order to progress in the that focuses on the complex dynamics of policing in a modern program. Students must achieve a GPA of 5.00 (C) overall liberal democracy. All Laurier courses are available online and will and a GPA of 7.00 (B-) in Policing in order to graduate be completed on a part-time basis with a maximum of three with an Honours Bachelor of Arts, Policing.Academic courses per term. Warnings: The Honours Bachelor of Arts Combination degree is open to all Progression in the Policing program is subject to the undergraduate students enrolled in another BA program at any discretion of the Associate Dean, who may issue academic campus. It can be taken on a full- or part-time basis and the warnings and limit registration in higher level courses. courses are only available on-line. The minor is available to any Students will be strongly advised to contact academic undergraduate student and the courses are only available online. advising if their GPA falls within the ranges listed below:

Honours BA, Honours Combination BA, minor: Number of Credit Minimum Honours Policing Honours BA Policing Attempts (PD) GPA The Honours Bachelor of Policing degree requires 20.0 credits, of 2.5 (5 half-credit Less than 5.00 which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level and at courses) least 9.0 PD credits must be at the senior level. 4.0 (8 half-credit Less than 6.00 Program Requirements: 10.0 credits courses) The program requires 10.0 Laurier Policing (PD) credits, (including a 0.5-credit of prerequisites). A 0.5-credit of the PD courses listed 8.0 (16 half-credit Less than 6.50 below must be successfully completed before enrolling in courses) additional PD courses: PD100 - Models of Policing Policing students will also follow general progression and PD101 - Communications for Policing academic probation rules of the university as PD200 - Police Psychology below:Academic decisions are made upon completion of PD201 - Intercultural Communication in Policing every 4.0 credit attempts (passed or failed attempts). PD202 - Leadership and Career Development in Law Enforcement Students may progress if they achieve an overall GPA of 5.00 and a GPA of 5.00 in Honours BA Policing. An additional 9.0 credits are required from the following PD Students with an overall GPA of 4.00-4.99 will be placed in courses, as well as the remaining courses from the above list that the General BA without designation. were not taken as part of the 0.5-credit prerequisite requirement. Students with an overall GPA of between 2.00 and 3.99 are PD203 - Diversity in Policing placed on Academic Probation in the General BA program. PD204 - Reasoning and Argumentation in the Criminal Justice Students with an overall GPA of less than 1.99 will be System required to withdraw from the university. PD205 - Psychology and Law Enforcement Transfer credits from Police Academy/Police College are not PD300 - Research Methods I (Quantitative Methods) applicable to the General BA. PD301 - Policing a Complex and Diverse Community Students with a minimum overall GPA of 5.00 and an PD302 - Indigenous Peoples' Political Structures overall major GPA of less than 5.00, will proceed in the PD303 - Mental Health, Addiction, and Crime General Degree without Designation subject to the PD304 - Domestic Violence discretion of the Program Co-ordinator. All students who PD305 - Media, Social Media, and Crime complete all requirements of the degree with a minimum PD306 - Ethics, Corruption, and Police Accountability overall GPA of 5.00 and an Honours GPA of 5.00-6.99 will PD400 - Research Methods II (Qualitative Methods and Legal be eligible for an alternate Bachelor of Arts in Policing Research) (not Honours). PD401 - Civil Unrest: The State's Use of Force Against its Citizens PD402 - Indigenous Communities and Policing Admission Regulations PD403 - Immigration and Conflict Zones A maximum of 10.0 credits may be transferred to the Laurier PD404 - Cybercrime degree as per minimum GPA requirements of the Admissions Office: Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits. • A maximum of 6.0 credits for a college diploma program. Progression Requirements • 3.0 credits granted to officers for their studies at a Police 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression Academy/Police College. and course regulations and the earlier section regarding • Credit may be granted for the successful completion of Regulations for All Honours Programs. related courses offered through a certified Police training institution or other postsecondary institution(s) at the discretion of the dean.

267 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

• University credits may also be transferred to this Laurier Policing Programs Courses degree. PD100 - Models of Policing PD100 Models of Policing 0.5 Any student whose transfer credit assessment does not equal 10.0 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 credits will be required to complete additional university credits in order to fulfill the 20.0 credit requirement for this program. Note: This course reviews international models of policing to trace the Students planning to take courses elsewhere to satisfy degree development of modern police response strategies in Canada. The requirements after admission to Laurier, must seek academic course traces the historical, social and political contexts advising before enrolling. surrounding the incorporation of police response strategies over time. Students will theorize about how the role and nature of Admission to this program requires proof of a minimum of one police work differs under each model of policing, and identify year of full-time employment, up to and including the day before solutions to problems that modern strategies face. (Online classes begin, and must be verified by an official letter from the Learning only) Executive Office or Training Officer or human resources department Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours BA Policing. of the police force(s) where the officer has been employed. Exclusion: CC291/PD291. Honours BA Policing in Combination with PD101 - Communications for Policing PD101 Communications for Policing 0.5 another Honours BA Program Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The combined Honours Policing program consists of 20.0 credits, This course will provide an introduction to research and theories of which not more than 7.0 may be at the 100 level. The program in the field of Interpersonal Communications and how this must include a minimum of 6.0 and a maximum of 8.0 senior information relates to individuals inside and outside of credits in Policing. organizations. Communication skills are probably the single most Students who are required to take research methods and statistics important skill required to be successful in business and in courses in their second honours program should seek academic personal relationships. Research has shown that effective advice to avoid duplication. communications skills are as necessary to career advancement as Required Courses: 7.5 credits technical competence, work experience and academic CC100, OL109/MB109, qualifications. In addition, this course focuses on building and PD200, PD201, PD203, PD204, PD205; OL224/PD224, CC291/ enhancing your knowledge in the kinds of communications skills PD291; 1.5 senior-level credits chosen from: PD301, PD302, that employers expect. (Online Learning only) PD304, PD305, PD306; CC312/HS312/PD312; 0.5 400 level credit Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours BA Policing. chosen from PD401, PD402, PD403, PD404; CC233/HS233/OL233, Exclusion: JN109, MB109, OL109. CC426/PD426. PD200 - Police Psychology PD200 Police Psychology 0.5 Degree Program Electives: An additional 12.5 credits toward the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second honours BA major and no more than 2.0 PD credits. This course will introduce students to the techniques used to measure and assess police personnel, and deepen their Program Regulations understanding of the on-the-job experiences that can affect the 1. Students completing Honours Policing in combination with mental health of police personnel. Students will learn about Psychology must complete PS295 in place of CC233/HS233/ intelligence and personality testing, the effects of experiencing OL233. Academic advising is strongly recommended. trauma and compassion fatigue, the importance of stress management, self-care and fit-for-duty assessments. (Online 2. University Undergraduate Regulations chapter and Learning only) Policy Governing all Honours programs. Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours BA Policing. PD201 - Intercultural Communication in Policing PD201 Intercultural Communication in Policing Minor Policing 0.5 The minor in Policing consists of 3.0 credits in Policing (PD) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 courses, including: Intercultural Communication in Policing introduces students to 1.5 credits selected from: PD200, PD201, OL224/PD224, CC291/ the field of intercultural communication in order to recognize the PD291 challenges faced by law enforcement officials in understanding and and interpreting the behaviours, actions and attitudes of 1.5 credits selected from PD203, PD204, PD205, PD301, PD302, individuals in conflict within their own communities, within the PD304, PD305, PD306, CC312/HS312/PD312, PD402. larger community and with the law. Topics include postmodern theory, cultural studies, critical race theory, race, racism and Note representation. (Online Learning only) Refer to the Regulations Governing Minors. Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours BA Policing.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 268 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

PD202 - Leadership and Career DevelopmentPD224 in -Law Organizational Enforcement Leadership PD202 Leadership and Career Development in PD224/OL224 Organizational Leadership 0.5 Law Enforcement 0.5 (Cross-listed with OL224.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PD291 - Introduction to Policing Increasingly, leadership skills, capacity and awareness are needed PD291/CC291 Introduction to Policing 0.5 by members of today's law enforcement organizations. This course (Cross-listed with CC291.) provides an overview of the leadership approaches – historical and PD300 - Research Methods I (Quantitative Methods) contemporary, the role of context in determining leadership PD300 Research Methods I (Quantitative approaches, the crucial relationship of leadership and followership Methods) 0.5 and leadership strategies for building relationships and motivating Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 others. Self-awareness is a fundamental element to leadership development. Through self-assessments and leadership skills An introduction to statistical and geographic research methods, development exercises you will also have the opportunity to gain with an emphasis on the understanding and use of these insights into your own leadership style – the strength of your procedures in law enforcement. Students will become familiar with style and ways to enhance your leadership skills and capacity. designing research questions, constructing hypotheses, (Online Learning only) identifying types of variables, assessing reliability and validity, Prerequisite: Registration status: Honours BA Policing. selecting appropriate research methods and understanding Exclusion: OL224, PD224. elementary quantitative and spatial data analysis. (Online Learning only) Prerequisite: A 0.5-credit selected from the following courses: PD203 Diversity in Policing 0.5 PD203 - Diversity in Policing CC291/PD291, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD100, PD101, PD200, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PD201, PD202, OL224/PD224. Introduces students to topics to contribute to a working Exclusion: CC233, HS233, OL233. environment that is equitable and free of discrimination, PD301 - Policing a Complex and Diverse Community harassment and disruptive of systems of advantage. Students will PD301 Policing a Complex and Diverse recognize and welcome the strengths of diversity within the force. Community 0.5 Topics include the difference between diversity and inclusion (and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the benefits of each), hegemonic masculinity, privilege, intersectionality and allyship. (Online Learning only) Examines key historical and sociopolitical issues in law Prerequisite: A 0.5-credit selected from the following courses: enforcement practices to recognize their impact on marginalized CC291/PD291, PD100, PD101, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD200, populations. Students will expand their cultural awareness and PD201, PD202 or OL224/PD224. improve intercultural communication skills to work more effectively and judiciously in a diverse community. Topics include PD204 Reasoning and Argumentation in the critical race theory, cultural diversity and sensibility, tactical PD204 - Reasoning and Argumentation in the Criminal Justice System communication practices and racial profiling. (Online Learning Criminal Justice System 0.5 only) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: A 0.5-credit selected from the following courses: This course focuses on developing the principles of logical CC291/PD291, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD100, PD101, PD200. reasoning and argumentation. Students will be able to identify PD302 - Indigenous Peoples' Political Structures arguments, analyze their structure and critically assess their PD302 Indigenous Peoples' Political validity. By learning the necessary skills to analyze informal Structures 0.5 reasoning, students will improve their reasoning, cognitive, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 communication and critical thinking skills, contributing to their ability to present sound arguments. (Online Learning only) First Nations Political Structures introduces students to First Prerequisite: A 0.5-credit selected from the following courses: Nations Peoples' laws and institutions, and criminal justice CC291/PD291, PD100, PD101, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD200, systems. In this course, students will gain awareness of the PD201, PD202 OL224/PD224. importance of preserving Indigenous justice systems. Students will develop an understanding of the effects of Western judicial systems and the strains they create for First Nations Peoples PD205 Psychology and Law Enforcement 0.5 PD205 - Psychology and Law Enforcement relationships with Western governments. Topics include Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 indigenous identities, government policy implications, tensions This course will apply psychological principles and concepts to law between law enforcement officers and Indigenous Peoples on and enforcement. Students will increase their competency and off reserves, self-development and colonialism. (Online Learning understanding of interviewing, interrogation, hostage only) negotiation, eyewitness testimony and offender profiling. (Online Prerequisite: PD100 or CC291/PD291. Learning only) PD303 - Mental Health, Addiction, and Crime Prerequisite: A 0.5-credit selected from the following courses: PD303 Mental Health, Addiction, and Crime 0.5 CC291/PD291, PD100, PD101, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD200, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PD201, PD202, OL224/PD224.

269 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

This course focuses on the interaction between mental health, cases of police corruption, racial profiling, noble cause policing addiction and crime as faced by officers in the line of duty. This and use of excessive force. Students will understand how the course exposes students to various mental health and substance powers afforded to police may be used to both uphold and abuse disorders using real case scenarios alongside the students' undermine legitimate police practices. (Online Learning only) personal experiences. Students will become familiar with risk Prerequisite: PD202 or OL224/PD224, and one of: CC291/PD291, assessment and management techniques, anti-drug legislation in JN109/MB109/OL109, PD100, PD101, PD200, PD201. Canada, the Controlled Drugs and Substance Act and legislative PD312 - Mental Health and Justice progress made on the War on Drugs. By the end of this course, PD312/CC312/HS312 Mental Health and students will be aware of the victimization/stigma associated with Justice 0.5 mental health, substance abuse disorders and criminal justice Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 policy. (Online Learning only) Prerequisite: One of: CC291/PD291, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD100, (Cross-listed with CC312 and HS312.) PD101, PD200. PD400 - Research Methods II (Qualitative Methods and Legal Research) Exclusion: CC312, HS312, PD312. PD400 Research Methods II (Qualitative Methods and Legal Research) 0.5 PD304 - Domestic Violence PD304 Domestic Violence 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course provides students with training in qualitative and This course provides an in-depth analysis of issues surrounding legal research methodologies. The content of this course is domestic violence, including gendered power relationships, under divided into three sections. The first segment is designed to the broader framework of the sociology of gender. Students will introduce students to the various epistemological differences examine the various manifestations of domestic violence, between qualitative and quantitative methodology. The second including physical, sexual, psychological, social and economic segment exposes students to qualitative research design including abuse of intimate partners, children and elders. The types of research ethics, theoretical grounding, data collection techniques interventions used to address domestic violence, as well as their and organization, and interpretation and reporting of data costs, benefits and limitations will be considered. (Online findings. The third section provides students with the opportunity Learning only) to build on their knowledge, communication and analytical skills Prerequisite: One of: CC291/PD291, JN109/MB109/OL109, PD100, to make effective and legally defensible arguments. (Online PD101, PD200. Learning only) Prerequisite: PD300. (Note: Students who have completed a methods course in another Honours program must contact PD305 Media, Social Media, and Crime 0.5 PD305 - Media, Social Media, and Crime academic advising before enrolling.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: CC426, PD426. This course will examine the impacts of social media platforms PD401 - Civil Unrest: The State's Use of Force Against its Citizens such as Facebook, Twitter and YouTube on law enforcement and PD401 Civil Unrest: The State's Use of Force investigation practices. Students will learn how to effectively Against its Citizens 0.5 communicate with the general public through social media Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 platforms. Students will be exposed to the current policies and legislation dealing with Social Media including the Freedom of This course is designed to allow students to build upon either Information Act, protection of privacy and delivering sensitive their work experience and/or previous security training. In this information. Conversely, students will be exposed to cultural course, students will learn how to apply use of force theory along criminal theories, critical Marxist theories and Foucauldian theory. with the basic physical skills required to de-escalate/escape, In addition, students will identify how real-time virtual public mediate or gain control of human crisis situations. Students will platforms allow law enforcement officials to discover, conduct and use a multidisciplinary theoretical approach to identify the root analyze evidence in solving online crimes. In turn, law causes of civil unrest and the importance of social media. Using enforcement officials will be able to use social platforms as agents case studies as examples, students will learn how to communicate, of social control to assist in reducing the amount of online/virtual manage and ensure officer safety mechanisms such as principles of deviance, i.e., cyberbullying. (Online Learning only) riot control that are set in place during periods of citizens/ civil Prerequisite: One of: JN109/MB109/OL109, PD101, PD204, unrest. Topics include the legal provisions for the use of force, the PD205. "fleeing felon" rule, police acts and standards and liability of police use of force. By the end of the course, students will have PD306 Ethics, Corruption, and Police the knowledgeable and transfer skills to control and prevent civil PD306 - Ethics, Corruption, and Police Accountability riots using the appropriate force. (Online Learning only) Accountability 0.5 Prerequisite: PD204 and one of: CC291/PD291, MB109/OL109, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PD100, PD101. This course will explore contemporary issues of ethics, corruption PD402 - Indigenous Communities and Policing and accountability for law enforcement personnel. Specifically, PD402 Indigenous Communities and Policing 0.5 this course will also explore how police institutions, the media, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the public and overseeing bodies respond to allegations of unethical or improper conduct by law enforcement. Students will apply relevant criminological theories to understand well-known

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 270 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

This course examines historical trauma and its generational impacts on First Nation Peoples. Students will learn from elders to Psychology (Faculty of better understand respectful ways of practicing law enforcement in First Nations communities and with Indigenous Peoples. They Science) will learn to engage and acknowledge the varying supports and Program Co-ordinator: Chris Alksnis, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. integral roles law enforcement officers offer in First Nations 5738, [email protected] communities. The goal of this course is for law enforcement officials to gain a diverse understanding of the issues that face Honours BA, BA in Combination, minor: First Nations communities. (Online Learning only) Prerequisite: PD101 or OL109/MB109 or PD201. Full-Time Faculty PD403 Immigration and Conflict Zones 0.5 PD403 - Immigration and Conflict Zones Chris Alksnis, PhD, Program Co-ordinator Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Judy Eaton, PhD An emphasis will be placed on providing law enforcement officers Sybil Geldart, PhD with the necessary skills to recognize, accept and be mindful of Danielle Law, PhD ethnic, racial, gender, religious and other forms of diversity within Canada. Using current case examples, students will be able Erin Strahan, PhD, (On Sabbatical July 1, 2017 - December to understand the importance of collaboration/consultation with 31, 2017 community agencies, stakeholders and police chiefs to formulate new tactical approaches to crime within conflict zones. By the end of this course, students will have achieved the necessary skills to Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive identify, address and maintain neutrality to resolve/stabilize The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive Program provides external involvement with marginalized populations such as students with a liberal arts education that includes broad people living in poverty, First Nations and ethnic minorities. exposure to the major sub-fields of psychology along with some Additionally, they will have gained the necessary skills in training in research methodology and statistics. It is designed to resolving and stabilizing personal conflict within a multicultural provide students with the analytical skills and information useful workplace. (Online Learning only) for a broad range of career options. The requirement for at least Prerequisite: PD100 or CC291/PD291, and PD301. one course with a community service-learning experience exposes students to a broader range of experiences beyond the classroom. PD404 - Cybercrime PD404 Cybercrime 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive program consists of 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 11.0 This course offers an in-depth exploration of the legal, social and credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits at the 100 level technical issues related to cybercrime within a globalized context. may be included in the program. Emerging legal responses to cybercrime will be discussed with reference to challenges facing law enforcement. Applied issues in Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the cybercrime will also be considered, including the collection of required degree total of 20.0 credits, including not more than 1.0 digital forensic evidence, the preservation of rights guaranteed PS credit and 5.0 credits at the 100 level. All students in the under the Charter and the logistics of leading cybercrime program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: investigations across international jurisdictions. Relevant BF190. BF199, BF290. BF299. criminological theory will be used to guide discussions of the methods and motivations of cybercriminals. (Online Learning only) Program Requirements Prerequisite: PD100 or CC291/PD291, and PD305. 1. Progression from Year 1 to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least 5.00 in PS101 and PS102, and a 5.00 GPA overall; PD426 - Qualitative Methodologies in Criminology PD426/CC426 Qualitative Methodologies in Progression from Year 2 to 3, and from Year 3 to 4 requires Criminology 0.5 a 6.00 GPA in Psychology and a 5.00 GPA overall. For graduation, a 7.00 GPA in Psychology credits and a 5.00 (Cross-listed with CC426.) GPA overall are required. 2. Students are required to include a community service- learning experience in their program. This can be accomplished by doing one of the following on-campus courses: PS275, PS276, PS282, PS283, PS377, PS379 or PS383. (Note that Online Learning versions of these courses (except PS282OC), where available, do not offer a community service-learning experience.)

271 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

3. Students in the Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive CC100, CC102, CC210; program may register for PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, 0.5 credit chosen from CC304 or CC314; PS367, PS370, PS375, PS382, PS394, PS395 or PS397 only PS250, PS350, PS351 with a minimum 7.00 GPA in Psychology, a minimum overall 6.00 GPA and a grade of at least 4.00 in each of Program Requirements PS295 and PS296 or with permission of the department. Year 1 (5.0 credits) PS101 and PS102 4. Students are able to graduate in honours if they achieve a UU150, CC100, CC102; GPA of 5.00 overall and 7.00 in PS courses. Refer to the 2.5 elective credits. Graduation/Degree Regulations for an alternate graduation option if honours degree requirements are not Year 2 (5.0 credits) met. PS250, PS295, PS296; PS270 or one of ( PS275 or PS276); either PS280 or PS282; 5. Students in the Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive one of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267; program are normally not eligible to take any 400-level PS CC210 courses. Program Regulations Year 3 and Year 4 (5.0 credits in each year) Year 1 (5.0 credits) Any one of: PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 (which was not PS101 and PS102; completed in Year 2); UU150; the remaining courses from PS270, (PS275 or PS276), PS280, and 3.5 elective credits which must include at least 2.0 credits from a PS282 (which were not completed in Year 2); discipline outside the Faculty of Human and Social Sciences. PS350, PS351; at least two of PS365, PS366, PS374, PS378, PS379, PS381, Year 2 (5.0 credits) PS383, PS390, PS398 (it is strongly recommended that one of PS295, PS296; PS270 or one of (PS275 or PS276); either PS280 or these courses is completed during Year 3); PS282; two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267. one of: CC304, CC314. Year 3 & 4 (5.0 credits in each year) Any two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 (which were not Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive in completed in Year 2); The remaining courses from PS270, (PS275 or PS276), PS280, and Combination with another Honours BA PS282 (which were not completed in Year 2); Program At least two of PS365, PS366, PS374, PS377, PS378, PS379, The Honours combined BA Psychology: Comprehensive program PS381, PS383, PS390, PS398 (it is strongly recommended that one consists of 20.0 credits, including a minimum of 7.0 and a of these courses is completed during Year 3). maximum of 9.0 credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive, at the 100 level may be included in the program. Forensic Specialization Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits. The non-psychology electives must The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive, Forensic include at least 1.5 credits from a discipline outside of the Faculty Specialization provides students with a liberal arts education that of Human & Social Sciences. All students in the program must includes a focus on Forensic psychology in addition to a complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, broad exposure to the major sub-fields of psychology, and some BF290, BF299. training in research methodology and statistics. It is designed to provide students with an interest in psychology and Year 1 (5.0 credits) criminal justice with the analytical skills and information useful PS101 and PS102 for a broad range of career options. The requirement for at least UU150 one course with a community service-learning experience exposes 3.5 elective credits. students to a broader range of experiences beyond the classroom. Year 2 (5.0 credits) The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive program consists of PS295, PS296; PS270 and one of (PS275, PS276, of which at least 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 11.0 one must be completed during Year 2); both of PS280, PS282 (of credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits at the 100 level which at least one must be completed during Year 2) ; four of may be included in the program. PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 (of which at least two must be completed during Year 2). Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must Year 3 (5.0 credits) complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, At least two of PS365, PS366, PS374, PS377, PS378, PS379, BF290, BF299. PS381, PS383, PS390, PS398 (of which at least one must be completed during Year 3), Where applicable, the courses below may also be counted towards the requirements of the Honours Psychology BA or Honours Year 4 (5.0 credits) Psychology BA in combination Forensic Psychology requirements (3.5 credits)

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 272 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Human and Social Sciences

Regulations and Program Requirements Where applicable, the courses below may also be counted towards 1. Progression from Year 1 to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least the requirements of the Honours Psychology BA or Honours 5.00 in PS101 and PS102, and a 5.00 GPA overall; Psychology BA in combination programs. Progression from Year 2 to 3, and from Year 3 to 4 requires Forensic Psychology requirements (3.5 credits) a 6.00 GPA in Psychology and a 5.00 GPA overall. For CC100, CC102, CC210; graduation, a 7.00 GPA in Psychology credits and a 5.00 0.5 credit chosen from CC304 or CC314; GPA overall are required. Students are able to graduate in PS250, PS350, PS351 honours if they achieve a GPA of 5.00 overall and 7.00 in PS courses. Refer to the Graduation/Degree Regulations Program Requirements for an alternate graduation option if honours degree Year 1 (5.0 credits) requirements are not met. PS101 and PS102; UU150, CC100, CC102; 2. Students are required to include a community service- learning experience in their program. This can be Year 2 (5.0 credits) accomplished by doing one of the following on-campus PS250, PS295, PS296; PS270 or one of ( PS275 or PS276); either courses: PS275, PS276, PS282, PS283, PS377, PS379 or PS280 or PS282; PS383. (Note that Online Learning versions of these CC210 courses (except PS282OC), where available, do not offer a Year 3 and Year 4 (5.0 credits in each year) community service-learning experience.) The remaining courses from PS270, (PS275 or PS276), PS280 and 3. Students in the Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive PS282 (which were not completed in Year 2); program may register for PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, Any two of: PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 (may also be PS367, PS370, PS375, PS382, PS394, PS395 or PS397 only taken in Year 2); with a minimum 7.00 GPA in Psychology, a minimum PS350, PS351; overall 6.00 GPA and a grade of at least 4.00 in each of At least one of: PS365, PS366, PS374, PS378, PS379, PS381, PS295 and PS296 or with permission of the department. PS383, PS390, PS398 (it is strongly recommended that this course be completed during Year 3); 4. Students who are required to complete research methods and statistics courses in the second honours program One of: CC304, CC314. should consult with both departments to avoid Psychology Minor duplication. PS101 and PS102, and 2.0 senior psychology credits, including a 5. Refer to the earlier section regarding Regulations for All minimum of a 0.5 credit from each of the following three areas: Honours Programs. Brain, Behaviour, Cognitive Science: PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS264, PS268. 6. Brantford campus students completing the Psychology Social Science: PS270, PS271, PS272, PS275, PS276. combination degree will have limited choice of electives Applied: PS280, PS282, PS283, PS284, PS285, PS286, PS287, and are strongly advised to consult with academic advising. PS288. Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive, Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. Forensic Specialization in Combination with another Honours BA Program The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive, Forensic Specialization with a liberal arts education that includes a focus on Forensic psychology in addition to a broad exposure to the main sub-fields of psychology, and some training in research methodology and statistics. It is designed to provide students with an interest in psychology and criminal justice with the analytical skills and information useful for a broad range of career options. The requirement of at least one course with a community service-learning experience exposes students to a broader range of experiences beyond the classroom. The Honours combined BA Psychology: Comprehensive, Forensic program consists of 20.0 credits, including a minimum of 7.0 and a maximum of 9.0 credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits at the 100 level may be included in the program. Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299.

273 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

FACULTY of LIBERAL ARTS The Faculty of Liberal Arts offers a wide range of programs, some Applicants wishing to be considered for a program at the Laurier in traditional arts disciplines and also in new and interdisciplinary Waterloo campus must apply directly to the specific program. fields of study. Courses and/or programs are offered in digital media and journalism, English, foundations, French, geography, BA Programs history, human rights & human diversity, indigenous studies, international development, issue advocacy, law and society, Honours Programs management, media studies, social and environmental justice, and Honours BA degree programs are a minimum of 20.0 credits. youth and children's studies. A detailed description of each Students normally take 5.0 credits (or 10 0.5-credit courses) each program and course is included in the alphabetical list of year for four years. Honours programs allow a more specialized programs, which follow the faculty rules and regulations. study of a particular discipline, and are usually required for Campus Location: Carnegie Building, 73 George Street, Brantford, advanced study and research. Combination Honours BA programs Ontario N3T 2Y3 allow students to combine honours work in two disciplines. An Website: www.laurierbrantford.ca honours program in a discipline may also be combined with a Brantford Office Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. secondary program from available option or minors in other Telephone: (519) 756-8228 disciplines. The successful completion of a secondary program will Fax: (519) 759-2127 be recognized on the student's transcript at graduation. Email: [email protected] Non-Honours Programs Contacts Students are admitted to Laurier into honours programs only. Due Dean: Heidi Northwood, PhD, ext 5461, [email protected] to the achievement of inadequate GPA or course results, a student Associate Dean: Kofi Campbell, PhD, ext. 5773, will be withdrawn from the honours program and placed in a [email protected] of Students: Adam Lawrence, MA, ext General BA (without designation) degree. General degree programs 5644, [email protected] Vice-President: Campus are normally 15.0 credits. Students usually complete 5.0 credits Administration & Special Constable Service: Antonio Araujo, (or 10 0.5-credit courses) a year for each of three years. CMA, ext 5701, [email protected] Students whose overall GPA is a minimum of 5.00, are allowed to Brantford Librarians: Irene Tencinger, BA, MISt, ext 5497, register in Honours Arts without specialization for Year 1, Year 2 [email protected]; Pauline Dewan, MLIS, PhD, ext 5529, and Year 3 and may graduate with a general BA without [email protected]. designation or transfer into an area of specialization at any time Prospective Students: ext 5777, [email protected] when they have met the required course requirements and GPA Accessible Learning: ext 5871, [email protected] regulations and have been approved by the academic department. Wellness Centre: ext. 5803, [email protected] Advising: ext 5849, [email protected] Students who have completed four years of an honours BA Enrolment Services: ext 5885, [email protected] program but are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, Residence Life: Chris Eley, MA, ext 5856, [email protected] may receive a BA degree (without General or Honours) with the field of specialization of the honours program and any eligible options or minors denoted on the degree. A major and overall GPA NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier of 5.00 is required. email account. Students are expected to regularly check their Laurier email account for important notices from the university Student who have completed four years of the BBTM program but community. Students are required to send emails to official are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, may receive members of the university community from their Laurier email a General BA without designation. account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be Academic Regulations for All identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is impossible to determine whether the emails received from these non-Laurier Honours Programs accounts are coming from the person they claim to be from. Your co-operation is appreciated. Unless stated otherwise, students in programs in the Faculty of Liberal Arts are governed by university regulations for the honours and general BA. For the Progression/Graduation Requirements Admission and Probation regulations, consult the University Undergraduate Regulations chapter. For program-specific regulations, refer to the Admission to the Brantford Campus is governed by the rules and Departments section of this chapter. regulations of Wilfrid Laurier University. The applications are administered through the Admissions Office at the Laurier University BA Regulations Waterloo campus. Refer to the section Application Procedures in the Undergraduate Admissions chapter. 1. Course Equivalency Programs may, with the approval of the dean, recognize a For information regarding college articulation agreements, refer to specific course as the equivalent of a required course when University/College Combination Programs section of this a student has obtained satisfactory credit for the course at calendar. this or another institution. 2. Prohibition from Registration

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 274 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

a. A student deemed by the program offering a In cases where program descriptions of each of the particular course to have the knowledge or skills constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different taught in that course may be declared ineligible to number of courses required for the combination, the larger register for credit in that course. total will apply. b. A student who has failed the equivalent of 2.0 2. An honours program may not contain more than 7.0 junior junior credits in a subject, whether the failure credits. For students electing to take a combined Honours occurred in the same course(s) or different BA program, in cases where program descriptions of each course(s), will be barred from registering for credit of the constituent parts of a combination stipulate a in further junior courses in that subject, except by different maximum number of junior credits, the lower permission of the dean and program co-ordinator or amount will apply. designate. 3. Progression requirements for the honours BA program are based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained from all 3. Directed Studies/Irregular Courses courses taken and will be calculated on a cumulative basis. Directed Studies/Irregular courses dealing with subjects For progression, the requirement will be a minimum GPA of not covered by courses listed in the calendar may be 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum offered to individuals or small groups of students. All overall GPA of 5.00. For graduation, a minimum cumulative outlines for Directed Studies courses together with the GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each major and a minimum overall GPA completed Directed Studies/Irregular Course Registration of 5.00 is required. Forms must be submitted to the Dean for approval prior to Some programs have additional progression requirements the last day for adding a course in the term in which the stated in the program description. Refer to Regulation 4 Directed Studies/Irregular courses begin. All outlines must below. Honours students enrolled in a maximum of two include a schedule of meetings, requirements for at least minors/options and must satisfy the progression and one graded assignment and a list of readings. graduation requirements for those programs. 4. Honours Courses 4. Where student demand for entry or progression into Year 2 Several programs offer a limited number of courses which of an honours program exceeds the availability of student are specifically intended for, and restricted to, honours spaces, students who meet the minimum criteria for students in the discipline. For these courses, all other progression from Year 1 to Year 2 will be considered for students require special permission from the program admission on the basis of their overall GPA (from all concerned to register in the honours-level courses. courses taken at Wilfrid Laurier University). Programs that 400 level seminars are open only to Year 4 honours intend to use other forms of GPA calculation must so students registered in the program in which the 400 level advise students by October 1. seminar is offered. Other students wishing to take 400 level seminars require permission of the program offering the 5. Students enrolled in honours programs who have failed to course and the program in which they are specializing. A achieve the standing required for admission to the 400 level seminar cannot be repeated. subsequent year of their program must proceed in Honours Arts or the general BA program or may be required to 5. Interdepartmental Programs withdraw if general progression requirements are not met. The co-ordinator of an interdepartmental program must Honours BA programs are excluded from academic authorize the student's program in writing. Permission to probation regulations. Students are expected to choose a take individual courses is granted by the department or the major by the end of Year 1 (5.0 credits). For those who are program co-ordinator offering the courses. still undecided at that point, they may continue in Honours 6. Double Counting BA Arts up to the time when they have completed 15.0 Students are permitted to double-count courses for more credits. Honours BA Arts students progress through Year 1, than one program in which the same course is a required Year 2 and Year 3 if they achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 course or an elective. (C) in Faculty of Arts credits. When the 15.0 credits have been successfully completed, normally by the end of Year Regulations for All Honours 3, students must make a choice whether to graduate with a General BA degree without designation, or to declare an Programs honours program and continue into Year 4. It is the All students registered in honours programs are subject to the responsibility of the student to fulfill the requirements of following regulations: the honours program. Students who fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in 1. An honours degree program must consist of a minimum of Faculty of Arts credits must proceed in the general program 20.0 credits (or equivalent), including at least 9.0 senior or may be required to withdraw if general progression credits in the major or at least 6.0 senior credits in each of requirements are not met. Honours BA programs are two combined majors at the honours level. Individual excluded from academic probation regulations. programs may require more than this minimum. Students may elect to take a combined Honours BA program 6. Unless other program regulations apply, students who have (available combinations are described in the Departments failed a course may proceed in the honours program, section). provided they have the required average. (For calculation

275 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to the section, 3. Note that where a combined program states a 100 level Grades, in the University Undergraduate Regulations credit limit, the program with the lower limit applies to the chapter.) Such a student must repeat a failed course if it is combined degree. a required course. If it is not a course required for the 4. An honours student with a major may receive designation program, the student may repeat the course, or take an for only one of the Co-operative Education and the additional course. No course may be attempted more than Professional Experience Program. twice. 7. At the end of Year 1, students may transfer into an Regulations Governing Minors/ honours program from either a general or another honours program at the discretion of the program. Thereafter, Options students may not transfer unless they have maintained the Regulations pertaining to all Minors/Options include: progression requirements. All transfers after the end of 1. Minors: Minimum of 3.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits Year 1 must have the approval of both the dean and required. program co-ordinator or designate. 2. Options: Minimum of 4.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits 8. Students in honours programs and combination or required. combined honours programs must have their entire program approved by the honours program(s) by the 3. No fewer than 2.0 credits shall be obtained at Wilfrid beginning of each academic year. Laurier University. 9. Any exceptions to the honours regulations require the 4. Must be adjunct to the major; no student may declare a written approval of the dean and program co-ordinator or major and a minor in the same discipline. designate. Exceptions that would make the number of credits required for graduation fewer than 20.0 are not 5. Maximum of two minors/options allowed. permitted. 6. All common and program requirements for the secondary 10. At the end of Year 4 in a BA honours program, students program must be fulfilled. who are registered in an honours program, meet all 7. Minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required for a minor. If progression requirements and successfully complete all an option or minor requires a higher GPA, that GPA applies. credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that honours program because their GPA is insufficient, have 8. Not available to those in undesignated General BA and the option of receiving a BA degree (without General or General BSc programs. Honours) which denotes the major of the honours program 9. Majors, specializations, concentrations and minors and a maximum of two eligible options/minors on the (including options) are all printed on an official transcript. degree. An overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. Only majors are printed on the degree parchment. (Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful attempts at honours subjects taken in combination: • Requirements for specific minors/options are included in the students in a combined honours program who are Departments section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of unsuccessful in meeting the GPA requirements of one of Education, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences, Faculty of their honours subjects do not have the option of receiving Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, School of a degree which certifies completion of a single honours Business and Economics - Economics Department and subject and a "general-level" area of specialization.) Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. Regulations Combining Honours • Declare an option using LORIS confirmation (March-April) or using a Program Selection Form prior to graduation; the with a Secondary Minor/Option minor is declared on the addendum of the Application to Graduate on the student's LORIS account. Honours students may choose to organize their elective courses to meet the requirements for a combined honours program, and a maximum of two options/minors in a subject other than the Available Minors/Options in honours discipline(s). Additional courses may have to be taken to Brantford fulfill these requirements. All common and program requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. MinorsCriminology, Community Health, English, French, Geography, History, Human Rights and Human Diversity, Students combining honours disciplines with secondary programs Indigenous Studies, Labour Studies and Career Development, Law must meet the following regulations: and Society, Leadership, Philosophy, Policing, Professional Writing, Psychology, Public History, Religion and Culture, Social 1. All requirements for the combined honours program, option and Environmental Justice, Social Innovation, Youth and or minor, must be fulfilled. (Refer to Regulations Children: Texts and Contexts, and Youth and Children's Studies. Governing Minors/Options below.) Options 2. An honours student with a major may receive designation for only two options/minors.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 276 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Business Technology Management, International Development, Laurier Brantford provides Ontario Colleges of Applied Arts and Issue Advocacy, Law, Leadership, Media Studies. Technology graduates with an opportunity to add to their occupational and professional education. For admission under Course Selection and transfer credit guidelines, students must achieve a minimum 75% overall average in one of the programs included in the policy. Counselling Students who fall under the transfer credit guidelines may apply to any Laurier Brantford honours program (except in some cases All students are responsible for selecting courses that satisfy the Journalism program) but, depending on the transfer credits the requirements of their degree program(s). they receive, some programs are a better fit than others. For At Laurier Brantford, academic counselling is available in the transfer credit details and notes, refer to: Dean's Office and through the offices of the Chair (Crim) and www.wlu.ca/brantford/collegegrads Program Co-ordinators. Consult the relevant program sections of Transfer Credit Policies this calendar for academic advising contact information. Conestoga College: The BF, CC, CO, CT, HD, HR, HS, ID, JN, LY, MB, MX, OL, YC courses listed under their respective programs are only available at the Students who complete Conestoga's three-year Print and Broadcast Brantford Campus. Journalism program with a B+ (75%) average will be granted admission into the Contemporary Studies BA program and advanced standing. Students admitted under this agreement will Online Courses receive 7.0 transfer credits, including credit for CT222/JN222/ Students may take online courses (sections denoted as OC) MX222 and CT226/JN226/MX226 (or equivalent), and other (formerly Distance Education) available through Laurier's Office of courses as appropriate. No more than 3.0 credits will be granted Online Learning. For course descriptions and a listing of available at the senior level. These students are not eligible to register in, courses, consult the Part-Time, Online Learning and Continuing or graduate from Laurier Brantford's Journalism program. Education Calendar. Students who complete Conestoga's two-year General Arts and Classroom Courses Science program with a B+ (75%) average will be granted admission into the Contemporary Studies BA program and one year For course descriptions of courses unique to Laurier Brantford, advanced standing (i.e., 5.0 credits). Students admitted under refer to the descriptions that follow by program. For the this agreement will receive 5.0 junior credits. availability of courses and descriptions of other courses offered at the Brantford Campus, consult the listings on the Brantford Program Specific Articulation Agreements website: www.wlu.ca/brantford/timetable. On the basis of articulation agreements with Conestoga College, students can combine their study at Laurier Brantford with Transfers to and from the diploma and certificate programs available at Conestoga College. For more information on these combined programs, refer to: Waterloo Campus Digital Media & Jounalism Laurier Brantford is an integral part of Wilfrid Laurier University. Human Rights & Human Diversity Its programs and operations are tied to those at Laurier's Waterloo campus. Students registered at Brantford can take courses on the The Conestoga College components of these programs are the Waterloo campus, and students registered at Waterloo can take responsibility of the college and are governed by their rules and courses at Brantford with permission from the appropriate regulations. For more information on these programs, consult program. Conestoga's calendar. Normally, students may transfer between Laurier's campuses if they are in good standing, have successfully completed at least Exchange Programs 4.0 credits, and meet the entry standards of the degree program A wide variety of student exchange programs allow students to into which they wish to transfer. Winter term transfers may be study at other universities during their academic program. considered provided that admission requirements to the campus Exchange programs are currently available in Australia, Austria, were met in the previous September. Students intending to Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, England, France, Germany, transfer should obtain academic counselling from the campus, Guyana, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Mexico, The faculty or school into which they intend to transfer. The Internal Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Slovenia, South Campus Transfer form is available at the Office of Enrolment Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the United States. Services website: www.wlu.ca/roforms. New programs are in the process of development. For information, refer to the Laurier International section of the Student Services University/College Combination chapter. Programs College Transfer Credit Policies

277 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Full-Time Faculty Ella Haley, PhD Full-Time Faculty

Robert Ame, PhD General BA without Tarah Brookfield, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, History Stephanie Burgoyne, PhD Designation James Cairns, PhD, Graduate Officer, Social Justice and General BA without Designation Community Engagement This program is available on a full- and part-time basis. Kofi Campbell, PhD, Associate Dean, Faculty of Liberal Arts Kathryn Carter, PhD Progression and Graduation Requirements Mark Davidson, PhD Students in a general Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree program Pauline Dewan, Brantford Librarian without a major, option or minor may progress and graduate if Peter Farrugia, DPhil they achieve an overall grade point average of 4.00 (C-). Robert Feagan, PhD Course Distribution Sue Ferguson, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Youth and A general BA degree program without designation must satisfy the Children's Studies following requirements: Bruce Gillespie, MA Rebecca Godderis, PhD 1. at least 15.0 credits in total, including: Abby Goodrum, PhD 2. three courses chosen from the Foundations curriculum: Todd Gordon, PhD BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 Stephen Haller, PhD Christina Han, PhD 3. at least 8.0 credits at the senior level (200 or 300 level) David Haskell, PhD 4. at least 8.0 credits offered through the Faculty of Liberal Simon Kiss, PhD Arts, Faculty of Human and Social Sciences or Faculty of Robert Kristofferson, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Work and Social Work, including any Laurier online courses offered in Employment disciplines of these faculties (may include credits taken Jonathan Lavery, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Law and elsewhere that are deemed equivalent by the university) Society 5. a maximum of 3.0 credits in Business Danielle Law, PhD Lianne Leddy, PhD 6. a minimum of 5.0 senior credits must be taken at Wilfrid Laurier University. Ian MacRae, PhD Oliver Masakure, PhD Note: The Business course maximum includes all Business, Brenda Murphy, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Social and Commerce and Management courses taken at another post- secondary institution. Environmental Justice Heidi Northwood, PhD, Dean, Faculty of Liberal Arts Marcia Oliver, PhD Business Technology Vanessa Oliver, PhD Management Program (LSBE) Kenneth Paradis, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, English Andrew Robinson, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Human Business Technology Management Option Rights and Human Diversity Business Technology Management Option Ellen Russell, PhD Edward Shizha, PhD Digital Media and Journalism Geoffrey Spurr, PhD Catherine Stewart, PhD Program Irene Tencinger, Brantford Librarian Program Co-ordinator: Kenneth Werbin, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. Gary Warrick, PhD 5732, [email protected] Kenneth Werbin, PhD, Program Co-ordinator, Digital Media and Journalism The Honours Digital Media and Journalism BA program, and JN Stacey Wilson-Forsberg, PhD courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. Lisa Wood, PhD The Honours BA Digital Media and Journalism program in the Adjunct Faculty (Brantford Campus) Faculty of Liberal Arts is designed for students who seek employment as journalists in mass media, or who wish to pursue journalism and digital media arts as general education, and for Mary Jane Edwards, PhD those who wish to prepare for careers as media professionals in

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 278 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

public relations, writing, web management, and/or social media 3. Students in the Honours Digital Media & Journalism management in a variety of contexts including the private sector, program are excluded from completion of the Issue governmental and non-governmental organizations, and Advocacy and Media Studies Options. education. 4. JN298 and JN299 will not be counted as credits towards Honours BA Digital Media & Journalism completion of the Honours Digital Media & Journalism The Honours Degree in Digital Media & Journalism requires 20.0 degree. credits of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level. Issue Advocacy Option The Digital Media & Journalism Honours Degree requires 15.0 Issue Advocacy Option credits from Wilfrid Laurier University and 5.0 credits earned by successfully completing Conestoga College's postgraduate Media Studies Option certificate in Contemporary Media Arts (which is delivered concurrently on Wilfrid Laurier University's Brantford campus). Media Studies Option Upon graduation students receive Laurier's Honours BA and Digital Media and Journalism Program Conestoga's post-graduate certificate. At least 9.0 credits in the DMJ program must be senior credits. Courses Digital Media and Journalism Required Courses – Total of 10.5 JN Course Notes credits consisting of: 1) A common spine of 6.0 JN credits for all students: The following JN courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. Required Common Spine Courses: (6.0 credits): ID120/CT120, JN101, JN202, JN204, JN208, JN211/MX211, JN222/CT222/MX222, JN252/HR252, JN307, JN422, JN423*. JN101 Reporting and Writing for News 0.5 JN101 - Reporting and Writing for News 2) A chosen area of concentration in Journalism, Digital and Social Media, or Public Relations as listed below: Students learn and practice the reporting, writing and interviewing techniques involved in news reporting while Journalism Concentration (3.0 credits): reflecting upon the fundamental values and principles of JN214, JN240, JN308, JN312/HR312, JN317, JN319; journalism. plus an additional 1.5 credits of JN electives. Exclusion: MX101. 3 lecture hours/week OR: JN103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction Digital and Social Media Concentration (2.5 credits) : JN103/UX103 User Experience Design: an JN213/MX213, JN253, JN312/HR312, JN334/HR334, JN420 Introduction 0.5 plus an additional 2.0 credits of JN electives (Cross-listed as UX103.) OR: JN202 Cross-Media Storytelling 0.5 JN202 - Cross-Media Storytelling Public Relations (2.5 Credits): Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 JN253, JN334/HR334, JN406, OL224/PD224, OL365; plus an additional 2.0 credits of JN electives This course invites students to develop a cross-media mode of thinking about storytelling in a converged media environment. Conestoga Contemporary Media Arts: Students will learn the basics of researching, organizing and Successful concurrent completion of the Conestoga Contemporary telling stories effectively across multiple media platforms (e.g., Media Arts post-graduate certificate on the Brantford campus of print, audio, video, and the web) and a variety of social contexts Wilfrid Laurier University is also mandatory and will result in an (e.g., public relations, blogging, journalism, speeches, etc.). additional 5.0 credits towards the degree. A minimum grade of 65 Prerequisite: DD101 or JN101 (or MX101). per cent is required in each Conestoga class for progression in the Exclusion: JN201. program, subject to the discretion of the program coordinator. JN204 - Media, Law and Ethics Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the JN204 Media, Law and Ethics 0.5 degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, This course studies the legal and ethical implications of BF290, BF299. contemporary media practices, including journalism, public Notes relations and digital/social media. Students research a variety of topics that include relations between the Canadian state and 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Indigenous people and communities. progression and course regulations and the earlier section Prerequisite: JN202 or registration status: senior student. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. 2. Students in the Honours Digital Media & Journalism program are excluded from completion of the Professional Writing Minor.

279 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

JN208 Issue-Based Research 0.5 Prerequisite: JN202 (or JN201). JN208 - Issue-Based Research Exclusion: JN340. This course introduces technology-assisted techniques for issue- based research with a special emphasis on the critical evaluation JN250 - Technical Skills: Print Journalism of information and sources. Topics explored will include: JN250 Technical Skills: Print Journalism 0.5 computer-assisted reporting such as how to use spreadsheet data Hours per week: Lab: 3 and analytical software; how to obtain electronic and hard copy Students will produce an online news bulletin, covering campus records from public agencies and other sources; and how to track stories of relevance to the Laurier Brantford community. Basic down credible sources. Assignments will emphasize the skills in layout, design, digital photography and story acquisition, analysis and evaluation of qualitative and development and reporting will be studied. (Skills) quantitative information and its visualization. Prerequisite: JN101/MX101, JN201. Prerequisite: JN101 or JN202 or JN253. JN251 - Technical Skills: Broadcast Journalism 3 lab hours/week JN251 Technical Skills: Broadcast Journalism 0.5 This course introduces the student to the equipment and skills JN211 - Introduction to Media Studies JN211/MX211 Introduction to Media Studies 0.5 needed to gather and edit television news. Course subject to a (Cross-listed as MX211.) technology access fee. (Skills) Prerequisite: JN201 and registration in the Honours JN program. JN213 - Reading Media JN213/MX213 Reading Media 0.5 1 lecture hour and 2 lab hours per week (Cross-listed as MX213.) JN252 - Designing Digital and Social Media JN252/HR252 Designing Digital and Social JN214 - Political Journalism: Principles and Practice JN214 Political Journalism: Principles and Media 0.5 Practice 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 The theory and practice of information and interactive design for Students study the political and legal system in Canada through digital and social media, including designing for the web, wireless lectures and visits to local municipal government meetings and devices, and/or tablets. Students will learn how to analyze project courts. They apply their knowledge by reporting and writing needs, strategize, and develop information and interactive designs stories about municipal, provincial or federal issues and cases and content. (Cross-listed as HR252.) before the courts and critically reflect upon their coverage. Prerequisite: One of: JN101, JN202, UX103. Prerequisite: JN202. Computer Lab JN222 - Digital & Social Media: Critical ApproachesJN253 - Introduction to Public and Media Relations JN222/CT222/MX222 Digital & Social Media: JN253 Introduction to Public and Media Critical Approaches 0.5 Relations 0.5 (Cross-listed as CT222 and MX222.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is an introductory survey of the public relations field JN223 - Understanding Public Policy for Issue Advocacy JN223/HR223 Understanding Public Policy with an emphasis on the practice of media relations. Students for Issue Advocacy 0.5 learn the ethics and mechanics of persuasive advocacy through an (Cross-listed as HR223.) interdisciplinary set of course readings. They will produce writing samples that are integral to contemporary public relations JN226/CT226/MX226 The Media in a Global including: a stakeholder analysis, press release, op-ed and a JN226 - The Media in a Global World speech. World 0.5 Prerequisite: JN101 or BF299. (Cross-listed as CT226 and MX226.) JN261 News photography 0.5 JN261 - News photography JN229/MX229 Journalism, the Internet and JN229 - Journalism, the Internet and Emerging Media Students will learn the use of digital photography and principles Emerging Media 0.5 of photojournalism. Course subject to a technology access fee. Students explore the future of journalism in an era of instant Prerequisite: JN101/MX101, JN201. messaging and webblogs. The social and political power of 1 lecture hour and 2 lab hours per week alternative forms of media and communication are discussed, as well as their impact on journalism. (Cross-listed as MX229.) JN298 JN298 - Editing for Professional Writers Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Editing for Professional Writers 0.5 Exclusion: MX229. Hours per week: Lab: 3 36 lecture hours/term This course develops students' skills in copyediting and proofreading and introduces them to the techniques of JN240 - Feature Writing JN240 Feature Writing 0.5 substantive editing, including editing for clarity, style, structure, Hours per week: Lab: 3 and possible legal issues. Prerequisite: BF299. This course is a practical exploration of the reporting and writing Exclusion: This course does not contribute to the fulfillment of techniques involved in crafting narrative long-form stories for any requirements, including as an elective, in the Honours Digital magazines, newspapers and online media. Media & Journalism Program (formerly the Journalism program).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 280 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

JN299 - Digital Narrative Design JN299 Digital Narrative Design 0.5 Exclusion: JN207, MX207. Hours per week: Lab: 3 JN308 Advanced Issue-Based Research 0.5 JN308 - Advanced Issue-Based Research This course develops students' writing and visual storytelling A continuation of JN208, this course deepens students' experience techniques in a multi-media environment. Students will learn the with practical aspects of the computer-assisted research and practices and principles of creating and organizing content for the reporting process from within a critical context. It is intended as web, including data visualizations, explanatory graphics, and a complement to JN319, offering students a chance to social media tools. They will also analyze online audiences and substantially explore and practice news-gathering and develop strategies for targeting specific markets and interpretation skills required for investigative and long-form demographics. journalism. Prerequisite: BF299. Prerequisite: JN208 (or JN201 and JN250). Exclusion: Students enrolled in the Honours Digital Media & Exclusion: JN360. Journalism (or the Honours Journalism) program may not 3 lab hours/week complete this course. This course does not contribute to the fulfillment of any JN312 - Advocacy Journalism: Principles and Practice requirements, including as an elective, in the Honours Digital JN312/HR312 Advocacy Journalism: Media & Journalism Program (formerly the Journalism program). Principles and Practice 0.5 Students explore the burgeoning world of advocacy journalism and JN301 - Environmental Communication JN301 Environmental Communication 0.5 related media forms that explicitly challenge dominant institutions and values. They learn about the history and structure Regional, national and global environmental issues reach us daily of the alternative media. They discuss its role in building through the mass media. Designed for journalism students and community and promoting social change and debate both its value citizen activists to examine the rise of consumerism and and viability in the contemporary media environment. Students advertising and become critical readers and viewers of evaluate and/or produce stories that challenge journalism's environmental news. Students will analyze how the mass media professional and ethical conventions around objectivity, balance, present environmental information and their various sources of transparency and relationship to sources. (Cross-listed as HR312.) information. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: JN212, HR212, HR312. Exclusion: EY301. 2 lecture hours, and 1 lab hour per week 3 lecture hours/week JN303 - Research in User Experience DesignJN313 - Public Speaking JN303/UX303 Research in User Experience JN313/OL313 Public Speaking 0.5 Design 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 (Cross-listed as UX303.) This course teaches students the principles and practices of speech writing and public speaking. Social scientific research JN306 - Beyond Beats: Researching and Reporting JN306 Beyond Beats: Researching and related to effective messaging and persuasion is discussed and Reporting 0.5 applied to the construction and delivery of the students' speeches. In addition to impromptu speeches, students will be required to This course focuses on coverage of a specific content area and research, write and deliver prepared speeches to the class. explores best practices for its journalistic representation and Speeches will focus on communicating to audiences in such translation. Possible focus topics might include: sports, arts, contexts as: social gatherings, academic fora, community and medicine, science, business, labour, environment, education and business meetings, and press conferences. (Cross-listed as OL313.) childhood, religion or other area of interest. Students should Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. contact the academic advisor for journalism to determine which Exclusion: OL313. topics are offered in any academic cycle. Prerequisite: JN201. JN314 - Listening & Nonverbal Communication Exclusion: JN205, JN290. JN314/OL314 Listening & Nonverbal 36 lecture hours/term Communication 0.5 (Cross-listed as OL314.) JN307 - Media, Culture and Democracy JN307 Media, Culture and Democracy 0.5 JN317 - Editing and Verification Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 JN317 Editing and Verification 0.5 Students learn about and practice the skills required of editors, This course probes the historical, social and political relationship including substantive editing, copyediting, headline writing, between media and democracy. Students will read key texts in search engine optimization and fact-checking. political theory, political economy and communications studies, Prerequisite: JN240. debate what "democracy" means, and deliberate what constitutes 3 lab hours/week a free and democratic media environment. Among other themes, students discuss how Indigenous people and communities are represented in the Canadian Media. Prerequisite: JN222 or JN253 OR JN101 (or MX101) or 2 100-level CT courses.

281 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

JN318 - Newsroom I JN361 - Advanced Research and Reporting II JN318 Newsroom I 0.5 JN361 Advanced Research and Reporting II 0.5 Simulating a working newsroom, students will be organized into a A continuation of Part I, this course deepens students' experience typical news hierarchy of responsibility and rotate through with practical aspects of the research and reporting process from positions including editor, page layout personnel and reporter. within a critical context. It is intended as a complement to This includes determining a general coverage mandate for their JN319, offering students a chance to more substantially explore team and dividing areas of focus into beats for which they must and practice the news-gathering and interpretation skills generate story ideas, cultivate sources, conduct interviews, take developed in JN360. supporting photos, and write and edit news stories. Team Prerequisite: JN360. members will also engage in ongoing critical evaluation of peer Exclusion: JN310, JN312. performance in meeting their coverage mandate from market and 36 lecture hours/week civic indicators. JN400 - Journalism Theory and Criticism Prerequisite: JN201, JN250. JN400 Journalism Theory and Criticism 0.5 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course explores media theory and the critical study of JN319 Integrated Newsroom 0.5 JN319 - Integrated Newsroom journalism by other disciplines. Students rotate through typical newsroom positions, producing Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 honours Journalism or content for a converged media newsroom. They generate story permission of dean or designate. ideas, report, write and edit news stories, posting them on a Exclusion: JN420. public website and/or local news forum. The course concludes Seminar course with a roundtable in which students collectively evaluate their journalistic practice as well as their contribution to enriching JN406 Public Opinion, Communications and JN406 - Public Opinion, Communications and Democracy public discourse. Democracy 0.5 Prerequisite: JN214 and JN317 OR JN318. 3 lab hours/week Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course examines the concept of public opinion from the JN321 - Journalism, Human Rights and International Development JN321/HR321 Journalism, Human Rights and perspectives of sociology, political science and psychology. It International Development 0.5 covers topics such as the nature of individual and mass opinions, the democratic competence of publics, the role that public (Cross-listed as HR321.) opinion can and should play in representative democracy and the ethics of persuasion in contemporary society. JN327 - Social Documentary JN327/MX327 Social Documentary 0.5 Prerequisite: JN334, or 0.5 300-level JN credit and registration in The social impact of documentary is explored. Students will survey Honours Digital Media & Journalism program. the evolution of video and radio documentary and the effect of Seminar course point-of-view journalism as a tool in effecting social change and criticisms of this model of public communication. (Cross-listed as JN407 Special Topics in Contemporary JN407 - Special Topics in Contemporary Journalism MX327.) Journalism 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Exclusion: JN227, MX327. 36 lecture hours/term The study, at an advanced level, of a special issue in contemporary journalism, e.g., science reporting, reporting on the JN334 - Public Opinion Research: Surveys, Focus Groups and Basic Statistics JN334/HR334 Public Opinion Research: web, journalism and freedom of speech, etc. Surveys, Focus Groups and Prerequisite: 0.5 300 level JN credit and registration in the honours Journalism program. Basic Statistics 0.5 Exclusion: JN420. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Seminar course/Irregular course This course provides students an introduction to the two primary methods of public opinion research (surveys and focus groups) as JN408 The Freelance Journalist 0.5 JN408 - The Freelance Journalist well as some basic statistical methods that are used to analyze Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 the results. Topics will include the nature of random probability sampling, different sampling techniques, the psychology of This course aims to teach students how to become successful answering survey questions, survey design, focus group freelance journalists, whether on a full- or part-time basis. construction, moderation and their interpretation, and basic Students will learn how to analyze different media markets and descriptive and inferential statistics up to and including the then conceive, pitch and develop stories that suit those markets. ability to understand and interpret a linear regression. At the Students will also learn how to market their skills and work, as completion of the course students will be sufficiently familiar with well as the basics of operating a business, including networking, the methods of public opinion research to competently deal with payment negotiation, invoicing, bookkeeping and taxes. technical experts, interpret results and integrate findings into Prerequisite: JN250 or JN252/HR252 or JN253. other projects. (Cross-listed as HR334.) Exclusion: BUS 8000 (Conestoga College). Prerequisite: OL233/CC233/HS233. Seminar course

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 282 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

JN410 Directed Studies 0.5 Students will also produce a conference style presentation that JN410 - Directed Studies critically reflects upon their project, methodologies and This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected collaborative processes. topics in journalism. Students will discuss their topics and Prerequisite: JN422, and registration status: Year 4 Honours approaches to these topics with their professors and will normally Digital Media and Journalism Program. meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare an Exclusion: JN424, JN425. extended creative means of assessment, developed in consultation with their professor. JN499 - Professional Practicum Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior JN credit and permission of the JN499 Professional Practicum 0.5 instructor. A formal placement, paid or unpaid, of a minimum of 120 hours Irregular course with an organization or business related to journalism or media, as approved by faculty. Students will be expected to assume JN420 - Advanced Digital and Social Media Research and Theory JN420 Advanced Digital and Social Media duties under evaluation by a professional mentor and write Research and Theory 0.5 reflective analyses about the practicum experience for evaluation by program faculty. Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Registration in Year 3 or Year 4 of the Honours This course advances the student's critical reading, thinking, and Digital Media and Journalism program. analysis of digital and social media research and theory. Possible topics might include combinations of advanced readings in political economy, investigations into the role of digital and social media in social and political movements, examinations of English (Faculty of Arts) corporate, public and alternative arrangements, inquiries into the Program Co-ordinator: Kenneth Paradis, PhD, [email protected], commodification of personal information and the management of ext 5838 digital identities, questions surrounding privacy and surveillance, and/or other emerging theoretical lines of critical inquiry into Honours and Combination Honours BA program digital and social media. Prerequisite: JN213/MX213 and JN307 or registration in Year 4 of Honours BA English Honours Digital Media & Journalism Program The Honours English program consists of 20.0 credits, of which at Exclusion: JN400, JN407. least 14.0 credits must be at the senior level, and including a Seminar course minimum of 10.0 but no more than 14.0 credits in English. Of the required 10.0 credits in English, no more than 1.0 may be at the JN422 - Digital Media and Journalism Capstone I JN422 Digital Media and Journalism Capstone 100 level, and no more than 1.0 may be chosen from among Film I 0.5 Studies courses. At least 1.0 credit must be chosen from the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 annual fourth-year offerings; EN489 may be used for only 0.5 credit. This course prepares students for their Capstone Project(s) to be completed the following term in JN423*. Students will work Required EN Courses: collectively to initiate research on their projects' technological 1.0 Junior EN credit from EN107, EN108, EN111, EN119, EN165 or and content requirements. They will also develop a framework for EN190 (refer to Note 2) critical reflection suitable to each project, and a timetable for 1.0 credit from Category 1 (Note: Not more than 0.5 credit in project deliverables. The course instructor will identify projects of Category 1 may be taken from EN233 or EN234); local concern for the students, assist them in forming teams, help 1.0 credit from Category 2; advance project management skills and guide group dynamics. 1.0 credit from Category 3; Prerequisite: JN307 and registration status: Year 4 Digital Media 1.0 credit from Category 4; (0.5 credit of which must include and Journalism. EN301)

JN423* - Digital Media & Journalism Capstone II JN423* Digital Media & Journalism Capstone • Category 1 Pre-1660 British Literature: II 1.0 EN214, EN233, EN234, EN245, EN372, EN390, EN392, EN393, Hours per week: Lab: 3 EN394, EN395 In this integrated capstone course, DMJ students work together in • Category 2 Literature after 1660 (mainly British): teams to produce in-depth, interactive multimedia projects that EN246, EN292, EN293, EN298, EN299, EN344, EN345, EN346, explore issues of local concern identified by the instructor. The EN388, EN396, EN397, EN399 completed projects will feature a variety of journalistic, and interactive digital and social media content, including long form • Category 3 Canadian/American/Postcolonial/World articles, short audio and video documentaries, photography and Literature: slideshows. Each project team will manage a strategic digital and EN211, EN213, EN218, EN252, EN263, EN265, EN266, EN267, social media public relations campaign that will include EN280, EN313, EN322, EN324, EN330, EN347 identification of target audience/s and public opinion research. • Category 4 Theory/Gender/Genre: EN200, EN201, EN203, EN207, EN210, EN220, EN222, EN225, EN231, EN237, EN238, EN239, EN240, EN249, EN250, EN271, EN272, EN281, EN285, EN286, EN300, EN301, EN303, EN310, EN370, EN371, EN381

283 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Degree Program Electives: 5. Brantford campus students completing the History An additional 10.0 credits for the degree total of 20.0 credits, combination degree will have limited choice of electives (4.0 credits may be EN and 5.0 credits may be 100 level). All and are strongly advised to consult with academic advising. students in the program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. English Minor 1.0 credit from EN107, EN108, EN111, EN119 OR EN165; and 2.0 Notes senior English credits. 1. Students are encouraged to take EN245 and EN246 as part of their program. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. 2. EN190 is a non-major elective [will not count toward the Professional Writing Minor Year 1 requirement] Faculty of Liberal Arts: /department.php?cal=1&d=1632&s=765&y=69 3. Students may choose a maximum of 1.0 credit from senior Film Studies courses and/or non-designated writing courses Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts (EN206, EN304) toward the 10.0 required for the Honours English degree. Minor Honours BA English in Combination with Faculty of Arts: Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts Minor another Honours BA Program Foundations The combined Honours English program consists of 20.0 credits, of which 14.0 credits must be at the senior level. The Foundations provide a curriculum that introduces students to Students must take 1.0 Junior En credit from: EN107, EN108, common themes in social sciences and humanities research and EN111, EN119, EN165 and EN190; and a minimum of 6.0 senior lays the foundation for building necessary critical thinking and English credits. This will include at least 1.0 credit from each of communication skills for university success. The Foundations the four categories listed below. A 0.5 credit must be chosen from program is jointly administered by the Faculty of Human and the annual fourth-year offerings. Social Sciences and the Faculty of Liberal Arts. Students on the Brantford campus must successfully complete BF190, BF290, • Category 1 Pre-1660 British Literature: BF199 and BF299 in order to meet graduation requirements. EN214, EN233, EN234, EN245, EN372, EN390, EN392, EN393, EN394, EN395 Foundations Courses BF190 - Modernity and the Contemporary World • Category 2 Literature after 1660 (mainly British): BF190 Modernity and the Contemporary World 0.5 EN246, EN292, EN293, EN298, EN299, EN344, EN345, EN346, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 EN388, EN396, EN397, EN399 This course will introduce students to some of the key ideas and • Category 3 Canadian/American/Postcolonial/World arguments that have accompanied the historical processes Literature: associated with Western Modernity, with an emphasis on how EN211, EN213, EN218, EN252, EN263, EN265, EN266, EN267, these ideas and processes shape the way we live in and EN280, EN313, EN322, EN324, EN330, EN347 understand our contemporary world. The course will introduce students to key Modern ideologies – liberalism, conservatism, and • Category 4 Theory/Gender/Genre: EN200, EN201, EN203, socialism – in the context of how they relate to contemporary EN207, EN210, EN220, EN222, EN225, EN231, EN237, EN238, forms of governance, economic organization and social function. EN239, EN240, EN249, EN250, EN271, EN272, EN281, EN285, Students will be exposed to primary sources, including those of EN286, EN300, EN301, EN303, EN310, EN370, EN371, EN381 Locke, Burke, and Marx. Evaluation will include expository writing. Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the An academic integrity component will be included in this course. degree total of 20.0 credits, including the second BA major. All Exclusion: CT121. students in the program must complete successfully the BF299 - Academic Literacy: Humanities Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. BF299 Academic Literacy: Humanities 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Notes Students will learn the basic skills necessary to understand how 1. Students are encouraged to take EN245 and EN246 as part scholars in the humanities think about problems and approach a of their program. variety of cultural artefacts (e.g., works of film, literature or visual 2. EN190 is a non-major elective [will not count toward the popular culture); how they conduct research; how they analyze Year 1 requirement] information; and how they communicate their ideas. Students will attend lectures as well as small-group classes that will use the 3. Students may choose a maximum of 1.0 credit from non- course material in a series of task-defined units designed to teach designated writing courses (EN206, EN304) toward the 7.0 the critical thinking, research, information literacy, and required for the combined Honours English degree. communication skills necessary to conducting effective inquiry in 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for the humanities. progression and course regulations and the earlier section Exclusion: CT220. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 284 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

French (Faculty of Arts) History (Faculty of Arts) Program Information: Corina Sandu, PhD, 519 884-0710, ext. Program Information: Tarah Brookfield, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext 5626, [email protected] 5792, [email protected] French Teaching Option (Suspended) Honours BA and Combination Honours BA Program: The French Teaching option has been suspended as of Honours BA History September 1, 2016. The Honours History program consists of 20.0 credits. A minimum The French Teaching Option is only available to students of 11.0 of these 20.0 credits must be in History. No more than 6.0 registered in the Faculty of Human and Social Sciences, or the of the 20.0 credits required for the degree may be at the 100 Faculty of Liberal Arts. level, and one of these junior credits must be in History. A minimum of 10.0 History credits at the senior level (200-, 300-, or It is designed to provide students with a supplemental course of 400-level) is required for the degree, and these senior credits study focusing on the skills and knowledge specific to teaching must fulfill the following area requirements: French. For graduation, students must have a minimum GPA of 6.00 computed on all 4.0 credits in the option. Students are 1.0 credit Canadian history (courses that count towards this required to complete a minimum 0.5 credit on an exchange, requirement are marked {C}): Explore Program (or other letter of permission), in Quebec or in a HI111, HI112, HI212, HI213, HI234, HI246, HI258, HI292, French speaking country in order to complete the option. Students HI293, HI320, HI321, HI322, HI327, HI328, HI337, HI338, wishing to complete this requirement outside of Quebec are HI339, HI341, HI344, HI345, HI375, HI377, HI397, HI421*, required to have the placement approved by the Dean. Students HI423*, HI424*, HI425*, HI426*, HI429*, HI430*, HI473*, completing the French Teachable Option are excluded from HI474*, HI475*, HI476*, HI479*, HI480* completing the French minor. Required Courses: 1.0 credit Global history area (courses that count towards this FR150, FR151, FR250, FR251, FR260 requirement are marked {G}): 1.5 credits selected from: HI108, HI109, HI133, HI121, HI131, HI127, HI199, HI201, FR232, FR233, FR234, FR235, FR237, FR238, FR245, FR290, FR385 HI202, HI224, HI228, HI229, HI258, HI265, HI306, HI314, HI315, HI316, HI325, HI348, HI349, HI353, HI355, HI360, Notes HI363, HI364, HI368, HI385, HI386, HI388*, HI392, HI395, 1. Students should be aware that some of these courses have HI396, HI402*, HI403*, HI404*, HI411*, HI417*, HI452*, prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived HI453*, HI454*, HI456*, HI460*, HI461* by the department administering the course, it is the 1.0 credit Pre-Modern history (courses that count towards this responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. requirement are marked {P}): 2. The Faculty of Liberal Arts offers a BA without a HI101, HI102, HI111, HI121, HI131, HI201, HI205, HI208, designation. No further designation (major, option or HI210, HI212, HI217, HI224, HI225, HI226, HI252, HI255, minor) is awarded with this degree. HI261, HI289, HI292, HI301, HI305, HI308, HI310, HI311, HI316, HI317, HI319, HI321, HI324, HI361, HI368, HI372, 3. Students who have graduated from a French secondary HI374, HI382, HI383, HI385, HI400*, HI401*, HI431*, HI450*, school, French Immersion high school, or have completed HI451*, HI481* Grade 12 French AP level 4 should seek academic advising regarding courses with exclusions in the option. Students All students in the program must complete successfully the who have course exclusions will replace the excluded Foundations curriculum: courses with senior level French courses. BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. 4. Students must have completed FSF 4U or equivalent to Year 1 enroll in the Option. 1.0 credit of 100 level History French Minor Year 2 Three (3.0) FR credits in total, including: FR150, FR151 and an 3.0 credits of 200 level History additional 0.5 credit in French language; and in culture; three of: Year 3 FR232, FR233, FR234, FR235, FR237, FR238, FR370, FR385. 2.0 credits of 300 level History Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. 2.0 credits of 200 or 300 level History Year 4 Geography (Faculty of Arts) 1.0 credit of 300 level History 1.0 credit of 400 level History Reading Seminar Geography Minor 1.0 credit of 400 level History Research Seminar GG101, GG102 and 2.0 senior Geography credits, including one of GG260, GG270, GG281/GG282, GG290/ES290. Note YC200 is considered a HI elective and can be used to meet HI Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. credit and GPA requirements in the Brantford program.

285 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA History in Combination with 4. Brantford campus students completing the History another Honours BA Program combination degree will have limited choice of electives and are strongly advised to consult with academic advising. The combined Honours History program consists of 20.0 credits. Not more than 6.0 of these may be at the 100 level, and 1.0 of Public History Specialization (Brantford) these must be in History. A minimum of 6.0 History credits at the The Public History specialization is a response to important senior level is required. The 7.0 History credits must fulfill the emerging trends in contemporary culture. While positions in following area requirements: academics and teaching continue to be sought after by history graduates, careers in fields such as museum management and 1.0 credit Canadian history (courses that count towards this curatorship, heritage, documentary filmmaking and policy requirement are marked {C}): development in the realm of culture are growing in popularity. HI111, HI112, HI212, HI213, HI234, HI246, HI258, HI292, Meanwhile, citizens' understanding of the past is mediated, not HI293, HI320, HI321, HI322, HI327, HI328, HI337, HI338, only by the work of professional historians, but by a variety of HI339, HI341, HI344, HI345, HI375, HI377, HI397, HI421*, forces including historic sites, museums, monuments, HI423*, HI424*, HI425*, HI426*, HI429*, HI430*, HI473*, documentaries, television programs and historical fiction. HI474*, HI475*, HI476*, HI479*, HI480* The specialization will allow History majors to maximize History 1.0 credit Global history area (courses that count towards this electives to satisfy their interest in the connection between the requirement are marked {G}): past and contemporary events. Students will explore the societal HI108, HI109, HI133, HI121, HI131, HI127, HI199, HI201, value of historical context in film, fiction, games and music, as HI202, HI224, HI228, HI229, HI258, HI265, HI306, HI314, well how history impacts social change and reconciliation, the HI315, HI316, HI325, HI348, HI349, HI353, HI355, HI360, design of historical spaces and the preservation, display and HI363, HI364, HI368, HI385, HI386, HI388*, HI392, HI395, interpretation of artifacts. HI396, HI402*, HI403*, HI404*, HI411*, HI417*, HI452*, Required History Courses (1.5 Credits): HI453*, HI454*, HI456*, HI460*, HI461* HI124 - History Detectives, or HI133 - History and Popular Culture in the Modern World 1.0 credit Pre-Modern history (courses that count towards this HI240 - The Active Historian requirement are marked {P}): HI323 - Memory, Monuments and Museums HI101, HI102, HI111, HI121, HI131, HI201, HI205, HI208, HI210, HI212, HI217, HI224, HI225, HI226, HI252, HI255, History Minor HI261, HI289, HI292, HI301, HI305, HI308, HI310, HI311, The History minor consists of 3.0 credits. No more than 1.0 of HI316, HI317, HI319, HI321, HI324, HI361, HI368, HI372, these 3.0 credits may be at the 100-level. HI374, HI382, HI383, HI385, HI400*, HI401*, HI431*, HI450*, At least 1.0 credit must be from among Canadian history courses HI451*, HI481* (designated by a {C}). All students in the program must complete successfully the Refer also to the Regulations Governing All Minors. Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Public History Minor Year 1 The Public History Minor consists of 3.0 credits which include 2.0 1.0 credit of 100 level History credits of required History courses and 1.0 credit chosen from a list of elective courses: Year 2 Required courses: 2.0 credits of 200 level History 2.0 credits including: One of: HI124 - History Detectives, or HI133 - History and Popular Year 3 Culture in the Modern World 2.0 credits of 300 level History An additional 0.5 credit: HI at the 100 level Year 4 HI240 - The Active Historian 1.0 credit of 400 level History Reading Seminar HI323 - Memory, Monuments and Museums (CSL Placement) 1.0 credit of 400 level History Research Seminar An additional 1.0 credit (2 x 0.5 credit courses) from the following list: Notes CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice 1. For advice on which history courses best suit their CT280 - Popular Culture & Meaning particular combined program, students should consult the HI256 - Human Rights in World History department. HI260 - History on Film HI286 - Interpreting Digital Data 2. YC200 is considered a HI elective and can be used to meet HI394 - Local and Family History: Researching our Past (Online) HI credit and GPA requirements in the Brantford program. ID205 - Indigenous People and Anthropology 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for JN214 - Political Journalism: Principles and Practice progression and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 286 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Notes certificate program through Conestoga College on the 1. Students should be aware that some of these courses have Brantford campus. If students complete these courses with prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived an average of 70% or better, they will receive 5.0 senior by the program or department administering the course, it credits as follows: 3.0 senior HRHD credits and 2.0 senior is the responsibility of the student to make such OL credits. arrangements. Students are strongly advised to complete 2.0 more credits of HR required courses prior to attending Conestoga College 2. Refer also to Regulations Governing All Minors. in consultation with Academic Advising and the Program Co-ordinator to ensure that all graduation requirements are Human Rights and Human met in Year 4. Applications for Conestoga College are Diversity Program available through the HRHD program office and website. Honours BA Human Rights and Human Program Co-ordinator: Andrew Robinson, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. 5743, [email protected] Diversity The Honours BA in Human Rights and Human Diversity is only The Human Rights and Human Diversity Honours BA programs and available at the Brantford Campus. It consists of 20.0 credits of minor, and HR courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level. Laurier Brantford's Human Rights and Human Diversity single and All students in the program must complete successfully the combined honours program, examine the key forces that will Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. shape students' futures as individuals, workers and Canadians. The Required Courses (10.0 credits): program is designed to provide an understanding of the origins and the laws and institutions designed to protect human rights as 1. HR100 well as the processes diversifying cultures and the policies that have been put in place to manage and accommodate this 2. Human Rights: CT260/HR260 and two of: HR231, HR301/ diversity. OL301, HR320/YC320, HR321/JN321, CC325/HR325, CC326/ HR326, HR329/HS329, HR360 Human Rights and Human Diversity 3. Human Diversity: HR261 and one of: HR263, HR355/CT355, Articulation Agreements HR361*, HR365/YC365, HR370/CT370 1. Students in the Honours Human Rights and Human 4. HRHD Professionalization Seminar: HR300 Diversity program may specialize in Human Resources 5. Institutions and Implementation: HR323/LY323, HR328 Management in Year 3 of studies through an articulation agreement with Conestoga College. 6. Philosophy of Human Rights: HR401 Under this agreement, students who have successfully 7. Capstone Course: One of: HR402, HR460 completed 10.0 credits, including 4.5 credits of: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 8. Methods: CC233/HS233/OL233, and one of: CC315/OL315, HR100, OL224, CT/HR260, HR261, CC/HS/OL233 CC327, HR334/JN334, OL334, OL335 with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Honours HRHD and 5.00 overall, shall be eligible to enroll in the Human Resources 9. 2.0 additional credits of HR-designated courses. Management graduate certificate program through 10. 1.5 additional credits composed of additional HR- Conestoga College on the Brantford campus. If students designated courses and/or selected from among the complete these courses with an average of 70% or better, following: CT403*, EN211, EN280, EN310, FR250, FR251, they will receive 5.0 senior credits as follows: 3.0 senior HI271, HI338, HI349, HI375, HI396, HI397, ID201, HRHD credits and 2.0 senior OL credits. OL480*, OL481, PP213, RE212*. Students are strongly advised to complete 2.0 more credits [Students should be aware that some of these courses have of HR required courses prior to attending Conestoga College prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived in consultation with Academic Advising and the Program by the program or department administering the course, it Coordinator to ensure that all graduation requirements are is the responsibility of the student to make such met in Year 4. Applications for Conestoga College are arrangements.] available through the HRHD program office and website.. Notes 2. Students in the Honours Human Rights and Human 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for Diversity program may specialize in Community and Social progression and course regulations and the earlier section Service Management in Year 3 of studies through an regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. articulation agreement with Conestoga College. Under this agreement, students who have successfully completed 10.0 2. HR360 and HR460 are irregular courses. Each topic will be credits, including 4.5 credits of: BF190, BF199, BF290, assigned to either the Human Rights or Human Diversity BF299, HR100, OL224, CT260/HR260, HR261, CC233/ category as appropriate. HS233/OL233 with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Honours HRHD and 5.00 overall, shall be eligible to enroll in the Community and Social Service Management graduate

287 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA Human Rights and Human 2. Note: The University of Sussex reserves the right not to Diversity and LLB (Sussex) Stream provide a guaranteed offer after consideration of any relevant unspent criminal convictions a student may have. The Honours BA Human Rights and Human Diversity (Sussex LLB Sussex recommends that if students have a conviction, Stream) enables students who successfully complete its Laurier contact the Admissions Office to discuss this before requirements to earn an Honours Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree proceeding further. from Laurier and a Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree from the University of Sussex, United Kingdom (UK) in six years. 3. Transfer Students into Year 2 (WLU only): In exceptional cases, first-year students outside of the Honours BA Human Rights and Human Diversity Component Sussex BA/LLB Program may apply to transfer into the The Honours BA in Human Rights and Human Diversity is only Program. Admission into the Program is at the sole available at the Brantford Campus. It consists of 20.0 credits of discretion of the Sussex Admissions Committee. Normally, a which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level. A student's application will not be accepted unless the minimum of 10.0 credits are required for the Human Rights and following non-exhaustive conditions are met: Human Diversity major. All students in the program must complete successfully the ◦ As of May 1 of the applicant's first year, the student Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. has completed 5 credits, and; Prior to departing for studies at the University of Sussex, students ◦ The student's overall GPA is at least 8.0, and at least must have completed the 10.0 credits that are listed under Year 1 7.0 for all courses within the student's major, and; and Year 2 below. Due to the compacted nature of the Sussex Stream, students are strongly encouraged to pursue their degree ◦ The Program at WLU or at Sussex has space for more in the following manner: students, and; See table on page 289 ◦ The Committee believes that the student will succeed in the Program, according to any evidence it deems Progression Requirements relevant. Inquiries about a transfer into the Honours BA/LLB 1. Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five credits program should be made through the Academic Advising during Year 1 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in Centre. all Human Rights & Human Diversity courses and a Application for transfer into Year 2 of the Honours BA/LLB minimum cumulative GPA of 8.00 in all 5.0 credits. All program should be made by May 1 by submitting a Program credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA Transfer Request Form. requirements for progression into Year 2. These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by August 31. Honours BA Human Rights and Human 2. To be recommended for application to the Sussex LLB program in year three, students must have maintained a Diversity in Combination with another minimum overall GPA of 8.0 (B) over all credits completed Honours BA Program over their first three full terms (i.e, minimum 7.5 credits). The Combined Honours BA in Human Rights and Human Diversity These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by is only available at the Brantford Campus. It consists of 20.0 December 31 of the students' second year. credits of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for (6.0 credits if it is combined with a Faculty of Arts program). progression and course regulations and the earlier section All students in the program must complete successfully the regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Required Courses (7.5 credits) Application to Sussex 1. Students will apply to Sussex via the standard Sussex 1. HR100 application procedures. Students will apply through the 2. Human Rights: CT260/HR260 and two of: HR231, HR301/ Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) for OL301, HR320/YC320, HR321/JN321, CC325/HR325, CC326/ entry. Students will provide Sussex full application HR326, HR329/HS329, HR360 documents, including high school and University transcripts, references (Laurier students will submit 3. Human Diversity: HR261 and one of: HR263, HR355/CT355, references on a standardised reference form), and a HR361*, HR365/YC365, HR370/CT370 personal statement, in line with normal admissions 4. HRHD Professionalization Seminar: HR300 procedures. Sussex will consider applications according to its normal procedures. Students will be guaranteed an offer 5. Institutions and Implementation: HR323/LY323, HR328 of a place if they meet the progression requirements described above and where students have achieved Sussex's 6. Philosophy of Human Rights: HR401 standard English language entrance requirements, where 7. Capstone Course: One of: HR402, HR460 appropriate. 8. Methods: CC233/HS233/OL233 9. 0.5 additional credit of HR-designated courses.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 288 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA Human Rights and Human Diversity and LLB (Sussex) Stream

Honours BA Human Rights and Human Diversity (Sussex) LLB Stream

Year Credit Courses Total

HR100, HR163, HR260, 1 BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299, 5.0 1.5 elective credits

HR261, HR323, HR328, OL233/CC233/HS233 1.0 credits selected from: HR231, HR301/OL301, HR320/YC320, HR321/JN321, CC325/HR325, CC326/HR326, 2 HR329/HS329, HR360; 5.0 0.5 credit selected from: HR263, HR355/CT355, HR361*, HR365/YC365, HR370/CT370; 1.5 additional 200 or 300 level HR credits

Students pursue an LLB at the University of Sussex. Upon successful completion of their LLB, students will be 3-5 5.0 awarded 5.0 transfer credits equivalent to HR300, 1.5 senior HR credits and 3.0 senior elective credits

HR401, HR402 One of: CC315/OL315, OL334, OL335, CC327 (Pending Senate approval), HR334/JN334 6 5.0 3.5 additional credits including courses to be offered by Laurier to prepare students to write the National Accreditation exams leading to legal practice in Canada

10. 1.0 additional credit composed of additional HR-designated complete the HRHD Specialization in International Development courses and/or selected from among the following: CT403*, cannot also receive credit for the International Development EN211, EN280, EN310, FR250, FR251, HI271, HI338, HI349, Option. HI375, HI396, HI397, ID201, OL480*, OL481, PP213, All HRHD majors are eligible to apply to have a specialization or RE212*. specializations (two maximum) added to their Honours major [Students should be aware that some of these courses beginning in Year 2 of their program. To do so, students must have prerequisites; not all will be offered at the Brantford complete and submit the appropriate program selection form. Campus, and some may require prior permission of the After a student's eligibility has been confirmed, the Faculty of Arts. Although these prerequisites may be specialization(s) will be added to their program. waived by the program or department administering the To graduate with this specialization, students must: course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such arrangements.] 1. complete the requirements of the HRHD Honours BA or Notes Honours BA in Combination with another Honours BA Program; and 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and course regulations and the earlier section 2. complete the courses described below. regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Where applicable, the courses described below may also be 2. HR360 and HR460 are irregular courses. Each topic will be counted towards the requirements of the Human Rights and assigned to either the Human Rights or Human Diversity Human Diversity BA and BA in Combination with another Honours category as appropriate. BA program. International Development Specialization Required Courses: (2.0 credits) Many students are interested in Human Rights and Human EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics Diversity (HRHD) because they intend to positively impact on the HR163 - Introduction to International Development world through careers in the field of international development. HR263 - The Developing World The Specialization in International Development is intended to HR301/OL301 - Development Theories, Strategies and Issues enable Honours Human Rights and Human Diversity students to Elective Courses: (1.0 credit) develop knowledge and skills that, when combined with the Additional credits chosen from the following list of elective Honours BA in HRHD, will prepare them to assume entry-level courses. Students should be aware that some of these courses positions with international development organizations or to have prerequisites and not all will be offered at the Brantford pursue their education further in postgraduate programs in Campus. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the international development. Completion of the specialization will program or department administering the course, it is the result in a "International Development Specialization" designation responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. appearing on students' official university transcripts. Students who CC325/HR325 - Crimes Against Humanity CC326/HR326 - Transitional Justice CT203/HS203 - Disease and Society

289 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics OL251/HR251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century FR150 - Practical French I or FR250 - Language through Popular OL370 - Power and Governance in Organizations Culture I, or SP101 - Introduction to Spanish I [or similar HR391 - Canadian Internship/Field Placement university course in other international languages-consult program HR392 - International Internship/Field Placement co-ordinator for approval] HR394* - Extended Internship/Field Placement HR223/JN223 - Understanding Public Policy for Issue Advocacy MB105 - Business in a Networked Society HR231 - Human Rights and the Environment OL481 - Project Management HR232 - Women, Rights, and Equality HR320/YC320 - Children's Rights Human Rights Minor HR322/OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations The minor consists of 3.0 credits: CT260/HR260 and an additional HR329/HS329 - Global Health and Social Justice 2.5 credits in HR-designated courses. (HR-designated courses HR391 - Canadian Internship/Field Placement include courses in other programs that are cross-listed with HR HR392 - International Internship/Field Placement courses.) HR394* - Extended Internship/Field Placement JN327/MX327 - Social Documentary Notes OL251/HR251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century 1. BSW students may also count SK311 as a 0.5 credit of the additional 2.5 credits. Non-profit Career Skills Specialization 2. No more than 1.0 irregular credit may be counted toward a Many students are interested in Human Rights and Human general degree (only students admitted prior to Sept 1, Diversity (HRHD) because they intend to positively impact on the 2007), and no more than 3.0 toward an honours degree. world through careers in the non-profit sector. The Specialization in Non-profit Career Skills is intended to enable Honours Human 3. HR360 and HR460 are irregular courses. Each topic will be Rights and Human Diversity students to develop career-relevant assigned to either the Human Rights or Human Diversity transferrable skills that will be valuable to them both in obtaining category as appropriate. positions and progressing within this sector. Completion of the specialization will result in a "Non-profit Career Skills 4. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. Specialization" designation appearing on students' official Human Rights and Human Diversity university transcripts. All HRHD majors are eligible to apply to have a specialization or Program Courses specializations (two maximum) added to their Honours major beginning in Year 2 of their program. To do so, students must HR Course Notes complete and submit the appropriate program selection form. The following HR courses are only available at the After a student's eligibility has been confirmed, the Brantford Campus. specialization(s) will be added to their program. To graduate with this specialization, students must:

HR100 - Human Rights & Human Diversity 1. complete the requirements of the HRHD Honours BA or HR100 Human Rights & Human Diversity 0.5 Honours BA in Combination with another Honours BA This course provides an interdisciplinary introduction to the study Program; and of human rights, human diversity (e.g., race, ethnicity, culture, 2. complete the courses described below. gender, sexual orientation, disability), and the complex relationship between human rights and human diversity within Where applicable, the courses described below may also be contemporary states. The course may involve the study of specific counted towards the requirements of the Human Rights and cases, issues, debates, and important historical events. Human Diversity BA and BA in Combination with another Honours 3 lecture hours/week BA program.

HR163 - Introduction to International Development 1. Students must complete all of the following courses (2.0 HR163 Introduction to International credits): Development 0.5 HR322/OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations Despite global economic growth, inequality between and within HR305 - Fundraising countries seems to have increased. This interdisciplinary course HR306 - Human Rights Education and Advocacy provides an introduction to international development: the MB207 - Introduction to Financial Accounting or BU127 - processes, actors, approaches, interventions and policies affecting Introduction to Financial Accounting the lives of poor people across the world. Students will be introduced to key concepts and issues in international 2. Students must complete at least two courses selected from development, including such topics as human rights approaches to among the following courses (1.0 credit): development, poverty, debt, environment, democracy, health, CC315/OL315 - Evaluation Research conflict, education, migration, indigenous peoples, culture and HR223/JN223 - Understanding Public Policy for Issue technology, and the role played by states, development agencies, Advocacy international financial institutions, the United Nations and HR312/JN312 - Advocacy Journalism: Principles and individuals. Practice HR252/JN252 - Designing Digital and Social Media

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 290 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

HR252 - Designing Digital and Social Media 3 lecture hours/week HR252/JN252 Designing Digital and Social Category I Media 0.5 (Cross-listed as JN252.) HR219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HR219/HS219 Critical Disabilities Studies 0.5 (Cross-listed as HS219.) HR260/CT260 Introduction to Human Rights 0.5 HR260 - Introduction to Human Rights Exclusion: HS219, SY339. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HR223/JN223 Understanding Public Policy Focusing primarily on civil and political rights, this course HR223 - Understanding Public Policy for Issue Advocacy introduces students to the idea and origins of human rights, the for Issue Advocacy 0.5 institutions that have been designed to protect them, and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 contemporary controversies surrounding them. Case studies and Much advocacy, including that concerning human rights and examples of violations will be addressed as appropriate. {RW} human diversity issues, is ultimately aimed at changing (Cross-listed as CT260.) government policy. Thus, whether one hopes to advance change Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student, or HR100 and from within or from outside of government, it is important for permission of program co-ordinator. social leaders and issue advocates to understand how policy is Exclusion: CT260. made. This course adopts two perspectives to help students understand this process. From a structuralist perspective, students HR261 Multiculturalism 0.5 HR261 - Multiculturalism will learn how public policy makers are constrained by the This course will introduce students to the issue of cultural demands of economic and institutional structures in contemporary diversity and to multiculturalism as a political response to cultural Canadian society. From a dynamic perspective, students will diversity in Canada and elsewhere. The course will focus on the explore the fluid ways in which relevant actors like interest historical development of cultural diversity and multiculturalism groups, citizens, and decision-makers can and do interact to policy as well as contemporary controversies. This course requires produce public policy. Discussion will be illustrated by examples of students to participate in experiential learning outside of the public policy and policy innovation in Canada in such fields as classroom and to produce a written assignment(s) based on their international policy and human rights, telecommunications, media experiences. [Students who are unable to obtain a placement due and cultural policy, health care, environmental policy, and crime to problems in their police record will be accommodated.] and justice. (Cross-listed as JN223.) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: HR262. Exclusion: PO245. 36 lecture hours/term

HR231 Human Rights and the Environment 0.5 HR231 - Human Rights and the Environment HR263 The Developing World 0.5 HR263 - The Developing World This course focuses on the idea of a human right to a healthy and The course helps students understand the broad challenges and sustainable environment as an example of ongoing developments opportunities facing the peoples of the developing world in the types of claims being made in the name of human rights. It (understood to include countries in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, explores the development of this emergent right, linking it to and Latin America) by studying the social and political context. pressing global problems such as climate change, developing Topics covered may include: the legacy of colonialism, global world poverty and deforestation.† interdependence, religion, development, democratization, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. ethnicity and conflict, and women and gender.† Exclusion: HR331, HR360b. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 36 lecture hours/term Exclusion: PO220. 3 lecture hours HR232 - Women, Rights, and Equality HR232/LY232 Women, Rights, and Equality 0.5 This course examines Canadian and international, especially HR300 Professionalization Seminar 0.5 HR300 - Professionalization Seminar developing world, perspectives on the historical and current Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 struggles of women and girls to achieve equality and recognition of their human rights. Special attention is paid to how women's This writing-intensive seminar will equip Human Rights & Human efforts have been shaped by and, in turn have shaped, cultural Diversity students to prepare for internships, postgraduate mores and regulatory frameworks. (Cross-listed as LY232.)† careers,and graduate study. Students will be introduced to and Prerequisite: Senior student status. practice such transferable skills as resume and cover letter writing, Exclusion: LY232. presentation making, teamwork, grant applications, précis-writing, 3 lecture hours/week report writing, and media monitoring. Students will also explore Category I career options and opportunities for graduate study as well as plan how to prepare for these opportunities. HR251/OL251 Workplace Diversity in the Prerequisite: HR100, HR260, HR261 and registration in Honours HR251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century Human Rights & Human Diversity, and registration status: Year 3 21st Century 0.5 or Year 4 or permission of the department. (Cross-listed as OL251.) Seminar course

291 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

HR301 - Development Theories, Strategies and Issues HR301/OL301 Development Theories, active inclusion; and the transition to adulthood. Domestic and Strategies and Issues 0.5 international perspectives will be considered. (Cross-listed as YC319.)† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. This course provides an interdisciplinary introduction to the field of development studies. It focuses on theories and substantive HR320/YC320 Children's Rights 0.5 HR320 - Children's Rights issues of development, including the idea of development as a human right. Historical processes of development and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 underdevelopment, including internal and external factors, will be This course explores the theory and practice of children's rights in assessed. Theoretical approaches to the analysis of developing North America, other world regions, and international law countries will be surveyed and their policy implications examined. (especially the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child). Topics (Cross-listed as OL301.) will include: the concept of childhood, the evolution of children's Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission rights, and contemporary issues, such as child labour, prostitution of the instructor. and sex trafficking, slavery, juvenile justice and child soldiers. Exclusion: GS211, HR301. (Cross-listed as YC320.) Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission HR305 Fundraising 0.5 of the instructor. HR305 - Fundraising Exclusion: CO320, YC320. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Fundraising is an important skill upon which many organizations HR321/JN321 Journalism, Human Rights and HR321 - Journalism, Human Rights and International Development advancing human rights and other causes rely. For some people International Development 0.5 fundraising forms part of their job; for others it is the focus of their career. This course introduces students key concepts and Students will receive a thorough grounding in the conceptual and methods of fundraising. Topics addressed may include annual practical sides of the often controversial relationship between the giving, special events, foundation relations, corporate relations, institution of journalism as an integral pillar of democracy and the capital campaigns, endowed giving, and the ethics of role of journalism in promoting human rights and international fundraising.† development.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 or JN307 (or JN207/MX207) Category I and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Exclusion: JN321. HR306 Human Rights Education and Advocacy 0.5 HR306 - Human Rights Education and Advocacy HR322/OL322 Non-Governmental HR322 - Non-Governmental Organizations Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Organizations 0.5 This course provides students with an introduction to the theory Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and practice and issues and ethics related to human rights education, advocacy, and activism in educational, workplace, An examination of the different types of non-governmental international development, media, public policy, non-profit organizations. This course will discuss the perspectives of managers, volunteers, board members, policy-makers, donors and organization, and social movement contexts.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student and HR100 or clients.(Cross-listed as OL322.) † HR260/CT260. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Category I Exclusion: OL325, OL420. HR312 - Advocacy Journalism: PrinciplesHR323 and Practice - Rights in Canada: Rights, Freedoms and the Charter HR312/JN312 Advocacy Journalism: HR323/LY323 Rights in Canada: Rights, Principles and Practice 0.5 Freedoms and the Charter 0.5 (Cross-listed as JN312.) This course provides students with an overview of rights and freedoms in Canada, the institutions that have been designed to HR313/CC313 Mean Justice: Criminal secure and protect them, and the impact they have had on HR313 - Mean Justice: Criminal Injustice, Ethics & Rights Canadian society and politics. While the course will focus primarily Injustice, Ethics & Rights 0.5 on the Charter of Rights and Freedoms (its origins, content, and (Cross-listed as CC313.) impact) other topics may be addressed including human rights commissions and the development of constitutional rights in HR319 - Children/Youth & Disabilities: Inclusion and Human Rights HR319/YC319 Children/Youth & Disabilities: Canada. (Cross-listed as LY323.) Inclusion and Human Rights 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: HR360c, LY323. This interdisciplinary course addresses issues related to children 36 lecture hours/term and youth with disabilities from the perspectives of critical disabilities studies and human rights. Topics addressed may include the roles of self-advocacy, social movements, and child advocates; policy and legislation; practical modalities to facilitate

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 292 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

HR325/CC325 Crimes Against Humanity 0.5 justice system, and those who are not (e.g., psychological abuse, HR325 - Crimes Against Humanity harms perpetrated by corporations, environmental degradation, This course addresses crimes against humanity and humanitarian and institutional policies and practices). (Cross-listed as LY332.)† law. Crimes against humanity will be studied in theory and in Prerequisite: HR100 or HR260/CT260 or LY100 and registration practice, including critical examination of important historical status: senior student. incidents of genocide, war crimes and other atrocities. Study of Exclusion: CC303, LY332. humanitarian law will address its origins, philosophical 3 lecture hours foundations and evolution. (Cross-listed as CC325.) Category I Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission of the instructor. HR333 - Law, Intellectual Property and Human Rights Exclusion: CC325. HR333/LY333 Law, Intellectual Property and Human Rights 0.5 HR326 - Transitional Justice HR326/CC326 Transitional Justice 0.5 (Cross-listed as LY333.) This course examines the ways in which justice is done in the HR334 - Public Opinion Research: Surveys, Focus Groups and Basic Statistics aftermath of mass atrocities such as genocide, war crimes, and HR334/JN334 Public Opinion Research: crimes against humanity. The course will address general Surveys, Focus Groups and approaches to justice after conflict (such as lustration, apology, Basic Statistics 0.5 reconciliation and criminal prosecution) and specific national and (Cross-listed as JN334.) global mechanisms (such as War Crimes Tribunals, the HR335 - Labour Law and Labour Rights International Criminal Court, Truth and Reconciliation HR335/LY335 Labour Law and Labour Rights 0.5 Commissions).(Cross-listed as CC326.)† (Cross-listed as LY335.) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. HR355 - Advancing Racial and Ethnic Equality Exclusion: CC326. HR355/CT355 Advancing Racial and Ethnic Equality 0.5 HR328 The United Nations in the 21st HR328 - The United Nations in the 21st Century (Cross-listed as CT355.) Century 0.5 This course focuses on the United Nations as an institution at the HR360 Special Topics I 0.5 HR360 - Special Topics I centre of a broad system of global governance that includes regional institutions like the European Union and Organization of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 American States. The course will have a special emphasis on Consult the department for course offerings. human rights and will also address other global issues such as Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 and registration status: Year peace and security, economic development, workers' rights, the 3 or Year 4, or permission of the instructor. AIDS crisis, and environmental protection. Irregular course Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission HR361* - Special Topics II of the instructor. HR361* Special Topics II 1.0 Exclusion: CT328. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 lecture hours/term Consult the department for course offerings. Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 or HR261 (or HR262) and Global Health and Social HR329 - Global Health and Social Justice HR329/HS329 registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission of the Justice 0.5 instructor. This course focuses on the social determinants that influence the Irregular course health of individuals, communities and countries and the social HR365 - Immigrant & Ethno-Racial Youth justice issues to which they give rise as an example of social and HR365/YC365 Immigrant & Ethno-Racial economic human rights in practice. Topics may include: economic, Youth 0.5 social and political dimensions of global emergency services; This course applies an interdisciplinary approach to the study of humanitarian aid; world health systems and development; immigrant and ethno-racial youth in Canada and, to a lesser international disease transmission; and population health and extent, the United States. The course will cover such topics as: social justice. (Cross-listed as HS329.)† challenges faced by immigrant youth and how they differ from Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 or HS201 and registration second- and third-generation immigrant youth; marginality, status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission of the instructor. racism, and exclusion; and the critical role played by the Exclusion: HS329. educational experience on the outcomes of ethno-racial youth. (Cross-listed as YC365.)† Victims, Rights, & Social HR332 - Victims, Rights, & Social Justice HR332/LY332 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Justice 0.5 36 lecture hours/term This course addresses the topic of victims, victimization, and HR370 - Gender, Sexuality, and Social Justice responses to victimization as a human rights issue and a challenge HR370/CT370 Gender, Sexuality, and Social to social justice in Canada and internationally. The course adopts Justice 0.5 a broad definition of victim - acknowledging both those who are (Cross-listed with CT370.) recognized by existing law and legal systems such as the criminal

293 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

HR375 - Sexual Diversity and Human RightsHR393 - Directed Studies I HR375 Sexual Diversity and Human Rights 0.5 HR393 Directed Studies I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered This course explores the politics, history, and cross-cultural by the regular program. Consult current departmental regulations. dimensions of efforts to recognize discrimination against people Prerequisite: HR100, HR260/CT260 and registration status: Year 3 based on gender identities and sexual orientations (e.g., lesbian, or Year 4, or permission of the instructor. gay, bisexual, transgender, queer) as a human rights issue in Irregular Course Canada, in other countries, and at the international level.† Category I or II Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, or permission HR394* - Extended Internship/Field Placement of the instructor. HR394* Extended Internship/Field Placement 1.0 Exclusion: GS340J, GS357. This course combines participation in a Canadian or international internship or volunteer field placement with a human rights-, HR391 - Canadian Internship/Field Placement HR391 Canadian Internship/Field Placement 0.5 human diversity-, or international development-related This course combines participation in an internship or field organization with the academic requirements of a senior placement with a human rights- or human diversity-related undergraduate course. It is the student's responsibility to locate, organization with the academic requirements of a senior obtain and cover all costs associated with the placement. To undergraduate course. It is the student's responsibility to locate, receive academic credit for the internship, the internship must be obtain, and cover all costs associated with the internship. To pre-approved by the program co-ordinator, it is normally expected receive academic credit for the placement, the placement must be that the placement will be at least 10 weeks or 400 hours in pre-approved by the program co-ordinator, it is normally expected length, the student must write a formal research paper based upon that the placement will be least 4 weeks or 160 hours in length, the experience, and the student must make a presentation to an the student must write a formal research paper based upon the undergraduate class based on what he or she learned from the experience, and the student must make a presentation to an experience. The grade for this course will be based on an undergraduate class based on what he or she learned from the evaluation of the research paper and the presentation. experience. The grade for this course will be based on an Prerequisite: Permission of the Human Rights and Human evaluation of the research paper and the presentation. Diversity program co-ordinator prior to beginning the internship; Prerequisite: Permission of the Human Rights and Human HR100 or HR260/CT260 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; Diversity program co-ordinator prior to beginning the internship; and minimum overall GPA of 7.00 at the time of application. HR100 or HR260/CT260 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; Irregular course and minimum GPA of 7.0 at the time of application. HR401 - Philosophy of Human Rights This course will be defined as either a Category I or a Category II HR401 Philosophy of Human Rights 0.5 elective for the Human Rights and Human Diversity program at the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 time of registration based upon the nature of the placement. This course focuses on the philosophical development of the idea of human rights, philosophical critics of the concept, and HR392 - International Internship/Field Placement HR392 International Internship/Field contemporary issues. Placement 0.5 Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 and registration status: Year This course combines participation in an international internship 3 or Year 4. or volunteer field placement in an international development Exclusion: HR360a. context with the academic requirements of a senior undergraduate Seminar course course. It is the student's responsibility to locate, obtain, and HR402 - Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Human Rights cover all costs associated with the placement. To receive academic HR402 Cross-Cultural Perspectives on Human credit for the internship, the internship must be pre-approved by Rights 0.5 the program co-ordinator, it is normally expected that the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 placement will be at least 4 weeks or 160 hours in length, the student must write a formal research paper based upon the This course explores interactions between international human experience, and the student must make a presentation to an rights and non-Western cultures. Among topics that may be undergraduate class based on what he or she learned from the considered are: how culture, religion, gender, and human rights experience. The grade for this course will be based on an intersect; how Western and non-Western conceptions of human evaluation of the research paper and the presentation. rights interact; and how to address local practices that conflict Prerequisite: Permission of the Human Rights and Human with international human rights (e.g., female genital mutilation, Diversity program co-ordinator prior to beginning the internship; child slavery, and servile marital arrangements). HR100 or HR260/CT260 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4; Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 and registration status: Year and minimum GPA of 7.0 at the time of application. 3 or Year 4. This course will be defined as either a Category I or a Category II Seminar course elective for the Human Rights and Human Diversity program at the HR460 - Special Seminar in Human Rights and Human Diversity time of registration based upon the nature of the placement. HR460 Special Seminar in Human Rights and Human Diversity 0.5 Consult the department for course offerings.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 294 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Prerequisite: HR100 or CT260/HR260 and registration status: Year Mohawk or ID330 - Cultural Teaching through Language – 3 or Year 4. Intermediate Anishnaabe Irregular course ID308 - Indigenous Forms of Justice ID350 - Special Topics HR493 - Directed Studies II HR493 Directed Studies II 0.5 ID360 - Indigenous-Settler Relations A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered ID375 - Indigenous Community Organizing by the regular program. Consult current departmental regulations. ID401/YC401 - Indigenous Allyship and Kinship Prerequisite: HR100, HR260/CT260 and registration status: Year 3 ID402 - Directed Studies – Readings in Indigenous Studies or Year 4, or permission of the instructor. ID405 - Indigenous Issues and Anthropology Irregular Course ID410 - Medicine Garden Category I or II NO230 - Decolonizing North America Indigenous Studies Minor Students completing the Indigenous Studies minor must complete Indigenous Studies Program 3.0 credits, including CT120/ID120, and at least 2.0 senior ID credits. Program Co-ordinator: Lianne Leddy, PhD, [email protected], Notes 519-756-8228, ext 5729. 1. BSW students may also count SK422 as a 0.5 senior credit The Indigenous Studies combined major and minor, and ID courses towards the ID minor. are only available at the Brantford Campus. 2. No more than 3.0 Irregular credits may be counted toward an honours degree. All students in the Indigenous Studies Combined Honours BA 3. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. program will develop an increased awareness of their own culture and the cultures of Indigenous peoples, both in Canada and Indigenous Studies Program Courses globally; they will learn to identify and articulate research questions and approaches that respect and utilize indigenous ID Course Notes research paradigms and the common theoretical assumptions of The following ID courses are only available at the indigenous cultures; and they will develop facility in communicating with and between indigenous and non-native Brantford Campus. Canadian populations and groups in the execution of their academic or professional duties. ID100 - Indigenous Peoples and Media ID100 Indigenous Peoples and Media 0.5 Honours BA Indigenous Studies in Through film clips and print media the depiction of Aboriginal Combination with another Honours BA people is traced from the silent film era to the present day. Program Students will assess the social and historical impacts of these images and consider the role that film can play in the future of The Combined Honours BA Indigenous Studies program consists of Aboriginal people. 20.0 credits, including no more than 7.0 at the 100 level. The 3 lecture hours program must include a minimum of 8.0 credits in approved courses, including the 4.0 required credits and at least 6.0 senior Introduction to Indigenous ID120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies credits. ID120/CT120 All students in the program must complete successfully the Studies 0.5 Foundations Curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Provides students with an overview of the discipline of Indigenous Required Courses: (4.0 credits) Studies including the history, cultures, and experiences of ID120/CT120, ID201, ID205/CT205, ID207, ID227, ID301, ID303, Indigenous peoples in Canada. (Cross-listed as CT120.) ID400 Exclusion: CT120, CT210*, CT241, CT242. Electives: (4.0 credits) ID201 - Indigenous Perspectives on Globalization AR217 - In Small Things Forgotten: Artifact Analysis ID201 Indigenous Perspectives on AR219* - Introduction to Field Archaeology Globalization 0.5 EN280 - Indigenous Writers in English This course explores the complex issues of Indigenous identity ID100 - Indigenous Peoples and Media and government policy implications, land, labor, economic and ID202 - The Métis in Canada - Syncretic Worldviews survival strategies, as well as the continuing tensions between ID208/YC208 - Indigenous Play and Games issues of participation and social exclusion on one hand, and ID220 - Cultural Teachings Through Language – Basic Mohawk or autonomy and self-development on the other. ID230 - Cultural Teachings Through Language – Basic Anishnaabe Prerequisite: CT120/ID120. ID302/YC302 - Indigenous Children and Families 3 lecture hours ID320 - Cultural Teaching through Language – Intermediate

295 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

ID202 - The Métis in Canada - Syncretic Worldviews ID202 The Métis in Canada - Syncretic This course will examine the social and cultural features of the Worldviews 0.5 Haudenosaunee people from within an Iroquoian understanding of culture and tradition. Oral history, contemporary realities, current Who are the Métis? Do they have Aboriginal rights? This course scholarship and contemporary creative expressions will be describes how the Métis emerged and developed in various parts explored in a way that recognizes the similarities and differences of Canada, and the political and social organizations which between Haudenosaunee communities. sustain them in the 21st century. Prerequisite: CT120/ID120 and registration status: senior 3 lecture hours student. Seminar course ID205 - Indigenous People and Anthropology ID205/CT205 Indigenous People and Anthropology ID230 - Cultural Teachings Through Language – Basic Anishnaabe 0.5 ID230 Cultural Teachings Through Language – (Cross-listed as CT205.) Basic Anishnaabe 0.5 Communication in Indigenous languages is based on cultural ID207 - Gender and Indigenous Communities ID207 Gender and Indigenous Communities 0.5 interaction, tradition and history. Fluent language speakers will This course explores the role of gender in Indigenous communities introduce a basic understanding of cultural concepts through from theoretical perspectives and through lived experiences of language. Indigenous peoples. Students will learn about Indigenous theories 3 lecture hours of gender, including Indigenous feminism, queer/two-spirit theory and work on Indigenous masculinities. The work of Indigenous ID301 Traditional Ecological Knowledge 0.5 ID301 - Traditional Ecological Knowledge peoples to address patriarchy through writing, political action and Shows how human life depends on complex systems of cultural the revitalization of traditions and artistic creativity will be knowledge about the natural world. Topics will include Indigenous examined as evidence of the struggle to return to the respectful peoples' biological classification and nomenclatural systems, egalitarian traditions where women were valued for their ethnobiology, and Indigenous explanatory models of contributions. environmental systems and the application of this knowledge in Prerequisite: CT120/ID120 and registration status: senior practice. student. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: WS207. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours Irregular course ID208/YC208 Indigenous Play and Games ID208 - Indigenous Play and Games ID302 - Indigenous Children and Families 0.5 ID302/YC302 Indigenous Children and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Families 0.5 Games and sports have been central to developing a socially Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cohesive environment within Indigenous communities. Many of This course looks at the strengths of Indigenous children and the games played today were invented in Indigenous family systems, with a focus on the Indigenous nations of North communities. Games are an important way to understand a America. Students will explore the meaning of childhood within people's worldview, and playing and understanding games teaches various Indigenous cultures, will examine colonial disruptions to important aspects of Indigenous cultures. Games are played, Indigenous family systems, and will learn about the resistance, created and reinvented in Indigenous communities to continue to resilience and recovery successes of Indigenous peoples toward provide recreation, strengthen social connections, share and Indigenous family well-being. (Cross-listed as YC302.) sustain cultures, and teach traditional knowledge. In this course, Prerequisite: ID120; registration status: senior student. students will be introduced to the cultural, social and political significance of Indigenous games, and will have opportunities to ID303 - Indigenous Pedagogy see how play contributes to Indigenous lives and cultures. (Cross- ID303 Indigenous Pedagogy 0.5 listed as YC208.) Traditional education teaches by experience, experimentation, Prerequisite: ID120 or YC100. trial and error, by independent observation of nature and human behaviour, and through voluntary community sharing of ID220 - Cultural Teachings Through Language – Basic Mohawk ID220 Cultural Teachings Through Language – information, story, song, and ritual. Most importantly, local elders Basic Mohawk 0.5 and traditional knowledge systems are autonomous in comparison to a strict Western education model. This course explores Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 contemporary written texts on Indigenous pedagogy and includes Communication in Indigenous languages is based on cultural learning through listening to storytellers and/or elders who visit interaction, tradition and history. Fluent language speakers will the classroom. introduce a basic understanding of cultural concepts through Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. language. Exclusion: CO303. Seminar course 3 lecture hours

ID227 - The People of the Longhouse ID227 The People of the Longhouse 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 296 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

ID308/LY308 Indigenous Forms of Justice 0.5 western academic pursuits. Finally, students will design a research ID308 - Indigenous Forms of Justice plan for an Indigenous research project. This will include a Indigenous justice systems, customary laws and institutions are literature review and any required ethics applications. being rejuvenated globally by Indigenous peoples. This course will Prerequisite: Year 3 or year 4 status. examine Indigenous perceptions of justice that may pose challenges to Western ideas and practices of law justice. It will ID401 - Indigenous Allyship & Kinship also examine the influence of Western demands of rule of law and ID401/YC401 Indigenous Allyship & Kinship 0.5 economics on Indigenous justice systems, specifically in terms of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 producing justice systems that have meaning to indigenous This course encourages students to think critically about the peoples and preserving ancestral values for future generations. process of allyship and Indigenous conceptions of kinship. (Cross-listed as LY308.) Students will learn about the importance of building and Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. maintaining lasting relationships with Indigenous communities 3 lecture hours and organizations through practical volunteer experience. (Cross- listed as YC401.) ID320 - Cultural Teaching through Language – Intermediate Mohawk ID320 Cultural Teaching through Language – Prerequisite: ID120/CT120; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Intermediate Mohawk 0.5 ID402 - Directed Studies – Readings in Indigenous Studies Through the use of web-based material, language apps and culture ID402 Directed Studies – Readings in camps, students will increase fluency and comprehension. Indigenous Studies 0.5 Prerequisite: ID220. Students wishing to pursue a course of directed studies must, with a faculty member who is willing to supervise such a course, ID330 - Cultural Teaching through Language – Intermediate Anishnaabe ID330 Cultural Teaching through Language – formulate a proposal accurately describing the course content, the Intermediate Anishnaabe 0.5 intended method and extent of supervision, and the method by Through the use of web-based material, language apps and culture which work will be evaluated. camps, students will increase fluency and comprehension. Prerequisite: Registration status: year 3 or year 4. Prerequisite: ID230. ID405 - Indigenous Issues and Anthropology ID405 Indigenous Issues and Anthropology 0.5 ID350 - Special Topics ID350 Special Topics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is an investigation of special topics pertinent to The land and cultural heritage of Indigenous peoples are indigenous studies. Offerings will vary from year to year. protected by the United Nations as collective rights. Nation states Prerequisite: 1.0 200 level ID credit. challenge the rights of Indigenous peoples and Western academics Irregular course are often used as expert witnesses in legal cases. This course will investigate the role of Indigenous knowledge and Western ID360 - Indigenous-Settler Relations ID360 Indigenous-Settler Relations 0.5 knowledge (i.e., anthropology and history) in the protection of This course investigates the relationship between Indigenous Indigenous rights. Case studies from around the world will communities and settlers from first contact to contemporary examine a range of topics, including land claims, rights to times. Themes including colonialism, sovereignty, treaties and traditional land use practices, protection of intellectual property land rights will be examined using historical and modern case (e.g., medicines, art, songs, ceremonies), oral history, studies from around the world. repatriation of cultural heritage and ancestors from museums, and Prerequisite: CT120/ID120. the role of anthropologists as political activists. Exclusion: 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: ID205; registration status: Year 3 or Year 4.

ID375 - Indigenous Community OrganizingID410 - Medicine Garden ID375 Indigenous Community Organizing 0.5 ID410 Medicine Garden 0.5 This course will examine issues involved in Indigenous community Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 organizing. The course will focus on the unique intricacies of This course will introduce students to basic plant medicines organizing within Indigenous communities – reserve, rural and according to local and traditional Indigenous knowledge. Students urban. Students will learn how to identify community issues, will work with knowledge keepers from Six Nations of the Grand examine organizational responses and assess programs within River to learn how to identify plants that are local to the area and Indigenous cultural protocols and realities. to understand their basic medicinal uses. Harvesting, drying and Prerequisite: CT120/ID120. making tinctures will be covered, as will protocols around 3 lecture hours traditional Indigenous knowledge in relation to working with plant medicines. Students will be expected to fulfill twenty ID400 - Indigenous Research Methodologies ID400 Indigenous Research Methodologies 0.5 community service learning hours, as there will be an experiential This course is an in-depth examination of Indigenous research component involving working on the land with the Six Nations theories, methods and methodologies. Students will be exposed to knowledge keepers. Work from this course will also contribute to aspects of traditional research protocols and activities that exist the development of a medicine garden behind the Laurier within Indigenous communities. Students will also examine a Brantford Aboriginal Student House. diversity of literature around Indigenous research issues within Prerequisite: Registration status: year 3 or year 4. Exclusion: CT487c. Seminar course

297 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

International Development 3. Students completing the Human Rights and Human Diversity program are eligible to complete the International Program Development Specialization, and are excluded from completing the International Development Option. Program Information: Andrew Robinson, PhD, (519) 756-8228, Leadership and International Development Stream ext 5743, [email protected] Students completing the Honours BA Leadership Program may International Development Option specialize in International Development. This option consists of 4.0 credits, as outlined in the requirements for the International The International Development Option is only available at the Development Option. In addition, students also complete the Brantford Campus. The option consists of 4.0 credits. required courses for the Honours BA in Leadership (6.5 credits) Program requirements: and the requirements of Foundations: BF190, BF199, BF290, For graduation, students must have a minimum cumulative GPA of BF299. 6.00 on all 4.0 credits. Required Courses: (2.5 credits) International Policy Program EC140 - Introduction to Macroeconomics (Faculty of Arts) HR163 - Introduction to International Development HR263 - The Developing World International Policy Option HR301/OL301 - Development Theories, Strategies and Issues International Policy Option HR328 - The United Nations in the 21st Century Elective Courses: (1.5 credits) Issue Advocacy Program Additional credits chosen from the following list of elective courses. Students should be aware that some of these courses Program Information: Kenneth Werbin, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. have prerequisites and not all will be offered at the Brantford 5732, [email protected] Campus. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the program or department administering the course, it is the Issue Advocacy Option responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. The Issue Advocacy Option is only available at the Brantford CC233/HS233/OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Campus. The Option consists of 4.5 credits. For graduation, Methods students must have a 6.00 GPA in all 4.5 credits of the option. CC315/OL315 - Evaluation Research Required Courses: CC325/HR325 - Crimes Against Humanity JN101 - Reporting and Writing for News CC326/HR326 - Transitional Justice JN208 - Issue-Based Research CT203/HS203 - Disease and Society JN253 - Introduction to Public and Media Relations CT260/HR260 - Introduction to Human Rights JN334 - Public Opinion Research: Surveys, Focus Groups and Basic EC120 - Introduction to Microeconomics Statistics FR150 - Practical French I or FR250 - Language through Popular JN406 - Public Opinion, Communications and Democracy Culture I, or SP101 - Introduction to Spanish I [or similar OL224 - Organizational Leadership university course in other OL109/MB109 - Interpersonal Communications in Contemporary international languages-consult program co-ordinator for Society approval] OL365 - Influence, Persuasion and Negotiation (note: this course HR223/JN223 - Understanding Public Policy for Issue Advocacy has a prerequisite of JN/MB/OL109) HR231 - Human Rights and the Environment And one of: HR232 - Women, Rights, and Equality HR306 - Human Rights Education and Advocacy HR251/OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century HR312/JN312 - Advocacy Journalism: Principles and Practice HR320/YC320 - Children's Rights JN301 - Environmental Communication HR322/OL322 - Non-Governmental Organizations JN307 - Media, Culture and Democracy HR329/HS329 - Global Health and Social Justice JN314/OL314 - Listening & Nonverbal Communication HR391 - Canadian Internship/Field Placement PO263 - Politics and Government in Canada HR392 - International Internship/Field Placement HR394* - Extended Internship/Field Placement Notes JN327/MX327 - Social Documentary 1. Students should be aware that some of these courses have Notes prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the program administering the course, it is the 1. The Faculty of Liberal Arts offers a BA without a responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. designation. No further designation (major, option or 2. Students in the Honours Digital Media & Journalism minor) is awarded with this degree. program are excluded from completion of the Issue 2. Students are not permitted to complete both the Advocacy Option. International Policy Option and the International Development Option.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 298 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

3. The Faculty of Liberal Arts offers a BA without a Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.5 credits toward the designation. No further designation (major, option or degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must minor) is awarded with this degree. complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Labour Studies and Career Notes Development 1. Students in the Labour Studies and Career Development program may choose to complete a post-graduate Honours BA Labour Studies and Career certificate in Human Resource Management or Career Development Practitioner from Conestoga College offered Development through an agreement with Conestoga College on the The Honours Bachelor of Arts Labour Studies and Career Brantford campus of Wilfrid Laurier University. Students Development degree provides interdisciplinary inquiry into the who have successfully completed a minimum of 10.0 credits historical and contemporary dimensions of the experience of work including WORK210 and CT250, with a minimum GPA of 5.0 and the developing terrain of employment in Canada and the in Honours WE and 5.00 GPA overall are eligible to enroll, global world. normally during Year 3 of full-time study. Completion of The Honours BA Labour Studies and Career Development degree either certificate with a minimum of 70% will allow consists of 20.0 credits, with no more than 7.0 credits at the 100 students to receive 5.0 senior credits including: 1.0 senior level. The program consists of a minimum of 9.5 credits in Labour WORK credit and 4.0 miscellaneous senior credits. Studies and Career Development, including a minimum of 9.0 2. Students are advised to contact academic advising for senior credits. assistance with program planning. Labour Studies and Career Development Curriculum: 3. Applications for Conestoga College will be available Required (4.5 credits) including: 2.5 credits of WORK: through the Labour Studies and Career Development WORK100 - Work in the 21st Century program. WORK210 - Collective Bargaining 4. Completion of the following courses prior to attending WORK231/YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour Conestoga College is recommended in order to meet WORK320 - Global Labour Issues prerequisites and graduation requirements for senior level WORK400 - Strengthening Work in the 21st Century (Capstone) courses in Year 4: An additional 2.0 credits: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299, WORK100, WORK210, CT250, CT250 - Understanding Global Capitalism 1.5 credits from Category I, 1.5 credits from Category II. CT310 - Economics, Class & Public Policy 5. This program will follow the Academic Regulations for all HI338 - Canadian Labour History Honours BA programs in the Faculty of Liberal Arts. The LY335 - Labour Law and Labour Rights major GPA includes all interdisciplinary required and Additional Senior Credits: elective courses. Category I: Diversity and Identity (2.5 credits chosen from): CT355/HR355 - Advancing Racial and Ethnic Equality Honours BA Labour Studies and Career CT370 - Gender, Sexuality, and Social Justice Development in Combination with another HR251/OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century HS219/HR219 - Critical Disabilities Studies Honours BA Program HS227/CT227 - Aging: Realities and Myths The Combined Honours BA Labour Studies and Career Development HS301 - Occupational Health and Safety program consists of 20 credits, including no more than 7.0 at the ID375 - Indigenous Community Organizing 100 level. The program includes a minimum of 6.5 credits in WORK340 - Work-Life Balance Labour Studies and Career Development approved courses, WS204 - Women, Gender and Work including at least 6.0 senior credits. Category II: Varieties and Contexts (2.5 credits chosen from): Required Courses (4.5 credits) including: CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice 2.5 credits of WORK: CT255 - The Democratic Imagination WORK100 - Work in the 21st Century WORK210 - Collective CT324 - Globalization, Culture & Society Bargaining WORK231/YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth CT405 - Digital Play, Digital Labour and Labour WORK320 - Global Labour Issues WORK400 - CT425 - Social and Environmental Capstone: Another World is Strengthening Work in the 21st Century (Capstone) Possible An additional 2.0 credits: CT250 - Understanding Global HI337 - Canadian Business History Capitalism CT310 - Economics, Class & Public Policy HI338 - JN208 - Issue-Based Research Canadian Labour History LY335/HR335 - Labour Law and Labour OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods Rights WORK240 - Migrant Labour, Global and Local Additional Senior Credits: WORK310 - Conflict Resolution, Mediation and Arbitration Category I: Diversity & Identity : 1.0 credit (2 x 0.5 credit WORK330 - Innovative Work Arrangements courses) chosen from: CT355/HR355 - Advancing Racial and Ethnic Equality CT370/HR370 - Gender, Sexuality, and Social Justice

299 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

HR251/OL251 - Workplace Diversity in the 21st Century HS219/ This course examines labour relations as it applies to union HR219 - Critical Disabilities Studies HS227/CT227 - Aging: organization, collective bargaining, contract administration and Realities and Myths HS301 - Occupational Health and Safety dispute resolution. The topics covered include the historical and ID375 - Indigenous Community Organizing WORK340 - Work-Life economic conditions that influenced the development of unions in Balance WS204 - Women, Gender and Work the private and public sector, legal aspects of bargaining rights Category II: Varieties & Contexts: 1.0 credit (2 x 0.5 credit and impasse resolution, bargaining issues and bargaining courses) chosen from: CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in outcomes, dispute resolution procedures, and trends in the Practice CT255 - The Democratic Imagination CT324 - contemporary role of unions and collective bargaining. Globalization, Culture & Society WORK231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour CT405 - Digital Play, Digital Labour CT425 - Social and WORK231/YC231 Millennial Workers: Environmental Capstone: Another World is Possible HI337 - Children, Youth and Labour 0.5 Canadian Business History JN208 - Issue-Based Research OL233/ Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 HS233/CC233 - Introduction to Social Science Research Methods WORK240 - Migrant Labour, Global and Local WORK310 - Conflict This course offers an interdisciplinary investigation of the Resolution, Mediation and Arbitration historical and contemporary experience of child and youth labour. While the course is international in scope, special attention will WORK330 - Innovative Work Arrangements be given to the modern youth labour market in Canada. (Cross- listed as YC231.) Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.5 credits toward the Prerequisite: WORK100 or YC100. degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, WORK240 - Migrant Labour, Global and Local BF290, BF299. WORK240 Migrant Labour, Global and Local 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Labour Studies and Career Development Migrant labour has become a major phenomenon in the global Minor economy. This course will explore the forces driving local and The minor in Labour Studies and Career Development consists of global labour migration; the industries, regions, legal frameworks, 3.0 credits including: and conditions within which migrant workers are employed; and A) 2.0 Required credits: WORK100 - Work in the 21st Century the impacts of labour migration on both sending and receiving WORK231/YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour communities. In analyzing such topics as human rights, health, WORK320 - Global Labour Issues HI338 - Canadian Labour History economic impacts and transnational families, migrant workers in B) 0.5 credit chosen from the following WORK courses: Canada will be compared with those in various national contexts. WORK210 - Collective Bargaining WORK240 - Migrant Labour, WORK310 - Conflict Resolution, Mediation and Arbitration Global and Local WORK310 - Conflict Resolution, Mediation and WORK310 Conflict Resolution, Mediation and Arbitration WORK330 - Innovative Work Arrangements WORK340 - Arbitration 0.5 Work-Life Balance Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 C) An additional 0.5 credit chosen from courses in the Labour This course builds on WORK210 to consider more advanced topics Studies and Career Development program, including any WORK related to conflict resolution, mediation and arbitration. Topics courses not completed in (B). include alternative dispute resolution, mediation fairness, ethics, Note privilege, and confidentiality, negotiation strategies, legal and Refer to the Regulations Governing Minors. procedural issues, and considerations related to workplace inclusivity and workplace culture. Labour Studies and Career Development Prerequisite: WORK210. Courses WORK320 - Global Labour Issues WORK320 Global Labour Issues 0.5 WORK100 - Work in the 21st Century WORK100 Work in the 21st Century 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course analyzes the transformation of work and employment This course will consider the changing nature and experience of in light of the globalization of production, distribution and work in Canada and its relationship to the emerging trends of communication. Issues considered include new forms of workplace globalization. Topics explored include the historical development organization and employment relationships, the role of states and of work, nature of work in the global economy, the evolving democratic debate in shaping the evolution of labour issues in an relationship between management and work, the demographics of international context, and the adaptation of legal, economic and work, employment and unemployment, the changing connections political structures in this new globalized context. between work and leisure, the role of the state and other topics WORK330 - Innovative Work Arrangements relating to work, economy and society. WORK330 Innovative Work Arrangements 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 WORK210 - Collective Bargaining WORK210 Collective Bargaining 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 300 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Contemporary economic and political developments such as The Law and Society program will allow students to explore the globalization, new communications technologies, and concerns relationships between laws, courts, and other social institutions, about environmental sustainability and work/life balance have such as economics, politics, family, health and technology, and contributed to the emergence of new and innovative work morality. The program combines both theoretical and applied arrangements. This course considers a diversity of workplace analyses of law and legal processes so that you will emerge with a innovations such as reconfigured decision-making processes, new deep understanding of the role of law in our day-to-day lives. communicative paradigms, and a variety of ownership structures, distribution networks, community economic development Honours BA Law and Society initiatives and employment arrangements that create both The Honours BA Law and Society program consists of 20.0 credits, opportunities and obstacles for today's workers and including no more than 7.0 at the 100 level. The program must workplaces.The course will put special emphasis on how these include a minimum of 10.0 and a maximum of 11.5 credits within innovations may both empower workers and create new the Law and Society (LY) program, including at least 9.0 senior opportunities and may also produce new tensions and obstacles. credits. All students in the program must complete successfully the WORK340 - Work-Life Balance WORK340 Work-Life Balance 0.5 Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Program Requirements (10.0 credits): In light of increased precarity, changing global economic LY100 - Introduction to Law & Society I conditions, emerging trends in workplaces and many other factors, LY101 - Introduction to Law and Society II OR LY200 the nature of work and its relationship to workers lives has LY201 - The Canadian Legal System I undergone enormous transformation. This course considers the LY202 - The Canadian Legal System II implications of these changes as workers and workplaces struggle HS233/OL233/CC233 - Introduction to Social Science Research to understand and ameliorate "work-life balance". The course Methods adopts a broad definition of work-life, which encompasses both LY300 - Perspectives on Justice self-care, work-family relationships and extends to broader care- LY307 - Ethics and Professionalization giving responsibilities and community engagements. Topics LY410 - Advanced Socio-Legal Theory include the implications of changing workplace environments, the 1.0 Additional 300 level LY credit impacts of evolving competitive conditions, the interaction of 1.0 Additional 400 level LY credit work-life balance gender with other forms of social exclusion, and 2.5 Additional senior LY credits the social consequences of work-life imbalance. Particular 1.5 Additional senior credits either in LY-designated courses or attention will be paid to potential and limitations of public selected from the following: policies in ameliorating work-life balance issues. CC203 - Women, Law and Crime CC204 - Indigenous Peoples and the Law Strengthening Work in the 21st WORK400 - Strengthening Work in the 21st Century (Capstone) WORK400 CC301 - Crime, Sentencing and Punishment in Canada Century (Capstone) 0.5 CC313/HR313 - Mean Justice: Criminal Injustice, Ethics & Rights Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 CC325/HR325 - Crimes Against Humanity As globalization, economic crisis and political challenges have CC326/HR326 - Transitional Justice upset many traditional assumptions concerning work and CT250 - Understanding Global Capitalism employment, new opportunities are also evident. This seminar HR328 - The United Nations in the 21st Century course will pursue themes relevant to these challenges, such as JN204 - Media, Law and Ethics opportunities for democratizing work and employment, JN334 - Public Opinion Research: Surveys, Focus Groups and Basic environmental sustainability and the transformation of work, Statistics gendered and raced inequalities and contemporary workplaces PO263 - Politics and Government in Canada practices, and rethinking security and job satisfaction in the PP213 - Legal Philosophy precarious globalized workplace. [Students should be aware that some of these courses have Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4. prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the program or department administering the course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such arrangements]. Law and Society Program Notes Program Co-ordinator: Jonathan Lavery, PhD, (519) 756-8228, 1. In addition to the program requirements, students are ext 5742, [email protected] encouraged to complete a selection of: GS101, PO101 and PO102 in Year 1. The Law and Society Honours BA and minor, and LY courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. 2. Refer to the University Undergraduate Regulations for progression and course regulations and the section regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. 3. Students completing the honours Law & Society program are excluded from completing the Honours BA Criminology program. Students may hold a minor in Criminology.

301 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA Law and Society and LLB 2. Note: The University of Sussex reserves the right not to (Sussex) Stream provide a guaranteed offer after consideration of any relevant unspent criminal convictions a student may have. The Honours BA Law and Society, and LLB (Sussex) Stream enables Sussex recommends that if students have a conviction, students who successfully complete its requirements to earn an Laurier contact the Admissions Office to discuss this before Honours Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree from Laurier and a Bachelor proceeding further. of Laws (LLB) degree from the University of Sussex, United Kingdom (UK) in six years. 3. Transfer Students into Year 2 (WLU only): In exceptional cases, first-year students outside of the Honours BA Law and Society Component Sussex BA/LLB Program may apply to transfer into the The Honours BA Law and Society program consists of 20.0 credits, Program. Admission into the Program is at the sole including no more than 7.0 at the 100 level. The program must discretion of the Sussex Admissions Committee. Normally, a include a minimum of 10.0 and a maximum of 11.5 credits within student's application will not be accepted unless the the Law and Society (LY) program, including at least 9.0 senior following non-exhaustive conditions are met: credits. All students in the program must complete successfully the ◦ As of May 1 of the applicant's first year, the student Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. has completed 5 credits, and; Prior to departing for studies at the University of Sussex, students ◦ The student's overall GPA is at least 8.0, and at least must have completed the 10.0 credits that are listed under Year 1 7.0 for all courses within the student's major, and; and Year 2 below. Due to the compacted nature of the Sussex Stream, students are strongly encouraged to pursue their degree ◦ The Program at WLU or at Sussex has space for more in the following manner: students, and; See table on page 303 ◦ The Committee believes that the student will succeed in the Program, according to any evidence it deems Progression Requirements relevant. 1. Progression to Year 2 requires completion of 5.0 credits Inquiries about a transfer into the Honours BA/LLB during Year 1 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in program should be made through the Academic Advising all Law & Society courses and a minimum cumulative GPA Centre. of 8.00 in all 5.0 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 Application for transfer into Year 2 of the Honours BA/LLB will be included in the GPA requirements for progression program should be made by May 1 by submitting a Program into Year 2. These course and GPA requirements must be Transfer Request Form. achieved by August 31. 2. To be recommended for application to the Sussex LLB Honours BA Law and Society in program in Year 3, students must have maintained a Combination with another Honours BA minimum overall GPA of 8.0 (B) over all credits completed over their first three full terms (i.e., minimum 7.5 credits). Program These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by The combined Honours BA Law and Society program consists of December 31 of the students' second year. 20.0 credits, including not more than 7.0 at the 100 level. The program must include a minimum of 7.0 credits including 6.0 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for senior credits from within the Law and Society program. progression and course regulations and the earlier section All students in the program must complete successfully the regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Application to Sussex Program Requirements (7.0 credits): 1. Students will apply to Sussex via the standard Sussex LY100 - Introduction to Law & Society I application procedures. Students will apply through the LY101 - Introduction to Law and Society II OR LY200 Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) for LY201 - The Canadian Legal System I entry. Students will provide Sussex full application LY202 - The Canadian Legal System II documents, including high school and University CC233/HS233/OL233 - Introduction to Social Science Research transcripts, references (Laurier students will submit Methods references on a standardised reference form), and a LY300 - Perspectives on Justice personal statement, in line with normal admissions LY307 - Ethics and Professionalization procedures. Sussex will consider applications according to LY410 - Advanced Socio-Legal Theory its normal procedures. Students will be guaranteed an offer 1.0 additional 300 level LY credits of a place if they meet the progression requirements 0.5 additional 400 level LY credits described above and where students have achieved Sussex's 1.5 Additional senior credit, either in LY-designated courses or standard English language entrance requirements, where selected from among the following: appropriate. CC203 - Women, Law and Crime CC204 - Indigenous Peoples and the Law CC301 - Crime, Sentencing and Punishment in Canada CC313/HR313 - Mean Justice: Criminal Injustice, Ethics & Rights

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 302 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA Law and Society and LLB (Sussex) Stream

Honours BA Law and Society (Sussex) LLB Stream

Credit Year Courses Total

LY100, LY101, BF190, 1 BF199, BF290, BF299, 5.0 2.0 elective credits

LY201, LY202, OL233/HS233/CC233, LY300, LY307 2 5.0 2.5 LY credits at the 200 and 300 level, including a minimum of 1.0 LY credit at the 300 level.

Students pursue an LLB at the University of Sussex. Upon successful completion of their LLB, students will be awarded 5.0 3-5 5.0 transfer credits equivalent to 2.5 senior LY credits and 2.5 senior elective credits.

LY410 1.0 additional LY credit at the 400 level 6 5.0 3.5 additional credits including courses to be offered by Laurier to prepare students to write the National Accreditation exams leading to legal practice in Canada

CC325/HR325 - Crimes Against Humanity in the courses specific to the Law Option is required to graduate CC326/HR326 - Transitional Justice with the option. CT250 - Understanding Global Capitalism Required Courses: (1.0 credit) HR328 - The United Nations in the 21st Century LY100, LY201. JN204 - Media, Law and Ethics Elective Courses: (3.0 credits) JN334 - Public Opinion Research: Surveys, Focus Groups and Basic LY205, LY206, LY216, LY304, LY323, HR333/LY333, LY334, HR335/ Statistics LY335, LY401. PO263 - Politics and Government in Canada PP213 - Legal Philosophy Note [Students should be aware that some of these courses have Students completing an Honours BA degree in Law & Society are prerequisites. Although these prerequisites may be waived by the not eligible to graduate with the Law Option. program or department administering the course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such arrangements.] Law & Society Minor The Law & Society minor consists of 3.0 credits including LY100, Notes LY101 and 2.0 senior credits in LY-designated courses. 1. In addition to the program requirements, students are Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. encouraged to complete a selection of: GS101, PO101 and PO102 in Year 1. Law and Society Program Courses 2. Refer to the University Undergraduate Regulations for progression and course regulations and the section LY Course Notes regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. The following LY courses are only available at the 3. Students completing the honours BA Law & Society Brantford Campus. program are excluded from completing the Honours BA Criminology program. Students may hold a minor in LY100 - Introduction to Law & Society I Criminology. LY100 Introduction to Law & Society I 0.5 Law Option This course is designed to introduce students to the broad ranging The Law Option provides students on Laurier's Brantford campus field of Law and Society. Our focus is to challenge how people with the opportunity to study the legal and social dimensions of ordinarily understand Law by beginning to think about the various law in Canada. Students will critically engage with legal doctrine, ways that law shapes social life and how social life shapes the jurisprudence, statutes and regulations, and processes and creation and transformation of law. Themes addressed may include practices in Canada's legal systems. The option will be appealing law and social control, law and culture, law and economics, law to students who are interested in pursuing postgraduate studies of and violence, law and governance, law and diversity, and law and law or employment opportunities in law-related careers, such as social change. Students will consider the various ways law gains working in the justice system (policing, corrections, legal its meaning and authority from society and the extent to which services), government policy, or in Canadian or international law shapes society through its regulatory and ideological force. advocacy organizations. The Law Option consists of 4.0 credits. A cumulative GPA of 7.00

303 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

LY101 - Introduction to Law and SocietyLY212 II - Law and Culture LY101 Introduction to Law and Society II 0.5 LY212 Law and Culture 0.5 This course will introduce students to important concepts, This course will introduce students to intersections between law theoretical perspectives, and debates that have shaped the field of and culture. Students will examine how the law, legal system, and Law and Society today. Approaches that are informed by players in the legal system are constructed in culture and the jurisprudence, philosophy, sociology, history, gender studies, impact of these constructions on public perceptions of the law. critical race theory, economics, anthropology, political science, Other topics may include state regulation of culture, the impact of and psychology may be considered. culture on law, and legal culture. Prerequisite: LY100. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: LY200. LY214 - Feminist Socio-Legal Theories LY214 Feminist Socio-Legal Theories 0.5 LY201 - The Canadian Legal System I LY201 The Canadian Legal System I 0.5 This course examines recent developments in sociofeminist legal This course will examine the structure of the Canadian Legal theories. Attention may be given to law's treatment and system and the types of enforcement mechanisms associated with classification of gender; feminist engagements with each type of regime. Topics include common law, civil law, intersectionality within socio-legal studies; questions of criminal law, constitutional law, and possibly international law. difference and anti-essentialism; and challenges from Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. poststructuralist theory to feminist understandings of law. Exclusion: PO210. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student.

LY202 - The Canadian Legal System II LY216 - Family and Law LY202 The Canadian Legal System II 0.5 LY216 Family and Law 0.5 This course will consider those principles and values that belie the This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of Canadian Legal system, with a focus on the political and moral family law in Canada. Students will examine how family law philosophies that inform them. Topics include liberalism and doctrine defines and regulates ‘familial' relationships and the neoliberalism, habeas corpus, fairness, neutrality and bias, and rights and obligations that exist within these relationships. Topics right to respond. may include law's relationship to shifting definitions of family, Prerequisite: LY201; registration status: senior student. child custody and protection, distribution of property and power, and violence. LY205 - Criminal Law in Canada LY205 Criminal Law in Canada 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of 3 lecture hours/week Criminal Law in Canada. Students will be introduced to the LY232 - Women, Rights, and Equality statutory and jurisprudential aspects of criminal law, learn how to LY232/HR232 Women, Rights, and Equality 0.5 understand and utilize case law, and consider the social (Cross-listed as HR232.) significance of criminal law for Canadians. Topics may include LY300 - Perspectives on Justice aspects of an offence; forms of liability; the defenses, issues of LY300 Perspectives on Justice 0.5 aiding and abetting, and mental illness. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. 3 lecture hours/week This course is designed around the ancient and core philosophical question, ‘what is justice?' Students will be introduced to the fundamental concepts of justice theory and will explore classical LY206 Famous Trials 0.5 LY206 - Famous Trials and contemporary theories. Topics may include punishment and This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of vengeance, morality, social order and the social contract, transformative legal decisions in Canada. Students will be justification of the state, capital punishment, human rights, and introduced to a selection of famous trials of the last century that formal equality (as promised under the law) and substantive have shaped our contemporary legal and social fabric. The trials inequality (that exists in the social order), among other topics. covered will touch on key legal issues, such as crime, politics, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission national security and terrorism, security of the person, freedom of of the department. expression, and self-defense. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. LY304 International Law 0.5 LY304 - International Law 3 lecture hours/week Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 LY210 - The Role of Harm in Canadian Law LY210 The Role of Harm in Canadian Law 0.5 The course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of This course will examine the relationship between harm creation international law. Students will engage with key issues of and culpability. It will examine the differences between civil and international community, fundamental principles governing criminal harms, and consider particular offences such as attempts international relations, the application of international legal to harm, threats to harm, harms to the environment, harms to standards, and contemporary problems in international law, such consumers, and harms to morality. as the status of the UN, national sovereignty, illegal war, and Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. global criminality. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission of the department. Exclusion: PO333.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 304 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

LY305 - Law and Social Movements LY323 - Rights in Canada: Rights, Freedoms and the Charter LY305 Law and Social Movements 0.5 LY323/HR323 Rights in Canada: Rights, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Freedoms and the Charter 0.5 This course will examine the intersection of law and social (Cross-listed as HR323.) movements, specifically the legal regulation of social movements LY332 - Victims, Rights, & Social Justice and how social movements have used the law to achieve their LY332/HR332 Victims, Rights, & Social goals, and the effects that these efforts have had on social and Justice 0.5 legal change. The course may address the women's movement, (Cross-listed as HR332.) civil rights movements, queer movement, indigenous peoples' LY333 - Law, Intellectual Property and Human Rights movements, environmental movement, and religious movements, LY333/HR333 Law, Intellectual Property and among others. Human Rights 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 of the department. This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of LY306 Law and Society: International intellectual property law in Canada and internationally. Students LY306 - Law and Society: International Perspectives will be introduced to different types of intellectual property law Perspectives 0.5 and the influence of social developments on IP law (such as Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 globalization or technological advancement) with special This course pushes our understanding of justice beyond the emphasis on the human rights implications of IP law. (Cross-listed nation-state to the global realm. Students will examine both the as HR333.) challenges and opportunities raised by globalization in Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. understanding and realizing justice beyond borders. Topics may LY334 - Law and the Environment include world trade and poverty, climate change, war and LY334 Law and the Environment 0.5 terrorism, forced migration, international criminal courts, and This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of global justice movements. environmental law in Canada. Topics may include the technical Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission aspects of regulatory law; the intersections of civil, criminal, and of the department. environmental law; the ethics of environmentalism, aboriginal Exclusion: CC306. concepts of environmental rights and deep ecology, and global environmental movements and justice. LY307 - Ethics and Professionalization LY307 Ethics and Professionalization 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 lecture hours/term Students will examine the ethical and professional issues LY335 - Labour Law and Labour Rights encountered by legal actors in various contexts. Students will LY335/HR335 Labour Law and Labour Rights 0.5 analyze ethical theories and principles and apply these principles Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 to various legal scenarios. Topics may include professional ethical This course critically examines the legal and social dimensions of codes, research ethics codes, models of professional labour law in Canada and internationally. Students will examine communication and interaction, and approaches to accountability labour law as a means of distributing power between individual in the legal system. workers and managers and between social classes. Students will Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission consider the role of international regimes in shaping local labour of the department. laws such as the International Labour Organisation and ‘free' trade as well as other possible topics including the political role LY308 - Indigenous Forms of Justice LY308/ID308 Indigenous Forms of Justice 0.5 of unions, workplace dangers, strikes, compensation, wrongful (Cross-listed as ID308.) dismissal, discrimination and human rights at work. (Cross-listed as HR335.) LY310 - Law and Social Control LY310 Law and Social Control 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 LY380 - Special Topics This course examines law as a mechanism of social control. LY380 Special Topics 0.5 Students will examine the formal and informal facets of social Consult the department for course offerings. control that attempt to manage and regulate social life in desired Prerequisite: (i) LY101 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 ways. Topics may include historical regimes of social control, or, surveillance, crime prevention and control, pubic safety, policing, (ii) permission of the department. notions of public and private life, new technologies, and the Irregular Course politics of representation. LY385 - Directed Studies Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or permission LY385 Directed Studies 0.5 of the department. A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered by the regular program. Consult current departmental regulations. Prerequisite: LY101 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law & Society and permission of the department.

305 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

LY401 - Sentencing Law LY410 - Advanced Socio-Legal Theory LY401 Sentencing Law 0.5 LY410 Advanced Socio-Legal Theory 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course critically examines the sociolegal and philosophical This course engages with important contemporary theoretical dimensions of punishment and sentencing law in Canada. Students perspectives on law and society and will assess what these will consider the social significance of sentencing laws and different theoretical perspectives offer to a critical analysis of punishment more broadly in terms of their ability to influence our contemporary socio-legal issues. Among the different approaches world views, such as those concerning freedom and determinism, that may be considered are those that challenge Law's ideal image rationalism, and the creation of the feared ‘other'. Specific topics of itself as objective, impartial, and just. might include victim ‘rights', legal bias, and cruel and unusual Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law and punishment. Society. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Law Seminar course and Society or Honours Criminology. LY411 - Gender, Sexuality, and the Law Seminar course LY411 Gender, Sexuality, and the Law 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 LY402* - Jurisprudence LY402* Jurisprudence 1.0 Gender and sexuality have long been sites of social and moral Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 regulation by state and non-state actors. This course examines the An examination of the sociology of law and jurisprudence, which various ways law makes distinctions about what is normal and explores the complex issues which impact on the law in Canada. abnormal, permitted and prohibited, and right and wrong in Topics may include sentencing, the role of law in society, matters of gender and sexuality, as well as how law changes to controversial issues in jurisprudence, the role of the judiciary, and reflect emerging social norms and values about sexuality and the historical evolution of legal systems. gender. Topics covered in this course may include reproduction Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law and and family politics, sexual rights and health, sexual violence, Society program. prostitution, and international development. Exclusion: CC402. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law and Seminar course Society program. Seminar course LY403 - Alternative Dispute Resolution LY403 Alternative Dispute Resolution 0.5 LY480 - Advanced Special Topics Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 LY480 Advanced Special Topics 0.5 Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) has become a staple of legal Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 decision making in Canada, and a less costly and more positive Consult the department for course offerings. means of resolving disputes across various areas of law. In this Prerequisite: (i) LY101 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 or course, students will be introduced to the fundamental principles (ii) permission of the department. and concepts of ADR and their application to the resolution of Seminar course/Irregular Course conflict. Students will learn about fact patterns in cases, LY485 - Advanced Directed Studies representation, issues that relate to court annexed disputes, LY485 Advanced Directed Studies 0.5 approaches to positive dispute resolution, the Canadian legal Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 profession's view of ADR; the rise and use of ADR in Canada, A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered criticisms, and limitations of the approach. by the regular program. Consult current departmental regulations. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law and Prerequisite: LY101 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law Society program. and Society and permission of the department. Seminar course Seminar course LY405 - Poverty, Law, and Society LY405 Poverty, Law, and Society 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Media Studies Option This course explores the governance of poverty by law in Canada. The course will examine welfare laws, WSIB laws and regulations, Academic Advising: Kenneth Werbin, PhD, (519) 756-8228, ext. housing laws, debt and related systems of laws designed to 5732, [email protected] regulate the lives of the poor. Issues such as access to justice, gender and race, power relations in the construction and The Media Studies Option recognizes that the study of media is an application of law, the impacts upon fundamental freedoms and integral part of contemporary studies. The ability to understand life chances are explored within the context of the legal structures our contemporary world is informed, in a way quite different from which impact upon the poor. our ancestors, by the ways it is mediated; we largely understand it Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Law and through images shaped by complex, often commercially and Society program. politically influenced processes of production and distribution. Seminar course Studying media literacy in the context of contemporary studies provides a framework to access, analyze, evaluate and create messages in a variety of forms — from print to video to the

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 306 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Internet. It builds an understanding of the role of media in MX207 Journalism and Democracy 0.5 MX207 - Journalism and Democracy society as well as essential skills of inquiry and self-expression necessary for citizens of a democracy. MX211 - Introduction to Media Studies MX211/JN211 Introduction to Media Studies 0.5 Media Studies Option This course introduces students to the history of media forms and The Media Studies Option is only available at the Brantford key theories in media studies.(Cross-listed as JN211.) Campus. Prerequisite: BF190. Exclusion: JN211, MX201. The option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. Students must 3 lecture hours complete the 1.0 credit of Core courses (MX211 and MX212), 1.5 credits within Media Theory courses, and 1.5 credits within Media MX213/JN213 Reading Media 0.5 MX213 - Reading Media and Cultural Critique. This course provides an introduction to media semiotics, teaching For graduation, students must have a minimum GPA of 6.00 students skills in the practical criticism of major contemporary computed on all 4.0 credits in the option. media forms with an emphasis on digital and social media. This Core Courses: 1.0 credit: course gives students the ability to think and speak more critically JN211/MX211 - Introduction to Media Studies about the way media works in contemporary contexts. (Cross- JN213/MX213 - Reading Media listed as JN213.) Media Theory Courses: 1.5 credits: Prerequisite: JN211/MX211. CT222/JN222/MX222 - Digital & Social Media: Critical Approaches Exclusion: MX202. JN307 - Media, Culture and Democracy 3 lecture hours JN420 - Advanced Digital and Social Media Research and Theory MX222 - Digital & Social Media: Critical Approaches Media and Cultural Critique Courses: 1.5 credits chosen from the MX222/CT222/JN222 Digital & Social Media: following: Critical Approaches 0.5 CT326/YC326 - Children, Toys and Media (Cross-listed as CT222 and JN222.) CT226/JN226/MX226 - The Media in a Global World CC311/MX311 - Crime, Media and the Law MX226/CT226/JN226 The Media in a Global MX226 - The Media in a Global World FS345 - Film Theory and Mass Media World 0.5 JN229/MX229 - Journalism, the Internet and Emerging Media JN327/MX327 - Social Documentary (Cross-listed with CT226 and JN226.) KS205 - Cartoons and Comics MX229 - Journalism, the Internet and Emerging Media MX380 - Directed Studies in Media MX229/JN229 Journalism, the Internet and RE220 - Religion and Popular Culture Emerging Media 0.5 (Cross-listed as JN229.) Notes MX311 - Crime, Media and the Law 1. Students should be aware that some of these courses have MX311/CC311 Crime, Media and the Law 0.5 prerequisites and may be offered only at the Waterloo (Cross-listed as CC311.) Campus. Although prerequisites may be waived by the department administering the course, it is the MX327 - Social Documentary responsibility of the student to make such arrangements. MX327/JN327 Social Documentary 0.5 (Cross-listed as JN327.) 2. No more than 1.0 irregular credit may be counted toward a general degree (only students admitted prior to Sept 1, MX380 Directed Studies in Media 0.5 MX380 - Directed Studies in Media 2007), and no more than 3.0 toward an honours degree. This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected 3. Students in the Honours Digital Media & Journalism topics in Media Studies. Student will discuss their topics and program are excluded from completion of the Media Studies approaches to these topics with their professors and will normally Options. meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare an extended creative means of assessment, developed in consultation 4. The Faculty of Liberal Arts offers a BA without a with their professor. designation. No further designation (major, option or Prerequisite: Year 3 or 4 standing in Media Studies and minor) is awarded with this degree. permission of the instructor. Media Studies Option Courses

MX Course Notes Philosophy (Faculty of Arts) The following MX courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. Philosophy Minor Any 3.0 credits in Philosophy, including at least 2.0 senior credits. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors.

307 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Professional Writing Minor Religion and Culture

The Professional Writing Minor is designed for students interested in (Faculty of Arts) developing a highly marketable set of skills as a complement to their academic training. Religion & Culture Minor The Religion and Culture Minor consists of 3.0 Religion and Culture credits, including RE207 and at least 1.5 additional senior Professional Writing Minor RE credits. The Professional Writing minor consists of a total of 3.0 credits: 0.5 credit in: Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. BF299 - Academic Literacy: Humanities PLUS 2.0 credits in the following Category 1 courses: Social and Environmental EN206 - Writing for Business EN304 - Technical Writing Justice Program JN253 - Introduction to Public and Media Relations Program Co-ordinator - Social and Environmental Justice: JN298 - Editing for Professional Writers Brenda Murphy, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. 5718, [email protected] JN299 - Digital Narrative Design PLUS an additional 0.5 credit in either a course from Category 1 or The Social and Environmental Justice Honours and Combined one of the following Category 2 courses: Honours programs are only available at the Brantford Campus. DH300 - Digital Editing and Publishing EN240 - Critical Reading and Writing Honours BA Social and Environmental EN303 - Advanced Academic Writing Justice EN370 - Creative Writing: Poetry The Social and Environmental Justice Honours BA is a 4-year, EN371 - Creative Writing: Short Story 20.0-credit program, that focuses on the knowledge and skills FS309g - Screenwriting and Directing needed to develop innovative solutions to world problems. The JN101 - Reporting and Writing for News Social and Environmental Justice program is only available at the JN313/OL313 - Public Speaking Brantford Campus. Not more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 PO209 - Legal Writing level. Notes The Social and Environmental Justice portion of the Honours BA 1. Students in the Honours Digital Media & Journalism consists of 10.0 credits: Program are excluded from completing the Professional Writing Minor. A. Required Social and Environmental Justice: 2. Students in the Honours EN program must review the • 5.5 credits including: requirements for their program category requirements when CT100, CT120/ID120, CT204, CT215, CT222/JN222/MX222, choosing any EN courses. Only 1.0 credits in non- CT250, CT255, CT312, CT355/HR355, CT370/HR370, CT425; categorized designated "writing" courses (EN206, EN304) • 0.5 credit from any remaining 400-level CT course. can contribute to the fulfilment of the EN Hons or EN combined Hons degree. B. Additional Social and Environmental Justice Courses and 3. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Other Discipline Courses 4. Completion of EN204 (deleted by Senate effective • 4.0 credits from any remaining CT courses. September 1, 2015) may also be considered as a 0.5 additional elective. Consult academic advising for • To fulfill the 4.0 credits of additional Social and assistance. Environmental Justice courses, students may select a maximum of 1.0 credit permitted from the following courses Public History (Faculty of in other disciplines: EN210, EN250, GG231, GG270, HI240, HI349, HR223, HR231, Arts) HR322/OL322, ID201, ID207, JN327/MX327, LY300, PP224, Public History WORK320, WS204. Degree Program Electives: An additional 10.0 credits toward the Public History Minor degree total of 20.0 credits. All students in the program must complete successfully the Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Notes 1. Students in the Honours Social and Environmental Justice (SEJ) program may choose to complete a post-graduate certificate from Conestoga College in Sustainable Business Management offered through an agreement with

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 308 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Conestoga College on the Brantford campus. Students who 3. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for have successfully completed a minimum of 10.0 credits progression and course regulations and the earlier section that must include CT215, and OL140 with a minimum GPA regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. of 5.00 in Honours SEJ and 5.00 overall are eligible to 4. Refer to the relevant Option section of this calendar for enroll, normally during the third year of full time study. additional graduation requirements. Completion of the Sustainable Business Management program with an average of 70% or better, will allow Honours BA Social and Environmental students to receive 1.0 credit of senior SEJ and 3.5 senior miscellaneous credits towards the Laurier BA. Students Justice in Combination with another must successfully complete OL140 to complete the Honours BA Program requirements for Sustainable Business Management. The Combined Honours BA Social and Environmental Justice The Social and Environmental Justice program strongly consists of 20.0 credits. Students will take 7.0 credits in Social recommends that students complete these additional and Environmental Justice, but not more than 7.0 credits in the courses prior to attending Conestoga College in order to degree may be at the 100 level. meet prerequisites and graduation requirements for senior A: Required Social and Environmental Justice Courses level courses in Year 4 of the Honours program: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299, CT100, CT120/ID120, CT204, CT 215, • 5.5 credits including: CT222, CT250, CT255, and 2.0 credits from additional SEJ CT100, CT120/ID120, CT204, CT215, CT222/JN222/MX222, courses. CT250, CT255, CT312, CT355/HR355, CT370/HR370, CT425; Students may also consider completing a 0.5-credit from the SEJ program during the Winter term of the Conestoga • 0.5 credit from any remaining 400-level CT course. Sustainable Business Management certificate. The program recommends that students who have B: Additional Social and Environmental Justice Courses completed the post-graduate certificate in Sustainable Business Management also choose to complete the • 1.0 credit from remaining CT courses or other approved following environmentally-focused courses in Year 4 of the courses including: Honours program: CT302, CT419. Consult Academic EN210, EN250, GG231, GG270, HI240, HI349, HR223, HR231, Advising for course planning. Applications for Conestoga HR322, ID201, ID207, JN327/MX327, LY300, PP224, College are available through the Social and Environmental WORK320, WS204. Justice program office and website. Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits, including the second honours BA 2. Students in the Honours Social and Environmental Justice major. All students in the program must complete successfully the (SEJ) program shall be eligible to enroll in a graduate Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. certificate in Community and Social Service Management (CSSM) through an articulation agreement with Conestoga Notes College (Brantford campus). Students who have successfully 1. Students in the Honours Social and Environmental Justice completed a minimum of 10.0 credits that must include (SEJ) program may choose to complete a post-graduate CT204 and OL224 with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Honours certificate from Conestoga College in Sustainable Business SEJ and 5.00 overall are eligible to enroll, normally during Management offered through an agreement with the third year of full time study. The Social and Conestoga College on the Brantford campus. Students who Environmental Justice program strongly recommends that have successfully completed a minimum of 10.0 credits students complete these additional courses prior to that must include CT215 and OL140 with a minimum GPA of attending Conestoga College in order to meet prerequisites 5.00 in Honours SEJ and 5.00 overall are eligible to enroll, and graduation requirements for senior level courses in normally during the third year of full time study. Year 4 of the Honours program: BF190, BF199, BF290, Completion of the Sustainable Business Management BF299, CT100, CT120/ID120, CT204, CT 215, CT222, CT250, program with an average of 70% or better, will allow CT255, and 2.0 credits with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in students to receive 1.0 credit of senior SEJ and 3.5 senior Honours SEJ and 5.0 overall are eligible to enroll, normally misc. credits towards the Laurier BA. Students must during the third year of full time study. Completion of the successfully complete OL140 to complete the requirements Community and Social Service graduate certificate with a for Sustainable Business Management. minimum average of 70% or better, will allow students to The Social and Environmental Justice program strongly receive 1.0 senior SEJ credit and 4.0 senior miscellaneous recommends that students complete these additional credits towards the Laurier BA. courses prior to attending Conestoga College in order to Year 4: meet prerequisites and graduation requirements for senior Students who have completed the graduate certificate in level courses in Year 4 of the Honours program: CSSM may be interested in completing the following BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299, CT100, ID/CT120, CT204, courses in Year 4 of the Honours program: CT310, CT340. CT215, CT222, CT250, CT255, and 2.0 credits from Consult Academic Advising for course planning. additional SEJ courses. Applications for Conestoga College are available through Students may also consider completing a 0.5 credit from the Social and Environmental Justice program office and the SEJ program during the Winter term of the Conestoga website. Sustainable Business Management certificate.

309 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

The program recommends that students who have • 1.0 credit (2 x 0.5 credit courses) chosen from: completed the post-graduate certificate in Sustainable CT250 or CT255; CT215 or CT312; CT370/HR370 or CT355/ Business Management also choose to complete the HR355 following environmentally-focused courses in Year 4 of the • 0.5 credit chosen from an additional CT course (including Honours program: CT302, CT419. courses not completed in the list above) or from the Consult Academic Advising for course planning. following courses: Applications for Conestoga College are available through EN210, EN250, GG231, GG270, HI240, HI349, HR223, HR231, the Social and Environmental Justice program office and HR322, ID201, ID207, JN327/MX327, LY300, PP224, SK212, website. WORK320, WS204. 2. Students in the Honours Social and Environmental Justice Note (SEJ) program shall be eligible to enroll in a graduate certificate in Community and Social Service Management Refer to the Regulations Governing Minors. (CSSM) through an articulation agreement with Conestoga College (Brantford campus). Students who have successfully Social Innovation Specialization completed a minimum of 10.0 credits that must include CT204 and OL224 with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Honours The Social Innovation Specialization enhances a student's skills SEJ and 5.00 overall are eligible to enroll, normally during and abilities to develop creative solutions to such problems as the third year of full time study. The Social and social inequality and environmental degradation. Environmental Justice program strongly recommends that Where applicable, the courses below may also be counted towards students complete these additional courses prior to the requirements of the Honours BA Social and Environmental attending Conestoga College in order to meet prerequisites Justice single or combined program. and graduation requirements for senior level courses in Year 4 of the Honours program: The Social Innovation Specialization consists of a total of 3.0 BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299, CT100, CT120, CT204, CT215, credits including: CT222, CT250, CT255, and 2.0 credits with a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Honours SEJ and 5.0 overall are eligible to 1. 2.0 credits of required courses: enroll, normally during the third year of full time study. SE200 - How to Change the World: Introduction to Social Completion of the Community and Social Service graduate Entrepreneurship (OC) certificate with a minimum average of 70% or better, will OL298 - Entrepreneurship allow students to receive 1.0 senior SEJ credit and 4.0 CT403* - Community Internship (1.0 credit) senior miscellaneous credits towards the Laurier BA. 2. 0.5 credit chosen from: Students may also consider completing 0.5 credit from the CT310 - Economics, Class & Public Policy SEJ program during the Winter term of the CSSM CT312 - Sustainability & Global Society Management certificate. CT330* - Independent Studies Year 4: Students who have completed the graduate CT324 - Globalization, Culture & Society certificate in CSSM may be interested in completing the CT401 - Food following courses in Year 4 of the Honours program: CT310, CT340. Consult Academic Advising for course planning. 3. 0.5 credit chosen from: Applications for Conestoga College are available through HR305 - Fundraising the Social and Environmental Justice program office and JN253 - Introduction to Public and Media Relations website. UX103/JN103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction 3. Students who are required to take research methods and Social Innovation Minor statistic courses in their second honours program should The Social Innovation Minor consists of 3.0 credits including: seek academic advice to avoid duplication. • Required Courses: 1.5 credits 4. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice progression and course regulations and the earlier section SE200 - How to Change the World: Introduction to Social regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. Entrepreneurship (OC) Social and Environmental Justice Minor OL298 - Entrepreneurship The Social and Environmental Justice minor consists of 3.0 credits • 1.0 credit chosen from: including: CT310 - Economics, Class & Public Policy CT312 - Sustainability & Global Society • Required Courses: 1.5 credits CT324 - Globalization, Culture & Society CT100 - The Engaged Citizen: Social and Environmental CT401 - Food Justice in the 21st Century CT403* - Community Internship (1.0 credit) CT120/ID120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice • 0.5 credit chosen from: HR305 - Fundraising JN103/UX103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction JN253 - Introduction to Public and Media Relations

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 310 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Note environmental degradation, spiritual malaise, cultural conflicts, Refer to the Regulations Governing Minors. and much else. This course will discuss this debate by examining contemporary issues of science in our culture. This course assumes Social and Environmental Justice Program no previous knowledge of science. Courses Prerequisite: CT100 (or CT121) 3 lecture hours

CT Course Notes CT203 - Disease and Society CT203/HS203 Disease and Society 0.5 The following Social and Environmental Justice (CT) This course examines human health and disease from antiquity to courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. the present. Relevant studies in epidemiology, bioarchaeology, anthropology, and history will be used to build a long-term picture of trends in health and disease and the role of epidemic CT100 - The Engaged Citizen: Social and Environmental Justice in the 21st Century CT100 The Engaged Citizen: Social and disease in the transformation of human societies on a global Environmental Justice in the 21st scale. {RW} (Cross-listed with HS203.) Exclusion: HS203. Century 0.5 3 lecture hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 CT204 - Social and Environmental Justice in Practice This course invites students to consider pressing global issues CT204 Social and Environmental Justice in through the lens of social and environmental justice. Students will Practice 0.5 develop skills for identifying theoretical frameworks, and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 synthesizing and integrating disciplinary perspectives. Key content may include gender inequality, unequal access to This course is focused on key ideas, concepts, and skills required education and healthcare, economic disparity, climate change, the to effect social, environmental and political change such as anti- politics of Indigeneity, digital rights and privacy, and the impact oppressive activism, civic engagement and community capacity of war. Topics will be examined in light of political, ideological development. Students will be encouraged to think about the wide and cultural influences aimed at sustaining, questioning, or variety of ways that social and environmental justice is practiced overturning the status quo. and different definitions of success. Exclusion: CT121. CT205 - Indigenous People and Anthropology CT205/ID205 Indigenous People and CT120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies CT120/ID120 Introduction to Indigenous Anthropology 0.5 Studies 0.5 The popular image of Indigenous people has been shaped by (Cross-listed as ID120.) anthropology and the wider academy. This course will explore the interaction between Indigenous peoples and anthropology and archaeology. The course offers a brief history of anthropology, CT200 Digital Citizenship 0.5 CT200 - Digital Citizenship followed by examination of such topics as indigeneity, Indigenous This course invites students to think critically about online knowledge, cultural and intellectual property, museums, communities and become more effective participants in them. It archaeology and repatriation, biological research, applied examines new political spaces opened up through developments in anthropology, ethics in anthropology, and community-based communications technologies (for example, wikis, Facebook research. The value of anthropology to Indigenous people will be threads, online town halls, Twitter, etc.), and helps student debated and discussed. (Cross-listed as ID205.) develop their skills as engaged digital citizens. By the end of the Prerequisite: ID120/CT120 and registration status: senior course, students will be able to: communicate their own ideas student. clearly and effectively in a variety of online environments; create Exclusion: ID205. the digital foundations upon which an intellectually-stimulating 3 lecture hours and user-friendly online community could develop; and integrate a variety of effective online information (from news sources, blogs, CT208 Science, Truth and Values 0.5 CT208 - Science, Truth and Values podcasts, and other sites) in order to deepen and extend their own digital citizenship and that of others in their online This course is an introduction to the nature and limits of scientific communities. knowledge. Students will learn how the scientific method works, Prerequisite: Registration status: Senior student. and how it claims to discover objective truths about the world. 3 lecture hours However, several challenges have been raised against the idea that science is an objective, value-free inquiry that progresses towards the truth. Instead of discovering eternal truths, scientific CT202 Science and Cultural Issues 0.5 CT202 - Science and Cultural Issues activity may be merely constructing knowledge that is inescapably Traditionally, scientific knowledge has been seen as a ‘neutral' influenced by our time and place. Extra-scientific commitments, tool that can be used for good or ill purposes, but is itself like politics, religion and money, play crucial roles in both harmless. Some critics argue that this is a mistaken notion. There constructing and justifying scientific theories. Students will learn may be "non-neutral" features, such as Reductionism, that are the arguments on both sides of this debate about the rationality inherent in the scientific world-view regardless of what use it is of science. The course assumes no previous knowledge of science. put to. These inherent features of science might be responsible for Prerequisite: CT100 (or CT121).

311 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

CT226 - The Media in a Global World Exclusion: CT200*. CT226/JN226/MX226 The Media in a Global 3 lecture hours World 0.5 An introduction to the social, philosophical and historical CT210 - Environment & Society: Stories from the Past CT210 Environment & Society: Stories from contexts in which we can understand the role that the the Past 0.5 contemporary media play in our lives. Specific topics may include Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the nature of writing for the media; media bias; the history and This course will examine the relationship of human society to the structure of mass media; changes in media technology; the environment from a long-term historical perspective and media's coverage of scientific, cultural and economic issues; and investigate the impact of environmental change. Case studies from issues of communication and cultural policy in Canada and a around the world will be featured, from pre-agricultural to modern global world. {CU} (Cross-listed as JN226 and MX226.) times. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Prerequisite: BF190, BF290, and CT100 or CT120/ID120 (or Exclusion: JN226, MX226. CT121). 3 lecture hours Exclusion: EY101. CT227 - Aging: Realities and Myths CT227/HS227 Aging: Realities and Myths 0.5 CT215 - Environmental Concerns: From the Grand to the Globe CT215 Environmental Concerns: From the (Cross-listed as HS227.) Grand to the Globe 0.5 CT250 - Understanding Global Capitalism Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CT250 Understanding Global Capitalism 0.5 This course examines environment and sustainability themes Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 related to our local context, while working to highlight and In this course, students will consider how they, and others, are understand how these both intersect, and are interdependent positioned in the broad matrix of economic globalization. Topics with, similar concerns elsewhere in the world. Students will draw include the history of capitalism, the role of law in the on local and regional environment and sustainability issues, while development of global capitalism, the changing world of work, the recognizing and exploring their interconnectedness with social, rise of consumer society, the ‘knowledge economy', the economic, political and cultural themes at the global level – from relationship of modern capitalism to national and global the Grand to the globe. inequality, and how capitalism relates to changing experiences of Prerequisite: BF190 and CT100. gender, the family, the environment and democracy, the rule of Exclusion: CT212, CT111. law and democracy. Students will also consider challenges to economic globalization from indigenous peoples, labour, CT222 - Digital & Social Media: Critical Approaches CT222/JN222/MX222 Digital & Social Media: environmentalists, consumer activists, and a number of other Critical Approaches 0.5 social groups. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: CT266, OL266. This course provides students with the theoretical building blocks to think critically about the powerful ways that information CT252 - Niagara Falls communication technologies are taken up in social, cultural and CT252 Niagara Falls 0.5 individual practices. By surveying key themes in the emerging Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 landscape of digital and social media, this course highlights the A multi-disciplinary exploration of the many contrasts found in privacy, commodification, and surveillance implications of Niagara Falls and the gorge: the sacred and profane, natural and participation in the new media political economy. (Cross-listed as artificial, sublime and kitsch, life and death. Topics considered JN222 and MX222.) will include: the area's geology and history (especially Prerequisite: BF190, and CT100 or JN202. indigenous/settler relations, the , the Underground Exclusion: JN222, MX222. Railroad), representations of Niagara; hydroelectric generation and its environmental and economic consequences; and spectacle CT225 - The Individual in the Community CT225 The Individual in the Community 0.5 and tourism. This course provides an interdisciplinary overview of contemporary CT253 - Ancients and Moderns issues from a social science perspective that may incorporate CT253 Ancients and Moderns 0.5 psychological, sociological, historical and political science A look at ancient Western classics which discusses their relevance perspectives. The contribution that social science research can to contemporary lives and ways of thinking; and their influence on make to our understanding of contemporary issues; social science modern and contemporary language, writing and thought. The methodology; and the relationship between the social sciences continuing relevance or permanence of 'classical themes' will be and policy-making are discussed. Topics covered may include discussed. normality and abnormality, conflict, sexuality, interpersonal Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. relationships, group behaviour, and the self and identity. {VL} Note: It is recommended that students complete CT100 (or CT121) Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. prior to registering in this course. 3 lecture hours Exclusion: CT323. 3 lecture hours

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 312 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

CT255 - The Democratic Imagination CT255 The Democratic Imagination 0.5 3 lecture hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CT310 Economics, Class & Public Policy 0.5 CT310 - Economics, Class & Public Policy This course analyzes past and current struggles over the meaning This course will discuss mainstream and alternative economic and practice of democracy. It compares official and critical theories concerning their various concepts of economic justice, perspectives on what ‘rule by the people' should look like, and markets, wages, profits, efficiency and economic crises. We will encourages students to reflect upon their own role in systems pay particular attention to the role of class in these various where social and environmental affairs are organized by the economic theories, and the potential for government action to principle of popular power. The course examines ongoing struggles enhance economic justice. Students will apply these economic over what aspects of life should be democratically controlled, and theories to the analysis of current debates in a variety of fields engages debates about core concepts such as freedom, equality, such as legal studies, journalism, and human rights. citizenship, representation, government, economy, and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. environmental sustainability. Note: It is recommended that students complete CT250 or CT266/ Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. OL266 prior to registration in this course. Exclusion: CT345, SY307. Exclusion: LY310. 3 lecture hours CT260 - Introduction to Human Rights CT260/HR260 Introduction to Human Rights 0.5 (Cross-listed as HR260.) CT312 Sustainability & Global Society 0.5 CT312 - Sustainability & Global Society Exclusion: HR260. This course examines the responses to environmental and sustainability issues that frame contemporary local and global CT280 - Popular Culture & Meaning CT280 Popular Culture & Meaning 0.5 discourses about changes to the environment. This will involve Students will explore the major theories and methods that explorations and discussions of those responses broadly located characterize the study of representation and the production of across the public/private divide, including the diversity of meaning through signs and symbols. Different forms of popular approaches associated with the environmental movement, culture will be discussed as illustrations of the production of methods emerging from the public sphere such as government meaning. Possible topics for discussion include music videos, legislative and policy measures, and those more broadly tied to movies, new media, sports, dance, food, community festivals and neo-liberal economic thinking and the 'free market'. fashion. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Prerequisite: BF190, BF290, and CT100 or CT120/ID120 (or Note: It is recommended that students complete CT111 or CT212 CT121). or CT215 prior to registration in this course. Exclusion: CT327. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours CT324 - Globalization, Culture & Society CT324 Globalization, Culture & Society 0.5 CT285 - Representing Canadian Identities CT285 Representing Canadian Identities 0.5 The term ‘globalization' is often associated with the idea of a What is Canada? How has "the Canadian nation" been represented, ‘shrinking world' as regional cultures, languages, values, and and on what grounds have dominant representations been people come into increasing contact through advances in challenged? This course addresses these and other questions about technology and mobility. These exchanges can be a source of the role of culture in producing and challenging a range of transformation, innovation, collaboration and conflict. This course identities in Canada. Topics might include: expressions of Canada helps students gain an understanding of the terminology, trends in literature, art, sport, and school curricula; the role of the and challenges of globalization while also looking at the effects of Canadian Broadcasting Corporation; debates over Canadian this development on a variety of culturally-informed spheres such multiculturalism, class inequality and gender discrimination; as language, food, religion, popular culture, gender roles, struggles for Aboriginal nationhood and Québec sovereignty; education, art, sports, fashion, politics, health care and others. differences between Canadian and American culture; and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Note: It is perceptions of Canada globally. recommended that students complete CT255 or CT345 prior to Prerequisite: BF190, BF290, CT100 or CT120/ID120 (or CT121). registration in this course. 3 lecture hours 3 lecture hours

CT302 - Climate Change & Society CT326 - Children, Toys and Media CT302 Climate Change & Society 0.5 CT326/YC326 Children, Toys and Media 0.5 Global climate change has influenced the course of human history. (Cross-listed as YC326.) Climate change will continue to affect the future in profound ways. This course provides an overview of the complexity of CT330* Independent Studies 1.0 CT330* - Independent Studies climate change, with a special emphasis on the role of humans in climate change, the impacts of climate change on societies, and This course offers students the opportunity to explore selected the ability of humans to alter the course of climate change. topics growing out of the Social and Environmental Justice Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. program's core curriculum. All students will discuss their topics Note: It is recommended that students complete CT210 or EY101 and approaches to these topics with their professor and will prior to registration in this course. normally meet on a weekly basis. Students may choose to prepare Exclusion: EY302. an extended conventional essay, a series of shorter essays,

313 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

CT367* - Shelter and Social Justice Field Course reports, short stories, video documentaries or other creative CT367* Shelter and Social Justice Field means of assessment, developed in consultation with their Course 1.0 professor. A conference-style oral presentation will be a required This course provides students with an opportunity to engage element in the assessment. critically in an intensive international experiential learning field- This course is taught over two terms. course. The basic objectives of the course are to provide students Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours BA a global-engagement experience, with a pre-trip preparation Society, Culture & Environment or the former Honours BA component, in-country learning and community-contribution Contemporary Studies, and permission of the instructor. activities, and post-trip debriefing and report completion. Irregular course Prerequisite: Year 3 or 4 status required and permission of the instructor. Completion of BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 strongly CT340 - Consumerism and Identities CT340 Consumerism and Identities 0.5 recommended. Students in this course will gain an understanding of the history Irregular course of consumer cultures from the eighteenth century to the present, This course is sponsored under the Faculty of Liberal Arts, with co- and will develop the critical vocabulary necessary to analyze and ordination assistance from Laurier International. critique contemporary consumer cultures. Particular attention is Pre-trip preparation regarding travel and cost arrangements occur given to issues of contemporary identities, from childhood in the Winter term. identities that are more and more determined by commodification, CT370 - Gender, Sexuality, and Social Justice to gender, sexual, and ethnic or "racial" identities. {VL} CT370/HR370 Gender, Sexuality, and Social Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Justice 0.5 Note: It is recommended that students complete CT280 or CT327 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 prior to registration in this course. 3 lecture hours This course will explore how gender shapes our lives and the world around us. Using theories of gender we will examine topics such as: social constructions of masculinity and femininity, the CT352 War in the Contemporary World 0.5 CT352 - War in the Contemporary World connections between gender and sexuality, and links between Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 gender, the media and popular culture. This approach enables us This course will demonstrate that the problem of war has to view gender as much more than a simple biological difference. confronted humanity from the beginning of recorded history but As part of this examination we will look at how factors such as will concentrate on the most significant developments with race/ethnicity, class, age, and ability intersect with gendered respect to war in the last century. Topics to be explored may identities. (Cross-listed as HR370.) include the development of new "war winning" weapons, the Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. causes and consequences of two World Wars, the intensification of Exclusion: HR370, SY334. efforts to build an international system that prevents war, the life of the soldier, the impact of selected wars of national liberation CT401 Food 0.5 CT401 - Food and contemporary issues such as the rise of ethnic cleansing and Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 child soldiers. {RW} Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. This course explores food from a variety of perspectives, Exclusion: HI230. underlining its centrality to notions of social justice. Issues that It is recommended that students complete CT255 or CT345 prior to may be considered include food, identity and memory, local and registration in this course. global food distribution, ethical food production, gender roles and food, resistance to acculturation through ethnic cuisine and the CT355/HR355 Advancing Racial and Ethnic fetishizing of particular foodstuffs. Students will have the chance CT355 - Advancing Racial and Ethnic Equality to engage in an experiential learning opportunity, working Equality 0.5 together in groups on a food related theme. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Social and Contemporary society is a complex network of relations among Environmental Justice (or the former Honours Society, Culture and racial and ethnic groups and other minorities that occupy unequal Environment, or Honours Contemporary Studies). economic, political and social positions in Canadian society and Exclusion: CT400a. the world over. This course will examine how these relations are Seminar course constantly negotiated and renegotiated. It will also consider efforts to advance equality and overcome social exclusion. (Cross- CT403* Community Internship 1.0 CT403* - Community Internship listed as HR355.) Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. Exclusion: HR355, SY332. This two-semester full-credit (1.0) course explores the concept of ‘community' both in class, and via a community service-learning experience – CSL. Students work individually and/or in teams with their selected community organization for a significant part of the year, with initial class time spent on preparation for this internship, and the final month of the year back in class devoted to sharing this experience with the other students. Assessment is

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 314 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

focused on the student service-learning experience, and on the of the self-image that it fostered with regard to urban related in-class efforts around CSL which have both written and development, economic activity, the environment and the well- oral components. being of the city's citizens? And, finally, how might this motto Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4. serve the community of Brantford moving forward? Exclusion: CT402, CT420. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Seminar course Culture and Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Interested students should consult with the course instructor in Contemporary Studies. order to identify potential areas of community involvement. Exclusion: CT400H. Seminar course CT404 - Issues in Development and Social Entrepreneurship CT404 Issues in Development and Social CT407 - Humour Entrepreneurship 0.5 CT407 Humour 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Development has been happening in many ways, under various This course will explore the phenomenon of humour, combining names, and with different objectives for centuries. This course the insights of psychology, philosophy, history and literary studies explores the history, purpose and complexity of development among other disciplines with a view to better understanding how projects while also situating these in the complex realities of and why we laugh. Some of the questions that will be examined in modern globalized society. Topics may include the legacy of this course include whether there is an evolutionary purpose to colonialism, approaches to development, rights and recognition, humour? How does humour reflect culture? How can humour be structural violence, ethical and social justice concerns, religion, used to bring about social change? And are there certain topics peace and conflict, health, education, environment, women and about which one should never joke? gender. Prerequisite: Registration Status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Culture and Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Culture and Environment, or Year 4 Honours BA Contemporary Contemporary Studies. Studies. Exclusion: CT400Z. Exclusion: CT400K. Seminar course Seminar course CT408 - Wal~Mart: Studies in Contemporary Capitalism CT408 Wal~Mart: Studies in Contemporary CT405 - Digital Play, Digital Labour CT405 Digital Play, Digital Labour 0.5 Capitalism 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 In this era of pervasive digital media, the line between what This course will examine how a new form of retail capitalism has constitutes ‘play' and ‘labour' has become increasingly difficult if been pioneered largely by the Wal~Mart Corporation of not impossible to delineate. Where users might perceive social Bentonville, Arkansas. It will explore how this new economic form media platforms as ‘free' sites of play where they can express emerged within an era of economic neo-liberalism, and was aided themselves, post status updates and connect to family, friends, by the implementation of powerful technologies, logistical re- colleagues and co-workers, the reality is that their lives are being engineering, the reformulation of supplier relationships and put to work. Central to the business model that underpins powerful organizational and consumer cultures. It will also corporate social media are the ways that user content and data consider how this powerful new corporate entity has reshaped are taken up in commodification regimes that at once position the thousands of local communities and created radically "new" work user as the ‘product' of the platform and at the same time, as the environments for the millions of workers involved in its various ‘subject' of intense forms of surveillance. This seminar examines supply and retail operations. Throughout these investigations how the boundary between work and play has vanished in the students will also consider how workers, community groups and digital economy, and at the same time, challenges students to others have attempted to reshape and/or resist Wal~Mart's think through how these exploitative arrangements might be encompassing visions of its corporate presence. transformed into empowering ones. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Culture and Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Culture and Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Contemporary Studies. Contemporary Studies. Exclusion: CT400A and CT400X. Exclusion: CT412E. Seminar course

CT406 - Brantford: Industry and PerseveranceCT409 - Arctic Dreams and Nightmares CT406 Brantford: Industry and Perseverance 0.5 CT409 Arctic Dreams and Nightmares 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course is intended to deepen students' understanding of the Canada's North occupies about half of the country's landmass and city in which they are living and/or studying. It will examine the two-thirds of its coastline, yet remains little-known to most historical, geographical, political and psychological meanings of Canadians. In this course we learn about the High Arctic and the city's erstwhile motto that focuses on industry. We will ask about the people who live there, by highlighting Inuit ourselves why was the city's motto selected and how was it perspectives and other multidisciplinary understandings of this interpreted in Brantford's past? Whose concerns did it foreground increasingly important and rapidly changing archipelago. In the and whose did it marginalize? What have been the consequences context of a warming world, we draw ideas from across the

315 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

humanities, social sciences and environmental studies and use themes. Students will complete the course with a fuller sense of films, oral histories, and other texts which over time and across their power to initiate change within a historical context not of cultures have come to represent the Canadian Arctic. their choosing. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Social and Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA Environmental Justice or the former Year 4 Honours BA Society, Contemporary Studies. Culture and Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Exclusion: CT487d. Contemporary Studies. Seminar course Seminar course

CT415 - Practicing Sustainability (Capstone)CT430 - Youth Cultures CT415 Practicing Sustainability (Capstone) 0.5 CT430/YC430 Youth Cultures 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 (Cross-listed as YC430.) This capstone course requires students conduct an CT450 - The City in Contemporary Life interdisciplinary environmental and/or sustainability study in a CT450 The City in Contemporary Life 0.5 seminar setting. The themes examined can be diverse though the Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 project will ideally be focused on a local-level environmental and/ This course will provide an overview of the rise of the city and or sustainability issue. A community service-learning approach is explore urban life from a variety of perspectives. Topics to be an option in this course. discussed may include the factors contributing to urbanization, Prerequisite: BF199 and BF299 and CT210 and CT215, and utopian ideals of city design, the environmental impact of cities, registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Culture & urban architecture, the enduring importance of neighbourhoods, Environment or the former Contemporary Studies. the battle over public space, brownfields and the city in literature and film. CT417 - Special Topics in Environment and Sustainability CT417 Special Topics in Environment and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Sustainability 0.5 Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Contemporary Studies. A one semester study of a special topic of relevance to the Seminar course Environment and Sustainability area of focus in the Society, CT455 - Struggles in Capitalism Today (Capstone) Culture & Environment program. Different topics will be featured. CT455 Struggles in Capitalism Today Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, (Capstone) 0.5 Culture & Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Contemporary Studies. This course will apply the theoretical tools acquired in the social Irregular course structures stream to examine contemporary economic and political struggles. The course pays specific attention to the concept of CT419 - Environmental Justice CT419 Environmental Justice 0.5 ‘class' and its role in the relationship between democracy and Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 capitalism. We will use this analysis to explore present day clashes This course focuses on multiple dimensions of environmental over economic and political issues such as austerity policies justice including justice as distribution, process, recognition and instituted in the wake of global economic crises, economic and inter-generational concerns. Canadian and international examples social inequality, environmental sustainability, anti-capitalist could include the siting of unwanted facilities, climate change, protest movements, and youth unemployment/underemployment. the distribution of green space and vulnerability to disasters. Students will be encouraged to analyze connections between Active student participation in class discussions and activities will these broad social trends and events in their own lives. be a key component of this course. Prerequisite: BF199 and BF299 and CT250 and CT255, and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Culture & Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA Environment or the former Contemporary Studies. Contemporary Studies. Exclusion: SY390. Exclusion: CT417A. CT457 - Special Topics in Social Structures Seminar course CT457 Special Topics in Social Structures 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CT425 - Social and Environmental Capstone: Another World is Possible CT425 Social and Environmental Capstone: A one semester study of a special topic of relevance to the Social Another World is Possible 0.5 Structures area of focus in the Society, Culture & Environment Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 program. Different topics will be featured. In this capstone course students investigate a current struggle for Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, social and/or environmental justice, and consider how they might Culture & Environment or the former Year 4 Honours BA contribute to it in the future. In their proposed plan of action, Contemporary Studies. students will use theoretical tools, relevant data, and personal Irregular course reflections to address key social and environmental justice CT460 - Popular Film and Contemporary Culture CT460 Popular Film and Contemporary Culture 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 316 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

This course explores the relationship between popular movies and The User Experience Design (UX) BDes degree provides students contemporary culture, looking at ways Hollywood film shapes our with an interdisciplinary liberal arts background for mastery of all understanding of history, values and social realities. aspects of user-centred design, and qualifies graduates as user Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, experience design practitioners or consultants in website and Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA application development, as well as immersive and non-digital Contemporary Studies. environments. Exclusion: CT400s. Seminar course Honours Bachelor of Design The Honours Bachelor of Design (BDes) in User Experience Design CT480 - Classic Texts, Contemporary Issues CT480 Classic Texts, Contemporary Issues 0.5 requires 20.0 credits, of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 the 100 level and at least 9.0 credits in the major must be at the senior level. In this course, a contemporary issue (e.g., terrorism legislation, film criticism, social criticism, etc.) is studied in light of The program consists of 11.5 credits of required UX courses: historically significant texts that explore the issue at a UX100 - Design Thinking I: Foundations foundational level (e.g., Thomas Hobbes' Leviathan, Aristotle's On UX103/JN103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction Poetics, Plato's Apology, etc.). UX200 - Design Thinking II Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, UX201 - Maker Lab I Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA UX204 - Digital Technology Lab Contemporary Studies. UX211 - Graphic Design Studio I Exclusion: CT400h. UX212 - Graphic Design Studio II Seminar course UX220 - Web Design Lab I JN222/MX222/CT222 - Digital & Social Media: Critical Approaches Politics of Cultural Production CT485 - Politics of Cultural Production (Capstone) CT485 UX230 - Interaction Design I (Capstone) 0.5 JN252/HR252 - Designing Digital and Social Media Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 UX300 - Information Design This course is an advanced seminar on relations between societies UX301 - Maker Lab II and their expressions in culture, with reference to film, television, UX303/JN303 - Research in User Experience Design literature, and comparable media. We will examine how various UX306 - Design of Immersive Spaces people over time and across cultures have understood ideas of UX307 - Trends in UX community, history, and landscape in language and culture, and UX308 - Mobile Application Design Lab ultimately into the places we call home. Utilizing an approach UX320 - Web Design Lab II that incorporates multimedia, this course may focus on life UX330 - Interaction Design II writing, ethnography, oral history, religion, and political activism DD350 - Project Management such as the labour arts or environmental movements. We are UX400* - Capstone Design Project (1.0 credit) interested in reading, analyzing, and producing stories that bring UX401 - Design for Social Innovation people together, and that keep us apart; and in the boundaries Degree Program Electives: between people, cultures and languages that may be easily An additional 8.5 credits toward the degree total of 20.0 credits. crossed, or that can lead to conflict. All students in the program must complete successfully the Prerequisite: BF199 and BF299 and CT280 and CT285, and Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Culture & Environment or the former Contemporary Studies. Program Regulations 1. Students must achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) overall CT487 - Special Topics in Culture and Representation CT487 Special Topics in Culture and and 5.00 (C) in the User Experience Design program to Representation 0.5 progress until the end of Year 2 (after the completion of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 10.0 credits). Progression from Year 3 (after completion of A one-semester study of a special topic of relevance to the Culture 15.0 credits) to Year 4 requires a cumulative GPA of 5.00 and Representation area of focus in the Society, Culture & overall (C) and an Honours GPA of 7.00 (B-) in the User Environment program. Different topics will be featured. Experience Design program. Students who do not meet Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Society, Honours progression requirements are permitted to proceed Culture & Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA to Year 4 only at the discretion of the User Experience Contemporary Studies. Design Program Co-ordinator. Irregular course 2. Students who do not meet progression requirements will be placed in the General Bachelor of Arts without Designation. Students who do not meet Honours progression User Experience Design requirements after completion of 15.0 credits and who meet graduation requirements for the General Bachelor of Program Arts Degree without Designation may choose to graduate from the Faculty of Liberal Arts with the General Bachelor of Arts Degree without Designation.

317 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

3. Students must achieve a 5.00 (C) overall and an Honours Exclusion: JN270/UX270. GPA of 7.00 (B-) in the User Experience Design program in Active Learning Classroom order to graduate with the Honours Bachelor of Design in UX200 - Design Thinking II User Experience Design degree. UX200 Design Thinking II 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 4. A student who has completed the course/program requirements of the User Experience Design Degree Building on UX100, this course introduces more robust tools and program, but who has not obtained the necessary GPA, may concepts for more complex problem solving. Starting with elect to receive a General Bachelor of Arts without stakeholder empathy as a key tenet, this course will guide Designation from the Faculty of Liberal Arts. participants through a full cycle of horizon scanning, problem discovery, solution finding, solution evaluation and Co-operative Education communication techniques. Although graduation requirements may be met after four years of Prerequisite: UX100. full-time study, UXD students have the option of completing an Active Learning Classroom additional year with an accredited co-operative education program. UX201 - Maker Lab I UX201 Maker Lab I 0.5 The competitive co-op admission and job application process Hours per week: Lab: 3 and employer interviews are held during Year 3 (along with This course is intended as an introduction to the making of coursework), and the minimum 12 month (and maximum objects occupying a three-dimensional space, DIY culture and the 16-month) paid work term is scheduled in Year 4. Successful maker movement on several levels. Through reading and research completion of the co-operative education in Year 4 will be noted students will begin to understand the culture and structure of the on the transcript and degree. Completion of UXD academic maker movement and how it can be implemented through user requirements will be required for graduation from the program centered design. The focus is on developing creativity and after Year 5. learning through play and tinkering, and in learning the basic Consult the Program Co-ordinator, Professor Abby Goodrum for operations and capabilities of some common tools for prototyping further details: [email protected] including: clay and casting, 3D printing, laser and vinyl cutting. Prerequisite: JN103/UX103. User Experience Design Program Courses Maker Lab UX100 - Design Thinking I: Foundations UX100 Design Thinking I: Foundations 0.5 UX204 Digital Technology Lab 0.5 UX204 - Digital Technology Lab Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course is an introduction to the theories and methods that underpin design thinking and practice. UX100 introduces the This course introduces students to basic computer and digital design process, visual analysis, design theories, universal design, media concepts in hardware, software, and networking. Widely and the socio-cultural implications of design. Students investigate used applications including word processing, spreadsheets, the interactions between humans and their natural, social, and databases, presentation, and web development software are designed environments where purposeful design helps determine studied and students are introduced to their academic portfolio the quality of those interactions. Students will learn how design platform as they learn how to manage digital media files across outcomes, whether successes or failures, shape and are shaped by multiple platforms in order to create and maintain a professional socio/cultural and historical factors. Students of design thinking portfolio. will learn to critically assess the processes, outcomes and effects Computer Lab of design engagement. During the course, students will have UX211 - Graphic Design Studio I opportunities to test and explore the concepts of design thinking UX211 Graphic Design Studio I 0.5 through small-group, hands-on participation in design projects. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Active Learning Classroom Graphic Design Studio I introduces students to formal, perceptual, symbolic and technical aspects of visual communication. Students UX103 - User Experience Design: an Introduction UX103/JN103 User Experience Design: an explore graphic design concepts including: typography, image, Introduction 0.5 form, color, proportion and space. This course provides an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 introduction to the design of both 2 and 3 dimensional projects as This course provides an overview of user experience design well as the practice of design critiques. principles and processes from a broad multidisciplinary Design Studio Classroom perspective, emphasizing how user research and prototype UX212 - Graphic Design Studio II assessment can be integrated into different phases of the design UX212 Graphic Design Studio II 0.5 process for a wide array of products, services, and media content. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The course introduces students to methods used to understand user's needs and activities, with a focus on conveying user centered design solutions through storytelling, sketching, and iterative prototyping. Students are given real world design problems. (Cross-listed as JN103.)

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 318 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

This course is a continuation of Graphic Design Studio I UX211. The focus of this class is to familiarize students with the Students extend their knowledge of fundamental graphic design multidisciplinary methods used by User Experience (UX) designers practices through creation of 2-D projects for print and the web to understand user needs and behaviours, and to evaluate the using Photoshop, Illustrator and InDesign. Topics include image usability of systems, products and services. Students are resolution, scanning, importing and exporting images, print set- introduced to key issues and practices in UX research, including up, photo adjustments and vector usage. procedures, resources needed, appropriate uses, benefits, and Prerequisite: UX211. costs. They explore UX research designs including experimental Computer Lab and non-experimental, as well as quantitative and qualitative research methods. (Cross-listed as JN303.) UX220 - Web Design Lab I UX220 Web Design Lab I 0.5 Prerequisite: DD220 or JN103/UX103 (or JN270/UX270). Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: JN271/UX271. Usability Lab The focus of this course is on designing high fidelity interactive prototypes of web designs. Students learn the essential elements UX306 Design of Immersive Spaces 0.5 UX306 - Design of Immersive Spaces of web design including HTML, CSS and JavaScript. Industry- standard design guidelines, universal design and best practices Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 are taught to ensure strong online presentation and accessibility. Museums, stores, casinos, theme parks and other physical spaces Computer Lab are increasingly being designed from a user experience perspective. At the same time, virtual reality and augmented UX230 - Interaction Design I UX230 Interaction Design I 0.5 computing are blurring the lines between the physical and the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 digital world. Through a combination of lectures, demos and field trips, students will be exposed to a wide range of research, This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to the challenges products, and spaces in the broadly-defined fields of virtual and of developing high quality user interaction designs for a variety of augmented reality, 3D user interaction, and spatial user user experiences. Theories and concepts from computer science, experiences. cognitive psychology, industrial design, information science and others will be used to introduce students to the cognitive, UX307 Trends in UX 0.5 UX307 - Trends in UX affective, perceptual, physiological, environmental and social aspects of interactivity. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 User Experience Design is a rapidly evolving field. This course UX300 - Information Design UX300 Information Design 0.5 provides an opportunity for theoretical and applied explorations of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 current and timely topics in UX and positions students to become lifelong learners. Course offerings vary from year to year. This course provides a practical understanding of fundamental concepts and methods in designing and evaluating information UX308 Mobile Application Design Lab 0.5 UX308 - Mobile Application Design Lab structures from a user-centered design perspective. This course covers the theory and practical aspects of organization, labeling Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and navigation schemes within information systems as well as the This course teaches the fundamentals of designing for mobile structural design of information spaces to facilitate task applications. Students learn about UX and UI design standards for completion and intuitive access to content. both iOS and Android mobile applications, as well as the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3. fundamental differences between the two and how to design unique experiences that follow the design paradigms for each. UX301 - Maker Lab II UX301 Maker Lab II 0.5 Computer Lab Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 UX320 Web Design Lab II 0.5 UX320 - Web Design Lab II Concepts and tool knowledge introduced in UX 201 will be applied in this course and further developed in regard to 3-D design and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 production. We will code on open hardware/micro-controllers such This course is a continuation of UX220. Students will work with a as arduinos and smaller form factors for e-textiles, to explore the content management system, as well as PHP and MySQL, to gain a concept of the internet of things. Students will have a chance to deeper understanding of Web design and development. participate in several aspects of making through prototyping with Prerequisite: UX220. electronics, microcontrollers and some simple computer Computer Lab programming in C++ on the Arduino. UX330 - Interaction Design II Prerequisite: UX201. UX330 Interaction Design II 0.5 This course is a continuation of Interaction Design I, and utilizes UX303 - Research in User Experience Design UX303/JN303 Research in User Experience a project-oriented approach. The emphasis is on moving from Design 0.5 theory to practice and further developing interaction design Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 process skills through user research, requirements and specifications development, use of UX and UI design patterns, prototyping and usability testing. Prerequisite: UX230.

319 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

UX400* Capstone Design Project 1.0 and Young Adulthood UX400* - Capstone Design Project Other Requirements: 6.5 credits Hours per week: Lab: 3 Students must complete 2.0 credits in Categories A and B, and 1.0 Students will research a real world social, business, or other credit in Category C. An additional 1.5 senior credits must be problem and develop a user centered solution for it. They will completed in any Category. research and assess user needs and outline a concept solution. Of the 6.5 credits, 1.0 credit must be at the 300 level and 0.5 They will iteratively prototype solutions, and critically evaluate credit at the 400 level. their process and designed solution. The capstone project is Category A: Youth and Children in Society designed to provide students with the opportunity to reflect CC200 - Youth Justice academically on the components of user centered design and HI375 - Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in Canada, demonstrate the successful integration of theoretical knowledge 1867-1969 and practical application. HR319/YC319 - Children/Youth & Disabilities: Inclusion and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BDes User Human Rights Experience Design. HR320/YC320 - Children's Rights Launchpad, Maker Lab, Usability Lab HR365/YC365 - Immigrant & Ethno-Racial Youth ID302/YC302 - Indigenous Children and Families UX401 - Design for Social Innovation UX401 Design for Social Innovation 0.5 ID303 - Indigenous Pedagogy Hours per week: Lab: 3 ID401/YC401 - Indigenous Allyship and Kinship This course provides a critical theoretic approach to the unique LY216 - Family and Law challenges and opportunities of designing for social innovation. It SY201 - Sociology of Families provides a conceptual framework for understanding social WORK231/YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour innovation/entrepreneurship in the context of changing social YC245 - Children, Numeracy and Society arrangements, and a vocabulary for thinking and communicating YC310 - Adoption: Past and Present about social values in concrete terms. Models of social change YC440 - Youth and Sexuality through which to launch, lead, manage, and evaluate a social Category B: Youth and Child Cultures venture, with specific attention to social justice are provided. CT326/YC326 - Children, Toys and Media Students will learn how to write a social business plan appropriate CT430/YC430 - Youth Cultures to the relevant model of change, and how to obtain funding to EN201 - Children's Literature support their plan. EN285 - Tween Literature and Culture Launchpad, Maker Lab, Usability Lab EN286 - Young Adult Literature FS260 - Youth Culture in Film ID208/YC208 - Indigenous Play and Games WS203 - Girls, Women and Popular Culture Youth and Children's Studies YC230 - Children and Music (Online Learning) YC420 - Picturing Childhood: Representations of the Child through Program Time Program Co-ordinator: Lisa Wood, PhD, 519-756-8228, ext. 5755, Category C: Youth and Child Development [email protected] CC304 - Addiction and Crime HS200 - Social Determinants of Health The Youth and Children's Studies programs and the following YC HS307 - Child and Youth Health courses are only available at the Brantford Campus. PS283 - Educational Psychology PS379 - Psychology of Exceptional Children, Youth and Adults Honours BA Youth and Children's Studies YC243 - Mathematics and Teaching I The Honours BA Youth and Children's Studies program consists of YC244 - Mathematics and Teaching II 20.0 credits, including no more than 7.0 credits at the 100 level. The program must include a minimum of 11.0 credits in approved Notes courses, including at least 9.0 senior credits. 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression All students in the program must complete successfully the and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Regulations for All Honours Programs. Required Courses: 4.5 credits 2. Students in the Youth & Children's Studies program are CT120/ID120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies excluded from completing the Children's Education and YC100 - Studying Youth and Children: An Introduction Development Option. YC200 - Youth and Children Through the Ages YC300 - Youth & Children's Studies Community Service Learning 3. Students in the Concurrent Education program are excluded YC400 - Senior Seminar in Youth and Children's Studies from completing the Contemporary Studies, or the Society, PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I Culture and Environment Honours BA, or the Social and PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II Environmental Justice Honours BA in combination with an PS275 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Infancy and Honours BA in Youth and Children's Studies. Childhood 4. YC490 - Directed Research may be completed to fulfill a PS276 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adolescence category requirement that best reflects the content of the course, subject to approval of the program co-ordinator.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 320 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Honours BA Youth and Children's Studies in HS307 - Child and Youth Health PS276 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adolescence Combination with another Honours BA and Young Adulthood Program PS283 - Educational Psychology The combined Honours Youth and Children's Studies program PS379 - Psychology of Exceptional Children, Youth and Adults consists of 20.0 credits, including no more than 7.0 credits at the YC243 - Mathematics and Teaching I 100 level. The program must include a minimum of 8.0 credits in YC244 - Mathematics and Teaching II approved courses, including at least 6.0 senior credits. Of the 7.5 Notes credits, 0.5 must be at the 400 level, and 1.0 must be at the 300 level. 1. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression All students in the program must complete successfully the and course regulations and the earlier section regarding Foundations curriculum: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Regulations for All Honours Programs. Required Courses: 4.0 credits 2. Students in the Youth and Children's Studies program are CT120/ ID120 - Introduction to Indigenous Studies excluded from completing the Children's Education and YC100 - Studying Youth and Children: An Introduction Development Option. YC200 - Youth and Children Through the Ages 3. Students in the Concurrent Education program are excluded YC300 - Youth & Children's Studies Community Service Learning from completing the Social and Environmental Justice YC400 - Senior Seminar in Youth and Children's Studies (capstone major, Society, Culture and Environment major (or the course) Contemporary Studies) Honours BA in combination with an PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I Honours BA in Youth and Children's Studies. PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II PS275 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Infancy and 4. YC490 - Directed Research may be completed to fulfill a Childhood category requirement that best reflects the content of the Other Requirements: 4.0 credits course,subject to approval of the program co-ordinator. 1.5 credits taken from Categories A and B, and 0.5 credit from Youth and Children's Studies Minor Category C. An additional 0.5 credit must be completed in any The minor in Youth and Children's Studies consists of 3.0 credits: category. 1.0 credit in required courses, and 2.0 credits chosen from the Category A: Youth and Children in Society three Honours Categories (A,B and C). No more than 1.0 100-level CC200 - Youth Justice courses will count toward the minor. HI375 - Seeking Justice: The Family and Law in Canada, Required courses (1.0 credits): 1867-1969 YC100, YC200 HR319/YC319 - Children/Youth & Disabilities: Inclusion and Electives (2.0 credits): Human Rights One 0.5-credit course from each of the Honours categories A, B, HR320/YC320 - Children's Rights and C. HR365/YC365 - Immigrant & Ethno-Racial Youth PS275 and PS276 may be used as choices in Category C. ID302/YC302 - Indigenous Children and Families One senior 0.5-credit course from Category A, B or C, PS275 or ID303 - Indigenous Pedagogy PS276. ID401/YC401 - Indigenous Allyship and Kinship LY216 - Family and Law Notes SY201 - Sociology of Families 1. BSW students are permitted to use SK222, Child Welfare, as WORK231/YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour a 0.5 credit towards Category A requirements. YC245 - Children, Numeracy and Society YC310 - Adoption: Past and Present 2. Refer also to the Regulations Governing Minors. YC440 - Youth and Sexuality Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts Category B: Youth and Child Cultures CT326/YC326 - Children, Toys and Media Minor CT430/YC430 - Youth Cultures Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts Minor EN201 - Children's Literature EN285 - Tween Literature and Culture Youth and Children's Studies Program EN286 - Young Adult Literature Courses FS260 - Youth Culture in Film YC100 Studying Youth and Children: An YC100 - Studying Youth and Children: An Introduction ID208 - Indigenous Play and Games Introduction 0.5 WS203 - Girls, Women and Popular Culture YC230 - Children and Music (Online Learning) This course provides students with an interdisciplinary YC420 - Picturing Childhood: Representations of the Child through introduction to the study of children and youth. It is a core Time course in the Youth & Children's Studies program, and provides a Category C: Youth and Child Development basis for further interdisciplinary studies in the field. CC304 - Addiction and Crime HS200 - Social Determinants of Health

321 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

YC200 - Youth and Children Through the Ages YC200 Youth and Children Through the Ages 0.5 This course does not count toward a Mathematics major or minor This course provides students with an introduction to the major YC245 - Children, Numeracy and Society themes, arguments, and methodologies in the history of childhood YC245 Children, Numeracy and Society 0.5 in Western cultures. It is a core course in the Honours Youth & Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Children's Studies program. Children, Numeracy and Society examines numeracy from Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. historical, social, cultural and educational perspectives. The course situates numeracy within a social justice framework, YC208 - Indigenous Play and Games YC208/ID208 Indigenous Play and Games 0.5 examining how a learner's social and cultural position affects their (Cross-listed as ID208.) engagement with numeracy, and the role of numeracy in enabling social change. Key areas of focus will be the history of numeracy YC230 Children and Music 0.5 and math education; the development of governmental policy YC230 - Children and Music around math education; the links between numeracy and other Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 disciplines such as art, music and literature; and the implications This interdisciplinary course provides an introduction to the of categories such as gender, race and ethnicity in the acquisition challenges of teaching music and musical concepts to young of mathematical competence. children, with an emphasis on cross-cultural perspectives in music Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. education. (Online Learning only) This course does not count toward a Mathematics major or minor. Exclusion: CO230. YC300 - Youth & Children's Studies Community Service Learning YC300 Youth & Children's Studies Community YC231 - Millennial Workers: Children, Youth and Labour YC231/WORK231 Millennial Workers: Service Learning 0.5 Children, Youth and Labour 0.5 A field placement course in which the students gain experience Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 working with children in a community setting. The placement is (Cross-listed as WORK231.) supervised by Laurier personnel and culminates in a major report. The course has both lecture and placement components. YC243 - Mathematics and Teaching I YC243 Mathematics and Teaching I 0.5 Prerequisite: UU150, YC200. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 YC302/ID302 Indigenous Children and YC302 - Indigenous Children and Families This is a course that discusses and examines the role of Families 0.5 mathematics in elementary education. Possible topics include the position of mathematics in teaching and contemporary knowledge; (Cross-listed as ID302.) different approaches to its teaching; the history of such teaching; YC310 - Adoption: Past and Present educational policy in this area; the mathematics curriculum; the YC310 Adoption: Past and Present 0.5 application of basic mathematical concepts; and the teaching of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 mathematics across the curriculum and its integration with other An interdisciplinary course which analyzes the origins and subjects. The mathematical concepts discussed will include evolution of adoption as a government policy, a familial number sense and numeration, measurement, geometry and experience, and a cultural symbol. At the centre of the course will spatial sense, patterning and algebra, and data management and be considerations of children and youth's lives in institutional probability. The course will include examples and case studies care, foster care, and domestic and international adoption. The from the classroom. course will pay close attention to the role poverty plays in child Exclusion: CO243, CT123, CT243. welfare and how understandings of race, class, gender, sexuality, This course does not count toward a Mathematics major or minor and citizenship affect adoption practices and perceptions. Prerequisite: YC200. YC244 - Mathematics and Teaching II YC244 Mathematics and Teaching II 0.5 Exclusion: CT413e. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 YC319 - Children/Youth & Disabilities: Inclusion and Human Rights This course is a continuation of YC243. It further explores and YC319/HR319 Children/Youth & Disabilities: examines the role of mathematics in elementary education. Inclusion and Human Rights 0.5 Possible topics include the position of mathematics in teaching Cross-listed HR319.) and contemporary knowledge, different approaches to its YC320 - Children's Rights teaching, the history of such teaching, educational policy in this YC320/HR320 Children's Rights 0.5 area, the mathematics curriculum, the application of basic (Cross-listed as HR320.) mathematical concepts, and the teaching of mathematics across the curriculum and its integration with other subjects. The YC326/CT326 Children, Toys and Media 0.5 YC326 - Children, Toys and Media mathematical concepts discussed will include number sense and numeration, measurement, geometry and spatial sense, patterning Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and algebra, and data management and probability. The course This course examines a range of media and products developed for will include examples and case studies from the classroom. and marketed to children. Students will analyze texts such as Prerequisite: YC243. television shows, video games, movies, books and toys, in relation Exclusion: CO244, CT124. to theories about media and children's culture. (Cross-listed as CT326.)

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 322 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Liberal Arts

Prerequisite: CT100 (or CT121) or YC100 or KS100 or KS101 and This course examines youth sexuality from an interdisciplinary registration status: senior student. perspective that draws on critical work from academics, activists, Exclusion: CT326, CO326. policy-makers, and, most importantly, from young people themselves. Students will learn the theoretical and methodological YC365 - Immigrant & Ethno-Racial Youth YC365/HR365 Immigrant & Ethno-Racial underpinnings of the study of sex and sexualities, and examine Youth 0.5 the social contexts within which young people experience and (Cross-listed as HR365.) navigate sexuality, sex, and sexual health. Prerequisite: YC200 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. YC400 - Senior Seminar in Youth and Children's Studies YC400 Senior Seminar in Youth and Children's Seminar course Studies 0.5 YC490 Directed Research 0.5 YC490 - Directed Research Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An examination of issues facing children and youth today, using current scholarly research and theory. Students will gain a solid Individual study on a specialized topic. Students wishing to grounding in the scholarship of children's studies, and will use pursue a course of directed studies must, with a faculty their analytical skills to approach key problems in the field and supervisor, formulate a proposal accurately describing the course the world. Topics will vary from year to year. content, the intended method and extent of supervision, and the Prerequisite: YC200 and registration status: Year 4 Honours Youth method by which work will be evaluated. This course may count and Children's Studies or permission of instructor. toward the credit requirement for Category A, B, or C, at the Seminar course discretion of the coordinator. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 3 or Year 4, and approval of the YC401/ID401 Indigenous Allyship and program co-ordinator. YC401 - Indigenous Allyship and Kinship Irregular course Kinship 0.5 (Cross-listed as ID401.) Youth and Children: Texts YC420 - Picturing Childhood: Representations of the Child through Time YC420 Picturing Childhood: Representations of the Child through Time 0.5 and Contexts (Faculty of Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course reviews the history of the image of the child in art, Arts) popular texts and film, and considers how changes in the representation of childhood reflect or challenge their socio- Youth and Children: Texts and Contexts political contexts. Minor Prerequisite: MX202, YC200, registration status: Year 4. Faculty of Arts: /program.php?cal=1&d=1714&s=829&y=73 Seminar course

YC430 - Youth Cultures YC430/CT430 Youth Cultures 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3 This course aims to engage students in critical and creative dialogues with contemporary youth cultures. The interplay between social control and resistance in youth cultures will be a key focus. Topics may include youth marketing, theories of subcultures, queer youth, intergenerational dialogues, homelessness and grassroots activism. (Cross-listed as CT430.) Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BA Social and Environmental Justice, or the former Honours BA Society, Culture and Environment, or the former Year 4 Honours BA Contemporary Studies or Year 4 Honours Youth and Children's Studies or CED Option or permission of instructor. Exclusion: CO430, CT430, CT400E. Seminar course

YC440 - Youth and Sexuality YC440 Youth and Sexuality 0.5 Hours per week: Tutorial/Seminar: 3

323 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

FACULTY of MUSIC The Faculty of Music provides a creative and collegial environment Faculty of Music Policy Website for education and research that fosters artistic and scholarly development of the highest calibre, and enriches the cultural life Temporary Withdrawal of the community. Students who withdraw from the Bachelor of Music or the Bachelor Dean, Faculty of Music: Glen Carruthers, PhD, ext. 2151, Room of Music Therapy program and at a subsequent time wish to re- A515 enter the program, must successfully complete an audition. Associate Dean, Internal, Faculty of Music: Kevin Swinden, PhD, ext 3305, Room A217 Ensemble Policy Associate Dean, External, Faculty of Music: Kimberly Barber, The Honours BMus student participates in choir, orchestra, and/or BMus, ext 2505, Room A420 other ensembles, depending on the requirements of the particular Telephone: (519) 884-0710 program. Among the possibilities are the WLU Choir, the Laurier Location: Aird Centre Singers, the Chapel Choir, Jazz Choir; operatic ensembles; WLU Website: www.wlu.ca/homepage.php?grp_id=29 Orchestra and WLU Wind Ensemble; Baroque, Jazz, Chamber Ensembles and Improvisation Concerts Ensemble (ICE). Auditions are required for participation in any ensemble. NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier email account. Students are expected to regularly check their All wind, brass, string and percussion students registered in Laurier email account for important notices from the university Performance must pass an ensemble placement audition on their community. Students are required to send emails to official major instrument before the end of the second week of fall term members of the university community from their Laurier email in order to continue in the Performance program. Ensemble account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails auditions will normally take place during Orientation Week and sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be will be graded pass/fail. identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is impossible to determine whether the emails received from these The university reserves the right to assign students to ensembles. non-Laurier accounts are coming from the person they claim to be Consideration will include both the needs of the student and the from. Your co-operation is appreciated. requirements of the ensemble program. Students in programs that require MU381 and MU481 are expected to be registered in a course that gives them experience in Regulations Governing all Music ensemble playing in both Year 3 and Year 4. During one of these years, piano students in programs other than music education may Programs: Grades, Progression, substitute a 0.5 credit in accompanying (MU393) or a 0.5 credit in chamber music (MU383 or MU483) for the 0.5 credit in ensemble Exams (MU381 or MU481) that year, provided they have the prerequisite, Academic Advising MU253. Although academic advising is available within the faculty, in all Under special circumstances, students in the Honours Bachelor of cases, it is solely the responsibility of students to ensure that Music program may enrol for a second major ensemble with they are properly registered and meet course requirements and permission of the studio instructor, ensemble director, and dean. the requirements of the program for which they are registered. Students may not enrol for a second ensemble for credit if they All students should review the University Undergraduate have not completed their keyboard proficiency requirement. Regulations chapter and the relevant program requirements and course information carefully. The Faculty of Music recognizes that performing engagements outside the university, particularly those of a professional nature, Administrative Assistant, Faculty of Music: Janice Dobbin, ext. are important in the development of careers in music. However, 2956, [email protected] students must consider the rehearsal and performance schedules of the university ensembles their first priority. Other engagements Validating Examinations must be arranged around those schedules. Students admitted to the Faculty of Music with unusually All music students are expected to give the dean of the Faculty of extensive training in performance, music history, and/or music Music advance written notice of all musical activity they intend to theory, but without corresponding university credits, may earn undertake outside of the faculty during the academic year. In credit for certain courses in these areas through satisfactory some cases, students may be advised to curtail such activity. completion of validating examinations. The examinations should be completed within one year of the date of admission to Laurier. Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://students.wlu.ca/ Students will not receive grades for courses for which credit is programs/music/policies/index.html earned by validating examination. Students will not receive credit for validating examinations until they have completed a course at this university. To write a validating examination, students must receive permission from the dean and apply to the Office of Enrolment Services. A non- refundable fee is charged.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 324 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Policy on Credit for Outside 2. To facilitate this, all MU296 and MU396 jury repertoire sheets should indicate students' intentions to satisfy the Ensemble jury requirements for MU290A* on their MU296 jury or the In order to accommodate instrumentalists in the Faculty of Music, jury requirements for MU390A* on their MU396 jury. students may be allowed to play in the K-W Youth Orchestra for 3. Students in programs other than Performance, may proceed university ensemble credit. Students who are taking WLUSO or from MU296 to MU290A*, MU396 to MU390A*, or MU496 to Wind Ensemble for credit may NOT play in the KWYO for university MU490A* only with permission of the dean, in consultation ensemble credit (though they may play in those ensembles as with the studio instructor, and with the understanding that extra-curricular activities). they may register for a maximum of 4.0 credits of practical In addition, the following regulations concerning performance in studies on their principal instrument or voice over the these outside ensembles for university ensemble credit apply: course of their degree, unless the dean approves an exception to this policy. 1. Students must audition for placement in the ensemble. Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://www.wlu.ca/ 2. Students may enroll for credit in the KWYO only when there page.php?grp_id=29&p=15660 are no instrumental positions available in the WLUSO or Wind Ensemble. Policy Concerning Academic 3. The experience must be comparable to performing with the Probation, Program Withdrawal and WLUSO or Wind Ensemble (in terms of rehearsal time, number of concerts and level of repertoire performed). Re-audition Requirements for progression 4. Only that portion of the concert year of the KWYO will count towards their WLU ensemble credit; if the ensemble 1. Students whose cumulative music GPA is below the level performs beyond the university term, students will not be for progression (6.0 to go into 2nd year and 7.0 to go into marked on performances during that time-frame beyond the 3rd and 4th years and to graduate) by no more than 2.0 end of term. grade points will be placed on academic probation. 5. Any outside ensemble that is offered for credit must be 2. Students whose cumulative music GPA is below the level for directed by a full-time faculty member of the Faculty of progression (6.0 to go into 2nd year and 7.0 to go into 3rd Music. and 4th years and to graduate) by more than 2.0 grade points must withdraw from the program. Note that by 6. Students who are paying for a credit course at the university policy, students whose cumulative overall GPA university will not be asked to pay fees to be a member of falls below 2.0 must withdraw from the university. the KWYO. 3. Students may be registered on Academic Probation one 7. Mock auditions - a routine part of Laurier ensembles - will time only, for a maximum of one year. Students whose also occur in the KWYO and will form part of the students' cumulative music GPA is below the level for progression grades. (6.0 to go into 2nd year and 7.0 to go into 3rd and 4th 8. The attendance and grading policies for students taking years and to graduate) after one year of Academic KWYO for credit are the same as those for Laurier Probation must withdraw from the program. ensembles, as specified in the Music Student Handbook. Students on academic probation Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://legacy.wlu.ca/ page.php?grp_id=29&p=15660 1. During a probationary year, students are advised to repeat courses with low grades in order to raise their cumulative Studio Policy Regarding Progression music GPA above the level for progression. Students on probation have one intramural year (fall, winter, and from Half-Hour Lessons to Full-Hour spring) to raise their cumulative music GPA to 7.0 for Lessons; Progression to MU490B progression in the Honours BMus program. 2. Students on probation who received a minimum grade of B- 1. Any student (unclassified studies or Honours Music) who in their previous year's practical studies course will be wishes to progress from MU296 to MU390A* must perform a entitled to full hour lessons. Students whose previous year jury that satisfies the jury requirements for MU290A* studio grade is a minimum of C but less than B- will be (which is the prerequisite for MU390A*); those wishing to entitled to half-hour lessons. progress from MU396 to MU490A* must perform a jury that satisfies the jury requirements for MU390A* (which is the 3. Students on probation may take courses intended for music prerequisite for MU490A*). These juries must take place majors with the dean's permission, and on a space available either in the winter term exam period, as part of their jury basis. Students in good standing shall have priority for for MU296 or MU396. high-demand courses. Music students who have been required to withdraw from the program following one year of Academic Probation (post- probationary students)

325 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

1. Students who wish to earn re-admission to the Faculty of 2. The Faculty of Music Petitions Committee will review the Music may do so only after a period of one year has passed request and supporting information in light of (a) Faculty (fall, winter, and spring), subject to raising their regulations (refer to Policy below) and (b) the student's cumulative music GPA to 7.0, and a successful re-audition. academic record in the course, and communicate its Students may attempt a re-audition only once. decision to the student. 2. Post-probationary students may take courses intended for 3. If the recommendation is negative, the student (or music majors with the dean's permission. Post-probationary delegate) can appeal the decision to the Office of the Dean students may repeat courses previously taken in order to of the Faculty of Music. raise their GPA, and may take courses at or below their year 4. If the recommendation from the dean's office is negative, level. I.e., a student who is required to withdraw from the the student (or delegate) can appeal the decision to the program after second year may only take courses in the Senate Student Appeals Committee via the usual petitions music faculty at the 100- or 200-level. Such post- process. probationary students may not proceed to higher level courses. Policy:

3. Post-probationary students are not eligible to take lessons, 1. Studio courses (instrumental, vocal and composition) and chamber music, or other courses with low faculty-student all musical skills courses are not eligible for aegrotat ratios. Post-probationary students may participate in standing. ensembles by repeating the course, so long as no music student in good standing would be displaced from the 2. In all other cases, the granting of aegrotat standing is at ensemble. As any other repeated course, students are the discretion of the Faculty of Music Petitions Committee advised that the most recent attempt will be the grade that in consultation with the appropriate instructor, subject to is factored into a student's cumulative GPA, unless the the following Regulations #3 and #4. second attempt is declared "extra" before the drop date. 3. Courses in which the final exam is worth 25 percent or Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://www.wlu.ca/ more are not eligible for aegrotat standing. page.php?grp_id=29&p=15660 4. All term work for the course must be complete with a passing average in order to be eligible for aegrotat Post-Degree Regulations consideration. Applicants for post-degree practical studies will be considered by the admissions committee after the studio requirements for Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://www.wlu.ca/ undergraduates have been determined. Any student enrolled in page.php?grp_id=29&p=15660 post-degree, non-diploma practical studies in music must be enrolled full-time. Any withdrawal from courses that produces less Policies: Masterclass, Concerts, than full-time registration (4.0 credits) will require withdrawal from all practical study courses. Grad Recitals Faculty of Music Policy website: Faculty of Music Policy Website: https://www.wlu.ca/ page.php?grp_id=29&p=15660 https://students.wlu.ca/programs/music/policies/academic- Aegrotat Standing Policy - Faculty of policies.html Music All Music Faculty Process: In exceptional circumstances, a student may be eligible for Full-Time Faculty aegrotat standing, in which case the student may be exempted from a final exam. In most circumstances, legitimate requests for Heidi Ahonen, PhD, Music Therapy; Director, Centre for re-scheduling an exam can be accommodated either within the Music Therapy Research exam period or in the subsequent exam period (refer to the Anya Alexeyev, ARCM, Piano Deferred Exam Policy in the University Undergraduate Carolyn Arnason, DA, Music Therapy; Co-ordinator of Regulations chapter). Exceptional circumstances are those Graduate Music Therapy where the writing of the final exam involves an unreasonable Kimberly Barber, BMus, Voice; Co-ordinator of Opera; Co- burden or demonstrable injustice to the student. ordinator of Voice 1. A student (or delegate) applies to the Faculty of Music Jeremy Bell, DMA, Violin, Chamber Music, Penderecki String Petitions Committee (via the dean's office) requesting Quartet aegrotat standing in the course, giving reasons why writing Glenn Buhr, DMA, Composition; Co-ordinator of the final exam, even if re-scheduled, would involve an Composition unreasonable burden or demonstrable injustice to the Beth Ann de Sousa, MMus, Coach/Accompanist student. This application should be done before the Leslie De'Ath, MA, Piano; Co-ordinator of Keyboard Area scheduled exam if possible.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 326 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

1. a. All Year 1 and Year 2 music requirements of the Anna Ferenc, PhD, Music Theory student's program must be completed or in progress Elvera Froese, BMus, Coach/Accompanist when the student enrols in MU290. Amy Hamilton, DMA, Flute; Co-ordinator of Winds Peter Hatch, DMA, Composition b. Individual tuition (MU190, MU290, MU390, MU490) Jerzy Kaplanek, MMus, Violin, Chamber Music, Penderecki must be taken in consecutive years. String Quartet, Co-ordinator of Strings c. Rule (a) takes precedence over rule (b) but if rule Jessica Kun, DMA, Conducting, Wind Orchestra (b) is broken, the student must successfully Colin Lee, PhD, Co-ordinator of Undergradaute Music complete an audition before resuming individual Therapy tuition. Daniel Lichti, Co-ordinator of Voice 2. Keyboard Facility Charles Morrison, PhD, Music Theory; Co-ordinator of With the exception of piano and organ majors, all students History, Theory, and Critical Analysis who have not completed Royal Conservatory Grade VI Piano Paul Pulford, DRSAM, Chamber Music, Orchestra, Cello (or equivalent) prior to entering the B.Mus. program must Alma Santosuosso, PhD, Music History demonstrate proficiency at this level before proceeding to Katherine Schlaikjer, DMA, Cello; Penderecki String Quartet Year 3. For those who have not completed a Grade VI Exam, Kevin Swinden, PhD, Music Theory; Associate Dean: successful completion of an Equivalency Exam may be used Internal to fulfill the piano requirement. Heather Taves, DMA, Piano All incoming and transfer students will be required to sign Christine Vlajk, MMus, Viola, Chamber Music, Penderecki up for a placement interview during Orientation week. The String Quartet placement interview is an opportunity for students to: Lee Willingham, EdD, Co-ordinator of Music Education; Co- ◦ provide proof of completing a Grade VI exam in the ordinator of Graduate Community Music form of an official certificate or a copy of examination Kirsten Yri, PhD, Music History results, completed within the previous 3 calendar years. ◦ attempt the Equivalency Exam Bachelor of Music ◦ display their current level of proficiency at the piano for workshop placement purposes Honours Bachelor of Music The Honours BMus is a four-year program beyond the Ontario Students unable to pass the Equivalency Exam are strongly Secondary School Diploma (refer to Undergraduate Admissions recommended to take the Piano Facility workshop. This chapter for requirements). Depending on the program, a sequence workshop is offered to assist students to prepare for the of at least 14.0 Music credits together with at least 4.0 non-music Equivalency Exam, which is administered as part of the credits is required; in addition to the remaining 2.0 MU/non-MU workshop at no additional charge. Students may register electives for a total of 20.0 credits. for the Keyboard Facility workshop through the Laurier Conservatory, which may be taken as often as needed. The Honours BMus program is intended for students who plan to become professional musicians: composers, church organists, a. Year 1 students may choose to pursue piano performers, teachers, musicologists, music librarians, etc. studies on their own in lieu of taking the The core of required courses is designed to ensure that every workshop. student completing the program has a sound knowledge of music b. All students who have not completed the history and theory, and is a competent performer. Students in the Keyboard Facility requirement must re-test comprehensive program have the most elective credits in which to during Orientation week of Year 2. Students pursue particular interests in music and in other subjects. The entering Year 2 of the program who have not music education stream of the comprehensive program prepares passed the Equivalency Exam shall be placed on students for teaching music in elementary and secondary schools. probation, and are strongly encouraged to Students may apply to enter specialized programs at any time enroll in the Keyboard Facility workshop. after Year 1. c. Any student who has not completed the All Year 1 and Year 2 music requirements must be completed or in Keyboard Facility requirement before the end of progress while the student is enrolled in MU190A*/MU190B*, Year 2 shall be required to withdraw from the MU290A*/MU290B*/MU290D‡ and MU390A*/MU390B‡. Students Faculty of Music. If such students pass the must be enrolled full-time while registered in MU190A*/MU190B*, Equivalency Exam during Orientation Week of MU290A*/MU290B*/MU290D‡, MU390A*/MU390B‡ and Year 3, they will be reinstated to the Faculty of MU490A*/MU490B‡. Part-time registration may be allowed while Music in time to begin classes in September. enrolled in MU490A*/MU490B‡/MU490D depending on the student's program and by permission of the dean.

327 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU201R, MU201T° d. The Equivalency Exams may be taken by a 2.0 credit Education module, chosen from EM202, EM203, EM300, student entering Year 2 or Year 3 during MU202, MU203, MU204, MU208, MU302, MU304, MU308, MU353*, Orientation week along with the incoming Year MU402 1 students at no additional charge, or students 1.0 credit Entrepreneurship Core module: ENTR300, ENTR301. may arrange for an exam to be administered at (BU111 and BU121 are strongly recommended) any time, arranged with the Piano Facility Co- ordinator, for a fee of $50. Notes:

3. Failure to obtain the required standards in any year of the 1. Students may apply up to 0.5 senior-level credits from the program will necessitate withdrawal from the program. Studio module, or Conestoga Modern Audio Arts courses toward the group A requirement. 4. Students in specialized programs (composition, music history, performance and theory) must at the end of each 2. Community Music students are encouraged to consider the year be recommended by the faculty in order to continue in following Minors/Options: those programs. Applied Digital Option, Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Option, Christian Studies and Global Song 5. A student who satisfies the requirements for a musical Option, Film Production Option, Legal Studies Option, skills course by placement examination must take a music Music and Cultural History Option, Education Minor. elective in its place. 3. Note that some of the options and minors may contain 6. Non-music minor: students may, in consultation with the additional prerequisite courses. department concerned, elect to organize their non-music electives to meet the requirements for a minor. (Refer to 4. A maximum of two minors/options are allowed in a degree the Regulations Governing Minors and the Departments program. section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Education, Comprehensive Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of Liberal Arts, This concentration allows the student to maximize their Music Faculty of Music, electives in order to design a program of study in accordance with Faculty of Science, School of Business & Economics - the student's own musical interests. A student in the Bachelor of Economics Department and Waterloo Lutheran Seminary. Music, Comprehensive concentration must complete 20.0 credits, 7. For the Progression/Graduation Requirements and of which at least 14.0 and no more than 16.0 credits may be Probation regulations, consult the University MU courses; 9.0 senior level MU credits are required to graduate. Undergraduate Regulations chapter. The following courses are required for the Comprehensive concentration: Programs of Study: Required Courses: Community Music MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A*, The Bachelor of Music, Community Music concentration consists of MU236°, MU237°, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, MU281, 20.0 credits, of which at least 12.0 and no more than 16.0 credits MU290A*, may be MU courses; 9.0 senior level MU credits are required to MU336°, MU337°, MU375, MU381, MU396 or MU390A* graduate. The following courses are required for this MU481; MU496 or MU490A* concentration: 0.5 credit chosen from: MU377, MU461 Required Courses: An additional 0.5 credit chosen from the MU372–378 or the MU100, MU121, MU140, MU146 or MU181, MU194, MU195 MU470–475 series MU200, MU240, MU242 or MU265, MU243, MU246 or MU281, An additional 0.5 credit chosen from the MU470–475 series MU295G* or MU295K* 2.0 credits Music Electives MU340, MU341, MU346 or MU381 4.0 credits non-music electives MU440* Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. 1.0 credit from group A electives: MU269, MU344, MU441*, Notes: MU446. 2.0 credits from group B electives: MU251T, MU267, MU274, 1. MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268. MU275, MU310, MU342, MU343, MU472, MU473. 4.0 credits of non-music electives 2. For students who take MU390 and MU490, the extra half Music or non-music electives toward a total of 20.0 credits. credit(s) earned shall count as music electives. In addition to the courses above, Community Music students must Contemporary Music complete either; Composition Stream: (a) one of the following modules, or Students in the Contemporary Music concentration: Composition (b) a minor or option in another discipline. stream are required to write works for various ensembles and to 1.5 credit Studio module (*by audition): MU196(C), MU296(C), participate in a Composition master class. Those students wishing MU396C to continue in the Composition stream beyond Year 2 must submit 2.0 credit Multi-Instrumentalist module, MU202 and 1.5 credits a portfolio of their work to the composition faculty. Upon selected from the MU201 series, excluding MU201G°, MU201J, approval, the student can enrol in Year 3 and Year 4 composition

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 328 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

courses (MU360* and MU460*), which can be taken by Additional Program Regulations for the Composition composition majors only. During Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4, Improvisation Stream: students study individually with members of the faculty; in the Students must audition at the end of Year 2 for admission into the final year students write an extended work as their graduation Composition Improvisation Stream (which starts in Year 3). The composition. A student in the Bachelor of Music, Composition audition panel will consist of one member of the composition stream must complete 20.0 credits, of which at least 14.5 and no faculty and one faculty member in performance who teaches the more than 16.0 credits may be MU courses; 9.0 senior level MU instrument on which the student is auditioning. credits are required to graduate. The following courses are required for Composition stream: Music Education Required Courses: This concentration is designed for students wishing to pursue a MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A* career in teaching music at the elementary or secondary level. It MU236°, MU237°, MU251T, MU252, MU260* MU266, MU268, combines the core Music credits of the BMus program with MU270, MU271, instruction in conducting, instrumental and choral techniques, MU281, MU290A* and methods and philosophy of music education. A student in MU336°, MU337°, MU360*, MU381, MU396 or MU390A* Music Education must complete 20.0 credits, of which at least MU460*, MU496 or MU490A* 14.0 and no more than 16.0 credits may be MU courses; 9.0 senior 0.5 credit chosen from: MU361, MU461, MU463 level MU credits are required to graduate. The following courses 0.5 credit chosen from: MU375, MU377 are required for Music Education concentration: 4.0 credits non-music electives Required Courses: Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A* MU202, MU236°, MU237°, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, Notes: MU281, MU290A* MU336°, MU337°, MU367, MU375, MU381, MU394, MU396 or 1. MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268. MU390A* 2. For students who take MU390 and MU490, the extra half MU481, MU496 or MU490A* credit(s) earned shall count as music electives. 0.5 credit chosen from: MU203, MU208 0.5 credit chosen from: MU358, MU494 Composition/Improvisation Stream 0.5 credit chosen from the MU386 or the MU372–378, MU461, or Students in this stream are required to write works for various MU470–475 series ensembles and to participate in a contemporary music master 1.5 credits from the MU201 series, including courses from three of class. Those students wishing to continue in the composition/ the following groups, beyond the group of the principal practical improvisation concentration must submit a portfolio of their work study: to the composition faculty and pass an improvisation audition. Percussion: MU201A°, MU201J Upon approval, the student can enroll in Year 3 and Year 4 Brass: MU201F°, MU201M°, MU201N°, MU201O°, composition courses (MU360i* and MU460i*), which can be taken Woodwinds: MU201B°, MU201C°, MU201E°, MU201H°, MU201L° by composition/improvisation majors only. During Year 2, Year 3 Strings: MU201D°, MU201G°, MU201P, MU201Q°, MU201T°, and Year 4 students study individually with members of the Voice: MU201R faculty, but in Year 3 and Year 4 their studio instruction is 4.0 credits non-music electives divided: 0.5 hours per week with a composition instructor, and 0.5 Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. hours per week with an improvisation instructor. All composition/ Notes: improvisation majors are required to take part regularly in improvisational ensemble performances and recitals, and during 1. MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268. Year 4 to give a full-length formal improvisational recital that will include at least one of the student's original compositions. A 2. For students who take MU390 and MU490, the extra half student in the Bachelor of Music, Composition/Improvisation credit(s) earned shall count as music electives. stream must complete 20.0 credits, of which at least 15.0 and no 3. Students with sufficient documented proficiency on an more than 16.0 credits may be MU courses; 9.0 senior level MU instrument may be exempted from the relevant techniques credits are required to graduate. The following courses are (MU201) course; students are strongly discouraged from required for Composition/improvisation concentration: enrolling in more than two secondary instruments at one Required Courses: time. MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A* MU236°, MU237°, MU251T, MU260* MU266, MU268, MU270, 4. Non-music electives should be chosen so as to constitute MU271, MU281, MU290A* preparation for teaching at least one other subject. MU336°, MU337°, MU360i*, MU390A* MU460i*, MU490A* 5. MU251T is strongly recommended for students interested in 0.5 credit chosen from: MU361, MU461, MU463 teaching at the secondary level. 0.5 credit chosen from: MU375, MU377 At least 0.5 credit, and no more than 1.0 credit chosen from MU281(K), MU381(K) or MU481(K) 4.0 credits non-music electives Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. Note: MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268.

329 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Music History, Theory and Critical Analysis versa). Depending on the split, the student would be required to The Music History, Theory, and Critical Analysis concentration fulfill two thirds of his/her performance activity (recital, allows students to emphasize the academic and research-oriented ensemble, chamber music) on the instrument for which 1 hour courses in music. It serves as excellent preparation for graduate lessons are given and one third of his/her performance activity on work in musicology, music theory, library science, or other allied the instrument for which half-hour lessons are given. If a student disciplines for which a strong foundation of academic courses, chooses this option in Year 4, the Graduation Recital would be research and analysis skills are important. split between the two instruments. Grading: Admission to the Music History, Theory, and Critical Analysis Term work will be averaged between the two instructors based on concentration normally requires: the proportion chosen (ex. 33% viola, 66%violin). There will be no change in grading procedure for the Graduation Recital or • a minimum GPA of 8.00 in the core academic courses juries. (MU100, MU161, MU162, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271); Required Courses for all Performance areas: • submission of an essay from any 200-level music or non- MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A* music course (minimum grade B-); MU236°, MU237°, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, MU281, MU290B* • demonstrated aptitude in core musical skills, and MU336°, MU337°, MU375, MU390B‡ • an interview with the Music History, Theory, and Critical MU490B‡ Analysis faculty. 4.0 credits in non-music electives Notes: A student in Music History, Theory, and Critical Analysis must complete 20.0 credits, of which at least 15.0 and no more than 1. MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268. 16.0 credits may be MU courses; 9.0 senior level MU credits are required to graduate. 2. If a request is made in writing and signed by a student and instructor, MU290D‡ (1.5 credits with 90 minute lessons) The following courses are required for the Music History, Theory, may be taken in place of MU290B* by permission of the and Critical Analysis concentration: dean. In this case, MU390A* will be taken for 1.0 credit Required Courses (9.5–10.5 credits): only (1 hour lessons) in place of MU390B‡. MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU190A* MU236°, MU237°, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, MU281, Additional credits required in specified performance areas: MU290A* MU336°, MU337°, MU375, MU396 or MU390A* Guitar: MU496 or MU490A* MU381 3.5 credits chosen from List A and List B courses, with at least a 0.5 credit from the MU372–378, MU461, or MU470–475 series 0.5-credit from each list: 2.0 credits of Music electives List A: MU359, MU372, MU373, MU374, MU376, MU377, MU378, Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. MU470, MU471, MU472, MU473, MU474, MU478*, MU479 List B: MU361, MU461, MU463, MU475 Orchestral Instruments: 2.0 credits Music Electives MU381, MU387, MU481 1.0 credit in any combination of French, German, Italian or Latin. 0.5 credit from the MU372–378, MU461, or MU470–475 series 3.0 additional credits non-music electives 1.0 Music elective credit Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. Notes: Students whose principal instrument is violin, viola, or violoncello must take 1.5 credits from MU183, MU283, MU383 and MU483; 1. MU264* may count in lieu of MU266 and MU268. those whose principal instrument is double bass, woodwind, or brass must take one of MU183, MU283, MU383, MU483. Students 2. For students who take MU390 and MU490, the extra half are required to complete their chamber music requirements credit(s) earned shall count as music electives. (MUX83) on their major instrument. An ensemble placement Performance audition must be successfully completed before the end of the The Performance concentration is designed for students who second week of the fall term for placement in an instrumental intend to become professional performers and teachers of ensemble. performance. Students who demonstrate at audition time or during Year 1 or Year 2, that they have the potential to succeed as Organ: performers may apply to enter this program. Students in Year 1 MU292A, MU292B, MU361, MU365, MU367 and Year 2 of the Performance program receive one-hour weekly Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. lessons, and are encouraged to take part in noon hour student recitals. Students in Year 3 and Year 4 receive 1.5 hours of private Piano: instruction per week, and are required to take part in noon hour MU253 (in place of MU281), MU293, MU393, MU493 student recitals. In addition, students in year 4 are required to 0.5 credit from the MU372–378, MU461, or MU470–475 series give a full-length formal recital. 0.5 credit chosen from MU383 or MU483; Students in Performance violin (Year 3 and/or Year 4) may take 1 1.0 credit Music elective. hour lessons on violin and half-hour lessons on viola (or vice- Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 330 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Voice: MU294, MU298*; MU291, MU381, MU391 ii. improvisation on their major instrument 0.5 credit from the MU372–378, MU461, or MU470–475 series or (piano or guitar may also be used). MU386 0.5 credit music elective c. An individual interview that will: Music or non-music electives for a total of 20.0 credits. i. assess students' understanding of the potential for music therapy practice through Bachelor of Music Therapy their responses to interview questions; ii. assess students' appropriateness for Bachelor of Music Therapy interpersonal interactions through their Music Therapy develops clients' potential abilities and enhances responses to interview questions; their quality of life. Music Therapists work with all age groups and diverse client populations, including those with physical, iii. assess students' documented experience with intellectual and learning challenges, autism, and sensory persons with special needs. processing disorders. They work in health care facilities, hospitals, Note: Students who successfully meet the requirements schools, community settings and private practices. listed in 2(a) and 2(b) are not guaranteed admission into Because music therapists communicate with clients through Year 3 of the undergraduate music therapy program. music, they must have excellent musicianship and musical Students begin working with clients in Year 3 of the music sensitivity. Nearly half of the required courses are in music, and therapy program. The Faculty of Music takes seriously its include instrumental or vocal study, musical skills and ensemble responsibility for the well-being and safety of these work. Our program also features courses in clinical improvisation, clients. The suitability of a student for interpersonal case studies, therapeutic theories, medical music therapy, and interactions with clients is an important factor in the three terms of group and one-on-one clinical placements on faculty's decision to approve a student for Year 3 of the campus and in the community. You will also take courses in music therapy program. Thus, the recommendation of the developmental, abnormal, clinical and social psychology. music therapy faculty, based on the interview in 2(c), may The Bachelor of Music Therapy program includes within the override successful completion of the requirements in 2(a) curriculum the Canadian Association of Music therapy (CAMT) and 2(b). internship. Covering nine terms, you will complete seven academic terms at the university and then complete a full-time clinical 3. For progression to Year 4 and for graduation, a minimum placement to fulfill the CAMT 1,000 internship requirements. After cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Music courses, a minimum this you will apply to reach the title of Music Therapist Accredited cumulative GPA of 5.00 is required in all Psychology (MTA). courses, and a minimum overall GPA of 6.00 is required. Students can apply to the Bachelor of Music Therapy program at Normally, if a student receives a grade of 'unsatisfactory' in the end of second year in Laurier's Bachelor of Music (BMus) any Year 3 or Year 4 practicum, the student will not be program. Admission is based on overall achievement in university- permitted to continue in the program. If, at the advice of level music and psychology courses, an audition and interview. the music therapy faculty, a student in this situation is allowed to continue in the program, the student must Program Regulations complete an extra practicum with a grade of 'Satisfactory'. 1. Students intending to complete the BMT program must 4. Non-music minor: students may, in consultation with the normally be registered full-time throughout; in special department concerned, elect to organize their non-music instances, part-time study may be allowed. electives to meet the requirements for a minor. Psychology 2. Students in this program will be registered for the first two courses required in the music therapy program may be years in the Honours BMus program. Progression from Year counted towards the minor in psychology. (Refer to 1 to Year 2 will be governed by the BMus regulations. regulations governing Minors in the Faculty of Arts, Admission to Year 3, when the specific music therapy Faculty of Education, Faculty of Science, School of program begins, will be limited and admission decisions Business & Economics - Economics Department and will be based on the following: Waterloo Lutheran Seminary chapters. a. Overall achievement in Music with a minimum 5. For students with prior university education, admission will cumulative GPA of 7.00, a minimum cumulative GPA be based on transcripts, an audition and an interview; the of 5.00 in Psychology courses, and a minimum number of transfer credits will be determined by the overall GPA of 6.00 is required. faculty. A minimum of 10.0 credits must be completed at b. An individual interview that will assess students' Wilfrid Laurier University. musical skills through: 6. Failure to obtain the required standards in any year of the i. performance of a song (own choice), singing program will necessitate withdrawal from the program. and accompanying themselves on piano or guitar;

331 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Program Requirements Pre-formed groups are encouraged to apply, although individuals Students may apply to the Bachelor of Music Therapy Program by may also be accommodated in faculty-approved collaborations following one of two pathways: with other Chamber Music Diploma students and/or in the WLU BMus(Comprehensive) or BMus(Community Music). undergraduate Chamber Music course. Students in the BMus(Comprehensive) program may apply to the An 80-minute recital of works studied over the year will be given BMT program after year 2, having completed the following during the second term. If two recitals are preferred, a student courses, or equivalent: may perform two 40-minute recitals, one at the end of each term. MU100, MU136°, MU137°, MU161, MU162, MU181, MU158, MU190A*, PS101, PS102; All requirements stated in the course outlines for MU183, MU283, MU236°, MU237°, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, MU281, MU383 and MU483 will apply to Chamber Music Diploma students. MU290A*, PS275, and one of PS276 or PS377. Pre-formed groups will be required to perform two outreach concerts over the course of the year. Students in the BMus(Community Music) program may apply to the BMT program after year 2, having completed the following Pre-existing, ongoing groups may opt to study the entire year as a courses, or equivalent: self-contained ensemble, but individual students will be expected MU100, MU121, MU140, MU146 or MU181, MU194, MU195, to participate in at least two chamber groups as assigned by the MU196, MU158, PS101, PS102; chamber music director, appropriate chamber music area co- MU200, MU240, MU242 or MU265, MU243, MU246 or MU281, ordinator, and the individual private instructor. MU295K* or MU295G*, MU296, PS275, and one of PS276 or PS377. Required credits: BMus(CM) students may satisfy the MU196 and MU296 MU491B*, MU491C, MU488*, MU482; requirements by completing a successful audition for studio MU376, Studies in the History of Music Genre: Chamber Music or placement at the MU396 level, replacing these courses with any another course in music history or theory focusing on chamber 1.0 credit of unrestricted electives. music (refer to list below), 1.0 music or non-music elective credit. BMT Requirements Students who enter without a senior course in 20th-century music Year 3 (4.5 credits) literature, history or theory must take such a course as an elective MU201G°, MU201T°, MU352, MU363, MU364, MU368, MU396, within the diploma program (e.g., MU375, MU377, MU461). The 1.0 credit of Psychology electives, 0.5 credit unrestricted MU491C credit may be used for private instruction or for chamber electives. coaching with particular emphasis on works that may not be Students whose principal instrument is Guitar, or who have coached as part of the chamber music class. Music performed on completed MU295G* are exempt from the MU201G° and MU201T° chamber recitals may not be used for the MU491B* jury. requirements, and must instead take any additional 0.5 credit unrestricted elective in their place. Course List for Studies in the History of Music Genre focusing on Chamber Music Year 4 (4.0 credits) MU361, MU367, MU372, MU373, MU374, MU375, MU376, MU377, Fall: MU453, MU454, MU455A°, MU455C°, MU464, MU496B MU378, MU461, MU463, MU470, MU471, MU472, MU473, MU474, Winter: MU458A‡ - Music Therapy Internship I MU475, MU359, MU479, MU478* Year 5 (1.5 credits) Spring or Fall: MU459B‡ - Music Therapy Internship II Diploma in Opera BMus/BMus Therapy with Diploma in Opera Management Option (LSBE) The Opera Diploma program is intended for singers who have completed an undergraduate degree or diploma in music and who Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Music wish to continue their studies in voice and opera. The diploma requires the completion, within two consecutive academic terms Therapy with Management Option (fall/winter) of 4.5 credits with an overall GPA of 7.00 (B-). For /program.php?cal=1&y=65&s=697&d=1429&p=2970 admission to the program, students must have completed all prerequisites, perform a live audition successfully, and be Diploma in Chamber Music admitted to the university. Pre-screening tapes (audio or video with good audio quality) may be submitted for consideration, but Diploma in Chamber Music are not substitutes for a live audition. The Chamber Music Diploma program is intended for performers Prerequisites: MU298*, MU490, and two 100-level (or equivalent) who have completed an undergraduate degree or diploma in music language courses from French, German, Italian and Russian, or and who wish to continue their studies in chamber music. permission of the dean. Entrance to the program is competitive and performing excellence Required credits: MU398* or MU498*; MU491B*; MU491R; and will be assessed to determine eligibility. 4.5 credits with an 2.0 additional credits (refer to list below), chosen from voice, overall GPA of 7.00 (B-) over two consecutive terms of study (Fall drama, acting, languages, and music history (200 level or higher) and Winter) are required to complete the Chamber Music Diploma. courses. If not already taken as part of the student's undergraduate degree, diploma students must take MU284, MU294, and two 100-level language courses chosen from among

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 332 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

French, German, Italian, Russian and Spanish among the required Darwin credits. Depending on the student's prior experience in voice, HI343 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Marxism to Post- opera, music history and drama, other electives may be considered modernism such as accompanying, coaching and dance. Each student's HI387 - American Protest Music program must be approved by the dean and by the co-ordinator of HI380 - American Culture and Society, 1890-1950 opera. HI381 - American Culture and Society since the Second World War All students must be registered full-time while in MU491B* and MU121 - History of Rock Music MU491R, which must be completed in winter term. MU122 - Music Appreciation: Baroque and Classical MU224 - Music of the 19th and 20th Centuries Students in this program may not repeat courses. MU274 - Women and Music 2.0 Additional Senior Credits (chosen from voice, drama, MU275 - Music of the World (*offered as an online course) languages and music history) MU377 - Contemporary Music Since 1975 MU379 (*currently being revised to be an online course) • Voice: MU291, MU391, MU294. MU471 - Medieval Culture in Pop or Art Music • Drama and Acting: UW courses only. MU472 - Cross-Cultural Intersections MU473 - Music in Popular Culture • Languages: courses from the Languages and Literatures MU474 - Music, Culture and Technology department or UW. MU475 - Studies in Music Aesthetics and Criticism • Music History: MU270, MU271, MU275, MU372, MU373, Note MU374, MU375, MU376, MU377, MU378, MU470, MU471, Refer to university-wide Regulations Governing Minors/Options. MU472, MU473, MU474, MU475, MU359, MU479, MU478*. Music Minor Music & Cultural History Music Minor A minor in music consists of 3.0 credits chosen from the courses Option listed below in music theory, music history/appreciation, music aesthetics, world music, psychology of music, music and new Music & Cultural History Option technology and elementary music education. The minor must The Music and Cultural History Option provides students with an include at least one term in music theory (normally MU118) and opportunity to deepen their knowledge about music's connection one term in music history/appreciation (normally MU122) and at to the field of cultural history. The option is designed both for least 1.0 senior credit. A minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is Music majors interested in contextualizing their studies in history required in all courses of the minor subject. Courses where the and theory and for non-Music students seeking to enhance their emphasis is on musical performance do not count towards the musical appreciation and understanding. minor. The Music and Cultural History Option consists of 4.0 credits, taken from the list of recommended courses. Students with a Courses designed for non-music students: MU118, MU122, MU218, minimum overall GPA of 7.0 at the end of Years 1 to Year 3 are MU224. eligible to apply for the option. A cumulative GPA of 7.00 in the Courses designed primarily for Honours Music students but which courses specific to the Music and Cultural History Option is may be used towards the minor: MU100, MU161, MU162, MU202, required to graduate. At least 3.0 of the required 4.0 credits in MU203, MU208, MU266, MU268, MU270, MU271, MU394. the option must be completed at Wilfrid Laurier University. Courses open to Honours Music and to non-music students: Completion of the option requirements will result in a "Music and MU251T, MU275, MU377, MU475. Cultural History Option" designation on the student transcript. Note The option is open to all students. Refer to university-wide Regulations Governing Minors/Options. Music majors shall be permitted to apply MU121 and MU274 toward completion of this option; music majors may not count any Music Courses: BMus, other MU courses towards completion of this option. Bachelor of Arts students are required to take a minimum of 1.0 Diplomas or by Dean's credit of MU courses to complete this option. Note that some of these courses may have prerequisites that must be fulfilled before Permission only the course can be taken. A minimum of 0.5 credits must be taken from the list of visual Music Courses: BMus, Diplomas or by culture courses (HI234, HI260, HI308). Dean's Permission only Courses Recommended Courses: HI234 - Canadian Art Music 201 Series Courses HI251 - Show Business: An American History HI260 - History on Film MU201 series courses are designed for specific HI308 - Renaissance Art professional training. Students will be admitted based HI342 - Culture and Ideas in the Modern World: Descartes to on their programs and their professional goals.

333 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU100 - Music and its Contexts MU100 Music and its Contexts 0.5 Exclusion: MU181. An introduction to the act of music making in social and cultural MU158 - Introduction to Music Therapy contexts. Topics will be drawn from popular, classical, and world MU158 Introduction to Music Therapy 0.5 music traditions. The course will also address the social and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cultural functions and uses for music including entertainment, art, Overview of the discipline of music therapy as it is practiced dance, ritual, nationalism, propaganda and advertising. around the world. The study of special populations and Prerequisite: Registration in BMus program. contemporary models are placed within the overall landscape of contemporary clinical practice. Aspects of professionalization and MU116 - Fundamentals of Music Theory and Musical Skills MU116 Fundamentals of Music Theory and ethical concerns when dealing with vulnerable populations are Musical Skills 0.5 considered. Remedial theory and musical skills for BMus and Diploma in Exclusion: MU258, UU150. Performance students who do not meet the theory requirements MU160A - Composition IA upon entering the program. MU160A Composition IA 0.5 Prerequisite: Admission to the BMus program. An introduction to composition. Primarily designed for Year 1 Exclusion: MU117. students interested in pursuing composition; also available as an elective for students in Year 1, Year 2 or Year 3. MU121 - History of Rock Music MU121 History of Rock Music 0.5 Prerequisite: MU116 or equivalent and permission of the dean. A survey of the history of rock music in Euro-American traditions MU160B - Composition IB from the 1950s to the present. The course is open to music and MU160B Composition IB 0.5 non-music majors. Continuation of Composition IA. Prerequisite: MU160A. MU136° - Musical Skills Lab I MU136° Musical Skills Lab I 0.25 Co-requisite: MU162. Hours per week: Lab: 2 MU161 - Theory I An introduction to solfege; sight singing of diatonic melodies in MU161 Theory I 0.5 treble and bass clefs, intervals, chords and basic harmonic A context for the study of music theory including cultural issues, progressions; rhythmic reading; dictation of similar materials. relationship of theory to other fields in music, parameters of Prerequisite: Admission to the BMus program or permission of the music, and an introduction to counterpoint, harmonic function instructor. and part-writing. Exclusion: MU186°. Prerequisite: Admission to the BMus program or permission of the MU136° may be challenged for credit. instructor.

MU137° - Musical Skills Lab II MU162 - Theory II MU137° Musical Skills Lab II 0.25 MU162 Theory II 0.5 Hours per week: Lab: 2 An introduction to diatonic harmony, simple modulation, voice- leading, functional and sequential progressions, the harmonic Continuation of MU136°. structure of the phrase and basic components of form (motive, Prerequisite: MU136°. idea, phrase, period, sentence, hybrids). The course involves part- Exclusion: MU187°. writing, analysis and dictation. MU137° may be challenged for credit. Prerequisite: MU161 and MU116 or equivalent. MU140 Community Music Skills 0.5 MU140 - Community Music Skills MU171 Music History I 0.5 MU171 - Music History I Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 Music in Western civilization from ancient times through the Foundational musicianship skills are developed through Renaissance. movement, improvisation and composition-based activities. The Prerequisite: Admission to the BMus program or permission of the course includes graduated exercises that develop aural skills, instructor. performance confidence, and group leadership. While knowledge Exclusion: MU270. of musical notation is not required to start the course, as students' level of comfort with notation increases through MU180 Special Topics in Music 0.5 MU180 - Special Topics in Music immersion in the program, notation may play a larger role toward the end. Consult the Faculty of Music for current offerings. Prerequisite: Consult the Faculty of Music for prerequisites for current offerings. MU146 CM Ensemble I 0.5 MU146 - CM Ensemble I Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MU181 - Ensemble Students will form ensembles or join existing ensembles (e.g., MU181 Ensemble 0.5 choirs and/or instrumental groups where performance abilities are Refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. suitable). Subject to the strengths of the students in the Exclusion: MU146. ensemble, break-out ensembles may include smaller consorts, bands, or chamber groups.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 334 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU181B° - Special Ensemble MU196 - Special Practical Study MU181B° Special Ensemble 0.25 MU196 Special Practical Study 0.5 Ensemble participation for a single semester. May be repeated Available to students in BMus programs as a second practical once for credit. Requires audition and/or permission of the study upon recommendation of the Faculty and with permission of instructor. the dean; and with the same conditions to students in other faculties who are registered in WLU Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. MU182 - Ensemble MU182 Ensemble 0.5 Only MU196-piano and MU196-guitar are excluded from MU295G* Additional ensemble for students in a Bachelor of Music program; and MU295K*. refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. MU196B - Special Practical Study Prerequisite: Permission of the dean and completed piano MU196B Special Practical Study 0.5 proficiency. Special practical study consisting of twelve 60-minute private lessons over the span of a single semester. May be taken in lieu of MU183 - Chamber Music MU183 Chamber Music 0.5 MU196 by permission of the dean. This course in intended for The study and performance of chamber music in various students involved in international exchange programs who are combinations. Groups will perform regularly in class. Weekly attending Laurier for a single semester during an academic year. coaching and evaluation. MU196C - Alternative Practical Study Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor(s) and the dean, and MU196C Alternative Practical Study 0.5 completed piano proficiency. Under special circumstances, a Year Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 1 student may enrol in chamber music with permission of the Individual applied study in an alternative (non-classical) studio instructor and dean if the student is not enrolled in any curriculum for Community Music students. piano facility workshops or MU116 (remedial theory). Prerequisite: Enrolment in the BMus Community Music program and permission of the dean. MU190A* - Practical Study MU190A* Practical Study 1.0 Individual instruction course. Only available to students by Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. recommendation of an audition panel and permission of the Dean: Prerequisite: Registration in BMus program and permission of the Faculty of Music. dean. MU197* - Music Workshop MU197* Music Workshop 1.0 MU190B* - Practical Study MU190B* Practical Study 1.0 Intensive study of a particular area of performance or production- Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. related activities. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Registration in BMus Performance, completed Prerequisite: Audition and permission of the dean. keyboard facility, RCM Advanced rudiments or equivalent, and MU200 - Managing an Arts-Centered Career permission of the dean. MU200 Managing an Arts-Centered Career 0.5 MU190B* may be used to satisfy a MU190A* requirement in any Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 music degree program. This course will help prepare students to succeed in an arts- centered career. The course will focus on two primary areas: 1) MU194 - Class Voice MU194 Class Voice 0.5 personal aspirations and career planning for work centered in the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 arts; and 2) professional and organizational strategies, including Students will learn the basics of healthy singing, providing a developing elements of a business plan. foundation of good vocal technique that applies to all singing and Prerequisite: Year 2 or higher standing in a BMus degree. styles. Voice-building exercises, suitable vocal repertoire, and Exclusion: BU461T, ENTR200, MU301. ensemble work will provide the student with opportunities to Music students may use this course to fulfil a music or a non- apply singing technique in a community context. A knowledge of music elective. pitch notation is assumed, but students lacking in this MU201A° - Elementary Techniques background will develop an improved fluency in musical notation. MU201A° Elementary Techniques 0.25 Exclusion: MU201R. Introductory class in elementary techniques for Music Education students, including Recorder techniques, Orff, and Dalcroze MU195 - Class Drumming MU195 Class Drumming 0.5 methodologies.† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, The drum is a foundational instrument in many cultures. Using the or permission of the instructor. drum in community music workshops and ensembles is common. 3 lecture hours over six weeks. Basic drumming techniques, including various Western, African, MU201B° - Bassoon Techniques and Latin American practices are explored and applied. Students MU201B° Bassoon Techniques 0.25 will develop an improved fluency in the notation of rhythm and Introductory class in Bassoon techniques for Music Education meter. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills Exclusion: MU201J. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom environment.†

335 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201G° Guitar Techniques I 0.25 MU201G° - Guitar Techniques I or permission of the instructor. Introductory class in Guitar techniques for Music Education Exclusion: MU251E, MU190A@B, MU190B@B, MU196@B; students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills students may not take the techniques course of their principal and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the study. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom 3 lecture hours over six weeks. environment.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201C° - Clarinet Techniques MU201C° Clarinet Techniques 0.25 or permission of the instructor. Introductory class in Clarinet techniques for Music Education Exclusion: MU251L, MU190A@G, MU190B@G, MU196@G; students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills students may not take the techniques course of their principal and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the study. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom 3 lecture hours over six weeks. environment.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201H° Oboe Techniques 0.25 MU201H° - Oboe Techniques or permission of the instructor. Introductory class in Oboe techniques for Music Education Exclusion: MU251D, MU190A@C, MU190B@C, MU196@C; students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills students may not take the techniques course of their principal and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the study. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom 3 lecture hours over six weeks. environment.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201D° - Double Bass Techniques MU201D° Double Bass Techniques 0.25 or permission of the instructor. Introductory class in Double Bass techniques for Music Education Exclusion: MU251E, MU190A@H, MU190B@H, MU196@H; students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills students may not take the techniques course of their principal and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the study. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom 3 lecture hours over six weeks. environment.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201J Percussion Techniques 0.5 MU201J - Percussion Techniques or permission of the instructor. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: MU190A@D, MU190B@D, MU196@D; students may not take the techniques course of their principal study. Introductory class in Percussion techniques for Music Education 3 lecture hours over six weeks. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom MU201E° Flute Techniques 0.25 MU201E° - Flute Techniques environment.† Introductory class in Flute techniques for Music Education Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills or permission of the instructor. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the Exclusion: MU195, MU251A, MU190A@J, MU190B@J, MU196@J; instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom students may not take the techniques course of their principal environment.† study. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, or permission of the instructor. MU201L° - Saxophone Techniques Exclusion: MU251D, MU190A@E, MU190B@E, MU196@E; MU201L° Saxophone Techniques 0.25 students may not take the techniques course of their principal Introductory class in Saxophone techniques for Music Education study. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills 3 lecture hours over six weeks. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom MU201F° French Horn Techniques 0.25 environment.† MU201F° - French Horn Techniques Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, Introductory class in French Horn techniques for Music Education or permission of the instructor. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills Exclusion: MU190A@L, MU190B@L, MU196@L; students may not and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the take the techniques course of their principal study. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom 3 lecture hours over six weeks environment.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201M° - Trombone Techniques or permission of the instructor. MU201M° Trombone Techniques 0.25 Exclusion: MU251B, MU190A@F, MU190B@F, MU196@F; students Introductory class in Trombone techniques for Music Education may not take the techniques course of their principal study. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills 3 lecture hours over six weeks. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom environment.†

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 336 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201R Voice Techniques 0.5 MU201R - Voice Techniques or permission of the instructor. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: MU251C, MU190A@M, MU190B@M, MU196@M; students may not take the techniques course of their principal Introductory class in Voice techniques for Music Education study. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills 3 lecture hours over six weeks. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom MU201N° Trumpet Techniques 0.25 environment.† MU201N° - Trumpet Techniques Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, Introductory class in Trumpet techniques for Music Education or permission of the instructor. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills Exclusion: MU194, MU251M, MU190A@R, MU190B@R, MU196@R; and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the students may not take the techniques course of their principal instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom study. environment.† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU201T° - Guitar Techniques II or permission of the instructor. MU201T° Guitar Techniques II 0.25 Exclusion: MU251B, MU190A@N, MU190B@N, MU196@N; Intermediate class in Guitar techniques intended for Music students may not take the techniques course of their principal Therapy students. The course will develop an intermediate level of study. performance ability and improvisation skills for use in Music 3 lecture hours over six weeks. Therapy practice.† Prerequisite: MU201G°, or permission of instructor based on prior MU201O° Tuba Techniques 0.25 experience. MU201O° - Tuba Techniques Exclusion: MU251L, MU190A@G, MU190B@G, MU196@G; Introductory class in Tuba techniques for Music Education students may not take the techniques course of their principal students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills study. and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the 3 lecture hours over six weeks. instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom environment.† MU202 - Approaches to Music Education Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, MU202 Approaches to Music Education 0.5 or permission of the instructor. This introductory course is designed to identify the issues in Exclusion: MU251C, MU190A@O, MU190B@O, MU196@O; music education, to investigate the nature of current students may not take the techniques course of their principal philosophical/psychological/sociological thinking as it pertains to study. music education theory and practice.†† 3 lecture hours over six weeks. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus students or permission of the instructor. MU201P Violin/Viola Techniques 0.5 MU201P - Violin/Viola Techniques Methods for Teaching Music at the MU203 - Methods for Teaching Music at the Intermediate/Senior Levels (Secondary School) Introductory class in Violin and Viola techniques for Music MU203 Education students. Students shall demonstrate effective Intermediate/Senior Levels pedagogical skills and gain performing competence sufficient to (Secondary School) 0.5 teach the instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom Practical strategies and resources for goal-setting, assessment/ environment.† evaluation, meeting special needs, learning program components, Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, and methods of building quality music programs at the or permission of the instructor. intermediate/senior (secondary school) levels are explored.†† Exclusion: MU251F, MU190A@P, MU190B@P, MU196@P, Prerequisite: MU202 or permission of the instructor. MU190A*, MU190B*, MU196; students may not take the MU204 - Music Education Workshop III techniques course of their principal study. MU204 Music Education Workshop III 0.5 3 lecture hours over twelve weeks. A continuation of the topic chosen in MU203. May be repeated for credit when the topic changes.†† MU201Q° - Cello Techniques MU201Q° Cello Techniques 0.25 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus students or Introductory class in Cello techniques for Music Education permission of the instructor. students. Students shall demonstrate effective pedagogical skills MU208 - Introduction to Elementary Music Education and gain performing competence sufficient to teach the MU208 Introduction to Elementary Music instrument in an elementary and secondary classroom Education 0.5 environment.† Introduction to teaching/learning strategies for music in Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus: Music Education, preschool and elementary age children,emphasizing Kodaly, Orff, or permission of the instructor. Dalcroze and other methodologies. Exclusion: MU251H, MU190A@Q, MU190B@Q, MU196@Q; Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus students or students may not take the techniques course of their principal permission of the instructor. study. Exclusion: MU205*/MU255*. 3 lecture hours over six weeks.

337 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU236° - Musical Skills Lab III MU251T - Music and New Technology MU236° Musical Skills Lab III 0.25 MU251T Music and New Technology 0.5 Hours per week: Lab: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Continuation of MU137°. An introduction to the newer technological instruments and the Prerequisite: MU137°. effects of this technology on the field of music. High-fidelity MU236° may be challenged for credit. systems, tape recorders, microphones, synthesizers, and examples of computer music hardware and software will be studied from MU237° - Musical Skills Lab IV MU237° Musical Skills Lab IV 0.25 both theoretical and practical points of view. Hours per week: Lab: 2 MU251 series courses are designed for specific professional training. Students will be admitted based on their programs and Continuation of MU236°. their professional goals. Prerequisite: MU236°. MU237° may be challenged for credit. MU252 - Electro-Acoustic Music MU252 Electro-Acoustic Music 0.5 A study of digital synthesis, sampling and signal processing with MU240 CM Foundations 0.5 MU240 - CM Foundations an emphasis on musical composition. Students will become Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 acquainted with a microcomputer based 'studio', which will be The key foundations of community music are explored through used to produce several short compositions. The course will also readings, observation and discussion. Community music is cover other related technical, historical and aesthetic topics. introduced as a vibrant and exciting contemporary practice. Co-requisites or Prerequisites: MU251T. Students will gain an understanding of key issues in the practice MU253 - Introduction to Accompanying and Keyboard Skills of community music, including the role of music in Canada's MU253 Introduction to Accompanying and Aboriginal communities, music and activism, music and wellness, Keyboard Skills 0.5 and develop the planning and implementation of workshops for The basics of sight reading, transposition, harmonization and specific audiences and groups, and will engage in self-reflective improvisation - skills fundamental to accompanying. practice. Prerequisite: Year 2 Honours Music, or Year 1 Performance stream Prerequisite: MU100. or permission of the instructor.

MU242 Structure in Popular Music 0.5 MU242 - Structure in Popular Music MU257 - Music Workshop MU257 Music Workshop 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Intensive study of a particular area of performance or production- The course will study musical genre, harmony, form, rhythm, related activities.†† groove, and timbre through their theoretical foundations and a Prerequisite: Audition and permission of the dean. study of representative works of popular music since 1945. Students will develop skills in transcribing songs into lead sheet MU260* Composition II 1.0 MU260* - Composition II notation. The development of compositional skills and the student's Prerequisite: MU121. personal expression. Prerequisite: MU160B or permission of the dean. MU243 - Musical Cultures MU243 Musical Cultures 0.5 MU264* - Theory III and IV Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MU264* Theory III and IV 1.0 A study of selected musical cultures with a regional presence, Introduction to chromatic harmony, modulation to closely related including aboriginal practices. The course will engage students in and distant tonalities, and analysis of 18th and 19th century a study of musical cultures and will include an experiential forms including binary, ternary, rondo, sonata and sonata-rondo. component. When appropriate, students shall be engaged in The course involves part-writing, analysis and dictation. observation of, and reflection upon, selected musical practices in Prerequisite: MU137° (minimum grade of C+), MU162 (minimum authentic performance contexts. grade of C+) and completed piano proficiency. Prerequisite: MU100. Exclusion: MU266 and MU268.

MU246 - CM Ensemble II MU265 - Jazz Harmony I MU246 CM Ensemble II 0.5 MU265 Jazz Harmony I 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Analysis, composition and improvisation of jazz harmony.† Students will form ensembles or join existing ensembles (e.g., Prerequisite: Completed piano proficiency and registration status: choirs and/or instrumental groups where performance abilities are senior BMus status or permission of the instructor. suitable). Subject to the strengths of the students in the MU266 - Theory III ensemble, break-out ensembles may include smaller consorts, MU266 Theory III 0.5 bands, or chamber groups. Students are encouraged to take Introduction to chromatic harmony, modulation to closely related initiative and propose an ensemble experience of their choice to and distant tonalities, chromatic sequences and binary forms. The their faculty advisor. course involves part-writing, analysis and dictation. Prerequisite: MU162 and MU110 or equivalent.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 338 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU267 - Jazz Harmony II MU283 - Chamber Music MU267 Jazz Harmony II 0.5 MU283 Chamber Music 0.5 Continuation of Jazz Harmony I.† The study and performance of chamber music in various Prerequisite: MU265. combinations. Groups will perform regularly in class. Weekly coaching and evaluation. MU268 - Theory IV MU268 Theory IV 0.5 Prerequisite: MU253 for pianists, permission of the instructor(s) Analysis of musical form including small and composite ternary, and the dean. rondo, sonata, sonata-rondo. Based on 18th- and 19th-century MU284 - Acting for Singers I repertoire. MU284 Acting for Singers I 0.5 Prerequisite: MU266. An introduction to the acting and movement skills required for singers. MU269 - Jazz Arranging I MU269 Jazz Arranging I 0.5 Prerequisite: MU190A@R* or MU190B@R* or permission of the Arranging jazz for rhythm sections, vocalists and various instructor. instrumental ensembles.† MU290A* - Practical Study Prerequisite: MU265. MU290A* Practical Study 1.0 Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. MU270 - Music History I MU270 Music History I 0.5 Prerequisite: Either MU136° and MU161, or MU100, or MU171; A survey of the History of Western Music from the Middle Ages to MU190A* or MU190B*, registration in a BMus program. 1775. May be used to satisfy a MU290B* requirement in a Music Prerequisite: MU161, MU100 or permission of the instructor. Performance degree for students who enter performance in 3rd Exclusion: MU171 year. MU290B* Practical Study for Performance MU290B* - Practical Study for Performance Majors MU271 Music History II 0.5 MU271 - Music History II Majors 1.0 A survey of the history of Western Music from 1775-1950. Prerequisite: MU270 or permission of the instructor. Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. Co-requisite: Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MU162. Prerequisite: MU137°, MU162, (MU100 or MU171), MU190A* or MU190B*, completed keyboard facility, registration in BMus Performance and permission of the dean. MU274 - Women and Music MU274 Women and Music 0.5 MU290B* may be used to satisfy a MU290A* requirement in any An exploration of the role of women as patrons, singers, music degree program. performers, and composers in both the Western classical and popular music traditions. This course is open to music and non- MU290D‡ Practical Study for Diploma MU290D‡ - Practical Study for Diploma Students music majors. Students 1.5 Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. MU275 MU275 - Music of the World Music of the World 0.5 Prerequisite: Recommendation of the audition committee; An introduction to the musical cultures of the world. The course registration in the Diploma in Performance program and will focus on the relations between music and society.† permission of the dean.

MU280 - Special Topics in Music MU291 - Vocal Literature † MU280 Special Topics in Music 0.5 MU291 Vocal Literature † 0.5 Consult the Faculty of Music for current offerings. Prerequisite: Consult the Faculty of Music for prerequisites for MU292A Organ Literature, Design and MU292A - Organ Literature, Design and Construction to 1700 current offerings. Construction to 1700 0.5 Irregular course Exclusion: MU292*.† MU281 Ensemble 0.5 MU281 - Ensemble MU292B Organ Literature, Design and MU292B - Organ Literature, Design and Construction since 1700 Refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. Construction since 1700 0.5 Exclusion: MU292*.† MU281B° - Special Ensemble MU281B° Special Ensemble 0.25 Ensemble participation for a single semester. May be repeated MU293 Keyboard Literature † 0.5 MU293 - Keyboard Literature † once for credit. Requires audition and/or permission of the instructor. MU294 - Diction in Singing MU294 Diction in Singing 0.5 MU282 - Ensemble MU282 Ensemble 0.5 The fundamentals of lyric diction in the five languages most used Additional ensemble for students in a BMus program; refer to by singers - English, French, German, Italian and Latin. A study of Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to singing Exclusion: No more than two of MU282, MU382, MU482 may be in these languages will be included.† credited toward the degree, except for students in Performance: Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus status or Orchestral Instruments and students admitted to Jazz Ensemble. permission of the instructor.

339 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU295G* - Class Guitar MU295G* Class Guitar 1.0 Prerequisite: Audition and permission of the dean. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2 MU298* Introduction to Opera 1.0 MU298* - Introduction to Opera Guitar instruction in a classroom setting with an emphasis on Study of style and repertoire, with emphasis on historical using the guitar as an accompanying instrument in popular, rock, development. Rehearsals are held during Reading Week as well as and folk styles. Students will learn to improvise simple fall and winter terms. accompaniment patterns from lead sheets. In consultation with Prerequisite: Reasonable knowledge of French, and German or the instructor, some students may choose to explore other Italian. stringed accompaniment instruments (ukelele, mandolin, etc.) as a special project within MU295G*. MU302 - Music in Community Exclusion: MU196k, MU201G°. MU302 Music in Community 0.5 In this course, students will engage practically and theoretically MU295K* - Class Keyboard MU295K* Class Keyboard 1.0 with issues of social justice, and the unique contributions that can be made to the strengthening of community through music. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2 Theoretical engagement will occur in the classroom while practical Piano/Keyboard instruction in a classroom setting with an engagement will occur through a year-long Community Service emphasis on using the piano as an accompanying instrument in Learning placement, providing private musical instruction to popular, rock, and folk styles. Students will learn to improvise students in the community. simple accompaniment patterns from lead sheets. In consultation Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. with the instructor, some students may choose to explore other keyboard accompaniment instruments (accordion, electronic MU308 Advanced Methods in Music Education, MU308 - Advanced Methods in Music Education, Elementary Level keyboard, etc.) as a special project within MU295K*. Elementary Level 0.5 Exclusion: MU196k. With a focus on curriculum development and teaching/learning strategies for the elementary classroom, students will experience a MU296 Special Practical Study 0.5 MU296 - Special Practical Study "hands-on" approach to developing programs for the music Available to students in BMus programs as a second practical classroom in primary and junior level classrooms. Volunteer service study upon recommendation of the faculty and with permission of in local schools is encouraged, and preparation for Teacher's the dean available as principal practical study to students in College application will be included in the program. Unclassified Studies: Music; and with the same conditions to Prerequisite: One of MU202, MU203, MU208. students in other faculties who are registered in WLU Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. MU336° Musical Skills Lab V 0.25 MU336° - Musical Skills Lab V Prerequisite: MU190A*, MU190B* or MU196. A continuation of MU237°. Prerequisite: MU237°. MU296B Special Practical Study 0.5 MU296B - Special Practical Study Exclusion: MU287°. Special practical study consisting of twelve 60-minute private 2 lab hours lessons over the span of a single semester. May be taken in lieu of MU296 by permission of the dean. This course in intended for MU337° Musical Skills Lab VI 0.25 MU337° - Musical Skills Lab VI students involved in international exchange programs who are attending Laurier for a single semester during an academic year. Continuation of MU336°. Prerequisite: MU336°. Exclusion: MU287°. MU296C Alternative Practical Study 0.5 MU296C - Alternative Practical Study 2 lab hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MU340 - CM Principles & Practices Individual applied study in an alternative (non-classical) MU340 CM Principles & Practices 0.5 curriculum for Community Music students. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: MU196C, enrolment in the BMus Community Music program, and permission of the dean. Building on concepts and practices addressed in MU240 Individual instruction course. (Foundations), this course addresses such areas as identity and music, authenticity in music practice, social, political, emancipatory, and economical functions of music within a MU296P Class Piano 0.5 MU296P - Class Piano community context. The role of community music in world Class instruction in piano for students in Honours Music and contexts, including Canada's Aboriginal culture, is examined and Diploma in Performance programs. the ethics of music in culture are addressed. The development of Prerequisite: MU110 (or equivalent) and permission of the dean. workshop designing and implementation continues in preparation Students will be admitted based on their programs and for MU341. professional goals. Prerequisite: MU240. MU297* - Music Workshop MU341 - Leadership & Facilitation in CM Contexts MU297* Music Workshop 1.0 MU341 Leadership & Facilitation in CM Intensive study of a particular area of performance or production- Contexts 0.5 related activities. May be repeated for credit. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 340 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

A central theme in Community Music is active music making, Students will form ensembles or join existing ensembles (e.g., including performing, creating, and improvising. All genres and choirs and/or instrumental groups where performance abilities are diversities of music may be involved and they may be part of suitable). Subject to the strengths of the students in the cultural and arts events, linked with celebrations, ceremonies, ensemble, break-out ensembles may include smaller consorts, rituals, play, education, social activism, health and wellbeing or bands, or chamber groups. Students enrolled in MU346 will be life passages. Workshops are designed to address specific groups expected to assume leadership responsibilities for the break-out or audiences and include such topics as class music making, ensembles. Students are encouraged to take initiative and propose spontaneous group composing, music and special needs, the role an ensemble experience of their choice to their faculty advisor. of the community music facilitator in the school classroom, Prerequisite: MU246. instrument making, community music in world contexts and more. MU352 - Principles of Music Therapy Students begin their planning for 4th year creative and capstone MU352 Principles of Music Therapy 0.5 projects. This course focuses on fundamental music therapy skills, Prerequisite: MU340. approaches, repertoire, and methods of assessment in preparation for clinical sessions with clients. MU342 - Analysis of Popular Music MU342 Analysis of Popular Music 0.5 Prerequisite: Year 3 standing in the music therapy program. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MU353* - Inclusive Arts for Children A study of the scholarly literature in the analysis and MU353* Inclusive Arts for Children 1.0 interpretation of popular music and related issues. Students will This course combines theoretical and practical learning in the develop analytical writing skills, and the course will culminate in creative arts, culminating in students' provision of leadership at the presentation of an original analysis. an inclusive creative arts day-camp at KidsAbility: "Arts Express". Prerequisite: MU242 or MU266. Prerequisite: Background in music, art, dance or drama; permission of instructor. MU343 - Public Musicology MU343 Public Musicology 0.5 Exclusion: MU380e. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 hours of coursework; 47.5 hours at day camp Students enrolled in the course will be required to pass a police Public musicology is committed to using music as a tool to check in order to participate in the day-camp. MU353* is a provide liberal, critical, and ethical values through musical designated Community Service Learning course. education and engagement. The mission of the course is to provide students with the skills to work in or manage educational MU357 - Music Workshop and outreach programs that engage with music from different MU357 Music Workshop 0.5 genres and levels of expertise. The course will engage with public Intensive study of a particular area of performance or production- musicology in musics that are historical, contemporary, classical, related activities. May be repeated for credit.†† popular, or ethnic. Part of the course includes the preparation of a Prerequisite: Audition and permission of the dean. lecture for a public presentation at one of the arts organizations MU358 - Choral Techniques I in our community, e.g.: KW symphony, WLU ensembles, MU358 Choral Techniques I 0.5 community orchestras/bands/choirs, Nota Bene, Numus, Perimeter Practice in choral conducting and techniques; program-building Institute, or even the Princess, Jane Bond, Maxwells, and the and organization of choirs and vocal ensembles; choral repertoire; Starlight. voice training techniques; development of choral tone. Prerequisite: MU100. Prerequisite: MU394 or permission of the instructor.

MU344 - Songwriting & Song Analysis MU359 - Directed Studies MU344 Songwriting & Song Analysis 0.5 MU359 Directed Studies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5 Topics include projects in music theory and music history, A composition course combining the theoretical analysis of advanced orchestration, advanced conducting, realization of existing songs with the creation and performance of original figured bass, introduction to opera coaching, score reading, songs. Various songs from the 11th century to the present day will improvisation and transposition. be studied relative to melody, harmony, rhythm and form. Each Prerequisite: Permission of the dean. student will be required to present a formal analysis of one song Irregular course of their choice, and also create and perform at least two new MU360* - Composition III songs of their own. Ability to read and write basic music notation MU360* Composition III 1.0 and lead sheet notation is required. A continuation of MU260*. Prerequisite: MU242 or MU266. Prerequisite: MU260*, submission of portfolio; registration in the contemporary music program and permission of the dean. MU346 - CM Ensemble III MU346 CM Ensemble III 0.5 MU360i* - Composition/Improvisation I Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MU360i* Composition/Improvisation I 1.0 A continuation of MU260*, with the addition of coaching in improvisation and creative performance. Students alternate tutorial sessions between composition and improvisation.

341 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

Prerequisite: MU260*; submission of portfolio; registration in the MU373 Music in the Classical Period 0.5 MU373 - Music in the Classical Period contemporary music program, composition-improvisation stream A history of music from 1750 to 1815. The course will deal with and permission of the dean. the Viennese Classical style found in the chamber music, Exclusion: MU360*. symphonies, concerti, keyboard music, sacred music and operas of 1 hour/week individual instructor Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven.† Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of MU361 - Theory V MU361 Theory V 0.5 the instructor. Counterpoint in the 18th century.†† MU374 - Music in the Romantic Period Prerequisite: MU264* or MU268. MU374 Music in the Romantic Period 0.5 A history of music from 1815 to 1900. The course will examine the MU363 - Music Therapy Practica I and II MU363 Music Therapy Practica I and II 0.5 Romantic style through selected works by the major composers. Observation of music therapy sessions conducted by qualified The repertory to be studied includes song cycles, symphonies, music therapists. Students will assume co-leadership symphonic poems, concerti, chamber music, keyboard music and responsibilities and conduct group sessions. Weekly seminar operas. required. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of Prerequisite: Year 3 standing in the music therapy program. the instructor. Co-requisite: MU352, MU362 MU375 - Modern Music 1890–1975 MU375 Modern Music 1890–1975 0.5 MU364 - Clinical Improvisation I MU364 Clinical Improvisation I 0.5 The development of Western art music and its cultural context The practice of musical resources and development of repertoire from the 1890s to 1975, demonstrated through selected works. for improvisation in music therapy sessions. Trends covered include: Expressionism, Neoclassicism, Serialism, Prerequisite: MU290A* or MU290B*, registration in Year 3 of the Indeterminacy, Textural music, Quotation, and Minimalism. Honours Music Therapy program. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of Exclusion: MU364B. the instructor.

MU365 - Improvisation I MU376 - Studies in the History of a Musical Genre MU365 Improvisation I 0.5 MU376 Studies in the History of a Musical Training for ensemble and solo improvisation through the study of Genre 0.5 tonality and figured basses, motivic and structural concepts, jazz, May be repeated for credit when the genre changes.† Eastern and Western modality and free expressionism. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of Prerequisite: MU290A* or MU290B*. the instructor. Exclusion: MU364A. MU377 - Contemporary Music Since 1975 MU377 Contemporary Music Since 1975 0.5 MU367 - Theory VI MU367 Theory VI 0.5 A survey of musical styles since 1975 and their socio-cultural Orchestration factors, exploring both composed and improvised musics. The Prerequisite: MU264* or MU268 or permission of the instructor. course emphasizes art music but explores the influence of jazz, rock, non-Western music, and music technology. The course MU368 - Music, Culture, and Community MU368 Music, Culture, and Community 0.5 includes some detailed analysis of works, including those by Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Canadian artists. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271. This course will explore the role of Music Therapy and Community Exclusion: MU462. Music in promoting the mental health and well being of disadvantaged, discriminated, stigmatized, and marginalized MU378 - Studies in the History of Opera members of the community. It will further support anti-oppression MU378 Studies in the History of Opera 0.5 frameworks that address various systems of domination (e.g. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of racism, ageism, sexism, heterosexism, classism). By addressing the instructor.† diversity and inclusion, and issues related to social justice, this MU380 - Special Topics in Music course will prepare students for new initiatives in the changing MU380 Special Topics in Music 0.5 face of music, health, culture and community. Consult the Faculty of Music for current offerings.†† Prerequisite: Permission of the dean. MU372 - Music in the Baroque Period MU372 Music in the Baroque Period 0.5 Irregular course A history of music from 1600 to 1750. The main forms, genres and MU381 - Ensemble representative compositions from the period will be studied with MU381 Ensemble 0.5 particular emphasis on the music of Bach and Handel.† Refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of MU381B° - Special Ensemble the instructor. MU381B° Special Ensemble 0.25 Ensemble participation for a single semester. May be repeated once for credit. Requires audition and/or permission of the instructor.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 342 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU382 Ensemble 0.5 1-2 hours per week (Masterclass) (Time allotment varies by MU382 - Ensemble instrument and studio size.) Additional ensemble for students in a BMus program; refer to Individual tuition in voice or instrument for one semester; weekly Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. master class. Exclusion: No more than two of MU282, MU382, MU482 may be Prerequisite: MU237°, MU264* or MU268, MU290A* or MU290B*, credited toward the degree, except for students in Performance: registration in BMus Performance and permission of the dean. Orchestral Instruments and students admitted to the Jazz Students may proceed directly from MU296 (principal practical Ensemble. study) to MU390E with recommendation from the jury and permission of the dean. MU383 - Chamber Music MU383 Chamber Music 0.5 Performance Students intending to go on international exchange The study and performance of chamber music in various for one semester should register for this course in consultation combinations. Groups will perform regularly in class. Weekly with the music academic advisor. coaching and evaluation. Prerequisite: MU253 for pianists, permission of the instructor(s) MU391 Vocal Pedagogy 0.5 MU391 - Vocal Pedagogy and the dean. Prerequisite: MU290A* or MU290B* in voice. MU384 MU384 - Acting for Singers II MU392A - Practice and Literature of Church Music I Acting for Singers II 0.5 MU392A Practice and Literature of Church A continuation of Acting for Singers I. Music I 0.5 Prerequisite: MU284. Philosophy of church music, hymnology, psalmody, hymn playing, improvisation, psalm singing, carols, the church year, various MU386 - Performance Practice MU386 Performance Practice 0.5 types of performance and instruments (other than organ) Studies in the performance practice of Renaissance and Baroque including handbells.† music, including ornamentation, rhythm, and its relation to Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus status or dance.†† permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: MU271 or permission of the instructor. MU392B - Practice and Literature of Church Music II MU392B Practice and Literature of Church MU387 - Orchestral Literature MU387 Orchestral Literature 0.5 Music II 0.5 A survey of the standard orchestral repertoire with a special Service planning and playing, the organist, the choir rehearsal, emphasis on orchestral performance practice.† the organ, the total music program, weddings, funerals, Prerequisite: MU290A* or MU290B*, MU271. employment and repertoire (organ, choral, etc.).† Prerequisite: Registration status: senior BMus status or MU390A* - Practical Study MU390A* Practical Study 1.0 permission of the instructor. Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. MU393 - Accompanying Prerequisite: MU137°, MU162 and (MU100 or MU171), MU290A* MU393 Accompanying 0.5 or MU290B*, registration in an honours music program. Students Studies and practice in the art of accompanying vocal literature.† may proceed directly from MU296 (principal practical study) to Prerequisite: MU253. MU390A* with recommendation from the jury and with permission Exclusion: MU393A. of the dean. MU394 - Conducting I MU394 Conducting I 0.5 MU390B‡ - Practical Study for Performance Majors MU390B‡ Practical Study for Performance Basic principles of conducting. Majors 1.5 Prerequisite: MU237° or permission of the instructor. Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. MU395 - Wind, Brass and Percussion Orchestral Repertoire Performance Prerequisite: MU237°, MU264* or MU268, MU290A* or MU290B*, MU395 Wind, Brass and Percussion Orchestral registration in BMus Performance and permission of the dean. Repertoire Performance 0.5 Students may proceed directly from MU296 (principal practical Performance class for wind, brass, and percussion players devoted study) to MU390B‡ with recommendation from the jury and to orchestral section playing at a professional level, focusing on permission of the dean. intonation, note accuracy, rhythmic integrity and orchestral etiquette. MU390C* - Alternative Practical Study MU390C* Alternative Practical Study 1.0 Co-requisite: MU390B‡ or permission of instructor and dean. Applied instruction on a doubling instrument or in an alternative curriculum. May substitute for 1.0 credit of principal applied study MU396 Special Practical Study 0.5 MU396 - Special Practical Study on the recommendation of the instructor and by permission of the Available to students in the BMus Comprehensive: Music dean. Education, Composition and Music History programs as principal practical study; to students in BMus programs as a second MU390E - Practical Study for Performance Majors MU390E Practical Study for Performance practical study upon recommendation of the faculty and with Majors 0.75 permission of the dean available as principal practical study to Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5

343 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

students in Year 1 of Unclassified Studies: Music; and with the follow artistic and/or scholarly trajectories of their own making. same conditions to students in other faculties who are registered The scope of the project will vary, depending upon the context in WLU Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. and personal student goals. Prerequisite: MU296 or MU290A* or MU290B*, permission of the Prerequisite: MU341. dean. Irregular course

MU396B - Special Practical Study MU441* - CM Creative Project MU396B Special Practical Study 0.5 MU441* CM Creative Project 1.0 Special practical study consisting of twelve 60-minute private This project requires the student to engage in a creative process lessons over the span of a single semester. May be taken in lieu of that applies many of the musical skills mastered throughout the MU396 by permission of the dean. This course in intended for undergraduate program to create a substantial new musical or students involved in international exchange programs who are interdisciplinary art work. The culminating conclusion is a public attending Laurier for a single semester during an academic year. presentation. The project is designed to reveal a body of cumulative creative growth within the student and is expected to MU396C - Alternative Practical Study MU396C Alternative Practical Study 0.5 meet the standards of a fourth year graduating music student. The Applied instruction on a doubling instrument or in an alternative award of 1.0 credits reflects an expected investment of curriculum. May substitute for 0.5 credit of principal applied study approximately 200 hours of time. on the recommendation of the instructor and by permission of the Prerequisite: Registration by permission of Faculty advisor. dean. Co-requisite: MU440*. Irregular course MU397* Music Workshop 1.0 MU397* - Music Workshop MU446 CM Ensemble IV 0.5 MU446 - CM Ensemble IV Intensive study of a particular area of performance or production- related activities. May be repeated for credit. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Audition and permission of the dean. Students will form small ensembles (e.g., Indie bands, small ensembles, combos) and work in a self-directed manner under the MU398* - Practice of Opera I MU398* Practice of Opera I 1.0 supervision of the instructor. Study of recitative, aria, ensemble and selected scenes. Rehearsals Prerequisite: MU346. are held during Reading Week as well as fall and winter terms. MU453 - Music Therapy Theory and Research Prerequisite: MU298*. MU453 Music Therapy Theory and Research 0.5 An introduction to music therapy theories and research MU399 - Keyboard Duo/Duet MU399 Keyboard Duo/Duet 0.5 approaches relevant to clinical practice. This course explores the repertory for keyboard 4-hands and two- Prerequisite: Year 4 standing in the music therapy program. keyboards, and may be offered in a masterclass format or based on MU454 - Medical Music Therapy individual duo coaching, depending on enrolment. As the course MU454 Medical Music Therapy 0.5 is restricted in enrolment to even numbers, students are Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 encouraged to establish pre-formed pairs before registering. The This course will provide students with the theoretical and practical instructor reserves the right to re-assign students into different skills necessary to practice music therapy within medical settings. groups during the course of the year. This course may not Students will learn about the different contemporary theories of substitute for ensemble or chamber music. music and medicine with specific emphasis on the development of Co-requisite: MU390A*/MU390B‡. student's individual musical and clinical skills. Prerequisite: Registration status: Music Therapy program. MU402 - Seminar in Music Education MU402 Seminar in Music Education 0.5 MU455A° - Music Therapy Practica III As a culminating course focusing on the current philosophies of MU455A° Music Therapy Practica III 0.25 music education, their application and practice, this course Assessment, treatment planning, implementation, and evaluation prepares graduating students for further study at the teacher pre- skills and techniques for group practica. Weekly seminar required. service level or for graduate studies. An action research Prerequisite: Year 4 standing in the music therapy program. component is included as part of the program requirement. Co-requisite: MU453, MU454. Prerequisite: One of MU202, MU203, MU208; and either MU308 Exclusion: MU455*. (or MU303). 2 contact hours

MU440* - Community Music Capstone MU455C° - Music Therapy Practica V MU440* Community Music Capstone 1.0 MU455C° Music Therapy Practica V 0.25 Representing the culmination of students' undergraduate study as Assessment, treatment planning, implementation, and evaluation musicians, they are given freedom to create a significant project skills and techniques for individual practica. Weekly seminar that reflects their interests and strengths. The project may take required. many directions and be evidenced in different formats. As such, Prerequisite: Year 4 standing in the music therapy program. the majority of support for this module is in collaboration with a faculty member in an advisory capacity, allowing students to

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 344 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU458A‡ - Music Therapy Internship I MU470 - Music and New Musicology MU458A‡ Music Therapy Internship I 1.5 MU470 Music and New Musicology 0.5 This course will give students the experience of working full-time This course explores debates that have arisen in the discipline of in a health care setting. Students will practice as music therapists' musicology around positivism, critical theory, feminist and gender and follow the guidelines required to complete the CAMT theory, poststructuralism and cultural studies. internship. Weekly supervision will be provided by a CAMT Prerequisite: For music majors: registration in Year 3 or Year 4 of approved supervisor. the Honours BMus program or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Registration status: Music Therapy program. Exclusion: MU380q.

MU459B‡ - Music Therapy Internship II MU471 - Medieval Culture in Pop or Art Music MU459B‡ Music Therapy Internship II 1.5 MU471 Medieval Culture in Pop or Art Music 0.5 This course will give students the experience of working full-time A study of the use of medieval culture in recent popular and art in a health care setting. Students will practice as music therapists' music. Students explore the ways the medieval and medieval and follow the guidelines required to complete the CAMT music is constructed in a number of musical and cultural internship. Weekly supervision will be provided by a CAMT discourses. Topics include feminism and Hildegard von Bingen; approved supervisor. spirituality and the medieval in Arvo Part, John Tavener and other Prerequisite: Registration status: Music Therapy program. recent composers; the marketing of the Gregorian Chant; medieval as exotic "Other" in Pop and Rock acts. MU460* - Composition IV MU460* Composition IV 1.0 MU472 - Cross-Cultural Intersections A continuation of MU360*. In addition to other compositional MU472 Cross-Cultural Intersections 0.5 projects, composition majors will complete a major work. This course investigates cross-cultural borrowings and Prerequisite: MU360*; registration in the contemporary music intersections in concert and popular music of the 20th century. program. Prerequisite: For music majors: registration in Year 3 or Year 4 of the Honours BMus program or permission of the instructor. MU460i* - Composition/Improvisation II MU460i* Composition/Improvisation II 1.0 Exclusion: MU380r. A continuation of MU360i*, with the addition of coaching in MU473 - Music in Popular Culture improvisation and creative performance. Students alternate MU473 Music in Popular Culture 0.5 tutorial sessions between composition and improvisation. This course explores the role of music in popular culture from the Prerequisite: MU360i*; submission of portfolio; registration in 1940s to the present. Musical examples will be approached from the contemporary music program, composition-improvisation both formal and cultural perspectives, addressing issues of style, stream and permission of the dean. genre, race, gender and ideology. Exclusion: MU360*. Prerequisite: For music majors: registration in Year 3 or Year 4 of 1 hour/week individual instructor the Honours BMus program or permission of the instructor. Exclusion: MU380p. MU461 - Post-tonal Analysis MU461 Post-tonal Analysis 0.5 MU474 - Music, Culture and Technology Analysis of post-tonal music from the first half of the 20th MU474 Music, Culture and Technology 0.5 century. The course includes but is not limited to analysis of This course explores the interaction between music, culture and twelve-tone music as well as the application of set-theoretical technology in popular and concert music since World War I. Topics techniques. include the impact of technology on composition, distribution and Prerequisite: MU264* or MU268. audience reception. Prerequisite: For music majors: registration in Year 3 or Year 4 of MU463 - Intro to Schenkerian Analysis MU463 Intro to Schenkerian Analysis 0.5 the Honours BMus program or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the theories of Heinrich Schenker and the Exclusion: MU380s. graphic techniques associated with the modern practice of MU475 - Studies in Music Aesthetics and Criticism Schenkerian analysis. MU475 Studies in Music Aesthetics and Prerequisite: MU264* or MU268. Criticism 0.5 Exclusion: MU380X. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of the instructor.†† MU464 - Clinical Improvisation II MU464 Clinical Improvisation II 0.5 Exclusion: MU377 taken prior to January 1, 2012. Techniques of improvisation for music therapy clinical practice. MU478* - Directed Studies Observation and discussion of music therapy sessions conducted MU478* Directed Studies 1.0 by qualified music therapists. Participation in experiential music Topics include projects in music theory and music history, therapy group. advanced orchestration, advanced conducting, realization of Prerequisite: MU364. figured bass, introduction to opera coaching, score reading, Exclusion: MU464B. improvisation and transposition. 2 contact hours Prerequisite: Permission of the dean. Irregular course

345 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU479 - Directed Studies MU490C* - Alternative Practical Study MU479 Directed Studies 0.5 MU490C* Alternative Practical Study 1.0 Applied instruction on a doubling instrument or in an alternative MU480 - Special Topics in Music MU480 Special Topics in Music 0.5 curriculum. May substitute for 1.0 credit of principal applied study Consult the Faculty of Music for current offerings. on the recommendation of the instructor and by permission of the Prerequisite: Consult the Faculty of Music for prerequisites for dean. current offerings. MU491A - Advanced Practical Study Irregular course MU491A Advanced Practical Study 0.5 Individual tuition. MU481 - Ensemble MU481 Ensemble 0.5 Prerequisite: MU490A* or MU490B‡ or permission of the dean. Refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. Exclusion: BMus programs. MU491B* MU481B° - Special Ensemble MU491B* - Advanced Practical Study MU481B° Special Ensemble 0.25 Advanced Practical Study 1.0 Ensemble participation for a single semester. May be repeated Individual tuition. once for credit. Requires audition and/or permission of the Prerequisite: Registration in Diploma in Chamber Music or Opera instructor. Diploma. Exclusion: BMus programs. MU482 Ensemble 0.5 MU482 - Ensemble MU491C Chamber Music Recital 0.5 MU491C - Chamber Music Recital Additional ensemble for students in a BMus program, refer to Ensemble Policy in the Faculty of Music chapter. Co-requisite: MU491B* and MU488*, registration in the Diploma Exclusion: No more than two of MU282, MU382, MU482 may be in Chamber Music program. credited toward the degree, except for students in Performance: MU491R - Master Class and Recital Orchestral Instruments and students admitted to the Jazz MU491R Master Class and Recital 0.5 Ensemble. Co-requisite: MU491B*; registration in the Opera Diploma program. MU483 - Chamber Music MU483 Chamber Music 0.5 MU492A° - Music Therapy Clinical Training The study and performance of chamber music in various MU492A° Music Therapy Clinical Training 0.25 combinations. Groups will perform regularly in class. Weekly Music therapy clinical training at an approved facility under the coaching and evaluation. supervision of an approved music therapist. The course extends to Prerequisite: MU253 for pianists, permission of the instructor(s) the beginning of fall term. and the dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the director of music therapy.

MU488* - Chamber Music MU492B° - Music Therapy Clinical Training MU488* Chamber Music 1.0 MU492B° Music Therapy Clinical Training 0.25 The study and performance of chamber music in various Music therapy clinical training at an approved facility under the combinations. Groups will perform regularly in class. Weekly supervision of an approved music therapist. The course extends to coaching and evaluation. the beginning of winter term. Prerequisite: Registration in Diploma in Chamber Music. Prerequisite: Permission of the director of music therapy.

MU490A* - Practical Study MU492C° - Music Therapy Clinical Training MU490A* Practical Study 1.0 MU492C° Music Therapy Clinical Training 0.25 Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. Music therapy clinical training at an approved facility under the Prerequisite: MU264* or MU268, MU271 and MU237°, MU390A* supervision of an approved music therapist. The course extends to or MU390B‡ (or MU390D); registration in a BMus program. the beginning of spring term. Students may proceed directly from MU396 (principal practical Prerequisite: Permission of the director of music therapy. study) to MU490A* with recommendation from the jury and with MU493 - Piano Pedagogy permission of the dean. MU493 Piano Pedagogy 0.5 Exclusion: Available to BMus students only. Prerequisite: MU190A* or MU190B* in piano, or permission of the instructor.† MU490B‡ - Practical Study and Recital for Performance Students MU490B‡ Practical Study and Recital for MU494 - Conducting II Performance Students 1.5 MU494 Conducting II 0.5 Individual tuition in voice or instrument; weekly master class. Continuation of Conducting I. Prerequisite: MU390A* or MU390B‡; registration in BMus Prerequisite: MU394. Performance and permission of the dean. Students may proceed directly from MU396 - Special Practical Study to MU490B‡ if they have completed MU290A*/MU290B*, and with recommendation from the jury and permission of the dean.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 346 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU495 - Wind, Brass and Percussion OrchestralMU115 Repertoire- Basic Materials Performance in Music Theory I MU495 Wind, Brass and Percussion Orchestral MU115 Basic Materials in Music Theory I 0.5 Repertoire Performance 0.5 An introduction to music notation, terminology and concepts of Performance class for wind, brass, and percussion players devoted music theory; ear-training and sight-singing. to orchestral section playing at a professional level, focusing on Exclusion: Honours Music programs; OAC or Grade 12U/M Music, intonation, note accuracy, rhythmic integrity and orchestral or equivalent, except with permission of the dean. etiquette. MU118 - Introduction to the Structure of Music I Co-requisite: MU490B‡, or permission of instructor and dean. MU118 Introduction to the Structure of Music I 0.5 MU496 - Special Practical Study MU496 Special Practical Study 0.5 An introduction to various aspects of musical structure, such as Available to students in the BMus Comprehensive, Music phrase structure, expectation in music and musical form. The Education, Composition, and Music History, Theory, and Critical course is designed to develop listening skills and introduce Analysis programs as principal practical study; to students in BMus analytical methods, focusing predominantly on Western art music. programs as a second practical study upon recommendation of the Prerequisite: MU115 or equivalent. faculty and with permission of the dean; and with the same Exclusion: Honours Music programs. conditions to students in other faculties who are registered in MU121 - History of Rock Music WLU Orchestra or Wind Ensemble. MU121 History of Rock Music 0.5 Prerequisite: MU396 or MU390A* or MU390B‡ (or MU390D), A survey of the history of rock music in Euro-American traditions permission of the dean. from the 1950s to the present. The course is open to music and non-music majors. MU496B - Special Practical Study MU496B Special Practical Study 0.5 MU122 - Music Appreciation: Baroque and Classical Special practical study consisting of twelve 60-minute private MU122 Music Appreciation: Baroque and lessons over the span of a single semester. May be taken in lieu of Classical 0.5 MU496 by permission of the dean. This course in intended for A study of selected compositions of Western classical music from students involved in international exchange programs who are the Baroque and Classical eras, with emphasis on the development attending Laurier for a single semester during an academic year. of listening skills and a vocabulary for the discussion of music. Exclusion: Honours Music programs. MU496C - Alternative Practical Study MU496C Alternative Practical Study 0.5 MU158 - Introduction to Music Therapy Applied instruction on a doubling instrument or in an alternative MU158 Introduction to Music Therapy 0.5 curriculum. May substitute for 0.5 credit of principal applied study Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 on the recommendation of the instructor and by permission of the dean. Overview of the discipline of music therapy as it is practiced around the world. The study of special populations and contemporary models are placed within the overall landscape of MU498* Practice of Opera II 1.0 MU498* - Practice of Opera II contemporary clinical practice. Aspects of professionalization and Continuation of MU398*, with study of complete operas. ethical concerns when dealing with vulnerable populations are Rehearsals are held during Reading Week as well as fall and winter considered. terms. Exclusion: MU258, UU150. Prerequisite: MU398*. MU180 - Special Topics in Music MU180 Special Topics in Music 0.5 Consult the Faculty of Music for current offerings. Music Courses: Non-Music Prerequisite: Consult the Faculty of Music for prerequisites for current offerings. Majors Irregular course Music Courses: Non-Music Majors Courses MU218 - Introduction to the Structure of Music II MU218 Introduction to the Structure of Music II 0.5 Course Notes A continuation of MU118. The course deals with aspects of Several other music courses, including special topics musical structure such as rhythm and texture, as well as aesthetic courses, may be available to students in other faculties. issues including representation and expression. It is designed to Consult the Faculty of Music. As a rule, only students develop listening skills and analytical methods, focusing registered in the Faculty of Music may take practical predominantly on Western art music. study courses. However, students in other faculties who Prerequisite: MU118. audition successfully for the WLU Orchestra or Wind Exclusion: Honours Music programs. Ensemble may also register for practical study in their MU224 Music of the 19th and 20th Centuries 0.5 MU224 - Music of the 19th and 20th Centuries instrument, studio space permitting, with the Dean's permission. An introduction to music history through study of selected compositions of Western art music from 1800 to the present. Prerequisite: MU118 or MU122, or permission of the dean.

347 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Music

MU470 - Music and New Musicology Exclusion: MU123, MU222, Honours Music programs. MU470 Music and New Musicology 0.5 This course explores debates that have arisen in the discipline of MU251T - Music and New Technology MU251T Music and New Technology 0.5 musicology around positivism, critical theory, feminist and gender Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 theory, poststructuralism and cultural studies. An introduction to the newer technological instruments and the Prerequisite: For non-music majors: MU218, Year 3 or Year 4 effects of this technology on the field of music. High-fidelity registration, and permission of the dean. systems, tape recorders, microphones, synthesizers, and examples Exclusion: MU380q. of computer music hardware and software will be studied from MU471 - Medieval Culture in Pop or Art Music both theoretical and practical points of view. MU471 Medieval Culture in Pop or Art Music 0.5 MU251 series courses are designed for specific professional A study of the use of medieval culture in recent popular and art training. Students will be admitted based on their programs and music. Students explore the ways the medieval and medieval their professional goals. music is constructed in a number of musical and cultural discourses. Topics include feminism and Hildegard von Bingen; MU274 - Women and Music MU274 Women and Music 0.5 spirituality and the medieval in Arvo Part, John Tavener and other An exploration of the role of women as patrons, singers, recent composers; the marketing of the Gregorian Chant; medieval performers, and composers in both the Western classical and as exotic "Other" in Pop and Rock acts. popular music traditions. This course is open to music and non- MU472 - Cross-Cultural Intersections music majors. MU472 Cross-Cultural Intersections 0.5 This course investigates cross-cultural borrowings and MU275 - Music of the World MU275 Music of the World 0.5 intersections in concert and popular music of the 20th century. An introduction to the musical cultures of the world. The course Prerequisite: For non-music majors: MU218, Year 3 or Year 4 will focus on the relations between music and society.† registration, and permission of the dean. Exclusion: MU380r. MU302 - Music in Community MU302 Music in Community 0.5 MU473 - Music in Popular Culture In this course, students will engage practically and theoretically MU473 Music in Popular Culture 0.5 with issues of social justice, and the unique contributions that This course explores the role of music in popular culture from the can be made to the strengthening of community through music. 1940s to the present. Musical examples will be approached from Theoretical engagement will occur in the classroom while practical both formal and cultural perspectives, addressing issues of style, engagement will occur through a year-long Community Service genre, race, gender and ideology. Learning placement, providing private musical instruction to Prerequisite: For non-music majors: MU218, Year 3 or Year 4 students in the community. registration, and permission of the dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Exclusion: MU380p.

MU304 - Music in Special Education MU474 - Music, Culture and Technology MU304 Music in Special Education 0.5 MU474 Music, Culture and Technology 0.5 This course will explore theoretical and practical connections This course explores the interaction between music, culture and between music therapy and music education in the school setting. technology in popular and concert music since World War I. Topics Students will learn, adapt and develop practical techniques and include the impact of technology on composition, distribution and interventions for the therapeutic use of music, relative to children audience reception. at all levels of education including, those with special needs. An Prerequisite: For non-music majors: MU218, Year 3 or Year 4 understanding of group dynamics and processes will be integral to registration, and permission of the dean. the students' learning through both theory and practice. A music Exclusion: MU380s. background and ability to read music are necessary. MU475 - Studies in Music Aesthetics and Criticism Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student. MU475 Studies in Music Aesthetics and Criticism 0.5 MU310 - Music, Sound and Environment MU310/HI389 Music, Sound and Environment 0.5 Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271, or permission of (Cross-listed as HI389.) the instructor.†† Exclusion: MU377 taken prior to January 1, 2012. MU377 - Contemporary Music Since 1975 MU377 Contemporary Music Since 1975 0.5 A survey of musical styles since 1975 and their socio-cultural factors, exploring both composed and improvised musics. The course emphasizes art music but explores the influence of jazz, rock, non-Western music, and music technology. The course includes some detailed analysis of works, including those by Canadian artists. Prerequisite: MU268 (or MU264*) and MU271.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 348 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

FACULTY of SCIENCE

Dean, Faculty of Science: Paul Jessop, PhD BSc and BA Programs and Associate Dean: Student Services: Bruce McKay, PhD Regulations Associate Dean: Priorities & Planning: Kenneth Maly, PhD Honours Programs Academic Advisors: Maureen Coulter, BSc, BEd, Khaleel The primary objective of every honours program is to develop Hosein, BA knowledge, appreciation and skills in the student's chosen Web address: https://wlu.ca/academics/faculties/ honours subject(s), while at the same time fostering a perspective on the relation of the honours subject(s) to other disciplines. faculty-of-science/index.html Honours programs require a minimum of 20.0 credits, and are Telephone: (519) 884-0710, ext. 2425 normally completed over a four-year period. Location: Science Building, Room N1048 Honours Bachelor of Science (BSc) programs emphasize the interrelationships among the sciences, in addition to the NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your intensive study of one or more specific subjects in this area. Laurier email account. Students are expected to regularly Honours BSc programs are available in biochemistry and check their Laurier email account for important notices from biotechnology, biology, chemistry, computer science, computing the university community. Students are required to send and computer electronics, financial mathematics, health sciences, emails to official members of the university community from kinesiology and physical education, mathematics, physics and their Laurier email account in order to verify authenticity and psychology. ensure delivery. Emails sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be identified as spam and not delivered. Honours Bachelor of Arts (BA) programs provide concentration Furthermore, it is impossible to determine whether the emails in subjects in the social and natural sciences, as well as received from these non-Laurier accounts are coming from the opportunities for students to become aware of the relation of person they claim to be from. Your co-operation is their honours subject(s) to other disciplines in the sciences, appreciated. humanities, social sciences and elsewhere. Honours BA programs are available in biology, computer science, financial mathematics, kinesiology and physical education, mathematics and psychology. The Faculty of Science is composed of the Departments Non-Honours Programs of Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Health Students are admitted to Laurier into honours programs only. Due Sciences, Kinesiology & Physical Education, to the achievement of inadequate GPA or course results, a student Mathematics, Physics & Computer Science, and will be withdrawn from the honours program and placed in a Psychology. Honours (four-year) and general (three- general degree without designation. General degrees are normally year) programs leading to a Bachelor of Science (BSc), three-year programs including a minimum of 15.0 credits. General Bachelor of Arts (BA) and Bachelor of Kinesiology Bachelor of Science (BSc) programs are intended for students degree are available. In addition, students may choose taking courses in the natural sciences, computer science, to complete, as secondary programs, one or more of a mathematics or psychology. General Bachelor of Arts (BA) large number of available options and minors. The programs are intended for students taking courses in biology, successful completion of a secondary program will be computer science, kinesiology and physical education, mathematics and psychology, or any subject in the social sciences recognized on the student's transcript at graduation. or humanities. General degrees in the Faculty of Science do not Concurrent honours degree programs offered by the have a major, option or minor. Faculty of Science and the School of Business & Students who have completed four years of an honours program Economics are available which may be completed and but are unable to achieve the GPA necessary to graduate, may result in the awarding of two undergraduate degrees. receive a BA or BSc degree (without general or honours) with the major of the honours program and a maximum of two eligible options/minors denoted on the transcript. Non-Faculty of Science Courses Exchange Programs Numerous degree programs within the Faculty of Science require A wide variety of student exchange programs allow students to an elective credit 'outside the Faculty of Science'. This consists of study at other universities during their academic program. any course offered by the Faculties of Arts, Human and Social Exchange programs are currently available in Australia, Austria, Sciences, Liberal Arts, Music (MU), Education (EM), the Lazaridis Brazil, Canada, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Hungary, School of Business and Economics and the Waterloo Lutheran Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, The Netherlands, Portugal, Seminary (GC). South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the United States. New programs are in the process of development. For information, refer to Laurier International.

349 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

University BSc and BA Regulations section) or a combined Honours BA program (available combinations are described in the Faculty of Arts - 1. Course Equivalency Departments section, the Faculty of Science - Departments may, with the approval of the dean, recognize Departments section, the School of Business & a specific course as the equivalent of a required course Economics - Economics Department section and the when a student has obtained satisfactory credit for the Waterloo Lutheran Seminary). course at this or another institution. Where a combined program states a 100 level credit limit, 2. Prohibition from Registration the program with the lower limit applies to the combined degree. In cases where program descriptions of each of the a. A student deemed by the department offering a constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different particular course to have the knowledge or skills number of courses required for the combination, the larger taught in that course may be declared ineligible to total will apply. register for credit in that course. 2. Progression requirements for the honours BSc program are b. A student who has failed the equivalent of 2.0 based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained from all junior credits in a subject, whether the failure courses taken and are calculated on a cumulative basis. For occurred in the same course(s) or different progression and graduation, the requirement is a minimum course(s), will be barred from registering for credit GPA of 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a in further junior courses in that subject, except by minimum overall GPA of 5.00. permission of the dean and of the department This honours BSc program regulation also applies to offering the subject. honours BSc and BA programs in the Departments of 3. Honours Courses Biology, Mathematics and Physics and Computer Several departments in each faculty offer a limited number Science. Progression requirements for the honours BA of courses that are specifically intended for, and restricted program are based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained to, honours students in the discipline. For these courses, from all courses taken and are calculated on a cumulative all other students require special permission from the basis. For progression, the requirement is a minimum GPA department concerned to register in the honours level of 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum courses. overall GPA of 5.00. For graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each major and a minimum overall GPA 4. Double Counting of 5.00 is required. Students are permitted to double-count courses for more This honours BA program regulation also applies to all than one program in which the same course is a required honours BSc and BA programs in the Departments of course or an elective. Geography and Environmental Studies and Psychology (with the exception of Psychology: Comprehensive and Academic Advising Research Specialist programs and the Biology and Honours Programs: Undergraduate Program Advisor in the Psychology joint program - refer to program descriptions in department offering the program. this chapter).Progression requirements for the Honours General Programs: [email protected] or [email protected] Bachelor of Kinesiology program from year-to-year are a minimum GPA of 5.00 (C) in Kinesiology & Physical Although academic advising is available within each department Education courses, and a minimum overall GPA (including or faculty program office, in all cases, it is solely the KP courses) of 5.00 (C). For graduation with the Honours responsibility of students to ensure that they are properly degree, the requirements are a minimum cumulative GPA of registered and meet course requirements and the requirements 7.00 (B-) in Kinesiology & Physical Education courses, and of the program for which they are registered. All students a minimum overall GPA (including KP courses) of 5.00 (C). should review the University Undergraduate Regulations chapter and the relevant program requirements and course information 3. In cases where progression and graduation requirements of carefully. each of the constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different cumulative overall GPA required for the combination, the larger cumulative overall GPA will apply. Regulations for All Honours Some programs have additional progression requirements Programs stated in the program description. Refer to Regulation 4 below. Honours students enrolled in no more than two All students registered in honours programs offered by the Faculty options/minors must satisfy the progression and of Science are subject to the following regulations: graduation requirements for those programs. 1. An honours program must consist of a minimum of 20.0 4. Where student demand for entry or progression into Year 2 credits, including at least 9.0 senior credits in the major or of an honours program in science or arts exceeds the at least 6.0 senior credits in each of two combined majors availability of student spaces, students who meet the at the honours level. Individual departments may require minimum criteria for progression from Year 1 to Year 2 will more than this minimum. Students may elect to take a joint Honours BSc program (available combinations are described in the Faculty of Science - Departments

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 350 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

be considered for admission on the basis of their overall Regulations Combining Honours GPA from all courses taken at Wilfrid Laurier University. Departments that intend to use other forms of GPA with a Secondary Minor/Option calculation must so advise students by October 1. Honours students with a major may choose to organize their 5. Students enrolled in honours BA or BSc programs who have elective courses to meet the requirements for a combined honours failed to achieve the standing required for admission to the program, and a maximum of two options/minors in a subject other subsequent year of their program must proceed in the than the honours major(s). Additional courses may have to be general program or may be required to withdraw if general taken to fulfill these requirements. All common and program progression requirements are not met. Honours BA and BSc requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. programs are excluded from academic probation regulations. Students combining honours disciplines with secondary programs must meet the following regulations: 6. Unless other department regulations apply, students who have failed a course may proceed in the honours program, 1. All requirements for the combined honours program, option provided they have the required average. (For calculation or minor, must be fulfilled. (Refer to Regulations of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to the section, Governing Minors/Options below.) Grades, in the University Undergraduate Regulations 2. An honours student with a major may receive designation chapter.) Such a student must repeat a failed course if it is for only two options/minors. a required course. If it is not a course required for the program, the student may repeat the course, or take an 3. Note that where a combined program states a 100 level additional course. No course may be attempted more than credit limit, the program with the lower limit applies to the twice. combined degree. 7. At the end of Year 1, students may transfer into another 4. Honours Computing & Computer Electronics and Computer honours program at the discretion of the department. Science students are also eligible for the Professional Thereafter, students may not transfer unless they have Experience Program, but may receive designation for only maintained the progression requirements. All transfers one of the Co-operative Education and the Professional after the end of Year 1 must have the approval of the Experience Program Option. department. Honours students have a wide choice of secondary programs 8. Students in honours programs and combination or joint available to them. Honours students in all programs may be honours programs must have their entire program approved eligible for the Management Option, Applied Mathematics Option, by their honours department(s) by the beginning of each Environmental Science Option (for Honours Biology and Chemistry academic year. students), or the various options described in each faculty section, as well as Co-operative Education, a work-study program. 9. Any exceptions to the honours regulations require the written approval of both the department and the dean. Regulations Governing Minors/ Exceptions that would make the number of credits required for graduation fewer than 20.0 are not permitted. Options Regulations pertaining to all Minors/Options include: 10. At the end of Year 4 in a BSc or BA honours program, students who are registered in an honours program, meet 1. Minors: Minimum of 3.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits all progression requirements and successfully complete all required. credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that honours program because their GPA is insufficient, have 2. Options: Minimum of 4.0 credits, with 2.0+ senior credits the option of receiving a BA or BSc degree (without required. General or Honours) which denotes the major of the 3. No fewer than 2.0 credits shall be obtained at Wilfrid honours program and a maximum of two eligible options/ Laurier University. minors on the transcript. For programs in Kinesiology and Psychology, an overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. 4. Must be adjunct to the major; no student may declare a An overall and major GPA of 4.00 is required for a BA or major and a minor in the same discipline. BSc in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics and Physics. Health Science majors who do not meet the 5. Maximum of two minors/options allowed. 6.00 overall GPA, are only eligible for a General BSc 6. All common and program requirements for the secondary without designation. program must be fulfilled. (Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful attempts at honours subjects taken in combination: 7. Minimum cumulative GPA of 4.5 is required for a minor. If students in a combined honours program who are an option or minor requires a higher GPA, that GPA applies. unsuccessful in meeting the GPA requirements of one of 8. Not available to those in undesignated General BA and their honours subjects do not have the option of receiving General BSc programs. a degree which certifies completion of a single honours subject and a "general-level" area of specialization.)

351 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

9. Majors, specializations, concentrations and minors To obtain the co-op designation, students must complete all the (including options) are all printed on an official transcript. requirements of both their academic program and the co-op Only majors are printed on the degree parchment. program. For a complete description of the academic program, refer to the academic requirements of the departments offering • Requirements for specific minors/options are included in the honours programs. Departments section of the: Faculty of Arts, Faculty of Education, Faculty of Human & Social Sciences, Faculty of Students completing the program will have the notation "Co- Liberal Arts, Faculty of Music, Faculty of Science, School of operative Education" appended to their transcript and noted on Business & Economics - Economics Department and Waterloo their degree. No academic credit is given for participation in co- Lutheran Seminary. op. • Declare an option using LORIS confirmation (March-April) or Application Procedure using a Program Selection Form prior to graduation; the The deadline for applying for admission to Science Co-op is the minor is declared on the addendum of the Application to first Monday of classes in September of Year 2. However, students Graduate on the student's LORIS account. are encouraged to apply for admission to co-op during the winter term of Year 1, by the deadline date for preregistration for the Co-operative Education/ next academic year. Enrolment in co-op is limited, and the admission process is highly competitive. Professional Experience Program Application procedure includes: Associate Director of Co-operative Education: Karen McCargar, BA, ext. 4105 i. completion of an online application, "Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a ii. full-time registration in an honours degree program, model of education that integrates and alternates a student's iii. submission of a résumé, academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the student's academic and personal goals. All full-time honours iv. an admission interview. students in the Faculty of Science may apply for Co-op Education. In order to qualify for an admission interview in September of Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a Year 2, applicants must obtain a minimum GPA of 7.00 overall in formalized sequence. Faculty of Science co-op students complete Year 1 or a minimum GPA of 7.00 in their honours discipline two work terms of at least 10 weeks each, in approved courses and a minimum GPA of 6.50 overall in Year 1. Selection of employment related to their discipline or career goals. Students candidates is based on their academic record, performance during begin the first work term after completing at least four academic the interview, recent work experience, and recent volunteer terms. Normally work terms will be completed during the summer service and extracurricular activities. Students on study permits after Year 2 and Year 3, although work term requirements may also may apply to and be admitted into co-op programs at Laurier. be fulfilled through full- or part-time positions scheduled during Note, however, that there may be a limit on the number of spaces one academic year. available to international students. Students prepare for the job search by attending workshops and The only entry point for Science Co-op is at the beginning of the individual counselling sessions. fall term in second year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their academic program are not eligible to continue in co-op, Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer even if they are later reinstated into that program. and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a suitable learning environment that will engage the student in For further information, contact: productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are Department of Co-operative Education interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on Wilfrid Laurier University campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort 192 King Street North is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3C5 students admitted to the program. Telephone: (519) 884-0710, ext. 4484 The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and Honours BSc Computer Science, or evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor each student's progress during the work term. The co-op BA Financial Mathematics and BBA curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and Double Degree Co-op Program write work term reports. Students are normally compensated by "Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a their employers for work performed, but occasionally may be model of education that integrates and alternates a student's eligible to accept a volunteer position. academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the student's academic and personal goals. A co-op fee is payable in each academic term of Year 2 and Year 3.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 352 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a GPA met the minimum set by the Co-op Office that year and they formalized sequence. The time spent in the workplace comprises received an overall evaluation of at least "Satisfactory" from their at least 30% of the time spent in academic study. Co-op work co-op employer and they met the academic requirements for both terms are approximately the length of each study term. Students degree programs. are exposed to the work environment during more than one Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- season of the year and their co-op programs begin and end on an op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit academic term. on the number of spaces available to international students. Co-op students in the Honours Computer Science or (BSc) or Students in these double degree programs indicate their intention Financial Mathematics (BA) and Business Administration (BBA) to participate in co-op by enrolling online by Monday of the double degree program begin their alternating sequence of four- second week of classes in Year 2. month work and study terms at the end of Year 2. Students in Financial Mathematics and Business Administration accumulate 12 For further information, contact the Department of Co-operative months of practical work experience through three terms of four Education at the address provided in the previous section. months each, and graduate within four and two-thirds years. Students in the other double degree programs accumulate 12 to Professional Experience Program 16 months of practical work experience through three to four Associate Director of Co-operative Education: Karen McCargar, terms of four months each, and graduate within four and two- BA, ext. 4105 thirds to five years. "Co-operative education," a form of work-integrated learning, is a Co-op students follow the same academic program as regular model of education that integrates and alternates a student's students. Because of the alternating pattern of work and study academic learning with workplace learning in fields relevant to the terms, there may be some differences in the scheduling of student's academic and personal goals. Full-time Honours BA and individual courses. BSc Computer Science may apply for the Professional Experience Students prepare for the job search by attending workshops and Program. individual counselling sessions. Both work and academic terms are full-time and follow a Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer formalized sequence. The time spent in the workplace comprises and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a at least 30% of the time spent in academic study. Co-op suitable learning environment that will engage the student in internships normally commence once 50% of the academic productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are program is complete and are normally 12 to 16 months in length. interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on Students are exposed to the work environment during more than campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort one season of the year and their co-op programs begin and end on is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for an academic term. students admitted to the program. The Professional Experience Program requires students to complete The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and one work term of 12 to 16 months, in approved employment evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor related to their discipline. The work term is conducted after Year 3 each student's progress during the work term. The co-op of the program. Students in the program graduate approximately curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation 12 months after students in the regular program. and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and Students prepare for the job search by attending workshops and write work term reports. Students are compensated by their individual counselling sessions. employers for work performed. Each work term is developed in collaboration with the employer A co-op fee is payable in each academic term of Year 2 and Year and approved by the Department of Co-operative Education as a 3. Students will be charged one additional fee in the academic suitable learning environment that will engage the student in term of Year 4 that precedes the final work term. Students not productive work. Students apply to employers with whom they are pursuing a fourth work term may apply for a refund. interested in working. Employers are encouraged to interview on To obtain the co-op designation, students must complete all the campus. Although employment cannot be guaranteed, every effort requirements of both their academic program and the co-op is made to ensure that suitable employment is available for program. Students completing the program will have the notation students admitted to the program. "Co-operative Education" appended to their transcript and noted The student's performance in the workplace is supervised and on their degree. No academic credit is given for participation in evaluated by the student's employer. Co-op staff members monitor co-op. each student's progress during the work term. The co-op Application Procedure curriculum supports student learning goals, personal evaluation and reflection; students are required to set goals each term and The only entry point for co-op is at the beginning of fall term in write work term reports. Students are compensated by their second year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their employers for work performed. academic program are not eligible to continue in co-op, even if they are later reinstated into that program. Exemption: Double Students pay a co-op fee in the fall and winter terms of Year 3, degree students who have completed at least one work term may and after a probationary employment period. transfer to a single degree program if their overall first-year

353 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

To obtain the Professional Experience Program designation, Note students must complete all the requirements of both their The Business course maximum includes all Business, Commerce academic program and the experience program. Students and Management courses taken at another post-secondary completing the program will have the notation "Professional institution. Experience Program" appended to their transcript and noted on their degree. No academic credit is given for participation in this General BSc without program. Application Procedure Designation Students apply for the Professional Experience Program by the General BSc without Designation second Monday of classes in Year 3 and then apply for appropriate Faculty of Science job postings. Students apply for the Professional Experience Program in the fall Progression and Graduation Requirements of Year 3 and then apply for appropriate job postings. Students in a general Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree program Application procedure includes: without a major, option or minor may progress and graduate if they achieve an overall grade point average of 4.00 (C-). i. completion of an online application, Course Distribution ii. full-time registration in Honours Computer Science. A general BSc degree program without designation must satisfy The only entry point for PEP is at the beginning of the fall term in the following requirements: third year. Students who withdraw or are removed from their academic program are not eligible to continue in PEP, even if they 1. at least 15.0 credits in total, including: are later reinstated into that program. 2. at least 1.0 credit in Mathematics and at least 2.0 junior Students on study permits may apply to and be admitted into co- (100 level) credits from the following list of subject codes: op programs at Laurier. Note, however, that there may be a limit AS, BI, CH, CP, GG101, GL, MA, PC on the number of spaces available to international students. 3. at least 5.0 senior credits from the following list of subject For further information, contact the Department of Co-operative codes: AS, BI, CH, CP, GG (Physical geography only), HN, Education at the address provided in the Co-operative Education KP218, MA, PC or PS (PS courses must have a 6 as the section. middle digit e.g., PS26x), ST, WASC 4. at least 8.0 credits at the senior level (200 or 300 level) General BA without 5. a maximum of 3.0 credits in Business Designation 6. a minimum of 5.0 senior credits must be taken at Wilfrid Laurier University. General BA without Designation Note: The Business course maximum includes all Business, Faculty of Science Commerce and Management courses taken at another post- Progression and Graduation Requirements secondary institution. Students in a general Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree program without a major, option or minor may progress and graduate if Management Option (LSBE) they achieve an overall grade point average of 4.00 (C-). Management Option Course Distribution /program.php?cal=1&d=1580&p=3291&s=763&y=69 A general BA degree program without designation must satisfy the following requirements: Applied Mathematics Option 1. at least 15.0 credits in total, including: Applied Mathematics Option 2. at least 8.0 credits at the senior level (200 or 300 level) The Applied Mathematics Option, which is available only to 3. at least 8.0 credits from the Faculty of Science students registered in honours programs (other than Mathematics), consists of the following 5.0 credits: 4. at least 1.0 credit from the following list of subject codes: MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA122, MA205, MA222, MA360; AS, BI, CH, CP, GG (Physical geography only), HN, KP218, one of MA201, MA250; MA, PC or PS (PS courses must have a 6 as the middle digit one of ST259, MA305, MA307; e.g., PS26x), ST, WASC MA480* or (MA485 and a 0.5-credit senior MA or St course 5. a maximum of 3.0 credits in Business approved by the department). Note: For graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 is 6. a minimum of 5.0 senior credits must be taken at Wilfrid required in all option (MA and ST) courses. Laurier University. This option is not available to Honours Mathematics majors.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 354 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Applied Water Science ALL COURSES LISTED = 0.5 credits; TOTAL CREDITS PER TERM = 2.5 credits; TOTAL CREDITS FOR PROGRAM (8 ACADEMIC TERMS) = 20.0 Program credits. Honours BSc program with or without co-op: See table on page 357 Water is one of the most precious resources on earth. Indeed, United Nations Resolution 64/292 "Recognizes the right to safe and clean drinking water and sanitation as a human right that is †† For students opting for the 4 year program, courses scheduled essential for the full enjoyment of life and all human rights". for Academic Year 4B, could be completed in the winter of However, the demand for access to reliable sources of safe and Calendar Year 3; courses to be completed under year 5B would be clean water continues to increase with population growth, taken during the winter of Calendar Year 4. increased industrial demand, changing land-use patterns and climate change. Meeting these growing demands and fundamental Progression Requirements human needs requires the co-ordinated expertise of not only Pending Senate approval: A GPA of 5.00 on all required courses governmental agencies and non-governmental organizations and an overall GPA of 5.00 for progression from Year 1 to Year 2, (NGOs), but the input of highly trained experts in the sciences, Year 2 to Year 3, and Year 3 to Year 4. For graduation, a GPA of health sciences, social sciences, political sciences, business and 5.00 in all the required courses in the program and an overall GPA economics. of 5.00. Recognizing that an interdisciplinary approach is needed to foster Refer to the University Regulations chapter for progression and the discovery and application of knowledge about water resources course regulations and the earlier section regarding Regulations and their related ecosystems to promote a healthy environment, for All Honours Programs. which leads to more sustainable ecosystems for all living things. The BSc in Applied Water Science will train students in not only List of Recommended Area Electives the underlying scientific principles and theory pertaining to the BIOLOGY:BI226 - Genetics physical, chemical and biological properties of water, but it will BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology focus on how these scientific principles can be applied to improve BI256 - Life on Earth: Animals the management and conservation of water and land resources. BI266 - Life on Earth: Plants These principles will be reinforced through a co-operative work BI276 - Life on Earth: Microbes placement option, in which academically eligible students will be BI301 - Global Ecology and Biogeography employed by partners in the private, public or academic sectors. BI302 - Evolution Through a combination of theoretical training and practical work BI309 - Population Ecology experience this program will therefore provide students with an BI338 - Cells: Form and Function understanding of the physical, chemical and biological processes BI358 - Animal Form and Function that occur at the water-atmosphere / soil-plant-atmosphere BI368 - Plants: Form and Function interface allowing them to contribute to society's quest to BI374 - Physiological Applications of Microbiology improve the availability, security and reliability of human water BI390 - Field Studies – OUPFB supplies while ensuring whole ecosystem and human health. BI400 - Topics in Environmental Toxicology The Applied Water Science program with co-operative education, BI401 - Origin of Life on Earth and Endosymbiotic Theory BI405 - will provide students with the classroom and hands-on lab and Community Ecology field instruction needed to understand important environmental BI456 - Environmental Physiology of Animals and community issues such as the science behind the BI458 - Vertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation management of water quality and supply, terrestrial ecology and BI459 - Endocrinology aquatic ecology. BI463 - Environmental Stress Biology of Plants BI468 - Plant Biodiversity and Conservation Honours BSc Applied Water Science BI475 - Microbial Ecology The Honours BSc Applied Water Science with or without the co-op BI476 - Microbial Disease program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits. This program will BI488 - Invertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation train students in the underlying scientific principles and theory BI499‡ - Thesis pertaining to the physical, chemical and biological properties of CHEMISTRY: water, and use an integrative, multi-disciplinary approach to CH202 - Organic Chemistry I: Fundamentals illustrate how scientific principles can be applied to improve the CH203 - Organic Chemistry II: Structure and Functional Group management and conservation of water and land resources. The Chemistry program shall include no more than 6.0 100 level credits. A total CH225 - Inorganic Chemistry I of 15.0 credits are required courses from the Departments of CH226 - Inorganic Chemistry II Biology, Chemistry & Biochemistry and Geography & CH250 - Bio-organic Chemistry Environmental Studies. CH261 - Analytical Chemistry I See table on page 356 CH262 - Analytical Chemistry II CH303 - Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Structure Elucidation CH306 - Modern Physical Organic Chemistry CH327 - Bioinorganic Chemistry

355 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Honours BSc Applied Water Science

BSc Applied Water Science without Co-op Education

WASC101 - Global Issues in Water and Environmental Health, BI110 - Unifying Life Processes (Fall term), BI111 - Biological Diversity and Evolution (Winter term), CH110 - Fundamentals of Chemistry I (Fall term) CH111 - Fundamentals of Chemistry II (Winter term), GG101 - Introduction to Physical Geography, Year 1 MA100 - Introductory Calculus for the Natural Sciences (Fall term), MA101 - Calculus I for the Natural Sciences (Winter term); One of: GL102 - The Surface of Earth or PC141 - Mechanics for the Life Sciences; 0.5 credit elective

WASC201 - Wetland Science, 1.0 credit from: BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology, BI256 - Life on Earth: Animals, BI266 - Life on Earth: Plants, BI276 - Life on Earth: Microbes; CH233 - Environmental Atmospheric Chemistry, CH234 - Environmental Aquatic Chemistry, Year 2 ST231 - Statistical Methods for Life and Health Sciences, GG281 - Atmosphere and Hydrosphere, GG282 - Geomorphology and Soils; One of: GL102 - The Surface of Earth or PC141 - Mechanics for the Life Sciences; 0.5 credit elective

WASC301 - Water Policy and Legislation, WASC302 - Limnology, WASC303 - Field Methods in Applied Water Science, BI300 - Environmental Toxicology, BI393 - Biostatistics, Year 3 GG389 - Climate Change, 1.5 credits of eligible Science/Geography electives, 0.5 credit outside of Science/Geography

WASC401 - Source Water Protection and Aquatic Risk Assessment, WASC402 - Critical Analysis of Applied Water Science and Environmental Health, WASC403 - Lab Techniques in Water Science, GG381 - Hydrology, Year 4 2.0 credits of eligible Science/Geography electives, (Note: Science/Geography Elective may include 4th year Honours Thesis Research) 1.0 credit outside of Science/Geography

CH350 - Biochemistry I: Bioenergetics and Catabolic Pathways Applied Water Science Program Courses CH354 - Biochemistry II: Structure and interaction of Proteins and WASC101 - Global Issues in Water and Environmental Health Nucleic Acids WASC101 Global Issues in Water and CH355 - Bioanalytical Chemistry Environmental Health 0.5 CH360 - Advanced Instrumental Analysis Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 CH419 - Principles of Biochemical Toxicology (biweekly) CH490‡ - Honours Thesis Research in Chemistry and Biochemistry This course will introduce students to the water cycle, and current GEOGRAPHY and ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES: water issues. Discussion of issues is global in context and diverse GESC258 - Geographical Research Methods in perspectives touching on both surface and ground waters in GG336 - Coastal Processes and Landforms relation to human and environmental health and sustainability. GG361 - Spatial Analysis Topics covered include water availability, management and GG382 - Fluvial Geomorphology control; contamination, sanitation, remediation, droughts and GG384 - Glacial Processes and Landforms floods; as well as human rights, social development and GG388 - Introductory Physical Climatology sustainable resource exploitation. Tutorials will explore these GG481 - Seminar on Cold Regions topics in greater depth. GG482 - Hydrology of Cold Regions WASC201 - Wetland Science GG489 - Paleoclimatology WASC201 Wetland Science 0.5 GESC450* - Thesis Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 356 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Honours BSc Applied Water Science

BSc Applied Water Science with Co-op Education

WASC101 - Global Issues in Water and Environmental Health, BI110 - Unifying Life Processes (Fall term), BI111 - Biological Diversity and Evolution (Winter term), CH110 - Fundamentals of Chemistry I (Fall term) CH111 - Fundamentals of Chemistry II (Winter term), GG101 - Introduction to Physical Geography, Year 1 MA100 - Introductory Calculus for the Natural Sciences (Fall term), MA101 - Calculus I for the Natural Sciences (Winter term); One of: GL102 - The Surface of Earth or PC141 - Mechanics for the Life Sciences; 0.5 credit elective

WASC201 - Wetland Science, 1.0 credit from: BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology, BI256 - Life on Earth: Animals, BI266 - Life on Earth: Plants, BI276 - Life on Earth: Microbes, CH233 - Environmental Atmospheric Chemistry, CH234 - Environmental Aquatic Chemistry, Year 2 MA241 - Statistical Methods for the Life Sciences, GG281 - Atmosphere and Hydrosphere, GG282 - Geomorphology and Soils; One of: GL102 - The Surface of Earth or PC141 - Mechanics for the Life Sciences; 0.5 credit elective

width: 40%; background-image: none;" align="center">Year Year 3B (Winter-Spring terms) 3A (Fall term)

Year 3 WASC302 - Limnology, WASC303 - Field Methods in Applied Co-op #1 Water Science, 1st 8-month work term BI300 - Environmental Toxicology, BI393 - Biostatistics, 0.5 credit outside of Science/Geography

Year 4A (Fall term) Year 4B (Winter term) ††

WASC301 - Water Policy and Legislation, WASC401 - Source Water Protection and Aquatic Risk GG389 - Climate Change, Assessment, WASC403 - Lab Techniques in Water Science, Year 4 1.5 credits of eligible GG381 - Hydrology, Science/Geography electives 1.0 credit outside of Science/Geography (Note: Science/Geography Elective may include 4th year Honours Thesis Research)

Year 5A (Spring-Fall terms) Year 5B (Winter term)

WASC402 - Critical Analysis of Applied Water Science and Year 5 Co-op # 2 Environmental Health, (2nd 8-month work term) 2.0 credits of eligible Science/Geography electives

An introduction to swamps, fens, bogs, marshes and wetlands in This course focuses on the governance of water resources. The the context of both natural systems and managed sites. The understanding of how the water sector manages and uses will be understanding of fundamental characteristics, hydrology, ecology, developed at local, regional and national scales using case studies conservation, restoration and management of systems will be and examples from different jurisdictions. The role of the public addressed. Students taking this course will gain an appreciation of and private sectors and the influence of social, political and the complex nature of these systems which are at the interface of economic forces in shaping water resources management will be terrestrial and aquatic systems. emphasized. Prerequisite: BI111, CH111. Prerequisite: WASC101.

WASC301 - Water Policy and LegislationWASC302 - Limnology WASC301 Water Policy and Legislation 0.5 WASC302 Limnology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 3

357 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

An introduction to the study of fresh waters that takes a holistic perspective by integrating biological, chemical, physical, Biology hydrological and ecology perspectives. Topics covered include Honours BSc, BA, Combination and Joint programs and Minor: fundamental water chemistry and nutrient dynamics, bathymetry and hydrology as well as biological communities and habitat. Emphasis will be on these topics in the context of water quality, Adjunct Professor ecosystem processes and management. Prerequisite: BI111, CH111. John Smith, PhD WASC303 - Field Methods in Applied Water Science WASC303 Field Methods in Applied Water Full-Time Faculty Science 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 4 Jennifer Baltzer, PhD, CRC Chair in Forests and Global A methods course to complement WE302 and designed to provide Change an introduction to sampling and measurement techniques used in Max Blouw, PhD, President and Vice-Chancellor natural aquatic environments. Theoretical principles underlying Mihai Costea, PhD sampling and measurement are emphasized. Topics covered Stephanie DeWitte-Orr, PhD include field safety, standard methods for hydrological and Derek Gray, PhD chemical characterization and sampling of aquatic biota. Frédérique Guinel, PhD Prerequisite: BI111, CH111. Tristan Long, PhD, Graduate Advisor Co-requisite: WASC302. Deborah MacLatchy, PhD, Vice-President: Academic and Provost WASC401 Source Water Protection and WASC401 - Source Water Protection and Aquatic Risk Assessment Allison Mcdonald, PhD Aquatic Risk Assessment 0.5 James McGeer, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Gabriel Moreno-Hagelsieb, PhD, SHARCNET Chair in A course focusing on methods for evaluating exposure and Biocomputing assessing impacts to aquatic resources and their application in Kelly Munkittrick, PhD ensuring source water protection. Derivation of criteria and tools Scott Ramsay, PhD, Chair for setting discharge objectives and remediation targets are discussed in relation to sustainability. Case studies are used to Jane Rutherford, PhD highlight the role of monitoring programs and the application of Robin Slawson, PhD science in aquatic protection initiatives. Matthew Smith, PhD, Associate Dean, Postdoctoral Affairs, Prerequisite: WASC301. Faculty of Graduate & Postdoctoral Studies Kevin Stevens, PhD WASC402 - Critical Analysis of Applied Water Science and Environmental Health WASC402 Critical Analysis of Applied Water Joel Weadge, PhD Science and Environmental Health 0.5 Michael Wilkie, PhD, Director of the Laurier Institute for Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Water Science A course requiring independent investigation directed at Jonathan Mark Wilson, PhD developing and understanding issues and solutions to the health of aquatic systems across the globe. Activities focus on developing critical analyses to evaluate information across multiple disciplines and applying and integrated ecosystem Biology courses with Lab Component approach. The format includes written reports, case-studies, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI300, BI308, BI309, BI338, BI349, presentations, peer review and discussion/debate. BI358, BI359, BI367, BI368, BI369, BI374, BI402/CH454, BI405, Prerequisite: WASC301. BI431, BI439, BI441, BI449, BI456, BI475, BI476, BI484, BI488. Honours BSc Applied Water Science WASC403 Lab Techniques in Water Science 0.5 WASC403 - Lab Techniques in Water Science Applied Water Science - FOA/FOS Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 4 A laboratory methods course designed to provide practical skills in Honours BSc Biology water and waste water characterization. Theoretical principles The Honours BSc Biology program consists of a minimum of 20.0 underlying measurement techniques are emphasized. Both credits, including at least 10.0 but no more than 11.0 senior chemical and biological (whole organisms and tissue sample) Biology credits. This program offers students an integrative characterization methods are addressed. approach to the study of biology, linking processes at the Prerequisite: BI111, CH111. molecular level to the structure of whole organisms and processes operating at the level of populations and communities. Students may use their senior Biology courses to fulfill the requirements for one of three concentrations and/or research specialization. The program shall include no more than 6.0 100 level credits and must include the following:

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 358 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Required courses: Year 2 BI110, BI111; BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296; and at BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296 least 7.0 additional senior BI credits, of which at least 5.0 must CH202, CH203, ST231 be at the 300 or 400 level. 0.5 elective credit (refer to Note 1) CH110, CH111, CH202, CH203, CH250, CH350 Year 3 Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*), ST231, PC141 (or PC131) 3.0 senior BI credits (refer to program requirements, and to Notes (PC141, MA100 and MA101 are recommended) 2 and 5) 0.5 credit from: CP104, GG101, PC142 (or PC132) (refer to Note 3 CH250, CH350 for recommendations.) 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 1) Degree Program Electives: Year 4 An additional 3.5 elective credits, refer to Note #1 and the 4.0 senior BI credits (refer to Notes 2 and 5) elective credits referenced in Note #3. 1.0 elective credit Notes 1. Electives (3.5 credits in the program) must include at least Honours BSc Biology with Environmental 1.0 credit from outside of the major discipline(s) of which Science Option 0.5 credit must be from a discipline outside of those The requirements are the same as stated for the Honours BSc offered by the Faculty of Science. Biology program with the following modifications:

2. For students considering graduate studies, it is a. The senior credits in Biology must include at least 2.0 recommended that the BI499‡ thesis be taken in Year 4. credits from: BI300, BI301, BI302, BI309, BI367, BI374, Students wishing to complete the thesis course must apply BI390, BI391, BI392, BI400, BI405, BI439, BI449, BI458, to the department to take BI499‡ by mid-February of Year BI464, BI468, BI475, BI488. 3. Admission to BI499‡ requires a minimum GPA in biology courses of 7.0 and will depend on the availability of b. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from: supervisors. Admission decisions normally will be made by CH233, CH234, CH261, CH262, CH345, CH360, CH419, mid-March of Year 3. CH445. 3. PC142 (or PC132) are recommended for students planning c. Electives must include either GG281 or GG282, and a to take senior BI courses in physiology and minimum of a 0.5-credit Physical Geography course at the microtechniques, or planning a career in health sciences. 300 or 400 level. GG101, or both GL101 and GL102, are prerequisite courses for 200 level Physical Geography courses; we recommend Honours BSc Biology and Chemistry that students planning to complete the Environmental The Honours BSc Biology and Chemistry program consists of a Science Option take either GG101, or both GL101 and minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 6.0 senior credits in GL102, in Year 1. Biology and 6.5 senior credits in Chemistry. Students may use their senior Biology courses to fulfill the requirements for one of 4. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill three concentrations and/or research specialization. The program program requirements; grades earned are included in the shall include no more than 6.0 credits at the 100 level and must cumulative GPA in Biology. include the following: 5. For progression into Years 2, 3 and 4, and for graduation, a Required Courses: cumulative GPA of at least 5.00 in Biology and an overall BI110, BI111; which must include BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, GPA of at least 5.00 are required. BI276 and at least 3.5 additional senior BI credits CH110, CH111, CH202, CH203, CH212, CH215, CH225, CH226, 6. Senior honours students are expected to attend all CH250, CH261, CH262, CH350; and at least 1.5 additional senior departmental seminars. CH credits. 7. The following is a suggested schedule within which all Students intending to take CH490‡ should consider taking CH390 program requirements can be fulfilled. in Year 3 (refer to Note 4) Course Schedule Students intending to take BI499‡ must take BI296 or CH390 (refer to Note 4) Year 1 Both PC131 and PC132 (or both PC141 and PC142) BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111 Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*), ST231. Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*), PC141 (or PC131) (PC141, MA100 and MA101 are recommended) Course Schedule 0.5 credit from: CP104, GG101, PC142 (or PC132) (refer to Note 3 Year 1 for recommendations.) BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 1), or both GL101 and GL102 Both PC131 and PC132 (or both PC141 and PC142) (refer to Note 3) Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 1)

359 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Year 2 Required Courses: 1.5 BI credits at the 200 or 300 level BI110, BI111, BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296 and at CH202, CH203, CH212, CH250, CH261, CH262 least 3.5 additional senior BI credits, which must include at least ST231 (or ST230) 2.0 BI credits at the 300 or 400 level, of which at least 1.0 must be at the 400 level. Year 3 CH110, CH111, CH202, CH203 2.5 senior BI credits MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA121, MA122, MA201, MA215, CH215, CH225, CH226, CH350 MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA323 and at least 3.0 additional One of: BI296 (if not taken in Year 2) or CH390; or 0.5 elective senior MA or ST credits, which must include at least 2.0 at the 300 credit (if BI296 taken in Year 2) (refer to Notes 1, 4 and 5) or 400 level, of which at least 1.0 must be at the 400 level. Year 4 Course Schedule 2.0 senior credits in Biology Year 1 1.5 credits in Chemistry BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111 The BI and CH credits may include BI499‡ or CH490‡, but not MA121, MA122, either both MA103 and MA104, or MA110* (refer both (refer to Note 5) to Note 6 below) 1.5 elective credits approved by the Biology, or Chemistry and 1.0 elective credit Biochemistry Departments (refer to Note 1 and the program description) Year 2 2.0 credits from the list of 200 level BI courses (BI226, BI266, Program Regulations BI236, BI256 are recommended) 1. Electives (2.0 credits in the program) must include at least CH202, CH203 1.0 credit from outside of the major discipline(s) of which MA201, ST259, ST260 0.5 credit must be from a discipline outside of those Either a 0.5 senior MA or ST elective credit, or MA104 if MA110* offered by the Faculty of Science. was taken in Year 1 (refer to Note 6 below) 2. For progression into Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4, and for Year 3 graduation, the cumulative GPA is calculated on the 1.0 credit from the list of 200 level required BI courses (BI276 Biology and Chemistry courses combined. Progression into and BI296 are recommended) Year 2 requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in CH110, 1.0 senior BI elective credit CH111, BI110, BI111 and an overall GPA of 5.00. MA215, MA222, MA250 Progression into Year 3, Year 4 and Year 5 as well as 1.0 senior MA or ST credit (MA205 is recommended) graduation, requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in 0.5 elective credit (0.5 senior MA or ST credit if MA110* taken in Chemistry and Biology courses and an overall GPA of 5.00. Year 1) 3. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill Year 4 program requirements; grades earned are included in the 2.5 senior BI elective credits cumulative GPA in Biology. MA323 and 1.5 senior MA or ST elective credits 0.5 elective credit 4. At least 3.0 credits in BI or CH at the 300 or 400 level must be successfully completed. Regulations and Notes 5. Senior honours students are expected to attend all 1. For progression into Year 2 of the program, the department seminars. requirements include a minimum GPA of 5.00 in Year 1 MA or ST courses, and a minimum GPA of 5.00 in BI110 and 6. Students who plan to enroll in CH490‡ in Year 4 are BI111. For progression into Year 3 and Year 4, and for encouraged (but are not required) to enroll in CH390 in graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in Biology, Year 3. By the end of the program, a student must have Mathematics and Statistics courses combined as well as an credit for at least one of the following: BI296, CH390, overall GPA of 5.00. CH490‡, BI499‡. A student may have credit for only one of: BI296 or CH390. 2. If MA110* is taken in Year 1, the maximum number of credits at the 100 level in the program is 6.5. 7. The following is a suggested schedule within which all program requirements can be fulfilled. While other 3. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill sequences are possible, many of the required courses have program requirements; grades earned are included in the one or more prerequisites and students are advised to be cumulative GPA in Biology. cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. 4. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of Honours BSc Biology and Mathematics the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a The Honours BSc Biology and Mathematics program consists of a discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 6.5 senior credits in Science. each of Biology and Mathematics. Students may use their senior 5. Senior honours students are expected to attend all Biology courses to fulfill the requirements for one of three departmental seminars. concentrations and/or research specialization. Not more than 6.0 credits may be at the 100 level (except refer to Note 2).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 360 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

6. The above is a suggested schedule within which all 4. For students considering graduate studies, it is program requirements can be met. MA110* covers the same recommended that a thesis (BI499‡ or PS499*) be taken in calculus topics as MA103, but includes a number of Year 4. Students wishing to take either thesis course are precalculus topics. Either MA110* or MA103 serves as advised that these are limited enrolment courses; students prerequisite for MA104. Typically, students do both MA103 must apply during the winter term of Year 3 to the and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* in Year 1 and then MA104 appropriate department take these courses. Refer to the in Year 2. appropriate course descriptions for application details. Honours BSc Biology and Psychology 5. Senior honours students are expected to attend all The Honours BSc Biology and Psychology program consists of a department seminars. minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 6.0 senior BI credits 6. The following is a suggested schedule within which all and at least 6.0 senior PS credits (refer to Notes). Refer to Note 1 program requirements can be fulfilled: for progression and graduation requirements. Students may use their senior Biology courses to fulfill the requirements for one of Course Schedule three concentrations and/or research specialization. The program Year 1 may include no more than 6.0 credits at the 100 level, and must BI110, BI111; both PS101 and PS102; CH110, CH111, both MA100 include the following: and MA101 (recommended) (or MA110*); Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of the Required courses: major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a discipline BI110, BI111, BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296, and at outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. least 3.0 senior BI credits (refer to Notes 2 and 3) PS101 and PS102, PS295, PS296; 1.0 credit from PS260, PS261, Year 2 PS262, PS263 and PS267; PS394, PS395; 1.0 credit from PS360, 2.0 senior BI credits (refer to Note 4) PS361, PS362, PS363 and PS367; 0.5 credit from PS460, PS461, PS295, PS296 and two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267. PS462, PS463 and PS467; PS390; 0.5 credit from PS270, PS275, CH202, CH203 PS276, PS280, PS282; and at least 0.5 additional PS credits (refer Year 3 to Notes 2 and 3). 1.5 senior BI credits (refer to Notes 2 and 4) CH110, CH111, CH202, CH203, CH250, CH350. PS394, PS395; two of PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367; one of Both MA100 and MA101 (recommended) (or MA110*) PS460, PS461, PS462, PS463, PS467. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of the CH250, CH350 major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. Year 4 PS390, and one of PS270, PS275, PS276, PS280, PS282 Regulations 0.5 credit non-BI, non-PS elective 1. For progression into Year 2, a GPA of at least 5.00 is Either: BI499‡, 1.5 additional senior BI credits and an additional required in BI110 and BI111 and a GPA of at least 5.00 in 0.5 senior PS credit; or PS499* and 2.5 senior BI credits; or 2.5 PS101 and PS102, and the overall GPA must be 5.00 for the senior BI credits and an additional 1.0 senior PS credits (refer to Biology program and an overall GPA of 5.00 to maintain Notes 2 and 3). the combined program; For progression to subsequent years, the cumulative GPA must be 5.00 in Biology courses and Honours BSc Environmental Science 6.00 in Psychology courses and the overall GPA must be Honours BSc Environmental Science: joint program with Faculty 5.00 for the Biology program and an overall GPA of 5.00 to of Arts and Faculty of Science maintain the combined program; For graduation, the Biology GPA must be 5.00 and the Psychology GPA must be Honours BA Biology 7.00, and the overall GPA must be 5.00 for the Biology The Honours BA Biology program consists of 20.0 credits, of which program and an overall GPA of 5.00 to maintain the not more than 6.0 may be taken at the 100 level; the program combined program. includes at least 10.0 but no more than 11 senior Biology credits. Students may use their senior Biology courses to fulfill the 2. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill requirements for one of three concentrations and/or research program requirements; grades earned are included in the specialization. Students must complete a number of compulsory cumulative GPA in Biology. courses equivalent to a minor in the History and Philosophy of 3. If a thesis is completed in Biology, Year 4 should include Science (3.0 credits) (refer to Note 7). They may use their BI499‡ and 1.5 additional senior BI credits (at least 1.0 of remaining elective credits to build a second minor in another which must be at the 400 level), plus a 0.5 credit in senior discipline. PS. If a thesis is completed in Psychology, Year 4 should Required courses: include PS499*, plus 2.5 senior BI credits (at least 1.0 of BI110, BI111, BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296 which must be at the 400 level); For students not taking a 0.5 credit in Philosophy thesis, Year 4 should include 2.5 senior BI credits (at least HP201 or HP202 1.0 of which must be at the 400 level), plus an additional 0.5 credit from HPS category B 1.0 senior PS credit at the 300 or 400 level. 1.0 credit from any HPS category

361 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Notes Honours BA Biology in Combination with 1. Senior courses in Biology may involve statistics, or an another Honours BA Program understanding of organic chemistry. Year 1 students are The combined Honours BA Biology program consists of a minimum encouraged to consider taking MA100 and CH110 to of 20.0 credits, not more than 6.0 of which may be at the 100 prepare for taking further courses in these disciplines, as in level. Students may use their senior Biology courses to fulfill the some cases, ST231 or CH202 are required for success in requirements for one of three concentrations and/or research senior Biology courses. specialization. 2. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill Required Courses: program requirements; grades earned are included in the BI110, BI111, BI226, BI236, BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296, and 5.0 cumulative GPA in Biology. additional senior BI credits; 3. At least 2.0 senior BI credits must be at the 300 or 400 0.5 credit in Philosophy level. Program Regulations 4. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from disciplines 1. A minimum of 2.0 senior BI credits must include a lab and/ offered outside the Faculty of Science, which may also be or field work component (not including BI499‡). used to satisfy the requirements for courses equivalent to the minor in the History and Philosophy of Science. 2. Senior HN courses count as senior BI courses to fulfill program requirements; grades earned are included in the 5. 3.0 senior BI credits must have a lab and/or field work cumulative GPA in Biology. component (not including BI499‡). 3. At least 2.0 senior BI credits must be at the 300 or 400 6. Senior honours students are expected to attend all level. department seminars. 4. Electives must include at least 1.5 credits from a discipline 7. The minor in History & Philosophy of Science requires outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. senior credits in a number of disciplines. Students must obtain the necessary prerequisites for the senior courses Research Specialization that will be part of their program. (Refer to the Faculty of To be eligible for the Research Specialization in Biology a student Arts chapter for a complete description of the HPS minor.) must successfully complete BI499‡ with a minimum grade of A-, and have a minimum cumulative GPA of 8.00 in all Biology courses 8. The following is a suggested schedule within which all completed for the major. program requirements can be fulfilled: Course Schedule Honours BSc and BA Biology with Year 1 Concentrations BI110, BI111 0.5 credit in Philosophy (PP110 or PP111 recommended) A maximum of two Biology concentrations within the thematic 3.5 elective credits (refer to Note 1) streams of the program are permitted as part of the Honours BSc Biology and BA degrees. All concentrations require completion of Year 2 a minimum 3.5 credits (including 1.5 credits of required courses BI226 and BI236 (fulfills HPS category C requirement) at the 300 level, and 2.0 credits of eligible electives, of which a BI256, BI266, BI276, BI296 minimum of 1.0 credit must be at the 400 level), and a cumulative HP201 or HP202 (fulfills HPS category A requirement) GPA of 7.0 (B -) in all Biology courses completed for the major. 1.5 elective credits (a minimum of 0.5 credit should be at the senior level) Cell, Molecular Biology, and Genetics Required Courses (1.5 credits): Year 3 BI338 - Cells: Form and Function 3.0 senior BI credits BI346 - Advanced Molecular Biotechnology 0.5 credit from HPS category B BI374 - Physiological Applications of Microbiology 0.5 credit from any HPS category Elective Courses (2.0 credits, including and minimum of 1.0 1.0 elective credit credit at the 400 level: BI330 - Fundamentals of Histology Year 4 BI349 - Embryology 4.0 senior BI credit BI376 - Microbial Physiology 0.5 credit from any HPS category BI401 - Origin of Life on Earth and Endosymbiotic Theory 0.5 elective credit BI402 - Bioinformatics BI417 - Immunology BI421 - The Human Microbiome BI426 - Genome Dynamics BI431 - Microtechniques BI439 - Vertebrate Microscopic Anatomy BI440 - Advanced Topics in DNA Science and Molecular Biotechnology

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 362 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

BI441 - Recombinant DNA Technology 1. No more than 1.0 HN credit may be counted toward the BI449 - Developmental Biology minor. BI470 - Biomedical Virology BI475 - Microbial Ecology 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. BI476 - Microbial Disease Biology Courses Ecology, Evolution and Biodiversity Required Courses (1.5 credits): BI Course Notes BI301 - Global Ecology and Biogeography A student may cross-register at the University of BI302 - Evolution Waterloo for a maximum of 1.0 credit in each of Year 3 BI309 - Population Ecology and Year 4. Timetable conflicts will not be accepted as a Elective Courses (2.0 credits, including and minimum of 1.0 valid reason for taking an equivalent course at the credit at the 400 level: University of Waterloo. BI308 - Animal Behaviour BI363 - Plant Ecology BI367 - Field Botany - Flora of Ontario BI110 Unifying Life Processes 0.5 BI110 - Unifying Life Processes BI390 - Field Studies – OUPFB Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 BI391 - Field Ecology of Southern Ontario (biweekly) BI392 - Field Studies II – OUPFB BI394 - The Changing North: Subarctic Ecosystems in the Face of The unity underlying all life forms is explored through Climate Warming examination of the cell, and the biological chemicals, structures, BI396N - Plant Life in Aquatic and Amphibious Environments and processes that govern cell organization, metabolism, BI396T - Wetland Ecology communication, integration and reproduction. Major topics BI401 - Origin of Life on Earth and Endosymbiotic Theory include respiration and photosynthesis; regulation of the cell BI402 - Bioinformatics cycle; features of multicellularity; DNA structure, function, and BI405 - Community Ecology repair; gene expression and regulation; mitosis and meiosis; BI407 - Animal Communication patterns of inheritance; microbial genetics. BI409 - Conservation Biology Prerequisite: At least one of OAC or Grade 12U Biology, BI458 - Vertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation Chemistry, or Physics (OAC or Grade 12U Biology is strongly recommended). BI464 - Plants and People Exclusion: SC100. BI468 - Plant Biodiversity and Conservation BI475 - Microbial Ecology BI111 - Biological Diversity and Evolution BI488 - Invertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation BI111 Biological Diversity and Evolution 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 Physiology and Toxicology (biweekly) Required Courses (1.5 credits): Interactions of organisms with each other and with the BI300 - Environmental Toxicology environment in the ongoing process of evolution by natural BI358 - Animal Form and Function selection are examined in the context of the interplay of form BI368 - Plants: Form and Function with function – for bacteria and fungi, for plants and animals, for individuals and populations, and for communities and ecosystems. Elective Courses (2.0 credits, including and minimum of 1.0 Major topics include regulation, homeostasis, growth and credit at the 400 level: development, reproduction, and adaptation. BI359 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Prerequisite: At least one of OAC or Grade 12U Biology, BI369 - Plant Physiology Chemistry, or Physics (OAC or Grade 12U Biology recommended); BI376 - Microbial Physiology or BI110. BI396N - Plant Life in Aquatic and Amphibious Environments BI400 - Topics in Environmental Toxicology BI226 Genetics 0.5 BI226 - Genetics BI416 - Pathophysiology BI451 - Fish Physiological Adaptations Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 BI456 - Environmental Physiology of Animals Concepts and principles of transmission (Mendelian) genetics and BI459 - Endocrinology population genetics, using analysis and interpretation of genetic BI463 - Environmental Stress Biology of Plants examples and situations to illustrate how genes are inherited, the BI470 - Biomedical Virology resultant phenotypes and the effects of gene interactions. Where appropriate, interpretations will be extended to a discussion of Biology Minor the underlying molecular basis or genomic organization. BI110, BI111 and 2.0 senior Biology credits, at least 1.0 of which Prerequisite: BI111. must have a laboratory component. Exclusion: HS206. Notes:

363 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

BI236 Cell and Molecular Biology 0.5 hypotheses; gathering and assessing information; communicating BI236 - Cell and Molecular Biology ideas, both orally and in writing; and engaging their peers in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 substantive discussion and problem-solving. An introduction to contemporary cell and molecular biology. Prerequisite: BI111. Topics may include structure and function of cells, the cell cycle, molecular processes within cells including transcription and BI300 Environmental Toxicology 0.5 BI300 - Environmental Toxicology translation, aspects of cell and molecular signaling, an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 introduction to developmental biology, current techniques in cell and molecular biology, and applications to biotechnology, A lecture and laboratory course covering toxicological principles, medicine and other health-related sciences. toxicity testing as well as the effects of natural and human-made Prerequisite: BI110 and BI111. contaminants on the environment. Topics for discussion include hydrocarbons, metals, herbicides, pesticides, radionuclides and BI256 Life on Earth: Animals 0.5 emerging contaminants. BI256 - Life on Earth: Animals Prerequisite: BI256, BI266 (CH111 and a statistics course are Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 recommended). An integrated lecture and lab/tutorial-based course examining the diversity of animal life. The relationships of animal form and BI301 Global Ecology and Biogeography 0.5 BI301 - Global Ecology and Biogeography function are emphasized in terms of the solutions that have arisen An integrated study of the distribution, abundance and diversity through natural selection. Major topics to be covered include of plants and animals, with an emphasis on the study of broad skeletal systems and locomotion, respiration, circulation, feeding patterns in the ecological characteristics of organisms and and digestion, water and salt balance, thermoregulation, sensory ecosystems. Topics typically may include temporal and spatial and nervous systems, and reproduction. patterns of biodiversity, species abundances and range patterns, Prerequisite: BI111. vicariance, dispersal, species interactions, disturbance events, historical and evolutionary biogeography, endemism and island BI266 Life on Earth: Plants BI266 - Life on Earth: Plants 0.5 biogeography.†† The course integrates three core themes in botany: 1) the role of Prerequisite: BI111. plants in the development of the human civilization; 2) the 36 lecture hours/term diversity of form, structure, and function in relationship with the environment, and 3) the biodiversity, evolution, and conservation BI302 Evolution 0.5 BI302 - Evolution of vascular plants. Because botany studies plants at all the levels of organization, from molecules to ecosystems, its findings are A comprehensive and integrative course on evolution by natural used in a multitude of applied fields: agriculture, forestry, selection as the underlying principle of modern biology. Topics medicine, pharmacology, nutrition, biotechnology, conservation include the mechanisms of selection; the concepts of adaptation, and environmental studies. fitness and species; the evolution of sex; co-evolution; and the Prerequisite: BI111. origin of life.†† 36 lecture hours, 36 lab/tutorial/seminar hours per term Prerequisite: BI226. 36 lecture hours, 18 seminar/tutorial hours per term BI276 Life on Earth: Microbes 0.5 BI276 - Life on Earth: Microbes BI308 Animal Behaviour 0.5 BI308 - Animal Behaviour Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) An introduction to fundamental concepts in microbiology involved in the study of archaea, bacteria, and viruses. Course material will An evolutionary approach to the study of animal behaviour. The include prokaryotic cell structure, metabolism, microbial genetics, control and development of behaviour will be introduced and phylogeny, and physiological diversity. Concepts important to the placed in context within the broader scope of biology; however, many applications of microbiology will also be introduced, such as the main emphasis of the course will be on the adaptive value and biofilm development, microbial control and bioprocessing. evolutionary history of specific behaviours. Prerequisite: BI110 and BI111. Prerequisite: At least 1.0 senior Biology credit and one of BI393, GESC258, MA241 or ST231, ST260; or two of PS260, PS261, PS262 BI296 Communication and Critical Thinking or PS263, and one of PS292 or PS296. BI296 - Communication and Critical Thinking Skills in Biology Exclusion: BI408. Skills in Biology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 BI309 - Population Ecology BI309 Population Ecology 0.5 In this course, the cultivation of critical thinking and self- Factors that govern population growth, including intra- and inter- disciplined learning skills in the biological sciences is fostered by specific competition, foraging behaviour, resource partitioning, the identification, investigation and elucidation of core concepts, predator-prey dynamics, parasitism and mutualism will be problems, and controversies associated with selected issues facing examined using observational and experimental data as well as modern society. Potential topics could include: water resources, mathematical models. Applied topics in population ecology food security, climate change, ecosystem conservation, including harvesting, preservation and management, and biodiversity. Students will develop competency in: formulating biological control will be discussed. Laboratory work will focus on

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 364 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

sampling methodology, patterns of density and dispersion, BI359 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 0.5 BI359 - Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy predator-prey interactions, and competitive interactions. Students Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 4 will present seminars on current topics in population ecology. Prerequisite: BI301 (a statistics course is recommended). A study of the major organs and systems of vertebrates from an 36 lecture hours, 36 lab hours per term evolutionary perspective. The understanding of structure is developed through study of the relationships to function and the variation that occurs across animal groups. Laboratory work BI330 Fundamentals of Histology 0.5 BI330 - Fundamentals of Histology emphasizes the dissection and detailed identification of structures An introduction to the study of animal cells and tissues, based on in a number of vertebrate models, including those from both histological techniques used in light microscopy and electron aquatic and terrestrial environments. microscopy, with a focus on an examination of the four basic Prerequisite: BI256. tissue types (epithelium, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous Exclusion: BI396s. tissue). In addition, the immune system, the circulatory system, the integument, and the central nervous system will be discussed BI363 - Plant Ecology as representative of the complex arrangement of tissues that form BI363 Plant Ecology 0.5 the organ systems of the animal body. The relationship between An introduction to the study of relationships among plants and structure and function is stressed. their abiotic and biotic environment, with a focus on the Prerequisite: One of BI236, BI256, HN210 (or HE210 or BI210); relationship between human activities and plant communities. registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. Prerequisite: BI266. Exclusion: BI238, BI239, BI396H. Exclusion: BI396Q. 36 lecture hours/term 36 hours of lecture/lab/field-based exercises per term

BI338 - Cells: Form and Function BI367 - Field Botany - Flora of Ontario BI338 Cells: Form and Function 0.5 BI367 Field Botany - Flora of Ontario 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) Basic principles of field botany with an emphasis on the identification and systematics of vascular plants (ferns, A lecture and laboratory course covering cell structure and gymnosperms and angiosperms) from Southern Ontario will be function, with an emphasis on eukaryotes. Topics may include covered. The course will introduce students to field, herbarium, biological membranes, the structure, function and development of and laboratory methods used in plant organismic biology research. organelles, including membrane trafficking and protein targeting, Native plants from diverse habitats, weeds and invasive species, as well as signal transduction pathways, and the cytoskeleton. medicinal as well as selected cultivated plants will be covered. Prerequisite: BI236. Topics will include: plant collecting, plant identification and preparation of herbarium voucher specimens, documenting plant BI346 - Advanced Molecular Biotechnology BI346/CH351 Advanced Molecular diversity in relation with ecological factors, vegetation sampling, Biotechnology 0.5 observations on reproductive biology, natural history, and uses of A lecture course covering topics in modern molecular biology. plants by aboriginal peoples. Day trips may be arranged to various Topics may include the structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic natural habitats, the Arboretum in and the Royal Botanical genes and genomes, concepts of DNA replication, mechanisms and Gardens. The course is typically offered during two weeks in regulation of gene expression, DNA repair and recombination, August. Consult the department regarding enrolment limits and regulatory RNAs and epigenetics. (Cross-listed as CH351.) extra fees that may be required. Prerequisite: Both BI226 and BI236, OR both CH354 and CH356. Prerequisite: BI266. 36 lecture hours/term Lectures and laboratory work will complement field instruction.

BI349 - Embryology BI368 - Plants: Form and Function BI349 Embryology 0.5 BI368 Plants: Form and Function 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 A lecture, student seminar, and laboratory course relating plant An examination of basic events in early development of model structure to function. Cells, tissues and organs will be studied, vertebrate and invertebrate organisms, including the formation of linking them to specific functions. Once their functions are gametes, fertilization, embryogenesis, feto-maternal relationships, understood, an emphasis will be placed on how the organs are and an overview of the development of body systems. capable of structural and mechanistic modifications to allow non- Prerequisite: BI236. (BI338 strongly recommended.) mobile plants to live in their environments. Exclusion: BI436. Prerequisite: BI111, BI266 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4. BI358 - Animal Form and Function BI358 Animal Form and Function 0.5 36 lecture hours, 24 lab/tutorial/seminar hours per term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 BI369 Plant Physiology 0.5 BI369 - Plant Physiology A comparative investigation of animal anatomy and physiology A lecture and lab/tutorial course exploring plant physiology. using a systems approach (respiratory, circulatory, digestive, Specific topics will include: water relations, nutrients, excretory, movement). Central themes focus on homeostasis and bioenergetics, photosynthesis, respiration, plant productivity, the linkages between the environment and anatomical, plant development and hormones, tropisms and movements, and physiological and behavioural adaptations. secondary metabolites. Prerequisite: BI256. Prerequisite: BI266.

365 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Exclusion: BI396P. the Biology field course co-ordinator for permission to register in 36 lecture hours, 36 lab hours per term the course must be completed in January. Consult the department for extra fees that will be required. BI374 - Physiological Applications of Microbiology BI374 Physiological Applications of Prerequisite: Registration status: any Honours Biology program, Microbiology 0.5 prior completion of at least 10.0 credits and permission of the Fundamental concepts of bacterial physiology are both introduced department. and applied throughout the course. Emphasis is placed on BI392 - Field Studies II – OUPFB understanding the applications of microbiology at a physiological BI392 Field Studies II – OUPFB 0.5 level. Genetic adaptation and developmental responses to specific A program of field studies as described for BI390, but differing in nutrients and environmental stressors will be studied in addition content. A list of modules, dates and fees will be posted on the to biosynthetic activities. Specific topics include; bacterial Biology Department website in December of each year. Application fermentations, transport mechanisms, shock responses and to the Biology field course co-ordinator for permission to register quorum sensing. in the course must be completed in January. Prerequisite: BI276 and either BI226 or BI236. (CH111 is Prerequisite: BI390 and permission of the department. recommended.) BI393 - Biostatistics 36 lecture hours, 36 lab hours per term BI393 Biostatistics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 BI376 Microbial Physiology 0.5 BI376 - Microbial Physiology This course examines the totality of issues related to data Knowledge of microbial cell composition is important to collection, management and analysis for biologists: from the understanding many of the sub-disciplines of microbiology; development of hypotheses, the design of experiments, including virology, immunology, medical microbiology and measurement and sampling, to statistical analyses and final microbial ecology. In this course, the synthesis and arrangement publication of results in formats acceptable for scientific reports of specialized cellular structures will be explored and related to and papers. Emphasis will be placed on the application of the role of these structures in fundamental microbial process and statistical methods using statistical software rather than theory, survival of microbes under a wide variety of conditions. Special and stress the practical aspects of biostatistics. emphasis will be placed on demonstrating the role of prokaryotic Prerequisite: BI296; MA241 or PS296 are recommended. structures in evolutionary adaptation, disease establishment and Exclusion: BI396L, HS324. their potential as targets for the development of antibiotics and/ BI394 - The Changing North: Subarctic Ecosystems in the Face of Climate Warming or therapeutics. BI394 The Changing North: Subarctic Prerequisite: BI276. Ecosystems in the Face of Climate Exclusion: BI396R. Warming 0.5 36 lecture hours/term An intensive field-based program that will investigate the integrated ecosystem responses of sub-arctic systems in the BI390 Field Studies – OUPFB 0.5 BI390 - Field Studies – OUPFB Northwest Territories to recent warming in terrestrial, aquatic, and An intensive study of living organisms under natural conditions. wetland environments. A central theme of the course will be Credit is based on two weeks of full-time fieldwork with attendant permafrost and the thaw and degradation processes that are assignments. Approximately 40 different modules in the Ontario happening with warming as these cryotic changes have far- Universities Program in Field Biology are offered in any given year reaching consequences for associated ecosystem processes and through the 14 participating universities, covering an array of functions. Students will design and implement a study and topics at a variety of field stations. Individual modules may be statistically analyse the data for the purpose of a scientific report. given from May through August. Participants are responsible for Prerequisite: Any Honours Biology Program, prior completion of their own transportation and accommodation costs over and above at least 10.0 credits and permission of the department. tuition fees. A list of modules, dates and fees will be posted on The course is offered in the last two weeks of August; application the Biology Department website in December of each year. to the Biology field course co-ordinator for permission to register Application to the Biology field course co-ordinator for permission in the course must be completed in January. Consult the to register in the course must be completed in January. department for extra fees that will be required. Prerequisite: Registration status: any Honours Biology program, prior completion of at least 10.0 credits and permission of the BI396 Special Topics in Biology 0.5 BI396 - Special Topics in Biology department. An examination of a specific area in biology reflecting the research interests of faculty members in the department. BI391 Field Ecology of Southern Ontario 0.5 BI391 - Field Ecology of Southern Ontario Prerequisite: BI111, completion of at least 1.0 senior credit in An intensive program of investigation of organisms in habitats biology, permission of the department. typical of southern Ontario. The topics to be covered include Irregular course biodiversity as well as population and community level processes. 36 lecture hours/term Students are required to complete an independent project. The course is offered in the last two weeks of August; application to BI400 - Topics in Environmental Toxicology BI400 Topics in Environmental Toxicology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 366 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

An advanced lecture, and tutorial/seminar course covering various Conservation biology applies the principles of ecology, aspects of environmental toxicology. Topics for discussion include biogeography, population genetics, economics, sociology, exposure, impact and risk assessments, fate and behaviour of anthropology and philosophy to the mitigation of human impact contaminants as well as environmental guidelines and regulations. and the maintenance of global biodiversity. The course will Prerequisite: BI300. familiarize students with the concepts and principles of conservation biology, the threats to ecological integrity and the BI401 - Origin of Life on Earth and Endosymbiotic Theory BI401 Origin of Life on Earth and ways scientists attempt to cope with these threats. Endosymbiotic Theory 0.5 Prerequisite: BI301. An exploration of the origin of life on planet Earth, and the Exclusion: BI496w. history and scientific support for the endosymbiotic theory of the BI416 - Pathophysiology origins and diversity of eukaryotic organisms. Specific topics will BI416/HE431 Pathophysiology 0.5 include: early life on Earth, the origin of eukaryotes, the (Cross-listed as HE431.) evolutionary history of mitochondria and chloroplasts, the BI417 - Immunology diversity of eukaryotic organisms with a focus on protists, and BI417/HE434 Immunology 0.5 examples of current endosymbiotic relationships. (Cross-listed as HE434.) Prerequisite: BI236 (BI338 is recommended). Exclusion: BI496P. BI421 The Human Microbiome 0.5 BI421 - The Human Microbiome 36 lecture hours/term The course first covers the basics of microbial diversity and metagenomics, and continues with the examination of recent BI402/CH454 Bioinformatics 0.5 BI402 - Bioinformatics literature on the human microbiome projects around the world. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 Topics to be covered include: studying microbial diversity: 16S A lecture and laboratory course that will provide students with an rRNA genes versus random metagenomic sampling; metagenomes, understanding of, and experience with, the current concepts and concepts, applications and expectations; from microbial methods used in the study of bioinformatics. Techniques may pathogenicity to disbiosis; development of human microfloras; include sequence alignment, algorithms such as Smith-Waterman, from microbial diversity to metagenomes to gene functions; and BLAST, FASTA, amino-acid substitution matrices, Hidden Markov functional metagenomics. Models and motif finding. (Cross-listed as CH454.) Prerequisite: BI276 and either of BI402 or BI426. Prerequisite: BI226 or BI236, AND one of MA241, BI393, ST231 Exclusion: BI496V. (or equivalent); AND registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 of the 36 lecture hours/term Honours BSc Biochemistry & Biotechnology program. BI426 - Genome Dynamics BI426 Genome Dynamics 0.5 BI405 - Community Ecology BI405 Community Ecology 0.5 Emphasizing the complexity and dynamics of genomes and the The structure and development of communities and ecosystems, genetic regulation of biological processes, the topics examined with an emphasis on the examination of patterns in species will typically include genetic elements that move within and richness, biodiversity, succession, island biogeography, and between genomes, the genetic control and regulation of organism ecosystem energetics. Multivariate techniques to analyze development. community structure will be discussed. Applied issues will be Prerequisite: BI226. examined, including sustainability, pollution and conservation.† 36 lecture hours, 24 tutorial hours per term Prerequisite: BI301 (BI309 and a statistics course are BI431 - Microtechniques recommended) BI431 Microtechniques 0.5 36 lecture hours, 18 lab hours per term Recent literature on microtechniques will be reviewed in detail. Each student will choose either a plant or animal tissue for study BI407 - Animal Communication BI407 Animal Communication 0.5 using a variety of microtechniques. The projects will be evaluated An in-depth examination of information transfer between animals for quality of preparation and final product. Photomicrography will from the perspectives of signal characteristics, signal evolution, be an integral part of the project and final evaluation.† honesty and deception, competing interests of signallers and Prerequisite: PC141 and one of BI338, BI358 or BI368. receivers, and communication in networks. We will also consider 24 lecture hours, 48 lab hours per term tools for the study of communication in natural environments. BI439 - Vertebrate Microscopic Anatomy Prerequisite: BI308 (or BI408), or one of PS360, PS361, PS362, BI439 Vertebrate Microscopic Anatomy 0.5 PS363. A contemporary and comparative approach to the micro- Exclusion: BI496m. anatomical study of the organ systems of representative 36 lecture hours, 24 tutorial/seminar hours per term vertebrate models including fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between BI409 - Conservation Biology BI409 Conservation Biology 0.5 structure and function. Classical descriptions of vertebrate Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 histological structures are supplemented with modern findings in biochemistry, immunocytochemistry and molecular biology to give the student a solid basis for understanding animal morphology and evolutionary relationships.

367 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Prerequisite: BI236. (BI338 strongly recommended.) A lecture-based course focusing on patterns of diversification and 24 lecture hours, 12 seminar hours, 36 lab hours per term distribution of vertebrates, including the roles of morphology, ecology and behaviour in shaping both the history of BI440 - Advanced Topics in DNA Science and Molecular Biotechnology BI440/CH451 Advanced Topics in DNA contemporary biodiversity and the ability of animals to respond to Science and Molecular changes at the level of landscapes, regions and continents. Biotechnology 0.5 Prerequisite: BI256 and one of BI301 or BI302. (Cross-listed as CH451.) BI459 - Endocrinology BI459 Endocrinology 0.5 BI441 - Recombinant DNA Technology BI441 Recombinant DNA Technology 0.5 An examination of the mechanisms involved in hormonal control and regulation of reproduction, growth, development and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 metabolism, with a focus on the physiological consequences of A lecture and laboratory course on the theory and practical alterations in endocrine homeostasis. aspects of molecular biotechnology. Topics may include plasmid Prerequisite: One of BI256, (BI216/HE211), HN220 or KP220. DNA and its isolation from E. coli, use of restriction 36 lecture hours/term endonucleases, PCR, gene cloning, manipulation of gene expression, and recombinant protein expression in bacteria. BI463 Environmental Stress Biology of Plants 0.5 BI463 - Environmental Stress Biology of Plants Prerequisite: BI346; or co-requisites. Co-requisite: CH350, and one of: CH354 or CH356. An exploration of the methods by which plants avoid or tolerate Exclusion: BI341. diverse biotic and abiotic stresses, using mechanisms at the molecular, biochemical, cellular, and anatomical levels. Specific topics will include: stress perception and signal transduction, BI449 Developmental Biology 0.5 BI449 - Developmental Biology responses to light, temperature, and salinity; water, nutrient and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 oxygen availability; and defence against pathogens. The course An examination of development, integrating topics from the will also cover the methods used to study plant stress responses genome to the whole organism. Emphasis will be placed on using and a discussion of how plant breeding and modern molecular cell biology to understand evolution and development, as biology tools are being used to improve stress resistance. understanding the changes that drive developmental processes at Prerequisite: BI368 or BI369. the cellular level is fundamental for a broad understanding of Exclusion: BI365, BI396J. plant and animal development. 36 lecture hours/term Prerequisite: BI349 (or BI436). BI464 - Plants and People BI464 Plants and People 0.5 BI451 - Fish Physiological Adaptations BI451 Fish Physiological Adaptations 0.5 The coevolution of the economically significant plants of the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 world and human societies. A lecture, and student seminar course focusing on physiological Prerequisite: BI266. adaptations in fishes. Lectures will address the diversity of 36 lecture hours/term physiological and anatomical adaptations that have enabled fishes BI468 - Plant Biodiversity and Conservation to occupy a wide variety of aquatic habitats. Specific topics to be BI468 Plant Biodiversity and Conservation 0.5 examined will include , respiration,circulation, Diversity of Canadian plants–its description, analysis, conservation osmoregulation, growth and metabolism, nutrition, the senses, strategies and potential reproduction and development. sustainable uses. Prerequisite: BI256. BI358 strongly recommended. Prerequisite: BI266. Exclusion: BI496s. 36 lecture hours/term

BI456 - Environmental Physiology of AnimalsBI470 - Biomedical Virology BI456 Environmental Physiology of Animals 0.5 BI470/HE432 Biomedical Virology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (Cross-listed as HE432.) A lecture, laboratory and student seminar course emphasizing BI475 - Microbial Ecology comparative aspects of animal physiology and adaptations in BI475 Microbial Ecology 0.5 response to different environments. Topics covered may include Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 gas exchange, circulatory dynamics, osmoregulation, nutrition, Microbial roles in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems energetics, membrane physiology and endocrinology from the will be studied. Emphasis is placed on the metabolic diversity of molecular to the whole organism level. specialized microbial communities found in natural habitats. Prerequisite: BI358. Microbial function in natural and constructed degradation or remediation processes will be examined from an ecological BI458 - Vertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation BI458 Vertebrate Biodiversity and perspective. Conservation 0.5 Prerequisite: BI374 (BI309 is strongly recommended as a Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 prerequisite or co-requisite). Co-requisite: BI309 is strongly recommended.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 368 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

BI476 - Microbial Disease BI499‡ - Thesis BI476 Microbial Disease 0.5 BI499‡ Thesis 1.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 Individually supervised research resulting in the presentation of a Microbial disease will be examined from a physiological and thesis. Students must apply for the course in the winter term prior molecular perspective. Factors involved in overcoming host to Year 4. Application to the course requires a minimum GPA of defense, virulence and pathogenesis will be studied. Emphasis will 7.0 in biology, and will depend on the availability of supervisors. be placed on the physiological mechanisms and genetic regulation Students taking this course are required to attend all involved as well as host resistance and response. Historical and departmental seminars. emerging microbiologically-mediated diseases of the human body Prerequisite: Registration status: Prior completion of 15.0 credits will be covered. in any Honours Biology program; either BI296 or CH390; and Prerequisite: BI374. permission of the department. Exclusion: BI490, BI492. 10 research hours BI484 - Fundamentals of Parasitology BI484 Fundamentals of Parasitology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 An introduction to the biology, morphology, and life cycles of parasitic protozoans, platyhelminths, and arthropods of humans Chemistry and Biochemistry and domestic animals. The nature of parasitism with an emphasis Honours BSc, Joint programs and Minor: on form and function, transmission, and ecology will be examined. Topics may include the symptomatology, pathogenesis, zoonotic potential, diagnosis and treatment options for some common Full-Time Faculty parasitic agents. Prerequisite: BI256, HN220 (or BI216 or HE211) or KP220; AND Hind Al-Abadleh, PhD one of BI296, HE201, KP261 or PS295. Louise Dawe, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor (January - June Exclusion: HS308. 2018) Lillian Debruin, PhD, Graduate Officer BI488 Invertebrate Biodiversity and BI488 - Invertebrate Biodiversity and Conservation Dmitri Goussev, PhD Conservation 0.5 Ian Hamilton, PhD, Chair A lecture and laboratory course that takes a thematic approach to Geoffrey Horsman, PhD the study of invertebrate zoology, with a focus on functional Masoud Jelokhani-Niaraki, PhD morphology, developmental processes, and modes of reproduction, and on how these types of studies combined with molecular Vladimir Kitaev, PhD evidence and cladistic analysis provide insight into the Stephen MacNeil, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor (July - evolutionary relationships amongst the major invertebrate groups. December 2017) In addition, the contribution of the invertebrates to the Kenneth Maly, PhD, Associate Dean: Priorities and functioning of healthy ecosystems, and the need to conserve Planning, Faculty of Science diversity in these important organisms will be examined. Scott Smith, PhD Prerequisite: BI256. Michael Suits, PhD 36 lecture hours, 36 lab/tutorial/seminar hours per term

BI495 BI495 - Directed Studies Directed Studies 0.5 Honours BSc Chemistry A detailed study of an aspect of biology not available through the The Honours BSc Chemistry program consists of a minimum of regular program.†† 20.0 credits, with at least 10.5 senior Chemistry credits. Not more Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Biology and than 6.5 credits may be at the 100 level. All requirements are permission of both the department and the instructor. contained in the following recommended schedule (refer to Note Irregular course 1): BI496 - Special Topics in Advanced Biology BI496 Special Topics in Advanced Biology 0.5 Year 1 An in-depth examination of a specific area in biology reflecting CH110, CH111; both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); the research interests of faculty members in the department. PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142) Prerequisite: BI111 (or BI100*), completion of at least 3.0 senior 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 3) credits in biology, permission of the department Year 2 Irregular course CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262 ST231 (or ST230) 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 3) Year 3 CH213, CH226, CH301, CH313; either CH340 or CH345; CH390 (refer to Note 4) 1.0 CH credit (refer to Notes 4 and 5) 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 3)

369 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Year 4 CH490‡. Admission to CH490‡, and thus to the Honours 3.0 additional CH credits (refer to Notes 4 and 5) BSc Chemistry with Thesis program is not guaranteed. It 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 3) will depend on the number of available faculty supervisors Program Regulations with preference given to students with a Chemistry GPA of at least 7.0. Students must apply for admission to CH490‡ 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended through the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry. sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences Contact the chair of the department for information on are possible. Many of the required courses have one or application procedures and deadlines. more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. 3. Graduation from this program requires a minimum GPA of 5.0 in Chemistry courses, an overall GPA of 5.0 and 2. Progression into Year 2 requires a minimum average GP of successful completion of CH490‡. 5.00 in CH110, CH111, and an overall GPA of 5.00. Progression into Year 3 and Year 4, as well as graduation, 4. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in Chemistry the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a courses and an overall GPA of 5.00. discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. 3. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a 5. Students are encouraged to enroll in CH390 in Year 3 but discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of are not required to do so and may replace CH390 with a 0.5 Science. CH credit at the 300 or 400 level. 4. Students who are not planning to enroll in CH490‡ in Year Honours BSc Chemistry and Concentrations 4 must enroll in CH390 in Year 3. Students who plan to Elective chemistry credits can be applied to a concentration. If a enroll in CH490‡ in Year 4 are encouraged to enroll in student chooses to follow one of the three concentrations in the CH390 in Year 3 but are not required to do so and may program, this will be listed on the student's transcript. replace CH390 with a 0.5 CH credit at the 300 or 400 level. The concentrations, with course requirements, are: Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis The Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis program consists of a • Bio-organic: 2.5 credits from CH303, CH306, CH332, CH350, minimum of 20.0 credits,with at least 10.5 senior Chemistry CH354, CH355, CH357, CH404, CH432, CH450, BI440/CH451, credits. Not more than 6.5 credits may be at the 100 level. All CH452, CH453, BI402/CH454, CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, requirements are contained in the following recommended CH459, CH490‡ in related topic and CH495 in related topic. schedule (refer to Notes 1-3): For students enrolled in the Bio-organic Concentration, BI110 and BI111 are recommended as a Year 1 or Year 2 Year 1 elective credit. CH110, CH111; both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142) • Materials and Applied Physical: 2.5 credits from CH306, 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 4) CH332, CH340, CH432, CH440, CH445, CH490‡ in related topic and CH495 in related topic. Year 2CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262 • Environmental: 2.5 credits from CH233, CH234, CH360, ST231 (or ST230); CH445, CH490‡ in related topic and CH495 in related topic. 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) Year 3 CH213, CH226, CH301, CH313; either CH340 or CH345; CH390 Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis and (refer to Note 5) Concentrations 1.0 CH credit The Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis program consists of a 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) minimum of 20.0 credits,with at least 10.5 senior Chemistry credits. Not more than 6.5 credits may be at the 100 level. All Year 4CH490‡ (refer to Note 2) requirements are contained in the following recommended 1.5 additional CH credits schedule (refer to Notes 1-3): 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 4) Year 1 Program Regulations CH110, CH111; both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142) sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 4) are possible. Many of the required courses have one or more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious Year 2CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262 in departing from the recommended schedule. ST231 (or ST230); 2. Requirements for admission to this program include (i) 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) completion of at least 14.0 credits in the Honours BSc Year 3 Chemistry program with a minimum GPA of 5.0 in Chemistry CH213, CH226, CH301, CH313; either CH340 or CH345; CH390 courses and an overall GPA of 5.0 and (ii) admission to

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 370 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

(refer to Note 4) Honours BSc Biochemistry and 1.0 CH credit (refer to Notes 4 and 5) 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 3) Biotechnology The Honours BSc Biochemistry and Biotechnology program Year 4CH490‡ (refer to Note 2) consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits with a minimum of 11.0 1.5 additional CH credits (refer to Notes 5,6 and 7) Chemistry and Biochemistry credits. Not more than 7.0 credits 2.0 elective credits (refer to Note 4) may be at the 100 level. All requirements are contained in the Program Regulations following recommended schedule (refer to Note 1): 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended Year 1 sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, both MA100 and MA101 (or are possible. Many of the required courses have one or MA110*); more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142) in departing from the recommended schedule. 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 5) 2. Requirements for admission to this program include (i) Year 2 completion of at least 14.0 credits in the Honours BSc CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262 Chemistry program with a minimum GPA of 5.0 in Chemistry ST231 (or ST230) courses and an overall GPA of 5.0 and (ii) admission to 1.0 program elective (refer to Note 6) CH490‡. Admission to CH490‡, and thus to the Honours Year 3 BSc Chemistry with Thesis program is not guaranteed. It BI441 will depend on the number of available faculty supervisors CH327, CH350, CH351/BI346, CH354, CH355, CH356, CH357 with preference given to students with a Chemistry GPA of 0.5 elective credit (refer to note 5) at least 7.0. Students must apply for admission to CH490‡ 0.5 program elective credit (refer to note 6) through the Department of Chemistry. Contact the chair of the department for information on application procedures Year 4 and deadlines. CH332, CH390, CH450, CH452, CH459 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 5) 3. Graduation from this program requires a minimum GPA of 1.5 program elective credits (refer to Note 6) 5.0 in Chemistry courses, an overall GPA of 5.0 and successful completion of CH490‡. Program Regulations and Notes 4. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of are possible. Many of the required courses have one or Science. more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. 5. Students are encouraged to enroll in CH390 in Year 3 but are not required to do so and may replace CH390 with a 0.5 2. All required Mathematics and Physics courses must be CH credit at the 300 or 400 level. completed by the end of Year 2. 3. Progression into Year 2 requires a minimum average GP of Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis and Concentrations 5.00 in CH110, CH111, BI110, BI111 and an overall GPA of Elective Chemistry credits can be applied toward a concentration. 5.00. Progression into Year 3 and Year 4, as well as A student may choose to follow one of three concentrations in the graduation, requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in program and this will be printed on a transcript. The Chemistry and Biochemistry courses and an overall GPA of concentrations, with course requirements, are as follows: 5.00. • Bio-organic: 2.5 credits from CH303, CH306, CH332, CH350, 4. Progression into Year 3 and Year 4 in the Biochemistry and CH354, CH355, CH357, CH404, CH432, CH450, BI440/CH451, Biotechnology Honours BSc program requires that all CH452, CH453, BI402/CH454, CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, prerequisites for the advanced courses be fulfilled by the CH459, and CH495 in related topic. For students enrolled in end of Year 2. the Bio-organic Concentration, BI110 and BI111 are recommended as a Year 1 or Year 2 elective credit. 5. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a • Materials and Applied Physical: 2.5 credits from CH306, discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of CH332, CH340, CH432, CH440, and CH495 in related topic. Science. • Environmental: 2.5 credits from CH233, CH234, CH360, 6. Program electives (3.0 credits) must include at least 1.0 CH445, CH490‡ in related topic and CH495 in related topic. credit from CH and at least 1.0 credit BI from the following Note: CH490‡ in a related topic may be counted toward these list: concentrations. CH213, CH215, CH301, CH302, CH303, CH360, CH390, CH419, CH432, CH433/HE433, CH440, CH453, BI402/ CH454, CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, CH490‡, CH495

371 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

(Students who are not planning to enroll in CH490‡ must 5. Program electives (1.5 credits) must include 1.0 credit of enroll in CH390). BI and 0.5 credit of CH from the following list: BI226, BI236, BI276, BI338, BI374, BI393, BI402/CH454, CH213, CH215, CH301, CH302, CH303, CH360, CH419, BI476. CH432, CH433/HE433, CH440, CH453, BI402/CH454, CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, CH495, BI226, BI236, Honours BSc Biochemistry and BI276, BI338, BI374, BI393, BI402/CH454, BI476. Biotechnology with Thesis 6. Students are encouraged to enroll in CH390 in Year 4 but The Honours BSc Biochemistry and Biotechnology with Thesis are not required to do so and may replace CH390 with a 0.5 program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits with a minimum of credit CH program elective. 11.0 Chemistry and Biochemistry credits. Not more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level. All requirements are contained in Honours BSc Biochemistry and the following recommended schedule (refer to Notes 1-3): Biotechnology Combined with Conestoga Year 1 BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, both MA100 and MA101 (or College Biotechnology Technician Diploma MA110*); This program is a joint offering involving the Conestoga PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142) Biotechnology Technician diploma program and the Laurier 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) Honours Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry & Biotechnology Year 2 program. CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262 The articulation agreement continues the development of ST231 (or ST230) synergistic links between Conestoga and Laurier. In particular, 1.0 program elective (refer to Note 5) Conestoga's Biotechnology Technician diploma program and Year 3 Laurier's Honours Bachelor of Science degree in Biochemistry & BI441 Biotechnology are combined in such a way that students can gain CH327, CH350, CH351/BI346, CH354, CH355, CH356, CH357 the benefits of both significant "bench" experience in 0.5 elective credit (refer to note 5) biotechnology at Conestoga and the more theoretical education in 0.5 program elective credit (refer to note 5) foundations in biochemistry at Laurier. This combination will enhance the educational experience of qualified students, and Year 4 should significantly increase their job opportunities. CH332, CH390, CH450, CH452, CH459 (refer to Note 6) Normally, students would complete the first two years of the CH490‡ Honours Biochemistry and Biotechnology BSc program and then 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) complete one year of special study on a Letter of Permission at Conestoga in the Biotechnology Technician Diploma program. Program Regulations and Notes Upon returning to Laurier, students would then complete Year 3 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended and Year 4 of their BSc degree. Thus, over a five-year study sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences period, students can obtain an Honours BSc degree in are possible. Many of the required courses have one or Biochemistry and Biotechnology from Laurier and an advanced more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious Biotechnology Technician diploma from Conestoga. If completed in departing from the recommended schedule. separately, two years are necessary for the diploma and the total study time would be six years. 2. Requirements for admission to this program include (i) completion of at least 14.0 credits in the Honours BSc The Honours BSc Biochemistry and Biotechnology Combined with Biochemistry and Biotechnology program with a minimum Conestoga College Biotechnology Technician Diploma program GPA of 5.00 in Chemistry and Biochemistry courses and an consists of a minimum of 20.0 Laurier credits to be completed in overall GPA of 5.00 and (ii) admission to CH490‡. Years 1, 2, 4 and 5 of the program and the required Conestoga Admission to CH490‡, and thus to the Honours BSc College credits to be completed in Year 3. The credits taken at Biochemistry and Biotechnology with Thesis program is not Wilfrid Laurier University must include a minimum of 11.0 guaranteed. It will depend on the number of available Chemistry and Biochemistry credits and not more than 7.0 credits faculty supervisors with preference given to students with a competed at Laurier may be at the 100 level. All requirements are Chemistry and Biochemistry GPA of at least 7.0. Students contained in the following recommended schedule (refer to Notes must apply for admission to CH490‡ through the 1-4): Department of Chemistry. Contact the chair of the Year 1: (Laurier) department for information on application procedures and BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, deadlines. PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142), Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); 3. Graduation from this program requires a minimum GPA of 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 5) 5.0 in Chemistry and Biochemistry courses, an overall GPA Year 2: (Laurier) of 5.0 and successful completion of CH490‡. BI276, CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262; 4. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of ST231 (or ST230) the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a 0.5 program elective (refer to Note 6) discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of Year 3: (Conestoga College) Science. Contact Program Co-ordinator for the Biotechnology Program at

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 372 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Conestoga College for list of courses. experience in biotechnology at Conestoga and the more Year 4: (Laurier) theoretical education in foundations in biochemistry at Laurier. BI441, CH327, CH350, CH351/BI346, CH354, CH355, CH356, This combination will enhance the educational experience of CH357 qualified students, and should significantly increase their job 0.5 elective credit (refer to Note 5) opportunities. 0.5 program elective credit (BI374 recommended; refer to Note 6) Normally, students would complete the first two years of the Year 5: (Laurier) Honours BSc Biochemistry & Biotechnology with Thesis program CH332, CH390, CH450, CH452, CH459; and then complete one year of special study on a Letter of 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 5) Permission at Conestoga in the Biotechnology Technician Diploma 1.5 program elective credit (BI402, BI476, CH455, CH457 and/or program. Upon returning to Laurier, students would then complete CH458 recommended; refer to Note 6) Year 3 and Year 4 of their BSc degree. Thus, over a five-year study period, students can obtain an Honours BSc degree in Program Regulations and Notes Biochemistry and Biotechnology with Thesis from Laurier and an 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended advanced Biotechnology Technician diploma from Conestoga. If sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences completed separately, two years are necessary for the diploma and are possible. Many of the required courses have one or the total study time would be six years. more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. The Honours BSc Biochemistry and Biotechnology with Thesis Combined with Conestoga College Biotechnology Technician 2. All required Mathematics and Physics courses must be Diploma program consists of a minimum of 20.0 Laurier credits to completed by the end of Year 2. be completed in Years 1, 2, 4 and 5 of the program and the required Conestoga College credits to be completed in Year 3. The 3. Progression into Year 2 requires a minimum average GP of credits taken at Wilfrid Laurier University must include a minimum 5.00 in CH110, CH111, BI110, BI111 and an overall GPA of of 11.0 Chemistry and Biochemistry credits and not more than 7.0 5.00. Progression into Year 3, Year 4 and Year 5 as well as credits competed at Laurier may be at the 100 level. All graduation, requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in requirements are contained in the following recommended Chemistry and Biochemistry courses and an overall GPA of schedule (refer to Notes 1-3): 5.00. Schedule 4. Progression into Year 4 and Year 5 in the Biochemistry and Year 1: (Laurier) Biotechnology Honours BSc program requires that all BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, prerequisites for the advanced courses be fulfilled by the PC131 (or PC141), PC132 (or PC142), end of Year 2. Both MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*); 5. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 4) the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a Year 2: (Laurier) discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of BI276, CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH250, CH261, CH262; Science. ST231 (or ST230) 0.5 program elective (refer to Note 5) 6. Program electives (2.0 credits) must include at least 1.0 Year 3: (Conestoga College) credit from CH from the following list: Contact Program Co-ordinator for the Biotechnology Program at CH213, CH215, CH301, CH302, CH303, CH360, CH419, Conestoga College for list of courses. CH432, CH433/HE433, CH440, CH453, BI402/CH454, Year 4: (Laurier) CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, CH495; BI441, CH327, CH350, CH351/BI346, CH354, CH355, CH356, BI226, BI236, BI276, BI338, BI374, BI393, BI402/CH454, CH357 BI476. 0.5 elective credit (refer to Note 4) Honours BSc Biochemistry and 0.5 program elective credit (BI374 recommended; refer to Note 5) Year 5: (Laurier) Biotechnology with Thesis Combined with CH332, CH390, CH450, CH452, CH459, CH490‡ Conestoga College Biotechnology 0.5 program elective credit (refer to Note 5) Technician Diploma 0.5 elective credit (refer to Notes 4 and 6) This program is a joint offering involving the Conestoga Program Regulations and Notes Biotechnology Technician diploma program and the Laurier 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended Honours Bachelor of Science with Thesis in Biochemistry & sequence satisfying program requirements, other sequences Biotechnology program. are possible. Many of the required courses have one or The articulation agreement continues the development of more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious synergistic links between Conestoga and Laurier. In particular, in departing from the recommended schedule. Conestoga's BiotechnologyTechnician diploma program and 2. Requirements for admission to this program include (i) Laurier's Honours Bachelor of Science degree in Biochemistry and completion of at least 14.0 credits in the Honours BSc Biotechnology with Thesis are combined in such a way that Biochemistry & Biotechnology program with a minimum students can gain the benefits of both significant ”bench” GPA of 5.0 in Chemistry and Biochemistry courses and an

373 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

overall GPA of 5.0 and (ii) admission to CH490‡. Admission 3. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of to CH490‡, and thus to the Honours BSc Biochemistry & the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a Biotechnology with Thesis program is not guaranteed. It discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of will depend on the number of available faculty supervisors Science. The courses listed above (Notes b, c) are excluded with preference given to students with a Chemistry and from being counted toward this 1.0 credit of electives. Biochemistry GPA of at least 7.0. Students must apply for 4. For graduation, students must obtain a combined GPA of at admission to CH490‡ through the Department of Chemistry. least 6.00 on all Environmental Science Option courses. Contact the chair of the department for information on application procedures and deadlines. Honours BSc Chemistry and Mathematics 3. Graduation from this program requires a minimum GPA of The Honours BSc Chemistry and Mathematics program consists of a 5.0 in Chemistry and Biochemistry courses, an overall GPA minimum of 20.0 credits, and all required elements are contained of 5.0 and successful completion of CH490‡. in the following recommended schedule (refer to Note 1): 4. A total of 2.0 non-program elective credits are available. Year 1 Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of CH110, CH111 the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a MA121, MA122; either both MA103 and MA104, or MA110* (refer discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of to Note 7 below) Science. PC131, PC132 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 2) 5. Program electives (1.5 credits) must include 0.5 credit of BI and 0.5 credit of CH from the following list: Year 2 CH213, CH215, CH301, CH302, CH303, CH360, CH419, CH202, CH203, CH212, CH225, CH261, CH262 CH432, CH433/HE433, CH440, CH453, BI402/CH454, MA201, MA205 CH455, CH456, CH457, CH458, CH495, BI226, BI236, 0.5 senior MA or ST elective credit BI276, BI338, BI374, BI393, BI402/CH454, BI476. 0.5 elective credit or MA104 if not taken in Year 1 (refer to Note 7 below) 6. Students are encouraged to enroll in CH390 in Year 5 but are not required to do so and may replace CH390 with a 0.5 Year 3 credit CH program elective. CH215, CH226, CH250, CH390 (refer to Note 4) MA215, MA222, ST259, ST260, MA250 Honours BSc Chemistry and Biology 0.5 MA or St elective credit at the 300 or 400 level (excluding (Refer to Biology program description section.) MA323). Honours BSc Chemistry with Environmental Year 42.0 CH elective credits at the 300 or 400 level (refer to Note 4) Science Option (Pending Senate Revision) MA323 Revisions to program pending Senate Approval. 1.5 additional MA or ST elective credits at the 300 or 400 level (must include MA489 if CH490‡ is not taken) Honours BSc Chemistry with Thesis and 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 2) Environmental Science Option (Pending Program Regulations Senate Revision) 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended The requirements are the same as stated for the Honours BSc sequence by which all program requirements are satisfied, Chemistry with Thesis program with the following modifications: other valid sequences are possible. However, many of the required courses have one or more prerequisites and a. The senior credits in Chemistry must include 1.5 credits students are advised to be cautious in departing from the from: CH233, CH234, CH360 and CH445. recommended schedule. b. Electives must include at least one of BI256, BI266 or 2. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of BI276 and at least 0.5 credit from: BI300, BI301, BI302, the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a BI309, BI349, BI367, BI374, BI390, BI391, BI392, BI400, discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of BI405, BI439, BI449, BI458, BI464, BI468, BI475, BI488. Science. c. Electives must include GG281 or GG282, and a minimum of 3. For progression into Year 2 of the program, the a 0.5-credit Physical Geography course at the 300 or 400 requirements include a minimum average GP of 5.00 in Year level. 1 MA and ST courses, a minimum average GP of 5.00 in Program Regulations CH110 and CH111 and an overall GPA of 5.00. For progression into Year 3 and Year 4, and for graduation, the 1. Students planning to enrol in the Honours BSc Chemistry requirements include a minimum average GP of 5.00 in with Thesis and Environmental Science Option are advised Chemistry, Mathematics and Statistics courses and an to take BI110, BI111, GL101 and GL102 in Year 1. overall GPA of 5.00. 2. Only the courses specified above can be used to satisfy the requirements of the Environmental Science Option.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 374 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

4. Students who are not planning to enroll in CH490‡ in Year 3. Progression into Year 2 requires a minimum average GP of 4 must enroll in CH390 in Year 3. Students who plan to 5.00 in CH110, CH111, PC131 and PC132, and an overall enroll in CH490‡ in Year 4 are encouraged to enroll in GPA of 5.00. Progression into Year 3 and Year 4, as well as CH390 in Year 3 but are not required to do so and may graduation, requires a minimum average GP of 5.00 in replace CH390 with a 0.5 elective credit. Chemistry and Physics courses and an overall GPA of 5.00. 5. The program must include at least 1.0 400 level MA credit 4. Students who are not planning to enroll in CH490‡ or (including MA489, if taken). [PC491 + PC492] in Year 4 must enroll in CH390 in Year 3. Students who are planning to enroll in CH490‡ or [PC491 + 6. Senior honours students are expected to attend all PC492] in Year 4 are encouraged to enroll in CH390 in Year department seminars. 3 but are not required to do so and may replace CH390 7. MA110* covers the same calculus topics as MA103, but with 0.5 CH credit at the 300 or 400 level. By the end of includes a number of precalculus topics. Either MA110* or the program, a student must have credit for at least one of MA103 serves as prerequisite for MA104. Typically, the following: CH390, CH490‡, [PC491 + PC492]. A student students do both MA103 and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* may have credit for only one of CH490‡ or [PC491 + in Year 1 and then MA104 in Year 2. PC492]. Honours BSc Chemistry and Physics Chemistry Minor The Honours BSc Chemistry and Physics program consists of a CH110, CH111, and 2.0 senior Chemistry credits, at least 1.0 of minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 6.0 senior credits in which must be obtained from a senior laboratory course. Chemistry and 6.0 senior credits in Physics. The program shall Note: include a minimum of 14.0 senior credits. All required elements Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. are contained in the following recommended schedule (refer to Note 1): Chemistry and Biochemistry Courses Year 1 CH110 - Fundamentals of Chemistry I CH110, CH111 CH110 Fundamentals of Chemistry I 0.5 PC131, PC132 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) MA110*, MA122 This course is designed to be a first university-level course in 1.5 elective credits (refer to Note 2: BI110 and CP104 chemistry. This course, followed by CH111, prepares students for recommended) further studies in all subdisciplines of chemistry as well as laying Year 2 the chemical foundations for studies in related disciplines such as CH202, CH212, CH261 biology, physics, geography, anthropology and psychology. Topics PC212, PC235, PC237, PC242 covered include stoichiometry, gas laws, thermochemistry, models MA201, MA205 of the atom, trends in the periodic table, chemical bonding, 3-D 0.5 elective credit (refer to Note 2) structure of molecules, introduction to organic chemistry and Year 3 reactions. CH213, CH225, CH313, CH340, CH345, CH390 (refer to Note 4) Prerequisite: OAC Chemistry or Grade 12U Chemistry. PC321, PC331 Exclusion: CH100*, CH101*, CH120, SC100. 1.0 elective credit (refer to Note 2) Year 4 CH111 Fundamentals of Chemistry II 0.5 CH111 - Fundamentals of Chemistry II CH440 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) PC344, PC351, PC400A, PC454 Either CH490‡ and 1.0 senior PC credit This course follows and builds on the concepts from CH110 and OR [PC491 + PC492], 1.0 senior CH credit and 0.5 elective credit prepares students for higher-level studies in the various OR 1.0 senior CH credit, 1.0 senior PC credit and 0.5 elective subdisciplines of chemistry as well other university disciplines. credit (if neither CH490‡ nor [PC491 + PC492] is taken) Topics covered include properties of solutions, rates of chemical reactions, equilibria, entropy, free energy and electrochemistry. Program Regulations Prerequisite: CH110. 1. The above is a suggested schedule within which all Exclusion: CH100*, CH101, CH121. program requirements can be fulfilled. While other CH120 - Introductory Chemistry sequences are possible, many of the required courses have CH120 Introductory Chemistry 0.5 one or more prerequisites and students are advised to be Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. Identical to CH110, but without the labs. 2. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from outside of Prerequisite: OAC Chemistry or Grade 12U Chemistry the major discipline(s) of which 0.5 credit must be from a Exclusion: CH100*, CH101*, CH110. discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of CH121 - Introduction to Chemical Kinetics and Equilibrium Science. CH121 Introduction to Chemical Kinetics and Equilibrium 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

375 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Identical to CH111, but without the labs. Prerequisite: CH212 (or permission of department). Prerequisite: CH110 or CH120. Exclusion: CH215. Exclusion: CH100*, CH101*, CH111. 3 lecture hours, 3 lab hours, 1 tutorial hour

CH202 - Organic Chemistry I: FundamentalsCH215 - Physical Chemistry 2B CH202 Organic Chemistry I: Fundamentals 0.5 CH215 Physical Chemistry 2B 0.5 This course deals with the fundamentals of organic chemistry. The This course covers the principles and applications of quantum topics considered include carbon compounds and chemical bonds, chemistry and spectroscopy. (The same lecture component as introduction to functional groups, acids and bases in organic CH213, but with tutorials instead of labs.) chemistry, nomenclature in organic chemistry, stereochemistry of Prerequisite: CH212 or CH214 (or permission of department). carbon compounds, ionic reactions: nucleophilic substitutions and Exclusion: CH213. elimination, radical reactions, reactions and synthesis of alkanes, 3 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides. CH225 - Inorganic Chemistry I Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111. CH225 Inorganic Chemistry I 0.5 Exclusion: Exclusion: CH200*, CH201*, CH204. Fundamentals of Inorganic Chemistry. Molecular symmetry, 3 lecture hours, 3 biweekly lab hours introduction to Molecular Orbital theory, structure and stereochemistry of typical inorganic CH203 - Organic Chemistry II: Structure and Functional Group Chemistry CH203 Organic Chemistry II: Structure and compounds. Functional Group Chemistry 0.5 Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111. This course deals with the structure of organic molecules and the CH226 - Inorganic Chemistry II role of functional groups in organic reactions and synthesis. The CH226 Inorganic Chemistry II 0.5 topics considered include introduction to mass spectrometry, This course will build upon the concepts introduced in CH225 - common spectroscopic methods of molecular structural analysis: Inorganic Chemistry I, with a general emphasis on the chemistry UV, IR and NMR, aromaticity and aromatic compounds, functional of the main-group (I - VIII) elements. Topics covered will include group chemistry and art of organic synthesis, reactions and redox reactions, structure, properties and reactivity of main-group synthesis of alcohols and phenols, ethers, aldehydes and ketones, inorganic compounds.† carboxylic acids and their derivatives, and amines. Prerequisite: CH225. Prerequisite: CH202. 3 lecture hours, 3 lab hours Exclusion: CH200*, CH201*, CH205. 3 lecture hours, 3 biweekly lab hours CH233 - Environmental Atmospheric Chemistry CH233 Environmental Atmospheric Chemistry 0.5 The nature and composition of the atmosphere; chemistry of main CH204 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 0.5 CH204 - Introductory Organic Chemistry I air pollutants; the ozone layer and chemistry of the Identical to CH202, but without the labs. chlorofluorocarbons; hydrocarbon emissions and their influence on Prerequisite: Both CH110 and CH111 or both CH120 and CH121. photochemical smog; greenhouse gases and the greenhouse Exclusion: BSc Honours Chemistry (and Chemistry Combination) effect; gaseous inorganic oxide pollutants and acid rain; programs, BSc Honours Biology (and Biology Combination) atmospheric particulate matter and removal methods; importance programs, BSc Honours Health Sciences; CH200*, CH202. and methods of atmospheric monitoring; methods for analysis of gaseous pollutants.† CH205 - Introductory Organic Chemistry II CH205 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 0.5 Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111. Identical to CH203, but without the labs. CH234 - Environmental Aquatic Chemistry Prerequisite: CH202 or CH204. CH234 Environmental Aquatic Chemistry 0.5 Exclusion: BSc Honours Chemistry (and Chemistry Combination) Chemical principles applied to the study of water. Chemical programs, BSc Honours Biology (and Biology Combination) reactions in aqueous systems, properties and composition of programs, BSc Honours Health Sciences; CH200*, CH203. natural waters, redox equilibria in natural waters, micro-organisms as catalysts of aquatic chemical reactions, water pollution and CH212 - Physical Chemistry 1A CH212 Physical Chemistry 1A 0.5 treatment.† This course covers the three laws of thermodynamics and the Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111. basics of chemical kinetics from a macroscopic approach. CH250 - Bio-organic Chemistry Applications of these concepts to physical and chemical systems CH250 Bio-organic Chemistry 0.5 are discussed to quantify transformation of energy and rates of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 (biweekly) chemical reactions. Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111 and (MA110* or MA101 or In this course, the principles of biochemistry are introduced with MA103). a chemical emphasis. Topics include: the chemistry of water and Exclusion: CH211, CH214, CH311. biologically relevant aqueous solutions, structure of biomolecules 3 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour and biopolymers (amino acids, peptides and proteins, nucleotides, DNA and RNA, carbohydrates and polysaccharides, lipids and biomembranes), introduction to enzymes and coenzymes. CH213 Physical Chemistry 2A 0.5 CH213 - Physical Chemistry 2A Prerequisite: CH202. This course covers the principles and applications of quantum Co-requisite: CH203 recommended. chemistry and spectroscopy.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 376 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CH313 - Quantum Chemistry Exclusion: CH330. CH313 Quantum Chemistry 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 CH261 Analytical Chemistry I 0.5 CH261 - Analytical Chemistry I Postulates and principles of quantum mechanics. Exact solutions Classical wet methods of analysis. Treatment of analytical data. of the Schrodinger Equation for model systems and the hydrogen Chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction reactions, atom. Variational method and perturbation theory. Hartree-Fock. electrochemistry. Molecular orbital and valence bond theories. Density functional Prerequisite: CH110, CH111. theory. Exclusion: CH220*. Prerequisite: CH213 (or CH215); MA110* (or one of MA101, 3 lecture hours, 4 lab hours MA103).

CH262 Analytical Chemistry II 0.5 CH262 - Analytical Chemistry II CH327 - Bioinorganic Chemistry CH327 Bioinorganic Chemistry 0.5 Instrumental methods of analysis. Methods include electrolysis Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and electrodeposition, coulometric methods of analysis, voltammetry, polarography, ultraviolet and visible The inorganic chemistry of biological systems. This course covers spectrophotometry, fluorescence analysis, infrared spectral topics such as biocoordination chemistry, inorganic elements and methods, atomic spectroscopy, mass spectrometry and separation their interaction with biomolecules, roles of metals and other science. inorganic elements in biocatalysis, metabolism and Prerequisite: CH261. communication in living organisms.† Exclusion: CH220*. Prerequisite: CH225, CH250, CH203. 3 lecture hours, 4 lab hours CH328 - Organometallic Chemistry CH328 Organometallic Chemistry 0.5 CH301 - Organic Chemistry III: Synthetic Methods CH301 Organic Chemistry III: Synthetic An advanced study of inorganic chemistry focusing on Methods 0.5 organometallic chemistry and catalysis science.† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 4 Prerequisite: CH225. A study of carbon-carbon bond forming reactions useful in CH332 - Biophysical Chemistry multistep organic synthesis. This will include the chemistry of CH332 Biophysical Chemistry 0.5 enolates, conjugate additions and pericyclic processes.† Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Prerequisite: CH202 and CH203. Physical chemistry of life processes including molecular Exclusion: CH302. interactions, diffusion, binding and folding of biomolecules, molecular transformations, transport processes. Introductory CH302 - Intermediate Organic Chemistry CH302 Intermediate Organic Chemistry 0.5 statistical thermodynamics as a method for interpretation of Identical to CH301 but without the labs. biological processes. Introduction to quantum chemistry. Stress Prerequisite: CH202 and CH203. on developing problem solving skills. Exclusion: CH301, Honours BSc Chemistry program. Prerequisite: MA110* (or MA101 or MA103), CH203, CH250 and CH212 (or CH214). CH303 - Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Structure Elucidation CH303 Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Co-requisite: CH350 recommended. Structure Elucidation 0.5 CH340 Polymers and Soft Matter CH340 - Polymers and Soft Matter A study of the principles and uses of infra-red, nuclear magnetic 0.5 resonance and mass spectrometric methods in solving structural Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 and stereochemical problems in organic chemistry.† This course will discuss polymer synthesis, structure and Prerequisite: CH202 and CH203 (or CH200*). properties with an emphasis on functional polymers Exclusion: CH403. (polyelectrolytes, conductive polymers) and polymer materials. 3 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour Basics of soft matter including colloids, amphiphiles and liquid crystals will be introduced. CH306 - Modern Physical Organic Chemistry CH306 Modern Physical Organic Chemistry 0.5 Prerequisite: CH111; (CH203 recommended). The course consists of three integral parts: classical physical CH345 - Introduction to Modern Materials organic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry and organic CH345 Introduction to Modern Materials 0.5 photochemistry. Classical physical chemistry revisits reactivity of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1.5 organic molecules and factors influencing reactivity. The chemistry and functioning of everyday modern materials will Supramolecular chemistry explores key principles for be considered. Properties of three primary types of materials: understanding and exploiting a wealth of molecular architectures. metals, ceramic, and polymers will be discussed based upon Photochemistry centres on physicochemical principles of bonding, crystal structures and defects. interaction of organic molecules with light. Prerequisite: CH110 and CH111, CH225 is recommended (or Prerequisite: CH202 and CH203 (or CH200*), (CH213 or CH215 permission of the department). recommended). Exclusion: CH240.

377 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CH350 - Biochemistry I: Bioenergetics andCH357 Catabolic - Laboratory Pathways Techniques in Biochemistry CH350 Biochemistry I: Bioenergetics and CH357 Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry 0.5 Catabolic Pathways 0.5 This course covers experiments related to analytical and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 biophysical chemistry. Students will isolate, purify, and This course introduces the principles of biochemical characterize various biomolecules such as proteins, lipids, and thermodynamics and metabolic pathways. Topics include: nucleic acids. Experimental techniques will include: differential bioenergetics, introduction to metabolic pathways, catabolic centrifugation, column chromatography, electrophoresis, HPLC, pathways (glycolysis, citric acid cycle, lipid and amino acid and various microanalytical methods for qualitative and oxidation), oxidative phosphorylation and photosynthesis, quantitative analysis. experimental techniques in biochemistry. Prerequisite: CH350. Prerequisite: CH203 and CH250. Co-requisite: CH355, and one of: CH332, CH354, or CH356. Exclusion: CH331. Exclusion: CH351°, CH352°. 1 lecture hour, 1 tutorial hour, 4 lab hours CH351 - Advanced Molecular Biotechnology CH351/BI346 Advanced Molecular CH360 - Advanced Instrumental Analysis Biotechnology 0.5 CH360 Advanced Instrumental Analysis 0.5 (Cross-listed as BI346.) Theories, principles and applications of selected advanced instrumental techniques used in modern analytical chemistry. CH354 - Biochemistry II: Structure and interaction of Proteins and Nucleic Acids CH354 Biochemistry II: Structure and Topics Include, X-ray techniques, multielement analysis, interaction of Proteins and Nucleic hyphenated chromatographic methods and fibre optic spectroscopy. Acids 0.5 Prerequisite: CH262. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CH390 - Chemical Literature and Scientific Communication This course introduces the principles of proteins and nucleic acid CH390 Chemical Literature and Scientific structures and the role of these structures in their function. Communication 0.5 Topics include patterns and motifs in protein and nucleic acid Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1.5 structures, protein and nucleic acid folding, information transfer (biweekly) in proteins and nucleic acids, protein-nucleic acid interactions, protein and nucleic acid characterization and purification. An introduction to the chemical literature and principles of Prerequisite: CH203 and CH250. scientific communication. Topics to be covered include literature searching and retrieval, scientific writing techniques and styles, and oral and poster conference-style presentations. CH355 Bioanalytical Chemistry 0.5 CH355 - Bioanalytical Chemistry Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 Honours Chemistry (or Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1.5 Honours Chemistry combination) or Year 4 Honours Biochemistry This course introduces the principles of isolation, purification and and Biotechnology or permission of the department. characterization of biomolecules. Topics include chemical and Exclusion: BI490, BI492, BI399. biochemical analysis of biomolecules, instrumental techniques of CH404 - Organic Chemistry IV: Advanced Organic Synthesis analysis, isolation and purification of biomolecules, applications CH404 Organic Chemistry IV: Advanced of bioanalytical chemistry in medicine, biotechnology and forensic Organic Synthesis 0.5 science. This course deals with special topics in organic synthesis. Topics Prerequisite: CH203, CH250, CH262. may include, but not be limited to, synthesis and reactivity of heterocycles, chemistry of carbenes, olefination reactions, organo- CH356 - Biotechnology CH356 Biotechnology 0.5 main-group chemistry, stereoselective reactions and asymmetric Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 synthesis. This course presents both the theoretical and practical aspects of Prerequisite: CH301 or CH302. biotechnology. Topics include history and development of Exclusion: CH403. biotechnology, applications of chemistry and biochemistry in 3 lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour biotechnology, fermentation and bioprocessing, biotechnology in CH419 - Principles of Biochemical Toxicology pharmaceutical, medical, food, agricultural and environmental CH419 Principles of Biochemical Toxicology 0.5 sectors. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CH203 and CH250. Concepts in toxicology will be examined at the biochemical and Co-requisite: CH350 recommended. molecular level. An introduction to ADME will be provided !the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion of xenobiotics (compounds foreign to the body, such as drugs and pollutants). Topics will include Phase I and Phase II reactions, reactive intermediates, mutagenesis/ carcinogenesis, and pharmacogenomics.† Prerequisite: CH203 and CH250. Co-requisite: CH350 recommended.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 378 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CH432 - Physical Biochemistry of the CellCH452 - Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory CH432 Physical Biochemistry of the Cell 0.5 CH452 Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 6 Physicochemical aspects of the cellular processes such as ion This course is an inquiry-based learning experience that includes transport, structure and function of membrane proteins, hypothesis-driven research in the laboratory. Student-generated macromolecular assemblies, biomolecular machinery, and experimental approaches may include recombinant protein information processing in cells and the instrumental methods to expression and purification, enzyme kinetics, and structure study these processes are explored in the context of current analysis. biophysical and biochemical literature. Prerequisite: CH357. Prerequisite: CH332 (or CH213 or CH215), CH350 (or permission Co-requisite: CH450. of the department). CH453 - Molecular Principles of Drug Design CH453 Molecular Principles of Drug Design 0.5 CH433 - Biochemical Basis of Disease CH433/HE433 Biochemical Basis of Disease 0.5 This course introduces the methodologies underlying the (Cross-listed as HE433.) development of novel drugs. Topics include drugs and living organisms, discovery and design of drugs, molecular modeling in CH440 - Topics in Nanomaterials and Biomaterials CH440 Topics in Nanomaterials and drug design, case studies of drug design and development.† Biomaterials 0.5 Prerequisite: CH331 or CH350. A comprehensive overview of two important classes of modern CH454 - Bioinformatics: Genomics and Proteomics technological materials. Specific topics will cover nanoparticles, CH454/BI402 Bioinformatics: Genomics and nanostructures (such as carbon nanotubes and molecular wires), Proteomics 0.5 self-assembly, biocompatible materials and material aspects of (Cross-listed as BI402.) biosensors. CH455 - Visualization and Analysis of Biomolecules Prerequisite: Any two senior chemistry courses. CH202 and CH225 CH455 Visualization and Analysis of are recommended. Biomolecules 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Lab: 2 CH445 Environmental Heterogeneous CH445 - Environmental Heterogeneous Catalysis This course deals with the basic concepts of computational Catalysis 0.5 biochemistry. Topics include: analysis and management of Environmental heterogeneous catalysis is the science that studies biochemical data, molecular graphics, dynamics of biochemical surface catalyzed reactions in natural systems and chemical systems (molecular interactions, enzyme kinetics, metabolism), industries, e.g. emission control. This course covers topics on the bioinformatics, introductory computational chemistry, molecular thermodynamics and kinetics of surface catalyzed reactions. modeling of proteins. The laboratory component includes Operational principles of surface science techniques will be application of the course content on personal computers with introduced. Advances in current research in environmental internet access.† catalysis will be discussed as well. Prerequisite: CH350. Prerequisite: CH213 or CH215, or permission of the department (CH233 recommended). CH456 Medicinal Chemistry 0.5 CH456 - Medicinal Chemistry Exclusion: CH480d. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 CH450 - Applied Enzymology CH450 Applied Enzymology 0.5 This course covers the chemical and biochemical aspects of This course expands on previous studies in enzyme chemistry and natural and synthetic drugs. Topics include natural and synthetic the application of enzymes in biotechnology. Topics include drugs, mechanisms of drug action, chemical and biochemical enzyme nomenclature, principles of enzyme structure and synthesis of drugs.† function, enzyme kinetics, biotransformations in chemical Prerequisite: CH203, CH250. synthesis, industrial enzymes, enzymes and biotechnology. Co-requisite: CH350 recommended. Prerequisite: CH350. CH457 - Special Topics in Biochemistry and Biotechnology CH457 Special Topics in Biochemistry and CH451 - Advanced Topics in DNA Science and Molecular Biotechnology CH451/BI440 Advanced Topics in DNA Biotechnology 0.5 Science and Molecular This course introduces the senior students to selected special Biotechnology 0.5 topics in biochemistry and biotechnology, and develops their skills in scientific presentations and research. The course is a An in-depth examination of nucleic acid metabolism, including collection of seminars by the instructor on one or a few DNA replication, transcription and translation. Topics may also specialized topics in biochemical sciences and can have one or include applications of recombinant DNA technology to areas such as diagnostics, the production of commercial products and plant more general themes.† biotechnology. (Cross-listed as BI440.) Prerequisite: CH350, and one of CH332, CH354, CH355 or CH356. Prerequisite: CH358, or one of BI340, BI341, BI346, BI396c, Irregular course BI441. (CH350 is recommended.)

379 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CH458 - Biochemistry in Diagnostics and Therapy CH458 Biochemistry in Diagnostics and Criminology Minor (Faculty Therapy 0.5 This course is an introduction to the biochemistry of disease and of HSS) therapy at the molecular level. The role of enzymology, DNA recombinant technology and chemical and biochemical synthesis Criminology Minor in diagnostics are emphasized.† Faculty of Human & Social Sciences: Prerequisite: CH350 and one of CH332, CH354, CH355 or CH356. /program.php?cal=1&d=1359&p=2816&s=649&y=61 CH459 - Biochemistry III: Membrane Transport, Signal Transduction and Anabolic Pathways CH459 Biochemistry III: Membrane Transport, Environmental Science Signal Transduction and Anabolic Pathways 0.5 Programs This course introduces the ways molecules are transported through cell membranes and communicate within and in between cells, as Honours BSc Environmental Science well as the principles of biosynthesis in living cells. Topics The Honours BSc in Environmental Science is an interdisciplinary include: transport of biomolecules and ions across cell program consisting of a minimum of 20.0 credits, of which 13.5 membranes, signal transduction, regulation of metabolic credits must be at the senior level. pathways, anabolic pathways (e.g., carbohydrate, lipid, protein Required Courses: and nucleic acid biosynthesis). BI111, BI296, CH110, CH111, CH233, CH234; ES101, ES102; Prerequisite: CH350. GG101, GL102, GESC251, GESC254, GESC258, GG281, GG282, Exclusion: CH353. GESC290, GESC399; MA100, MA101 CH480 - Special Topics in Chemistry CH480 Special Topics in Chemistry 0.5 2.0 credits from: BI226, BI256, BI266, CH261, CH262; A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered 0.5 credit from BI393, ES392, GESC360; by the regular program. Consult the Department of Chemistry and 1.0 credit from Group A: GG336, GG381, GG382, GG383, GG384, Biochemistry for current offerings. GG385, GG386, GG387, GG388, GG389, GG481, GG486; Prerequisite: Permission of the department. 1.0 credit from Group B: GG351, GG355, GESC360, GG361, GG368, Irregular course GG369, GG380, GG480; 0.5 credit from Group C: BI358, BI368, CH360; CH490‡ - Honours Thesis Research in Chemistry and Biochemistry CH490‡ Honours Thesis Research in Chemistry 1.0 credit from Group D: BI300, BI301, BI302, BI309, BI363, and Biochemistry 1.5 BI367, BI390, BI391, BI392, BI394, BI396 (T); An honours thesis research study of a topic under faculty 1.0 Credit from Group E: BI400, BI405, BI456, BI458, BI463, supervision. The course involves submission of two formal reports BI468, BI488, BI496 (W), BI496 (B); (introduction and full thesis) and delivery of three formal ENVX490* (see note 2); or 1.0 credit from the following: presentations based on original research results (proposal, results 0.5 additional credit from Group A or B, seminar and poster). 0.5 additional credit from Group C, D, or E, ENVX495 Prerequisite: CH390 (recommended); Registration status: Year 4 2.5 elective credits (0.5 must be senior). Honours Chemistry with Thesis or Year 4 Honours Biochemistry Program Regulations and Biotechnology with Thesis, or permission of both the department and instructor. 1. Electives must include at least 0.5 credit from outside the All students wishing to complete a thesis must apply to the Faculty of Science, and GES in the Faculty of Arts. Students department chair for admission to CH490‡. Contact the chair for are reminded that senior courses may have prerequisites application procedures and deadlines. Decisions re: admission to and to plan accordingly. this course will be based on a consideration of grades, appropriate 2. For progression into Year 2 of the program, a minimum preparation for a thesis and the availability of supervisors and will overall GPA of at least 5.0 (C) is required and for be made by May 1 of the year preceding CH490‡ enrollment. progression into subsequent years, the overall cumulative Preference will be given to students with a minimum cumulative GPA must be at least 5.00 (C). For graduation, the Chemistry GPA of 7.00. cumulative GPA in the mandatory BI, CH, ES, ENVX, GG, and 12 lab hours GL elements must be at least 5.00 (C) and the overall Irregular course cumulative GPA must be at least 5.00 (C).

CH495 Directed Studies 0.5 3. The ENVX490* honours thesis may be taken in Year 4. CH495 - Directed Studies Students wishing to complete the thesis must apply to the A detailed study of a field or topic of interest in chemistry not Environmental Science Coordinating Committee by mid- available through the regular program. February of Year 3. Admission to ENVX490* requires a Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Chemistry (or minimum GPA of 7.0 and will depend on the availability of Honours Chemistry combination) and permission of both the supervisors. Supervision may be sought with eligible faculty department and the instructor. members from Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, or Irregular course Geography and Environmental Studies. Admission decisions will normally be made by mid-March of Year 3.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 380 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

4. Honours students are expected to attend departmental Honours BSc Health Sciences seminars in Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, or The Honours BSc Health Sciences program consists of 20.0 credits, Geography and Environmental Studies. of which at most 7.0 credits may be at the 100 level and no more 5. Refer to the University Regulations chapter for than 4.5 credits may be from disciplines outside the Faculty of progression and course regulations and the earlier section Science. Electives must include at least a 0.5 credit from each of regarding Regulations for All Honours Programs. English and Philosophy (PP217 recommended). At least 2.0 credits must be from 400-level courses. At least 1.5 credits must be from Environmental Science Option 300 or 400 level optional HE credits in addition to HE300, HE301, The Environmental Science Option is available to students HE302 and HE400. For progression and graduation, a cumulative registered in Honours BSc programs in Biology, Chemistry or overall GPA of at least 6.0 is required. Geography. (Refer to the Faculty of Arts chapter for the Year 1: (5.0 credits) Geography BA and BSc programs available.) Normally, students HE100, HE101, BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111; PS101, PS102; will register in the option during Year 1 or Year 2. Transfers into MA100 and MA101 (or MA110*) the option after Year 2 must be approved by the dean. Year 2: (5.0 credits) Students are advised to take BI110, BI111, CH110, CH111, GL101 HE201, HN210/KP221, HN220/KP222, and GL102 in Year 1. Details of the requirements are given with CH202, CH203, ST231 the honours programs involved. Refer to: At least two of BI236, CH250, PS263 (refer to Note 1) Honours Biology with Environmental Science Option, At most 1.0 elective credits (Refer to Notes 1, 2 and 3) Honours Chemistry with Environmental Science Option, Year 3: (5.0 credits) Honours Geography with Environmental Science Option. HE300/KP434, HE301, HE302 Environmental Science Programs Courses 3.5 elective credits (Refer to Notes 1, 2 and 3; must be approved by the Health Sciences Co-ordinator or designate) ENVX490* - Honours Thesis in Environmental Science ENVX490* Honours Thesis in Environmental Science 1.0 Year 4: (5.0 credits) HE400 Year-long, faculty-supervised, individual research project resulting 1.5 credits selected from: HE330, HE401, HE410, HE411, HE430, in the presentation of a thesis. HE431, HE432, HE433, HE434, HE435, HE440, HE450, HE490*; Prerequisite: BI296; GESC258; one of (BI393, ES392, GESC360); 3.0 elective credits (Refer to Notes 1, 2 and 3; must be approved and registration status: Year 4 Honours Environmental Science. by the Health Sciences Co-ordinator or designate) Exclusion: ENVX495. Irregular course Notes 1. All three of BI236, CH250, PS263 are required for the ENVX495 - Directed Study in Environmental Science ENVX495 Directed Study in Environmental program, and must be completed by the end of Year 3. Science 0.5 However, students are advised to take two or more of these A one-term, individualized course of study with a faculty member courses in Year 2 since they are each prerequisites for in an advanced topic not covered by an existing course. 300-level courses in the respective disciplines. Students Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Environmental interested in writing the MCAT or OAT should include PC141 Science and permission of the program committee and the (or PC131) and PC142 (or PC132) among their electives, instructor. possibly in Year 3. Exclusion: ENVX490*. Irregular course 2. Depending on career objectives, students may wish to concentrate their electives in order to qualify for a Minor or Option as part of the Health Sciences BSc. In particular, with one additional senior BI course, students will qualify Health Sciences for a Minor in Biology, and, with one additional senior CH course, a Minor in Chemistry. Students wishing to obtain a Full-Time Faculty Minor or Option in a discipline other than Biology or Chemistry, particularly if it is offered by a department Stephanie DeWitte-Orr, PhD outside the Faculty of Science, should discuss their plans Diane Gregory, PhD well in advance with the Program Co-ordinator (or designate). Karen Grepin, PhD Dawn Guthrie, PhD 3. 0.5 credit in English and 0.5 credit in Philosophy (PP217 Renee MacPhee, PhD recommended). These can be taken in elective slots Ketan Shankardass, PhD available in years 2, 3 or 4. Robb Travers, PhD, Chair Health Sciences Courses Vivienne Vance, PhD HN Courses Refer to HN Course Listing below HE courses

381 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

HE100 Health Issues I 0.5 The course is intended to develop an awareness and HE100 - Health Issues I understanding of the Canadian healthcare system. Topics may An introduction to health issues pertinent to the individual and include: the historical foundations of Medicare; responsibilities of the community. Various health-related topics will be considered, the provincial and federal governments with respect to allocation such as defining health, determinants of health, risk factors and of resources; funding mechanisms; models of healthcare delivery; behaviour change and epidemiology. evolving roles of healthcare professionals, interdisciplinary and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1 Honours BSc Health multidisciplinary teams; occupational health and safety of Sciences. healthcare professionals; the Personal Health Protection Act in the Exclusion: KP231. role of electronic health records; legislation, including the Ontario Health Care Consent Act, the Ontario Public Hospitals Act, and the HE101 - Health Issues II HE101 Health Issues II 0.5 Ontario Regulated Health Professionals Act. A continuation of Health Issues I, possible topics including: risk Prerequisites: behaviours and health promotion, chronic and infectious disease, Prerequisite: HE201. complementary and alternative medicine, global health care Exclusion: HS201. systems and health communication. Prerequisite: HE100, and registration status: Year 1 Honours BSc HE330 Human Nutrition and Health 0.5 HE330 - Human Nutrition and Health Health Sciences. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: KP232. An examination of issues and controversies in human nutrition HE201 - Research Methods for the Health Sciences HE201 Research Methods for the Health from nutritional science, physiological, metabolic and public Sciences 0.5 health perspectives covering topics including; dietary assessment and planning, micro and macronutrients, antioxidants, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 phytochemicals, functional foods, food labeling obesity and The various methods used in the collection and analysis of data in weight management and dietary practices associated with disease the field of health sciences are examined, including: research prevention and management. design, sampling, experiments and surveys. Reliability and validity Prerequisite: HE201 and HN220 (or HE211 or BI216 or KP220). may also be considered. Exclusion: HE440D, KP332. Prerequisite: HE101 and registration status: Year 2: Honours BSc Health Sciences. HE340 Special Topics 0.5 HE340 - Special Topics Exclusion: KP261, PS291, PS295. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or 4 Honours BSc Health Sciences. HE300 - Epidemiology HE300/KP434 Epidemiology 0.5 Irregular Course (Cross-listed as KP434.) HE350 - Directed Studies HE350 Directed Studies 0.5 HE301 - Social Determinants of Health HE301 Social Determinants of Health 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 2 or Year 3 Honours BSc Increasingly, there is evidence that societal factors may be the Health Sciences. primary determinants of why people stay healthy or become ill. Irregular course Much of the medical and epidemiological literatures on health HE400 - Multidisciplinary Seminar on Critical Health Issues ‘disparities' have been descriptive in nature and fail to HE400 Multidisciplinary Seminar on Critical analytically account for increasing inequities in population health Health Issues 0.5 outcomes. This course moves beyond traditional ‘lifestyle' Students will identify, investigate and discuss critical health explanations of health and wellness and provides students with a issues by integrating a range of social and biomedical perspectives solid understanding of how social factors contribute to inequities and working toward a cell-to-society understanding. Activities in in health care access and population health outcomes. We will class will include group work to develop colloquia on special examine how social exclusion, income, early life experiences, topics, critical discussion of readings and films and some employment and working conditions, unemployment and traditional lectures to provide core content. The course will employment insecurity, housing, food security, Aboriginal status, culminate in a research project. Course evaluation will be focused and social policy determine health. We also explore why the on students' ability to think critically about complex health biomedical and lifestyle models of health are the primary ways problems and concrete solutions; participation in group work and that Canadians think about health, the policy implications of the class discussions; and proficiency in verbal and written current state of knowledge, and what can be done to inform communication. change. Prerequisite: HE300 and HE301; registration status: Year 4 Prerequisite: HE201. Honours BSc Health Sciences. Exclusion: HS200. HE302 - Foundations of the Canadian Healthcare System HE302 Foundations of the Canadian Healthcare System 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 382 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

HE401 - Case-Based Problem Solving in the Health Sciences HE401 Case-Based Problem Solving in the Exclusion: BI416, HE440B, BI496R. Health Sciences 0.5 HE432 - Biomedical Virology This course will provide students with an opportunity to engage in HE432/BI470 Biomedical Virology 0.5 dynamic, interdisciplinary case-based research in the health An examination of topics related to biomedical virology including sciences through a series of collaborative seminars which foster but not limited to: virus structure and replication strategies, interdisciplinary group work on theoretical, clinical and immune response to virus infections along with the role of population issues. The seminars will emphasize the critical vaccines and antiviral drugs in combating virus infections, the thinking, analytical and communication skills, and team work beneficial uses of viruses, the emergence, spread and extinction of needed to prepare students for clinical training, graduate school, viruses and current diagnosis and detection methods. (Cross-listed or advanced research in the health sciences. as BI470.) Prerequisite: HE400. Prerequisite: BI338. Exclusion: BI470, BI496U, HE432, HE440C. HE410 - Aging and Health HE410 Aging and Health 0.5 3 lecture hours A study of aging and health from a variety of perspectives HE433 - Biochemical Basis of Disease including; bio-physiological, psycho-social, health-care system, HE433/CH433 Biochemical Basis of Disease 0.5 cultural, legal, ethical and political. Topics may include; the aging This course addresses the biochemistry of disease processes. This process, falls, mental health, medication and co-morbidity, death will include an in depth study of biochemical reactions and and dying and others. There are several interactive/hands on pathways and structure-function relationships of macromolecules components in the course. in specific diseases. Various themes that may be presented include Prerequisite: HE301, HE302. protein misfolding and aggregation, oxidative stress, and/or Exclusion: KP431, HE440F. inherited metabolic disorders. (Cross-listed as CH433.) 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: CH350. Exclusion: CH457B, HE440A, CH433. HE411 - Critical perspectives in Public Health HE411 Critical perspectives in Public Health 0.5 3 lecture hours An examination of the practice of public health in Canada and HE434 - Immunology internationally with emphasis on social and political impacts on HE434/BI417 Immunology 0.5 the application of knowledge to practice. Models of health Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 promotion, population health, health determinants and health This course covers molecular and cellular immunology, including behaviour will form the theoretical basis for exploration of public innate and adaptive immune responses relative to human health. health research and practice. Innate immunity topics include physical barriers, complement Prerequisite: HE301, HE302. cascade, phagocytosis, cytokine production and activation of Exclusion: HE440E. adaptive immune responses. Adaptive immunity topics address 3 lecture hours antigen recognition and activation of B and T cells. Other topics will include research and biomedical advances in HE430 - Advanced nutrition and chronic disease HE430 Advanced nutrition and chronic immunomodulation, immunosuppression, immunotherapy, disease 0.5 autoimmunity and vaccination. (Cross-listed as BI417.) This course will examine nutritional aspects of selected chronic Prerequisite: BI236. diseases affecting the Canadian population. Using a case-based Exclusion: BI417, HE440G, BI396M. approach, students will explore the role of diet in the etiology, HE435 - Exercise is Medicine prevention and treatment of nutrition-related conditions across HE435/KP435 Exercise is Medicine 0.5 the lifecycle including obesity, dyslipidemia, hypertension, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cardiovascular disease, diabetes, anemia, osteoporosis and cancer. (Cross-listed as KP435.) Emphasis will be placed on critical appraisal of epidemiological and clinical evidence, underlying physiological mechanisms, HE440 - Special Topics nutritional assessment methods and diet interventions. HE440 Special Topics 0.5 Prerequisite: HE300/KP434, HE330. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BSc Health Exclusion: HE440D. Sciences 3 lecture hours Irregular Course

HE431 - Pathophysiology HE450 - Directed Studies HE431/BI416 Pathophysiology 0.5 HE450 Directed Studies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours BSc Health Sciences An examination of functional changes in cells, tissues and organs Irregular Course consequent to disease or injury. Topics may include the mechanisms of inflammation, hypertension, coronary artery disease, concussion, asthma, hepatitis, dysentery as well as other multi-organ conditions from environmental or other types of stress. (Cross-listed as BI416.) Prerequisite: HN220 (or HE211 or BI216 or KP220).

383 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

HE490* - Directed Research in Health Sciences HE490* Directed Research in Health Sciences 1.0 Kinesiology and Physical This two-semester course is an independent thesis in Health Sciences under the direct supervision of a faculty member. The Education research project will culminate in a formal report and an oral presentation. Students wishing to complete a thesis must apply to The Kinesiology and Physical Education Department has the program co-ordinator for admission to HE490* by March 15 of transitioned to a single Bachelor of Kinesiology degree. Courses Year 3. for this degree are noted with a BKin designation. Prerequisite: Admission requires a minimum GPA of 8.00 and permission of the program co-ordinator. Full-Time Faculty HN210/KP221 Human Anatomy 0.5 HN210 - Human Anatomy Quincy Almeida, PhD (Cross-listed as KP221.) Dr. P. Bryden, PhD Michael Cinelli, PhD HN220/KP222 Human Physiology 0.5 HN220 - Human Physiology Kim Dawson, PhD (Cross-listed as KP222.) Timothy Elcombe, PhD, Acting Chair Mark Eys, PhD HN320 Human Physiology II: Control & HN320 - Human Physiology II: Control & Integration Paula Fletcher, PhD, Graduate Co-ordinator Integration 0.5 Diane Gregory, PhD Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 2 Dawn Guthrie, PhD The mechanisms, control and integration of human physiological Tom Hazell, PhD processes at the genetic, cellular, tissue, organ and whole body Jayne Kalmar, PhD levels of organization will be explored. Emphasis will be placed on Renee MacPhee, PhD understanding how the nervous and endocrine systems coordinate Stephen Perry, PhD cardiovascular, renal, respiratory and reproductive processes, metabolism and other processes to maintain homeostasis. Jennifer Robertson-Wilson, PhD Prerequisite: CH250 and HN220 (or HE211 or KP220) or KP222 (or Margaret Schneider, PhD BI216). Jill Tracey, PhD Co-requisite: CH350. Stephen Wenn, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor Exclusion: BI217, HS340.

BKIN Transition The Kinesiology and Physical Education Department has transitioned to a single Bachelor of Kinesiology degree. Courses for this degree are noted with a BKin designation. Honours Bachelor of Kinesiology The Honours Bachelor of Kinesiology degree in the Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits, not more than 6.5 of which may be at the 100 level. The program must include at least 9.5 and may include at most 10.0 senior credits in Kinesiology. Non-KP electives may be taken from any discipline. Year 1 (2.0 required KP credits, 2.0 required non-KP, 1.0 non-KP electives): KP100, KP141, KP161, KP181 Both BI110 and BI111 Both PS101 and PS102 Non-KP Electives (1.0 credit)

Year 2 (3.5 required KP credits, 1.5 non-KP electives): KP211/SY211, KP200, KP221/HN210, KP222/HN220, KP231, KP251, KP290 Non-KP Electives (1.5 credits) Year 3 (1.5 required KP credits, 3.5 KP and Non-KP electives): KP322, KP390; KP300 OR KP301

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 384 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Non-KP Electives (2.0 credits) KP482 (Effective Sept 1, 2018), Remainder of Year 3 and Year 4 KP491 - Research and Application in Kinesiology: (additional 4.5 to 5.0 credits KP electives): Capstone Experiences (BKin) selections, if GPA = 8.00 or KP Electives at the 300 level (1.5 credits) higher KP Electives at the 400 level (1.5 credits) Senior KP Electives (1.5 credits - mandatory): students may take 2. Human Movement and Performance: KP201 and KP202 as senior KP electives. KP201 - Applied Movement Skills: Fitness and Strength Senior Electives (2.0 credits - mandatory)(0.5 may be KP) Training (BKin) KP202 - Applied Movement Skills: Endurance Sports (BKin) Program Requirements KP325 (Effective Sept 1, 2018), 1. Progression requirements for the Honours Bachelor of KP332 - Exercise Nutrition (BKin) Kinesiology program are based on grade point averages KP351 - Biomechanics of Human Movement (BKin) (GPA) obtained from all courses taken and are calculated KP361 - Sensorimotor Control and Learning Across the on a cumulative basis. Lifespan (BKin) 2. For progression from year-to-year, the requirements are a KP371 - Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical minimum GPA of 5.00 (C) in Kinesiology & Physical Activity (BKin) Education courses, and a minimum overall GPA (including KP381 - Advanced Psychology of Sport and Exercise (BKin) KP courses) of 5.00 (C). KP422 - Advanced Exercise Physiology KP426 - Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription 3. For graduation with the Honours degree, the requirements (BKin) are a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 (B-) in Kinesiology KP472 - Athletic Injuries (Effective September 1, 2018) & Physical Education courses, and a minimum overall GPA KP481 - Advanced Psychology of Human Performance (including KP courses) of 5.00 (C). (BKin) 4. Every student must gain a minimum of 96 hours of KP491 - Research and Application in Kinesiology: community related leadership/activity experiences. These Capstone Experiences (BKin) selections, if GPA = 8.0 or shall be obtained by participating in between 2 and 4 higher different applied experiences related to their studies in 3. Teaching, Coaching and Management: Kinesiology or Physical Education, with no fewer than 16 KP201 - Applied Movement Skills: Fitness and Strength hours for any one experience. These experiences shall be Training (BKin) leadership oriented, have an applied educational KP202 - Applied Movement Skills: Endurance Sports (BKin) component and involve participation in some form of KP300 - Teaching and Coaching Sport and Physical volunteer or paid activity in the community. These Activity activities shall involve the student in some form of KP341 - History of Physical Activity and Sport in Canada leadership, administrative, instructing, or service capacity KP344 - Organization and Administration in Physical related to the wide scope of kinesiology, physical activity, Activity and Sport (BKin) recreation and applied health. All leadership/activity KP371 - Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical experiences must be approved, prior to their Activity (BKin) commencement, by the department's undergraduate KP381 - Advanced Psychology of Sport and Exercise (BKin) advisor or chair. KP460 (Effective September 1, 2018) Concentrations KP472 - Athletic Injuries Students may declare one of the four modules listed below, as a KP481 - Advanced Psychology of Human Performance concentration, and thus have it appear on their transcript. To do (BKin) so, students must take a minimum of 3.0 credits in the module, KP491 - Research and Application in Kinesiology: of which up to 1.5 credits may be from a capstone experience Capstone Experiences (BKin) selections, if GPA = 8.0 or course, if the KPE GPA is 8.0 or higher. higher

1. Health and Rehabilitation: 4. Physical Activity Promotion: KP331 - Health and Illness Across the Lifespan KP331 - Health and Illness Across the Lifespan KP332 - Exercise Nutrition (BKin) KP332 - Exercise Nutrition (BKin) KP351 - Biomechanics of Human Movement (BKin) KP341 - History of Physical Activity and Sport in Canada KP361 - Sensorimotor Control and Learning Across the KP344 - Organization and Administration in Physical Lifespan (BKin) Activity and Sport (BKin) KP371 - Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical KP371 - Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical Activity (BKin) Activity (BKin) KP381 - Advanced Psychology of Sport and Exercise KP381 - Advanced Psychology of Sport and Exercise (BKin) (BKin) KP426 - Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription KP426 - Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription (BKin) (BKin) KP460 (Effective September 1, 2018 KP472 - Athletic Injuries KP481 - Advanced Psychology of Human Performance (BKin)

385 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

KP482 (Effective September 1, 2018 Exclusion: KP361. KP491 - Research and Application in Kinesiology: KP181 - Fundamentals of Sport and Exercise Psychology (BKin) Capstone Experiences (BKin) selections, if GPA = 8.0 or KP181 Fundamentals of Sport and Exercise higher Psychology (BKin) 0.5 Kinesiology and Physical Education Courses Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This is an introductory course exploring individual human KP100 - Fundamental Movement Skills and Physical Literacy (BKin) KP100 Fundamental Movement Skills and performance and behaviour in the sport and exercise domain. This Physical Literacy (BKin) 0.5 course examines psychological theory and research in sport, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 physical activity, and exercise. Topics may include personality, This course will provide students with an understanding of motivation, anxiety, stress and coping, aggression, mental fundamental movement skills and physical literacy as well as imagery, goal setting, attentional control, physical activity expose students to how such skills should be taught to varied adherence, group cohesion, and leadership. populations. Students will have opportunities to assess and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1 of BKin program. improve their teaching of fundamental movement skills as well as Exclusion: KP210/PS286. leadership skills such as activity delivery and effective KP200 - Applied Movement Skills: Team, Individual, and Dual Games (BKin) communication. KP200 Applied Movement Skills: Team, Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1 in BKin program. Individual, and Dual Games (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 2 KP112° - Physical Fitness KP112° Physical Fitness 0.25 This course will provide an examination of team and individual Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 games to students from a fundamental motor skill perspective. In This activity-based course for non-majors will explore different addition, students will learn how such activities can be taught to ways of achieving and maintaining physical fitness. a variety of populations. Topics may include, but are not limited Exclusion: Registration in BKin program. to, such activities/sports as , , rugby, racquet sports, soccer, and wall climbing. Prerequisite: KP100 and registration status: Year 2 of BKin KP115° Court Sports 0.25 KP115° - Court Sports program. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 Exclusion: Former 100-level 0.25-credit course. This activity-based course for non-majors will explore different KP201 - Applied Movement Skills: Fitness and Strength Training (BKin) court sports. KP201 Applied Movement Skills: Fitness and Exclusion: KP103, KP114, registration in BKin program. Strength Training (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1, Lab: 2 KP118° Strength Training 0.25 KP118° - Strength Training This course will provide an examination of dance, fitness, and Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 Hours per week: strength training to students from a fundamental motor skill This activity-based course for non-majors will explore different perspective. In addition, students will learn how such activities strength training techniques. can be taught to a variety of populations. Topics may include, but Exclusion: Registration in BKin program. are not limited to, such activities/sports as dance, aerobics, zumba, yoga, resistance training, boot camp, crossfit, and TRX. KP141 - Historical and Philosophical Foundations of Kinesiology (BKin) KP141 Historical and Philosophical Prerequisite: KP100 and Year 2 of BKin program. Foundations of Kinesiology (BKin) 0.5 Exclusion: Previous 100-level 0.25-credit course. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KP202 - Applied Movement Skills: Endurance Sports (BKin) This course will examine selected historical periods and KP202 Applied Movement Skills: Endurance philosophical theory in relation to the development and Sports (BKin) 0.5 application of ideas about sport, physical activity, physical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 education, and kinesiology from Ancient Greece to contemporary This course will provide an examination of endurance sports and Canadian culture. aquatics to students from a fundamental motor skill perspective. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1 of BKin program. In addition, students will learn how such activities can be taught Exclusion: KP241. to a variety of populations. Topics may include, but are not limited to, such activities/sports as triathlon, cycling, swimming KP161 - Fundamentals of Motor Learning and Control (BKin) KP161 Fundamentals of Motor Learning and and running. Control (BKin) 0.5 Prerequisite: KP100. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 2, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 KP211 - Sociology of Physical Activity An investigation of the processes underlying the acquisition, KP211/SY211 Sociology of Physical Activity 0.5 performance and retention of motor skills involved in everyday Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 movements. The question of how movements are produced differently as a function of practice and experience will also be examined. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 1 of BKin program.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 386 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Sport as an institution in North American society from a Prerequisite: BI110 and BI111. sociological perspective. The focus is on a more complete Exclusion: BI216/HE211, BI217, BI220, BI221, BI222, HN220, understanding of the role that sport plays in contemporary society HS202, HS204, KP220. with reference to participation in sport activity according to KP231 - Fundamentals of Health (BKin) gender, social class, age and ethnic group. Social change with KP231 Fundamentals of Health (BKin) 0.5 sport as an agent of change is also studied. (Cross-listed as Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 SY211.) Prerequisite: KP121 or SY101 (or KP141 and KP181). An introduction to health issues pertinent to the individual and Exclusion: HI355. the community. Areas covered will include: defining/measuring health, factors affecting health, the changing field of health; KP217 Physical Activity, Sport and the Social Canadian Health Care System; complementary and alternative KP217 - Physical Activity, Sport and the Social Sciences medicine; and an introduction to epidemiology. Sciences 0.5 Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 2 of BKin program. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Exclusion: HE100. This course for non-majors will explore various sociocultural KP251 - Fundamentals of Biomechanics (BKin) aspects of kinesiology including, but not limited to, sociology, KP251 Fundamentals of Biomechanics (BKin) 0.5 philosophy and ethics, history, and the psychology of physical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 activity and/or sport. Topics and course emphasis may vary from year to year. This course will present the fundamental mechanical principles Exclusion: KP181; KP161; KP141; KP100; KP121, KP122, SY211, and how they apply to biological systems. This will include registration in the BKin program. understanding motion, force and moments. There will also be an introduction to the biomechanical tools used to measure and evaluate force and motion. KP218 Bioscience Issues in Kinesiology 0.5 KP218 - Bioscience Issues in Kinesiology Prerequisite: KP161. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KP290 - Research Methods (BKin) This course for non-majors will explore various bioscience aspects KP290 Research Methods (BKin) 0.5 of kinesiology including, but not limited to: biomechanics, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 exercise physiology, motor control and learning, metabolism, nutrition and weight control, muscle physiology, sport The methods used in the collection and analysis of data including performance and exercise/health relationships. Topics and course such topics as research design, sampling, experiments, surveys, emphasis may vary from year to year. reliability and validity. Prerequisite: BI111. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 2 of BKin program. Exclusion: KP121. KP122, KP340Q, registration in the BKin Exclusion: HE201. program. KP300 - Teaching and Coaching Sport and Physical Activity KP300 Teaching and Coaching Sport and KP221 - Functional Human Anatomy (BKin) KP221/HN210 Functional Human Anatomy Physical Activity 0.5 (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 This course will address the principles of pedagogical and This course takes a regional approach to the study of human coaching theory related to the design and delivery of sport and anatomy with special emphasis on the structure, function, and physical activity programs. Through both lectures and course clinical implications of the skeletal, muscular, and nervous assignments, students will become familiar with the related systems. Laboratory activities include the examination of tissues fundamentals of teaching and coaching and gain an appreciation and organs using a variety of resources. (Cross-listed as HN210.) of the diversity and complexity of the teaching and coaching Prerequisite: BI110, BI111. process in sport and physical activity. Exclusion: BI210/HE210, BI221, BI222, BI253, HS202, HS204, Prerequisite: KP200. KP220, KP223. KP301 - Principles of Leadership, Community Engagement, and Sport (BKin) KP301 Principles of Leadership, Community KP222 - Human Physiology (BKin) KP222/HN220 Human Physiology (BKin) 0.5 Engagement, and Sport (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 1.5, Lab: 1.5 This course begins with an introduction to the fundamental This course will address leadership principles and behaviour principles of physiology, including: membrane transport, energy applicable to both the sport and physical activity and broader metabolism, cellular communication and homeostasis. In the health-related communities. Students will have an opportunity to latter half of the course, these fundamentals will be applied to explore and further process these principles through an in-term study the human physiological systems that relate to the study of volunteer leadership experience involving community engagement kinesiology. Emphasis will be on the nervous, muscular, in the K-W region. cardiovascular, respiratory and renal systems. The laboratory Prerequisite: KP200; registration status: Year 3 of BKin program. component of this course is designed to illustrate the theoretical KP322 - Exercise Physiology and practical concepts using computer simulations and human KP322 Exercise Physiology 0.5 physiological recordings. (Cross-listed as HN220.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5

387 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

An examination of the mechanics of common sport-related injuries The analysis of mechanical principles underlying human movement as well as the prevention, care and rehabilitation of these injuries. and the application of these principles. Prerequisite: KP220, KP223 (or equivalent), (or KP221 and Prerequisite: KP251 (or KP220), and KP222 and registration KP222). status: Year 3 or Year 4 BKin program. Exclusion: HE435. KP361 - Sensorimotor Control and Learning Across the Lifespan (BKin) KP361 Sensorimotor Control and Learning KP331 - Health and Illness Across the Lifespan KP331 Health and Illness Across the Lifespan 0.5 Across the Lifespan (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 This course will examine health and illness across the age An integrated examination of sensory and motor processes as they continuum. Areas covered may include: healthy and risky relate to motor control and learning across the lifespan. behaviours; chronic and infectious diseases; and death and dying. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 of BKin This course may include a CSL component. program. Prerequisite: KP231. KP371 - Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical Activity (BKin) Exclusion: KP232. KP371 Disability, Developmental Delays and Physical Activity (BKin) 0.5 KP332 - Exercise Nutrition (BKin) KP332 Exercise Nutrition (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introductory course designed to stimulate critical awareness An examination of the nutritional aspects of exercise and health and understanding of physical activity and sport as it relates to from a macronutrient and micronutrient perspective. Emphasis will people with disabilities in Canada. Emphasis will be placed on key be placed on understanding issues related to digestion/ theories, concepts and terminology associated with disability absorption, metabolism, bioenergetics, body composition, as well studies, as well as the role of adapted physical activities in as the advanced needs of athletes and ergogenic aids. meeting the needs of people with physical and developmental Prerequisite: KP322; registration status Year 3 or Year 4 of BKin disabilities. program. Prerequisite: KP221 (or KP223); or KP222 (or KP220) and Exclusion: HE330, HE440d, HS304. registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 BKin program.

KP340 - Special Topics KP381 - Advanced Psychology of Sport and Exercise (BKin) KP340 Special Topics 0.5 KP381 Advanced Psychology of Sport and Irregular course Exercise (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KP341 - History of Physical Activity and Sport in Canada KP341 History of Physical Activity and Sport This is an advanced course exploring theoretical and applied in Canada 0.5 aspects of psychological concepts across both sport and exercise An analysis of the growth and development of amateur and domains. professional sport in Canada from the early 17th century to the Prerequisite: KP181; registration status: Year 3 of BKin program present. Exclusion: KP410, KP412, KP414. Prerequisite: KP216 or KP241, or KP141 and registration status: KP390 - Inferential Statistics Year 3 or Year 4 BKin program. KP390 Inferential Statistics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 KP342 - Directed Studies KP342 Directed Studies 0.5 Fundamentals of data analysis and interpretation including A student may undertake individually supervised work under the descriptive and inferential statistics methods. designation "Directed Study" in some area not included in listed Prerequisite: KP290 (or KP261). courses. Exclusion: KP262, MA141, MA241. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. KP410 - Advanced Psychology of Physical Activity Irregular course KP410 Advanced Psychology of Physical Activity 0.5 Organization and Administration in KP344 - Organization and Administration in Physical Activity and Sport (BKin) KP344 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Physical Activity and Sport (BKin) 0.5 A study of the psychological variables affecting the individual Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 within the context of sport and physical activity. Possible topics An examination of the theory and practice of the administrative include personality, arousal, cognition, attribution, attitudes, process in relation to physical education and sport-related perception, control, goal setting, aggression, social facilitation programs. and group dynamics. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 of BKin program. Prerequisite: KP210 and registration status: Year 4 of the Exclusion: KP242. Honours KPE program (or permission of the department). Exclusion: KP340b, KP381, KP481. KP351 - Biomechanics of Human Movement (BKin) KP351 Biomechanics of Human Movement (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 388 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

KP411 - Advanced Sociology of Physical Activity KP411/SY411 Advanced Sociology of Physical Prerequisite: KP321, 30 hours of field experience and registration Activity 0.5 status: Year 4 of the Honours KPE program. 2 lecture/seminar hours and 2 lab hours per week An in-depth examination of selected topics in the sociology of sport, which could include sport and gender, sport and deviance KP422 - Advanced Exercise Physiology and sport in Canadian society. (Cross-listed as SY411.) KP422 Advanced Exercise Physiology 0.5 Prerequisite: KP211/SY211 and registration status: Year 4 of the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 (biweekly) Honours KPE program (or permission of the department). An advanced study of current issues in cellular, metabolic and muscle physiology related issues in exercise. This course builds on KP412 - Behaviour Modification KP412 Behaviour Modification 0.5 the base of knowledge established in KP322 and branches into Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 other applied aspects of exercise physiology. Laboratory skills relevant to exercise biochemistry will also be taught. An examination of theories and applications to changing physical Prerequisite: KP322 and registration status: Year 4 of the activity behaviour. Topics include exercise determinants and Honours KPE program (or permission of the department). CH110, context, theories used in exercise psychology, and individual and CH111 and CH330 are all recommended. community approaches to changing behaviour. Prerequisite: KP220, KP223. KP423 - Human Cardio-Respiratory Response to Exercise Exclusion: PS222, PS288, KP381, KP414, KP481. KP423 Human Cardio-Respiratory Response to Exercise 0.5 KP413 - The Psychology of Injury Rehabilitation in Sport and Physical Activity KP413 The Psychology of Injury This course provides in-depth coverage of the cardio-respiratory Rehabilitation in Sport and Physical aspects of exercise physiology. Topics include central and peripheral regulation of the cardiovascular system during exercise, Activity 0.5 neural control of respiration, reflexes controlling airway, and lung A psychological examination of injuries sustained through and respiratory muscle function during exercise. The effects of participation in sport and physical activity and the subsequent whole body exercise training on the cardio-respiratory system rehabilitation, taking a multidimensional approach that includes including the effects of aging, and gender differences on cardio- psycho-social, cognitive, and behavioural components. Special respiratory responses to exercise will be discussed. Current attention will be given to a team approach to the psychological theories, developments and controversies will be examined. rehabilitation of injured people including kinesiologists, Prerequisite: KP220, KP322. physicians, athletic therapists, physical therapists, occupational therapists, recreational therapists, chiropractors, coaches, sport Advanced Fitness Assessment, Training KP424 - Advanced Fitness Assessment, Training and Exercise Prescription psychology consultants, and athletes. KP424 Prerequisite: KP210, PS286 and registration status: Year 4 of the and Exercise Prescription 0.5 Honours KPE program or permission of the department. This course will provide those students interested in health, fitness, wellness and occupational rehabilitation with the opportunity to learn and apply course material in a practical KP414 Exercise Psychology 0.5 KP414 - Exercise Psychology setting. Students wanting to pursue training methods through the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 analysis of appraisal results will develop advanced exercise An examination of the antecedents and consequences of exercise physiology prescription skills. This course is designed to build on behaviour. This course addresses the application of psychological the exercise assessment knowledge gained in KP324 and to principles in the promotion and maintenance of exercise and the develop needed clinical exercise prescription tools for work, sport psychological and emotional consequences of participation in and rehabilitation. Students will be given the opportunity to exercise.† design, implement and evaluate training methods based on Prerequisite: KP210, PS286 and registration status: Year 4 of an guidelines and current Honours Kinesiology & Physical Education program. evidence. Exclusion: KP381, KP412, KP481. Prerequisite: KP322, KP324. Exclusion: KP340p. KP420 - Children in Physical Activity KP420 Children in Physical Activity 0.5 3 lecture hours, 2 laboratory hours A multi-disciplinary examination of children involved in physical KP425 - Neuromuscular Function in Exercise activity. The objective of the course is to evaluate the role of KP425 Neuromuscular Function in Exercise 0.5 structured and unstructured physical activity participation for This neurophysiology course will provide Kinesiology students with children. Focus is placed on the psychological, sociological, and an introduction to the neural aspects of human movement. It physiological implications of sport and exercise involvement for provides an overview of the neural pathways which drive and children. modulate human movement with an emphasis on the adaptability Prerequisite: KP323 and registration status: Year 4 of the of the neuromuscular system in response to physical training, Honours KPE program (or permission of the department). injury, ageing and pathology. 3 lecture hours Prerequisite: KP220, KP223, and registration status: Year 4 Honours KPE program. KP421 - Seminar in Athletic Injuries KP421 Seminar in Athletic Injuries 0.5 An advanced seminar focusing on the assessment and primary care of athletic injuries.

389 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

KP426 - Fitness Assessment and ExerciseKP442 Prescription - Marketing (BKin) in Sport and Physical Activity KP426 Fitness Assessment and Exercise KP442 Marketing in Sport and Physical Prescription (BKin) 0.5 Activity 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 This course introduces the student to the basic concepts of This course provides the theoretical basis and practical marketing and applies these concepts in the areas of physical applications of advanced exercise physiology as it pertains to activity and sport. The course is designed to provide a broad fitness assessment, exercise prescription, as well as lifestyle understanding of the marketing process as it applies to both counselling and education for healthy individuals and special goods and services marketing management. population. Students will acquire skills required to design, Prerequisite: KP242 and registration in Year 4 of the Kinesiology implement, and evaluate clinical exercise programs based on & Physical Education program. current evidence-based guidelines. KP443 - Ethics in Sport, Exercise and Health Prerequisite: KP322. KP443 Ethics in Sport, Exercise and Health 0.5 Exclusion: KP324, KP340c. The examination of ethics and social responsibility from various applied viewpoints related to the study of human KP431 - Aging, Physical Activity and Health KP431 Aging, Physical Activity and Health 0.5 movement—including kinesiology and physical education, sport, An examination of the associations between aging and physical exercise, and health. Ethical and sociopolitical theories will be activity. Topics include the effect of physical activity on the aging studied and considered from an applied movement science and process, the impact of aging processes on health and fitness and humanities perspective. other health related issues such as medication use and co- Prerequisite: KP216 or KP241. morbidity. KP451 - Advanced Biomechanics Prerequisite: KP231, KP232, KP322. KP451 Advanced Biomechanics 0.5 Exclusion: HE410, HE440f, KP340d. An advanced study of current issues in biomechanics. This course will build upon skills needed to independently apply and interpret KP434 - Epidemiology KP434/HE300 Epidemiology 0.5 biomechanical theory and measurements. Laboratories skills in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 kinetic, kinematic and electromyographical measurement, analysis and interpretation will be taught. These theoretical and laboratory An introduction to the field of chronic disease epidemiology with skills are important in areas such as research, ergonomics, sports a focus on the ways in which epidemiologic methods can enhance performance, physical and occupational therapy and dynamic our understanding of chronic illnesses such as heart disease, balance control. cancer and diabetes. In this course, students will build upon their Prerequisite: KP351 and registration status: Year 4 of the skills in research design, interpretation of statistical data and Honours KPE program. critical evaluation of the scientific literature. (Cross-listed as 3 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours (alternate weeks) HE300.) Prerequisite: (KP261 and KP262); or KP290 and KP390; or HE201 Occupational Biomechanics and KP452 - Occupational Biomechanics and Ergonomics and MA241. KP452 Exclusion: HE300, HS320, KP340k, KP434. Ergonomics 0.5 This course will examine advanced topics in applied ergonomics KP435/HE435 Exercise is Medicine 0.5 and occupational biomechanics. Emphasis will be placed on KP435 - Exercise is Medicine understanding workplace-related injuries from biomechanical, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 psychophysical, and physiological approaches. Topics will include This course will examine the evidence related to how regular the anatomy and etiology of low back and upper limb disorders in physical activity benefits health and influences key chronic the workplace, appropriate ergonomics tool usage, workplace conditions such as metabolic syndrome, diabetes, cardiovascular assessment, physical demands analysis, quantification of injury disease, cancer, and mental health. A focus will be placed on the risk factors, workplace redesign, and legislated guidelines in pathophysiology, mechanisms of exercise as medicine, exercise ergonomics. prescription, and contraindications to exercise. The course will Prerequisite: KP351 and registration status: Year 4 of the culminate with the importance of regular physical activity in Honours KPE program. public health and potential medical prescription. (Cross-listed as KP461 - Developmental Motor Learning for Physical Education HE435.) KP461 Developmental Motor Learning for Prerequisite: (KP221 or HN210) and (KP222 or HN220) and 4th Physical Education 0.5 year of HE or KP Honours Program. This course integrates motor development principles and motor- learning principles to the application of physical education and KP441 - The Modern Olympic Games KP441 The Modern Olympic Games 0.5 introduces students to the methods of teaching primary and A study of the historical development of the modern Olympic elementary physical education using a student-focused, Games. Areas covered include politics, nationalism, developmentally appropriate approach. Students will learn how to commercialism, marketing and amateurism. The contributions of use developmental games, dance and gymnastics to teach athletes and administrators who have helped to shape Olympic fundamental movement skills and concepts that center on an tradition will be assessed. individual-specific basis according to motor, cognitive and Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 of the Honours KPE affective development. There is a Community Service Learning program or permission of the department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 390 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

KP471 - Adapted Physical Activity for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities component to this course, where all students will be required to KP471 Adapted Physical Activity for perform 20 hours of volunteer work in a local school, over the Individuals with Developmental course of the term.† Disabilities 0.5 Prerequisite: KP323. This course will focus on adapted physical activity for children/ youth with developmental disabilities with particular attention KP462 - Qualitative Research Design & Analysis KP462 Qualitative Research Design & Analysis 0.5 given to topics related to instruction and assessment. This course The varied epistemologies in qualitative research will be will combine theory and practice through lectures and class introduced in this course, providing students with a broad discussion. understanding of interpretive methods in the field of Kinesiology Prerequisite: KP323 and KP371, or permission of the instructor. & Physical Education. The principles of qualitative research design will be discussed, and students will be trained in the areas of KP472 Athletic Injuries 0.5 KP472 - Athletic Injuries organizing, interpreting, and presenting qualitative findings. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1 Students will have an opportunity to critically reflect upon each of the stages of qualitative research design, and will engage in An examination of the mechanics of common sport-related injuries guided activities to further elucidate the meaning of this process. as well as the prevention, care and rehabilitation of these injuries. These course objectives will be accomplished through instructor- Prerequisite: KP222 (or KP220), and KP221 (or KP223); led/student-led discussion, lecture content, readings and registration status: Year 3 of BKin program. assignments. Exclusion: KP321. Prerequisite: KP261, KP262. Registration in Year 4 Honours KPE, KP481 - Advanced Psychology of Human Performance (BKin) or Year 3 Honours KPE majors (upon permission of the instructor). KP481 Advanced Psychology of Human Exclusion: PS398, SY489. Performance (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KP463 - Human Motor & Perceptuomotor Disorders KP463 Human Motor & Perceptuomotor This applied course explores the psychological antecedents and Disorders 0.5 consequences associated with competitive level sport An examination of the etiology, epidemiology and neuropathology performance. Topics may include sport expertise, mental skills of various neuropsychological disorders, focusing primarily on training, retirement and transition, substance abuse, and mental motor disorders. The clinical assessment of the various disorders health. will also be discussed. Prerequisite: KP381. Co-requisite: KP361 or permission of the instructor. Exclusion: KP410, KP412, KP414.

KP464 - Movement Disorders & Clinical AspectsKP490* of - ThesisNeural Control KP464 Movement Disorders & Clinical Aspects KP490* Thesis 1.0 of Neural Control 0.5 Directed study or research on a topic appropriate to the student's An examination of the anatomy and blood supply of major specialization, under the supervision of a faculty member. components of the central nervous system (CNS), with specific Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours KPE, a focus on mechanisms involved in the control of movement. cumulative GPA of 9.00 in the senior courses in KP and permission Movement disorders caused by damage to the CNS will be explored of the department. in terms of the underlying mechanisms, symptoms, causes and KP491 - Research and Application in Kinesiology: Capstone Experiences (BKin) treatments/rehabilitative approaches. KP491 Research and Application in Co-requisite: KP361 or permission of the department. Kinesiology: Capstone Experiences Exclusion: KP340j. (BKin) 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 KP465 Balance, Posture and Gait 0.5 KP465 - Balance, Posture and Gait A capstone course is considered to be a culminating experience The examination of balance, posture, and gait from various basic that is taken during the final year of student's degree. Intended to and clinical viewpoints—including normal developmental aspect, prepare students for the next steps (e.g., the rigor of graduate classification of disorders, and the effects of specific brain area school, the workplace, etc.) the capstone courses require that damage to the control of balance, posture and gait. students explore, synthesize and critically analyze literature in the Biomechanical principles will be incorporated into the field. Each year, KPE faculty will offer a selection of courses under understanding of unsuccessful balance, posture and gait. the KP491 umbrella, such as, but not limited to: Prerequisite: KP351, KP361, (KP451 strongly recommended); and registration in Year 4 Honours KPE. • Psychology of Injury Rehabilitation in Sport and Physical Activity • Ethics in Sport, Exercise and Health • Aging, Physical Activity and Health • Movement Disorders • Advanced Exercise Psychology

391 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

• Psychology of Injury Rehabilitation CH111; both CP104 and CP114; both GL101 and GL102; both PC131 and PC132. • Epidemiology 2.0 approved senior non-Mathematics, non-Statistics science credits. • Modern Olympics • Advanced Physical Activity for Individuals with Program Regulations Developmental Disabilities 1. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from a discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. • Marketing in Sport and Activity 2. For progression and for graduation, a minimum cumulative • Balance, Posture and Gait GPA of 5.00 in Mathematics and Statistics and an overall • Advanced Sociology of Physical Activity GPA of 5.00 is required. • Seminar in Athletic Injuries 3. CP104 is recommended as an elective. Prerequisite: GPA of 8.0 in BKin program. 4. The following is a suggested schedule within which all program requirements can be fulfilled. MA110* covers the same calculus topics as MA103, but includes a number of Mathematics precalculus topics. Either MA110* or MA103 serves as prerequisite for MA104. Typically, students do both MA103 Honours BSc, BA, Combination and Joint programs and Minors: and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* in Year 1 and then MA104 in Year 2: Statistics [ST] Courses below Mathematics [MA] listing: Year 1 MA121, MA122; either both MA103 and MA104 or MA110* (Refer Full-Time Faculty to Note 4 above) 1.0 credit from: both BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CH111; Kathleen Cameron, PhD both CP104 and CP114; both GL101 and GL102; both PC131 and Giuseppe (Joe) Campolieti, PhD PC132 2.0 non-MA elective credits Yuming Chen, PhD Ross Cressman, PhD Year 2 Shengda Hu, PhD MA201, MA205, MA215, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260 D. Marc Kilgour, PhD 1.0 credit from: both BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CH111; George Lai, PhD both CP104 and CP164; both GL101 and GL102; both PC131 and Roman Makarov, PhD, Chair PC132 MA104 if not taken in Year 1 (refer to Note 4 above) or 0.5 non- Connell McCluskey, PhD MA, non-ST elective credit Roderick Melnik, PhD, Canada Research Chair in Mathematical Modelling Year 3 Adam Metzler, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor MA304, MA323 Mark Reesor, PhD 2.0 senior MA or ST elective credits Manuele Santoprete, PhD 1.0 senior science credit 1.0 elective credit Cristina Stoica, PhD Xu (Sunny) Wang, PhD Year 4 Zilin Wang, PhD, Graduate Officer MA489 Chester Weatherby, PhD 2.0 senior MA or ST elective credits Kaiming Zhao, PhD 1.0 senior science credit 1.5 elective credits (including 0.5 senior MA or ST credit if MA110* taken in Year 1) Honours BSc Mathematics Honours BSc Financial Mathematics The Honours BSc Mathematics program consists of a minimum of The Honours BSc Financial Mathematics program consists of a 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 but no more than 13.0 senior minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 and no more than MA or ST credits. The program shall include no more than 7.0 100 13.0 senior MA or ST credits. The program shall include no more level credits and must include the following: than 7.0 100 level credits and must include the following: Required Courses: Required Courses: MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA121, MA122, MA201, MA205, MA103 or MA110*, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170, MA201, MA215, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA304, MA323, MA489 and MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270, MA307; ST359; at least 4.0 additional senior MA or ST credits, which must include MA350, MA370, MA451, MA455, MA470 and at least 2.0 additional at least 3.5 credits at the 300 or 400 level, of which at least 1.5 senior MA or ST elective credits, which must include at least 1.5 must be at the 400 level. credits at the 300 or 400 level At least 2.0 credits from: both BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CP104 and EC120, EC140.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 392 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

At least 1.5 credits from: CP164; both BI110 and BI111; both Year 1 CH110 and CH111; both GL101 and GL102; both PC131 and PC132 CP104, CP164 2.0 approved senior non-Mathematics, non-Statistics science MA121, MA122; MA103 (or MA110*) and MA104, (refer to Note 6 credits. below) PC131, PC132 (or PC141 and PC142) Suggested Schedule 1.0 elective credit

MA103, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170 Year 2 CP104, EC120, EC140 CP213, CP216, CP220, CP264 Year At least one of: both CP164 and a 0.5 non-MA elective MA201, MA205, MA215, MA238 1 credit; both BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CH111; 1.0 elective credit (including MA104 if MA110* taken in Year 1) both GL101 and GL102; both PC131 and PC132 (refer to Note 6 below)

MA201, MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270 Year 3 At least one of: CP164 and a 0.5 elective credit; both CP312, CP317, CP363, CP372, CP373, CP386 Year BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CH111; both GL101 and MA222, ST259, ST260, MA338 2 GL102; both PC131 and PC132 Year 4 MA104 if not taken in Year 1 (refer to Note 4) or a 0.5 CP315/PC315, CP414 non-MA, non-ST elective credit MA323 1.5 senior CP elective credits at the 300 or 400 level. (Refer to MA307; ST359; Note 2) MA350, MA370; Year 2.0 senior MA or ST elective credits at the 300 or 400 level. (Refer 1.0 senior MA or ST elective credit 3 to Note 3) 1.0 senior science elective credit 1.0 elective credit Regulations and Notes 1. While the above schedule constitutes the recommended MA451, MA455, MA470 sequence by which all program requirements are satisfied, Year 1.0 senior MA or ST elective credit 4 1.0 senior science elective credit other valid sequences are possible. However, many of the 1.5 elective credits required courses have one or more prerequisites and students are advised to be cautious in departing from the recommended schedule. Program Regulations 2. The program must include at least 1.5 elective credits of 1. Electives must include at least 0.5 Laurier credit from a senior CP courses, at least 1.0 credit of which must be at discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of the 400 level. Science or the School of Business & Economics. 3. The program must include at least 1.0 credit of 400 level 2. For progression and graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA Mathematics courses. of 5.00 in Mathematics and Statistics and an overall GPA of 5.00 is required. 4. Students must meet both conditions A and B in each year of the program: 3. EC260 and CP164 are recommended. For progression and graduation: 4. Based on the results of the Calculus Placement Evaluation, A. GPA of 5.00 in MA and ST credits and an overall GPA of an entering student may be advised to enroll in MA110*, 5.00 rather than MA103, in Year 1; then MA104 would be B. GPA of 5.00 in CP credits and an overall GPA of 5.00 completed in Fall term of Year 2. 5. Senior honours students are expected to attend all Honours BSc Biology and Mathematics department seminars. (Refer to Biology program description section.) 6. MA110* covers the same calculus topics as MA103, but includes a number of precalculus topics. Either MA110* or Honours BSc Chemistry and Mathematics MA103 serves as prerequisite for MA104. Typically, (Refer to Chemistry program description section.) students do both MA103 and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* Honours BSc Computer Science and in Year 1 and then MA104 in Year 2. Mathematics Honours BA Mathematics The Honours BA Mathematics program consists of a minimum of The Honours BSc Computer Science and Mathematics program 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 and no more than 13.0 senior consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits including 7.5 senior credits MA and ST credits. The program shall include no more than 7.0 in Computer Science and 6.5 senior credits in mathematics (MA) 100 level credits and must include the following: or statistics (ST), and all required elements are contained in the following recommended schedule:

393 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Required Courses: Suggested Schedule MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA121, MA122, MA201, MA205, MA215, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA304, MA323, MA489 and MA103, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170, at least 4.0 additional senior MA or ST credits, which must include Year 1 CP104, EC120, EC140 at least 3.5 credits at the 300 or 400 level, of which at least 1.5 1.0 non-MA elective credit must be at the 400 level. MA201, MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270 Year 2 Program Regulations and Schedule 1.5 elective credits 1. For progression and for graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in Mathematics and Statistics and an overall MA307; ST359; MA350, MA370; GPA of 5.00 is required. Year 3 1.0 senior MA or ST elective credit 2. CP104 is recommended as an elective. 2.5 elective credits

3. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from a discipline MA451, MA455, MA470 outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. Year 4 1.0 senior MA or ST elective credit 2.5 elective credits 4. The following is a suggested schedule within which all program requirements can be fulfilled. MA110* covers the same calculus topics as MA103, but includes a number of Program Regulations precalculus topics. Either MA110* or MA103 serves as prerequisite for MA104. Typically, students do both MA103 1. Electives must include at least 0.5 Laurier credit from a and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* in Year 1 and then MA104 discipline outside of those offered by the Faculty of in Year 2: Science or the School of Business & Economics. Year 1 2. For progression and graduation, a minimum cumulative GPA MA121, MA122; either both MA103 and MA104, or MA110* (refer of 5.00 in Mathematics and Statistics and an overall GPA of to Note 4 above) 5.00 is required. 3.0 non-MA elective credits 3. EC260 and CP164 are recommended. Year 2 MA201, MA205, MA215, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260 4. Based on the results of the Calculus Placement Evaluation, 1.5 elective credits including MA104 if not taken in Year 1 (refer an entering student may be advised to enroll in MA110*, to Note 4 above) rather than MA103, in Year 1; then MA104 would be completed in Fall term of Year 2. Year 3 MA304, MA323 Honours BA Financial Mathematics and 2.5 senior MA or ST elective credits Honours Bachelor of Business 1.0 non-MA, non-ST elective credit 0.5 elective credit Administration This double degree program provides qualified students the Year 4 opportunity to gain expertise in business models and management MA489 practices, and the theory and quantitative methods fundamental 1.5 senior MA or ST elective credits to the financial and related sectors. This BBA/BA program consists 1.5 non-MA, non-ST elective credits of a minimum of 26.0 credits and normally requires at least 10 1.5 elective credits academic terms, over 4 2/3 calendar years of study, to complete all requirements. Honours BA Financial Mathematics Students normally enter this program in a Fall term. Students who The Honours BA Financial Mathematics program consists of a satisfy the progression requirements for entry to Year 2 are minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 and no more than guaranteed entry into the Co-operative Education, but this is not 13.0 senior MA or ST credits. The program shall include no more mandatory. The progression requirements of each program (the than 7.0 100 level credits, and must include the following: Honours BBA and the Honours BA Financial Mathematics) must be Required Courses: satisfied in order to receive both degrees. MA103 or MA110*, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170, MA201, On successful completion of this program, students will be eligible MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270, MA307; ST359; to attend the convocation ceremonies in SBE and in Science and MA350, MA370, MA451, MA455, MA470 and at least 2.0 additional will receive the Honours BBA degree and the Honours BA Financial senior Mathematics or Statistics elective credits, which must Mathematics degree at the respective convocations. include at least 1.5 credits at the 300 or 400 level Regulations CP104 and EC120, EC140. 1. Progression: Students must meet the following conditions in each year of the program by August 31: Minimum GPA of 7.00 in Business (BU) courses, minimum GPA of 5.0 in Mathematics (MA) and Statistics

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 394 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

(ST) courses and Required Courses: an overall GPA of 5.0 in non-Business, non-Mathematics, MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA121, MA122, MA201, MA222, non-Statistics courses; MA250, ST259, ST260, MA323 and at least 3.0 additional senior completion of 5.0 required and elective credits, including MA or ST credits, which must include at least 2.5 credits at the the required Business and Mathematics credits in the 300 or 400 level, of which at least 1.0 must be at the 400 level. program outline Program Regulations 2. Graduation: 1. CP104 is recommended as an elective. Completion of all 26.0 required and elective credits; minimum GPA of 7.0 in BU courses; 2. Electives must include at least 1.0 credit from a discipline minimum GPA of 5.0 in MA and ST courses; outside of those offered by the Faculty of Science. minimum GPA of 5.0 in non-BU, non-MA, non-ST courses. Honours BA Mathematics with Finance and 3. Students who do not meet the requirements in one of the Accounting Option Honours subjects, will progress into the subsequent year of The program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits, including at the one Honours program for which they have met the least 8.0 senior Mathematics (MA) or Statistics (ST) credits and no requirements, then all the regulations for that single more than 7.0 credits at the 100 level. Honours program will apply. Students who have not met the graduation requirements due to low GPA must do so Required Courses: within one calendar year to graduate with the double MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA121, MA122, MA201, MA222, degree. MA250, ST259, ST260, MA323 4. Based on the results of the Calculus Placement Evaluation, 5.0 senior Mathematics or Statistics elective credits, which must an entering student may be advised to enroll in MA110*, include at least 3.0 credits at the 300 or 400 level, of which at rather than MA103, in Year 1; then MA104 would be least 1.0 credit must be at the 400 level. completed in Fall term of Year 2. Hence, students who have BU111, BU121, BU127, BU231, BU247, BU283, BU357, BU387, credit for MA110* require only 1.0 non-BU, non-MA, non- BU393, BU397. ST elective credits. 2.0 credits from: BU415, BU443, BU453, BU463, BU473, BU477, BU483, BU493, BU496, BU497. Below is a suggested schedule within which all program EC120, EC140. requirements can be fulfilled. Required Courses Notes and Schedule MA103 or MA110*, MA104, MA121, MA122, MA170, MA201, 1. For progression and graduation in the program requires a MA205, MA222, MA250, ST259, ST260, MA270, MA307; ST359 (or minimum GPA of 5.00 in MA and ST, 6.00 in BU and 5.00 MA340); overall. MA350, MA370, MA451, MA455, MA470 and at least 1.5 additional 2. CP104 is recommended as an elective. senior MA or ST credits at the 300 or 400 level; BU111, BU121, BU127, BU231, BU247, BU275, BU283, BU288, 3. MA110* covers the same calculus topics as MA103, but BU352, BU354, BU362, BU375, BU393, BU398, BU415 or BU486, includes a number of precalculus topics. Either MA110* or BU481, BU491 and at least 2.5 additional senior BU credits MA103 serves as prerequisite for MA104. Typically, students do both MA103 and MA104 in Year 1, or MA110* CP104 and EC120, EC140, EC250 or EC260 in Year 1 and then MA104 in Year 2. Suggested Schedule: Year 1 See table on page 396 MA121, MA122; either both MA103 and MA104, or MA110* (refer to Note 3 above) Additional Notes BU111, BU121, BU127 Students are encouraged to select Co-op Education. If co-op is not EC120, EC140 selected, then different academic plans for completion of this 0.5 elective credit double degree program are possible. Students should consult the Business Department and the Mathematics Department to ensure Year 2 program requirements are met. MA201, MA222, ST259, ST260 The above outline incorporates the prerequisite structure in BU, 1.0 senior MA or ST elective credit (or 0.5 senior MA elective EC, MA and ST courses. Students are strongly advised to consult credit and MA104 if MA110* taken in Year 1 - refer to Note 3 with academic advisors before altering their academic plan. above) BU231, BU247, BU283 Honours BA Mathematics in Combination 0.5 credit non-MA, non-ST, non-BU elective (EC250 or EC260 with another Honours BA Program recommended) The combined Honours BA Mathematics program consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 6.0 and no more than 9.0 senior Mathematics (MA) or Statistics (ST) credits. The program must include no more than 6.0 100 level credits and must include the following:

395 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Suggested Schedule:

Year Fall Winter Spring

BU111, BU127, EC120, BU121, EC140, MA104 or MA110*, MA103 or MA110*, MA122 MA121, MA170 EC250 or EC260 (may be 1 taken online during Year 1 or Year 2)

GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credit. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. A total of 5.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 2.

BU231, BU247, MA104 (if BU283, BU288, MA201, MA270, Co-op Work Term #1 not taken in Year 1) or ST260 2 CP104, MA222, ST259

A total of 10 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 3.

BU352, BU354, BU393, Co-op Work Term #2 BU275, MA205, MA250, MA370, ST359 CP104 (if not taken in Year 2) or 3 0.5 non-BU elective (BU387 if in accounting)

A total of 15 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 4.

Co-op Work Term #3 BU362, BU375, BU398, 0.5 BU415 or BU486; elective (BU397 if in accounting), BU481, MA350, 1.0 BU 4 MA307; elective

The required 300-level Business courses in Year 4 are an integrated set which must be taken concurrently. A total of 20.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 5.

MA451, MA455, 0.5 elective BU491, MA470, 1.5 BU elective None (Fall or Winter), 1.5 MA or ST 5 elective (Fall or Winter) This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 396 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Year 3 This course concentrates on developing mastery of pre-calculus MA250, MA323 and introductory calculus skills and techniques. Pre-calculus topics 1.5 senior MA or ST elective credits include: solving equations and inequalities; algebraic, BU357, BU387, BU393, BU397 trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential functions and their 0.5 credit non-MA, non-ST, non-BU elective (EC250 or EC260 properties. Calculus topics include: rates of change and tangents; recommended) differentiation of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions; integration; and techniques of integration. Year 4 Prerequisite: Completion of the Calculus Preparation Evaluation 2.5 senior MA or ST elective credits (CPE) and 12U Advanced Functions or permission of the 2.0 credits from BU415, BU443, BU453, BU456, BU457, BU463, department. BU473, BU477, BU483, BU493, BU496, BU497 Exclusion: Prior credit for, or current enrollment in, any of 0.5 elective credit (or 0.5 senior MA or St elective credit if MA101, MA103, MA105, MA110*, MA129, MA130. This course may MA110* taken in Year 1) not count for credit in Mathematics programs. Applied Mathematics Option MA101 Calculus I for the Natural Sciences MA101 - Calculus I for the Natural Sciences (Refer to complete description under the Departments section: 0.5 Faculty of Science.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 Review of algebra and trigonometry. Differential calculus of the Financial Mathematics Minor algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and inverse MA103, MA170, MA122, ST259, MA270 and 1.0 senior MA or ST trigonometric functions of a single variable; introduction to credit. integral calculus; techniques of integration. Introduction to ordinary differential equations. Polar coordinates. Complex Note: Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. numbers. Applications to problems in the natural sciences are Mathematics Minor emphasized. Prerequisite: MA100 or permission of the department. MA103 (or MA110*), MA104, MA122, MA201 and 1.5 senior MA or Exclusion: MA103, MA105, MA110*, MA130. This course may not ST credits. count for credit in Mathematics programs. Notes: MA103 - Calculus I MA103 Calculus I 0.5 1. Refer to SBE chapter for special requirements for the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 Mathematics minor for former BBA/BMath students only. Limits and continuity; differential and integral calculus of 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. functions of a single variable; the Mean Value Theorem; determination of extrema; the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus Statistics Minor and techniques of integration; introduction to partial derivatives. MA122, MA201, ST259; one of MA241, ST230, ST260; and any two Prerequisite: A minimum score of 70% on the Calculus of: ST359, (MA341 or ST361), MA343, MA344, MA348, MA349, Preparation Evaluation (CPE); and Grade 12 Calculus or MA100 or MA490, MA492, ST362, ST474. MA129. Notes: Exclusion: MA101, MA102, MA105, MA110*, MA130. MA104 - Calculus II 1. Students are advised that the listed courses have MA104 Calculus II 0.5 additional prerequisites. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Applications of integration; polar coordinates and parametric equations; infinite sequences and series; applications of partial derivatives. Prerequisite: MA101 or MA103 (or MA110*) or MA105. Mathematics Courses Exclusion: MA102, MA200.

MA110* - Introduction to Differential and Integral Calculus Statistics Courses MA110* Introduction to Differential and Statistics courses have a discipline code of ST and Integral Calculus 1.0 appear below the Mathematics course listing. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) A thorough introduction to limits of functions. Continuity and its consequences. Rational, algebraic and transcendental functions MA100 Introductory Calculus for the Natural and geometric relationships. Theory and applications of MA100 - Introductory Calculus for the Natural Sciences differential and integral calculus of functions of a single variable. Sciences 0.5 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and techniques of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 integration. Introduction to multivariable calculus and applications.

397 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Prerequisite: Completion of the Calculus Preparation Evaluation Exclusion: If a student has successfully passed, or is currently (CPE). enrolled in MA100, MA101, MA103, MA110*, or MA130, then Exclusion: MA100, MA101, MA102, MA103, MA105, MA129, MA129 will not be eligible for credit. This course may not count MA130. for credit in mathematics programs.

MA121 - Introduction to Mathematical ProofsMA141 - Introduction to Applied Statistical Analysis MA121 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs 0.5 MA141 Introduction to Applied Statistical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) Analysis 0.5 An introduction to proofs and to mathematical writing. Methods Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 of proof, such as direct proofs, proofs by contradiction, Numerical and graphical methods of descriptive statistics; basic contrapositive proofs, counterexamples and mathematical probability; introduction to discrete and continuous random induction. Examples of proofs will be illustrated using sets, variables; sampling distributions; estimation and hypothesis functions and elementary number theory. Use of precise testing for data from one and two normal populations. mathematical language will be emphasized. Applications to problems in science are emphasized and statistical software packages are used for data analysis. MA122 - Introductory Linear Algebra MA122 Introductory Linear Algebra 0.5 Exclusion: MA240, MA241, BU205, BU255, EC205, EC235, EC255, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) EC285, KP262; all Honours Business, Honours Economics and Honours Mathematics programs. [Note: Students holding credit in Vector geometry in R² and R³ ; the vector space Rn and its statistical quantitative methods courses other than those listed subspaces; spanning sets, linear independence, bases and above are strongly advised to consult with their home dimension; dot product in Rn ; systems of linear equations and departments before registering in MA141]. Gaussian elimination; matrices and matrix operations, matrix inverse; matrix rank; linear transformations in Rn ; introduction to MA170 Introduction to Mathematics for MA170 - Introduction to Mathematics for Finance determinants, Cramer's rule; introduction to eigenvalues, Finance 0.5 eigenvectors and diagonalization of real matrices; applications of linear algebra. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 An introduction to the theory of interest. Mathematical models MA127 - Mathematics for Business Technology Management MA127 Mathematics for Business Technology and their analysis for problems involving fixed interest rates. Management 0.5 Simple and compound interest. Cash flows, annuities, amortization Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1.5 and sinking funds. (Zero-)coupon bonds. Prerequisite: 12U Advanced Functions, or equivalent, or This course covers the basic mathematical concepts used in permission of the department. business. Topics will include basic algebra; ratios; solving and manipulating equations; functions and graphs; inequalities; MA201 Multivariable Calculus 0.5 MA201 - Multivariable Calculus introduction to linear algebra and matrices; inverse of a matrix; an introduction to linear programming; simple and compound Vector functions; differential and integral calculus of functions of interest; annuities. several variables, including vector fields; line and surface integrals Prerequisite: Grade 12 U-level math course or equivalent. including Green's Theorem, Stokes' Theorem and the Divergence Exclusion: This course can only count for credit for students in Theorem. the Business Technology Management program. Prerequisite: MA122, and one of MA101, MA102, MA103 (or This course should not be counted towards qualifying for a MA110*) or MA105 (MA104 is recommended). teachable in mathematics. 3 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours every other week MA129 - Introductory Calculus for BusinessMA205 and -Social Differential Sciences Equations I MA129 Introductory Calculus for Business and MA205 Differential Equations I 0.5 Social Sciences 0.5 First order differential equations; linear differential equations of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Tutorial/Seminar: 1.5 second and higher order; methods of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameters; Laplace transforms; power series This course concentrates on developing mastery of pre-calculus solutions. and introductory calculus skills and techniques. Pre-calculus topics Prerequisite: One of MA101, MA102, MA103 (or MA110*), or include: solving equations and inequalities; algebraic, logarithmic MA105. and exponential functions and their properties; matrix 3 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours every other week representation and solution of systems of linear equations. Calculus topics include: rates of change and tangents; MA215 - Set Theory differentiation of algebraic, exponential and logarithmic MA215 Set Theory 0.5 functions; optimization; introduction to integration. Equivalence relations and partitions; countable and uncountable Prerequisite: Completion of the Calculus Preparation Evaluation sets; ordered sets; development of number systems. (CPE) and 12U Advanced Functions or permission of the Prerequisite: MA121. department.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 398 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

MA218 Euclidean Geometry 0.5 Data reduction methods; discrete and continuous random MA218 - Euclidean Geometry variables; hypothesis testing and confidence intervals; linear Elements of Euclidean geometry emphasizing the axiomatic regression and linear models, analysis of variance and correlation approach; geometric shapes and measurements; Euler line and methods. Introduction to experimental design. Problems drawn nine point circle; straightedge and compass constructions; primarily from biology and related sciences are used to illustrate transformations in Euclidean geometry; notions of non-Euclidean the concepts, and are analyzed with the aid of an appropriate geometries. software package. Prerequisite: MA121, or consent of the department. Prerequisite: One of MA101, MA103, MA105, MA110*. 3 lecture hours Exclusion: MA141, MA240, PS296, ST260.

MA222 Linear Algebra 0.5 MA222 - Linear Algebra MA250 Introduction to Analysis 0.5 MA250 - Introduction to Analysis Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) Abstract vector spaces, bases and dimension; linear A rigorous development of calculus. Topics include sequences, transformations, matrix of a linear transformation, kernel, range, series, convergence, limits, continuity, differentiability, and the dimension theorem; change of basis; inner product spaces; Riemann integral. orthogonal bases; Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process; brief Prerequisite: MA121, and one of MA102 or MA103 (or MA110*). review of polynomials; eigenvalues, eigenvectors and diagonalizability of a linear operator; quadratic forms, Sylvester's MA255 - Continuous and Discrete Transforms law of inertia. MA255 Continuous and Discrete Transforms 0.5 Prerequisite: MA121, MA122. Properties of continuous and discrete Fourier transforms; the Sampling Theorem; Inverse Fourier Transforms and convolution; MA233 Problem Solving in Mathematics 0.5 introduction to wavelet analysis; Fast Fourier Transforms and other MA233 - Problem Solving in Mathematics algorithms. Applications will be selected from areas such as A comprehensive study of techniques in mathematical problem sound, vision and optics. solving, including topics from classical and contemporary Prerequisite: MA201 and MA205. mathematics. Examples will be taken from such areas as calculus, 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours every other week algebra, logic, geometry, elementary number theory, combinatorics and graph theory. Problems from various MA270 - Financial Mathematics I mathematical contests and competitions will be discussed. MA270 Financial Mathematics I 0.5 Prerequisite: MA103 (or MA110*), MA121. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) An introduction to mathematical methods from linear algebra, MA235 - Introduction to Game Theory MA235 Introduction to Game Theory 0.5 calculus, and probability theory used in the financial analysis of Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 problems in areas such as bond pricing, capital budgeting, making decisions under certainty/uncertainty, utility theory, portfolio An introduction to game-theoretic methods and their optimization, binomial and log-normal asset pricing models, applications. Topics include the preference relation and von introductory no-arbitrage pricing of forwards and options, risk Neumann-Morgenstern utility, non-cooperative games in strategic analysis. form and extensive form, perfect and imperfect information, Prerequisite: MA103 (or MA110*), MA122, MA170, ST259 (or complete and incomplete information, and cooperative game MA240) or a similar course in probability and statistics (e.g., theory including bargaining solutions and the Shapley value. EC205, EC255, EC285). Illustrative examples include game models from economics, political science, business, and other disciplines. MA273 - Introduction to Actuarial Mathematics Prerequisite: One of: MA101, MA103 (or MA110*), MA105. MA273 Introduction to Actuarial Mathematics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 MA238 - Discrete Mathematics MA238 Discrete Mathematics 0.5 Survival distributions, life tables, life annuities, and life Basic graph theory, Euler circuits and Hamilton cycles in graphs, insurance. Calculation of premiums and reserves. Introduction to planar graphs, graph colouring, trees, relations, partial orders, policy valuation. introduction to counting, recurrence relations, inclusion- Prerequisite: MA103 (or MA110*), MA170, ST259 (or MA240) or a exclusion. similar course in probability and statistics such as EC255 and Prerequisite: MA121 and an additional 0.5 MA credit. EC285. MA241 - Statistical Methods for the Life MA304Sciences - Introduction to Complex Analysis MA241 Statistical Methods for the Life MA304 Introduction to Complex Analysis 0.5 Sciences 0.5 Functions of a complex variable; transformations; integration; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) Taylor and Laurent expansions; theory of residues.† Prerequisite: MA104 or MA200, and MA201.

399 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

MA305 - Differential Equations II MA341 - Introduction to the Theory of Statistics MA305 Differential Equations II 0.5 MA341 Introduction to the Theory of Numerical solutions of differential equations and boundary value Statistics 0.5 problems; linear systems of differential and difference equations Review of problems and objectives of parametric statistics; including their solution by matrix methods and their stability; likelihood function; methods of finding estimators; properties of introduction to dynamical systems. Numerical methods will be estimators; interval estimation; hypothesis testing procedures; illustrated by exercises requiring the use of a computer.† Neyman-Pearson Lemma and likelihood ratio testing.† Prerequisite: MA122, MA104 or MA200, MA205 and either a 0.5 Prerequisite: MA201, and one of MA141 (or MA240) or ST260, (or credit in computer programming or permission of the department. permission of the department). Exclusion: MA308. MA343 - Introduction to Multivariate Analysis MA343 Introduction to Multivariate Analysis 0.5 MA307 - Numerical Analysis MA307 Numerical Analysis 0.5 Multivariate normal and Wishart distributions; estimation and Numerical solution of equations and systems of equations; hypothesis testing for data from one and two independent normal numerical integration; methods of interpolation, extrapolation populations; classification procedures including discriminant and and curve-fitting; error analysis. Methods will be illustrated by cluster analyses; principal component and factor analyses. Data exercises requiring the use of a computer.† may be processed using available statistical software packages.† Prerequisite: MA122, MA104, MA201 and CP104 (or equivalent). Prerequisite: MA122, and one of MA141 (or MA240) (or Exclusion: MA371. permission of the department). 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours every other week MA344 - Introduction to Experimental Design and Analysis MA344 Introduction to Experimental Design MA317 - Number Theory MA317 Number Theory 0.5 and Analysis 0.5 Elementary theory of numbers; arithmetic functions; congruences; Randomization and replication; one and two way classifications, quadratic reciprocity; solutions to Diophantine equations.† including completely randomized and randomized complete block Prerequisite: MA121 and 1.0 credit of 200 level Mathematics. experiments; designs and analysis of variance (ANOVA) tables for fixed, random and mixed effects models; efficiency of designs; a MA318 - Geometry MA318 Geometry 0.5 priori treatment comparisons based on orthogonal contrasts and Survey of non-Euclidean geometries; coordinate geometry; orthogonal polynomials; multiple comparison procedures, projective, hyperbolic and affine geometries; Desargues', Pappus' including multiple range tests. Data will be processed using and Pascal's Theorems; models of non-Euclidean geometries available computer software packages.† (spherical model, Poincaré disc and half-plane models); Prerequisite: ST362 (or MA242) or permission of the department. transformations; elements of finite geometry.† Exclusion: MA245. Prerequisite: MA218 and MA222. MA348 - Statistical Methods for Data Analysis 3 lecture hours MA348 Statistical Methods for Data Analysis 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 MA323 - Introduction to Groups and Rings MA323 Introduction to Groups and Rings 0.5 This course provides a broad overview of modern statistical Examples and basic properties of groups and rings including their methods for data analysis. Statistical methodology may include substructures, quotient structures and homomorphisms. linear and generalized linear models, multilevel modelling, Prerequisite: MA215 or MA222. nonparametric methods, resampling theory, point-processes, Exclusion: MA225. survival analysis and functional data analysis. Prerequisite: ST362 or equivalent courses from other MA338 - Graph Theory MA338 Graph Theory 0.5 departments. Selected topics may include graph colouring, extremal graph MA349 - Sampling Theory theory, planar graphs, random graphs, network flows, algebraic MA349 Sampling Theory 0.5 methods in graph theory, Ramsay theory for graphs, matching Simple random samples, survey design, ratio and regression theory, graph algorithms; application of graph theory, such as estimators, proportional allocation, stratified sampling, cluster applications to scheduling, VLSI circuits, compiler design, sampling, complex surveys, nonresponse.†† computer vision and the design of internet search engines. Prerequisite: MA141 (or MA240), (or permission of the Prerequisite: MA238. department).

MA339 - Directed Studies in MathematicsMA350 - Real Analysis MA339 Directed Studies in Mathematics 0.5 MA350 Real Analysis 0.5 Prerequisite: Permission of the department.†† Topics in metric spaces including open and closed sets, Irregular course compactness, uniform continuity. Sequences and series of functions. The Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Introduction to Lebesgue integration. Prerequisite: MA250. Exclusion: MA303. 3 lecture hours

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 400 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

MA360 - Topics in Applied Mathematics MA395 - Special Topics MA360 Topics in Applied Mathematics 0.5 MA395 Special Topics 0.5 The formulation, analysis and interpretation of mathematical Prerequisite: Permission of the department. models in various areas of application. Possible topics include Irregular course population modelling, fluid mechanics, classical and quantum MA419 - Differential Geometry systems, reactiondiffusion models, neural networks, discrete MA419 Differential Geometry 0.5 optimization, and signal and image processing. Mathematical Geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature, geodesics, first and techniques may include differential and difference equations, second fundamental forms, the Gauss Theorema Egregium and the PDEs, Fourier analysis, optimization, game theory, calculus of Gauss-Bonnet theorem. Differential forms and vector fields. Line variations, and numerical methods. Topics covered may vary from and surface integrals. The divergence and Stoke's theorems. year to year.† Prerequisite: MA201, MA222, MA205, and a 0.5 MA credit at the Prerequisite: MA205, MA222, and one of MA200, MA201, MA250. 300 level. 3 lecture hours MA365 - Mathematical Biology MA365 Mathematical Biology 0.5 MA422 - Advanced Linear Algebra An introduction to the use of differential equations and difference MA422 Advanced Linear Algebra 0.5 equations for the purpose of studying biological systems, with an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 emphasis on deterministic models. Material will include Leslie matrix models of population growth, Lotka-Volterra models of Determinants; Cayley-Hamilton theorem; bilinear forms; adjoint, predation and competition, and compartmental models of disease self-adjoint, and normal linear operators; the spectral theorem for spread. Attention will be devoted to both the construction and normal operators; orthogonal and Hermitian operators; the Jordan the analysis of the models. Mathematical analysis will include canonical form of matrices and linear operators. techniques from stability theory and bifurcation theory. Prerequisite: MA222. Prerequisite: MA222, MA205; MA305 is recommended. Exclusion: MA322. 3 lecture hours MA425 - Group Theory MA425 Group Theory 0.5 MA370 - Financial Mathematics II MA370 Financial Mathematics II 0.5 Monoids and groups, subgroups, quotient groups and group Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 homomorphisms: groups acting on sets, conjugacy and the class equation; the Sylow theorems; free groups; finitely generated Discrete-time financial models and riskless asset pricing. Notion of Abelian groups.†† arbitrage, martingale measure, and complete and incomplete Prerequisite: MA222, MA323. markets. Fundamental theorems of asset pricing. Static and Exclusion: MA325. dynamic hedging and replication. Change of numeraire and equivalent martingale measures. Introduction to options and risk- MA450 Measure and Integration 0.5 MA450 - Measure and Integration neutral pricing. Stopping times and American option pricing. Introduction to the Black-Scholes theory and sensitivity analysis Sigma-algebras of sets; set functions; outer measures, measurable for options. Optional topics: introduction to single-factor interest sets and Lebesgue measure; Riemann and Lebesgue integrals; rate modelling and pricing of fixed income securities. convergence in measure.† Prerequisite: MA270; and ST359 (or MA340). Prerequisite: MA104 or MA200, MA215, and MA350. 3 lecture hours MA371 - Computational Methods in Mathematics and Statistics MA371 Computational Methods in MA451 - Introduction to Stochastic Calculus Mathematics and Statistics 0.5 MA451 Introduction to Stochastic Calculus 0.5 Solution techniques using computational methods in matrix, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 differential and integral equations. Statistical simulation, Fourier Conditional expectations, sigma-algebras, and filtrations; and other transform methods. The use of languages such as martingales and stopping times; Gaussian processes and Brownian Fortran, C++, Java, Maple, Matlab in numeric and symbolic motion; stochastic integration and Ito's formula; diffusion solution methods. processes and stochastic differential equations; the Feynman-Kac Prerequisite: MA201, MA222; CP104. theorem. Exclusion: MA307. Prerequisite: MA350; and ST359 (or MA340). 3 lecture hours; 3 lab hours every other week Exclusion: MA351.

MA372 - Optimization MA455 - Partial Differential Equations MA372 Optimization 0.5 MA455 Partial Differential Equations 0.5 Linear programming algorithms, duality theory and post-optimum Hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic differential equations; boundary sensitivity analysis. Integer programming. Deterministic and value problems of applied mathematics including such partial stochastic dynamic programming. Kuhn-Tucker conditions for differential equations as the heat equation, the wave equation optimality. Quadratic programming. Non-linear programming. and Laplace's equation. Techniques will include separation of Network optimization. Modeling and applications. variables, canonical transformations and integral transform Prerequisite: MA201, MA222. methods.† Prerequisite: MA104 or MA200, MA201 and MA205, and a 0.5 MA credit at the 300 level.

401 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

MA465 - General Topology MA489 - Honours Seminar MA465 General Topology 0.5 MA489 Honours Seminar 0.5 Metric spaces and topological spaces; continuity and Completion of an appropriate individual project under faculty homeomorphisms; separation properties; countability properties; supervision, including submission of a final report and compactness; connectedness and path-connectedness; product presentation in a department seminar. (Consult department for spaces and quotient spaces; the fundamental group and covering details.) spaces. †† Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Prerequisite: MA215 and MA250. MA490 - Stochastic Processes MA490 Stochastic Processes 0.5 MA470 - Financial Mathematics III MA470 Financial Mathematics III 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Continuous-time financial models and riskless asset pricing. Black- Markov Chains in discrete and continuous time; birth-death Scholes theory. Arbitrage free pricing of European, American, and processes; renewal theory; renewal-reward theory; Markov exotic options. Optional topics: stochastic volatility and jump- processes; stationary processes; introduction to queuing theory.†† diffusion models; continuous-time interest rate models; pricing Prerequisite: ST359 (or MA340). bonds and derivatives on interest rates. Prerequisite: MA370, MA451 (or MA351), MA455. MA492/EC455 Time Series Analysis 0.5 MA492 - Time Series Analysis 3 lecture hours (Cross-listed as EC455.) MA471 Computational Methods in Finance 0.5 MA471 - Computational Methods in Finance MA495 Special Topics 0.5 MA495 - Special Topics Numerical methods used in financial engineering and risk management, including numerical solutions of ordinarily Prerequisite: Permission of the department.†† differential equations, finite difference methods, numerical Irregular course optimization, Monte Carlo and quasi-Monte Carlo methods, ST230 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Science numerical solutions of stochastic differential equations, fast ST230 Introduction to Probability and Fourier and other discrete transform methods. The computational Statistics for Science 0.5 methods are illustrated with the use of programming languages Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) such as MAPLE, MATLAB and VBA. Data collection and description including univariate and bivariate Prerequisite: MA205, MA307, MA370. frequency tables, histograms and summary statistics; elementary 3 lecture hours. 2 lab hours every other week probability theory; random variables and expectations; sampling theory and the Central Limit Theorem; estimation and hypothesis MA475 - Ring and Field Theory MA475 Ring and Field Theory 0.5 testing for data from one and two normal populations. Rings; subrings, quotient rings and ring homomorphisms; ideal Prerequisite: MA104, or (one of MA101, MA103, MA110*, and theory; polynomial rings; integral domains and divisor theory; either MA121 or MA122) fields and field extensions; the Fundamental Theorem of Galois Exclusion: MA240, MA241, BU205, BU255, EC205, EC255, EC285, Theory.†† ST260. Prerequisite: MA222, MA323. ST231 - Statistical Methods for Life and Health Sciences ST231 Statistical Methods for Life and Health MA480* - Directed Research MA480* Directed Research 1.0 Sciences 0.5 A detailed study of a topic under faculty supervision including the Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) submission of a formal report.†† This course covers all basic statistical concepts, and includes Prerequisite: Permission of the department. relevant examples for life and health science students. The course Irregular course introduces descriptive and inferential statistics; basic probability theory; discrete and continuous random variables with focus on MA485 - Directed Studies MA485 Directed Studies 0.5 binomial and normal random variables; statistical inference for Prerequisite: Permission of the department.† population means and population proportions, both for one and Irregular course two populations, with focus on confidence intervals and tests of hypotheses. Furthermore, simple and multiple linear regression MA487 - Mathematical Modelling in the Applied Sciences and Finance MA487 Mathematical Modelling in the Applied methods are covered as well as one-way and two-way ANOVA. Sciences and Finance 0.5 Problems are analyzed with the aid of appropriate software. Prerequisite: One of: MA101, MA103, MA110*. An introduction to modelling tools used in modern applications of Exclusion: EC205, EC255, EC285, MA141, MA240, MA241, PS296, mathematics, with examples from the applied sciences and ST230, ST260. finance. The course will focus on the translation of real-world problems into an appropriate mathematical context, and on their ST259 - Probability I subsequent solution, with emphasis on the uniformity of the ST259 Probability I 0.5 modelling approach over various disciplines. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) Prerequisite: MA205, MA307 or MA371 or CP315/PC315.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 402 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Elementary probability theory; conditional probability and Simulating random numbers from various probability distributions; independence; discrete and continuous random variables; transformations of uniform variates; sampling from multivariate expected value, variance, covariance and correlation; introduction distributions; simulation of stochastic processes; (quasi-)Monte to Moment Generating Functions, the Law of Large Numbers and Carlo methods; variance reduction techniques. Applications may the Central Limit Theorem. include: numerical integration of multivariate functions in high Prerequisite: MA104, or (one of MA101, MA103, MA110*, and dimensions; approximation algorithms for solving matrix either MA121 or MA122). equations, partial differential equations and integral equations; Exclusion: MA240. pricing financial securities; MCMC methods; resampling techniques and other topics of computational statistics. ST260 - Introduction to Statistics ST260 Introduction to Statistics 0.5 Prerequisite: CP104, MA201, ST260 or (ST259 and one of MA241, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 (biweekly) ST230), and a 0.5 MA/ST credit at the 300 level (MA307 is recommended). Numerical and visual exploratory data analysis; probability models; Exclusion: MA495H. point and interval estimation; bias and mean squared error of estimators; single-sample, paired and two- sample inference and hypothesis testing; introduction to experimental design and analysis of variance; introduction to goodness of fit and Physics and Computer Science categorical data analysis; a thorough development of the simple Honours BSc, BA Combination, Joint, Double degrees and Minors: linear regression model. Prerequisite: ST259. Exclusion: MA240, MA241, EC205, EC255, EC285, [Note: Students Full-Time Faculty holding credit in statistical quantitative methods courses other than those listed above are strongly advised to consult with their Maher Ahmed, PhD home departments before registering in ST260.] Hongbing Fan, PhD Shohini Ghose, PhD ST359 Probability II 0.5 ST359 - Probability II Angèle Hamel, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Chính Hoàng, PhD, Chair Formal probability spaces and random variables; multivariate and Paul Jessop, PhD, Dean, Faculty of Science conditional distributions; functions of jointly distributed random Alexei Kaltchenko, PhD variables; mathematical expectation; conditioning; moment Ilias Kotsireas, PhD generating function and other transforms; functions of random variables; modes of convergence and limit theorems; introduction Shaowen Song, PhD to topics in applied probability. Marek Wartak, PhD Prerequisite: MA201, ST259. Li Wei, PhD Exclusion: MA340. Eugene Zima, PhD

ST361 - Mathematical Statistics ST361 Mathematical Statistics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Astronomy (PC/CP Dept) Parametric statistics; principles of data reduction including sufficiency and likelihood function; point estimation including Astronomy (PC/CP Dept) Courses methods of finding estimators and properties of estimators; AS101 - Astronomy I: Our place in the cosmos interval estimation; hypothesis testing including likelihood ratio AS101 Astronomy I: Our place in the cosmos 0.5 testing; introduction to Bayesian analysis. An introduction to the science of astronomy, the process by which Prerequisite: MA201, ST260 or (ST259 and one of MA241, ST230). we develop astronomical principles and the application of these Exclusion: MA341. techniques to gain a modern understanding of our solar system. Topics covered include the historical development of astronomy, ST362 - Regression Analysis ST362 Regression Analysis 0.5 understanding the night sky, Newton's law of gravitation, light Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 (biweekly) and telescopes, and a detailed study of the solar system. New data from recent explorations of Mars, Saturn and other celestial Regression analysis including estimation, hypothesis testing, objects will be discussed. analysis of variance, variable selection techniques; regression Exclusion: AS105*. diagnostics; generalized linear regression; nonlinear regression; nonparametric regression. Prerequisite: MA122, ST260 or (ST259 and one of MA241, ST230). Exclusion: MA242, EC245, EC295, EC355.

ST474 - Monte Carlo Methods ST474 Monte Carlo Methods 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 (biweekly)

403 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

AS102 - Astronomy II: Journey through the cosmos AS102 Astronomy II: Journey through the Honours BSc in Computer Science and cosmos 0.5 Honours Bachelor of Business A journey beyond our solar system to develop a modern understanding of other stars, galaxies and the structure, origin Administration and fate of the universe. Includes an introduction to basic This program draws upon the quality and reputation of each of concepts of relativity and quantum mechanics, lives of stars, these respective programs in order to develop a unique evolution of galaxies, Hubble's law and the Big Bang. Objects such educational experience for students in the field of business and as black holes, supernovae, pulsars, dark matter and wormholes computer science. The program provides qualified applicants the are encountered and studied along the way. opportunity to develop an expertise in each of these fields. By Prerequisite: AS101. utilizing the synergies that exist between these two respective Exclusion: AS105*. programs, the students can maximize the benefit of their educational experience by completing these two undergraduate degrees within a period of less than five years. The program Computer Science (PC/CP consists of a total of 25.0 credits. (Refer to chart which follows.) 1. Students complete the required course and GPA Dept) components of each of the two degrees. Honours BSc, BA, Double Degrees and Minor: 2. The program duration is approximately 4 2/3 years in Honours BSc Computer Science length. The Honours BSc Computer Science program consists of a 3. The program guarantees entry into the Co-op Option if minimum of 20.0 credits. A maximum of 6.0 credits are allowed at progression requirements to Year 2 are satisfied. The Co-op the 100 level. The aim of the program is to develop a strong Option is not mandatory. understanding of the basic principles of computer science, while 4. Students receive two degrees, the Honours Bachelor of providing the opportunity for specialization according to students' Science in Computer Science and the Honours Bachelor of interests. Business Administration. Refer to chart, which follows, for Year 1 specific course and GPA requirements. CP104, CP164 5. The 3.0 senior computer science credits must include at MA110* (or MA103), MA121, MA122, least 1.0 credit at the 400 level. 2.0 elective credits (2.5 elective credits if MA103 taken) 6. Students have the option of undertaking three or four co- Year 2 op work terms. CP213, CP216, CP220, CP264 MA238 7. The program allows for 2.5 course credit repeats, instead of 2.5 elective credits the traditional 2.0 course credit repeats allowed in the Honours BBA (WLU) program. In Year 1, students must Year 3 obtain 5.0 course credits by August 31 and total course CP312, CP317, CP363, CP372, CP373, CP386 repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credits. All ST230 credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA 1.5 elective credits requirements for progression into Year 2. Year 4 Honours Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (BSc) CP414 and Honours Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) 4.5 elective credits See table on page 405 Program Requirements Honours BSc Computer Science and 1. The electives must include at least 3.5 senior CP credits among which at least 1.0 credit must be at the 400 level. Mathematics The electives must also include at least 1.0 credit from a Refer to Mathematics program description section. discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. Honours BSc Computer Science and 2. Progression requirements will be based on grade point averages (GPAs) obtained from all courses taken and will be Psychology calculated on a cumulative basis. For progression and The Honours BSc Computer Science and Psychology program graduation, the requirement will be a cumulative GPA of consists of a minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 7.0 5.00 in Computer Science and a minimum overall GPA of senior credits of CP courses and at least 7.0 senior credits of PS 5.00. courses. The program must contain the following:

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 404 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Honours Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (BSc) and Honours Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)

Year of Fall Winter Spring Progression Requirements Program

1 BU111 BU121 Requirements A and B must be satisfied: CP104 BU127 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of EC120 CP164 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses MA110* (or EC140 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall MA103) MA110* (or 0.5 elective GPA of 5.00 MA122 credit if MA103 taken in fall)

GPA requirements for both Business and non-Business courses must be achieved by August 31 for progression into Year 2. Total course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.5 credits. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. A total of 5.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 2.

2 BU288 BU247 Co-op Term #1 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of CP212 CP216 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses CP213 CP264 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall CP220 CP363 GPA of 5.00 MA121 MA238

A total of 10.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 3.

3 EC255 Co-op Term #2 BU231 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of CP312 BU275 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses CP386 BU283 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall 1.0 senior CP317; GPA of 5.00 CP elective EC250 or EC260.

A total of 15.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 4.

4 Co-op Term BU352 BU362 A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of #3 BU354 BU375 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses BU393 BU398 B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall CP372 BU481 [may be taken in GPA of 5.00 0.5 senior CP elective Year 4 or Year 5]; BU415 or BU486 [may be taken in Year 4 or Year 5]

The required 300-level Business courses in Year 4 are an Integrated set which must be taken concurrently. A total of 20.0 credits must be completed by August 31 for progression to Year 5.

5 Option 2.0 BU BU491 1 electives, CP373 0.5 400 CP414 level CP 0.5 senior CP elective, elective 0.5 400 level CP elective A. GPA of 7.00 for all BU courses, and GPA of 5.00 for all EC, CP, PC, MA and other courses OR B. GPA of 5.00 for all CP courses, and an overall GPA of 5.00 5 Co-op Term CP373 BU491 Option 2 #4 CP414 2.0 senior BU elective 0.5 senior CP elective, 1.0 400 level CP elective

Required Courses: CP104, CP164, CP220/PC220, CP213, CP216, CP264, CP312, CP317, CP363, CP372, CP386, CP414, and at least 2.0 additional senior CP credits; PS101 and PS102, PS295, PS296, PS390, PS394, PS395; PS499*

405 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

(or 1.0 credit of 300 or 400-level PS courses); one of PS270, Required Courses: PS275, PS276; two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267; two of CP104, CP164, CP213, CP216, CP220/PC220, CP264, CP312, CP317, PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367; two of PS460, PS461, PS462, CP363, CP372, CP386, CP414, and at least 2.0 senior CP credits; PS463, PS467; PS101 and PS102; MA110* (or MA103), MA121, MA122, MA238; PS267 and two of (PS260, PS262, PS263); The electives must also include at least 0.5 credit from a PS295, PS296; discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. PS367 and one of (PS360, PS362); PS390, PS394, PS395; Program Regulations and Schedule PS467 and one of (PS460, PS462); 1. Progression to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least 5.00 in CP104 PS499* (or 1.0 credit of 300 or 400-level PS courses); and CP164, a GPA of at least 5.00 in PS101 and PS102, and an one of PS270, PS275, PS276; overall GPA of at least 5.00. For progression to subsequent years, MA110* (or MA103), MA121, MA122, MA238; the cumulative GPA must be at least 5.00 in CP courses, at least The electives must also include at least 0.5 credit from a 6.00 in PS courses and at least 5.00 overall; for graduation, the discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. cumulative GPA must be at least 5.00 in CP courses, at least 7.00 in PS courses and at least 5.00 overall. Program Requirements and Schedule 2. The senior CP electives must include at least 1.0 credit at the 1. Progression to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least 5.00 in 400 level. CP104 and CP164, a GPA of at least 5.00 in PS101 and 3. For students considering graduate studies, it is recommended PS102, and an overall GPA of at least 5.0. For progression that a thesis (PS499* or CP493/CP494) be taken in Year 4. to subsequent years, the cumulative GPA must be at least Students wishing to take PS499* are advised that this is a limited 5.00 in CP courses, at least 6.0 in PS courses, and at least enrolment course; students must apply during the winter term of 5.00 overall; for graduation, the cumulative GPA must be at Year 3 to Psychology to take this course. Refer to the course least 5.00 in CP courses, at least 7.00 in PS courses and at description for application details. least 5.00 overall. 4. The following is a suggested schedule within which all program requirements can be fulfilled. 2. The senior CP electives must include at least 1.0 credit at the 400 level. • Year 1: 3. For students considering graduate studies, it is Fall: CP104, MA110* (or MA103), MA122, PS101, 0.5 elective recommended that a thesis (PS499* or CP493/CP494) be credit taken in Year 4. Students wishing to take PS499* are Winter: CP164, MA110* (or elective if MA103 taken), MA121, advised that this is a limited enrolment course; students PS102, 0.5 elective credit must apply during the winter term of Year 3 to Psychology • Year 2: to take this course. Refer to the course description for Fall: CP220/PC220, CP213, PS295; one of PS260, PS261, application details. PS262, PS263, PS267; one of PS270, PS275, PS276 4. The following is a suggested schedule within which all Winter: CP216, CP264, CP363, PS296, one of PS260, PS261, program requirements can be fulfilled. PS262, PS263, PS267 ◦ Year 1: • Year 3: Fall: CP104, MA110* (or MA103), MA122, PS101, 0.5 Fall: CP317, CP386, PS394; one of PS360, PS361, PS362, elective credit PS363, PS367; 0.5 senior CP elective Winter: CP164, MA110* (or elective if MA103 taken), Winter: CP372, MA238, PS395; one of PS460, PS461, PS462, MA121, PS102, 0.5 elective credit PS463, PS467; 0.5 elective credit ◦ Year 2: • Year 4: Fall: CP220/PC220, CP213, PS295, PS267 and one of Fall: CP312, PS390, PS499* (or 0.5 300 or 400-level PS (PS260, PS262, PS263); credit); one of PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367; 0.5 Winter: CP216, CP264, PS296, one of PS260, PS262, senior CP elective credit PS263; one of PS270, PS275, PS276; Winter: CP414, PS499* (or 0.5 300 or 400-level PS credit); one of PS460, PS461, PS462, PS463, PS467; 1.0 senior CP ◦ Year 3: elective credit Fall: CP317, CP386, PS394; PS367 (or one of PS360, PS362), 0.5 senior CP elective credit Honours BSc Computer Science and Winter: CP363, CP372, MA238, PS395, PS467 (or one Psychology: Computation and Cognitive of PS460, PS462); Neuroscience Stream ◦ Year 4: The Honours BSc Computer Science and Psychology: Computation Fall: CP312, PS390, PS499* (or 0.5 300 or 400-level and Cognitive Neuroscience Stream program consists of a PS credit), one of PS360, PS362, (or PS367); 0.5 minimum of 20.0 credits, including at least 7.0 senior Computer senior CP elective credit; Science credits and at least 7.5 senior Psychology credits . The Winter: CP414, PS499* (or 0.5 300 or 400-level PS program must contain the following: credit), one of PS460, PS462 (or PS467); 1.0 senior CP elective credit

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 406 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Honours BSc Computer Science Combined Required courses: CP104, CP164, CP213, CP216, CP220/PC220, CP264, CP312, CP317, with Conestoga College Software CP363, CP372, CP386, CP414 and at least 2.0 additional senior Engineering Technology Diploma Computer Science credits, which must include at least 1.0 credit This program is a joint offering involving the Conestoga Software at the 400 level. Engineering Technology diploma program and the Laurier Honours MA110* (or MA103), MA121, MA122, MA238. Bachelor of Science in Computer Science program. Note The articulation agreement continues the development of Students who do not take a research methods course in their other synergistic links between Conestoga and Laurier. In particular, major are required to take ST230. Conestoga's Software Engineering Technology diploma program and Laurier's Honours Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Honours BA Computer Science in Science are combined in such a way that students can gain the benefits of both significant practical experience in computing at Combination with another Honours BA/ Conestoga and the more theoretical education in foundations in Professional Experience Program Option computer science at Laurier. This combination will enhance the Refer to Professional Experience Program Option section. educational experience of qualified students, and increase their job opportunities. Computer Science Minor Normally, students would first complete the Software Engineering CP104; (CP114 or) CP164; CP213; another 1.5 senior CP credits. Technology Diploma at Conestoga, then be accepted at Laurier to complete part of Year 2, plus Years 3 and 4, of the Computer Note: Science BSc degree. Thus, over a five-and-a-half-year study period, Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. students would be able to obtain both an Honours BSc degree in Computer Science from Laurier and a Software Engineering Computer Science (PC/CP Dept) Courses CP102 - Information Processing with Microcomputer Systems Technology diploma from Conestoga. CP102 Information Processing with Year 1: Microcomputer Systems 0.5 Fall: MA110*, MA121, MA122, 1.0 elective credit An introduction to the concepts of microcomputer hardware and Winter: MA110*, MA238, CP264, CP372, 0.5 elective credit software applications in a hands-on environment. Topics include Year 2: the history of technological innovation in microcomputer systems, Fall: CP312, ST230, 1.5 elective credits design and operation, input/output devices, storage media and Winter: CP373, CP414, 1.5 elective credits techniques, communications, operating systems, word processors, Year 3: spreadsheets, presentation software, database management and Fall: 2.5 elective credits system utilities. Exclusion: BU115, BU155, MB115; registration in BA or BSc Program Regulations programs in Computer Science or Physics; Comp Sc 100 (U of 1. The program must include at least 12.5 credits of Laurier Waterloo). courses, of which at most 3.0 may be at the 100-level 3 lecture hours, 1 lab hour (including the required courses above). CP104 Introduction to Programming 0.5 CP104 - Introduction to Programming 2. The electives must include at least 4.0 credits in senior CP courses from Laurier, but may not include: CP104, CP164, An introductory course designed to familiarize the student with PC220/CP220, CP212, CP213, CP216, CP316, CP317, CP363, modern software development techniques. Emphasis is on CP367, CP386, CP411, CP476. problem-solving and structured program design methodologies. Programming projects are implemented in a widely used high-level 3. The electives must also include at least 1.0 credit from a language. (This course may be "challenged for credit".) discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. 3 lecture hours, 2.5 lab hours Honours BSc Computer Science/ CP164 - Data Structures I CP164 Data Structures I 0.5 Professional Experience Program Option Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2.5 Refer to Professional Experience Program Option section. Introduction to the study of data structures and their Honours BA Computer Science in applications. Recursion, searching, sorting. Queues, stacks, heaps. Introduction to the analysis of algorithms, big "O" notation. Combination with another Honours BA Prerequisite: CP104. program Exclusion: CP114. The combined Honours BA Computer Science program consists of 20.0 credits of which not more than 6.0 may be taken at the 100 level. A minimum of 7.0 senior Computer Science credits is required.

407 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CP202 - Website Design CP202 Website Design 0.5 Exclusion: CP120/PC120. This course provides an in depth understanding of website design CP264 - Data Structures II and administration, short of server-side programming. Emphasis is CP264 Data Structures II 0.5 on standards, good design practices, accessibility, and tools. By Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 the end of the course students should have the skills to A continuation of the study of data structures and their administer a website, deal with security issues, design readable, applications using C. Linked lists, binary search trees, balanced informative, attractive and accessible web pages that fit current search trees. Hashing, collision-avoidance strategies. A standards, and apply a logical and consistent navigational scheme continuation of basic algorithm analysis. to an entire website. Prerequisite: CP164. Prerequisite: CP102 or CP104. Exclusion: CP114. Exclusion: Registration in BA or BSc programs in computing. CP310 - Special Topics CP310 Special Topics 0.5 CP212 - Windows Application Programming CP212 Windows Application Programming 0.5 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered This course is designed for students who have a basic by the regular program. understanding of spreadsheets, word processors, and databases as Prerequisite: Permission of the department. well as introductory programming experience. The course Irregular course introduces methods to automate repetitive tasks and create user- friendly applications in spreadsheets, word processors, and CP312 Algorithm Design and Analysis I 0.5 CP312 - Algorithm Design and Analysis I databases using the powerful macro language, Visual Basic for Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Applications (VBA). Topics include: a review of programming constructs such as data types, looping, conditional statements, Analysis of the best, average and worst-case behaviors of and arrays; the design of graphical interfaces with the typical algorithms. Algorithmic strategies: brute force algorithms, greedy "look and feel" of Windows software; the design of dialog boxes algorithms, divide-and-conquer, branch and bound, backtracking. with controls and event handling code that responds to user Fundamental computing algorithms: O(n log n) sorting, hash input; automating tasks; consolidating data; providing user- table, binary trees, depth- and breadth-first search of graphs. friendly reports. Prerequisite: CP264 (or CP114 and CP213) and MA238. Prerequisite: CP102 and previous programming experience, or CP315 - Introduction to Scientific Computation CP104. CP315/PC315 Introduction to Scientific 3 lecture hours, 1.0 lab hour Computation 0.5 An introduction to scientific computation, with substantial use of CP213 - Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming CP213 Introduction to Object-Oriented scientific software, such as Maple and Matlab. Scientific problems Programming 0.5 and models from different disciplines are considered. Numerical Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 methods introduced in this course include interpolation, curve fitting, solving (systems of) linear and nonlinear equations, Fundamentals of object-oriented programming, classes, eigenvalue problems, integration and solving ordinary and partial subclasses, inheritance, references, overloading, event-driven and differential equations. (Cross-listed as PC315.) concurrent programming, using modern application programming Prerequisite: CP104, MA110* (or MA103), MA122, MA205. interface. The language Java will be used. Exclusion: CP225/PC225. Prerequisite: CP164 (or CP114). CP316 Microprocessor Systems and CP316 - Microprocessor Systems and Interfacing CP216 Introduction to Microprocessors 0.5 CP216 - Introduction to Microprocessors Interfacing 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2.5 A comprehensive study of a current commercial microprocessor, its Interfacing a microprocessor or microcontroller with external architecture and assembly language. Emphasis on (1) the devices for real-time hardware control. Microcontroller hardware relationship between architecture, assembly language and system and software in real time applications; serial and parallel IO; operation, and (2) the relationship between assembly language, timing generation; priority interrupt structures and servicing; bus high level languages and operating systems. timing. Interpretation and use of industry documentation and Prerequisite: CP220/PC220 (or CP120/PC120) and CP164 (or data sheets. CP114) Prerequisite: CP216, CP320/PC320 (or CP300°/PC300°).

CP220/PC220 Digital Electronics 0.5 CP220 - Digital Electronics CP317 Software Engineering 0.5 CP317 - Software Engineering Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 Discussion of software development activities, including software Introduction to digital logic: logic gates, combinational circuit process models, analysis, design, implementation, testing, project analysis using Boolean algebra and Karnaugh maps, number management and advanced topics. Both traditional and object- systems and codes, minimization techniques applied to oriented methods are considered. combinational logic systems; flip-flops, multivibrators, counters Prerequisite: CP213 or CP264 (or CP217). and shift registers. (Cross-listed as PC220.) Exclusion: CP417. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 2.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 408 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CP319 - Digital System Design CP373 - Ethics and Professional Practice in Computer Science CP319/PC319 Digital System Design 0.5 CP373 Ethics and Professional Practice in (Cross-listed as PC319.) Computer Science 0.5 Introduction to ethics, computer reliability and safety, privacy, CP320 - Physical Computing: Digital Interaction with the Analog World CP320/PC320 Physical Computing: Digital computer crime, intellectual property, impact of computers on Interaction with the Analog work and society. Assessment includes written assignments and World 0.5 oral presentations. Prerequisite: Registration in Year 3 or Year 4 BA or BSc in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 computing or physics. Design and construction of computational systems that interact Exclusion: CP400L. with the physical world for applications such as home or experiment automation. Basics of electrical circuits, reading from CP386 Operating Systems 0.5 CP386 - Operating Systems analog and digital sensors, controlling analog and digital actuators, single board computers such as Arduino or Raspberry Topics include operating system services, file systems, CPU PI, analog components including diodes, transistors and scheduling, memory management, virtual memory, disk operational amplifiers.(Cross-listed as PC320.) scheduling, deadlocks, concurrent processes, protection and Prerequisite: CP164 (or CP114), CP220/PC220 (or CP120/PC120). distributed systems. Exclusion: CP300/PC300. Prerequisite: CP216 and CP264 (or CP217). Exclusion: CP466. CP351/PC351 Quantum Computing 0.5 CP351 - Quantum Computing CP395 Directed Studies 0.5 CP395 - Directed Studies Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A detailed study of an aspect of computer science or computer (Cross-listed as PC351.) electronics not available through the regular program. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or 4 of an Honours CP363 - Database I CP363 Database I 0.5 Computer Science or Honours Computing & Computer Electronics Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 program and permission of both the department and the Introduction to database systems. Topics include data models, instructor. query languages, database design, recovery and concurrency, Irregular course integrity and security. CP400 - Special Topics Prerequisite: CP164 (or CP114). CP400 Special Topics 0.5 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered CP364 - Data Communication and Networks CP364/PC364 Data Communication and by the regular program. Networks 0.5 Prerequisite: Permission of the department. (Cross-listed as PC364.) Irregular course

CP367 - Introduction to System ProgrammingCP411 - Computer Graphics CP367 Introduction to System Programming 0.5 CP411 Computer Graphics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Contemporary ideas and techniques in system programming using The principles, algorithms and techniques of computer graphics. the C language. Introduction to the Unix operating system and Topics include introduction to graphics hardware, output Unix commands. Directories and files, device control, signal primitives, two- and three-dimensional geometric transformations, handling, process intercommunication, shell programming in Unix. three-dimensional object representation and viewing, illumination Using and implementing software tools: filters, pipelines, sorts, models and surface-rendering methods. Graphics software tools text patterns and others. will be introduced in this course. Prerequisite: CP264. Prerequisite: CP264 (or CP114 and CP217) and MA122. Exclusion: CP217. CP412 - Algorithm Design and Analysis II CP412 Algorithm Design and Analysis II 0.5 CP372 - Computer Networks CP372 Computer Networks 0.5 A continuation of the study of computer algorithms. Amortized Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 analysis, on-line and off-line algorithms, randomized algorithms, dynamic programming. Introduction to computer communication networks. The OSI Prerequisite: CP312, MA238. reference model. Protocols for error and flow control, medium access protocols, routing and congestion control. Internet CP414 - Foundations of Computing architecture and protocols and Unix network programming. CP414 Foundations of Computing 0.5 Prerequisite: CP213, either CP264 or CP386. Deterministic and nondeterministic finite automata (DFAs and NFAs), regular expressions, context-free grammars, relationship of push-down automata and context-free grammars, definition of the classes P and NP, NP-completeness (Cook's theorem), standard NP- complete problems, reduction techniques, Turing machines. The halting problem. Prerequisite: CP312, MA238.

409 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CP431 - Parallel Programming CP468 - Artificial Intelligence CP431 Parallel Programming 0.5 CP468 Artificial Intelligence 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Examination of current concepts and techniques in artificial Parallel computers, or supercomputers or high-performance intelligence and machine learning. Topics include knowledge clusters are ubiquitous today in science and engineering. Parallel representation, automated reasoning, machine learning and programming requires inventing new algorithms and programming knowledge-based systems. Extensive use of case studies and techniques. This course will cover the fundamental paradigms of current applications. parallel programming, with an emphasis on problem solving and Prerequisite: CP213. actual applications. The parallel programming concepts and CP469 - iPhone Application Programming algorithms will be illustrated via implementations in OpenMP and CP469 iPhone Application Programming 0.5 MPI (Message Passing Interface), as well as serial farming. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: CP264 (proficiency in C is the only actual Programming applications for the iPhone, iPad, and iPod prerequisite) (or CP217). platforms, using the Cocoa Touch framework on Mac OSX. Exclusion: CP331, CP400N. Introduction to the programming language Swift. Interface development for mobile devices and dealing with different input CP460 - Applied Cryptography CP460 Applied Cryptography 0.5 modalities, web services, and memory management for mobile Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 devices. Algorithms and issues in applied cryptography. Topics include Prerequisite: CP317 and Registration status: Honours Computer history of cryptography, block ciphers, stream ciphers, public-key Science or Honours Computing and Computer Electronics. encryption, digital signatures and key management. Also, CP470 - Android Programming discussions of current issues in information security. CP470 Android Programming 0.5 Prerequisite: MA121, CP213 or CP264 (or CP104 and a 0.5 MA Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 credit at the 200 level with permission of the department). How to write applications for the Android mobile devices using the Android Development Tools. Developing software with the CP463 - Simulation CP463 Simulation 0.5 Model-View-Controller paradigm. Knowledge of Java is required. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The course project will be the development of an Android app. Discrete and continuous simulations, queuing theory. Prerequisite: CP213, CP317. Prerequisite: ST230 (or MA240 or equivalent), CP213. Exclusion: CP400Q.

CP464 - Selected Topics in Computer HardwareCP471 - Introduction to Compiling CP464 Selected Topics in Computer Hardware 0.5 CP471 Introduction to Compiling 0.5 Topics may include computer classes and evolution, instruction set Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 design, hardwired sequencer design, microprogramming, memory Principles and design techniques for compilers. Compiler hierarchies, concurrency, multiple-processor systems and fault- organization, compiler writing tools, scanning, parsing, semantic tolerant systems. Students will be required to design and build a analysis, run-time storage organization, memory management, computer, including the design of the instruction set and the code generation and optimization. Students implement a control unit. substantial portion of a compiler in a project. Prerequisite: CP316 and CP319/PC319. Prerequisite: CP213 or CP264, CP216.

CP465 - Database II CP472 - Programming Languages CP465 Database II 0.5 CP472 Programming Languages 0.5 This course covers advanced database management system design Overview of programming languages, virtual machines, history of principles and techniques. Possible topics include access methods, programming languages, programming language semantics, query processing and optimization, transaction processing, programming language design, introduction to language distributed databases, deductive databases, object-oriented and translation, declarations and types, abstraction mechanism, object-relational databases, data warehousing, data mining, web functional programming, logic programming, object-oriented and semi-structured data, search engines, etc. programming. Prerequisite: CP363. Prerequisite: CP213 or CP264 (or CP217). Exclusion: CP400h. Exclusion: CP400j.

CP467 - Image Processing & Pattern RecognitionCP476 - Internet Computing CP467 Image Processing & Pattern CP476 Internet Computing 0.5 Recognition 0.5 The architecture of the Internet. Client-server programming, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 technologies of the web (URLs, HTML, HTTP, applets, etc.) Introduction to vision systems for image acquisition and display. Introduction to building web applications and server-side Comprehensive coverage of image enhancement, segmentation, programming. feature extraction and classification. Prerequisite: CP363, and either CP372 (co-requisite) or CP364. Prerequisite: CP213, ST230 (or equivalent). Co-requisite: CP372.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 410 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

CP480 - Wireless Communication & Networks CP480 Wireless Communication & Networks 0.5 Honours BSc Chemistry and Physics This course introduces fundamental concepts of wireless networks. Chemistry Department: Honours BSc Chemistry and Physics Topics include wireless communication overview, physical layer, wireless concepts and protocols including TCP over wireless; Physics Minor cellular standards, WIFI WIMax, and Bluetooth standards; PC131, PC132 (or PC141, PC142 ); PC212; PC242; 1.0 additional applications such as personal area networks and sensor networks; senior credit in Physics. other issues such as mobile communication security. Notes: Prerequisite: CP213, CP372 or CP364/PC364. Exclusion: CP400P. 1. Students are advised that the listed physics courses have 3 lecture hours and 1.5 lab hour per week mathematics prerequisites and co-requisites; specifically MA110* or MA103 or MA105 or both MA100 and MA101; CP493 - Directed Research Project I CP493 Directed Research Project I 0.5 MA122, MA205. Depending on the senior credits chosen, An in-depth investigation of a computer science subject under there may be additional mathematics requirements. faculty supervision, including the submission of a formal report. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Computing and 2. Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. Computer Electronics, or Computer Science, and permission of the Physics (PC/CP Dept) Courses department. PC131 - Mechanics Irregular course PC131 Mechanics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 (biweekly) CP494 - Directed Research Project II CP494 Directed Research Project II 0.5 Calculus-based course, which introduces basic principles of An in-depth investigation of a computer science subject under physics. Detailed topics covered: one-dimensional motion, faculty supervision, including the submission of a formal report. vectors, motion in two and three dimensions, force and motion, Prerequisite: CP493 and permission of the department. kinetic energy and work, potential energy, conservation of energy, Irregular course collisions and momentum, rotational motion, simple harmonic motion, torque, angular momentum, and gravitation. CP495 Directed Studies 0.5 Prerequisite: OAC or Grade 12U Physics or Advanced Functions CP495 - Directed Studies and Introductory Calculus. A detailed study of an aspect of computer science or computer Co-requisite: MA100 or MA110* or MA103 or MA105. electronics not available through the regular program.†† Exclusion: PC100*, PC110*, PC141, PC151, PC161, SC100. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Computer Science or Honours Computing & Computer Electronics and PC132 - Thermodynamics and Waves permission of both the department and the instructor. PC132 Thermodynamics and Waves 0.5 Irregular course Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 (biweekly) Calculus-based course, which introduces basic principles of physics. Detailed topics covered: elasticity, fluids, waves and Physics (PC/CP Dept) sound, temperature and heat, the laws of thermodynamics, entropy, and an introduction to electricity. Honours BSc Programs and Minor: Prerequisite: PC131, MA110* (co-requisite) or MA101 (co- requisite) or MA103 or MA105. Honours BSc Physics Exclusion: PC100*, PC110*, PC142, PC152, PC162. The aim of the program is to provide a broad foundation in PC141 - Mechanics for the Life Sciences physics with specific emphasis on electronics, photonics, and solid PC141 Mechanics for the Life Sciences 0.5 state physics. The Honours BSc Physics program consists of 20.0 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 (biweekly) credits, of which no more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 Algebra-based course, which introduces basic principles of level. The program must include at least 9.0 and no more than physics. Detailed topics covered: kinematics, motion in two 11.0 senior Physics credits. The electives must include at least 2.5 dimensions, force, work and energy, linear momentum and senior credits in Physics, at least 1.0 of which must be at the 400 collisions, circular motion and gravitation, rotational motion and level. equilibrium. Schedule and Required Courses Prerequisite: One of OAC or Grade 12U Biology, Chemistry, Math The following schedule incorporates all program requirements. or Physics. Exclusion: PC100*, PC110*, PC131, PC151, PC161, SC100. See table on page 412 PC142 - Thermodynamics and Waves for the Life Sciences Note PC142 Thermodynamics and Waves for the Progression requirements will be based on grade point averages Life Sciences 0.5 (GPAs) obtained from all courses taken and will be calculated on a Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 (biweekly) cumulative basis. For progression and graduation, the requirement Algebra-based course, which introduces basic principles of will be a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in Physics and a minimum overall physics. Detailed topics covered: solids and fluids, temperature, GPA of 5.00. heat, thermodynamics, vibrations and waves, sound.

411 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Schedule and Required Courses

Honours BSc Physics

Year of Program Fall Term Winter Term

CP164, CP104 MA110* MA110* (or MA103), MA122 1 PC132 PC131 1.0 elective credit 0.5 elective credit (1.5 elective credits if MA103 taken)

MA201, MA205 PC221, PC235, PC237, PC242 2 PC220, PC212 0.5 elective credit 0.5 elective credit

PC320, PC321, PC344 PC315/CP315, PC331, PC360 3 1.0 elective credit 1.0 elective credit

PC454 4 2.5 elective credits 2.0 elective credits

Prerequisite: PC141 or PC131. Exclusion: PC132, PC142, PC152, BSc degree programs, physics Exclusion: PC100*, PC110*, PC132, PC152, PC162. minor.

PC151 - Introduction to Mechanics PC212 - Electricity and Magnetism PC151 Introduction to Mechanics 0.5 PC212 Electricity and Magnetism 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Identical to PC131, but without the labs. Introduction to electrostatics and magnetostatics including Gauss' Prerequisite: OAC or Grade 12U Physics or Advanced Functions law, electric potential, capacitance, electromagnetic induction. and Introductory Calculus. Introductory DC and AC circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves. Co-requisite: MA100 or MA110* or MA103 or MA105. Prerequisite: PC131, PC132 (or PC141 and PC142), MA122, and Exclusion: PC131, PC141, PC161, BSc degree programs, physics one of MA101 or MA110* or MA103 (or MA105). minor. PC220 - Digital Electronics PC220/CP220 Digital Electronics 0.5 PC152 - Introduction to Thermodynamics and Waves PC152 Introduction to Thermodynamics and (Cross-listed as CP220.) Waves 0.5 PC221 - Analog Electronics I Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PC221 Analog Electronics I 0.5 Identical to PC132, but without the labs. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 2 Prerequisite: PC151 or PC131, MA110* (co-requisite) OR MA101 AC circuit theory, complex impedance, resonance, Norton and (co-requisite) or MA103 or MA105. Thevenin Theorems, semiconductor diodes, bipolar transistors, Exclusion: PC132, PC142, PC162, B.Sc. degree programs, physics bias circuits, h-parameters, amplification, feedback. minor. Prerequisite: CP220/PC220 (or CP200/PC200 or CP120/PC120), PC212. PC161 - Introduction to Mechanics for Life Sciences PC161 Introduction to Mechanics for Life PC235 - Classical Mechanics Sciences 0.5 PC235 Classical Mechanics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This is an intermediate level course in classical mechanics. The Identical to PC141, but without the labs. major topics covered are Newtonian dynamics, dynamics of Prerequisite: One of OAC or Grade 12U in Biology, Chemistry, particles, non-inertial frames of reference, Lagrangian and Math or Physics Hamiltonian dynamics, oscillations, rigid body motion. Exclusion: PC131, PC141, PC151, BSc degree programs, physics Prerequisite: PC131, MA201, MA205. minor. PC236 - Fundamentals of Photonics PC236 Fundamentals of Photonics 0.5 PC162 - Introduction to Thermodynamics and Waves for Life Sciences PC162 Introduction to Thermodynamics and Introduction to photonics, the science and technology of Waves for Life Sciences 0.5 generating and controlling light (photons). Topics include an Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 overview of optics, light wave fundamentals, lasers, and Identical to PC142, but without the labs. applications of photonics in science and engineering, such as Prerequisite: PC161 (or PC131 or PC141 or PC151). bioimaging and optical fiber communication.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 412 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student, or permission of Schroedinger equation, interpretation of the wave function, the department. expectation value, Ehrenfest's theorem, wave packets, stationary Exclusion: PC135; honours Photonics students in Year 3 or Year 4. states and energy quantization, potential wells and potential barriers, scattering and tunneling, the harmonic oscillator, PC237 - Optics PC237 Optics 0.5 Schroedinger equation in three dimensions, the hydrogen atom, Nature of light: Huygen's principle, Fermat's principle. Geometrical WKB approximation. optics: reflection and refraction at plane and curved surfaces, Prerequisite: PC242, MA205. lenses and lens systems. Wave optics: interference, diffraction, PC322 - Solid State Device Physics polarization. PC322 Solid State Device Physics 0.5 Prerequisite: PC131, PC132 (or PC141, PC142) and one of MA101 Operating principles of solid state devices from the viewpoint of or MA110* or MA103 or MA105. the quantum theory, silicon and germanium diodes, tunnel diodes, 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours junction transistors, special topics. Prerequisite: PC242. PC242 - Modern Physics PC242 Modern Physics 0.5 PC331 - Quantum Mechanics II Failure of classical physics and early quantum theory, blackbody PC331 Quantum Mechanics II 0.5 radiation and Planck's theory, the photoelectric effect and light Advanced quantum mechanics. Topics covered include identical quanta, wave particle duality, Compton scattering, De Broglie and particles, time-independent and time-dependent perturbation matter waves, Davisson and Germer experiment, energy theory, variational principle and Wentzel-Kramers-Brillouin quantization, Bohr's theory of hydrogen, topics in atomic theory approximation. and the periodic table, X-ray spectra, molecules, Prerequisite: PC321, MA205. phenomenological description of solids, Fermi statistics, PC344 - Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics conduction, semiconductors, energy bands. Nuclear physics, PC344 Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics 0.5 radioactivity, and modern particle physics, accelerators. Relativity. An introduction to thermodynamics and its statistical basis at the Prerequisite: PC131, PC132, (or PC141, PC142), MA205. microscopic level, with applications to problems originating in a modern laboratory or engineering environment. Topics include PC310 - Special Topics PC310 Special Topics 0.5 thermodynamics of model systems, Maxwell-Boltzmann A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered distribution, quantum statistics and applications. by the regular program. Prerequisite: PC131, PC132, (or PC141 and PC142), MA201. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. PC351 - Quantum Computing Irregular course PC351/CP351 Quantum Computing 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PC315/CP315 Introduction to Scientific PC315 - Introduction to Scientific Computation Quantum computing offers the possibility of dramatic advances in Computation 0.5 computational power compared to the best computers we have (Cross-listed as CP315.) today. In addition, novel quantum protocols such as teleportation and quantum cryptography have already been demonstrated. This PC319 - Digital System Design PC319/CP319 Digital System Design 0.5 course provides an introduction to this exciting and cutting-edge Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 field. Topics include an overview of quantum theory, quantum Logic families and interfacing considerations for logic devices, algorithms, teleportation, secure quantum communication, Shor's VHDL, implementation techniques for combinational and factoring algorithm, Grover's search protocol, quantum error sequential logic; introduction to finite state machines and design correction and the latest state-of-the-art experiments. No prior methodologies for synchronous and asynchronous sequential knowledge of quantum mechanics is required. (Cross-listed as circuits; hazards, cycles and races; operation and interfacing of CP351.) memory devices. (Cross-listed as CP319.) Prerequisite: MA122 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4, Prerequisite: CP164 (or CP114), CP220/PC220 (or CP120/PC120). majoring in physics, computer science, mathematics or chemistry. Exclusion: CP310A/PC310A. PC320 - Physical Computing: Digital Interaction with the Analog World PC320/CP320 Physical Computing: Digital PC360 - Electromagnetic Theory Interaction with the Analog PC360 Electromagnetic Theory 0.5 World 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 3 Maxwell's equations, plane wave theory of waveguides, radiating systems. (Cross-listed as CP320.) Prerequisite: PC212, PC237, MA201, MA205. PC321 Quantum Mechanics I PC321 - Quantum Mechanics I PC364 - Data Communication and Networks 0.5 PC364/CP364 Data Communication and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Networks 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5

413 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Data communication fundamentals, with an emphasis on the PC491 Directed Research Project I 0.5 PC491 - Directed Research Project I physical layer and telecommunication networks, with an emphasis An in-depth investigation of a topic under faculty supervision, on the architectures and protocols will be studied. Topics include including the submission of a formal report. transmission media, digital data transmission, architectures of Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Computing and telecommunication networks. (Cross-listed as CP364.) Computer Electronics or Honours Physics and permission of the Prerequisite: CP320/PC320 (or CP120/PC120 and department. CP200°/PC200°), PC212.

PC492 Directed Research Project II 0.5 PC492 - Directed Research Project II PC395 Directed Studies 0.5 PC395 - Directed Studies An in-depth investigation of a topic under faculty supervision, A detailed study of an aspect of computer electronics, photonics including the submission of a formal report. or physics not available through the regular program. Prerequisite: PC491 and permission of the department. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or 4 of an Honours Physics, Honours Photonics or Honours Computing & Computer PC495 - Directed Studies Electronics program and permission of both the department and PC495 Directed Studies 0.5 the instructor. A detailed study of an aspect of computer electronics, photonics Irregular course or physics not available through the regular program.†† Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Honours Physics, PC400 Special Topics 0.5 Honours Photonics or Honours Computing & Computer Electronics PC400 - Special Topics and permission of both the department and the instructor. A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered Irregular course by the regular program. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Irregular course Psychology PC454 Solid State Physics 0.5 PC454 - Solid State Physics The Psychology Department offers four single honours programs: The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with the Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive Program fundamentals of solid state physics. This emphasis is on Honours BSc Psychology Research Specialist Program understanding the behavior of electrons in metals and Honours BA Psychology Comprehensive Program semiconductors. Topics discussed: crystal structure, reciprocal Honours BA Psychology Research Specialist Program lattice, crystal binding and elastic constants, phonons, free electron Fermi gas, energy bands, semiconductor crystals and Four joint honours program options are available as well: Fermi surfaces. Honours BSc Biology and Psychology program Prerequisite: PC321. Honours BSc Computer Science and Psychology Honours BSc Computer Science and Psychology: Computation and PC474 Optical Networks 0.5 Cognitive Neuroscience Stream PC474 - Optical Networks Honours BA Psychology in Combination with another Honours BA A study of the building blocks, the architecture and realization of Program. optic networks; new developments in optic network technology, such as DWDM. Programs descriptions are given below and also consult the Prerequisite: PC364, PC481. Psychology Department and the Psychology website for additional 3 lecture hours, 1.5 lab hours information about each program.

PC475 Design of Control Systems 0.5 PC475 - Design of Control Systems Full-Time Faculty Modelling of physical systems using differential equations, block diagrams, signal flow graphs, transfer functions, step response, PID controller, root locus design, Bode plots, Nyquist stability Roger Buehler, PhD criteria, state-space design. Justin Cavallo, PhD Prerequisite: PC221, MA205. Simon Coulombe, PhD Rudy Eikelboom, PhD, Chair PC481 - Fibre Optics PC481 Fibre Optics 0.5 Mark Eys, PhD, Canada Research Chair in Group Dynamics Types of fibres. Basic theory: characteristics, numerical aperture, and Physical Activity losses, dispersion, modes. Passive fibre devices: couplers, Todd Ferretti, PhD connectors, splices. Light sources: LED, solid and semiconductor Mindi Foster, PhD, PhD Undergraduate Advisor (L to Z) lasers. Modulators. Detectors. Systems design. Alexandra Gottardo, PhD Prerequisite: PC237. Maxwell I. Gwynn, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor (A to K) 3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours William Hockley, PhD Jeffery Jones, PhD Christian Jordan, PhD, Graduate Advisor Maritt Kirst, PhD Nancy Kocovski, PhD

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 414 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

4. Students in the Honours BSc Psychology: Comprehensive Tobias Krettenauer, PhD program may register for PS370, PS375, PS382, PS394, Joanne Lee, PhD PS395 or PS397 only with a minimum 7.00 GPA in Colleen Loomis, PhD Psychology, a minimum overall 6.00 GPA and a grade of at Paul E. Mallet, PhD least 4.00 in each of PS295 and PS296 or with permission Diano-Fabio Marrone, PhD of the department. Bruce McKay, PhD, Associate Dean: Students Services, 5. Students are able to graduate in honours if they achieve a Faculty of Science GPA of 5.00 overall and 6.00 in PS courses. Refer to the Noam Miller, PhD Graduation/Degree Regulations for an alternate Terry Mitchell, PhD graduation option if honours degree requirements are not Nicola Newton, PhD met. Elizabeth Olds, PhD 6. Students in the Honours BSc Psychology: Comprehensive Manuel Riemer, PhD program are normally not eligible to take any PS 400 level Kim Roberts, PhD course. Pamela Sadler, PhD Program Regulations Philip Servos, PhD Year 1 (5.0 credits) Ketan Shankardass, PhD MA100 Robb Travers, PhD PS101 and PS102; David White, PhD 2.0 credits from: both BI110 and BI111; both CH110 and CH111; Anne Wilson, PhD, Canada Research Chair in Social both PC141 and PC142 or (both PC131 and PC132); GL101 and Psychology GL102; CP104 and one of CP102, CP164. Ciann Wilson, PhD Eileen Wood, PhD Year 2 (5.0 credits) PS295, PS296; PS270 or one of (PS275 or PS276); either PS280 or PS282; Honours BSc Psychology: Comprehensive two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267. The Honours BSc Psychology: Comprehensive program provides Year 3 & 4 (5.0 credits in each year) students with a science education that includes broad exposure to Any two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 which were not the major sub-fields of psychology along with some specialization completed in Year 2 in biological aspects of psychology. It is designed to provide The remaining courses from P270 or one of (PS275 or PS276), students with the analytical skills and information useful for PS280, and PS282 (which were not completed in Year 2. careers in the pharmaceutical industry, biomedical sciences, as At least two of PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367, it is strongly well as a variety of other career options. recommended that one of these courses is completed during Year 3. The Honours BSc Psychology: Comprehensive program consists of 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 11.0 Honours BSc Psychology and Neuroscience credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.5 credits at the 100 level The Honours BSc Psychology and Neuroscience program provides may be included in the program. students with a science education that includes broad exposure to Program Requirements the major sub-fields of psychology along with specialization in neuroscience. It is designed to provide students with the 1. Progression from Year 1 to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least analytical skills and information useful for careers in the 5.00 in PS101 and PS102, and a 5.00 GPA overall; , pharmaceutical industry, biomedical sciences, as Progression from Year 2 to 3, and from Year 3 to 4 requires well as a variety of other career options. a 6.00 GPA in Psychology and a 5.00 GPA overall. For graduation, a 6.00 GPA in Psychology credits and a 5.00 The Honours BSc Psychology and Neuroscience program consists of GPA overall are required. 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 12.0 credits in Psychology. A minimum of 13.5 senior credits must be 2. At least 4.0 additional senior credits in Biology, Chemistry, included in the program. Electives must include at least 1.0 Computer Science, Mathematics, Physical Geography or credits from a discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. Physics, eligible for credit towards a BSc program, must be completed by the end of Year 4. • A) Students who plan to apply to graduate school in 3. Students must complete 2.0 elective credits from neuroscience or psychology or who have a strong interest in, disciplines outside of the Faculty of Science (Note: Manual and commitment to, conducting original research should determination of this requirement is needed. This cannot complete a thesis (PS499*). be determined electronically).

415 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

• B) Students who do not intend to pursue graduate studies Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive but are interested in further training (e.g., medical careers, The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive Program provides speech pathology, law school, teachers' college) or work as students with a liberal arts education that includes broad paraprofessionals in the social service or mental health areas exposure to the major sub-fields of psychology along with some may choose the Honours BSc Psychology and Neuroscience training in research methodology and statistics. It is designed to program without the PS499* Thesis option. provide students with the analytical skills and information useful Program Requirements for a broad range of career options. The requirement of at least one course with a community service-learning experience exposes 1. Progression from Year 1 to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least students to a broader range of experiences beyond the classroom. 5.00 in PS101 and PS102 and a 5.00 GPA overall. Progression from Year 2 to 3, and from Year 3 to 4 requires Note: At the end of Year 2 students can choose to remain in the a 6.00 GPA in Psychology and a 6.00 GPA overall, or Comprehensive program or switch to the Honours BA Psychology: permission of the department. Progression into year 3 also Research Specialist program (if they meet the progression requires a 4.0 GP (C-) in each of PS295 and PS296. For requirements given below). graduation, a 6.00 GPA in Psychology credits and a 6.00 GPA overall are required. The Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive program consists of 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 11.0 2. At least 4.0 senior credits in Biology, HUman Biology, credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits at the 100 level Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics, or Physics, may be included in the program. eligible for credit towards a BSc program, must be completed by the end of Year 4. Program Requirements 1. Progression from Year 1 to Year 2 requires a GPA of at least 3. It is recommended that all students considering graduate 5.00 in PS101 and PS102, and a 5.00 GPA overall; work apply for the thesis course (PS499*). Students who do Progression from Year 2 to 3, and from Year 3 to 4 requires not take PS499* must substitute a 1.0 credit equivalent in a 6.00 GPA in Psychology and a 5.00 GPA overall. For psychology at the 300 or 400 level. Students are advised graduation, a 7.00 GPA in Psychology credits and a 5.00 that admission to the Honours BSc Psychology and GPA overall are required. Neuroscience program does not guarantee admission to PS499*. Students who wish to complete a thesis (PS499*) 2. Students are required to include a community service- must apply at the end of Year 3. Students typically must learning experience in their program. This can be obtain a minimum GPA of 8.50 in psychology courses to be accomplished by doing one of the following on-campus eligible to apply for PS499*. courses: PS275, PS276, PS282, PS283, PS377, PS379 or PS383. (Note that Online Learning versions of these 4. Refer to the Graduation/Degree Regulations for an courses (except PS282OC), where available, do not offer a alternate graduation option if honours degree requirements community service-learning experience.) are not met. Program Regulations 3. Students in the Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive Year 1 (5.0 credits) PS101 and PS102; BI110 and BI111; MA100; program may register for PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, Two of: both CH110 and CH111; CP104, CP164, PC141 (PC131), PS367, PS370, PS375, PS382, PS394, PS395 or PS397 only PC142 (PC132) or MA101 (CP104, CP164 or MA101 may be taken in with a minimum 7.00 GPA in Psychology, a minimum year 2). 1.5 elective credits overall 6.00 GPA and a grade of at least 4.00 in each of Electives must include at least 1.0 credits from a discipline PS295 and PS296 or with permission of the department. outside of the Faculty of Science, which may be completed in any 4. Students are able to graduate in honours if they achieve a year of study. Note: students who wish to complete PS275, PS276, GPA of 5.00 overall and 7.00 in PS courses. Refer to the PS282, PS283, or PS383 in senior years must first complete Graduation/Degree Regulations for an alternate UU150. graduation option if honours degree requirements are not Year 2 (5.0 credits) PS295, PS296. Three of: PS260, PS261, met. PS262, PS263, PS267 (at least one must be PS263 or PS267). At least two of: BI226, BI302, CH202, CH250, CP104, CP164, or 5. Students in the Honours BA Psychology: Comprehensive MA101 (CP104, CP164, or MA101 can be selected only if not taken program are normally not eligible to take any 400-level PS in first year). One of: PS270, PS275, or PS276. One of: PS280 or courses. PS282. 0.5 elective credits Program Regulations Year 3 & 4 (5.0 credits in each year) PS365; PS394, PS395. Year 1 (5.0 credits) Three of: PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367 (at least one must PS101 and PS102 be PS363 or PS367). At least two of: PS460, PS461, PS462, PS463, UU150 or MU158 PS467 (at least one must be PS463 or PS467). Either PS499* or 3.5 elective credits which must include at least 2.0 credits from a 1.0 additional PS credit at the 300 or 400 level. discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. Honours BSc Psychology and Biology (Refer to Biology program description section.)

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 416 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Year 2 (5.0 credits) Year 4 (5.0 credits) PS295, PS296; one of PS270 or one of (PS275 or PS276); either either PS499* or 1.0 additional PS credit at the 300 or 400 level PS280 or PS282; two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267. (refer to Note 2). Year 3 & 4 (5.0 credits in each year) Any two of PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS267 (which were not Requirements completed in Year 2). 1. The Honours BA Psychology: Research Specialist program is The remaining courses from PS270, (PS275 or PS276), PS280, and entered at the start of Year 3 from the Honours BA PS282 (which were not completed in Year 2) Psychology: Comprehensive program. At the end of Year 2 At least two of PS365, PS366, PS374, PS377, PS378, PS379, students must choose either to remain in the PS381, PS383, PS390, PS398 (it is strongly recommended that one Comprehensive program or enter the Research Specialist of these courses is completed during Year 3). program. For the Honours BA Research Specialist program entry at Year 3 requires a 7.00 GPA in Psychology credits, a Honours BA Psychology: Research 4.0 GP (C-) in each of PS295 and PS296, and 6.00 GPA Specialist overall, or permission of the department. Progression from Year 3 to Year 4 is guaranteed with a 7.00 GPA in The Honours BA Psychology: Research Specialist program provides Psychology and a 6.00 GPA overall. For graduation, a 7.00 students with specialized training in research skills including GPA in Psychology and 5.00 GPA overall are required. methods, design, statistics and computer skills, along with exposure to the major substantive areas of psychology. Space in 2. As noted above, students are required to include a this program is limited; eligibility for this program requires a community service-learning experience in their program. higher level of academic performance than that necessary for the This can be accomplished by doing one of the following Comprehensive program. The requirement of completing two on-campus courses: PS275, PS276, PS282, PS283, PS377, research experience courses and at least two senior seminar PS379 or PS383. (Note that Online Learning versions of courses provides students with an opportunity to explore selected these courses, (except PS282OC) where available, do not topics in depth, and to develop critical thinking and research offer a community service-learning experience.) skills as well as oral presentation and written communication skills. In addition, the requirement of at least one course with a 3. Students are able to graduate in honours if they achieve a community service-learning experience that exposes students to a GPA of 5.00 overall and 7.00 in PS courses. Refer to the broader range of experiences beyond the classroom. There are two Graduation/Degree Regulations for an alternate options available to Honours BA Psychology: Research Specialists. graduation option if honours degree requirements are not A) Students who plan to apply to graduate school in Psychology or met. who have a strong interest in, and commitment to, conducting 4. It is recommended that all students considering graduate original research should pursue the Honours BA Psychology: work apply for the thesis course (PS499*) at the end of Research Specialist program and complete a thesis (PS499*). Year 3. Students who do not take PS499* must substitute a B) Students who don't intend to pursue graduate studies but are 1.0 credit equivalent in psychology at the 300 or 400 level. interested in further training (e.g., law school, teachers' college, Students are advised that admission to the Honours social work, speech pathology) or work as paraprofessionals in the Psychology Research Specialist program does not guarantee social service or mental health areas may choose the Honours BA admission to PS499*. Students will be required to apply to Psychology: Research Specialist program without the PS499* PS499* at the end of Year 3. Students typically must Thesis option. obtain a minimum GPA of 9.00 in senior psychology The Honours BA Psychology: Research Specialist program consists courses to be eligible to apply for PS499*. of 20.0 credits, including at least 10.0 but not more than 12.5 Honours BSc Psychology and Computer credits in Psychology. A maximum of 6.0 credits at the 100 level may be included in the program. Science: Computation and Cognitive Electives must include at least 2.0 credits from a discipline Neuroscience Stream outside of the Faculty of Science. Program description link in Physics & Computer Science section: /program.php?cal=1&d=1752&p=3710&s=830&y=73 Regulations Year 1 & 2 (5.0 credits in each year - refer to Honours BA Honours BSc Psychology and Computer Psychology: Comprehensive program) Science Year 3 (5.0 credits) Program description link in Physics & Computer Science section: PS394 and at least one of PS395, PS397, or PS398, usually /program.php?cal=1&d=1303&p=2710&s=632&y=61 completed in Year 3, at least two of PS360, PS361, PS362, PS363, PS367, PS370, Honours BA Psychology in Combination PS375, or PS382, it is strongly recommended that one of these courses is completed during Year 3; with another Honours BA Program PS390 (which may be completed in either Year 3 or 4); To complete the Honours BA Psychology Research Specialist at least two of PS460, PS461, PS462, PS463, PS467, PS470, program in Combination with another Honours BA program, the PS475, PS480, or PS482, it is strongly recommended that one of requirements are the same as stated above for the Honours BA these courses is completed during Year 3. Psychology Research Specialist program except that a minimum of 8.5 and a maximum of 10.0 credits in Psychology are required.

417 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Students who are required to complete research methods and PS260 Introduction to Cognitive Psychology 0.5 PS260 - Introduction to Cognitive Psychology statistics courses in the second honours program should consult Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 with both departments to avoid duplication. A cognitive approach to psychological processes such as To complete the Honours BA Psychology Comprehensive perception, attention, memory, language, thinking and problem program in Combination with another Honours BA Program, the solving. The emphasis is on theoretical issues and empirical requirements are the same as stated above for the Honours BA studies within the cognitive tradition of human information Psychology Comprehensive program except that a minimum of 7.0 processing. and a maximum of 9.0 credits in Psychology are required. Students Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. who are required to complete research methods and statistics Exclusion: PS209. courses in the second honours program should consult with both departments to avoid duplication. Electives must include at least PS261 Introduction to Learning 0.5 PS261 - Introduction to Learning 1.5 credits from a discipline outside of the Faculty of Science. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Psychology Minor Principles of classical and instrumental conditioning, and PS101 and PS102, and 2.0 senior psychology credits, including a contemporary cognitive views of animal behaviour. minimum of a 0.5 credit from each of the following three areas: Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Brain, Behaviour, Cognitive Science: PS260, PS261, PS262, Exclusion: PS211. PS263, PS264, PS267, PS268. PS262 - Introduction to Perception Social Science: PS270, PS271, PS272, PS275, PS276. PS262 Introduction to Perception 0.5 Applied: PS280, PS282, PS283, PS284, PS285, PS286, PS287, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PS288. Psychophysical, physiological and behavioural techniques and Note: research findings concerning the visual, auditory, chemical and Refer to Regulations Governing all Minors. mechanical processing systems. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Psychology Courses Exclusion: PS208. PS101 Introduction to Psychology I 0.5 PS101 - Introduction to Psychology I PS263 Biopsychology 0.5 PS263 - Biopsychology Methods for understanding human and animal behaviour are introduced. This course introduces psychology and its history, and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 shows how the different areas of psychology are integrated. Topics The central nervous system, peripheral nervous system and such as research methods, biological bases, learning, hormonal regulation of the psychological processes of perception, consciousness, personality, disorders, and treatment are surveyed. motivation, learning, memory, cognition and communication. Exclusion: PS100*. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Exclusion: PS228. PS102 - Introduction to Psychology II PS102 Introduction to Psychology II 0.5 PS264 - Motivation and Emotion Methods for understanding human and animal behaviour are PS264 Motivation and Emotion 0.5 discussed. This course continues the introduction to psychology Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and shows how different areas are integrated by covering topics Theory and data concerning human and non-human motivation such as research methods, sensation and perception, memory, and emotion from evolutionary, physiological, learning and social language & thought, intelligence & testing, motivation & perspectives. emotion, development, stress & coping, community psychology, Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. and social psychology. Exclusion: PS207, PS217, PS227. Exclusion: PS100*. PS267 - Introduction to Cognitive Neuroscience PS267 Introduction to Cognitive Neuroscience 0.5 PS240-245 Special Topics 0.5 PS240-245 - Special Topics Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered An overview of topics such as the neural bases of human by the regular program. Notices of such offerings are available language, memory, emotion, motor control, cognitive control, from the department. social cognition, and consciousness using functional Irregular course neuroimaging techniques (fMRI, PET, EEG, MEG, and TMS) as well as evidence from brain-damaged patients. PS250 - Forensic Psychology PS250 Forensic Psychology 0.5 Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PS268 - Drugs and Behaviour Students will be introduced to the scientific study of the PS268 Drugs and Behaviour 0.5 intersection between psychology and the law. Topics will include This course is an introduction to the use of drugs in modern police psychology, eyewitness testimony, jury decision-making, society. The emphasis will be on psychoactive drugs, including mental illness, forensic assessment, psychopathy, child victims drugs of abuse (stimulants, depressants, opiates, nicotine, and witnesses, and young offenders. marijuana and psychedelics) and psychotherapeutic drugs Prerequisite: PS101, PS102. (antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, antidepressants and

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 418 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

anxiolytics). Different aspects of drug use will be explored, Human development with emphasis on research findings and including their effects on the brain and behaviour, psychological theories in the physical, cognitive, personality and social growth and biological factors responsible for their use, as well as social, of adolescents and young adults. (A community service learning/ cultural, historical and legal aspects of drug use. The content will field placement is required.) range from general principles of drug action to focused Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102, and UU150. information on specific classes of drugs. Exclusion: PS216, PS236*. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. (Note that Online Learning versions of PS282 do include a Exclusion: PS244a. community service-learning placement, whereas Online Learning versions of PS275 and PS276 do not offer a community service- PS270 - Social Psychology PS270 Social Psychology 0.5 learning experience.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PS280 Abnormal Psychology 0.5 PS280 - Abnormal Psychology Introduction to the scientific study of how people think about, influence, and relate to one another. Topics include: social Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 cognition, the self and identity; attitudes and attitude change; An introduction to psychopathology theory and research in persuasion; conformity; group processes; cultural influences; abnormal behaviour with a focus on historical and global prejudice and discrimination; helping; aggression; interpersonal perspectives. The course will focus on biological, psychological attraction; intimate relationships; and applied issues (e.g., and societal factors in abnormal behaviour, including the role of health, environmental, political and legal applications). cultural, personal and interpersonal context. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Exclusion: PS205, PS215. Exclusion: PS202, PS204*.

PS271 - Personality PS282 - Community Psychology PS271 Personality 0.5 PS282 Community Psychology 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Classic and contemporary personality theories and their usefulness An introduction to both a conceptual and an experiential in analyzing behaviour. Recent empirical research. Personality understanding of issues and topics in community psychology. measurement. Topics include: the history of community psychology; stress and Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. social support; oppression and social intervention; primary Exclusion: PS214. prevention and health promotion; self-help; mediating structures; community mental health; alternative settings; organizational PS272 - Group Processes PS272 Group Processes 0.5 change; community organization and community development. (A Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 community service learning/field placement is required. Note that Online Learning versions of PS282 do include a community Introduction to the scientific study of how people influence and service-learning placement, whereas Online Learning versions of interact with one another in groups. Topics may include: group PS275 and PS276 do not offer a community service-learning dynamics; group cohesiveness; group performance; group decision experience.) making; conflict; and crowd behaviour. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102, and UU150. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Exclusion: PS223, PS233*. Introduction to Developmental PS275 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Infancy and Childhood PS275 PS283 Educational Psychology 0.5 PS283 - Educational Psychology Psychology: Infancy and Childhood 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The application of psychology to educational environments, with Human development with emphasis on research and theories in consideration of topics such as social, moral and cognitive the physical, cognitive, personality and social growth of infants development, theories of learning, effective instructional and children. (A community service learning/field placement is techniques, individual differences and evaluation. (A community required.) service learning/field placement is required.) Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102, and UU150. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102, and UU150. Exclusion: PS206, PS236*. Exclusion: PS231. (Note that Online Learning versions of PS282 do include a community service-learning placement, whereas Online Learning PS284 Organizational Psychology 0.5 PS284 - Organizational Psychology versions of PS275 and PS276 do not offer a community service- learning experience.) Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introduction to the scientific study of human behavior within PS276 - Introduction to Developmental Psychology: Adolescence and Young Adulthood PS276 Introduction to Developmental organizational settings. Topics to be covered will include: Psychology: Adolescence and Young individuals within organizations (e.g., personality, attitudes, Adulthood 0.5 motivation), groups within organizations (e.g., teamwork, leadership, conflict), and the organizations themselves (e.g., Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 organizational culture, nonprofit organizations, NGOs). Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102.

419 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

PS330-345 - Special Topics Exclusion: BU288, PS238. PS330-345 Special Topics 0.5 A detailed examination of a field or topic of interest not covered PS285 - Health Psychology PS285 Health Psychology 0.5 by the regular program. Notices of such offerings are available Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 from the department. This course is a survey of how psychological theories and research Irregular course methods can contribute to our understanding of health and PS350 - Advanced Topics in Forensic Psychology illness. The course will cover a variety of health-relevant topics, PS350 Advanced Topics in Forensic Psychology 0.5 including models of health and illness, stress and coping, chronic Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 and communicable diseases, and health promotion. This course takes an in-depth look at selected topics within Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. forensic psychology. Exclusion: PS243, PS342. Prerequisite: PS250.

PS286 Sport Psychology 0.5 PS286 - Sport Psychology PS351 Applied Forensic Psychology 0.5 PS351 - Applied Forensic Psychology Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 The application of psychological theory and research to sport and Students will learn how forensic methods, research, and theory are recreation. Topics include socialization for participation, motor used in forensic contexts, including the assessment, treatment, learning, motivation, stress, psychological limits, aggression, and management of criminal and antisocial behaviour, working competition and co-operation, audience effects, leadership, role with victims of crime, and engaging with the legal system. of the coach and group cohesion, motivation and aspirations. Prerequisite: PS250. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Exclusion: PS210, KP210. PS360 - Research in Cognitive Psychology PS360 Research in Cognitive Psychology 0.5 PS287 Psychology of Gender 0.5 Students develop, conduct and write reports on experiments in PS287 - Psychology of Gender selected areas of cognitive psychology. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: PS260, and either PS292 or PS296. Registration Theories and research on gender. Gender similarities and status: Honours BA or BSc Psychology Research Specialist, differences will be discussed from various psychological Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive programs (or permission perspectives, including biological, social and developmental. of the department). Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. Exclusion: PS219. Exclusion: PS235. 3 lab hours

PS288 - Behaviour Modification PS361 - Research in Learning PS288 Behaviour Modification 0.5 PS361 Research in Learning 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Students develop, conduct and write reports on experiments in Behaviour modification both as a technique using learning selected areas of animal learning and cognition. principles and as a theory of human interaction. Prerequisite: PS261, and either PS292 or PS296. Registration Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102. status: Honours BA or BSc Psychology Research Specialist, Exclusion: KP412, PS222. Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive programs (or permission of the department). PS295 - Introduction to Research Methods PS295 Introduction to Research Methods 0.5 Exclusion: PS221. 3 lab hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 Fundamentals of the logic of science, research design and PS362 Research in Perception 0.5 PS362 - Research in Perception interpretation. Weekly laboratory sessions provide experience with various aspects of research, including demonstrations, Students develop, conduct and write reports on experiments in experiments and preparation of reports. selected areas of perception. Prerequisite: PS101 and PS102; and registration status: Honours Prerequisite: PS262, and either PS292 or PS296. Registration Psychology programs. status: Honours BA or BSc Psychology Research Specialist, Exclusion: HE201, PS248, PS291, PS298. Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive programs (or permission of the department). Exclusion: PS218. PS296 Introduction to Statistics 0.5 PS296 - Introduction to Statistics 3 lab hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1.5 PS363 - Research in Biopsychology Fundamentals of data analysis and interpretation. Weekly PS363 Research in Biopsychology 0.5 laboratory sessions involve further discussion of lecture topics, Students develop, conduct and write reports on experiments in data analysis and computer applications. selected areas of biopsychology. Prerequisite: PS295 and registration status: Honours Psychology Prerequisite: PS263, and either PS292 or PS296. Registration programs. At least one OAC or Grade 12U mathematics course or status: Honours BA or BSc Psychology Research Specialist, equivalent is also recommended. Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive programs (or permission Exclusion: MA241, PS249, PS292, PS299. of the department).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 420 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

Exclusion: PS229. PS374 Applied Social Psychology 0.5 PS374 - Applied Social Psychology 3 lab hours The application of social psychology methods, theory and research to contemporary social issues and problems in areas such as PS365 - Introduction to Neuropsychology PS365 Introduction to Neuropsychology 0.5 health, the environment, law and criminal justice, social conflict, The functional consequences of brain damage with an emphasis on consumer behaviour, mass media and international relations.† case studies of patients with disorders of attention, perception, Prerequisite: PS270. memory, language, and motor control. Assessment tools used in the diagnosis and prognosis of such functional deficits will also be PS375 Research in Developmental Psychology 0.5 PS375 - Research in Developmental Psychology examined. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: PS263 or PS267. Exclusion: PS327, PS330d, PS465. Students develop, conduct and write reports on studies in selected 3 lecture/discussion hours areas of developmental psychology. Experiences with more than one age group will be provided. A range of experimental, observational and interview techniques will be included. Special PS366 Introduction to Psycholinguistics 0.5 PS366 - Introduction to Psycholinguistics attention will be given to ethical considerations in working with This course introduces the vocabulary and concepts used by children. cognitive psychologists and linguists who study human language. Prerequisite: PS275 or PS276 and one of PS292 or PS296. The course covers traditional psycholinguistic topics such as Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist meaning, speech perception, language comprehension, and programs (or permission of the department). theories of language acquisition. Another major goal of this course is to provide students with examples of how Developmental Psychology: Adults and PS377 - Developmental Psychology: Adults and Elders psycholinguistic research is conducted. PS377 Prerequisite: PS260. Elders 0.5 Exclusion: PS342a. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Theoretical, empirical, and practical perspectives on development PS367 - Research in Cognitive Neuroscience PS367 Research in Cognitive Neuroscience 0.5 across adulthood, with an emphasis on psychological, social, and Students develop, conduct and write reports on experiments physical aspects. (A community service learning/field placement is (primarily fMRI, ERP, and TMS) in selected areas of cognitive required.) neuroscience. Prerequisite: PS275 or PS276; and UU150. Prerequisite: PS267 and PS296; Honours BA or BSc Psychology Exclusion: PS277. Research Specialist, Honours BSc Psychology Comprehensive PS378 - Language Development programs (or permission of the department). PS378 Language Development 0.5 3 lab hours This course provides an in-depth introduction to children's language development, including the acquisition of phonology, PS370 - Research in Social Psychology PS370 Research in Social Psychology 0.5 syntax, and semantics. The course focuses on the typical course of Students develop, conduct and write reports on studies in selected language development in first language, second language and areas in social psychology. This course focuses on experimental bilingual language acquisition, and the atypical development of methodologies, quasi-experimental techniques, qualitative language in children who have conditions such as autism or methods, observational methods and survey strategies in social specific language impairments that affect their ability to acquire psychology. Additional topics include experimenter and language. The overall objective of the study of language participant bias as well as ethics. development is to explain the "what, when, how and why" of Prerequisite: PS270 and either PS292 or PS296. Registration children's comprehension and production of language as well as status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist programs (or understanding our current knowledge in language acquisition and permission of the department). the experimental and analytic techniques used to investigate Exclusion: PS225. these issues? 3 lab hours Prerequisite: PS275 or PS366. Exclusion: PS331A. 3 lecture hours PS373 - Close Relationships PS373 Close Relationships 0.5 PS379 - Psychology of Exceptional Children, Youth and Adults Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 PS379 Psychology of Exceptional Children, An introduction to the science of close relationships. Topics Youth and Adults 0.5 include attraction, commitment, biases in relationship thinking, Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 conflict, social support, and sexuality. This course also reviews major theoretical perspectives such as evolution, attachment, and People with special needs and their development in community interdependence. settings. Awareness of thoughts and feelings, and effective Prerequisite: PS270. question-asking, theory-building, and problem-solving in relation Exclusion: PS330k. to individuals with special needs. (A community service learning/ field placement is required.) Prerequisite: PS275 or PS276; UU150. Exclusion: PS306.

421 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

PS381 - Introduction to Clinical Psychology PS381 Introduction to Clinical Psychology 0.5 Exclusion: PS452. A survey of diagnostic and treatment procedures and resources; PS394 - Linear Models professional duties and skills of the clinical psychologist; history PS394 Linear Models 0.5 of clinical psychology and current problems. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3, Lab: 1 Prerequisite: PS280. Multiple regression and correlation analyses in psychological Exclusion: PS203, PS304*. research. Topics include simple and multiple regression with qualitative and quantitative variables, model selection procedures PS382 - Research in Community Psychology PS382 Research in Community Psychology 0.5 and residual analysis. Development of familiarity with a standard Research in community settings with an emphasis on participatory statistical package is an integral part of the course. action research, qualitative methods, program evaluation, needs Prerequisite: PS296 and registration status: Honours Psychology assessment and research ethics. Experience will be gained in using Research Specialist programs (or permission of the department). research methods in community settings. Exclusion: PS396, PS399*, SY490. Prerequisite: PS282, and either PS292 or PS296. Registration PS395 - Analysis of Variance status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist programs (or PS395 Analysis of Variance 0.5 permission of the department). The logic of controlled experimentation, and introduction to 3 lab hours complex analysis of variance designs commonly used in psychological research. Topics include factorial designs, repeated PS383 - Environment, Psychology and Action PS383 Environment, Psychology and Action 0.5 measure designs, Latin square designs, and planned and Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 unplanned comparisons. Development of familiarity with a standard statistical package is an integral part of the course. This course offers insight into the connections between Prerequisite: PS394 and registration status: Honours Psychology psychology and the environment. A key focus of this course will Research Specialist programs(or permission of the department). be the human dimensions of environmental problems (e.g., global Exclusion: PS399*. climate change, pollution, water shortage, and species lost) and 3 lecture hours, 1 lab hour what theoretical and empirical contributions psychology has made and can make in addressing these problems. The course adopts a PS397 - Psychological Measurement and Testing community service learning approach and includes a significant PS397 Psychological Measurement and Testing 0.5 placement experience. Students will apply theories and principles Theory, method and application of psychological tests and of different psychological approaches in the context of their measures. Students will learn how to construct and evaluate community-service placements with different local environmental psychological tests. Standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, organizations. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on interest and personality will be reviewed, and ethical issues in the their experience and the course content using an environmental use of psychological tests will be discussed. justice framework. A community service learning/field placement Prerequisite: PS292 or PS296. Registration status: Honours is required. Psychology Research Specialist programs programs (or permission Prerequisite: UU150 and one of: PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, of the department). PS270, PS275, PS276, PS280, PS282. Exclusion: PS305. Exclusion: PS332S. PS398 - Qualitative Methods in Psychology PS398 Qualitative Methods in Psychology 0.5 PS389 - Positive Psychology PS389 Positive Psychology 0.5 This course is an introduction to qualitative research methods in Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 psychology (open-ended, inductive research methodologies that are concerned with theory generation and exploration of meanings An introduction to the science and practice of well-being, and that utilize non-numerical data). Topics covered include the including topics such as happiness, optimism, gratitude, philosophical foundations of qualitative research, qualitative mindfulness, positive mental health, character strengths, and research design, a variety of different approaches to qualitative positive relationships, with a focus on evidence-based strategies research (e.g., grounded theory, narratives, case studies), for optimizing individual and community functioning. Students qualitative data-gathering methods (e.g., observation, will develop the skills to understand the theoretical and empirical interviews), and techniques for qualitative data analysis and underpinnings of positive psychology. verification. Prerequisite: Two of: PS260, PS261, PS262, PS263, PS264,PS267, Prerequisite: PS292 or PS296. PS268, PS270, PS275, PS276, PS280, PS282, PS283, PS285, PS295, Exclusion: SY489. PS296. Exclusion: PS334BR. PS460 - Seminar in Cognitive Psychology PS460 Seminar in Cognitive Psychology 0.5 PS390 - History of Psychology PS390 History of Psychology 0.5 Recent theoretical and empirical developments in cognitive psychology focusing on memory or attention. Philosophical roots, scientific paradigms and trends in the Prerequisite: PS360, (or PS260 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). subdisciplines of empirical psychology with emphasis on social Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist historical contexts. programs (or permission of the department). Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours Exclusion: PS318. Psychology (or permission of the department).

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 422 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

PS461 Seminar in Learning 0.5 Prerequisite: PS280, and one of PS271, PS381. Registration PS461 - Seminar in Learning status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist programs (or Lectures and seminars in selected topics in animal learning and permission of the department). cognition. Exclusion: PS324. Prerequisite: PS361, (or PS261 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist PS482 - Seminar in Community Psychology programs (or permission of the department). PS482 Seminar in Community Psychology 0.5 Exclusion: PS311. Seminar and practicum to examine ideological and structural considerations in the promotion of mental health and in the PS462 Seminar in Perception 0.5 alleviation of health problems, programs for prevention, politics of PS462 - Seminar in Perception community control, emerging professional and paraprofessional Current experimental findings and models in perception with an roles, politics of social intervention. emphasis on vision. Prerequisite: PS382, (or PS282 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397, Prerequisite: PS362, (or PS262 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). PS398. Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist Specialist program (or permission of the department). programs (or permission of the department). Exclusion: PS323. Exclusion: PS308. 3 lecture hours

PS463 Seminar in Biopsychology 0.5 PS463 - Seminar in Biopsychology PS490 Directed Studies 0.5 PS490 - Directed Studies Lectures and seminars in selected topics in biopsychology, with an A student may undertake individually supervised work under the emphasis on behavioural processes. designation "Directed Study ...", in some areas not included in Prerequisite: PS363, (or PS263 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). listed courses. Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 Honours programs (or permission of the department). Psychology (or permission of the department). Exclusion: PS328. Irregular course

PS467 Seminar in Cognitive Neuroscience 0.5 PS467 - Seminar in Cognitive Neuroscience PS492* Applied Community Research 1.0 PS492* - Applied Community Research This course will cover recent findings in cognitive neuroscience. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 We will critically examine peer-reviewed research articles culled from the scientific literature. Topics will include attention, In this experiential course, students develop knowledge, practical perception, language, memory, emotion, and motor control. skills, and engage in critical reflection regarding the principles, Prerequisite: PS367 OR (PS267 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397); concepts, methods, and challenges involved in community-based registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist participatory research for the promotion of health, wellbeing, and programs (or permission of the department). social justice. This course requires a field placement and Exclusion: PS327, PS330d, PS465. completion of a capstone project with the Centre for Community 3 lecture/discussion hours Research, Learning and Action (CCRLA), in partnership with a community agency. Students meet regularly as a group with the PS470 Seminar in Social Psychology 0.5 instructor, and individually with a placement supervisor/faculty PS470 - Seminar in Social Psychology advisor. Seminar on selected topics in social psychology. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 in any Prerequisite: PS370, (or PS270 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). discipline. A 200-level course in research methods (e.g., PS295, Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist PS382, CS235, GG258, GS202, HE201, PO217, SY280, SY281)and programs (or permission of the department). PS282 or permission of the department. Exclusion: PS325. Students wishing to complete this fieldwork course must apply to the department chair for PS492* by April 1. Decisions about PS475 - Seminar in Developmental Psychology PS475 Seminar in Developmental Psychology 0.5 admission to this course will be based on a consideration of Seminar on contemporary theoretical and empirical work in grades, appropriate preparation, an interview and the availability selected topics, such as cognitive development, memory of fieldwork supervisors/faculty advisors. Decisions will be made development, social or moral development, language and by June 1 of that year. communication development. Students meet in-class 3 hours per week during the month of Prerequisite: PS375, (or PS275 and two of PS394, PS395, PS397). September. After this time students work on their placement Registration status: Honours Psychology Research Specialist projects where student research teams spend at least 6 hours per programs (or permission of the department). week on placement-related activities. Exclusion: PS326. PS499* - Thesis PS499* Thesis 1.0 PS480 - Seminar in Personality and Abnormal Psychology PS480 Seminar in Personality and Abnormal Students select an appropriate topic, design and carry out Psychology 0.5 research, and write a thesis demonstrating competence in both Seminar on topics such as personality development, mental health content and method. Students meet regularly as a group with the and well being, psychotherapy with individuals, groups, couples instructor, and individually with a faculty advisor. All students and families, the diagnosis and treatment of abnormal behaviour wishing to complete a thesis must apply to the department chair

423 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Faculty of Science

for admission to PS499* by April 1 of Year 3. Decisions about This course is a focused introduction to entrepreneurship for admission to this course will be based on a consideration of science students designed for students with little or no business grades, appropriate preparation for a thesis and the availability of experience. Students will be exposed to the full process from idea supervisors. Decisions will be made by June 1 of that year. All generation/opportunity recognition through to venture creation; students not admitted to PS499* must take an additional credit in all in a science and technology context. psychology at the 300 or 400 level, in order to fulfil the Honours Exclusion: ENTR200, SC340A. Psychology requirements. SC340 - Special Topics in Science Prerequisite: Two of PS394, PS395, PS397, PS398, one of which SC340 Special Topics in Science 0.5 must be either PS394 or PS395. Registration status: Year 4 This interdisciplinary course is intended to allow senior science Honours Psychology Research Specialist programs. students, regardless of program registration, the opportunity to Exclusion: PS498, PS498*. benefit from the expertise of existing faculty members or visitors whose research or pedagogical areas transcend the boundaries of the current departments within the Faculty of Science. Science (SC) Courses Irregular course Science (SC) Courses Courses SC100 - Introduction to the Science of Everyday Life SC100 Introduction to the Science of Everyday Life 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 An introduction to the science behind questions ranging from small-scale phenomena, to larger-scale processes that may influence public policy for years or decades to come. The course will take an integrative and comparative approach, incorporating perspectives from across the natural sciences. Emphasis will be placed on the logic of scientific thinking, the process of gathering evidence, and the limits of conclusions that can be made with available evidence. Exclusion: BI110, BI111, CH110, CH120, PC131, PC132, PC141, PC142.

SC101 - Essential Skills for Mathematics SC101 Essential Skills for Mathematics 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Thorough review of pre-university skills in algebra, trigonometry and functions. Topics discussed will include: algebraic manipulations used to simplify expressions and solve equations and inequalities; analytic geometry; and polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Also integrated with the course content will be discussion of specific learning strategies to help students with the transition from high school mathematics to university level expectations. The course will not count towards satisfying program requirements in mathematics. Prerequisite: One of: 12U Advanced Functions, 3U Functions and Relations, 3M Functions; or permission of the Department of Mathematics. Exclusion: If a student has successfully passed, or is currently enrolled in MA100, MA101, MA103, MA110*, or MA129, then SC101 will not be eligible for credit. This course will not count for credit in mathematics programs. Additionally, the course will not count towards satisfying program requirements in mathematics. Open to first-year students enrolled in one of: Biology, Chemistry, Health Science, Environmental Science, Applied Water Science, Psychology.

SC200 - Entrepreneurship in Science SC200 Entrepreneurship in Science 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 424 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

LYLE S HALLMAN FACULTY of SOCIAL WORK Laurier's Honours BSW program follows the standards and the GPA requirements for progression into Year 2. guidelines of the Canadian Association for Social Work Education Progression to Year 3 requires completion of all required and (CASWE) and aims to educate students for generalist social work elective credits of Year 2 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.0 practice in Canada. The field placement courses in third and fourth in all Social Work and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.0 in all year are central to assisting students to learn through experience non-Social Work courses and GPA requirements must be achieved while working under professional supervision at social agencies in by August 31. Course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 the community. Graduates will be eligible for membership in the credits for the duration of the program, including repeats from Ontario College of Social Workers and Social Service Workers Year 1. (OCSWSSW). They will also be qualified for professional social work practice in a variety of fields, including child welfare, mental Professional Ethical Practice health, family and children's services, social policy and planning, and community development. Requirement One of social work's distinguishing features is its focus on persons The Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree is a professional in environments. It is understood that the interaction of personal, program providing a pathway to professional practice and BSW interpersonal, social, political, and economic factors generate students are governed by these standards of behaviour. The BSW differences in the ability of people to participate fully in society. program expects all students to be aware of and follow the Those who are vulnerable to being disadvantaged by such Canadian Association of Social Workers and Ontario College of differences as class, race, gender, age and ability are of particular Social Work and Social Service Work Ethical Standards while in the concern to the field of social work. Social work attempts to BSW program. In addition to university policies, procedures, facilitate people's full participation in society through advocating regulations and other rules governing behaviour, the BSW program for structural change and through facilitating change in expects all students to adhere to all guidelines for ethical individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations. behaviour. Students will be required to affirm this in writing prior Thus, social work is concerned with individual and family to the commencement of field education. problems, along with broader social issues such as poverty, and is committed to social justice. Social Welfare Course Laurier's BSW program offers a unique focus on Indigenous issues. This includes an examination of the impact of colonial processes Social Welfare Course Courses SL100 - Introduction to Social Welfare on First Nations people and of Indigenous worldviews and healing SL100 Introduction to Social Welfare 0.5 practices. This is achieved through required courses in Indigenous Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Studies, as well as through social work courses that focus on This course provides an overview of Canada's social welfare system Indigenous issues. – its purpose, historical development, institutions, program All students studying at the Brantford campus take courses from delivery systems, and major policy debates. Students will critically the Foundations core curriculum, and most BSW students also take examine how ideologies, social policies and programs impact the a variety of electives. This allows BSW students to develop critical lived experience of different populations within contemporary thinking skills and to learn of theories in other disciplines that Canadian society. The course provides students with complement and intersect with social work theory. The co- increased understanding of contemporary civic issues curriculum at Laurier Brantford offers minors in English, and opportunities for engaged citizenship. (Online Learning only) geography, history, philosophy, political science, psychology, and health studies that are available to most BSW students Social Work - Undergraduate Attendance Policy Since the BSW is a professional program focused on the Program acquisition of theoretical knowledge and the development of professional values, students are expected to attend all classes as Full-Time Faculty assigned. It is the student's responsibility to notify the BSW course instructor regarding reasons for absences or lateness. Three Robert Basso, PhD, Associate Dean: BSW Program absences may result in the assignment of a Failure for a course. Academic Progression in the Honours Bachelor of Social Work: Four-Year BSW Program Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five first year courses with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Social Work courses Students must successfully complete 15.0 credits of required and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.0 in all non-Social Work classes that include all Social Work courses (11.5 credits) plus an courses. Course and GPA requirements for Social Work and non- additional 3.5 credits of required co-curricular courses. An Social Work courses must be achieved by August 31. Total course additional 5.0 credits of courses will be chosen as electives. All repeats may not exceed a maximum of 1.0 credit exclusively courses should be completed as per the four-year program during Year 1. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in

425 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

structure. The Honours Bachelor of Social Work program consists Work courses. Students who have not met the course and GPA of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 7.0 credits may be at the requirements to graduate must meet the requirements within one 100 level. calendar year. If they do not do so, they must re-apply to enter the Honours Social Work program. Course repeats may not exceed Required Social Work Courses: (9.5 credits) a maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration of the program, SK111, SK121, SK211, SK212, SK221, SK222, including repeats from Year 1. Refer to Alternate Graduation SK311, SK312, SK313, SK314, SK315, SK321, SK322, Option below. SK399‡ (1.5 credits), Probation SK499‡ (1.5 credits). BSW students who fail to achieve the standing necessary for Required Additional 400 level SK Courses (2.0 credits or 4 admission to the subsequent year of their program may proceed courses) chosen from the available offerings. on academic probation upon recommendation of the Associate Note: Not all 400 level SK courses will be offered Dean and/or the Dean. every year or every term. Alternate Graduation Option Required ID courses: (1.5 credits) BSW students who do not meet Bachelor of Social Work GPA ID120, ID360, ID375 (Laurier Brantford will offer ID360 and ID375 graduation requirements would be eligible to graduate from a with ) Laurier Brantford faculty with a General BA without designation. Required Foundations Courses: (1.0 credit or two courses) Honours Bachelor of Social Work: Advanced chosen from: BF190, BF199, BF290 or BF299 Standing Programs At least two groups of community college graduates have been Required co-curriculum courses: (1.0 credit) Two courses chosen identified as having significant preparation allowing them to be from: considered for advanced standing into the BSW program. One CC100, CT100, GG102, HR100, HS101, LY100, PS101, YC100, group is composed of the Social Service Workers and the other is WORK100 the Child and Youth Care. Each group has a unique background and will fulfill specific courses for completion of the BSW degree. Other college transfers such as Early Childhood Education majors, Four-Year BSW Program Structure may be assessed for advanced standing at a later time. See table on page 427 Social Service Worker Graduates: BSW Pathway Regulations The Honours Bachelor of Social Work program consists of 20.0 Majors, Minors and Options: No other majors can be combined credits, of which not more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 with the BSW. Minors and options are permitted. level. Academic Progression for BSW Social Service Workers: Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five Year 1 credits Social Service Work College graduates meeting admission with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Social Work courses requirements are granted 7.0 advanced standing credits including: and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social Work 3.5 Social Work (SK111, SK121, SK211, SK222, SK399‡), 1.0 junior courses. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA miscellaneous credits, HR100, HR260, and 1.5 senior requirements for progression into Year 2. These course and GPA miscellaneous credits. requirements must be achieved by August 31. Social Service Workers must complete 13.0 credits at Laurier Progression to Year 3 requires completion of all required and including: elective credits of Year 2 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 Required Social Work program courses: in all Social Work courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social Work courses. These course and GPA requirements Social Work (8.0 credits which include): must be achieved by August 31. 6.0 credits: SK212, SK221, SK311, SK312, SK313, SK314, SK315, SK321, Before progression to Field Placement (SK399‡), all required pre- SK322, field placement Year 3 Social Work courses: SK313, SK314, SK315 SK499‡ (1.5 credits) must be completed with a minimum grade of 7.0 in each course. Additional 400 level SK Courses (2.0 credits or 4 courses) chosen Progression to Year 4 requires completion of all course credits of from the available offerings. Year 3 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all SK courses Note: Not all 400 level SK courses will be offered every year and a minimum GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social Work courses. These or every term. course and GPA requirements must be achieved by August 31. ID courses: (1.5 credits) Students must successfully pass SK399‡ - Field Practicum - in ID120, ID360, ID375 order to progress to SK499‡. Course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the Additional requirements: duration of the program, including repeats from Year 1. Required Foundation courses: Normally, graduation requires completion of all required and (1.0 credit or two 0.5-credit courses) chosen from: elective courses with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all SK BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299 courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 426 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

Four-Year BSW Program Structure

Credit Year Courses total

SK111(fall), SK121(winter) ID120 1.0 credit selected from: CC100, CT100, GG102, HR100, HS101, LY100, PS101, 5.0 Year 1 YC100, WORK100; credits 1.0 credit selected from: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299; 1.5 elective credits.

Year 2 5.0 SK211, SK212, credits SK221, SK222; ID360, ID375; 2.0 elective credits.

Year 3 SK311 (fall) 5.0 SK312 (fall) credits SK313 (fall) SK314 (fall) SK315 (fall) SK321 (winter) SK322 (winter) SK399‡ (winter, 1.5 credits). 2.5 credits of electives not listed in course exemptions or transfer Required ID courses: (1.0 credit): credits. 2.0 additional 400 level SKID360, credits; ID375 5.0 See table on page 428 SK499‡ (fall 1.5 credits); Required Foundationscredits Courses (1.0 credit or two 0.5-credit 1.5 elective credits (Students may choose a Year 4 courses) chosen from: Child and Youth Care Graduates: BSW Pathwaymaximum of a 0.5 elective BF190,credit taken BF199, from BF290, BF299 Child & Youth Care College Graduates meetingany admission additional 400 level Social Work requirements are granted 7.5 advanced standingcourses.) credits including: See table on page 428 1.0 junior credit Social Work (SK111, SK121) , 2.0 junior Academic Progression in the BSW miscellaneous credits, HR100, HR260, and 3.5 senior Progression to Year 2 requires completion of five 100 level credits miscellaneous credits. with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all Social Work courses Child and Youth Care Graduates: BSW Pathway and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social Work The Honours Bachelor of Social Work program consists of 20.0 courses. All credits taken during Year 1 will be included in the GPA credits, of which not more than 7.0 credits may be at the 100 requirements for progression into Year 2. These course and GPA level. requirements must be achieved by August 31. Progression to Year 3 requires completion of all required and Child & Youth Care must complete 12.5 credits at Laurier elective credits of Year 2 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 including: in all Social Work courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 Required Social Work courses: (10.5 SK credits) which include: in all non-Social Work courses. These course and GPA requirements 8.5 required SK credits: must be achieved by August 31. SK211, SK212, SK221, SK222, SK311, SK312, SK313, SK314, SK315, SK321, SK322, Before progression to Field Placement (SK399‡), all required pre- SK399‡ (1.5 credit), field placement Year 3 Social Work courses: SK313, SK314, SK315 SK499‡ (1.5 credit) must be completed with a minimum grade of 7.0 in each course. Additional 400 level SK Courses (2.0 credits or 4 courses) chosen Progression to Year 4 requires the completion of all course credits from the of Year 3 with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all SK courses available offerings. and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social Work Note: Not all 400 level SK courses will be offered courses. These course and GPA requirements must be achieved by every year or every term. August 31.

427 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

Social Service Worker Graduates: BSW Pathway

Honours Bachelor of Social Work Advanced Standing Social Service Worker Pathway All SSW students must complete 13.0 credits at Laurier.

Year Fall Courses Winter Courses

Year SK212, ID120, ID360, SK221, 2 0.5 credit selected from: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299; 1.0 elective credit, 0.5 elective credit, ID375, Total: 2.5 credits. 0.5 credit selected from: BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299; Total: 2.5 credits.

Year SK315, SK321, SK322, SK311, SK312, SK313, SK314. 3 1.0 elective credit. Total: 2.0 credits. Total: 2.5 credits.

Year 2.0 additional 400 level SK credits. SK499‡ 4 These courses can be taken in either the Fall or Winter terms. Students are Total: 1.5 credits. advised to distribute their course loads equally between both terms. Students receiving full-time OSAP should enroll in at least 1.5 credits per term. Students may take up to 2.5 credits per term as a maximum course load. SK499‡ must be taken in Winter term and is 1.5 credits. Total credits Year 4: 3.5 credits

Child and Youth Care Graduates: BSW Pathway

Honours Bachelor of Social Work Advanced Standing Child and Youth Care Pathway All CYW students must complete 12.5 credits at Laurier.

Year Fall Courses Winter Courses

SK211, SK212, SK313, SK221, SK222, Year 2 0.5 credit selected from BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. 0.5 credit selected from BF190, BF199, BF290, BF299. Total: 2.0 credits. Total: 1.5 credits.

SK311, SK312, SK314, SK315, SK321, SK322, Year 3 ID360. ID375. Total: 2.0 credits. Total: 2.0 credits.

SK399‡, SK499‡, Year 4 1.0 additional 400 level SK credit. 1.0 additional 400 level SK credit. Total: 2.5 credits. Total: 2.5 credits.

Students must successfully pass SK399‡ - Field 1 (364 hrs in 12 calendar year. If they do not do so, they must re-apply to enter wks) in order to progress to SK499‡. the Honours Social Work program. Refer to Alternate Graduation Option below. Course repeats may not exceed a maximum of 2.0 credits for the duration of the program, including repeats from Year 1. SK399 The Canadian Association of Social Work Education (CASWE) Normally, graduation requires completion of all required and permits advanced standing students to challenge-for-credit up to elective courses with a minimum cumulative GPA of 7.00 in all SK half of the 700 hours of field work requirement. Normally, only courses and a minimum cumulative GPA of 5.00 in all non-Social students who have completed a year of paid, supervised work Work courses. Students who have not met the course and GPA experience in a social agency and completed SK315 "Practice with requirements to graduate must meet the requirements within one

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 428 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

Individuals" at a 10 (alpha level) mark, may petition for SK399‡ This course provides an overview of the development of social credit. The assessment of a student's request will focus on the policies in Canada, starting with Indigenous people before SK315 taped interview performance and on the SK315 instructor's colonization up until the present day and the impact on social written letter of support. The letter should comment on the justice and marginalized peoples. student's insight into presenting problems, interpersonal skills of Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor interviewing, abilities to utilize theory in practice. of Social Work program. A student must also provide in the application 1) a reference from SK222 - Child Welfare a social agency supervisor of paid work and 2) previous supervised SK222 Child Welfare 0.5 field practicum evaluations or reviews. The field data should This course promotes a broad understanding of child maltreatment include hours in the field, the supervisor's qualifications and and contemporary child welfare intervention in the socially and evaluative comments, and the student's major tasks and learning culturally diverse Canadian context. Students critically examine accomplishments in the field. The BSW program administrator and and apply theory, policy, practice and legal frameworks supporting field co-ordinator shall review all suitable requests and determine assessment and intervention competencies for child welfare an outcome. practice. Probation SK311 - Reconciliation and Indigenous-Social Work Relations BSW students who fail to achieve the standing necessary for SK311 Reconciliation and Indigenous-Social admission to the subsequent year of their program may proceed Work Relations 0.5 on academic probation upon recommendation of the Associate Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Dean and/or the Dean. This course provides knowledge for understanding the historic Alternate Graduation Option colonial processes that have deeply impacted First Nations BSW students who do not meet Bachelor of Social Work GPA communities in Canada, and the role social work has played in graduation requirements would be eligible to graduate from a those violent dynamics. A central premise of the course is that Laurier Brantford faculty with a General BA without designation. reconciliation requires an active awareness of this history as part of the process towards decolonizing Canadian institutions, Social Work - Undergraduate Program including the profession of social work that is our focus. As such, students will critically look into the past, present,and future of Courses missions (e.g., Christian, Residential Schools, Social Work 60s SK111 - Introduction to Social Welfare SK111 Introduction to Social Welfare 0.5 Scoop) that had the goal of helping Indigenous communities, but An overview of the roots of social welfare and the social policy more often were central to their disempowerment and resulting contexts that underpin the profession of social work. social impacts. We are concerned with the problematic relations between Indigenous communities and social work as a means for SK121 Introduction to Social Work: Values, beginning to consider what healing entails for both the SK121 - Introduction to Social Work: Values, Ethics and Practice Indigenous survivors of intergenerational trauma and a profession Ethics and Practice 0.5 that is implicated in this social violence. To learn about the This course introduces the value orientations and ethics prevalent potential future of our healing profession, we will follow the lead in the profession and in Canadian society and examines selected of Indigenous worldviews and experiences as it pertains to current practice issues, controversies or dilemmas of professional understanding this colonizing history and what healing entails. social work practice in Canada. These views will be brought into a dialogue with social work research that has the potential for fostering more respectful SK211 - Human Behaviour & Environment SK211 Human Behaviour & Environment 0.5 relations. Those learners who see themselves working with First This course examines theories pertaining to the social context of Nations, Inuit, and/or Metis communities as a social worker will identity and personality with an emphasis on how these theories benefit from the specific decolonizing knowledge and perspectives help social workers to understand the human condition. on healing that this course offers, though a more comprehensive Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor engagement of holistic healing practices will be covered in SK422. of Social Work program. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor of Social Work program. SK212 - Social Work as Transformative Action SK212 Social Work as Transformative Action 0.5 SK312 - Quantitative Research Methods and Analysis Concepts from critical social theory such as intersectionality, SK312 Quantitative Research Methods and power and resistance, discourse ideology and critical self Analysis 0.5 reflection will be introduced and related to social work practice. This course critically explores steps in a quantitative research Students will examine the processes and effects of various process including ethical issues, research designs, sampling, data structures of oppression as well as individual and collective analyses, and descriptive statistics. Students will examine practices that challenge and transform such structures. inclusiveness, ownership, and diverse practice-based research. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor of Social Work program. of Social Work program.

SK221 - Social Policy SK221 Social Policy 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

429 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

SK313 - Practice with Groups SK411 - Human Sexuality and Gender Issues SK313 Practice with Groups 0.5 SK411 Human Sexuality and Gender Issues 0.5 This course examines group work history, theories for practice, An examination of the gendered nature of societies and cultures stages of group development and group dynamics. Students will as seen in Canadian law, culture, work, family, violence, health, learn basic knowledge and skills for generalist practice in diverse and sexuality. Canadian contexts. Prerequisite: Year 4 standing in the Bachelor of Social Work Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor program. of Social Work program. SK412 - Creative Arts in Social Work Practice SK412 Creative Arts in Social Work Practice 0.5 SK314 - Practice with Families and Children SK314 Practice with Families and Children 0.5 This course examines individual and community arts as This course introduces widely used practices with diverse family expressions of the realities of social living. Issues such as forms within social work settings with an emphasis on practising marginalization will be explored for self-expression, public with families and children. education and social commentary opportunities. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor Prerequisite: Year 4 standing in the Bachelor of Social Work of Social Work program. program.

SK315 - Practice with Individuals SK421 - Social Movements, Social Justice and Vulnerable Populations SK315 Practice with Individuals 0.5 SK421 Social Movements, Social Justice and The course emphasizes theories and models for practising with Vulnerable Populations 0.5 individuals, and skills essential for the social work relationship; Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 professional ethics; skills of interviewing, holistic assessment, The course focuses on theories and practices of social change, as working with marginalized populations and record-keeping. well as on the purposes, organization and strategies of social Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor movements by marginalized populations such as people living in of Social Work program. poverty, Indigenous people, people of colour, gays/lesbians/ transgendered/bisexual people, two-spirited people, elderly SK321 - Community Practice SK321 Community Practice 0.5 people, people with disabilities and people in less wealthy This course introduces concepts, theories and methods associated countries. with social work practice in communities with an emphasis on the Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 in the Bachelor of Social process of community organizing, strategies such as social action, Work program. advocacy and understanding the role and function of the SK422 - Indigenous Wholistic Healing community social worker working in tandem with vulnerable SK422 Indigenous Wholistic Healing 0.5 populations. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor Students will engage in a learning and reflective process which of Social Work program. invites them to use the worldview of Indigenous populations with an emphasis on the Wholistic restorative and healing notions in a Qualitative Research Methods and SK322 - Qualitative Research Methods and Analysis SK322 circle process. Students will explore concepts of healing that flow Analysis 0.5 from a Wholistic Indigenous worldview. Healing is understood to This course introduces grounded theory, qualitative methods and be the facilitation of a healing journey for the individual, their analyses used in social work research. Formal approaches include family, their extended family, their community, their nation, and interviews, open ended responses, focus groups and ethnography for spiritual relationships. The focus of this healing journey is on used for understanding phenomena and answering questions enhancing the nature of Creation for future generations. Students about inclusiveness, ownership, diversity and practice-based will gain an understanding of wholistic healing practices. The use research. of the circle process will be a key element of this course. Prerequisite: Registration status: senior student in the Bachelor Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 in the Bachelor of Social of Social Work program. Work program.

SK399‡ - Field 1 (364 hrs in 12 wks) SK430 - Violence in Families SK399‡ Field 1 (364 hrs in 12 wks) 1.5 SK430 Violence in Families 0.5 The Practicum provides students opportunities to use their Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 knowledge as professional social workers in practice situations. Based on intersectional feminist principles, this course will Students are expected to be reflective in their practice. Graded as integrate theory and practice, and incorporate analyses of policy Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. and inter-disciplinary responses to family violence, with an Includes Practice Seminar - integration of experiences with emphasis on woman abuse, children exposed to domestic violence, concepts, perspectives and skills towards the development of a and perpetration of violence. student's conceptual framework of practice. Students must pass Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Bachelor of Social Work both the Field Practicum learning assessment and the Field program. Seminar participation assessment to successfully pass SK399‡ (Note). SK431 - International Social Work Prerequisite: SK311, SK312, SK313, SK314 and SK315. SK431 International Social Work 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 430 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Lyle S Hallman Faculty of Social Work

This course provides students with an opportunity to explore the field of international social work with an emphasis on identifying major social problems, understanding the social forces that bear on those problems, and considering appropriate social work approaches to aid in their solution. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 Bachelor of Social Work program.

SK432 - Health Care and Social Work Practice SK432 Health Care and Social Work Practice 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This seminar course will critically examine the role of social work within the Canadian healthcare system. Topics will include social work practice in hospital and community health care settings; interdisciplinary practice; bioethics and decision-making processes; health and mental health across the lifespan (e.g., psycho-geriatrics, end of life care); and the social determinants of health. A critical lens will be adopted to understanding how the medical model and biomedicine have shaped the categorization of health and disease, roles of health-related disciplines, and provision of health care resources. Prerequisite: Registration status: Year 4 in the Bachelor of Social Work program.

SK480 - Directed Studies SK480 Directed Studies 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Individual study on a specialized topic, under the supervision of a faculty member. The content of the course will be negotiated between student and instructor and will provide an examination of a field or topic of interest not covered by the regular program. Open to Social Work majors only with permissions of instructor and associate dean.

SK499‡ - Field 2 (364 hrs in 12 wks) SK499‡ Field 2 (364 hrs in 12 wks) 1.5 A supervised field experience which assists students to develop competencies relevant to social work practice. The student together with Practicum Instructor will assess the student's work in the field experience looking at ratings of communications skills, assessment skills, use of general knowledge in practice, utilization of theories in practice, socio-cultural sensitivity when dealing with others, effective interventions, establishment of working relationship with people, reflexive and reflective practice. Graded as Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. Includes Practice Seminar - integration of experiences with concepts, skills, and perspectives towards the development of a student's conceptual framework of practice. Students must pass both the Field Practicum learning assessment and the Field Seminar participation assessment to successfully pass SK499‡. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: SK399‡ and Year 4 standing in the Bachelor of Social Work program.

431 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

WATERLOO LUTHERAN SEMINARY Contacts (Exceptions are noted in the program descriptions of the Principal-Dean and Registrar, Waterloo Lutheran Seminary: Psychology: Comprehensive and Research Specialist, the Mark Harris,PhD, ext 3229 Political Science Research Specialization, the PPE and the Associate Dean: Allen Jorgenson, PhD, ext 3619 Biology and Psychology joint programs). In cases where Undergraduate Advisor: Allen Jorgenson, PhD, ext 3576 progression and graduation requirements of each of the [email protected] constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different Website: www.seminary.wlu.ca cumulative overall GPA required for the combination, the Location: Waterloo Lutheran Seminary, 75 University Ave W, larger cumulative overall GPA will apply. Waterloo ON, N2L 3C5 Some programs have additional progression requirements stated in the program description. Refer to Regulation 2 NOTE: Our official means of communication is with your Laurier below. Honours students enrolled in a maximum of two email account. Students are expected to regularly check their options/minors must satisfy the progression and Laurier email account for important notices from the university graduation requirements for those programs. community. Students are required to send emails to official 2. Where student demand for entry or progression into Year 2 members of the university community from their Laurier email of an honours program in arts or science exceeds the account in order to verify authenticity and ensure delivery. Emails availability of student spaces, students who meet the sent from non-Laurier accounts, such as hotmail, may be minimum criteria for progression from Year 1 to Year 2 will identified as spam and not delivered. Furthermore, it is impossible be considered for admission on the basis of their overall to determine whether the emails received from these non-Laurier GPA (from all courses taken at Wilfrid Laurier University). accounts are coming from the person they claim to be from. Your Departments that intend to use other forms of GPA co-operation is appreciated. calculation must so advise students by October 1. Academic Regulations For All 3. Students are expected to choose a major by the end of Year 1 (5.0 credits). For those who are still undecided at that Honours Programs point, they may continue in Honours BA Arts up to the Unless stated otherwise, students in undergraduate programs are time when they have completed 15.0 credits. Honours BA governed by university regulations for the honours and general Arts students progress through Year 1, Year 2 and Year 3 if BA. For the Progression/Graduation Requirements and they achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 (C) in Faculty of Probation regulations, consult the University Undergraduate Arts credits. When the 15.0 credits have been successfully Regulations chapter. completed, normally by the end of Year 3, students must make a choice whether to graduate with a General BA All students registered in honours programs are subject to the degree without designation, or to declare an honours following regulations: program and continue into Year 4. It is the responsibility of the student to fulfill the requirements of the honours 1. An honours degree program must consist of a minimum of program. 20.0 credits, including at least 9.0 senior credits in the Students who fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of 5.00 in major or at least 6.0 senior credits in each of two Faculty of Arts credits must proceed in the general program combined majors at the honours level. Individual or may be required to withdraw if general progression departments may require more than this minimum. requirements are not met. Students may elect to take a combined Honours BA Honours BA and BSc programs are excluded from academic program (available combinations are described in the probation regulations. Faculty of Arts - Departments section, the Faculty of Science - Departments section, and the School of 4. Unless other department regulations apply, students who Business & Economics - Economics Department section). have failed a course may proceed in the honours program, Where a combined program states a 100 level credit limit, provided they have the required average. (For calculation the program with the lower limit applies to the combined of a GPA involving a repeated course, refer to the section, degree. In cases where program descriptions of each of the Grades, in the University Undergraduate Regulations constituent parts of a combination stipulates a different chapter.) Such a student must repeat a failed course if it is number of courses required for the combination, the larger a required course. If it is not a course required for the total will apply. program, the student may repeat the course, or take an Progression requirements for the honours BA program are additional course. No course may be attempted more than based on grade point averages (GPA) obtained from all twice. courses taken and will be calculated on a cumulative basis. For progression, the requirement will be a minimum GPA of 5. At the end of Year 1, students may transfer into another 5.00 (C) in each of the honours major(s) and a minimum honours program at the discretion of the department. overall GPA of 5.00. For graduation, a minimum cumulative Thereafter, students may not transfer unless they have GPA of 7.00 (B-) in each major and a minimum overall GPA maintained the progression requirements. All transfers of 5.00 is required.This honours BA program regulation also after the end of Year 1 must have the approval of the applies to all honours BA and BSc programs in the department. Departments of Geography & Environmental Studies, Kinesiology & Physical Education and Psychology

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 432 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

6. Students in honours programs and combination or joint a. A student deemed by the department offering a honours programs must have their entire program approved particular course to have the knowledge or skills by the honours department(s) by the beginning of each taught in that course may be declared ineligible to academic year. register for credit in that course. b. A student who has failed the equivalent of 2.0 7. Any exceptions to the honours regulations require the junior credits in a subject, whether the failure written approval of both the department and the dean. occurred in the same course(s) or different Exceptions that would make the number of credits required course(s), will be barred from registering for credit for graduation fewer than 20.0 are not permitted. in further junior courses in that subject, except by 8. At the end of Year 4 in a BA or BSc honours program, permission of the dean and of the department students who are registered in an honours program, meet offering the subject. all progression requirements and successfully complete all 3. Directed Studies/Irregular Courses credits of that program, but who cannot graduate from that Directed Studies/Irregular courses dealing with subjects honours degree because their GPA is insufficient, have the not covered by courses listed in the calendar may be option of receiving a BA or BSc degree (without General or offered to individuals or small groups of students. All Honours) which denotes the major of the honours program outlines for Directed Studies courses together with the and a maximum of two eligible options/minors on the completed Directed Studies/Irregular Course Registration degree. An overall and major GPA of 5.00 must be met. Forms must be submitted to the Dean of Arts for approval (Note: honours degrees will not recognize unsuccessful prior to the last day for adding a course in the term in attempts at honours subjects taken in combination: which the Directed Studies/Irregular courses begin. All students in a combined honours program who are outlines must include a schedule of meetings, requirements unsuccessful in meeting the GPA requirements of one of for at least one graded assignment and a list of readings. their honours majorss do not have the option of receiving a degree which certifies completion of a single honours 4. Honours Courses subject and a "general-level" major.) Several departments in each faculty offer a limited number of courses which are specifically intended for, and Regulations for Combining Honours restricted to, honours students in the discipline. For these with Secondary Programs courses, all other students require special permission from the department concerned to register in the honours-level Honours students with a major may choose to organize their courses. elective courses to meet the requirements for a combined honours 400 level seminars are open only to Year 4 honours program, and a maximum of two options/minors in a subject other students registered in the program in which the 400 level than the honours major(s). Additional courses may have to be seminar is offered. Other students wishing to take 400 level taken to fulfill these requirements. All common and program seminars require permission of the department offering the requirements for the secondary program must be fulfilled. course and the department in which they are specializing. Students combining honours disciplines with secondary programs A 400 level seminar cannot be repeated. must meet the following regulations: 5. Interdepartmental Programs 1. All requirements for the combined honours program, option The co-ordinator of an interdepartmental program must or minor, must be fulfilled. (Refer to Regulations authorize the student's program in writing. Permission to Governing Minors/Options.) take individual courses is granted by the department or the co-ordinating committee offering the courses. 2. An honours student with a major may receive designation for only two options/minors. 6. Double Counting Students are permitted to double-count courses for more 3. Note that where a combined program states a 100 level than one program in which the same course is a required credit limit, the program with the lower limit applies to the course or an elective. combined degree. Christian Studies and Global 4. An honours student with a major may receive designation for only one of the Co-operative Education and the Citizenship Professional Experience Program Option. University BA Regulations Full-Time Faculty 1. Course Equivalency Departments may, with the approval of the dean, recognize Allen Jorgenson, PhD, Undergraduate Advisor a specific course as the equivalent of a required course Deborah Ludolph, MTS when a student has obtained satisfactory credit for the Mary Philip, PhD course at this or another institution. Mona Tokarek LaFosse, PhD 2. Prohibition from Registration

433 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

Honours BA Christian Studies and Global Honours BA Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Citizenship in Combination with another The Honours Christian Studies and Global Citizenship program Honours BA Program consists of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 6.0 may be at the The combined Honours Christian Studies and Citizenship program 100 level. The program must include at least 10.0 but no more consists of 20.0 credits, of which not more than 6.0 may be at the than 12.0 credits in Christian Studies and Global Citizenship. 100 level (14.0 senior credits must be taken for the degree). The Required Courses: program must include at least 7.0 but no more than 10.0 credits GC101, GC102 in Christian Studies and Citizenship. Of the 7.0 GC credits, 6.0 GC201, GC202 must be 200 to 400 level. GC203, GC204 Required Courses (3.0 credits): GC401* Four of the following: GC101, GC102, GC201, GC202, GC203 and Other Requirements: GC204 for 2.0 credits; 6.0 credits in GC courses at the 200 level or above; and GC401* for 1.0 credit. Other GC Requirements: Language Credit Requirement (1.0 credit): 4.0 credits in GC courses (3.0 must be 200 to 400 level); In addition to the Christian Studies and Global Citizenship course Language Credit Requirement (1.0 credit): requirements above, students must also complete 1.0 credit in In addition to the Christian Studies and Global Citizenship course non-English language study. Language courses may be taken (a) requirements above, students must also complete 1.0 credit in at WLU, (b) at other recognized universities in Canada on a letter non-English language study. Language courses may be taken: of permission, or (c) abroad on a letter of permission and with the (a) at WLU, prior written consent of the Christian Studies and Global (b) at other recognized universities in Canada on a letter of Citizenship Program Director. Courses taught in English may not permission, or be counted as a substitute for this requirement. Christian Studies (c) abroad on a letter of permission and with the prior written & Global Citizenship Majors may count up to 1.0 credit of senior consent of the Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Program language study toward the senior Christian Studies and Global Director. Citizenship credit requirements for the degree. For Christian Courses taught in English may not be counted as a substitute for Studies and Global Citizenship Majors who take 100 level language this requirement. Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Majors courses during Year 2, Year 3 or Year 4, and who have already may count up to 1.0 credit of senior language study toward the accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these courses (up to a maximum of senior Christian Studies and Global Citizenship credit requirements 1.0 credit) will not be counted toward the maximum 6.0 limit on for the degree. For Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Majors 100 level credits. Students who are actively in the process of who take 100 level language courses during Year 2, Year 3 or Year learning English as a second language in the course of their 4, and who have already accumulated 6.0 junior credits, these studies at Laurier may apply to have this language credit waived courses (up to a maximum of 1.0 credit) will not be counted by the Christian Studies and Global Citizenship Department. toward the maximum 6.0 limit on 100 level credits. Students who Of the credits taken outside the Christian Studies and Global are actively in the process of learning English as a second Citizenship program at least 7.0 credits must be taken in courses language in the course of their studies at Laurier may apply to from departments within the Faculty of Arts. At least 3.0 of these have this language credit waived by the Christian Studies and credits must be from courses at the 200 level or above which focus Global Citizenship Department. on understanding the student's own social and cultural context Global Citizenship Experience: (for example, Canadian students must takes courses studying Students interested in a Global Citizenship Experience enroll in Canadian history, literature, politics, etc.). These courses should GC398 and must be in either the honours or combined honours be selected in consultation with the program director after program, have completed at least 2.0 GC credits at the 200 level, completing a statement of learning goals. The student is and have attained at least a 7.0 (B-) average in their GC courses. responsible for fulfilling all prerequisites for selected courses. Students are able to pursue further opportunities in a GCE by enrolling GC399. In addition, 2.0 additional credits may be taken in Christian Studies and Global Citizenship or any other discipline. These Degree Program Electives: An additional 13.0 credits toward the courses should be selected in consultation with the program degree total of 20.0 credits, which includes the second BA major director. and no more than 3.0 GC credits. Recommendation: Christian Studies and Global Citizenship It is recommended that each student undertake a Global Citizenship Experience in a context other than the student's own Option native context. To apply for the GCE and enroll in GC398, students An Option in Christian Studies and Global Citizenship is available must be in either the honours or combined honours program, have to students in any WLU faculty outside WLS. completed at least 2.0 GC credits at the 200 level, and have The Christian Studies Option consists of a minimum of 4.0 credits. attained at least a 7.00 (B-) average in their GC courses. Students who complete the GCE are expected to enroll in GC399, "Post- Students must complete four of the following required core Placement," in the following fall term. courses: GC101, GC102, GC201, GC202, GC203 and GC204 for a total of 2.0 credits; and a minimum of 2.0 elective GC credits.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 434 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

In order to graduate, a GPA of 6.00 (C+) in the courses included in This course explores how various religious faiths engage the the option is required. Completion of the option requirements will theme of global citizenship. result in a "Christian Studies and Global Citizenship" designation This course includes off-site visits to religious centres. on a student's transcript. When choosing elective courses, note GC201 - Public Faith and Public Theology that some of these courses have prerequisites. Although these GC201 Public Faith and Public Theology 0.5 prerequisites may be waived by the program or department Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 Christian Studies and Global Song Option This course reflects on the connection of public life with religious The Christian Studies and Global Song Option consists of a faith and practice and explores issues such as church-state minimum of 4.0 credits. relations, significant "public" theologians, Christian participation in democracy, etc. Students must complete GC352 and GC353 for 1.0 credit; and GC202 - Survey of the Christian Tradition: The Bible three of the following required courses: GC101, GC102, GC201, GC202 Survey of the Christian Tradition: The GC202, GC203, GC204 for 1.5 credits; and three 0.5-credit GC Bible 0.5 elective courses. This course is a survey of biblical content and contemporary In order to graduate, a GPA of 6.00 (C+) in the courses included in methods for interpreting sacred texts. the Christian Studies and Global Song Option is required. Exclusion: GC202*. Completion of the 0ption requirements will result in a "Christian 36 lecture hours/term Studies and Global Song Option" designation on a student's GC203 - Doing Justice and Christian Social Ethics Today transcript. When choosing elective courses, note that some of GC203 Doing Justice and Christian Social these courses have prerequisites. Although these prerequisites Ethics Today 0.5 may be waived by the program or department administering the This course will explore the discipline of Christian social ethics, course, it is the responsibility of the student to make such teach skills in social analysis and give students a chance to test arrangements. their skills in actual community situations. The course will include a service-learning component. Christian Studies and Global Citizenship 36 lecture hours/term Courses GC204 Survey of the Christian Tradition: GC204 - Survey of the Christian Tradition: History and Theology GC101 Christianity and Global Citizenship 0.5 GC101 - Christianity and Global Citizenship History and Theology 0.5 A survey and methods course which prepares students for deeper This course is a survey of the history of Christianity and the study at the 200 and 300 level. This course will introduce the evolution of Christian teaching as well as contemporary methods student to the theme of Global Citizenship within the academic for interpreting doctrine. study of Christianity. Course methods will emphasize both 36 lecture hours/term individual and collaborative learning. The course will include a service-learning component. GC221 - Canadian Questions Exclusion: GC101*. GC221 Canadian Questions 0.5 36 lecture hours/term Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course examines contemporary Canadian issues through a GC102 - Christian Faith and Global Citizenship GC102 Christian Faith and Global Citizenship 0.5 faith lens. Through seminar discussions and presentations, A survey and methods course which prepares students for deeper students will explore some of the pressing issues facing our nation study at the 200 and 300 level. This course will introduce the and drawing upon their deepest values and ultimate convictions student to the theme of Public Faith within the academic study of reflect upon ways to address them. Christianity. Course methods will emphasize both individual and Exclusion: GC380L. collaborative learning. The course will include a service-learning GC241 - Engaging Youth Culture component. GC241 Engaging Youth Culture 0.5 Exclusion: GC101*. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 36 lecture hours/term This course surveys notions of culture in relationship to youth, exploring how contemporary developments in understandings of GC141 - Faith and the UN Sustainable Development Goals GC141 Faith and the UN Sustainable belonging, citizenship and identity inform this discourse. Development Goals 0.5 Exclusion: GC380k. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course explores the role of faith in engaging social justice themes as articulated in the UN Sustainable Development Goals. This course includes a Community Service Learning component. GC171 - Faith, Global Citizenship and World Religions GC171 Faith, Global Citizenship and World Religions 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3

435 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

GC251 - In the Presence of the Holy: Christian Worship Practice Worldwide GC251 In the Presence of the Holy: Christian This course examines a series of films exploring their theological Worship Practice Worldwide 0.5 themes, presuppositions and rhetoric. Students will learn to interpret film theologically and consider the utility of film for This course is a survey of Christian public worship from an theological discourse as global citizens. ecumenical and global perspective. This course introduces students to the biblical, historical, theological and ritual GC342 - A New Global Christianity dimensions of worship, with attention to the role of music in GC342 A New Global Christianity 0.5 worship praxis throughout the world. Course activities include This course examines Christian practices of mission in the readings, assignments, visits to local places of worship, video globalized world in light of post-Colonial, post-liberal, and post- material, classroom lectures and discussion. modern critiques of Christianity. 36 lecture hours/term 36 lecture hours/term GC252 - Sing a New Song: Christian MusicGC343 in All - TimesChristian and StudiesPlaces and Ecojustice GC252 Sing a New Song: Christian Music in All GC343 Christian Studies and Ecojustice 0.5 Times and Places 0.5 This course explores Christian theologies of creation which This course is a survey of Christian hymnody and song, including advocate for ecological justice, sustainability and global current trends in congregational singing in North America. responsibility. Attention is paid to the lives and work of several foundational 36 lecture hours/term hymn writers or epochs, e.g., Ambrose, Luther, Genevan Psalter, GC344 - Introduction to Spiritual Care Wesley, black and white spiritual traditions, and the streams of GC344 Introduction to Spiritual Care 0.5 the contemporary hymn explosion, including song available from Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 the global South. There is a lab component in which the music of This course examines the dynamics that contribute to a healthy the hymns is sung. self-understanding for those training to provide spiritual care as a 36 lecture hours/term pastor, spiritual caregiver, or psychotherapist. Special consideration will be given to the use of self, professional GC280 - Special Topics in Public Ethics and Spirituality GC280 Special Topics in Public Ethics and relationships, spiritual companionship, the spiritual formation of Spirituality 0.5 the pastor or psychotherapist, and the development of basic Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 spiritual care skills. This course explores emerging topics of study in the area of public Exclusion: GC380I. ethics and spirituality. GC345 - Faith and Fiction GC345 Faith and Fiction 0.5 GC301 - The Bible and Globalization GC301 The Bible and Globalization 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course introduces skills in biblical interpretation and This course aims to give students an opportunity to examine examines primary biblical texts that help students to form their Christian and non-Christian beliefs and the corresponding understanding of globalization. Through a responsible use of behaviours and structures, including the vocations to which they scripture and attention biblical contexts, students learn to are called – teachers, preachers, politicians, entrepreneurs, formulate one's understanding of duties and responsibilities, and therapists, musicians, artists, clinicians, technicians – through to offer constructive critiques of contested notions of the eyes of others. Literary works from all eras and genres, and globalization. from around the world as well as from varied faith traditions will 36 lecture hours/term be used to illustrate and examine how faith is portrayed and, most often, challenged in the works of fiction. GC321 - Asian Christians in North America: A Study of Confucian Culture and Theology GC321 Asian Christians in North America: A GC351 - Lift up Your Voice: Leading the People's Song in Worship Study of Confucian Culture and GC351 Lift up Your Voice: Leading the Theology 0.5 People's Song in Worship 0.5 This course provides students an opportunity to study the rich and The student will develop music leadership skills and understanding growing literature in Asian North American Studies, Asian in this course, including introducing new hymnody, attending to Christianity and Asian theology. By "Asian" this course assumes the voice of the people and the flow in worship, instrumental Chinese, Korean, Japanese, and Singaporean ancestry for the possibilities, basic percussion techniques, strategies for using the reason that these people inherit the shared Confucian cultures and gifts of the congregation and community, effectively introducing values. The main goal of this course is to examine the roles new hymnody. Course activities will include practical elements to Confucian religious values and Christianity play for Asian demonstrate and practice these skills. immigrants and subsequent generations in the area of resettlement, adaptation and integration. GC352 Inshallah: Worship and Global Song 0.5 GC352 - Inshallah: Worship and Global Song 36 lecture hours/term In this course, students will be introduced to sacred global song by singing with Inshallah, Waterloo Lutheran Seminary's global GC341 - Faith and Film GC341 Faith and Film 0.5 song ensemble. Through readings and discussion, the students will Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 consider the theology and praxis regarding singing global song in a Western culture.

This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 436 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca Waterloo Lutheran Seminary

GC353 - Sing Fires of Justice: Music towardsGC374 the - CommonBob Dylan: Good Jewish Ethics GC353 Sing Fires of Justice: Music towards GC374 Bob Dylan: Jewish Ethics 0.5 the Common Good 0.5 Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course will explore the vital role music has played in This course explores basic principles of Jewish ethics through struggles for peace and justice in the past (e.g., South Africa interaction with analysis of contemporary Jewish thought by a apartheid, Central America liberation movement), the biblical and foremost thinker in the field (Telushkin), as situated in the life theological foundations for singing songs of justice, and the and writings of Bob Dylan. current repertoire available for congregational singing. The course Exclusion: GC380f. will consider the call to a public faith and the potential for musicians from faith traditions to work in partnership with others GC380 Special Topics in Christian Studies and GC380 - Special Topics in Christian Studies and Global Citizenship in the community towards the common good, in part by Global Citizenship 0.5 examining current efforts to do so. Students will be involved in planning a social justice musical event during the term and reflect This course explores emerging topics of study in the field of on the impact it has in the community. Christian Studies and Global Citizenship. 3 lecture hours GC354 Sounds of the Sacred 0.5 GC354 - Sounds of the Sacred GC398 Cross Cultural Encounter I 0.5 GC398 - Cross Cultural Encounter I This course examines global "sacred" musics within their indigenous and appropriated contexts and explores questions of This course involves a travel seminar organized or supported by philosophy (aesthetics), globalization, economics, politics, WLS, and the pre-travel preparation and post-travel briefing culture, religion, nationalism, identity, and cultural ethics. associated with it. Students will be introduced to issues 3 lecture hours associated with doing volunteer work in a cross cultural and/or multi-faith context. Prerequisite: GC101 and registration status: Year 3 or Year 4 of GC355 Introduction to Worship 0.5 GC355 - Introduction to Worship Christian Studies & Global Citizenship program recommended. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 3 lecture hours This course will study the theory of Christian worship, the GC399 - Cross Cultural Encounter II historical development of liturgical worship, and the manner in GC399 Cross Cultural Encounter II 0.5 which pastoral leadership is reflected and expressed in facilitating This course involves a travel seminar organized or supported by worship. WLS and the pre-travel preparation and post-travel briefing. Students will develop a deepened understanding of issues GC361 - Introduction to Nurturing Faith GC361 Introduction to Nurturing Faith 0.5 associated with doing volunteer work in a cross cultural and/or Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 multi-faith context. This course will explore the nature, purpose and practice of Prerequisite: GC398. nurturing faith, primarily within a congregational setting. It will GC401* - Senior Project and Integration Seminar explore the inter-relationship between vision and practice, GC401* Senior Project and Integration content and context, methods and learners, faith and life. Seminar 1.0 The point of this course is to prepare a "capstone" project which GC371 - Contemporary Jewish Studies and Practice GC371 Contemporary Jewish Studies and is research based and either integrates the student's learning or Practice 0.5 provides the student the opportunity to pursue more in-depth This course will introduce the student to contemporary steams of research on a specific topic in Christian studies and global Jewish religious practice, focusing on various expressions of the citizenship. The first term would include further instruction in four main branches of Orthodoxy, Reform, Conservative, and research methods and the second term would include presenting Reconstructionist. the students' projects in a seminar format. The course will include 3 lecture hours a service-learning component. Prerequisite: Registration in the Christian Studies and Global GC372 - Interfaith Mysticisms – Abrahamic Traditions GC372 Interfaith Mysticisms – Abrahamic Citizenship program, with all required GC coursework completed. Traditions 0.5 GC480 Special Topic Seminars in Christian GC480 - Special Topic Seminars in Christian Studies and Global Citizenship This course explores the roots and branches of mysticism in the Studies and Global Citizenship 0.5 Abrahamic faiths through stories, lives, writings and experiences. 3 lecture hours Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This seminar course explores emerging topics of study in the area GC373 - Abrahamic Faiths: History/Beliefs GC373 Abrahamic Faiths: History/Beliefs 0.5 of Christian Studies and Global Citizenship. Hours per week: Lecture/Discussion: 3 This course traces history and core beliefs of each of the three Abrahamic faiths (Judaism, Christianity, and Islam) by reading primary sources in translation and through the learning methods of short presentations, mini-lectures, and small group sessions.

437 This document was generated on: December 7, 2017 The official version is located at www.wlu.ca